THE

JOURNAL

OF

THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

BOTANY.

VOL. XXXIV.

LONDON:
SOLD AT THE SOCIETY'S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE,
PICCADILLY, W.,
AND BY
LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO.,
AND
WILLIAMS AND NORGATE.
1898-1900.

Mo Bot. Garden,
4901.

Dates of Publication of the several Numbers included in this Volume.

No. 235, pp. 1-146, published November 1, 1898.
», 290, , 147-170, " April 1, 1899.
» 287, , 171-299, » July 1, 1899.
, 238, , 300-416, » July 1, 1899.
» 299, , 417-437, n November 1, 1899.
» 240, , 438-478, » July 1, 1900.
» 241, „ 479-527, » November 1, 1900.

FRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,

RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

LIST OF PAPERS.

Page
BARTON, ETHEL SAREL.

On Notheia anomala, Harv. et Bail (Communicated by
George Murray, F.R.S., F.L.S.) (Plates 12-14) .... 417-425

On the Forms, with a New Species, of Halimeda from Funa-
futi. (Communicated by George Murray, F.R.S., F.L.S.)
(Plate 18) ...................................... 479-482

Birren, R. H., formerly “Frank Smart’ Student of Gonville and
Caius College, Cambridge.
On the Biology of Agaricus velutipes, Curt. (Collybia velutipes,
P. Karst.). (Communicated by Prof. H. Marshall Ward,
D.Sc., F.R.S., F.L.S.) (Plates 2-4)................ 147-162

BvnxiLL, I. H., F.L.S., and Wrieut, C. H., A.L.S.
On some African Labiate with Alternate Leaves. (Plate 6
and 7 illustrations) .......................unesno. 268-276

CLARKE, CHARLES Baron, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S.

On the Subsubareas of British India, illustrated by the detailed
Distribution of the Cyperacee in that Empire. (With
Map—Plate 1) ......... eee n nnn 1-146

On Carex Wahlenbergiana, Boott .................... 295-299

Druck, G. CLARIDGE, M.A., F.L.S.
Note on the Irish Carex rhynchophysa ................ 276-279

iv
Page
HeMSLEY, W. Borie, F.R.S., F.L.S., Keeper of the Herbarium,
Royal Gardens, Kew.
Notes on an Exhibition of Plants from China recently collected
by Dr. A. Henry and Mr. W. Hancock. ............. 474-478

MASSEE, GEORGE, F.L.S.
On the Origin of the Basidiomycetes. (Plates 15 & 16.).. 438-448

Moonz, SPENCER Le Mancnaxr, B.Sc., F.L.S.
The Botanical Results of a Journey into the Interior of
Western Australia; with some Observations on the Nature
and Relations of the Desert Flora ,................. 171-261

Pearson, Henry Harold WELOH, B.A., “Frank Smart’ Student
of Botany at Gonville and Caius College, Cambridge.
The Botany of the Ceylon Patanas. (Communicated by Prof.
H. Marshall Ward, F.R.S., F.L.S.) (Plate 7—Map, and
2 illustrations) ........................,.......... 300-365

SALMON, ERNEST STANLEY.
Notes on the Genus Nanomitrium, Lindberg. (Communicated

by J. G. Baker, F.R.S., F.L.S.) (Plate 5) .......... 163-170
On some Mosses from China and Japan. (Communicated by
J. G. Baker, F.R.S., F.L.S.) (Plate 17).....,....... 449-474

STANSFIELD, F. W., M.B.

On the Production of Apospory by Environment in Athyrium
Filix-fæmina, var. unco-glomeratum, an apparently barren
Fern. (Communicated by C. T. Druery, F.L.S.) (With
5 illustrations) .. eee ... 262-268

STAPF, Dr. OTTO, A.L.S.
Dicellandra, Hook. f., and Pheoneuron. Gilg (Melastomaces).
(Plate 19)...................................... 482-495

Wers, G. S., B.A., A.R.C.S., Scholar of St. John's College, Cam-
bridge.
On Variation in the Desmidiex, and its Bearings on their
Classification. (Communicated by W. West, F.L.S.)
(Plates 8-11, and 4 illustrations) .................. 366-416

Page
WEST, G. S. A further Contribution to the Freshwater Algs of
the West Indies, (See WEST, W.) .......... TM 279-995

West, W., F.L.S., and West, G. S., B.A., A.R.C.S.
A further Contribution to the Freshwater Alg® of the West
Indies.......................................... 279-295

WILLIAMS, FREDERIC N., F.L.S.
Caryophyllacee of the Chinese Province of Sze-chuen .. 426-487

WRIGHT, C. H.
On some African Labiatæ, with Alternate Leaves. (See
BURKILL, 1. H.) ......................... sn... 268-276

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PLATE
1. Mar to Illustrate the Subsubareas of British India.
2.
3. [once VELUTIPES, P. Karst.
4.
5. Qarsuuzs of Nanomitrium, Lindberg.
6. ALTERNATE-LEAVED LABIATE.
7. Map The Central Plateau of Ceylon.
8.)
» V VARIATION IN THE DESMIDIRE.
11.)
12.
13. | NoTHEIA ANOMALA, Harv. & Bail.
14.
15. PROTOBASIDIOMYCETES.
16. Pnoro- and AUTO-BASIDIOMYCETES.
17. Mosszs from China and Japan.
Ra 1-3. HALIMEDA LAXA, n. 8p.
' | Figs. 4,5. HALIMEDA CUNEATA, Kuetz., var. nov. ELONGATA.
9. P 1-10. DiceLLANDRA, Hook. f.
Figs. 11-20. PirEoxEUmom, Gilg.

18

Mops D :

TP sg. ei "2

NOVEMBER].

Price 6s.
THE JOURNAL
oF
THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.
Vor. XXXIV.\J ` BOTANY. No. 235.
CONTENTS.
Page

On the Subsubareas of British India, illustrated by the
detailed Distribution of the Cyperacee in that Empire.

By C. B. CLARKE, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S. (With Map—
Plate 1.)

See Notice on last page of Wrapper.

LONDON:

SOLD AT THE SOCIETY'S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE,
PICCADILLY, W.;

AND BY
LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO.
; AND (6
WILLIAMS AND NORGATE. fh b;
| 1898. NALA

LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON.

LIST OF THE OFFICERS AND COUNCIL.
Elected 24th May, 1898.

PRESIDENT.
Albert C. L. G. Günther, M.A., M.D., F.R.S.

VICE-PRESIDENTS.

W. Carruthers, F.R.S. A. D. Michael, F.Z.S., F.R.M.S.
Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. D. H. Scott, Ph.D., F.R.S.
TREASURER,

Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A.

SECRETARIES.

B. Daydon Jackson, Esq. | Prof. G. B. Howes, LL.D., F.R.S.
COUNCIL.

Obas. A. Barber, M.A. Prof. G. B. Howes, LL.D., F.R.S.
W. Carruthers. F.R.S. B. Daydon Jackson, Esq.
C. B. Clarke, M.A., F.R.S. A. D. Michael, F.Z.S., F.R.M.S.
Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A; H. W. Monckton, F.G.S. `
A.C.L. G Günther, M.A., M.D., F.R.S. G. R. Murray, F.R.S.
W. B. Hemsley, F.R.S. Howard Saunders, F.Z.S.
Prof. W. A. Herdman, D.Se., F.R.S. D. H. Scott, Ph.D., F.R.S.

W. Percy Sladen, F.G.S.

ASSISTANT SECRETARY.
James Edmund Harting, F.Z.S.

LIBRARIAN. CLERK.
A. W. Kappel. A. R. Hammond.

LIBRARY COMMITTEE.

This consists of nine Fellows (three of whom retire annually) and of the four
officers ex officio, in all thirteen members. "The former are elected annuallv
by the Council in June, and serve till the succeeding Anniversary. ‘The
Committee meet at 4 r.m., at intervals during the Session. The Members for
1897-98, in aldition to the officers, are :— >

C. B. Clarke, M.A., F.R.S. George Murray, F.R.S.

Prof. J. B. Farmer, M.A. W. Percy Sladen, F.G.S,

Prof. J. Reynolds Green,Se.D.,F.R.S.} Rev. T. R. Stebbing, M.A., F.R.S.
W. B. Hemsley, F.R.S. Roland Trimen, F.R.S.

A. D. Michael, F.Z.8.

Norr.—The Charter and Bye-Laws of the Society, as amended to
the 19th March, 1891, may be had on application,

THE JOURNAL

OF

THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

Os THE SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA, illustrated by the
detailed Distribution of the Cyperacee in that Empire.
By C. B. Cranke, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S.

[Read 2nd June, 1898.]
(With Mar—Prarz 1.)

INTRODUCTION.

Bnurrisu INDIA having been treated as a Subarea of the Indo-
Chinese Area *, the present paper attempts to divide it into a
convenient number (11) of Subsubareas for botanie reference.
As a test of the convenience of these subsubareas, and as an
illustration of how they are intended to be employed, the whole of
the material used in preparing the Order Cyperaceæ for Sir J. D.
Hooker's * Flora of British India” has been tabulated upon this
framework. This is a somewhat lengthy process, but it is
believed that only by a somewhat full trial ean the convenience
of a scheme of subsubareas be tested; moreover, it affords an
opportunity for the suggestion of improvements in the scheme
of subsubareas proposed. The tabulation is also a complete
account of the geographie distribution of the Cyperaeesm in
British India, and thus forms an Appendix to Sir J. D. Hooker's
‘Flora’ in which the distribution is only given generally ;
the present paper is an Index to all the localities and all
the collectors’ numbers actually used in the Cyperacez for the
“Flora of British Iudia.’

* Phil. Trans, vol. 183 B (1892), p. 371.
LINN. JOURN.— BOTANY, VOL. XXXIV. B

EI MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

At the end of the paper, as an inference more particularly
from the distribution of the genus Carex, there is ventured some
speeulation upon the components of the existing Flora of British
India and their successive entry into and route within the
Empire.

India has been regarded as a botanic subarea of the globe;
the Empire is not the most natural region that could be devised ;
it is convenient as a subarea of reference, especially now that
Sir J. D. Hooker’s * Flora of British India’ is completed. The
next step, both towards the geographic and economic study of
the Flora, is the subdivision of India into convenient sub-
subareas; for each of these subsubareas a local Flora of manage-
able size may be written, and the distribution of species in India
may be more precisely indicated by “ tabulating " on these sub-
subareas by way of reference. The Floras of Ceylon and of the
Malay Peninsula have now been carried so far that the areas
included in these Floras must be taken as two of the sub-
subareas.

I commenced work on this subdivision of India about two
years ago; having formed my subsubareas (in which I have
had the benefit of the advice of Mr. Hemsley, Sir G. King,
Mr. Gamble, Dr. Prain, and others), I proceeded to test them
in practice by tabulating on them an Order of considerable size.
I think it is only by working the subsubareas with large
numbers of plants that any safe conclusions can be come to
regarding their convenience. I selected the Order Ranuncu-
lace® ; but, after collecting the literature, I found that, to make
the test of any value, it would be necessary to revise critically
the whole material. I was quite unable to undertake this (in
addition to other botanic work in hand), and threw aside the
papers. Some time after, it occurred to me that I might test my
subsubareas with the Order Cyperacex, by assuming all the
determinations I have already made of Indian Cyperaces to
be correct, and not referring to the plants at all. This I have
here done; only citing the localities and numbers of collectors
which IE had on my notes already. This, inter alia, causes Carex to
be very scantily done as compared with the other genera ; because
in working up Carex for the “Flora of British India” only the
material at Kew and at the Linnean Society was employed. Bat,

oing the work in this way, 7. e. merely copying from my own
determinations, the present tabulation has occupied me about

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 3

13 hour (I estimate on the average) of all my working days for
eight months.

I mention this as it is the primary consideration in a scheme
of subsubareas how the work upon the framework is to come
within manageable dimension. I made the number of sub-
subareas 11; from my experience I strongly opine that this
number is quite larze enough. I am sure that anyone who
tabulates on a larger number will be overwhelmed if he attempts
to deal with any considerable part of the Flora of India.
The subsubareas ean be mado more natural by further sub-
division ; it has been pointed out to me that the mountainous
south-west of Ceylon is distinct as a biologie region from the
drier north-east. In applying to my friends for suggestions, T
have always asked them to show ime how to improve my scheme
of subsubareas of India, the number of such subsubareas re-
maining 11 or less.

So far as areas of reference are concerned, it is to be noted
that it is no use giving them accurately-defined boundaries
unless collectors note the habitats of their collections with
reference to these. If I make the Tropic of Cancer the limit of
a subsubarea and a collector has ticketed a plant “Chota Nag-
pore,” I cannot refer it to any subsubarea. Now the “type”
examples of nearly the whole of the Indian Flora have already
been collected, so that the scheme of subsubareas has to be
largely confined to the problem of devising such subsubareas as
will admit the standard material for the Flora of British India
being referred to them. A very large pereentage of this
material is ticketed as having been collected at a very limited
number of localities, as ** North-west Himalayas,” **Pegu,"
“Moradabad” ; it is this fact which has enabled me to carry out
tho tabulation of the plants at all. Large numbers of Wight's
plants are only ticketed “ Madras," or “herb. Madras"; and
the majority of these carried into Wallich’s herbarium have, of
course, no better localization; I have tabulated these, as a rule,
in subsubarea 5, Coromandelia, but it is known that many came
from Malabaria and Ceylon. So the plants of Griffith, with the
printed Kew label ** East Bengal" on them, came some from
Darjeeling, some from East Bengal Plain, some from Khasia,
some from other places. The percentage of doubt and guess
thus introduced is so large, that I can lay no great stress on the
numerical results. I have withdrawn the tabies showing the

B2

4 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

specifie distribution and have printed only the abstraet tables.
The tabulations for the distribution of species can be con-
structed by anyone who wants them out of this paper. I publish
the paper, firstly as recording and defining geographically the
whole material on which the Cyperaceæ (in the * Flora of British
India") stand’; and secondly, as the ground for some speculations
which I have added regarding the derivation of the existing Flora
of British India.
The 11 subsubareas of tabulation adopted are (see Map) :—

(1) West Himalaya.
(2) India Deserta.
(3) Malabaria.
(4) Ceylon.
(5) Coromandelia.
(6) Gangetic Plaiu.
(7) East Himalaya.
(8) Assam.
(9) Ava.
(10) Pegu.
(11) Malay Peninsula.
It is unnecessary to write out fully the boundaries of these
subsubareas, as the Map shows them more quickly. But I may

here explain the reasons why some of the lines are drawn where
they are :—

(1) The eastern boundary of this subsubarea in Nepal is 80? 30'
Long. E. It is so drawn in order that Wallich's own
collections made with his headquarters at Katmandu may
go with Hooker's Tambur plants, and may be tabulated
separately from the plants Wallich got from Kumaon,
with which last go Duthie's West Nepal plants.

The south boundary is supposed the line between the
hills and the plains, say the line of 1500 fect above sca.

(2) The subsubarea is essentially that of the Indian Desert, the
Punjab Plain, Sindh and Belcochistan. Gujarat is supposed
wholly in Malabaria, Malwa wholly in subsubarea (2), which
also takes in Quetta and Kuram.

Linn. Soc. Journ Bot. Vol XXXIV P11.

75° 80° 90° 95°

Son:

du

jan znasn |
EN Kë nt Kë e A H KI otan
^. Kei

Ai
RN ali, | Lu

Ee cl om

Sh.
"ie ape m

fi
ains

SN
gé ine o

1 na
A 7 Ga Ce Eldzuwn A deg
We “as DN S" aber zÄ CH d
S ek ic
Co pute SN "|
Ko ful enr 30
ix
rip N
- LAON; renn CA.
un — H
$v d A
ya A v | -
Sw LN kuria "n2 ya
vM Bin tong l
| Mbot I er H Co?
| Indus ES.
| G x Bir,
rulf oe C utch
: x v a "i :
p arsin Oh v á
° DË Se rg a.
^6 we i
20 | "d. f D zg Jaladhai.
li sais Arr, SR (e
— i T i. ce Gs
per Her DT Ae ardh ag E
I Basmi
| Daa fanda i
| Bo D ira V Sirpuiby d
| Alibag} y aNandor, Tandur ka”. Zei (aan?
| ashe : ec? dndur : M MEC Ad E
| bua o WA d CS d
| ee Y
| “Meda apt Vë
Kg M
| Ratnagiri : Ar cot dg sri
H ` e x NG lg onda J Ba
c | g P (uu wd M. undarn
IBL | " N uos SEM Foc anada |
| 4 dear Kamiti istud Ng anaon |
| Rau Sem N French | NegraisV M^
— d Panjim SR . | C.Neg A "i
Po tie underor Masulipa| | passe? Parte Wé?
| ges | ag?
| Karwan | 4
v |
D
2
+
a
-
5 Serba, | On mawal
a | 4». i
t Bwa u MADRAS | Irterviv LAKS artesi |
- amagore 3
= | Ben , Titae Palar R. ANDAMAN ` Baren hip?
y y up. { 7 `
Pehea, Dachi na p Ma dfi MAPLUSTRATE ak | Soren
cunacna Lozin PME Ul “meni caie Y Rees L ; Nin |
. ` Inder a oleroon R. an ʻa titian |
Bu Patani R | Seuhdlipar daru Toot Pohani iè aril: T H E D U B AR EAS Sentinel . DOLitAndanum |
Calantan £e a (French) | à
{ Kaloo — ss | M | za
pedana I! ent Wa ching OF 5 H | N D IA 10 degree = Chan* Sg Aladini": + "A. Tayag >.
~~. 9 deo. . | [ MILES ` | 1 "T » YA
i Trinoane R. de grees ( han! | d 0 50 0 300 400 500 Star nicobar | „Ichan - Kokrah e : Es | Rb
Bada Vani Travancoh d A Batty Malye | sever Iie alem wm |
o nen | Trivandruns | Chowrv . villanchena Tupra NE Sin |
Hi degrees Chan? | Pv &Camorta Salangerdunksgvion gunacra I |
. an! . | atch | / Patani
A Kg ? yhang » NN atticaloa | Nicobar I? AMaroe D ^ p anta n È-
Maia Timan Tila mer | CEYLON | Lie Nicobar PC, * à 1 EUN lano L
2 =- 5. . | a2. Yue: dana
, | lo Loncar aR
Wii | BT ar "ot or Wellin gto? N rrincanoe R. 15°
Milla Dou Madou || | BANG, Mr RER ACE LA We
E v i i Äer or Hadou Fadipol — | Brassel ve Y herak Line di
al E unt °
no NE LULUH WA CS || 75" Long. E.of Gr. 20 95° 100° 105°
1 + > vr d
STANFORDS GEOG- ESTABT, LONDON

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 5

(3) The eastern boundary is 76? 30' Long. E., as far south as
Mysore town, whence the boundary is a line drawn from
Mysore to Tinnevelly. [I have, generally, tabulated plants
labelled * Pulneys" in (3). Dindigal is of course in (5).
The line from Mysore to Tinnevelly is artificial and not very
satisfactory ; it remains for some one to discover a better.

(5) The north boundary is the base of the hills which run east
and west nearly parallel with the Ganges from Gwalior to
Rajmahl at the great bend of the Ganges. Thus subsub-
areas (3) and (5) together include the Gondwana region of
geologists (except the Aravalli Mts., from which I have
hardly a plant). Mt. Aboo, not being in Gujarat, is
tabulated in subsubarea (2).

(6) The Gangetic plain is a Hooker-and-Thomson area; it
extends from Saharunpore to the sea, including the plain
of Orissa. The Terai of Nepal and Sikkim is here supposed
part of the East Himalaya (7).

(8) Assam is understood to be the political province, as bounded
by the present “inner line” of the 16-mile-to-the-inch
administration map; but excluding such portion as drains
into the Irawaddi: ©. e. Muneypore is in subsubarea (9).
It is true that the administrative line which separates
Goalpara from North Bengal is arbitrary; it does not
appear possible to separate the Bruhmapootra Valley (ot
Assam) from North Bengal by any line that is not
arbitrary.

(9) This arca includes all Burma that is not in Pegu nor iv
Assam; and includes Muney poor as being a side valley of
the Irawaddi.

(10) The boundary-liue between this and Ava is the boundary -
line between Pegu and Burma in 1870 (and for some time
before, aud after); so that it coincides with the north
boundary-line of Kurz's ‘Forest Flora of Deen / The
southern boundary, in the latitude of Junkceylan, is
drawn to keep our subsubarea (11) identic with the “ Malay
Peninsula" of Sir G. King.

B. CLARKE ON THE

C.

MR.

T IPI | 661 L elc | 29 $93 PLP 601 161 | v8 813 |
sr | z -| 9 I | 8 c po ooo 019102480 "IIA
=e | MA | 6 ee DÉI | I | een ... . > "TP uL nii] n40 J, "IA
er | 1€ | 08 ca el SI 69 61 eI | | o re sma WA
-60cl| 94 | sol | IL 64 9g 891 685 79 OL cg gei re" sndadhg "AI
<6, | I Z ID 8 D We 61 G ¢ | al GL pm engen p "III
<o | 9L Je Pü LI e£ 66 LI eg | ral 9p xU natang "TI
“jt | st at" Gt € | có | 08 | 9 P 06 oi vBunfy I
EE: | o 6 8 L | 9 | 8 | P € | en |
| | Lei | | | - | |
| i u[nsuruaq,| , ege ABBA "Hild | CEP |. "eup0 |'uj40sSa([ 'VAW[EUITH |
| | KUEN ngod vay (HOSSY) sua | sadu -usto40), uo[sap -ee | vipu HOM | |
"EWHHdAO PUL
los; Scb | €6F EN +38 | Gr ELG TIOI ot Im | Og 186 |
zu ei | M 05, 000 | Hi e se | g 9 | & gyp tts W'UNIOINVO |
ore | 1? | Ir (€ Tu og gl c | 8b 16 I po ONE KSE
FI | se et PI Z | G 91 L ' Uo queue ØWAINVAYN |
| |
ILT | 98 | 96 FS 6 | 4 8 | 1G 0c rd d Crinag |
‘991g FZI 104 |63| #93 | 68 98 GSF GI 991 101 68 wadung pOOERHHdAO
Loi |i 661 | FI} 6G | €9 , 89 PLE 600 | ISI +8 SIG [U wamaaag-ad
| -mmj —-.—| | |
| IT | o 6 8 L | 9 g | Ft £ e I
| |
. | | T La . | , "Eu . no
wqmsutueq . ais . vÁv[eurg, ‘Ued Stan |. Blivg | "elasal] BAL euH $49 PLONG
Un" ndog "vA Giusy ISCH |omaduen) -UVW UO[A9D | eje | empu 39A
| | | |

uXovuudAO PHO

ttt

ttt

95 9c Bii: 6 L 8 | æ | 0 Z g
z g | . ... ee c | e | I e vee Re ` poupua IX XI
OT Mmm es s. - e. e. et enm muy XY
ya ... MEZ | ... ... ... DER wee ... ... ven James. vwu42dsopidorr "XIX
S, ONG e. " e es e. e. [ [e enuasosost “TITAN
6 eg e 1 es o | e. poo eee wannen “TAX
z Mmm e a e zl e MA eee eine “TAN
TI a 86 6 9 9 9T | OI ali CO qme Ptodeoyouhg “AX
IT "oe 8 L 9 rs ? € z I

"w[nsuruoq. a av mess PABTBULL FT) 'urepq "eop . “BIRA | '9jiese(T |'wAve[uul]

| Lupe | nSaq | "AN "uessy jet Madura -ULUIOLON) uo£ap | Æ vIpuy 489 AA

| | | | | |

WUNUHOS ALL

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA.

tet ttt t

|
Fal | 103 6c #98 68 "987 69r | gel | 991 | 101 | 685
9 8 I» |02 9 ' | g HI € qom 6 pert nydumsodv “ATX
8 61 I |Z e L cg 01 II I Y cxt DUMM “TTX
| I | I T II ... e ... ... 01 OF EE) “TIK
| $0 "oe ojog Ez SIT FOL PC eg 68 9 BED endro IX
| 4 le I |Z p ar 6€ GI PT e Al qeu sfasogmg "X
| GL "eet Sl | GEI 0g SIT clc £8 | 98 OF 06 re" cuünsuquip “YI
| tL | Ot Z H 6 16 cc F LI 8 ee ee 824049094 “TILA
Zu — __ ___._
p" (6, 8 L 9 S v € z | T

"wpusuiuoq | a megar! VÁS[SUII) UBT "Vilep U"iIPVQ egasi e fierun

| fa Bed WW "rr yee B mp -ueuiodop) mua? went | wpu[ | Ja

‘WaAdAIOS 9qu

CLARKE ON THE

C. B.

MR.

|
9601 | SI IT | 0G 661 se | 6 Eg | 16 99 66 | S0 |
GER eo 0€ TEN 01 8 m | 291 | m Ddol yrsa )
"E E | M 07 c | e| z U pee DIOP ane |
ois | eL ui W | 48 " | ee A GF Z T E Ha i ROH
If | "t | ee | SÉ e er .. | .. | Z ... . | ec | ee Ut DADY y )
cec | .. | T | 8 6F ce | ... | I | OI 9I L | 901 dé ........ ............... one VINDIA
| | msc | TI IT) |
nos? 4 9 s WK € ze I |
| | |
'(v1ieuosqug ut) XTAVO
| N | | | |
mt 8 "o gl Z g 91 L
Ay I. | fe | | S u = guodadoT CTAXX
-—-9 0 * y. vm mM G " Uto quuodpuopodatos “AXX
-z | 6I yA E "| € U Uo moUcUUnuodop "ATXX
— TI | el ... | ... DÉI .. | . ... . eee " UN 340078000404, TIIXX
= I9 | 8T SI |" | IL G | g 8 L “o pU wunyiyodiH "IIXX
| m lo 6 8 L 9 | s t € z I
| | |
|J. | | . . |. . . . |
emswusg . . |, gut ‘uw | 8p inet Gg | Basa Gkgteumtu
| dewm | NDA say meer qseq ` Ono2uvr) -UBUOJOJ “OTA -Be | pur | ven `
| | | | | |

‘WINVdA VW 9p1oqug

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 9

The geographic localities for the Cyperacez which follow are
arranged by, and the names cited from, Hooker's * Flora of
British India '—a very few corrections and additions, which have
come to hand since the publication of vol. vi. of that work, have
been made.

In the numerical tables, iu place of the usual asterisk to
denote the oceurrence of a species a number is put which
indieates all that the asterisk would indieate, and is the number
of localities cited in the list of localities.

1. KYLLINGA TRICEPS, Kottb.; Hook. f. Fi. Brit. Ind. vi. 587.

1. Mussoorie, Royle, 188 ; Dehra Doon, King, 54, 60.

4. Ceylon, Thwaites, 3234 ; Colombo, Beckett, 2496.

5. Pondicherry, Commerson, 120, Perrottet, 524. Coromandel,
Bélanger, 186. Madras Peninsula, Wallich, 3445 A, B, E
(hb. propr.), Wight, 1852, 1852 6 (hb. propr.), 1849 (hb.
Calcutta). Chota Nagpore, alt. 1000 feet, frequent,
C. B. Clarke. Gwalior, Maries, 378.

6. Moradabad, 7. Thomson, 257, Jacquemont, 499 (399 in hb.
Paris). Behar, Hope; Monghyr, Buchanan Hamilton,
213. Bengal, Wallich ; Monghir, Wallich, 3445 C (hb.
propr.), D (hb. Kew). Calcutta, Wallich, 370 (hb. Paris,
Delessert).

10. Burma, Wallich, 3443 I (hb. propr.).
Distrib. Ethiopia. Macao.

2. KYLLINGA CYLINDRICA, Nees; Hook. f. I. e. vi. 588.

1. Kumaon, Strachey & Winterbottom; Mussoorie, Royle, 39.
Nepal, Wallich, 3442 partly (hb. propr.).

3. Canara, Metz, 827 a. Nilgiri Mts., King.

5. Maisor and Carnatic, Œ. Thomson, 28. Madras, Wallich,
3443 B (hb. Calcutta). Nundydroog, Wallich, 3443 D
partly (hb. propr.) Chota Nagpore: Parasnath, 7.
Anderson.

7. Sikkim, alt. 2000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 35479.

8. Khasia, alt. 5000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 38909. Chittagong,
Hook. f. et T. Thoms.

11. Singapore, Hullett, 495.
Distrib. Ethiopia. Queensland, New South Wales.

10

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON TIIE

3. KYLLINGA MELANOSPERMA, Nees: Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi.

588.

3. Nilgiri Mts., Leschenault, Perrottet, 678, 1212; alt. 5000
feet, C. B. Clarke, 10884.

4. Ceylon, Gardner, 966; Central Province, alt. 4000-6000
feet, Thwaites, 818, 2980 (819 in hb. Boissier).

5. Madras Peninsula, Wallich, 3440 (hb. propr.), Wight,

11.

2879, 2880, 1850 (in hb. Kew, Calcutta, Delessert, not in
hb. propr.), 1851. Central India: Panchmari, Duthie,
10589.

Singapore, Kurz.

Distrib. Ethiopia. Madagascar. Malaya.

A. KYLLINGA BREVIFOLIA, Rottb.; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 588.

1.

p» tO

10.

11.

Hawul Pindee, Aitchison, 240. Mussoorie, Royle, 38.
Kumaon, Duthie, 3459. Gurhwal, alt. 6000 feet, Duthie,
5002. Bheem Tal, Z. Thomson. Nepal, Wallich, 3442
partly (hb. propr.).

. Sind, Pinwill. Mt. Aboo, G. King.
. Ceylon (frequent), Thwaites, 3755.
. Nundydroog, Wallich, 3443 D partly (hb. propr.). Madras,

Wallich, 3443 C (hb. propr.), Wight, 1849 partly, 1850
partly. Chota Nagpore, frequent, C. B. Clarke.

. Bengal, Buchanan Hamilton, 211, Wallich, 3443 F partly,

H partly (hb. propr.) 3444 a (hb. Delessert); common,
C. B. Clarke.

. Bikkim, Sonada, alt. 8000 feet, Kurz. East Himalaya,

Griffith, Kew n. 6252, 6253.

. Assam, frequent, C. B. Clarke. Upper Assam, Griffith,

Kew n. 6254, 6255 partly. Khasia, Hook. f. & T. Thoms.,
28.

Burma, Kurz, 638, 639, 2718. Mergui, Griffith, Kew
n. 6248 part, 6249, 6251. Wellesley, G. King. Andamans,
Kurz. Nicobars, Kurz.

Penang, Delessert, Didrichsen, 3557. Malacca, Griffith,
Kew n. 6247, 6250, Jagor, 307. Singapore, Kurz, 2997,
2998, Ridley, 33, 81.

Distrib. Ethiopia. Indo-China. Oceania. Florida. Bermuda.

Neotropica.

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 11

5. KYLLINGA MONOCEPHALA, Rottb.; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi.

pad Fa

ft

10.

11.

588.

. Mussooree, Royle, 37.
. Punjab, T. Thomson.
. Ceylon (common), Thwaites, 3753.
Coromandelia, Bélanger, 185. Madras, Wallich, 3443 A,

B (hb. propr.), Wight, 1849 partly; Mangalore, Metz,
199 a.

. Saharunpore, Duthie. Behar, Buchanan Hamilton, 212.

Bengal, Wallich, 3443 F partly, H. partly (hb. propr.),
3443 D (hb. Kew, Calcutta, DC.), 3443 H (hb. Mus. Brit.);
frequent, C. B. Clarke; Calcutta, Helfer, 59, Kamp-
hoevener, 502.

. Sikkim, alt. 6000 feet, T. Anderson, 263.

Assam, Griffith, Kew n. 6255 mainly, Jenkins, 219, 228,
frequent, C. B. Clarke. Khasia, alt. 2500-4500 feet,
Schlagintweit, 141. Bengal Orient, Griffith, Kew
n. 6254/1.

Burma, Griffith, Kew n. 6248 partly, Kurz, 639, 663.
Mergui, Griffith, 98. Andamans, Kurz. Nicobars, Kamp-
hoevener, 2350, Jelinski, 198, 216.
Penang, Delessert, G. King. Malacca, Delessert, Yvan.
Singapore, Wallich, 3443 G (hb. propr.), Kunstler, 42.
Ridley, 48.

Distrib. Ethiopia. Indo-China. Oceania. [In Neotropica
very rarely collected. |

6. KyrnrNGA SQUAMULATA, Vahl; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 589.
1. Kashmir, T. Thomson, 1258, alt. 4000 feet, C. B. Clarke,

22792, 31569. Kumaon, alt. 5500 feet, Strachey & Winter-
bottom, Duthie, 6073. Guraval, 5500 feet, Duthie, 5001.

2. Mt. Aboo, G. King.
3. Canara, Metz, 199.
Distrib. North Trop. Africa, frequent. Martinique.

1. PycREUS FLAVESCENS, Reichb. Fl. Excurs. (1830-2) p. 72;
[Nees; Hook. f. l. e. vi. 589].
1. Kurrun Valley, Aitchison, 964.
Distrib. Palearctica. Ethiopia. U.S. Orient. Neotropica.

12 ME. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

2. PYCREUS STRAMINEUS, C. B. Clarke; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind.
vi. 589.
4. Ceylon, Thwaites, 3776.
5. Madras, Wallich, 3320 A part. Mangalore, Hohenacker,
302.
6. [Bengal] Wallich, 3318 part. Calcutta, C. B. Clarke.
Mymensingh, C. B. Clarke. | Jumalpore, Griffith, Kew
n. 6217.
8. Khasia, Hook. f. et T. Thoms. Sylhet, Wallich, 3320 B.
Silcbar, J. D. Hooker. Chittagong, J. D. Hooker, 158.
10. Arracan, Kurz, 676. Mergui, Griffith, 166, Kew n. 6169.
Moulmeir, Philipps. Tavoy, Wallich, 209 (hb. propr.
not of List).
Distrib. Endemie in India.

3. Pycreus LATESPICATUS, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. 1. c. vi. 590.

1. Kumaon, alt. 5000-6000 feet, Strachey & Winterbottom,

Duthie, 3455.

3. Malabar (vel Concan), Stocks (vel Law).

5. Central India, Sumbulpore (herb. Calcutta). Chota
Nagpore, alt. 1500-2500 feet (plentiful), C. B. Clarke.
Sikkim Terai, Kurz.

8. Assam, J. D. Hooker, 1482, alt. 3000-5500 feet, Griffith,
506, Kew n. 6200 part, (frequent) C. B. Clarke.
Distrib. Endemic in India.

N

*3. PYCREUS MALABARICUS, 8p. nov.

Radices fibrose. Culmi cespitosi, pedales, graciles. Folia
cum 2 parte culmi æquilonga, gl; unc. lata, debilia. Umbella
e 1-3 spicis structa, 1 une. in diam., 3-11-stachya; bracteæ 3,
eum foliis similes, ima usque ad 34 unc. longa. Spiculæ di-
stantes, 4 unc. longs, 4 in. late, 20-flore, multum compresse,
lateribus exacte parallelis. Glumw navieulares, rigide accum-
bentes, vix acutze, nitide nigræ marginibus anguste albis. Stylus
2-fidus. Nux ovoidea, lateraliter compressa, cum è parte glume
equilonga, transversim crebre lineolata cellulis extimis longi-
tudinaliter oblongis.

3. Malabar Ghats, Lanowlee, Woodrow, 28 B.

Distrib. Endemic in Malabaria.

4. PYCREUS SANGUINOLENTUS, Nees; Hook. f. l. e. vi. 590.
1. Baltisthan, alt. 7500 feet, Schlagintweit, 792, 1917, 5760,
C. B. Clarke, 30021. Kashmir, 7. Thomson; alt. 7500 feet,

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 18

Levinge, W. S. Atkinson; Kishtwar, Schlagintweit, 5119.
Punjab, Jaeguemont, 432, 437, T. Thomson; Rawul Pindee,
Aitchison, 241. Kumaon, Wallich, 3319 G, T. Thomson,
1078, Strachey § Winterbottom, 5. Qurhwal, alt. 6000
feet, Duthie, 4481; Mussoorie, Royle, 24; Nagkunda,
Royle, 30. Nepal, Wallich, 3319 H.

2. Sind, Pinwill. Mt. Aboo, G. King, Duthie, 6722.

3. Bombay, Kalyan, Woodrow, 11. Nilgiri Mts., Hohenacker,
946 part.

4. Central Province, Thwaites, 802, Walker.

5. Madras Peninsula, Wallich, 3319 A, B part, D. Chota
Nagpore, alt. 1750 feet, C. B. Clarke.

6. Bengal, Wallich, 3319 C, E. Sahebgunj, Kurz. Dacca,
C. B. Clarke. Mymensingh, €. B. Clarke.

7. East Himalaya, Grifith, Kew n. 6201. Sikkim Terai:
Balasun R., alt. 500 feet, C. B. Clarke. Lachen, alt.
10,000 feet, J. D. Hooker.

8. Assam, Griffith, 1458, 1468, Masters, 572, Jenkins, 195,
196; Gowhatty, Simons. Khasia, alt. 0-5000 feet, J. D.
Hooker, (frequent) C. B. Clarke. East Bengal, Wallich,
3344 B, Griffith, Kew n. 6187, 6200 part. Sylhet,
Wallich, 3319 F, J. D. Hooker. Chittagong, Hook. f. et
T. Thoms., 57.

9. Ava, Wallich, 3335.

10. Pegu, Kurz, 624; Rangoon, MacClelland ; Tavoy, Wallich,
265 (hb. propr. not of List).

11. Pahang, Ridley, 2141.

Distrib. Cabul. Central Asia. China. Japan. Malaya.

Australia. "Timor.

5. PvcnEUs nirens, Nees; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 591.
1. Kumaon, alt. 3500 feet, Strachey d Winterbottom, 3,
Duthie, 3456; Dehra Dhoon, G. King. Gurhwal, alt.
5500 feet, Duthie, 4485. Nepal, Wallich, 3312 C.
2. Punjab, 7. Thomson. Sind, Pinwill. Mt. Aboo, Stocks.
202, G. King. |
3. Malabar, Bélanger, 233, 234. Canara, Hohenacker, 825,
826; Bababoodun Hills, Law. Nilgiri Mts., G. Thomson,
124.
4. Ceylon, Thwaites, 806, Beckett, 9541.
. Madras Peninsula, Wight, 1809, Wallich, 3312 D part.

cr

14 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

K, L, 3313 B part, 3339, G. Thomson, 179. Chanda,
Duthie, 9893. Chota Nagpore, alt. 2000 feet, frequent,
C. B. Clarke.
6. Moradabad, T. Thomson, 776. Behar, Buchanan Hamilton,
132, 137, 138, 144 part, Wallich, 3312 E. Lower Bengal,
Wallich, 3312 A, B, F,G part, 3376 part ; 24 Pergunnahs,
C. B. Clarke.
Sikkim, G. King; Bookna, C. B. Clarke.
8. Assam, Jenkins, 199, Griffith, 1586. East Bengal, Griffith,
Kew n. 6186, J. D. Hooker. Khasia, alt. 5500 feet,
Schlagintweit, 135. Chittagong, J. D. Hooker, 151. Cachar,
Keenan.
10. Rangoon, Wallich, 3312 H, R. Scott. Burma, Griffith,
Kew n. 6186. Tavoy, Wallich.

11. Tenasserim, Helfer, Kew n. 6209/2. Penang, Curtis, 1782.
Singapore, Kunstler, 62.

Distrib. Trop. Africa. China. Malaya. "Trop. Australia.

x

6. Pycreus PUMILUS, Nees; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 591.

3. Bombay, in the suburb Sion, Woodrow.

5. Madras Peninsula, Leith, 25 (in hb. Linn. propr.); Monam-
putta, in a. rice-field, Wight, 1808, 2864, Wallich, 3336 C
part.

Distrib. Mozambique. North Madagascar. Timor.

7. Pycrevs aLozosus, Reichb. Fl. Excurs. (1830-2), Add.
p. 140-10.
[P. capillaris, Nees; Hook. f. 1. e. vi. 591.]
1. Kashmir, Schlagintweit, 5118, Jacquemont, 819; Rajaorı,
alt. 2500 feet, Schlagintweit, 12, 207. Baltisthan, Iskardo,
T. Thomson; Shigar, alt. 8000 feet, C. B. Clarke. Rawul
Pindee, Aitchison, 248, 247. Kunawur, Jacquemont, 1149.
N.W. Himalaya, up to 6500 feet, 7. Thomson, Kumaon,
Wallich, 33180. Almora, Strachey d Winterbottom, 6.
N.W. India, Royle, 7. Nepal, Wallich, 3318 D.
2. Punjab, Schlagintweit, 10186. Dera Ismail Khan, Duthie,
7937.
. Nassik, Kuntze,
Chota Nagpore, a!t. 750-2000 feet, plentiful, C. B. Clarke.
. Moradabad, T. Thomson. Behar, J. D. Hooker.
. Sikkim, J. D. Hooker. Darjeeling, Griffith, Kew n. 6191 ;
Dalkajhar, alt. 400 feet, C. B. Clarke.

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 15

8. Upper Assam, Jenkins, 571, 574; Dihing R., Griffith,
Kew n. 6182. Assam, Mack, G. Mann, 372. East
Bengal, Griffith, Kew n. 6189 (6191 in hb. Berlin).
Khasia, J. D. Hooker ; alt. 3000-5000 feet (black ehestnut
spikelets), J. D. Hooker, 580, Griffith, Kew n. 6182,
Schlagintweit 137 ; frequent, C. B. Clarke.

10. Nicobars, Kurz.
Distrib. Mediterranea. Central Asia. Mascarenia, China.
Japan. Malaya. Australia. Timor.

Pycreus aronosvus, Reichb.:
Var. B. NiLAGTRICA, C. B. Clarke; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi.
592.

3. Bombay, Heura, Dalzell. Poona, Jacquemont. Malabar,
Stocks, Law. Canara, Young. Nilgiri Mts., Hochstetter,
945-945 a, G. Thomson, 20, 52, Wight, 1812, 2875.

4. Ceylon, Gardner, 954, 955; * very common,” Thwaites,
801.

5. Tuticorin, Wight, 2878. Madras Peninsula, Wallich,
3310, 3318 A, B. Hyderabad, Campbell. Chanda, Duthie,
9821.

Distrib. Africa Trop, Bourbon. China. Japan. Malaya.
East Australia.

Pycrevs aronosus, Reichb. :
Var. y. stricta, C. B. Clarke; Hook. J-l e. vi. 592.
1. Kishtwar, Schlagintweit, 3715. Kumaon, alt. 5000 feet,
Duthie, 4489. Nepal, Wallich, 3385, 3318 D.
Punjab, Stewart, 293, 796.
Poona, Jaequemont, 276.
Chota Nagpore, Wood.
< Moradabad, 7. Thomson, 193. Purneah, Buchanan
Hamilton, 144 part; Nathpur, Wallich, 3312 G part.
Lower Bengal, Wallich, 3318 E, 3319 B part.
7. Bhotan, alt. 3500 feet, Gamble, 9598.
8. Assam, Griffith, 1092, Jenkins. Chittagong, at the burning
spring, J. D. Hooker.
Distrib. Susiana. Ethiopia. China. Luzon.

an ww

PycnEUS GLOBOSUS, Reichb.:
Var. ò Enecta, C. B. Clarke (var. nova): stem and leaves
more robust; umbel compound, rays of the secondary

16 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

umbels 3-5 up to 4-3 in. long; spikelets rather smaller,
pale.— Cyperus erectus (sp.), Roxburgh MS.
5. Coromandelia, Koenig, Roxburgh.

Distrib. Formosa.

8. Pycreus POLYSTACHYUS, Deauv.: Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. v1. 592.
2. Sind, Pinwill.
3. Malabar, Bélanger, 225.
4. Ceylon. “ Very abundant." Thwaites, 800, Walker, 49.
5. Madras, Griffith, 109. Madras Peninsula, Rottboell,
Wight, 1811, Wallich, 3340 A, B, C, 3333, 3332 B part,
3320 A part. Pondicherry, Perrottet; Palaveram, G.
Thomson.
6. Orissa, Poori, W. S. Atkinson. Lower Bengal, Wallich,
3340 D; Soondreebun, frequent, C. B. Clarke.
8. Sylhet, Hook. f. 4 T. Thoms. Cachar, Keenan. Chitta-
gong, C. B. Clarke.
10. Burma, Griffith, Kew n. 6192, 6205. Andamans and
Nicobars, Kurz.
11. Malacca, Griffith. Perak, Wray, 778. Singapore, Kurz,
3018, Ridley, 80, 1784, 1861, Wichura, 698 a.
Distrib. Mediterranea. Ethiopia. Indo-China. Florida. Neo-
tropica.

PYCREUS POLYSTACHYUS, Beauv. :
Var. LAXIFLORA, Benth.; Hook. f.l. e. vi. 592.
3. Anamallay Mts., Beddome.
4. Ceylon, Walker, 23, 43, Wight, 2055.
5. Madras Peninsula, Wallich, 3832 B (in hb. propr.), C (in
hb. Kew), 3331.
8. Chittagong, J. D. Hooker, 402.
10. Mereui, Griffith, 70, 290, Kew n. 6184. Andamans,
Kurz.
11. Penang, Curtis, 1862. Malacca, Griffith, Kew n. 6205.
Singapore, Lobb, Ridley, 1750.
Distrib. Ethiopia. Malaya. N.W. Australia. Sandwich Isles.
United States. Neotropica. |
9. Pycreus FERRUGINEUS, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l e. vi. 593.
5. Madras Peninsula, G. Thomson, 70. Mysore, Jtottler.
Distrib. Ethiopia. Eastern North America. Central America.

10. Pycreus sutcivux, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. e. vi. 598.
3. Anamallay Mts., alt. 3500 feet, Beddome.

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 17

7. North Bengal, alt. 1000-5000 feet, frequent, C. B.
Clarke.
8. East Bengal, alt. 1000-5000 feet, frequent, C. B. Clarke.
Assam, Griffith, 1601.
10. Pegu, Kurz, 659, Oates. Moulmein, Helfer, 326. Tenas-
serim, Helfer, Kew n. 6209/4.
Distrib. Nyasa-land. Borneo. Philippines.

11. Pycrrus ANGULATUs, Nees; Hook. J. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 593.
1. Nepal, Wallich, 3324 A.
3. Nilgiri Mts., Wight, 2874.
6. Dinajpore (floating), C. B. Clarke.
8. Assam, Masters, 198. Khasia, Griffith, 1327, alt. 3000-
5500 feet, Hook. f. § T. Thoms., frequent, C. B. Clarke.
9. Ava, Wallich, 3324 B.
Distrib. Zambesia. Caput. Australia. Neotropica.

Pycreus ANGULATUS, Nees:
Var. p. Wiot, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi. 593.
9. Madras Peninsula, Wight, 2875, 2874 (in herb. Berlin).
Distrib. Endemic.

12. Pycreus Baccua, Nees in Linnea, ix. [1834] 283.
[.P. puncticulatus, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi. 593.]
3. Londa, Cooke.
4. Ceylon, Thwaites, 3316 (hb. Kew, Mus. Brit.) 3751
Damboul, Beckett.
5. Madras Peninsula, Zottler, Wallich, 3336 A, D, F, C
part, 3355 B part, 3337 part (in hb. Kew), Wight, 1813
(in hb. propr.), 2871.
Distrib. Chefoo.

Pycreus Bacona, Nees :
Var. QUINQUAGINTIFLORA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. F Le vi.
594.
5. Madras Peninsula, Wallich, 3336 B.
Distrib. Endemie.

13. Pycrevs ALBOMARGINATUS, Nees; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 594.
3. Concan and Malabar, G. Thomson, Stocks, Beddome.
LO. Rangoon, R. Scott, Kurz.
Distrib. Ethiopia. North Australia. New Mexico. Neo-
tropica.
LINN. JOURN.—ROTANY, VOL. XXXIV. C

18 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

1. JUNCELLUS SEROTINUS, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind.

vi. 594.

1. Kashmir, Jacquemont, 1138, W. S. Atkinson, 24199.
Chumba, alt. 3500 feet, C. B. Clarke, 24276, 24696.
Rawal Pindee, Aitchison, 246.

2. Punjab, Chenab R., T. Thomson, 1589.

Distrib. Palearctica. China. Japan.

a JuncELLUS STYLOSUS, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. la c. vi. 595.

To be wiped out! The single sheet on which the species
is founded is Pycreus umbrosus, Nees (a South African plant) ;
it is marked in herb. Kew “ Khasya Hills, Griffith." I have
no doubt that this locality is some herbarium error that was
introduced at the time of pasting down.

3. JuxcELLUs INUNDATUS, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi. 595.
6. Caleutta, Buchanan Hamilton, 163, Wallich, 3342 A, B, C
part, Kurz; Hooghly, Wallich, 1197 (in hb. Mus. Brit.) ;
Jheels, T. Anderson.
8. Sylhet, Wallich, 3355 C.
Distrib. Masearenia. China. Japan.

4. JuNcELLUs ALOPECUROIDES, C. B. Clarke in Hook, f. l. e. vi.
595.
2. Peshawur, Griffth, 199 a, Kew n. 6150. Chenab R,,
T. Thomson. N.W. India, Royle. Sind, Stocks.
3. Bombay, Dalzell, Jacquemont, 438. Poona, Jacquemont,
297. Canara, / élanger, 224.
4. Batticaloa District, Thwattes, 8560.
5. Madras Peninsula, Koenig, Heyne, Rottler, Wallich, 671,
3344 A, B, C, Wight, 2877. Hyderabad, Campbell.
6. Moradabad, 7. Thomson, 847. Delhi, C. B. Clarke, 23351.
Bengal, Wallich.
8. East Bengal, Griffith, Kew n. 6155. Sylhet, Hook. f. &
IT. Thoms.
11. Penang and Kelantan, fide Ridley.
Distrib. Mediterranea. Ethiopia. Malaya. Queensland.
Guadeloupe.

5. JUNCELLUS pryaw mus, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. 1. c. vi. 596.
1. Kashmir, Jacquemont, 1087. West Himalaya, Royle, 100.
2. Punjab, Chenab R., T. Thomson.
3. Bombay, Law.

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 19

[nd

. Ceylon, Thwaites, 3947.

5. Madras Peninsula, Wight, 1807, 2307, 2862, G. Thomson,
177. Central India, Khandwa, Duthie, 8156.

6. Lucknow, 7. Anderson, 14. Purneah, ©. B. Clarke, 11740.
Behar, Schlagintweit, 12946, J. D. Hooker. Bengal,
Roxburgh, Griffith, Kew n. 6185, Wallich, 3325 B, C.

9. Ava, Wallich, 3495.

10. Pegu, Kurz, 646; Burma, Wallich, 3484.
Distrib. Mediterranea, North Trop. Africa. China. Japan.
Malaya. Australia.

6. JuNcELLUS LAVIGATUS, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind.
vi. 596.
1. Rawul Pindee, Aitchison, 239. Bhimbur, Stewart, 799,
871. R. Jhelum, Jacquemont, 133. N.W. India, Royle,
5, 59.
2. Sind, Pinwill. Marwar, G. King. Rajpootana, Duthie,
4912.
5. Madras Peninsula, Rottler, Wight 2389, Wallich, 3311.
Tuticorin, Wight, 2020. Bundelkund, Duthie, 6500.
6. Moradabad, 7. Thomson. Meerut, T. Thomson, 104.
Distrib. Mediterranea. Ethiopia. China. West Australia.
Sandwich Isles. West U.S. Neotropica.

JUNCELLUS LEVIGATUS, C. B. Clarke:
Var. B. JUNCIFORMIS, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi. 597.
2. Peshawur, Stewart. Sind, Stocks, 751.
Distrib. Mediterranea. Neotropica.

1. Cyperus CEPHALOTES, Vahl; Hook. f.l. c. vi. 597.
4. Galle, Thwaites, 3221.
5. Madras Peninsula, Heyne, Wallich, 3441 A part, Wight,
1855, 2919 (im herb. Calcutta).
6. Lower Bengal, Wallich, 3441 C ; frequent, €. B. Clarke.
8. Assam, Griffith, 1609, Simons, 26, frequent, C. B. Clarke.
East Bengal, Grifith, Kew n. 6172, n. 6128/2, J. D.
Hooker, frequent, C. B. Clarke. Cachar, Keenan. Sylhet,
Wallich, 8441 D. Chittagong, J. D. Hooker.
9. Bhamo, Grifith, Kew n. 6172, J. Anderson.
10. Pegu, Aurz, 616 bis, 2670.
Distrib. Amoy. Malaya. Queensland.

20

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

2. CYPERUS PLATYSTYLIS, R. Dr. ; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 598.
4. Ceylon, Walker; Batticaloa District, Thwaites, 3559.
5. Madras Peninsula, Heyne, Wallich, 3336 B (in hb. Kew),

3337 A, B.

6. Calcutta, Gaudichaud, 330. Serhampore, Griffith. Pir-

gunj, Buchanan Hamilton, Wallich, 3357 C. R. Megna,
J. D. Hooker. Bengal, frequent, C. B. Clarke.

8. Assam, Simons, 644, 645. Fast Bengal, Griffith, Kew

n. 6158, n. 6158 bis (hb. Calcutta). Chittagong, J. D.
Hooker, 139.

10. Pegu, Kurz, 685, 686. Mergui, Griffith, Kew n. 6168

(hb. Calcutta).

11. Penang, Wallich, 3359 D part.
Distrib. Malaya. New South Wales.

3. CYPERUS AMABILIS, Vahl; Hook. f. l.c. vi. 598.
1. Kumaon, G. King, Duthie, 6075. Naini Tal, Davidson.
5. Chota Nagpore, alt. 500-2000 feet, frequent, C. B. Clarke.
6. Moradabad, 7. Thomson, 393.
Distrib. Ethiopia. Chihuahua. Neotropica.

4. Cyperus casraneus, Willd.; Hook. f. l. e. vi. 598.

3.
4.
5.

6.
7.

10.

Laddapore, Cooke.

Ceylon, Walker, Thwaites, 803.

Madras Peninsula, Wight, 1821, Wallich, 3323. Chota
Nagpore, alt. 1750 feet, C. B. Clarke.

Mymensingh, C. B. Clarke, 17294.

R. Tambur, J. D. Hooker. Sikkim Terai, alt. 500 feet,
C. B. Clarke.

Pegu, MacClelland. Mergui, Griffith, 43. Tenasserim,
Helfer, Kew n. 6202 (in hb. Leiden).

11. Perak, alt. 700 feet, hb. A724, 10805.
Distrib. Tonkin. Central Australia.

5. CYPERUS UNCINATUS, Poiret, Encyc. vii. p. 247.
TC. cuspidatus, H. B. K.; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 598.]
1. Kashmir, alt. 4000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 31570. Dehra,

T. Thomson; Ranikhet, Duthie, 6078. Nepal, Wallich,
3312 C part.

2. Sind, Pinwill.
3. Mangalore, Metz, $24.

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 21

. Ceylon, Beckett, Thwaites, 803 (in hb. Mus. Brit).

. Madras Peninsula, Wight, 2337. Chota Nagpore, alt. 1000—
2000 feet, C. B. Clarke. Central India, Chunda, Duthie,
9817.

. Moradabad, 7. Thomson, 321. Saharunpore, Duthie, 4487 a.

Lucknow, Bonavia, 236. Monghir, Buchanan Hamilton,
135, Wallich, 3376 A part. Purnea, Buchanan Hamilton,
136. Lower Bengal, Wallich, 3376 B part.

. Sikkim Terai, J. D. Hooker, alt. 500 feet, C. B. Clarke,

8529.
Assam, Griffith, 1594, Jenkins, 201. East Bengal, Griffith,
Kew n. 6202, 6203/1. Khasia, alt. 2500 feet, J. D. Hooker,

1818, frequent, C. B. Clarke. Naga Hills, alt. 5000 feet,
C. B. Clarke.

10. Pegu, MacClelland.
11. Penang, Curtis, 1831.
Distrib. Ethiopia. China. Malaya. Queensland. Timor.
Florida. Neotropica.

6. Cyperus ruscus, Linn.; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 599.
1. Kashmir, 6000 feet, T. Thomson; Kishtwar, 6000 feet, C. B.

Clarke, 31383; Sreenuggur, Schlagintweit, 4310, 4473.
North-west Himalaya, T. Thomson.

Distrib. Palæarctica.

7. Cyperus DIFFORMIS, Linn.; Hook. f. l.c. vi. 599.
1. Kashmir, alt. 9000 feet, Jacquemont, 722, S27, Schlagint-

En Va

a

weit, 4225. Kumaon, Wallich, 3363 G. Dehra Dhoon,
Duthie, 2395. Nepal, Wallich, 3363 H.

. Lahore, T. Thomson. Sind, Pinwill. Mt. Aboo, Duthie,

6723.

Poona, Jacquemont, 275. Canara, Hohenacker, S21, Talbot,
1000.

Ceylon, Koenig, common, Thwaites, 3012.

Madras Peninsula, Rottler, Wight, 1812, 2884, Wallich,
3363 A, B, C, D. Pondicherry, Perrottet. Madras,
Griffith, 101. — Bababoodun Hills, Law. Hyderabad,
Campbell. Central India, King, 49. Chota Nagpore,
alt. 750-2500 feet, common, C. B. Clarke.

. Moradabad, 7. Thomson, 282. Saharunpore, Royle, 82.

Indalpore, Duthie, 4479. | Oudh, R. Thompson, 360.

22

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

Monghir, Wallich, 3363. Patna, Buchanan Hamilton,
154. Lower Bengal, Wallich, 3363 I.

8. Assam, Masters, 206. Now Dihing, Griffith, Kew n. 6165

part. Sylhet, J. D. Hooker. Chittagong, J. D. Hooker.

9. Ava, Wallich, 3363 K.
10. Pegu, Kurz, 657, 2678. Rangoon, A. Scott. Mergui,

Griffith, Kew n. 6165 part. Tavoy, Wallich.

Distrib. Italy. Mediterranea. ` Ethiopia. ` Indo-China.
Australia. Polynesia. Mexico.

8. CYPERUS SILLETENSIS, Nees; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 600.
6. North Bengal, Buchanan Hamilton, 155, C. B. Clarke,

12068, 26510. Dacca, C. B. Clarke, 6747, 6885.

8. Suddiya, Griffith, 1029, 1474, Kew n. 6212. East Bengal,

Griffith, 1456, Kew n. 6166. Cachar, Keenan. Sillet,
Wallich, 3363 F; Companigunj, €. B. Clarke, 42740.

10. Pegu, Kurz, 2679. Rangoon, Cleghorn, 215. Martaban,

Kurz, 653.

Distrib. Endemic in Bengal, Assam, Pegu.

. Cyperus PULCHERRIMUS, Kunth ; Hook. f. L. c. vi. 600.
2.
4.
6.
8.

Sind, Pinwill.

Ceylon, Deschamps; Batticaloa, Thwaites, 3558.

Bengal, Wallich, 3357.

Assam, Jenkins, 565; Stiddiya, Griffith, 1035, 1480, Kew
n. 6173.

11. Penang, Curtis, 1954. Selangor and Pahang, fide Ridley.
Distrib. Malaya.

10.
2.
3.
4.

Cyperus HASPAN, Linn.; Hook. f. l.c. vi. 600.

R. Chenab, T. Thomson.

Canara, Metz, 691, Hohenacker, 187.

Ceylon, Gardner, 957, Walker, 19; abundant, Thwaites,
799, 805 part, 965.

. Madras Peninsula, hb. Heyne, Wallich, 3369 D, Wight,

18224. Central India, King.

. Saharunpore, Royle, 10. Monghyr, Buchanan Hamilton,

160; Nathpur, Wallich, 3369 G part; North Benzal,
Buchanan Hamilton, 145. Serhampore, Carey.

. Bikkim, alt. 2000 feet, King, 4812.

Assam, Jenkins, 740, Griffith, 1480, 1599. Khasia, Griffith,
520; alt. 5000 feet, frequent, C. B. Clarke. Sylhet,

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 23

Wallich, 3368, 3372. Jumalpore, Griffith, Kew n. 6216.
Jheels, J. D. Hooker, 276.

10. Pegu, Kurz, 677, 679, 681. Mergui, Griffith, 268, Kew
n.6216. Tavoy, Wallich, 3369 E, F. Tenasserim, Helfer,
Kew n. 6216. Nicobars, Kurz, 25979.

11. Perak, Wray, 771, 2443. Singapore, Aurz, 140, Kunstler,
61.

Distrib. Ethiopia. Indo-China. Trop. Australia. East U.S.

Neotropica.

11. Cyperus FLAVIDUS, Retz.; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 600.

1. Kashmir, Jacquemont, 1140. Kangra, alt. 3000 feet, C. B.
Clarke, 24647. North-west India, Royle, 10. Nepal,
Wallich, 3365 B.

2. Punjab, T. Thomson. Sind, Pinwill.

3. Canara, Hohenacker, 1607, 1670. Malabar, Law, Bélanger,
223.

4. Ceylon, Thwaites, 805 part.

5. Madras Peninsula, Wight, 1822, 2874, Wallich, 3369 A, B,
3305 A, 3313 part. Coromandel, Bélanger, 219. Chota
Nagpore, alt. 2000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 20845, 25192,
33838, 33876, 34106. Chunda, Duthie, 9812, 9813, 9814,
9818. Bundelkund, Duthie, 6496, 6498.

6. Moradabad, 7. Thomson, 785. Saharunpore. T. Thomson.
Monghyr, Wallich, 3369 G part. Siligori, O. Kuntze.
Lower Bengal, Wallich, 3369 C, frequent, C. B. Clarke.
Burrisal, C. B. Clarke, 16947.

8. Assam, Jenkins, Simons. . Naga Hills, alt. 400 feet, C. B.
Clarke, 41550. Khasia, Griffith, 199, Kew n. 6209/8.
Cachar, C. B. Clarke, 18568. Sylhet, Wallich, 3365 C.
Chittagong, J. D. Hooker. Chittagong Hills, Lister.

10. Arraean, Kurz, 677.
11. Penang, Curtis, 1758 part.
Distrib. Ethiopia. Yokohama. Malaya. North Australia.

12. Cyperus TENERIFFÆ, Poiret ; Hook. f. l.c. vi. 601.

3. Poona, Woodrow, 143. Nilgiri Mts., Hohenacker, 1293.

5. Madras Peninsula, Rottler, Wallich, 3314 A part & B (in
hb. propr.) Wight, 1817, Griffith, 88 (in hb. Berlin).
Carnatic, G. Thomson, 99.

Distrib. Mediterranea. Ethiopia.

24 MH. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

18. Cyperus nivevs, Aetz.; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 601.

1. Kashmir: Bimbur, W. S. Atkinson, 24197 ; Kishtwar, alt.
8250 feet, Stoliczka. Rawul Pindee, Aitchison, 94.
Simla, alt. 6000 feet, Gamble, 4158 B. Sirmoor and
Kumaon, JFallich, 3377 E, F. Kumaon, alt. 6500 feet,
Strachey § Winterbottom, 4. Gurhwal, Duthie, 71. Mus-
soorie, Royle, 8. Choor, Royle, 25. Nepal, Wallich,
3377 B.

2. Peshawur, Stewart, 289, 383,782. Sind, Pinwill. Jodh-
poor, G. King. Jullundur, Jaequemont, 951.

5. Madras Peninsula, Wight, 1818, Campbell. Aurungabad,
Hardwicke. Chota Nagpore, Wood; frequent, C. B.
Clarke.

6. Moradabad, T. Thomson, 212. Rajmahal, Kurz. Monghir,
Wallich, 3877 A, C.

7. Darjeeling, alt. 6500 feet, Schlagintweit, 12516. Sikkim
Terai, J. D. Hooker, C. B. Clarke, 35098, 35100, G.
King.

8. Assam, Griffith, 1610, 1467 (hb. Mus. Brit.), Fisher.
East Bengal, Griffith, Kew n. 6171.

10. Irrawaddi Bank, Wallich, 3377 D. Burma, Griffith, Kew
n. 6170.
Distrib. Mediterranea. Szechuen.

14. CYPERUS LEUCOCEPHALUS, Retz.; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 602.

3. Concan, Canara, and Mysore, Law.

5. Coromandelia, Russell.

6. Monghir, Wallich, 3445 D (in hb. propr.), 3445 C (in hb.
Kew) Burdwan, Burrakur, Kurz.

8. Chundragona (in Chittagong ?), Koenig.

10. Pegu, Kurz, 647. Moulmein, Helfer, 295, 328, Parish,
66 mainly. Amherst, Wallich. Tenasserim, Helfer, Kew
n. 6247/1.

Distrib. Africa Trop. Malaya. Trop. Australia. Brasil.

15. CYPERUS ARENARIUS, Ketz.; Hook. f. l e. vi. 602.
2. Sind, Pinwill. Kurrachee, Stocks. Punjab Plain, Duthie,
4491.
3. Bombay, Dalzell. Concan, Law. North Canara, Talbot,
553.

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 25

4. Batticaloa, Gardner, Thwaites, 798.

5. Madras Peninsula, Rottler, Wight, 1816 (8, 2920 in hb.
Berlin), Wallich, 3460, 3435 (hb. propr.), 3314 A part
(hb. propr, Kew), 3535 (hb. Mus. Brit.); Coloor, G.
Thomson ; Nellore, Gamble, 12395; Chingleput, Gamble,
17193. Orissa, W. S. Atkinson, 21729.

Distrib. Mediterranea.

16. Cyperus CONGLOMERATUS, Rottb.; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind.
vi. 602.
2. Sind; Sibi, alt. 500 feet, Lace. Baluchisthan, Elliott.
Distrib. Mediterranea. North Trop. Africa.

17. CYPERUS PACHYRRHIZUS, Boeck.; Hook. f. l.c. vi. 608.
3. Bombay, Woodrow; Bhiwa, Cooke. ^ Laecadive Isles,
Hume.
4. Ceylon, Thwaites, 808, Wight, 2381; North Ceylon,
Gardner.
Distrib. Endemic in South India.

18. CYPERUS EFFUSUS, Rottb.; Hook. f. l.c. vi. 603.
2. Sind, Pinwill.
Distrib. Mediterranea. North Trop. Africa.

19. Cyperus ATKINSONI, C. B. Clarke; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 608.
1. Kashmir, Bimbur, W. S. Atkinson, 24196. North-west
Himalaya, Kotgurh, 7. Thomson.
2. Sind, Kurrachee, Stocks, hb. Dalzeil.
Distrib. Endemic in North-west India.

20. CYPERUS DIFFUSUS, Vahl; Hook. f. L. e. vi. 608.

4. Kornegalle, Thwaites, 2879.

5. Madras Peninsula, Rottler, Wallich. 3362 B (hb. propr.),
Wight, 1003, 2874 (hb. Berlin. Courtallum, Wight,
1004.

6. Lower Bengal, Wallich, 3358 B (hb. propr.).

7. Sikkim, T. Anderson, 1344; R. Rungait, J. D. Hooker ;
alt. 750-3000 feet, common, C. B. Clarke.

8. Assam, Griffith, 1605, Kew n. 6162, Jenkins, 574. Khasia,
Griffith, Kew n. 6218, J. D. Hooker, 1902, Wallich.

26 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

Cachar, Keenan. Pundua, J. D. Hooker, 420. Chattuck,
Griffith, Kew n. 6218. Chittagong, J. D. Hooker, 386.
10. Pegu, Kurz, 670 (hb. Hance). Rangoon, Wallich, 3362 A
(hb. propr. Moulmein, Parish, 294. Mergui, Griffith,
Kew n. 6354. Tenasserim, Helfer, Kew n. 6161. Anda-
mans, Kurz.
11. Penang, Wallich, 3370 A (hb. propr.). Malacca, Griffith.
Distrib. Ethiopia. China. Malaya. Polynesia. Neotropica.

21. CYPERUS puprsquama, Sfeud.; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi.
604.

4, Ceylon, Thwaites, 3931.

8. Assam, Jenkins. East Bengal, Griffith, Kew n. 6162.
Garo Hills, alt. 1200 feet, C. B. Clarke, 42993. Khasia,
J. D. Hooker ; alt. 1000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 5468. Naga
Hills, alt. 450 feet, C. B. Clarke, 37821, 40791. Cachar,
Keenan. Chittagong, C. B. Clarke, 19689.

9. Bhamo, J. Anderson.

10. Arracan, Kurz. Burma, Griffith, 320, 324, Kew n. 6162,
Tenasserim vel Andamans, Helfer, Kew n. 6164/1,
Packman. Mergui Archipelago, J. Anderson.

11. Penang, Wallich, 3370 B (hb. propr.) Perak, Wray,
2247.

Distrib. Malaya. Polynesia.

22. Cyrknus HELFERI, Boeck.; Hook. f l.c. vi. 604.

10. Pegu, Kurz, 2680. Burma, R. Chappedong, Wallich,
3528 (hb. propr.). Mergui, Griffith, 321, Kew n. 6140.
Tenasserim vel Andamans, Helfer, Kew n. 6140.

Distrib. Endemic in Pegu.

28. CYPERUS MULTISPICATUS, Boeck.; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 604.

8. Cachar, Keenan.
10. Tenasserim vel Andamans, Helfer, Kew n. 6163.

Distrib. Endemic in Assam and Pegu.

24. Cyperus Kurgu, C. B. Clarke; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 604.
10. Andamans, Phaeacia, Kurz.
Distrib. Endemic in Andamans.

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 27

25. Cyperus Banganus, Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. Suppl. [1860],
pp. 260, 599.
[ C. turgidulus, C. B. Clarke; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 604. ]
10. Pegu, Kurz, 655. Martaban, Kurz. Moulmein, Helfer,
290, R. Scott. Mergui, Griffith, 88. Amherst, Wallich.
Tenasserim, Helfer, Kew n. 6164. Tavoy and Penang,
Wallich, 3473 (hb. propr.).
11. Penang, Curtis, 883. Malacca, Griffith, Kew n. 6164,
King. Singapore, Hidley.
Distrib. Malaya.

26. Cyperus RADIANS, Nees; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 605.
10. Tenasserim, Helfer, Kew n. 6209.
11. Penang, Curtis, 884. Malacca, Griffith, Maingay, 1721,
2987, 3191. Pahang, Ridley. Singapore, Wallich, 3427
(hb. propr.), 3371 B part (hb. propr.), Ridley, 1747.
Distrib. China. Malaya.

27. Cyperus COMPRESSUS, Linn.; Hook, f. I. c. vi. 605.
1. Gurhwal, alt. 11,000 feet, Schlagintweit, 7841. Kumaon,
alt. 5000 feet, Duthie, 4490. Dehra Dhoon, Duthie, 2110.
2. R. Chenab, 7. Thomson. Sind, Pinwill.
3. Poona, Woodrow, 173. Canara, Law. Mangalore, Metz,
822.
4. Ceylon, Moon; very common, Thwaites, 812.
5. Coromandelia, Bélanger, 221. Madras, Wight, 1817.
Madras Peninsula, Wight, 1814, 18 (hb. Berlin), Wallich,
3308 C, D, E (hb. propr); Nondarada, Rottler ; Car-
natie, G. Thomson, 69. Mysore, Law. Central India,
G. King. Chota Nagpore, Wood.
6. Moradabad, T. Thomson, 263. Saharunpore, Royle, 1.
Oudh, R. Thompson, 409; Luckuow, Bonavia, 238.
Nathpur, Wallich, 3314 C (hb. propr.). Lower Bengal,
Wallich, 3308 B, common, ©. B. Clarke; Calcutta, C. B.
Clarke, 33602; Khoolna, Griffith, 167, Kew n. 6181.
. Sikkim, Z. Anderson, 1341, alt. 5500 feet, T'reutler, 381.
8. Assam, Griffith, 1457. 1481, Jenkins, 207, 567 ; R. Megna,
J. D. Hooker, 180.
10. Pegu, MacClelland. R. Irrawaddi, Wallich, 3308 F (hb.
propr.). Andamans, Kurz.

al

28 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

11. Malay Peninsula, Griffith, Kew nr. 6181. Penang, Ridley,
1779. Perak, Wray, 766. Singapore, Kunstler, 53,
Ridley, 34.

Distrib. Mediterranea. Ethiopia. Indo-China. Oceania.

East U.S. Neotropica.

28. Cyperus GLABER, Linn.; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 606.
2. Sind, Pinwill.
Distrib. Palwarctica ; from S.E. Europe throughout the Orient
to Samareand, Cabul, and S. Persia.

29. CYPERUS ARISTATUS, Rotth.; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 606.

1. Kashmir, alt. 7500 feet, C. B. Clarke, 31266. Skardo,
Schlagintweit, 663, 6314. Dras, Stoliczka. Chumba,
Schlagintweit, 1626. Punjab Himalaya, Jacquemont, 1276.
Dalhousie, alt. 5500 metr., C. B. Clarke, 22845. Piti,
T. Thomson. Kedarkanta and Mussoorie, Royle, 26, 27.
Kumaon, Strachey & Winterbottom, 2, Duthie, 4487,
6079. Gurhwal, G. King. Nepal, alt. 11,000 feet,
Duthie, 3457.

3. Poona, Jacquemont, 315.

4. Ceylon, very abundant, Thwaites, 966.

5. Coromandelia, Bélanger, 215. Madras Peninsula, Wight,
1819, 1820, Wallich, 3374, 3375 A, B. Cannanore,
Campbell. Central India, G. King. Chota Nagpore,
alt. 1000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 24791.

6. Moradabad, T. Thomson, 312. Monghir, Wallich, 3376 A.
part.

7. Sikkim, alt. 8000 feet, J. D. Hooker; Lachoong, alt.
9000 feet, J. D. Hooker,

Distrib. Ethiopia. Australia. Nearctica. Neotropica.

30. Cyperus Iria, Linn.; Hook. f.l. e. vi. 606.

1. Kashmir, Jacquemont, 873 ; Kishtwar, Schlagintweit, 2994;
Rawul Pindee, Aitchison, 129. North-west India, Royle,
3, 4, 13, 17, 21. Kumaon, alt. 4000 feet, Strachey &
Winterbotiom, 10. Gurhwal, 5500 feet, Duthie, 4480.
Mussooree, T. Thomson, 279. Nepal, Wallich, 3360 G
(hb. propr.).

2. Punjab, 7'. Thomson.

3. Poona, Jacquemont, 344. Conean, Law. Malabar, Belan-
ger, 227. Nilgiri Mts., alt. 2000 feet, Gamble, 17982.
Mangalore, Hohenacker, 188.

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 29

4. Ceylon, very abundant, Thwaites, 811 (hb. Mus. Brit.).

5. Madras Peninsula, Rottler, Wight, 1841, Wallich, 3360 A,
B, C, D, 3361 (hb. propr.) Mysore, Heyne. Quilon,
Wight, 2869. Saugor, Vicary. Chunda, Duthie, 9831.

6. Moradabad, T. Thomson, 279. Lower Bengal, Wallich,

3360 F, I, K ; abundant, C. B. Clarke.

. Sikkim, J. D. Hooker; Sonada, alt. 7000 feet, Kurz.

8. Assam, Masters, 200, 570. R. Megna, J. D. Hooker,
176. Silhet, Wallieh, 3360 E. Garo Hills, alt. 1750 feet,
C. B. Clarke, 43056. Khasi Hills, J. D. Hooker.

9. Yunan, J. Anderson.

10. Pegu, Kurz, 675, 2677. Burma, Wallich, 3360 H. Moul-
mein, Helfer, 253. Mergui, Griffith, Kew n. 6178.
Andamans and Nicobars, Kurz.

11. Penang, Curtis, 1952. Malacca, Griffith, Kew n. 6178.
Singapore, Kurz, 3003, Ridley, 37.

Distrib. Mediterranea. Indo-China. Australia.

-1

CYPERUS IRIA, Linn.:
Var. ß. PANICIFORMIS, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind.
vi. 607.
. Jamu, Schlagintweit, 3060.
Bombay, Cooke.
. Ceylon, Walker, Thwaites, 811 part.
. Madras Peninsula, Wight, 1840 (hb. propr.).
6. Moradabad, 7. Thomson, 280.
10. South Andaman, Kurz.
Distrib. China. Japan. Malaya. Polynesia.

np OO ta

31. CYPERUS arowERATUS, Linn. ; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 607.
1. Kashmir: Sonamurg, alt. 7000 feet, 7. Thomson.
Distrib. Palearetica. China. Japan.

32. CYPERUS DISTANS, Linn. f. ; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 607.

1. Kumaon, Strachey & Winterbottom, 12; alt. 2700 feet,
Duthie, 3458, 6033. Mussoorie, G. King. North-west
India, Royle, 15, 16, 20, 21. Dehra Dhoon, Duthie,
2320.

. Nilgiri Mts., G. Thomson.
4. Ceylon, very abundant, Thwaites, 810, 3844 (in Mus.

Brit.).

5. Madras Peninsula, Wallich, 3366 A, B, C, D, Wight, 1843,

22 (in hb. Berlin); Mysore and Carnatic, G. Thomson.

Ww

30 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

6. Hindoosthan, T. Thomson, 1419. Monghyr, Wallich, 3366 E.
Bengal, frequent, C. B. Clarke. Dacca, J. D. Hooker.

7. Sikkim, J. D. Hooker.

8. East Bengal, Griffith, Kew n. 6156. Upper Assam,
Jenkins, 205, 566, Griffith, 1469. Cachar, C. B. Clarke.
Khasia. Hook. f. & T. Thoms.

9. Bhamo and Hotha, J. Anderson.

10. Pegu, Kurz, 651, 652. Arracan, Kurz. Moulmein,
Helfer, 584, Parish, 268. Rangoon, Wallich, 3366 C.
Attran, Wallich, 3350. Mergui, Griffith, 151. Anda-
mans, Kurz.

11. Penang, Wallich, 3366 V, Curtis, 1532. Malacca, Griffith,
Kew n. 6197. Perak, Wray. Singapore, Kurz, 3001,
Kunstler, 44, Ridley, 35, Jagor, 41.

Distrib. Canaries. Ethiopia. Indo-China. Oceania. Neo-

tropica.
33. CYPERUS NUTANS, Vahl; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 607.

1. Gurhwal, Œ. King, Duthie, 368. Kumaon, Strachey d
Winterbottom, 8, Duthie, 4484. R. Sutledge (Rampore),
T. Thomson.

3. Bombay, Dalzell. Anamallay and Pulney Mts., Beddome.
Coorg, Hohenacker, 2399.

4. Dambool, Thwaites, 3814 part.

5. Mysore or Carnatie, G. Thomson. Chota Nagpore, C. B.
Clarke, 20479, Gamble, 8871.

6. Monghyr, Wallich, 3347 B. Rajmahal, Kurz. Khoolna,
C. B. Clarke, 33493.

7. Nepal, R. Tambur, J. D. Hooker. Sikkim Terai, J. D.
Hooker, C. B. Clarke, 8899, 36760.

8. Assam, Simons. Khasia: Mahadeo, Grifith, Kew n. 6156;
Borpani, J. D. Hooker, 1645. — Jowye, C. B. Clarke,
18357. Cachar, Keenan.

Distrib. Angola.

34. CYPERUS ELEUSINOIDES, Kunth; Hook. f. l. e. vi. 608.

1. Kashmir, alt. 3300 feet (Rajaori), Schlagintweit, 19541,
Rawul Pindee, Aitchison, 245. Chumba, C. B. Clarke,
24286. R. Chenab, T. Thomson, 1588. Dehra Dhoon,
Jacquemont, 410, Royle, 91.

2. Suleiman Mts., Sanders. Sind, Pinwill. Punjab, Stewart,
294, 884, Aitchison, 244. Marwar, Duthie, 4909, 1913.

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 3l

3. Bombay, Dalzell, Law. Poona, G. King. Canara, Young.
Nilgiri Mts., G. Thomson.

4. Doombera District, Thwaites, 3044.

5. Madras Peninsula, Wight, 2382, Wallich, 3346 (hb. propr.),
3947 A (hb. propr.) Coimbatore, C. B. Clarke. Kur-
nool, alt. 1000 feet, Gamble, 17738. Central India,
G. King, 20. Saugor, Vicary. Jubbulpore, O. Kuntze,
7341. Chota Nagpore, C. B. Clarke, 20428, 21220.

6. Moradabad, 7. Thomson, 399. Saharunpore, Royle, 14.

7. Darjeeling, 3300 feet, C. B. Clarke.

8. Naga Hills, C. B. Clarke, 41527.

Distrib. Mediterranea. North Trop. Africa. China. Malaya.
Queensland.

35. UYPERUS Tuousowr, Boeck.; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 608.
6. North Bengal, Siligori, C. B. Clarke, 11688.
8. Assam, Jenkins, Masters. Seebsagur, Kurz, C. B. Clarke,
38029. Cachar, Keenan. Sylhet, C. B. Clarke, 7235,
42761 bis. Jheels, J. D. Hooker, 263.
Distrib. Tonkin.

36. Cyperus MALACCENSIS, Lam.; Hook. f.l. e. vi. 608.

2. Sind, Pznwill.

5. Circars, Roxburgh, 196.

6. Bengal, in the Soondreebun very common, Wallich, 3329
M,N part, 3342 C part, 8351 A part, 3352 C part (said to
have been collected in Nepal, but the sheet is so mixed
that I attach no weight to the locality), Griffith, Kew
n. 6206; Dacca, C. B. Clarke, 16958; Burisal, C. B.
Clarke, 16935 ; Noakhali, J. D. Hooker.

10. Pegu, with Arracan, Kurz. Mergui, Griffith, 57, 317,
Kew n. 6147.

11. Singapore, Kunstler, 106, Hullett, 238, 282. Pahang,
Ridley.

Distrib. S. Persia. Indo-Malaya. N. Australia. Lombok.

37. Cyperus PILOSUS, Vahl; Hook. f. l. e. vi. 609.

1. West Himalaya, Royle, 29; alt. 4000 feet, Chumba and
Dhurmsala, C. B. Clarke, 24693. Kumaon, Strachey dr
Winterbottom, 11, Wallich, 8334 C, 3335 D, alt. 5000 feet,
Duthie, 6076. Gurhwal, alt. 5000 feet, Duthie, 4488.
Nepal, Wallich, 3334 B, 3355 H.

39 MR. €. B. CLARKE ON THE

3. Bombay, Burn. Nilgiri Mts., G. Thomson, 4.

4. Central Province, very common, Thwaites, 797, Macrae,
212.

5. Madras Peninsula, Wallich, 3334 a part, Wight, 2390.
Chota Nagpore, alt. 1500 feet, frequent, C. B. Clarke.

6. Purnea, Buchanan Hamilton, 148; Nathpur, Wallich,
3336 E part, 3355 F. Lower Bengal, Wallich, 3334 D,
3348.

7. Sikkim, J. D. Hooker. Bhotan, alt. 4000 feet, Gamble,
9599.

8. Assam, Jenkins, 197, Masters, 569. Suddiya, Griffith,
1603. Naga Hills, alt. 5000 feet, ©. B. Olarke, 41591.
Khasi Hills, alt. 4500 feet, common, ©. B. Clarke,
Griffith, 422, 1313, Kew n. 6162/1, J. D. Hooker, 1517.
Sylhet, Wallich, 3355 E. Pundua, J. D. Hooker, 398.
R. Soorma, J. D. Hooker, 324. R. Barak, Griffith, Kew
n. 6154, 6195. Cachar, Keenan.

10. Pegu, Kurz, 648, 649, 2674. Arracan, Kurz. R. Irra-
waddi, Wallich, 3355 I part, 190 (hb. propr.) Tavoy,
Wallich. Mergui, Griffith, 181 (Kew n. 6196). Tenas-
serim, Helfer, 796 (Kew n. 6208/1). Nicobars, Kurz,
25977 bis.

11. Penang, Curtis, 1830, Didrichsen, 3491. Malacca, Griffith,
Kew n. 6152, 6208. Singapore, Kurz, Kunstler, 111.

Distrib. Djur. Indo-China, Trop. Australia.

CYPERUS PILOSUS, Vahl:
Var. (3. OBLIQUA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 610.
3. Nilgiri Mts., Hohenacker, 944 part.
5. Madras Peninsula, Wallich, 3334 a part.
8. Assam, Griffith, 1604. Khasia, J. D. Hooker.
10. Pegu, Kwrz, 649 (in hb. Calcutta).
Distrib. Java.

CYPERUS PILOSUS, Vahl:
Var. y. POLYANTHA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi. 610.
6. Bengal (Mymensingh), C. B. Clarke, 7763.
Distrib. Endemie in Mymensingh.
38. CYPERUS BABAKENSIS, Steud. in Hook. f. l c. vi. 610.

6. Nathpur, Wallich, 3336 E part. Serhampore, Lemann.
Mymensingh, C. B. Clarke, 7773.

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 33

8. East Bengal, Griffith, Kew n. 6207.
Distrib. Java.

39. Cyperus PRocERUs, Rottb.; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 610.

4. Ceylon, Burmann, 27, Walker; Batticalo District, Thwaites,
3752, 4018, 3316 (in hb. DC.).

5. Madras Peninsula, Heyne, Wallich, 3355 A (hb. propr.),
3355 B (hb. Kew), 1203 (hb. Mus. Brit.), Wight, 1832,
2309 (hb. propr.), 38, 2871 (hb. Berlin), Koenig. Palieot
Hills, Rottler. Mysore and Carnatic, G. Thomson, 100.

6. Calcutta, Wallich, 3342 C (hb. Mus. Brit.). Soondreebun,
C. B. Clarke, 8450, 24711, 33471, 33487, 33192, 33607,
33626, 37068. Mymensingh, Griffith, Kew n. 6160,
C. B. Clarke, 7765.

8. East Bengal, Griffith, Kew n. 6211.

10. Arraean, Kurz. Mergui, Griffith, 342.

11. Penang, Curtis, 1787. Kelantan, Ridley.

Distrib. China. Malaya. Queensland.

CYPERUS PROCERUS, Rottb.:
Var. fJ. LASIORRHACHIS, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi. 610.

4. Ceylon, Walker.
5. Chota Nagpore, alt. 2000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 25079.

Distrib. Endemic in Cevlon and Chota Nagpore.

AQ. CYPERUS BULBOSUS, Vahl; Hook. f. l.c. vi. 611.
2. Baloochistan, Frere. Sind, Dalzell. Kurrachee, Stocks.
4. Ceylon, Trimen.
5. Mysore and Carnatic, G. Thomson, 102. Trichinopoly,
G. King. Madras Peninsula, Wight, 1824, 1825, 1828,
29 B (in hb. Berlin), Rottler, Wallich, 8317 A part, B, €

(in hb. propr.).
6. Aligurh, Duthie, 7670.

Distrib. Mediterranea. Ethiopia. Trop. Australia.

4l. Cyperus ARTICULATUS, Linn. ; Hook. f. l. e. vi. 611.
4. Ceylon, Rottler, 171, Ward, 74, Thwaites, 3561.
5. Madras Peninsula, Wallich, 3364, Wight, 1823. R. Kistna,
Gamble, 12398. Bellary, Gamble, 17774.
6. Bengal, Griffith, Kew nm. 6214. Calcutta, Roxburgh.
Lower Bengal, common, C. B. Clarke, 5204, 33345,
33460.

LINN. JOURN.—BOTANY, VOL. XXXIV. D

84 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

Distrib. Mediterranea. Ethiopia. Siam. Australia. East
U.S. Neotropica.

42. Cyperus TEGETIFORMIS, Roxb.; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi.
612.

5. Madras, Wallich, 3351 B. Bundelkund, Duthie, 6487.

6. Bengal, Wallich, 3351 A part (hb. propr. Calcutta,
Kurz (hb. Hance, 6193 part). Mymensingh, C. B. Clarke,
17308. South Bengal, J. D. Hooker, 19, C. B. Clarke,
8194, 8203, 20036.

8. Assam, Jenkins, Griffith, 1460, Kew n. 6204; Kamroop,
alt. 500 feet, C. B. Clarke, 38079. Chittagong, Hook. J.
4 T. Thoms., 40.

10. Moulmein, O. Kuntze.
Distrib. China. Japan.

43, CYPERUS CORYMBOSUS, Rotth.; Hook. f. 1. c. vi. 619.

1. Kumaon, Wallich, 3351 E (hb. propr., Calcutta). Nepal,
Wallich, 3525 E part (hb. propr.).

4. Kornegalle, Thwaites, 809.

5. Madras Peninsula, Rottler. Dindygul, Koenig. Chota
Naspore, Hazaribagh, alt. 2000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 33820.

50. Behar Buchanan Hamilton, 158. Bengal, Wallich, 3351
D, H (hb. propr.), C. B. Clarke, 8523, 33128.

8. Assam, Griffith, 1459. Sylhet, Wallich, 3351 F (hb.
propr.) C. B. Clarke, 17951. Pundua, J. D. Hooker,
3506.

10. Pezu, Kurz, 668, 669, 2653. Arracan, Kurz, 667.
Burma, Wallich, 3351 G (hb. propr.).

Distrib. Ethiopia. Neotropica.

Cyperus CORYMBOSUS, Rottb. :
Var. 8. PANGORET, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi. 612.
5. Madras Peninsula, Wallich, 3351 C (hb. Kew).
velli, Didie.
Distrib. Nossibé.

Tinne-

44. CYPERUS SCARIOSUS, A. Br.; Hook. f. 1. c. vi. 612.
6. Bengal, Soondreebun, C. B. Clarke, 8165, 33453, 334006,
93485. |
10. Pegu, Kurz, 683, 684 (in hb. Calcutta).
Distrib. North and East Australia.

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 85

45. Cyperus MACER,C. B. Clarke; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 613.
5. Central India: Chunda (near Karjeli), Duthie, 9837.
8. Chittagong: R. Kornophullee (on the rapids), C. B. Clarke,
19779.
10. R. Khaboung (on the river-banks), Kurz, 671 (hb. Kew,
Calcutta).
Distrib. Endemic in India.

46. CYPERUS TEGETUM, Mook. f. l. c. vi. 613.

1. Chumba, alt. 3000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 23688. Kangra,
alt. 6300 feet, C. B. Clarke, 23800. Kumaon, Wallich,
3352 D (hb. propr.), alt. 5000 feet, Duthie, 4183. Almora,
alt. 4000 feet (cultivated), Madden (for mats), Strachey &
Winterbottom, 9. Nepal, Wallich, 3352 C part (hb. propr.),
1018, 3330 (hb. Mus. Brit.).

. Sind, Pinwill.

. Bombay, Cooke. Concan, Law.

. Ceylon, Koenig; not uncommon, Thwaites, 813.

. Madras Peninsula, Wallich, 3330 part (hb. propr.), 3352
A, B (hb. propr), Wight, 1844. Vellore, Rottler. Car-
natie or Mysore, G. Thomson, 107. Cuddapah, alt. 1000
feet, Gamble, 10800. Chingleput, Gamble, 17184. Central
India: Chunda, Duthie, 9836. Jubbulpore, O. Auntze.
Chota Nagpore, Wood, 161, Gamble, 9103; alt. 700-2800
feet, common, C. B. Clarke, 21184, 24763, 34198.

6. Behar, R. Stone, J. D. Hooker, 421. Bengal, Roxburgh:
Wallich, 8332 A (hb. propr, * C. tegetum, Rorb.”),
Griffith.

7. Sikkim Terai, alt. 500-1000 feet, J. D. Hooker, C. B.
Clarke, 10127, 36901.

8. Garo Hills, alt. 1000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 42983. Khasia:
Pundua, J. D. Hooker; alt. 5000 feet, Hook. f. d
T. Thoms. ; alt. 3000 feet, Borpani, C. B. Clarke, 16468.

9. Muney poor, alt. 3500 feet, C. B. Clarke, 41974.

10. Karen Hill, Kurz, 673 (hb. Calcutta).

Distrib. Endemie in India.

CQ Hn» CO %

Cyperus TEGETUM, Z20xb. :
Var. f. AMBIGUA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi. p. 613.
5. Madras Peninsula, Wallich, 3330 part (hb. propr., hb.
Caleutta), 3329 F (hb. Kew, not of hb. propr.).
Distrib. Endemic in Madras.
D2

36 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

47. CypEnvs ZOLLINGERT, Steud. ; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 613.

3. Anamallay Mts., alt. 5500 feet, Beddome.

4. Ceylon, Thwaites, 807.

5. Peninsula of East India, Wichura, 9871.

7. Nepal, Wallich, 3321, 3367. Darjeeling, C. B. Clarke.
Bhotan, ©. B. Clarke.

8. Assam, Jenkins, 690. Suddiya, Griffith. East Bengal,
Griffith, 1601, Kew n. 6210. Khasia, alt. 4000 feet,
plentiful, C. B. Clarke. Naga Hills, C. B. Clarke.
Cachar and Comilla, C. B. Clarke. Pundua, J. D. Hooker,
360. Chittagong Hills, Wood.

9. Muneypoor, C. B. Clarke.

10 Andamans, Kurz.

11. Penang, Delessert, Curtis, 1833. Malacca, Griffith, Kew
n. 6209. Singapore, Kurz, Hallett, Harland.

Distrib. Trop. Africa. China. Malaya. Queensland. Bouru.

48. CYPERUS LONGOS, Linn. : Hook. f. l. e. vi. 614.
2. Quetta, Hamilton (hb. Calcutta), Mt. Aboo, G. King
(hb. Caleutta).
Distrib. Palwarctica. [Var. 3 tenuiflora also in Ethiopia.]

49. CYPERUS STENOSTACHYUs, Benth. :
Var. 8 indica, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi. 614.
5. Madras Peninsula, Wallich, 3329 F (hb. propr. from hb.
Heyne), 3349 (hb. propr.). “India Orient” (hb. Forster).
“E. Ind. N.” (hb. Hooker).
Distrib. Endemic in Madras. TC. stenostachyus, Benth., type
is an Australian plant, also seen from J ava. |

0. Cyperus ROTUNDUS, Linn.; Hook. f. l. e. vi. 614.

1. Kurrum Valley, Aitchison, 684. Gilgit, Winterbottom,
928; alt. 5500 feet, Giles, 246. Rawul Pindee, Aitehison,
109, 128. Kashmir, Jacquemont, 663. Sreenuggur, alt.
5000 feet, Schlagintweit, 4226, 4475. Kishtwar, Schlag-
intweit, 5114, C. B. Clarke, 31354. Simla, Jacquemont,
2372. Gurhwal G. King. Kumaon, Wallich, 3399 E.
Almora, Strachey & Winterbottom, 7. Nepal, Wallich,
3822 D.

2. Lahore, Brandis, 2615. R. Sutledge, Jacquemont, 1102.
Jullundur, C. B. Clarke, 23423. Sind, Stocks, 668. Mt.
Aboo, G. King.

10.

11.

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 37

Poona, Jacquemont, 340, 382. Canara, Hohenacker.
Nilgiri Mts., G. Thomson, Foulkes, Perrottet, 292.
Ceylon; a troublesome weed, Thwaites, 804.

. Madras Peninsula, Wight, 32, 32 B, 1826, 1826 a, 1827,

1828, 2868; Wallich, 3317 A part, 3329 C, E, G, H,
3332 C, 3353 B, 3356. Mysore and Carnatic, G. Thomson,
102. Trauquebar, Rottler. Pondicherry, Perrottet.
Madras, Griffith, 86, 87. Kurnool, Gamble, 10886.
Chingleput, Gamble, 12197, 17183. R. Kistna, Gamble,
12658. Central India, G. King.

. Moradabad, T. Thomson, 246. Patna, Wallich, 3329 D,

3353 A. Monghyr, Wallich,3373 part. Bengal, Wallich,
3922 A, C; everywhere a weed, C. B. Clarke. | Burisal,
J. D. Hooker, 652.

. East Bengal, Griffith, Kew n. 6193. Khasia, Griffith,

142. Upper Assam, Jenkins, 208.

Burma, Wallich, 33291. Amarapoora, Buchanan Hamilton.
Pegu, Kurz, 682. Moulmein, Parish, 264. Mergui,
Griffith, Kew n. 6194, Helfer, Kew n. 6194. Andamans,
Kurz.

Penang, Curtis, 1981. Singapore, Kurz, 3007, Kunstler,
112, Ridley, 74.

Distrib. Palearctica. Ethiopia. Indo-China. Oceana. U.S.
Neotropica.

CYPERUS ROTUNDUS, Linn.:
Var. 9. 100-FLora, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi.

5.
6.

615.
Madras Peninsula, G. Thomson, 258.
Monghyr, Wallich, 3373 part (hb. propr.).

Distrib. Natal and Delagoa Bay.

51. CYPERUS STOLONIFERUS, Retz. ; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 615.

2.
3.

4.
5.

10.

Sind, Pinwill.
Gujerat, ——. Bombay, Jacquemont, 430. Nilgiri Mts.,
Foulkes.

Ceylon, Trimen.

Madras Peninsula, Shuter, Wight, 1819, 1824, 31 (in hb.
Berlin), 1825 part, 1825 B, Wallich, 3315 A, B, C (hb.
propr.) 3309 part. Tranquebar, Klein. Carnatic, G.
Thomson. Chingleput, Gamble, 17195.

Ius. Nicobar,

38 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

11. Penang, G. King. Pahang, Ridley, 1000. Singapore,
Kurz, 2991, Ridley, 1749.
Distrib. Mauritius. China. Malaya. North Australia.
Macassar.

52. Cyperus FENZELIANUS, Steud.; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 616.
5. Madras, Chingapuna, G. Thomson, 383.
Distrib. Mediterranea. ‘Trop. Africa.

53. Cyperus sunCAPITATUS, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f lie. vi.
615.
3. Nilgiri Mts., alt. 2000 feet, Gamble, 17952.
5. Madras Peninsula, Wallich, 3316, ex herb. Wight (in
hb. propr., Kew).
Distrib. Endemie in Indian Peninsula.

54. CYPERUS TUBEROSUS, Rotth.; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 616.

3. Conean, Law.

4. Central Province, Thwaites, 3750, 3966.

5. Madras Peninsula, Shuter, Wight, 1828, 1829, 1830, 32
(in herb. Berlin), Wallich, 3329 B part (hb. propr.).
Chingleput, Gamble, 17628. Tranquebar, Wight, 1825.
Circars (?), Wallich, 3329 A (hb. propr.).

6. Calcutta and 24 Perguunahs, €. B. Clarke, 8489, 8515,
33680, Wallich, 3329 L (hb. propr.).

€. East Bengal, Griffith, Kew n. 6141.

Distrib. Ethiopia. China. Australia.

55. Cyperus ESCULENTUS, Linn.; Hook.f.l.c. vi. 616.

1. Dehra Dhoon, Duthie, 2460.

2. R. Chenab, T. Thomson.

3. Poona, Jacquemont, 277. Nilgiri Mts., Hohenacker, 1294.

5. Madras Peninsula, Wallich, 3354 (hb. propr.) Mysore
and Carnatic, G. Thomson, 69. Cuddapore, alt. 4600 feet,
Gamble, 15123.

6. Moradabad, 7. Thomson, 948. Delhi, C. B. Clarke, 23361.

Distrib, Mediterranea. Ethiopia. Nearctica. Neotropica.

56. Cyperus RADIATUS, Vahl; Hook. f. l. e. vi. 617.
6. Agra, hb. Munro. North Bengal, Siligori, C. B. Clarke,
26478. Dacca, J. D. Hooker, 130, 208, C. B. Clarke,
17124. Khoolua, C. B. Clarke, 33459.

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 39

8. Assam, Griffith, 1600, Jenkins, 194. Gowhatty, Nuttail.
East Bengal, Griffith, 1607, Kew n. 6148, 6218/1. Silhet,
Wallich, 3345, C. B. Clarke, 6938. Chittagong; Seeta-
koondo, alt. 800 feet, J. D. Hooker, 400, 409 part.

10. Pegu, Kurz, 650.
11. Penang, Curtis, 1956.
Distrib. Ethiopia. China. Malaya. Polynesia. Neotropica.

57. Cyperus ExALTATUS, Retz.; Hook.f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 617.

2. Beas Doab, T. Thomson. Mt. Aboo, Stocks, 223.

3. Bombay, Dalzell. Canara, Law, Metz, 663. Nilgiri
Mts., Foulkes. Travancore, Wight, 2863.

4. Ceylon, Koenig, Wallich, 3343 G (hb. propr.); alt. 1400
feet, Thwaites, 3040, Ploem, 474. Trincomalee, Thwaites,
3788. Dambool, Beckett.

5. Coromandelia, Bélanger, 222. Madras Peninsula, Rottler,
Wight, 1834, 1835, 2863 (hb. Berlin), Wallich, 3327 A,B
(hb. propr.), 8329 B part (hb. propr.), 3343 A, D, C, D,
E, F, H (hb. propr.). Madras, G. Thomson, 104. Cour-
tallum, G. Thomson, 134, 135. Mysore, Law. Saugor,
Vicary. Chota Nagpore, alt. 1000 feet, C. B. Clarke,
21090, 33801.

6. Moradabad, 7. Thomson, 369. R. Goomtee, Duthie, 4478.
Bengal, Griffith, Kew n. 6153, Wallich, 3327 C (hb.
propr.), 3328 A, B (hb. propr.), 3343 1, K (hb. propr.).
Calcutta (C. B. Clarke), 12532, 33623.

8. Assam, Griffith, 1607, Jenkins. Khasia, Hook. f. d
T. Thoms.

Distrib. Ethiopia. Indo-China. Australia. Neotropica.

CYPERUS EXALTATUS, Retz. :
Var. B. nives, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. 1. c. vi. 617.
. Sind, Pinwill. Marwar, Duthie, 4910.
. Chota Nagpore, alt. 1200 teet, C. B. Clarke, 21090.
. Calcutta, Helfer, 61. Mutlah, C. B. Clarke, 24707, 24713.
Chittagong, Seetakoondo, alt. 800 feet, J. D. Hooker.
409 part.
Distrib. Mediterranea. Ethiopia.

om C ito

58. CYPERUS OATESIT, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l e. vi. 618.
10. Thyat Myo, Oates (in hb. Calcutta, Kew).
Distrib. Endemic in Pegu.

40

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

59. CYPERUS DIGITATUS, Rozb.; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 618.

1.
2.
3.

4.
. Madras Peninsula, Heyne, Wight, 1839 (25,48 in herb.

-ı

10.

11.

Dehra Dhoon, Royle, 12, 17.

Sind, Pinwill. Lahore and R. Beas, T. Themson.

Poona, Woodrow, 204. Londa, Cooke, 198. Nilgiri Mts.,
Hohenacker, 944, G. King, 1318.

Ceylon, Thwaites, 3940.

Berlin). Kurnool, Gamble, 17739.

. Moradabad, T. Thomson, 255. Bengal; Rajapore, Kurz.

Dacca and Mymensiugh, ©. B. Clarke, 7417, 7799.

. Bikkim Terai, G. King.
. Upper Assam, Jenkins, 202. East Bengal, Griffith, Kew

n. 6149. R. Megna, J. D. Hooker, 214.

Pegu, Kurz, 647, 672, 2672. Burma, Griffith, Kew
n. 6149. Mergui, Griffith, 1046. R. Irrawaddi, Wallich,
8438 D, E (hb. propr.). R. Attran, Wallich, 3438 E
(bb. Kew).

Penang, Wallich, 3429, 3488 C (hb. propr.) Malacca,
Yvan.

Distrib. Ethiopia. China. Malaya. Oceania. Neotropica.

CYPERUS DIGITATUS, Joch:
Var. B. Hookxni, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. 1. c. vi. 618.

3.

4.
5.

8.

Nilgherry Mts., Schmidt; alt. 5750 feet, C. B. Clarke,
11363.

Caltura, Moon. Rambodda, Thwaites, 3043.

Chota Nagpore: Sirgooja, alt. 2750 feet, C. B. Clarke,
34044.

Khasia: Nunklow, J. D. Hooker, 1565. Moflong, Griffith,
Kew n. 6151; frequent alt. 3-5000 feet, C. B. Clarke.
Naga Hills, alt. 3000-6000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 41030, 41981.

Distrib. Endemic in East India.

60. CYPERUS ELATUS, Linn.; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 018.
5. Madras Peninsula, Koenig, Rottler, Wight, 1837.
11. Penang, Wallich, 3341 A (hb. propr.).
Distrib. Malaya. Polynesia.

CYPERUS ELATUS, Linn.:

Var.

P B. MACRONUX, C. B. Clarke; Hook. f 1. e. vi. 618.

8. Comilla, C. B. Clarke, 14188.
Distrib. Endemic in Assam.

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 41

61. Cyperus PLATYPHYLLUS, em. et Sch. ; Hook. f. Fl. Brit.
Ind. vi. 618.

4. Ceylon, Walker, 32, Thwaites, 3041.

5. Madras Peninsula, Koenig, Rottler, Roxburgh, Wight,

2870 (27 in herb. Berlin), Wallich, 3341 B part (herb.
propr.).

Distrib. Endemic in Madras and Ceylon.

1. Marıscus DREGEANUS, Kunth; Hook. f. l.c. vi. 620.

3. Goodaloor, alt. 3000 feet, Gamble, 12011.

4. Central Province, up to 4000 feet, Thwaites, 855, 2942.

5. Madras Peninsula, Rottler, Leschenault, Roxburgh, Wallich,
3326 A, B (hb. propr.), Wight, 1838; Pondicherry, Per-
rottett ; Mysore, G. Thomson ; Kullar, 2000 feet, Gamble,
16990; Pulney Hills, Beddome.

6. Lower Bengal, Wallich, 3326 C (hb. propr.), 3026 (hb.
Mus. Brit.).

10. South Burma, Kurz.

11. Wellesley, G. King. Ins. Bouton, Delessert. Penang,
Kunstler, 1724. Malacca, Griffith, Kew n. 6172, Cuming,

2372. Singapore, Delessert, G. Thomson, Burbidge.
Distrib. Ethiopia. Borneo.

2. Mariscus BULBOSUS, C. D. Clarke in Hook. f. l.c. vi. 620.

4. North Canara, Young.

5. Madras Peninsula, Heyne, Rottler, Koenig, Wallich, 3441 a
part (hb. propr.); from Palavarum to Permacoil, in the
hills, Wight, 1846 part, Wallich, 3435 C, most part
(hb. propr.).

Distrib. Endemic in Malabar and Coromandel.

8. MARISCUS PANICEUS, Vahl; Hook. f.l. c. vi. 620.
3. Mangalore, Metz, 150. Nilgiri Mts., G. Thomson.
4. Ceylon, Moon, Walker, Thwaites, 2878.
5. Coromandelia, Bélanger, 237. Tranquebar, Rottler. Madras
Peninsula, Koenig, Wight, 1845, 46 (hb. Berlin), Wallich,
3433 (hb. propr.) 3435 A a (hb. propr. and Kew part),
3485 C part (hb. propr.).
6. Lower Bengal, Wallich, 3437 B part (hb. propr.). Dacea,
C. B. Clarke, 4616.
Distrib. Mauritius.

42 - MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

Maniscus PANiCEUs, Vahl:

Var. 8. RoxsunGurANA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. Fl. Brit.

Ind. vi. 621.
1. Simla, P. Thomson. Nepal, Wallich, 3437 A (hb. Kew),
3485 a (hb. Berlin).
3. Concan, Law. Anamallay Mts., alt. 2750 feet, Beddome.
. Coylon, Walker, Gardner, 953 part, Thwaites, 814.

9. Madras Peninsula, Wight, 1845 part, 1847 (hb. Berlin),
Wallich, 3434, 3435 B (hb. propr.). Pondicherry, Per-
rottet.

6. Dacca, C. B. Clarke, 20081.

7. Sikkim Terai, alt. 500 feet, C. B. Clarke, 36800.

8. East Bengal, Griffith, Kew n. 6242 part.

Distrib. Java. Cochinchina.

H>

4. Mariscus CYPERINUS, Vahl; Hook. f. l.c. vi. 621.

1. [Simla], Zady Dalhousie.

3. Nilgiri Mts., Perrottet.

4. Ceylon, Walker, Thwaites, 816.

5. Coromandelia, Roxburgh. Madras Peninsula, Rottler,
Wight, 47 O (hb. Berlin), Wallich, 3431, 3435 a part,
3436 (hb. propr.). Mysore, Heyne.

6. Moradabad, 7. Thomson.

10. Tenasserim (or Andamans), Helfer, Kew n. 6244.

11. Penang, Delessert. Malacca, Griffith, Kew n. 6243 part.
Pahang, Ridley, 1270. Sitang, Gaudichaud, 14. Singa-
pore, Walker, 243, Didrichsen, 4419, O. Kuntze, 6083.

Distrib. China. Japan. Malaya. Polynesia.

Maniscus CYPERINUS, Vahl:
Var. BENGALENSIS, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l.c. vi. 621.

6. North Bengal, Wallich, 8437 F (hb. propr.) Dacca,
J. D. Hooker, 99, 129.

7. Sikkim, J. D. Hooker, T. Anderson, alt. 0-5000 feet,
C. B. Clarke, 26595, 35403.

8. Fast Bengal, Griffith, 1483, Kew n. 6244 part. Upper
Assam, Jenkins, 568. Khasia, Cherra, J. D. Hooker, 677.
Sylhet, C. .B. Clarke, 8402.

Distrib. Endemic in Bengal and Assam.

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 43

MARISCUS CYPERINUS, Vahl:

Var. MAXIMA, var. nova: very large; bracts of umbel 10 or
12, long ; rays of umbel 16, up to 4 in. long; spikes 1 by
2in.; spikelets very numerous, densely packed, in fruit

sloping somewhat upwards.

(5.] East India, Rorburgh (hb. Delessert).
Distrib. Sumatra.

5. Marıscus pıcrus, Nees; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 621.
3. Nilgiri Mts., G. Thomson. Mysore, Heyne, G. Thomson.
5. Madras Peninsula, Wight, 1846 [Nees’ “type ”], Wallich,
3435 a part. (hb. propr.), 3437 (hb. Mus. Brit.) Carnatic,
G. Thomson.
Distrib. Java. Polynesia.

6. Maniscus TENUIFOLIUS, Nees ; Hook.f. l.c. vi. 622 [Schrader
MS. fide Nees].

4. Ceylon, Koenig, Gardner, 953 part., Thwaites, 817.

5. Madras Peninsula, Meyne, Wight, 1846 part. (hb. Kew),
Wallich, 3432 a (hb. propr.), 8435¢ (hb. Mus. Brit.).
Tinnevelly Hills, Beddome.

6. Monghir, Wallich, 3432 B (hb. propr., Kew).

11. Malacca, Griffith, Kew n. 6241.

Distrib. Endemic in India.

In ticketing herbarium specimens, and in casual references, it is usual
to call this plant (by 3 words) Mariscus tenuifolius, Schrader. If this
is stated thus it sends one to the wrong book ; if it is stated Schrader MS.
it is rather worse than (2 words) Mariscus tenuifolius; for it gives no
help to finding the published. description, and besides that may mislead
one into assuming the plant unpublished.

The ground for calling it Mariscus tenuifolius, Schrader, is that it is
only justice to Schrader, In the present (and most similar cases) I see
no sufficient proof that Schrader distinguished the plant; he may have
noticed that the example was narrow-leaved. However this may have
been, I agree with Darwin in his argument that all consideration of
persons in this matter must be postponed to the convenience of science ;
aad I think it is most convenient to postpone all MS. names to published
names, and to make the primary reference to the latter.

7. MARISCUS Sırrerranus, Nees; Hook. f.l. c. vi. 622.
1. Gurhwal, 7. Thomson, 272; alt. 5000 feet, Duthie, 367.
Almora, alt. 5000 feet, Strachey. Nipal, Wallich, 3437 a
(hb. propr.).

44 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

3. Anamallay Mts., Beddome.

5. Mysore, Heyne, Wight, 1847 (second type of M. eyperinus,
Nees), Wight, 1240, 47 B (hb. Berlin). Chota Nagpore,
alt. 4000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 33685.

6. Northern India, Royle, 33, Schlagintweit, 3285; Upper
Gangetic Plain, 7T. Thomson. Lower Bengal, Wallich,
3437 B part. (hb. propr.).

8. East Bengal, Griffith, Kew n. 6242. Assam, Griffith,
1477, Jenkins. Sylhet, Wallich, 320 (hb. Berlin). Khasia,
alt. 3000 feet, J. D. Hooker, alt. 5000 feet, C. B. Clarke,
43573. Naga Hills, alt. 5000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 41600.

10. Pegu, MacClelland ; Prome, Wallich, 3437 © (hb. propr.).

Tenasserim, Helfer, 307, Kew n. 6243/1.
11. Penang, Delessert, Curtis. Malacca, Griffith. Singapore,
Lobb, Ridley.

Distrib. Ethiopia. Indo-China. Oceania.

The above represent the Indian localities from such herbarium speci-
mens as I noted when they passed through my hands. In this case (and
in many similar cases, more or less so) the method of area-tabulation
herein followed gives a very imperfect, primd facie erroneous, impression
of the distribution of this plant in India. I believe it to be one of the
most abundant and most generally distributed plants of India, every-
where in or near hills, alt. 0-5000 feet, and only absent in dry places and
long-cultivated areas,

The breakdown of the method of numerical tabulation here adopted
is not wholly the fault of the method. Firstly, few botanists (who
collect) trouble to collect so common a plant, which thus only reaches
the great herbaria in casual collections. Secondly, in the great herbaria,
any example (unless it presents some marked peculiarity) is not laid in,
any more than a Daisy from Surrey. No general method of tabulating
areas from herbarium specimens would give a fair quantitative (or com-
plete areal) distribution of the Daisy.

MARISCUS SIEBERIANUS, Nees :
Var. 6. EVoLUTIOR, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind.
vi. 622.
1. Simla, Lady Dalhousie. Gurhwal, alt. 6500 feet, SeAla-
gintweit, S802. Nipal, Wallich, 3437 A.
7. Sikkim, J. D. Hooker, T. Anderson, 264, 782.
8. Khasia, J. D. Hooker. Cachar, C. B. Clarke, 7079.
10. Mergui, Griffith, 87 (having the fruiting spikelets deflexed
more than usual).

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 45

Distrib. Ethiopia. Malaya. East U.S. Central America.
North Brasil.

Mariscus SiEBERIANUS, Wees:
Var. y. supcomposira, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind.
vi. 622.
1. Kumaon, alt. 5000 feet, Strachey.
[5. Madras Peninsula ? |, Wallich, 3437 E (hb. propr.).
Distrib. Japan. Malaya. Polynesia.

MARISCUS SIEBERIANUS, Nees:
Var. ? à. kuasiana, C. D. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi. 622.
8. East Bengal, Griffith, Kew n. 6244 part.
Distrib. Endemie in Easv Bengal.

8. Mariscus tscunos, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi. 623.
4. Nilgiri Mts. and Kurg, G. Thomson.

Distrib. Mexico, Western Venezuela, Colombia.

There is one sheet only of Malabar examples inscribed as
above. The specimens are good, and there ean be no doubt they
are M. ischnos (Schlecht. sub Cypero), a plant with a very well
circumscribed area, frequent in the Northern Andes Region with
Mexico. I have frequently doubted whether the Malabar locality
is other than a ticket wrongly posted down.

9. Martscus Hooxertanus, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. 1. e. vi.
623.
7. Sikkim, in hot valleys, J. D. Hooker.

Distrib. Endemic in Sikkim.

it must be understood that the species of Mariscus [1-8 foregoing]
are very closely allied; probably Mr. Bentham would have called them
all “ Cyperus umbellatus.” ence, in order to keep the species 1-8 at all
distinct, it is necessary to narrow down their diagnoses, When this has
been done, I find that Hooker's Sikkim-hot-valley example will not go
into any one of the 8. It is then necessary to make it a new species,

M. Hookerianus, unless I attempt some new grouping for the material
of the 8.

10. Marıscus sqUARROSUS, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. Le vi.
623.
3. Mangalore, Metz, 823.
4. Ceylon, Koenig.
5. Madras Peninsula, Wight, 1810 A, B, Wallich, 3313 A, B,
part. Maisor and Carnatic, G. Thomson.

46 MR. €. B. CLARKE ON THE

6. Bengal, Masters.
10. Rangoon, Kurz. Mergui, Griffith, 18, 337, Kew n. 6208.
Distrib. Ethiopia. Cochinchina.

11. Martscus AnnEscENs, Gaud.; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 623.
3. Bombay, Cooke.
4. Ceylon, Koenig; hotter parts, Thwaites, 678.
5. Quilon, Wight, 2866, Wallich, 3359 A, B (hb. propr.)
Madras Peninsula, Wight, 39 (hb. propr.), 1833.
6. North Bengal, Buchanan Hamilton, 164. Soondrebun,
C. B. Clarke, 24717.

10. Moulmein, Wallich, 3359 E (hb. propr). Andamans,
Kurz.

11. Malay Peninsula, Griffith, Kew n. 6159. Penang, Wallich,
3359 D part. (hb. propr.), Curtis, 104. Malaeca, Griffith.
Singapore, Lobb, Ploem, 520.

Distrib. Ethiopia. China. Malaya. Oceania.

12. Marıscvs MICROCEPHALUS, Presl; Hook. f. Tl. e. vi. 624.
1. West Himalaya, Royle, 185.
2. Sind, Pinwill.
3. Canara, Yellapore, Talbot, 1024. Nilgiri Mts, @.

Thomson, 84.
4. Ceylon, Walker, Thwaites, 815: Kornegalle, Gardner.
5. Madras Peninsula, Wight, 1848, 45 (in hb. Berlin). Cud-
dapa, Beddome. Chota Nagpore, 1-8000 feet, common,
C. B. Clarke.
6. Gangetic Plain, Moradabad, T. Thomson, 324. Indalpur,
Duthie, 4477. Upper Gangetie Plain, Falconer, 1143.
7. Sikkim Terai, C. B. Clarke, 26779, 36609, O. Kuntze.
8. Assam, Griffith, 1461, 1482, frequent, C. B. Clarke. East
Bengal, Griffith, Kew n. 6245, 6246. Khasia, Hook. f. et
T. Thoms., 28. Cachar, Heenan. Sylhet, C. B. Clarke,
6960. R. Soorma, J. D. Hooker, 328.
10. Pegu, Kurz, 660, 661; Sittang, R. Scott, 397. Mergui,
Griffith, 317, 341. Andamans, Kurz. Nicobars, Kurz.
11. Penang and Singapore, Wallich, 3439. Malacca, Griffith.
Singapore, Harland, 857.
Distrib. Mauritius. Chia. Malaya.

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 47

VI. TonvriNiUM, Desv. in Hamilt. Prod. Ind. Occident. [1825]
p. 15.
Rhacheola of the several-nutted spikelets disarticulating into
l-autted joints; otherwise as Mariscus.

l. TORULINIUM CONFERTUM, Hamilton, Prod. Ind. Oceid. [1825]
p- 15.
[Mariscus ferax, C. B. Clarke; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind.
vi. 624.]
6. Lower Bengal (Furidpore), C. B. Clarke, 7511.
10. Pegu, Kurz, 2686. Mergui, Griffith, 315, Kew n. 6148,
6198.
Distrib. Canaries. Trop. Africa. China. Malaya. Oceania.
U.S. Neotropica.

1. Covrrorsta CYPEROIDES, Nees; Hook. f. I. e. vi. 625.

3. Conean, Law; Mercara, Hohenacker, 645.

5. Madras Peninsula, Heyne, Wight, 1853. Mysore, G.
Thomson. Russeleonda Hills, Beddome. Chanda, Duthie,
9843. Goonah, G. King, 41. Chota Nazpore, alt. 2000
feet, Gamble, 8732, frequent, C. B. Clarke.

. Sikkim, alt. 500 feet, C. B. Clarke, 36608.
8. Sudiya, Griffith, Kew n. 6240. Mongoldye, alt. 350 feet,
Schlagintweit, 13489. Khasia, R. Ongkot, J. D. Hooker,
2346, frequent, C. B. Clarke. Silhet, Wallich, 3537.
10. Pegu, Kurz, 629, 2719.
Distrib. Endemic in India; a var. in South Africa and
Madagascar.

al

1. ELEOCHARIS PLANTAGINEA, R. Br.; Hook.f. l. c. vi. 625.

2. Sind, Pinwill.

4. Ceylon, Macrae, 167. South Ceylon, Thwaites, 3046.

5. Madras Peninsula, Rottler, Wallich, 3454 A (hb. propr.),
3543 (hb. Calcutta, Berlin), Wight, 1891, 1901 (hb. propr.),
72,72 B (hb. Berlin). Chota Nagpore, alt. 200 feet, C, B.
Clarke, 33808.

6. Moradabad, T. Thomson, 351. Sahurunpore, Lemann.
Monghyr, Buchanan Hamilton, 200, Wallich, 3454 C
(hb. propr.). Bengal, Buchanan Hamilton, 210, Wallich,
3454 D (hb. propr.), C. B. Clarke, 8520, 17246, 33606.

AS MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

8. Assam, Simons. East Bengal, Griffith, Kew m. 6232.
Pundua, J. D. Hooker, 359.
10. Pegu, Kurz, 2715. Arracan, Akyab, Kurz, 2714.
Distrib. Ethiopia. Indo-China. Oceania.

2. ELEOCHARIS EQUISETINA, Presl; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi.
626.
4. Ceylon, Walker; Kornegalle, Thwaites, 3777.
11. Penang, Didrichsen, 3487.
Distrib. Luzon. New Caledonia.

3. ELEOCHARIS VARIEGATA, Kunth:
Var. LAXIFLORA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi. 626.
4. Ceylon, herb. Nees, 1691, Macrae, 210, Walker, 45. South
Ceylon and Ambagamova, Thwaites, 3762.
5. Madras Peninsula, fottler, Wallich, 3454 B part (hb.
propr.).
8. Gowhatty, Simons (hb. Calcutta). Sylhet, J. D. Hooker.
10. Tenasserim (or Andamans), Helfer, Kew n. 6220/1,
n. 6223/1.
11. Malacca, Griffith, Kew n. 6229. Pahang, Ridley, 1231,
1548. Singapore, Kurz, 3014 (hb. Calcutta), Ploem, 522.
Distrib. China. Malaya. Polynesia. Cuba.

4. ELEOCHARIS OCHROSTACHYS, Steud.; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 626.
11. Malacca, Griffith, 2864 (hb. Berlin). Singapore, Ridley,
30. “Calcutta” (forsan Malacca), Lemann (hb.
Boissier).
Distrib. Java. Borneo.

5. ELEOCHARIS FISTULOSA, Link, Jahrb. ni. [1820] 78; Schultes
[1824], Hook. f. l. e. vi. 626.
3. Canara, Talbot, 1040.
4. Ceylon, Macrae; ‘hotter parts," Thwaites, 3047, 3162.
5. Madras Peninsula, Wight, 1902, 2881 (hb. propr.),
Wallich, 3453 A, B, C (hb. propr). Carnatic, G.
Thomson, 43. ‘Tinnevelly, alt. 2750 feet, Beddome.
Chunda, Duthie, 9855. Chota Nagpore, alt. 2000 feet,
C. B. Clarke, 20346.
6. Moradabad, T. Thomson, 388. | Purneah, Buchanan
Hamilton, 208, Wallich, 3453 D (hb. propr.) Jumal-
pore, Griffith, Kew n. 6235.

10.

11.

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 49

. Nepaul, Wallich, 3453 A part, B (hb. Kew), E (hb.

propr) Julpigori, €. B. Clarke, 26769.

Assam, Griffith, 1539, 1600, Jenkins, 216, C. B. Clarke,
40768. Pundua, Wallich, 3451 (hb. Berlin), J. D. Hooker,
358.

Mereui, Griffith, 205. Tavoy, Wallich. Tenasserim,
Helfer, Kew n. 6235.

Malay Peninsula, Griffith, Kew n. 6250.

Distrib. Ethiopia. China. Malaya. Oceania.

6. ELEOCHARIS SPIRALIS, 2. Br.; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi.

3.
4.

6.
8.
10.

627.

Bombay, Salsette Isle, Jacquemont, 416, 725 (hb. Paris).
Ceylon, Walker hb. Wight, 2054; hotter parts, Thwaites,
853.

. Madras Peninsula, Rottler, Wallich, 3454 B part (hb.

propr.).

Calcutta, Kurz.

East Bengal, Griffith, Kew n. 6231.
Pegu, Kurz, 2713. Mergui, Griffth.

Distrib. Mauritius. | Cochinehina.

7. ELEOCHARIS ATROPURPUREA, Kunth; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 627.

1.

2.

NS

8.

Jhelum Valley, Stewart, 784. Chumba, alt. 3000 feet,
C. B. Clarke, 23777.

Sind, Pinwill; Shalizan, Aitchison, 603. Shahjehanpore,
Duthie, 5003.

. Bombay, Hewra, Dalzell.
. Ceylon, Moon (hb. Mus. Brit.), Leschenault (hb. Paris).
. Coromandelia, Bélanger, 196. Madras Peninsula, Koenig,

Rottler, Wight 1899 part, Wallich, 3489 B (hb. propr.).
Saugor, G. King, 46. Chunda, Duthie, 9847. Chota
Nagpore, alt. 2000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 21174, 21215.
Moradabad, T. Thomson, 322. Furruckabad, Buchanan
Hamilton, 206. Bengal, Wallich, 3489 A (hb. propr.),
3487 part (hb. Kew), Griffith, Kew n. 6224, J. D.
Hooker.

Assam, Griffith, 1592, 1593.

Distrib. Europe. Ethiopia. China. Malaya. Oceania.

US.

Neotropica.

LINN. JOURN.—BOTANY, VOL. XXXIV. E

Mo Bot. Garden,
430Í.

50 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

8. ELEOCHARIS CAPITATA, R. Br.; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi.
627.
Kurrachee, Stocks.
. Canara, G. Thomson.
. Ceylon, Leschenault, Walker ; Saffragam, Thwaites, 3039.,
. Madras Peninsula, Wallich, 3486 A, B(hb. propr.), 3487 A
(hb. propr.), 3493 (hb. propr.), Wight, 1899 part, 74 (hb.
Berlin). Central Provinces, Duthie, 8462. Chota
Nagpore, alt. 1000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 34263, 34288.
6. Behar, J. D. Hooker, 622. Bengal, Wallich, 3486 C
(hb. propr.), Griffith, Kew n. 6225 (hb. Paris). Noakhali,
J. D. Hooker, 622.
10. Mergui, Griffith, 287.
11. Singapore, Fridley, 133.
Distrib, Mediterranea. North Trop. Africa. China. Malaya.
Oceania. U.S. Neotropica.

Cx p» CO 2

9. ELEOCHARIS OVATA, 2. Br. ; Hook. f.l c. vi. 628.
(1. West Himalaya]? Wallich, 8487 part (hb. Kew).

Distrib. Palearetica. Japan. Java. Nearctica. Neo-
tropica.

No example from British India has been seen, except Wallich
3487 part. The manner in which the Wallichian collections
were mixed before the numbers were affixed renders the Wal-
lichian herbarium unless supported very unsatisfactory authority
for localities. The distribution, however, of /. ovata, R. Br.,
from Russia and Asia Minor, by the Caucasus and Dahuria to
Amurland and Japan, renders it probable that it has been, or will
be, collected in the Himalava; and it was therefore included in
the * Flora of British India.’

10. ELEOCHARIS PALUSTRIS, A. Dr.; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 628.

1. Kurrum Valley, Aitchison, 34, 235, 601. Baltisthan, alt.
12,000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 30405. Rawul Pindee, Ait-
chison, 558. Murree, Fleming, 329. Kashmir, Jacque-
mont, 444. Ladak, Schlagintweit, 1052, 1446. Nubra,
Schlagintweit, 2065. West Himalaya, Royle, 62 (hb.
propr), 97, 100 (hb. Berlin). Chini, Jacquemont, 1333.
Simla, Jacquemont, 973. Kumaon, Wallich, 3449 (hb.
propr), Duthie, 6071 a. Nepal, Wallich, 3452 (hb.
Calcutta).

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 51

2. Sind, Pinwill ; Punjab, T. Thomson.

6. Moradabad, T. Thomson, 449. Oude, Wallich, 3455
(hb. propr.). Lucknow, T. Anderson. Furruckabad,
Buchanan Hamilton, 207. Nawabgunj, Wallich, 3450
(hb. propr.). Bengal Plain, frequent, C. B. Clarke.

7. Sikkim, alt. 10,000 feet, J. D. Hooker.

8. Bruhmapootra Bank, Griffith, Kew n. 6221. Khasi
Hills, Wallich, 3451 (hb. propr.). Sylhet, C. B. Clarke,
42736.

Distrib. Palearctica. Ethiopia. China. Japan. Sandwich

Isles. Nearctica. Neotropica.

ll. ELEOCHARIS ACICULARIS, R. Br.; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind.
vi. 628.
5. Madras Peninsula, Rottler (hb. Kew).

Distrib. Palearetica. China. Japan. Nearctica. Neo-
tropica.

The single example in herb. Rottler can hardly establish the
present species as Indian. But it grows in Central Asia, is
abundaut in Japan, and has been frequently collected in China,
even at Shanghai and Canton.

12. ELEOCHARIS CHATARIA, Roem. et Sch.; Hook. f. l c.
vi. 629.

3. Canara, Bélanger, 195.

4. Ceylon, Macrae, 207 ; Saffragam, Thwaites, 247.

5. Madras Peninsula, Wallich, 3415 (hb. propr.) Quilon,
Wight, 2031, 2895. Chota Nagpore, alt. 2500 feet, C. B.
Clarke, 25189, 34192.

6. Dacca, C. B. Clarke, 7889.

7. Siligori, O. Kuntze. Kooch Behar, in the plain, C. B.
Clarke, 26780.

8. East Bengal, Griffith, Kew n. 6219. Sylhet and Cachar,

l common, C. B. Clarke. Chittagong, J. D. Hooker, 157.

10. Pegu, Kurz, 2708, Bélanger, 194. Rangoon Lake, Kurz,
2707. Burma, Griffith, Kew n. 6318 (hb. Berlin).

11. Malacca, Griffith, Kew n. 6319, Gaudichaud, 97. Pahang
and Singapore, fide Ridley.

Distrib. Trop. Africa. Malaya, Neotropica.

E2

52 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

13. ELEOCHARIS SUBVIVIPARA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. Fl. Brit.
Ind. vi. 629.
8. Khasi Hills, alt. 5000 feet, at several places, in great
quantity, C. B. Clarke, 19227, 45617, 45920.

Distrib. Central Madagascar.

Boeckeler gives, as the Indian habitat for this species, the Nilghiri
Hills. I have never seen any Nilghiri examples ; and, from my acquaint-
ance with the Berlin Herbarium and Boeckeler’s work thereon, 1 think the
most probable explanation is that Boeckeler’s (supposed) Nilghiri
examples came from Khasia.

14. ELEOCHARIS AFFLATA, Steud.; Hook. f.l. c. vi. 629.
8. Assam, Griffith, 1581; Jenkins, 577. Fast Bengal,
Griffith, Kew n. 6225 part. Khasia, J. D. Hooker, 1591,
2405; up to 5500 feet, common, C. B. Clarke. Cachar,
frequent, C. B. Clarke.
9. Muneypoor, Watt, 6311. Shan States, Collett, 352.
10. Burma, Griffith, Kew n. 6223.
Distrib, China. Japan. Malaya.

15. Exxocnaris coNGEsTA, D. Don; Hook. f. 1. c. vi. 630.

1. Kashmir, Budrawur, alt. 6500 feet, C. B. Clarke, 31504.
Kumaon, alt. 7500 feet, Strachey & Winterbottom. Dhurm-
sala, C. B. Clarke, 24694. Kedarkanta, Royle 57 (hb.
propr). Gurhwal, Duthie, 69, 5004 (with very plumose
sete). Nepal, Wallich.

. Punjab, T. Thomson, 689.
3. Nilghiri Mts., Perrottet, Schmidt; Canoor, alt. 5500 feet
Gamble, 11506, 17282.
4. Central Province, at high levels, Thwaites, 2635.
5. Madras Peninsula, Wight, 2882 (herb. Calcutta, a Fim-
bristylis mixed). Chota Nagpore, alt. 1500-8000 feet,
C. B. Clarke, 20583, 25092, 34299, 34302.
Distrib. Endemic in India, the western side; but the Chota
Nagpore plant is hardly separate from E. affilata; espeeially
its large forms in Khasia and Japan.

to

3

16. ELEOCHARIS TETRAQUETRA, Nees; Hook. J- l c. vi. 680.
1. Kumaon, Wallich, 3449 (hb. Kew), Royle, 57. Kedar-
kanta, Royle. Gurhwal, Duthie, 5004. Nepal, Wallich,
3452 (hb. propr. & Kew).
3. Nilghiri Mts., Perrottet, 675, 676 (hb. Paris), 1195, 1214,

8.

10.

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 58

1215 (hb. Boissier) ; alt. 6500 feet, C. B. Clarke, 10926,
10945.

Central Province, Rambodde, alt. 4000 feet, Thwaites, 2397.

. Sikkim, alt. 6500-12,000 feet, J. D. Hooker, 23 ; alt. 1750

feet, C. B. Clarke, 9448.

Khasia, alt. 4000-5000 feet, J. D. Hooker, 1552, C. B.
Clarke, 5196, 43554, 43571.

Burma, Kurz, 643.

Distrib. China. Japan (abundant) Malaya. New South
Wales.

1. FIMBRISTYLIS TETRAGONA, R. Br.; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind.

3.

4.

sl c

10.

11.

vi. 631.

Bombay, Dalzell, Jacquemont, 747; Carenga Island,
Boivin, 782. Canara (and Mysore), Law.

Ceylon, Walker ; common in rice, Thwaites, 830.

. Madras Peninsula, Wight, 2331, 2882 (hb. Paris). Saugor,

Vicary; Chunda, Duthie, 9875, 9876. Chota Nagpore,
alt. 1000-2700 fect, common, C. B. Clarke.

. North Bengal, Kurz. Noakhali, C. B. Clarke, 8197.
. Nipal, Wallich, n. 3490 part.
. Khasia, Hook. f. & T. Thoms., n. 23 ; in the tropical region,

J. D. Hooker, 399.

Rangoon, Wallich, 3490 F (hb. propr), Kurz, 2693.
Mergui, Griffith, 319, Kew n. 6296. Tavoy, Wallich,
232 (hb. DC.).

Pahang, fide Ridley.

Distrib. China. Malaya. Australia. Celebes,

2. FIMBRISTYLIS ACUMINATA, Vahl; Hook. f. 1. c. vi. 631.

1.

4
5.
7

11.

Kumaon, Wallich, 3494.

. Ceylon, Macrae, 178, Thwaites, 2747.

South India pl, Wight, 2051.
J

. Sikkim Terai, Hook. f. § T. Thoms., 58 part., Kurz, King,

C. B. Clarke, 36805, 36939.
Assam, Jenkins. Chittagong, J. D. Hooker.

. Arracan, Kurz. Burma, Wallich, 3494 (hb. propr.),

3497 B 1 part (hb. propr); Mergui, Griffith, 179;
Rangoon, MacClelland. Tenasserim, Helfer, Kew n. 6293.
Penang, Delessert, King, Didrichsen, 3558. Malacca,
Griffith, Kew n. 6295. Singapore, Kurz, Ridley, 1472.

Distrib. Hongkong. Malaya. Australia.

54

3. FIMBRISTYLIS SETACEA, Benth. ; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 632.
10.
11.

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

South Burma, Kurz.
Singapore, Kurz, Ridley, 107.

Distrib. Malaya. North-east Australia.

4. FIMBRISTYLIS NUTANS, Vahl; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 632.

4.

8.

10.

11.

Ceylon, Wight, Macrae, 253, Walker, 4l, Thwaites, 882,
Brandis, 2485.

Khasia: Nya Bungalow, alt. 2700 feet, C. B. Clarke,
40659.

Mergui, Griffith, 76. Tenasserim, Helfer, Kew n. 6294.
Nicobars, Kurz, Kamphoevener, 2482.

Singapore, Ridley, 1868.

Distrib. China. Borneo. Australia.

5. FIMBRISTYLIS POLYTRICHOIDES, Vahl; Hook. f. l.c. vi. 632.

3.
4.
5.
6.

8.
10.

li.

Bombay : Kalyan, Woodrow, 12.

Trincomalee, Thwaites, 3786.

Madras Peninsula, Klein, Rottler, Wight, 1866, 102 (hb.
Berlin).

Lower Bengal, Wallich, 3487 B 2, C (hb. propr.). Soon-
dreebun, plentiful, C. B. Clarke.

East Bengal, Griffith, Kew n. 6225 part.

Burma, Griffith, Kew n. 6295 (hb. Paris) Mergui,
Griffith.

Penang, Wallich, 3532 (hb. propr.). Malacca, Griffith.

Distrib. Malaya. North Australia.

FIMBR'STYLIS POLYTRICHOIDES, Vahl:
Var. HALOPHILA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l.e. vi. 632.

5
6.

Nellore, Gamble, 12681.
Soondreebun, Kurz.

Distrib. Isle of Chusan.

6. FIMBRISTYLIS TENUICULA, Boeck.; Hook. f. l.c. vi. 632.
8. Sylhet, C. .B. Clarke, 7128.
10. Moulmein, Helfer, 279 (hb. DC). Tenasserim (or Anda-

mans), Helfer, Kew u. 6223/1, n. 6226/1.

Distrib. Endemic in Assam and Pegu.

7. FIMBRISTYLIS PAUCIFLORA, R. Dr. ; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 633.

10.

Mergui, Griffith, 608, Kew n. 6318.

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 55

11. Penang, Curtis, 1789. Wellesley, G. King: Malacea,
Maingay, 3190. Perak, Wray, 772. Singapore, Wallich,
3488 (hb. propr.), Kurz, 3009, Schottmueller, 114, Did-
richsen, 4431, Ridley, 2, 40, 122, 152.

Distrib. Malaya, Oceania.

8. FrwnnrsTYLIs ko, Boeck.; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 633.

3. Nilghiris, alt. 6000-8000 feet, King, Perrottet, 681, 1209,

Schmidt, Gamble, 11839, 12288 ; Pycara, Beddome, 7841.
Distrib. Endemic in the Nilghiris.

9. FIMBRISTYLIS SUBTRABECULATA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l.c.
vi. 633.
3. Nilghiris, Pykara, alt. 5700 feet, Gamble, 17330.
Distrib. Endemic in the Nilghiris.

10. FIMBRISTYLIS SCHENOIDES, Vahl; Hook. f. l.c. vi. 634.

1. Kangra, C. B. Clarke, 24673. Gurhwal, alt. 6000 feet,
Duthie, 5011. Dehra Doon, Duthie, n. 2117. Nipal,
Wallich, 3487 B 1 part (hb. propr.), 3490 A, B, C, D E
(hb. propr.).

2. Sind, Pinwill. Punjab, T. Thomson, 58. Mu Aboo,
Duthie. ,

. Concan, Woodrow.

. Ceylon, Walker, Trimen, Thwaites, 833.

. Madras Peninsula, fottler, Wight, 2882 part. (hb. Cal-
eutta), 1867, 1868 (hb. propr.), 100, 101, 103 (hb. Berlin).
Saugor, Vicary; Goona, King; Chunda, Duthie, 9877.
Chota Nagpore, alt. 1000-3000 feet, common, C. B. Clarke.

6. Saharunpore, Royle, 70. Calcutta, C. B. Clarke, 33597 ;
Serhampore, Griffith. Dacca, C. B. Clarke, 7862.
7. Sikkim Terai, frequent, C. B. Clarke.
8. Upper Assam, Jenkins. Mikir Hills, Simons. Khasia,
alt. 1200-4000 feet, Hook. f. § T. Thomson, 23, common,
C. B. Clarke. Sylhet, C. B. Clarke, 7110; Pundua,
J. D. Hooker, 400. Chittagong, J. D. Hooker.
10. Pegu, Kurz, 633. Burma, Falconer, 1188 (1158 hb.
Berlin). Moulmein, Parish, 65.
11. Penang, King. Singapore, Kurz.
Distrib. China. Malaya. Queensland.

CQ Hn Co

56 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

11. FIMBRİSTYLIS sUB-nisPICATA, Nees; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind.
vi. 634.
6. Orissa, Poori, W.S. Atkinson (21730 hb. C. B. Clarke).
Distrib. China. Japan. [Var. in Bourbon, Java. |

FIMBRISTYLIS SUB-BISPICATA, Nees :
Var. fJ. TENUISSIMA, 2. e. limb. ferruginea, var. ? tenuissima,
C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi. 639.
4. Ceylon, Mrs. Marriott (hb. Delessert).
Distrib. Endemie in Ceylon.

12. FIMBRISTYLIS DIPSACEA, Benth.; Hook. f. l. e. vi. 635.

4. Ceylon, Leschenault, Thwaites, 668.

5. Madras Peninsula, Wight, 1865, 2894 part (hb. Calcutta),
107, 107 B (hb. Berlin), G. Thomson, 330. Pondicherry,
Perrottet, 372. Central India, Goona, King, 43.

6. Bengal Kissengunje, King, 2046. R. Megna, J. D.
Hooker, 179. North and East Bengal, common, C. B.
Clarke.

8. Kamroop, Buchanan Hamilton, 188. Khasia, hb. Calcutta.
Chittagong, C. B. Clarke, 6596.

9. Yunan, J. Anderson.

10. Pegu, Kurz, 620, 2709. Burma, Wallich, 3478 part,
Griffith, Kew n. 6287.
Distrib. Amurland. Congo. Canton. Philippines.

13. FIMBRISTYLIS SQUARROSA, Vahl; Hook. f. l.e. vi. 635.

1. Kashmir, Jacquemont, 1119. Nepal, Wallich, 3479 D
(hb. propr.).

2. Mt. Aboo, King.

6. Moradabad, 7. Thomson, 491. Lower Bengal, Wallich,
3479 A part, B, C, E (hb. propr.); R. Megua, J. D. Hooker,
230. Julpigori, Buchanan Hamilton, 185. Malda and
Pubna, C. B. Clarke.

8. Assam, Simons. Dibroo-gurh, C. B. Clarke, 37721. Khasi
Hills, Hook. f. d T. Thoms. Comilla, C. B. Clarke.
Chittagong, J. D. Hooker, 287.

9. Bhamo, J. Anderson.

10. Burma, Wallich, 3478 C, 3517 C part. (hb. propr.).
Distrib. Mediterranea. Mongolia. Ethiopia. Indo-China,
otropica. [ Var. in Oceania.]

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 57

14. FIMBRISTYLIS DICHOTOMA, Vahl; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind.

1.

10.

vi. 635. .

Gilgit, Winterbottam, 921. Kashmir, Jacquemont, 668,
Schlagintweit, 4530, 12947; alt. 5000 feet, Levinge.
Kanaor, Jacquemont, 1122. Kumaon, alt. 4000 feet,
Strachey & Winterbottom, 3. Kangra, C. B. Clarke, 24671.
Debra Dhoon, King, Duthie, 2459; Rulloo, Brandis, 3322.
Peshawur, Stewart, 92. Punjab, Schlagintweit, 10494,
T. Thomson, 58, C. B. Clarke, 28165. Meerut, T. Thomson,
103. Sind, Stocks, 1204, Dalzell. Mt. Aboo, King.

. Bombay, Dalzell, Lambert. Concan, Stocks. Asseergurh,

Wallich, 3511 D (hb. Caleutta).

. Ceylon, T'hwaites, 3758.

Madras Peninsula, Wallich, 3509 E, 3512 B (hb. propr.),
Wight, 1879 (hb. Kew), 2903, 2908 part (hb. Caleutta),
2898 (hb. Paris), 82, 83, 1875 part (hb. Berlin). Maisor,
G. Thomson. Central India, King, 22, 49; Saugor, Vicary;
Chunda, Duthie, 9861. Chota Nagpore, Wood.

. Saharunpore, Royle, 45, 47, 46 (hb. Berlin). Oudh, X.

Thompson, 361. Etawah, Duthie, 4915. Behar, J. D.
Hooker, 629 ; Monghyr, Buchanan Hamilton, 181. Beu-
gal, common, C. B. Clarke. Lower Bengal, Wallich, 3511
(hb. propr.), 3515 (hb. propr.) 3517 A (hb. propr.),
3516 B (hb. propr.) Calcutta, Gaudichaud, 337, Buchanan
Hamilton, 178.

. Nepal, Wallich, 3516, 3511 D (hb. Kew), 3511 E (hb.

Caleutta).

. Assam, Griffith, 1464, 1473, 1585, Masters, Jenkins,

Simons. East Bengal, Griffith, Kew n. 6310.

Pegu, Kurz, 630, 631. R. Irrawaddi, Wallich, 3517 (hb.
Calcutta). Attran, Wallich, 3515 A, B (hb. Kew).
Moulmein, Falconer, 6. Andamans, Aurz.

Distrib. Palearctica. Ethiopia. Indo-China. Oceania.

15. FIMBRISTYLIS DIPHYLLA, Vahl; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 636.

1.

Kashmir, Jacquemont, 1890; alt. 6700 feet. Levinge (hb.
C. B. Clarke, 24186), Atkinson (hb. C. B. Clarke, 24185);
Chumba, alt. 3000 metr., C. B. Clarke. Simla, alt. 5000
feet, Gamble, 4824. Gurhwal, alt. 6000 feet, Duthie, 5018.
Dehra Dhoon, Vicary, King, Duthie, 2112. Kumaon,
King, Duthie, 9.

88 Mk. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

2. Sind, Pinwill, Schlagintweit, 11465. Umritsur, C. B.
Clarke, 22221. Mt. Aboo, King.

3. Canara, Talbot, 601. Nilgiri Mts., Hohenacker, 941,
Perrottet, 1207, 683. Canoor, Maelvor, 78. Anamallay
Hills, Beddome.

4. Ceylon, Leschenault, Thwaites, S38, 839, 840, S41, 3232,
3757, Wichura, 2692, Ploem, 479.

5. Madras Peninsula, Wight, 1871 part, 1872 part, 1873,
1874, 18746, 1875, 1876 (hb. propr.) 2901 (hb. Paris,
Berlin), 91, 96 (hb. Berlin), Wallich, 3506 C part, 3507
A, B, 3509 A, B, C, D, F, 3512 B, 3521 B, 3525 A part.
(hb. propr.) Pondicherry, Perrottet, 529. Central India;
Goona, King ; Chunda, Duthie, 9863, 9864, 9867. Chota
Nagpore, common, C. B. Clarke.

6. Moradabad, 7. Thomson, 320. Bengal, Buchanan Hamilton,
180, Wallich. 3501, 3508 (hb. propr.), Griffith, Kew n. 6321
(hb. Berlin), common, €. B. Clarke. Orissa, Atkinson,
21735 (hb. C. B. Clarke).

7. Sikkim, alt. 0-5500 feet, T. Anderson, 1339, 1340 ; common,
C. B. Clarke.

8. Assam, Griffith, 1463, Kew n. 6312 (hb. Berlin); Sudiya,
Griffifh, Kew n. 6334; Kohima, alt. 4600 feet, C. B.
Clarke, 41225. Khasia, common, C. B. Clarke. Sylhet,
Wallich, 3503 C part (hb. propr.). Chittagong, C. B.
Clarke, 19776.

. Ava, Wallich, 3513.

10. Pegu, Kurz, 624, 625, 632, 687. Arracan, Kurz. Burma,
Grifith, Kew n. 6342. Mergui, Griffith, 153, Kew
n. 63850. Andamans, Kurz. Nicobars, Kurz, 25977
(hb. C. B. Clarke).

11. Penang, Delessert, King. Perak, Wray, 604. Malacca,
Griffith, Kew n. 6322, 6345. Singapore, Gaudichaud,
117, Jagor, 80, Ridley, 29.

Distrib. Palwaretica. Ethiopia. Indo-China. Oceania. U.S.

Neotropica.

e

FIMBRISTYLIS DIPHYLLA, Vahl:
Var. B. NILAGIRICA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind.
vi. 637.
3. Nilghiri Mts, Pykara, King.
Distrib. Endemic in Nilghiris.

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 59

16. FIMBRISTYLIS srOLONIFERA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. Fl.

Brit. Ind. vi. 637.

8. Khasia, alt. 2000-6000 feet, J. D. Hooker, 1312, 1488,
C. B. Clarke, 7315, 38348, 38975, 43297. “Nepal vel
Bengal” (an Khasia? C. B. Clarke), Wallich, 3503 A,
B, € part (hb. propr.).

9. Muneypoor, Watt.

Distrib. Endemic in Khasia and Muneypoor.

FIMBRISTYLIS STOLONIFERA, C. B. Clarke:
Var. B. LUDENS, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi. 637.
8. Khasia, alt. 2000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 43292.
Distrib. Endemic in Khasia.

17. FIMBRISTYLIS zsııvauıs, Vahl; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 637.

3. Malabaria, Stocks, Law. Bombay, Dalzell. Canara,
Talbot, 551. Wynaad, Levinge (n. 34503 herb. C. P.
Clarke). Nilghiri Mts, Pykara, alt. 6900 feet, Gamble,
11840.

4. Ceylon, Thwaites, 3943.

5. Madras Peninsula, Aottler, Wight, 1880. Central India,
Chunda, Duthie, 9858, 9859.

6. Patna, Buchanan Hamilton, 182, 184, Wallich, 3479 a part
(hb. propr). Julpigori, Buchanan Hamilton, 187,
Wallich, 3475 (hb. propr.), 3479 (hb. propr.) Kissen-
gunj, T. Anderson, 2036. Dacca, common, C. B. Clarke.
Bengal, Wallich, 3517 a, B, C part, D, E (hb. propr.).

7. Nipal, Wallich, 3516 A (hb. propr.). Sikkim, J. D. Hooker,
Kurz. Siligori, C. B. Clarke, 26451.

8. Assam, Griffith. 1582, 1595; Seebsagur, Jenkins, 1585 ;
Tezpore, C. B. Clarke, 37658. East Bengal, Griffith,
Kew n. 6310, 6332, 6333. Chittagong, Lister.

10. Pegu, Falconer, 13, Kurz, 630, Bélanger, 209. Mergui,
Griffith, Kew n. 6331. Moulmein, Helfer, 232 (292
hb. DC.) Tavoy, Wallich, 3517 €, E (hb. Berlin).
Tenasserim, Helfer, Kew n. 6309, 6333; R. Kimba,
Kunstler, 349, 399.

11. Perak, Isle Sambilang, Kamphoevener. Malacca, Griffith,
Kew n. 6311. Pahang, Ridley, 43, 1268.

Distrib. China. Japan. Malaya. Australia. Polynesia.

[The Brasilian F. limosa, Kunth, is very near F. æstivalis,

and might be regarded as a var. of it.]

60 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

18. FIMBRISTYLIS SCABERRIMA, Nees; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind.
vi. 637.
8. Sylhet, Wallich, 3507 C (herb. propr., Mus. Brit., Kew,
Paris, Berlin, Caleutta).
Distrib. Endemic in Sylhet. (Probably only once collected.)

19. FIMBRISTYLIS popocarra, Nees; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 638.
1. Mussooree, Royle, 77 ; Choor, Royle, 68.
5. Chota Nagpore, C. B. Clarke, 90815, 20850, 33815.
6. Saharunpore, Royle, 72, Lemann (hb. Boissier). Kawn-
pore, Duthie, 7671. Dacca, C. B. Clarke, 7609, 17206.
. Sikkim Terai, C. B. Clarke, 36986.

8. East Bengal, Wallich, 3521 A mainly, 3319 part (hb.
DC), Griffith, Kew n. 6313 part (hb. Kew). Upper
Assam, Jenkins, 219. Khasia, Hook. f. & T. Thoms.,
Mann, 155 part.

Distrib. Hongkong. Java. Ins. Marianne. Rio Janeiro ?

az

20. FIMBRISTYLIS FUSCINUX, C. D. Clarke in Hook. f. l.c. vi.
638.
6. Moradabad, 7. Thomson, 905.
7. Sikkim Terai: near Dulkajhar, C. D. Clarke, 11657, 36747,
36748.
Distrib. Endemie in Moradabad and Sikkim Terai.

21. FIMBRISTYLIS ALPOVIRIDIS, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi.
638.

8. East Bengal, Griffith, Kew n. 6313 (hb. Calcutta).
Upper Assam, Jenkins, 212 (hb. Kew, Calcutta). R.
Megna, J. D. Hooker, 230, 203.

Distrib. Endemic in Assam.

22. FIMBRISTYLIS FERRUGINEA, Vahl; Hook. f. l. c. vi. : 638.

1. Rawul Pindee, Aitchison, 242.

2. Punjab, Schlagintweit, 2726, 11957, Hook. f. D T. Thoms.,
98. Peshawur, Stewart, 299. Sind, Pinwill. Mt. Aboo,
King. Marwar, Duthie, 4916.

3. Malabaria, Stocks, Law. Bombay, Dalzell, Jacquement,
412, Ralph. Convan, Talbot, 528. Poona, Woodrow, 181,
247. |

4. Ceylon, Leschenault; Kokoole Corle, Gardner (Thwaites,
n. 848).

11.

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 61

- Tranquebar, Rottler, 224, 641. Madras Peninsula, Wight,

97, 98, 99 (lib. Berlin), 1869 (hb. propr.), 2897 part (hb.
Calcutta), Rottler, 87,575 (hb. DC.), Wallieh, 3506 A,
B part, C part, D (hb. propr.), 3522, 3521 (hb. Calcutta).
Chingleput, Gamble, 17190. Saugor, Vicary. Goona,
King.

. Gangetie Plain, common near the sea, C. B. Clarke.
. Sillet, Wallich, 3526 (hb. DC.).
10.

Pegu, Kurz, 625 b, 633, 640, 2694, 2716. Arracan, Kurz.
Burma, Griffith, Kew n. 6316, 6347. Mergui, Griffith,
152, Kew n. 6347. Andamans, Kurz. Nieobars, Kurz.
Amherst, Wallich, 3527 (hb. propr.).

Penang, Didrichsen, 3477. Malacca, Griffith, Kew
n. 6346. Singapore, Kurz. Kelantan, Ridley.

Distrib. Mediterranea. Ethiopia. China. Malaya. Oceania.
Bahamas. Neotropica.

23. FrwsmisTYLIS compressa, Boeck.; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind.

vi. 639.

5. Madras Peninsula, Roxburgh, Wight, 2385, 2902.
10. Mergui, Griffith, 293, Kew. n. 6343. Tenasserim, Helfer,

Kew n. 6814/3.

Distrib. Endemie in Madras and Pegu.

24. FIMBRISTYLIS LONGISPICA, Steud.; Hook. f. l.c. vi. 639.

11.

Pahang, Ridley, 1549.

Distrib. China. Japan. [The American F. spadicea, Vahl,
is hardly distinct as a species from this.)

25. FIMBRISTYLIS RIGIDULA, Nees; Hook. f. l.c. vi. 640.

1.

6.

West Himalaya, Jacquemont, 902. Dhargoun, Royle, 53
(hb. propr.) Kunawur, Aoyle, 60 (hb. propr.). Mus-
soorie, King. Simla, alt. 5000 feet, Gamble, 4512, 4513.
Chyal, alt. 5500 feet, Brandis, 1454; in valle Jumna,
Jacquemont, 791. Kuntagong, T. Thomson, 205. Kumaon,
alt. 5700 feet, Strachey d Winterbottom, 4, T. Thomson,
1166. Nepal, Wallich, 3516 A (hb. Delessert), 3519
part (hb. propr., Mus. Brit.).

Saharunpore, Royle, 74. Dacca, C. B. Clarke, 8446,
16984.

9. Muneypoor, Watt, 7414. Shan Hills, alt. 5500 feet,

Collett, 397.

Distrib. China. Philippines.

62 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

96. FIMBRISTYLIS SPATHACEA, Roth; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind.
vi. 640.
2. Sind, Pinwill. Marwar, Duthie, 4920.
4. Ceylon, Reynaud; Trincomalee, Beddome, Thwaites, 3759.
5. Tranquebar, Rottler, 220, Didrichsen, 3845. Madras
Peninsula, Wallich, 3309, Wight, 1872, 1872 b (hb. propr.),
1874 b (bb. Kew), 94 (hb. Berlin). Madras, Shuter.
Nellore, Gamble, 12782.
6. Orissa, Poori, W. S. Atkinson.
10. Andamans, Kamphoevener, 668, 669.
11. Singapore, Schottmueller, 457.
Distrib. Ethiopia. Arabia. China. Malaya. Neotropica.

27. FIMBRISTYLIS ARGENTEA, Vahl; Hook. f. l.e. vi. 640.

4. Ceylon, Leschenault, Thwaites, 2877.

5. Coromandelia, Bélanger, 214. Madras Peninsula, Wallich,
3483 (hb. propr.) Wight, 1878 (hb. propr. 77 (hb.
Berlin), 9876 (hb. Paris, Calcutta), Rottler, 31. Madras,
T. Thomson, 459, Griffith. Maisor, G. Thomson, Hook. f.
et T. Thoms., 21. Trichinopoly, G. King. Pondicherry,
Perrottet. Cuddapah, Beddome. Central India, Chunda,
Duthie, 9840, 9860.

6. Lower Bengal, Kurz.

11. Kelantan, Ridley (hb. Mus. Brit.).

Distrib. Endemie in India, probably ; Boeckeler says it inhabits
Mauritius—where, however, it is unknown to Baker. But it is
likely to grow in Mauritius, or to be carried thither.

98. FIMBRISTYLIS ALBICANS, Nees; Hook. f. l.e. vi. 641.
5. Madras Peninsula, Wight, 1877 (hb. propr.), Wallich,
3482 (hb. propr.), Heyne (hb. Copenhagen).
Distrib. Endemie in Madras. (Probably only two collections
—Wight's and Heyne's.)

29. FIMBRISTYLIS HOOKERIANA, Boeck. ; Hook. f. l c. vi. 641.
5. Chota Nagpore; Gurhma (in Lohardugga), alt. 2000 feet,
C. B. Clarke, 33981.
8. Khasia, alt. 1800-4500 feet, Griffith, 26, 307, Kew
n. 6320, J. D. Hooker, 2040, common, C. B. Clarke.
Distrib. Endemic in Chota Nagpore and Khasia.

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 63

30. FIMBRISTYLIS sericea, R. Br.; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind.
vi. 641.
5. Ganjam, Lawson.
6. Orissa, Poori, W. S. Atkinson.
11. Singapore, Ridley, 4.
Distrib. China. Japan. Malaya. North Australia.

31. FrMBRIsTYLIS TENERA, Roem. et Sch. :
Var. B. ONYLEPIS, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi. 642.

2. Lahore, R. Chenab, and the Beas Doab, 7. Thomson.
Sind, Pznwill. Ajmere, Jacquemont, 209.

3. Mangalore, Metz, 131 a.

5. Coromandelia, Bélanger, 204. Bellary, alt. 1000 feet,
Gamble, 17763. Central India, Goona, King. Chota
Nagpore, alt. 2000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 21238.

6. Saharunpore, Lemann (hb. Boissier). Moradabad, T.
Thomson. Monghyr, Buchenan Hamilton, 183, Wallich,
3514 B, E part (hb. propr.. ^ Bengal, Wallich, 3531
(hb. propr.). Caleutta, J. D. Hooker, Kurz; Serampore,
Griffith. Mymensingh, C. B. Clarke, 7945.

8. Assam, Griffith (hb. Boissier) East Bengal, Griffith,
Kew n. 6329 part (hb. Berlin).

Distrib. Endemic in India (7. e. Var. B is endemic ; the species
F. tenera grows in Trop. Africa and Socotra).

FIMBRISTYLIS TENERA, Roem. et Sch. :
Var. y. OBTUSATA, Ridley; Hook. f. l c. vi. 642.
6. Lower Bengal, Wallich, Kurz.
11. Penang, Didrichsen, 3455. Singapore, Ridley, 83, 1740 a.
Distrib. Borneo.

32. FIMBRISTYLIS MONTICOLA, Steud.; Hook. f. l.c. vi. 642.

3. Bombay, Shelarwadi, Woodrow, 10. Nilghiri Mts., Hohe-
nacker, 940. Anamallay Mts., alt. 4250 feet, Beddome.
Cannanore, Campbell. Pulney Hills, Beddome.

4. Coylon, Beddome; Ambagamowa District, Thwaites, 3780.

5. Madras Peninsula, Wallich, 3514 A (hb. propr.).

Distrib, Endemic in (Southern) India. (Wallieh 3514 A
came perhaps from Malabaria.)

64 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

33. FIMBRISTYLIS MERGUENSIS, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. Fl.
Brit. Ind. vi. 642.
10. Mergui, Griffith, 384, Kew n. 6330. Tenasserim, Helfer,
384, Kew n. 6330.
Distrib. Endemic in Tenasserim. (Possibly only once col-
leeted.)

34. FrugnisTYLIs Pirrorir, Mg. ; Hook. f. l c. vi. 642.
1. Simla, alt. 7500 feet, T. Thomson; alt. 4500 feet, Gamble,
4513 C. Kumaon, alt. 9000 feet, Duthie, 6087, 6088.
Distrib. Japan.

35. FIMBRISTYLIS ARNOTTIANA, Boeck.; Hook. f. 1. c. vi. 643.
5. Cannanore, Campbell. [Madras Peninsula, Wight, 1884,
right-hand example (hb. propr.), and hb. Mus. Brit.)
Distrib. Cannanore, once collected, 2. e. in this case there is
strong reason to believe that the material in Wight’s herbarium
all came from Campbell. The very large quantity of examples of
the “ Madras Herb." without further locality are referred gener-
ally to “ Coromandelia" ; but perhaps 10 per cent. of them came
from “ Malabaria"; and not a few came from the Malay
Peninsula.

986. FIMBRISTYLIS FILIFOLIA, Boeck.; Hook. Fl. c. vi. 648.
7. Sikkim Terai, Dulkajhar, alt. 500 feet, C. B. Clarke,
36731, 36950.
8. Khasia, Cherra, alt. 4000 feet, J. D. Hooker, 1067, C. B.
Clarke, 7285.
Distrib. Endemic in Sikkim and Khasia.

37. FIMBRISTYLIS ASPERRIMA, Boeck.; Hook.f. l. c. vi. 643.
4. Ceylon, Leschenault, Thwaites, 837.
10. Tavoy, Wallich, 3502 B part (hb. propr, DO), 3525
E part (hb. propr.).
11. Penang, Curtis, 1595; Kunstler, 1498 B ; alt. 2500 feet,
Rink. Perak, Wray, 841. Malacca, Griffith, Kew
n. 6349. Singapore, Ridley, 1793.
Distrib. Malay Islands.
38. FIMBRISTYLIS QUINQUANGULARIS, Kunth; Hook. f. L c. vi.
644.
1. Dehra Dhoon, Royle, 67 (hb. propr.), 43 (hb. propr.).

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 65

Nynee Tal, Davidson. Nepal, Wallich, 3499 A, B, C
(hb. propr.) 3199 B, O (hb. Kew, Calcutta mainly),
3500 F (hb. Kew), 3512 A, C, D (hb. propr.).
. Punjab, T. Thomson. Umritsur, C. B. Clarke, 22218.
Bombay, Boivin, 987. Concan, Law. l
. Ceylon, Leschenault ; not uncommon, Thwaites, 838.
. Tinnevelly, Beddome. Madras Peninsula, Wight, 1884
(137 hb. Berlin), Wallich, 3517 (hb. Munro). Madras,
G. Thomson, 444. Central India: Saugor, Vicary; Goona,
King; Chunda, Duthie, 9868, 9869. Chota Nagpore,
J. D. Hooker, 628; common, €. B. Clarke.
6. Saharunpore, Lemann; Delhi, C. B. Clarke, 23383.
Monghyr, Buchanan Hamilton, 176. Bengal, Wallich,
3515 part (hb. Calcutta) ; Burisaul, Buchanan Hamil-
ton, 177 ; common, C. B. Clarke.

7. R. Tambur (Nepal), J. D. Hooker.

8. Assam, Simons; Khasi hills, J. D. Hooker, 1566, 1922,
Griffith, 165, 203, 1312, 1465. R. Barak, Griffith, Kew
n. 6340. Sylhet, C. B. Clarke, 7099. Chittagong, J. D.
Hooker, 454.

9. Muneypoor, alt. 3800 feet, C. B. Clarke, 41973.

Distrib. Ethiopia (one or two examples seen, perhaps intro-
duced). Ningpo Mts. (China). Malaya. Queensland. Guiana
(perhaps introduced with rice).— This plant, so superabundant
in rice in India, would appear (from collections in herbaria in
Europe) to be extraordinarily rare everywhere else.

C^ s» CO 29

FIMBRISTYLIS QUINQUANGULARIS, Kunth :
Var. B. crassa, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 644.
3. Nilgiri Mts., Hohenacker, 1296 : alt. 7500 feet, C. B. Clarke,
10910, King; alt. 5000 fect, Gamble, 11307, 12408, 17273.
Anamallay Mts., alt. 4000 feet, Beddome.
4. Ceylon, Walker, Thwaites, 823 part.
Distrib. Java (frequent).

39, FIMBRISTYLIS MILIACEA, Vahl; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 644,

1. West Himalaya, Royle, 43, 45 (hb. propr.) 79 (hb.
Berlin). Kashmir, alt. 6000 feet, Schlagintweit, 13175
Levinge. Kangra, alt. 3000 feet, C. B. Clarke. Nepal,
Wallich, 3500 (3499 part in herb. Kew).

LINN. JOURN.—BOTANY, VOL. XXXIV. F

66

11.

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

Punjab, 7. Thomson ; Sind, Pinwill.
Malabaria, Stocks, Law, Bélanger, 208. Bombay, Lambert ;
Travancore, Wight, 1276 (herb: Berlin).

. Ceylon, Walker, Leschenault, Watson, 129, Macrae, 231;

very abundant, Thwaites, 836.

. Tranquebar, Rottler, Didrichsen, 3889. Madras Peninsula,

Wight, 1883, 8524, 88 (herb. Berol.), 2900 (herb. Calcutta),
2898 (herb. Boissier), Wallich, 3524 (herb. propr.).
Pondicherry, Perrottet, 516, Reynaud. Chingleput,
Gamble, 17188. Chota Nagpore, alt. 1200-2000 feet,
common, C. B. Clarke.

. Moradabad, 7. Thomson, 981. Bengal, common, €. B.

Clarke; Wallich, 3500 E. Bebar, J. D. Hooker. Cal-
cutta, Gaudichaud, 336.

. Assam, Buchanan Hamilton, 175, Griffith, 1602, Jenkins,

208, 211, 575, Masters, 267, Simons, 416. Fast Bengal,
Griffith, Kew n. 6314 part, n. 6324. Khasia, alt. 5000
feet, C. B. Clarke, 19152. Chittagong, J. D. Hooker.

. Ava, Wallich, 3500 G.
10.

Pegu, Kurz, 626, 627. Moulmein, 0. Kuntze, 6293.
Mergui, Griffith, 294, Kew n. 6344. Tenasserim, Helfer,
269, Kew n. 6314, 6315, 6344. Tavoy, Wallich. Anda-
mans, Kurz; Nicobars, Kurz.

Penang, Curtis, 1792. Malacca, Griffith, Kew n. 6314.
Singapore, Gaudichaud, 116, Wichura, 694, Jagor, 158,
Ridley, 30, 38.

Distrib. Ethiopia. South Persia. China. Japan. Malaya.
Australia. Polynesia. Neotropica.

40. FIMBRISTYLIS GLOBULOSA, Kunth; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind.

3.
4.
6.

vi. 644.

Bombay, Cooke.

Ceylon, Macrae, 174, Walker, Thwaites, 842.

Bengal, Griffith, Kew n. 6316. Jheels, J. D. Hooker.
Dacca, frequent, C. B. Clarke.

. Nepal, Wallich, 8517.
. Assam, Griffith, 1485, Jenkins, 210, 213. — Gowhatty,

Simons, 422. Seebsagur, C. B. Clarke, 40766.

. Shan Hills, alt. 2000 feet, Collett.
10.

Pegu, Kurz, 634. Rangoon, Wallich, 3529 (herb. propr.).
Mergui, Grifith, Kew n. 6317. Tenasserim (or Anda-

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDTA. 67

mans?) Helfer, Kew n. 6314/1, 6314/2, 6316, 6317,
6348.

11. Penaug, Wallich, 3518 (herb. propr.), Delessert, King.
Malaeea, Griffith, Kew n. 6348, Delessert, Jagor. 288.
Singapore, Wichura, 695, Kurz, O. Kuntze.

Distrib. China. Malaya. Marianne Isles.

FIMBRISTYLIS GLOBULOSA, Kunth:
Var. f. Torrestana, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind.
vi. 645.
6. Bengal, R. Megna, J. D. Hooker.
8. Assam, Masters.
Distrib. Japan. Marianne Isles.

FIMBRISTYLIS GLOBULOSA, Kunth :
Var. y. Vicaryi, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi. 646.
1. Dehra Dhoon, Vicary.
2. Punjab, on the banks of the Chenab, T. Thomson.
Distrib. Endemie in North-west India.

41. FIMBRISTYLIS INSIGNIS, Thwaites; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 645.
3. Anamallay Mts., Beddome.
4. Between Negombo and Kornegalle, Thwaites, 3317.
5. Cuddapah, Beddome.
Distrib. Canton. Tonkin. Borneo.

42. FIMBRISTYLIS PENTAPTERA, Kunth; Hook.f. 1. c. vi. 645.
4. Ceylon, Gardner, 959 ; up to 6000 feet alt. (Newera Ellia,
&c.), Thwaites, 823 part, 843.
5. Madras Peninsula, Wight, 2904 part (herb. Calcutta).
Distrib. Endemic in South India.

43. FIMBRISTYLIS COMPLANATA, Link; Hook. f. l.c. vi. 646.

. Mussooree, Royle, 44.

. Sind, Pinwill.

. Poona, Cooke. Wynaad, Rottler.

. Ceylon, Leschenault, Beckett, 550, Thwaites, 3220.

. Madras Peninsula, Wight, 18826, 2899 (herb. Calcutta,
Berlin), Wallich, 3510 (herb. propr.), 3525 A part, B, C,
D, F (herb. propr.) Kurnool, alt. 1000 feet, Gamble,
17741. Central India, Chunda, Duthie, 9862, 9865.

6. Saharunpore, Lemann ; Bengal, Griffith, Kew n. 6339

part. Soondreebun, Buchanan Hamilton, 174, common,
C. B. Clarke.

CQ Ha & GO kA

r2

68 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

8. Assam, Mann, 384. Khasia, Griffith, J. D Hooker, 1933 ;
frequent, C. B. Clarke.
9. Muneypoor, alt. 3300 feet, C. B. Clarke, 42024.

10. Burma, Brandis, Kurz, 2688, 2692. Tavoy and Attran,
Wallich, 3502 A, B part (herb. propr). Moulmein, O.
Kuntze, 6783 6. Nicobars, Kurz.

11. Penang, King.

Distrib. Ethiopia. Indo-China. Oceania. Neotropica,

FIMBRISTYLIS COMPLANATA, Link:
Var. B. MICROCARPA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi.
646.
1. Kumaon, alt. 7000 feet, Strachey dr Winterbottom, 2.
3. Bombay, Hewra, Dalzell.
7. Sikkim, alt. 10,000 feet, J. D. Hooker.
Distrib. China. Japan. Australia,

FIMBRISTYLIS COMPLANATA, Link :
Var. y. Krausstana, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. e. vi. 646.
4. Ceylon, Gardner, 963. Maturatta District, Thwaites,
2907.
Distrib. Cape. Madagascar. China. Japan.

FIMBRISTYLIS COMPLANATA, Link:
Var. 6. FENESTRATA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f.l. c. vi. 646.
5. Madras Peninsula: Palimcotta, Wight, 2899 (herb. Kew,
Paris), 1882 (herb. Berlin).
Distrib. Endemic (probably only once collected at Palimcotta).

#43. FIMBRISTYLIS WOODROWI, sp. nova.

Glabra, gracilis. Radices fibrose. Culmi 3-4 unc. longi,
cæspitosi. Folia cum 3-3 parte culmi equilonga, +} unc. lata,
plana. Umbella + une. in diam., sub-composita, 8-18-stachya ;
bractee 2-3, ima umbellam sspe superans. Spicule (ssepe
geminate) 4 unc. Jonge, yy une. late, teretes, 20-flore, pallide
ferruginee. Glume spiraliter site, arctius imbricate, ovate,
ferrugineo-brunew carina viridi. Stamen (sspe) 1. Stylus
longus, glaber, deciduus; styli-basis pyramidalis, in nuce con-
stricta, cum stylo deciduus nec coloratus; styli. rami 3, longi.
Nux eum $ parte glume xquilonga, anguste; obovoidea, tri-
quetra, straminea, longitudinaliter costata, inter costas hori-
zontaliter trabeculata, interdum minute pauci-tuberculata.

3. Bhandalla (Bombay), Woodrow.

Only known by Woodrow's specimens.

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 69

44. FIMBRISTYLIS Tuowsoxir, Boeck.; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind.
vi. 646.

5. Chota Nagpore: Parasnath, alt. 4300 feet, C. B. Clarke,
13999, 34784, 34805.

7. Sikkim, T. Anderson; Rinchimpoong, Rémy, 145. Buxa,
Gamble, 6852 C.

8. Assam, Griffith, Kew n. 6336, Jenkins, Simons; Nowgong,
C. B. Clarke, 43203. Khasia, alt. 500-4200 feet, Hook. f.
d T. Thoms., Wallich, 3525 F part (herb. Berlin), C. B.
Clarke, 7254, 37546, 38090, 38121, 43290, 43769.

9. Shan Hills, alt. 4000 feet, Collett, 753.

10. Pegu, Kurz, 628, Brandis, 1018 bis. Burma, Griffith,
Kew n. 6322. Martaban, Kurz, 636. Karen Hills,
Kurz, 637.

Distrib. China. Tonkin.

45. FIMBRISTYLIS SALBUNDIA, Kunth, Hook. f. l. c. vi. 646.

8. Silhet, Wallich, 3526 (herb. Kew, Caleutta, propr., not
herb. DC.), 3499 C (herb. Berlin, not herb. propr.).
Khasia, Lemann (herb. Griffith).

10. Amherst, Wallich, 3527 (herb. DC).

Distrib. North Australia.

46. FIMBRISTYLIS LEPTOCLADA, Benth.; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 647.
4. Ceylon, Thwaites, 3047 (herb. Mus. Brit.); near Galle,
Thwaites, 3760.
11. Malacca, Griffith, Kew n. 6351.
Distrib. South China. Borneo.

47. FIMBRISTYLIS PAUPERCULA, Boeck.; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 647.
3. Pulney Mts., Wight, 2896 in herb. Paris, Berlin (left-hand
example in herb. Calcutta).
Distrib. Endemic in the Pulneys.

48. FIMBRISTYLIS JUNCIFORMIS, Kunth; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 647.

1. Kashmir, C. B. Clarke, 28140. Mussoorie, Jacquemont,
530. Gurhwal, Jaequemont, 582; alt. 4000 feet, Duthie, 72.
Kumaon, alt. 6000 feet, Strachey $ Winterbottom, Duthie,
5010. Kedarkanti, Royle, 54. Dehra Dhoon, King. Nepal,
Wallich, 3503 part, 3519 part, 3520 D (herb. Delessert).

2. Hazara, Stewart. Lahore, T. Thomson. Sind, Pinwill.

5. Madras Peninsula, Wight, 1886, 1871 part (89 herb.
Berlin) Wallich, 3520. Cuddapah, Beddome. Central

70 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

India: Saugor, Vicary; Chunda, Duthie, 9870. Chota
Nagpore, alt. 2000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 33991.

6. Saharunpore, Royle, 41 (herb. propr.), 54 (herb. Berlin).
Moradabad, T. Thomson, 205. Delhi C. .B. Clarke,
23405. Behar, C. B. Clarke, 27354; Monghyr, Buchanan
Hamilton, 179. Bengal, Griffith, Kew n. 6327, 6335;
common, C. B. Clarke.

8. Assam, Wallich & Griffith, Simons, Griffith, 1584.

10. Pegu, Aurz, 2688, 2689. Burma, Wallich, 3520 E.
Distrib. Manila.
FIMBRISTYLIS JUNCIFORMIS, Kunth: <
Var. B. ABBREVIATA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind.
vi, 648.

3. Anamallay Mts., Beddome.

4. Ceylon, Gardner, 960; abundant among grass, Thwaites,
970, 837 (herb. Caleutta).

5. Madras Peninsula, Wallich, 3520 A part.

Distrib. Endemie in South India.

FIMBRISTYLIS JUNCIFORMIS, Kunth :
Var. y. LATIFOLIA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. J. l. c. vi. 648.
4. Ceylon, Walker.
5. Madras Peninsula, Wiyht, 1885, 1887 (herb. propr.),
84 (herb. Berlin), 3498 (herb. propr.). Courtallum,
G. Thomson, 98. Chingleput, Gamble, 17192.
Distrib, Endemic in South India.
49. FIMBRISTYLIS NIGROBRUNNEA, Thwaites ; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 648.
4. Ceylon, Fraser, 32, Jonville; Matelle East, Brodie; south
of the island, very abundant, Thwaites, 3779.
5. Courtallum, Wight, 1007, 2365 (herb. Berlin).
8. Khasia, alt. 3000-5000 feet, common, C. B. Clarke,
Griffith, Kew n. 6338, 6352, Wallich, 3523, J. D. Hooker,
603, 1341.
9. Muneypoor, alt. 3600 feet, Watt, 6813.
10. Nicobars, (herb. Mus. Brit.).
Distrib. Cambodia.
50. FIMBRISTYLIS ULIGINOSA, Steud.; Hook. f. l c. vi. 648.
3. Nilgiri Mts., Hochstetter, 1289, Foulkes, Adam, Schmidt,
Perrottet, 682, Wight, 2896 (herb. Copenhagen); alt.
6500 feet, Gamble, 14309, 14541.
Distrib. Endemic in the Nilghiris.

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 71

51. FIMBRISTYLIS DIGITATA, Boeck.; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind.
vi. 648.
3. Bombay, Dalzell ; Canara, Law, Young ; Belekerri, Talbot,
491.
Distrib. Endemic in Malabaria.

59. FIMBRISTYLIS MoNosTACHYA, Hassk.; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 649,

1. West Himalaya, Royle, 40 (herb. Berlin).

2. Chenab Doab, 7. Thomson. Sind, Pinwill.

3. Bombay, Dalzell. Poona, Jacquemonf, 411. Canara,
Talbot, 560. Nilgiri Mts., Foulkes. Anamallay Mts.,
Beddome.

4. Ceylon, Thwaites, 3281, 852 (herb. Paris).

5. Coromandelia, Bélanger, 197. Madras Peninsula, Wight,
1853, 2305 (104, 105 herb. Berlin), Wallich, 3491.
R. Kistna, Gamble, 12738. Pondicherry, Perrottet.
Vizagapatam, Campbell, 534. Central India: Goona,
King; Chunda, Duthie, 9880.

6. Moradabad, T. Thomson, 250. North Bengal, Buchanan
Hamilton, 129; Lower Beugal, Wallich, 3491, Griffith,
51, Kew n. 6293; throughout Bengal, frequent, C. B
Clarke.

8. Assam, Simons.

9. Upper Burma, Collett, 846.

10. Tenasserim, Helfer, Kew n. 6293.
Distrib. Ethiopia. Indo-China. Oceania. Florida. Neo-
tropica.

53. FIMBRISTYLIS TRISTACHYA, Thwaites ; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 649.

4. Ceylon, north of the island, Gardner, Thwaites, 892.

5. Coromandelia, Bélanger, 198. Madras Peninsula, Wight,
1864, 2905 (106 herb. Berlin), Didrichsen, 3838. Tran-
quebar, Jtottler, 230 (herb. propr.) Carnatic, G. Thomson.
Nellore, Gamble, 12783. Chingleput, Gamble, 17196.

Distrib. Trop. Atrica.

54. FIMBRISTYLIS FUSCA, Benth. 4 Hook. f.; Hook. f. l. c. vi.
649.
6. Bengal, Wallich, 8487 C part (herb. Calcutta). Burrakar,
Kurz.
7. Nepal, Wallich, 353C (herb. propr.).

72 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

10. Pegu, Kurz, 2720 part, 2687; Tonkyeghat, Kurz, 623.
Nicobars, Kamphoevener, 2484.

11. Penang, alt. 2800 feet, Kunstler, 1690.

Distrib. South China. Malaya. Moluccas.

55. PIMBRISTYILIS FULYESCENS, Thwaites; Hook. Sf. Fl. Brit.
Ind. vi. 650.

4. Ceylon, Walker, 34 (herb. Delessert), Beddome; common
in the Southern and Central Provinces up to 4000 feet,
Thwaites, 679.

Distrib. Endemie in Ceylon.

56. FIMBRISTYLIS CYPEROIDES, R. Br.:
Var. B. CINNAMOMETORUM, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. e. vi.
650.
3. Anamallay Mts., Beddome.
4. Ceylon, Koenig. Walker, Macrae, 158, Leschenault,
Thwaites, 2752, Wight, 2032 (herb. Delessert).
10. Pegu, Aurz, 623, 2690 (herb. Caleutt a).
Distrib. Canton.

57. FIMBRISTYLIS Actrnoscnenvs, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f.
l. c. vi. 650.

4. Ceylon, alt. 5500 feet, Beckett, 1038 ; Carawitta Kanda
near Ratnapoora, and Dolosbage District, Thwaites,
3469,

Distrib. Endemic in Ceylon.

FIMBRISTYLIS AcTiNosoncNvus, C. B. Clarke:
Var. B. CHINENSIS, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. 1. e. vi. 651.
11. Perak, alt. 7000 feet, Wray, 354 ; alt. 1000 feet, Kunstler,
3373.
Distrib. Hongkong.

58. FIMBRISTYLIS DISTICHA, Boeck. ; Hook. f. 1. e. vi. 651.
3. Mangalore, Metz (herb. Mus. Brit.).

10. Moulmein, Parish, 67 part. Mergui, Griffith, 230, Kew
n. 6337. Tavoy, Wallich. Tenasserim (vel Andamans),
Helfer, Kew n. 6143/1.

Distrib. Cochinehina.

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 73

FIMBRISTYLIS DISTICHA, Boeck. :
Var. 8. Kurzu, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 651.
6. North Bengal, Titaliya, Kurz.
Distrib. Endemic at Titaliya.

1. BULBOSTYLIS BARBATA, Kunth; Hook. f. 1. c. vi. 651.

1. Kashmir, 1500-4000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 21999, 24327,
24331,31449. Gurhwal, 5000 feet, Duthie, 369. Kumaon,
Strachey § Winterbottom, 3, King. Nepal, Wallich,
3497.

2. Punjab, Duthie, 5006. Sind, Pinwill.

3. Bombay, Dalzell. Canara, Talbot, 555. Mangalore,
Metz, 269. Nilgiri Mts, G. Thomson, Wight, 1893
(herb. propr.), 1160 (herb. Paris), Kurz, G. Thomson.

4. Ceylon, Burmann, Delessert, Leschenault, Thwaites, 834.

5. Coromandelia, Leschenault, 635. Madras Peninsula,
Wallich, 3497, Rottler, 218. Dindygnl and Trichinopoly,
G. King. Pondicherry, Reynaud. Commerson, Perrottet,
520, 526, 528. Nellore, Gamble, 12240, 12386. R. Kistna,
Gamble, 12607. Central India: Saugor, Vicary; Goona,
King; Khandwa, Duthie, 8453; Chunda, Duthie, 9848,
9851. Chota Nagpore, 750-2000 feet, C. B. Clarke,
20415, 20512, 20543, 21151, 25246, 33646; Parasnath,
4000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 21087. Sonthal Pergunnahs,
Gamble, 10676.

6. Saharunpore, Royle, 50, 69 (49 in herb. Berlin). Bengal,
Wallich, 3481, C. B. Clarke, 8530, 11633, 11639, 26496.
Monghyr, Buchanan Hamilton, 195.

7. Sikkim, alt. 500 feet, King, C. B. Clarke, 86934.

8. Assam, Jenkins, Buchanan Hamilton, 203. Chittagong,
J. D. Hooker, 334.

9. Ava, Wallich.

10. Pegu, Oates. Arracan, Kurz. Tenasserim, Helfer, Kew
n. 6286 ; Wellesley, King.

11. Penang, Delessert. Malacca, Maingay, 3192. Singapore,
Kurz, 3002.

Distrib. Ethiopia. Cabul. Indo-China. Oceania.

BULBOSTYLIS BARBATA, Kunth:
Var. 3. PULCHELTA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l.c. vi. 652.
4. Ceylon, Walker, 35, Thwaites, 829, 3761; Trincomalee,
Glennie ; Colombo, Macrae, 376.

74 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

5. Madras Peninsula, Wallich, 3480 B. Tuticorin, Wight,
2891. Pondicherry, Perrottet. Madras, G. Thomson, 143.
Distrib. Endemic in Ceylon and Coromandel.

2. BULBOSTYLIS SUBSPINESCENS, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. Fl.
Brit. Ind. vi. 652.
6. Orissa, Poori, W. S. Atkinson (hb. C. B. Clarke, 21724).
Distrib. Endemic (one collection only).

3. BULBOSTYLIS CAPILLARIS, Kunth:
Var. TRIFIDA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. e. vi. 652.

1. West Himalaya, 8500 feet, Brandis, 3320; Mussoorie,
Royle, 51; Kumaon, 6000 feet, Strachey § Winterbottom,
Wallich, 3415 D (in hb. Berlin); Simla, Gamble, 5159 F ;
Gurhwal, 6000 feet, Duthie, 5005 ; Dalhousie, 6200 feet,
C. B. Clarke; Chini, T. Thomson, 1931. Nepal, Wallich,
3514.

. Mt. Aboo, King.
3. Nilghiri Mts., Perrottet, 701, 708, 1185, Hohenacker, 939,
Schmidt; Ooty, 8000 feet, Gamble, 13161, King, 1090.
4. Ceylon, Gardner, 964 ; Central Province, TAwaites, 551.
5. Madras Peninsula, Wight, 2029, 1892 b (hb. Delessert).
Pulney Mts., Wight, 2892. Chota Nagpore, Parasnath,
4200 feet, C. B. Clarke, 21071, 21082, 33706.
6. Lower Bengal, Wallich, 8514, 3487 C part. (in hb.
Calcutta).
7. Sikkim, Gamble, 6997, King, 3039, 5026; 10,000 feet,
J. D. Hooker ; 1000-7500 feet, frequent, C. B. Clarke.
8. East Bengal, Griffith, Kew n. 6328, 6329. Khasia,
4000-6000 feet, Wallich, 3476 (hb. propr.), Griffith, 572,
J. D. Hooker, 582, Gallatly, 484, G. Mann, 401 ; common,
C. B. Clarke. Kohima, 6500 feet, C. B. Clarke, 41179,
41883.
Distrib. (of Var. trifida only). Caucasus. Ethiopia. Indo-
China. Queensland. Timor.
[.B. eapillaris, the type, is abundant from Canada to Argentina
—not known in the Old World.)

to

4. BULBOSTYLIS PUBERULA, Kunth; Hook. f. l.e. vi. 652.

4. Ceylon, Thwaites, 834 ; common in the warmer parts of the
island, fide Thwaites.

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA, 75

5. Coromandelia, Bélanger, 199. Madras Peninsula, Wight,
1892, 2890.
10. Mergui, Griffith, Kew n. 6353.
11. Malacca, Kunstler, 35, 36. Singapore, Ridley, 44, Burbidge.
Distrib. Malaya.

1. SCIRPUS FLUITANS, Linn.; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 653.

3. Nilgiri Mts., Perrottet, 1206, Schmidt, 54.

4. Ceylon, Moon, 26, Walker; Central Province, common,
Thwaites, 835, 2634.

5. Madras Peninsula, Wight, 70.

8. East Bengal, Griffith, Kew n. 6226, 6227. Khasia,
Griffith, 25; 3000-6000 feet, J. D. Hooker, 1416; fre-
quent, C. B. Clarke.

Distrib. Palearctica. Ethiopia. Malaya. Oceania.

2. SCIRPUS SUBMERSUS, C. Wright; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 653.
[Though published in Sauvalle, I believe this species to b
wholly of C. Wright, |
4. Ceylon, Thwaites, 3936 ; Colombo, Beckett, 2495 (hb.
Calcutta).
Distrib. Madagascar. Java. Carolina. Neotropica.

3. SCIRPUS PAUCIFLORUS, Lightf.; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 654.
1. Kashmir, 8500 feet, C. B. Clarke, 29523. Piti, T. Thomson.
Distrib. Palearctica. Nearctica.

SCIRPUS PUMILUS, Vahl; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 654.
1. Kashmir: Gilgit, Giles, 64; Skardo and Hanle, 15,000 feet,
T. Thomson ; Gurais, Winterbottom, 551.
Distrib. Palwarctica. Nearctica.

5. SCIRPUS SETACEUS, Linn.; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 654.

1. Kashmir, Jacquemont, 477, 1726, 1909, Falconer, 1159;
Gulmurg, Stewart, 799, Aitchison, 157; Sonamurg,
11,000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 24206. Kurrum Valley,
Aitehison, 965. West Tibet, 13,000 feet, 7. Thomson;
Skardo, 8000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 30028. Balti, Schla-
gintweit, 5567. Astor, Schlagintweit, 6414. Gurhwal,
9500 teet, Duthie, 76. Kunawur, Jacquemont, 1726, 1909.
Kumaon, Royle, 63; 12,000 feet, Duthie, 7 ; 13,000 fect,
Strachey, 1667. West Nepal, 1200 feet, Duthie, 3465.

7. Sikkim, 13,000 feet, J. D. Hooker.

Distrib. Palearctica. Ethiopia. (A var.(?) in Australia.)

lod
/6 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

6. ScrgPus Horoscumwus, Linn.; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi.
655.
2. Hazara, 5500 feet, Stewart (hb. Calcutta). Sind, Pinwill.
Distrib. Palæarctica (with a Var. in South Africa).

7. SCIRPUS SUPINUS, Linn.; Hook. f. l e. vi. 655.

1. West Himalaya, Jacquemont, 461, 743, Royle, 58, 71;

Kangra, 3000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 23779.

. Sind, Pinwill.

. Bombay, Dalzell. Concan, Law.

. Ceylon, Thwaites, 3233.

. Tranquebar, Rottler, 216. Madras Peninsula, Wight,
1889 b, 2893 (hb. Calcutta), Wallich, 3461 A, B, C (hb.
propr.) 3493 (hb. Caleutta), 3458 part. (hb. Delessert).
Central India: Chunda, Duthie, 9826, 9827, 9838. Chota
Nagpore, Gamble, 8730; 9041, 1000-2000 feet, common,
C. B. Clarke.

6. Gangetic Plain, Wallich, 3461. Hindoosthan, Duthie,
5017. Moradabad, 7. Thomson, 352; Gajpoor, Buchanan
Hamilton, 192. Purnea, Buchanan Hamilton, 193, Wal-
lich, 3461 D (hb. propr). Bengal, Wallich, 3461 E
(hb. propr.) Griffith, Kew n. 6288 part., J. D. Hooker,
401, 609, common, C. B. Clarke. Calcutta, Gaudichaud,
124.

8. Sylhet, Wallich, 3468 (hb. Calcutta). Chittagong, C. B.
Clarke, 6597.

10. Akyab, Kurz, 644. Mergui, Griffith, 292.
11. Penang and Malacca, fide Ridley.
Distrib. Palearetiea. Ethiopia. China. Malaya. Australia.

[Var. in U.S. |

om C9 to

SCIRPUS SUPINUS, Linn.:
Var. UNINODIS, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. 1. c. vi. 656.
2. Sind, Pinwiil.
4. Ceylon, Macrae, 1052, Leschenault.
5. Coromandelia, Roxburgh. Madras Peninsula, Wight, 2893
(hb. Paris), 1889 (hb. Berlin). Goomsur, Beddome.
6. Bengal, Wallich, 3461 E (hb. DC., Mus. Brit), J. D.
Hooker.
Distrib. Ethiopia. Java. Queensland.

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 77

8. Scirpus ERECTUS, Poir.; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 656.

1.

> or oo

9.
10.

11.

Kumaon, T. Thomson, 1239. Kunawar, Jacquemont, 1137,
T. Thomson, 18; Kangra, 3000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 23783.
Nepal, Wallich, 3469 C (hb. propr.).

. Nilgiri Mts., G. Thomson.
. Ceylon, Moon, 504; abundant, Thwaites, 850.

Madras Peninsula, Wallich, 3469 A, B (hb. propr.).
Saharunpore, Royle, 52. Bengal, Wallich, 3462, 3469
(hb. propr.) Buchanan Hamilton, 197, Griffith, Kew
n. 6260 (hb. DC.), 6261, 6314 part., J. D. Hooker, 305,
common, C. B. Clarke.

. Sikkim, Darjeeling, Griffith, Kew n. 6260; Lachen,

8000 feet, J. D. Hooker.

. Assam, Griffith, 1485, 1591, Schlagintweit, 13479, Masters,

215. Khasi Hills, 7500-6000 feet, common, C. B. Clarke.
Cachar, C. B. Clarke, 1*546. Sylhet, Wallich, 3468
(hb. propr., DC.), 3469 D (hb. propr.). Chittagong Hills,
Gamble, 7951.

Ava, Wallich, 4471; Bhamo, Griffith, J. Anderson.

Pegu, Scott, 432. Arracan, Kurz, 645. Mergui, Griffith,
292, Kew n. 6288 part.

Perak, Kunstler, 1948. Perak and Malacca, fide Ridley,

Distrib. Orient. Mascarenia. Iudo-China. Australia. Timor.
Canada. U.S. Orient.

9. SCIRPUS ARTICULATUS, Linn.; Hook. f. l.c. vi. 650.

IT

Cx Va CO tO

. Kumaon and Nepal, Wallich, 3457 E, H (hb. propr.).

. Sind, Pinwill. Marwar, King.

. Bombay, Law. Canara, Law.

. Ceylon, common, Thwaites, 846.

. Coromandelia, Bélanger, 200, 201. Madras Peninsula,

Wallich, 3457 A, B (hb. propr.), Wight, 1890, 1891 (hb.
Kew), 62, 63 (hb. Berlin), 2889 (hb. Calcutta). Mysore,
G. Thomson. Jubbulpore, Kuntze, 75. Chunda, Duthie,
9853. Chota Nagpore, Gamble, 9075; 500-1500 feet,
frequent, C. B. Clarke.

Hindoosthan, Foyle, 151. Oudh, R. Thompson. North
Behar, Wallich, 3457 C, D (hb. propr.). Bengal, Buchanan
Hamilton, 199, 200, Griffith, Kew n. 6284, 6285, J. D.
Hooker, 40, 611; common, C. B. Clarke.

. Sylhet, Wallich, 3457 F (hb. propr.) Chittagong, Kurz.

78

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

9. Segain, Wallich, 3457 G (hb. propr.).
10. Moulmein, Wallich, 3456 (hb. propr.).
Distrib. Mediterranea. Ethiopia. Philippines. Australia.

10. SCIRPUS QUINQUEFARIUS, Boeck.; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi.

1.

ox co

8.

657.
Kunaor, Jacquemont. Choor, Royle, 81 (hb. propr.).
Rawul Pindee, Aitchison, 259.

. Punjab, T. Thomson. Sind, Pinwill. Cutch, Stoliczka.

Marwar, King.
Goojerat, Hove. Poona, Cooke.

. Central India, King, 44.

Saharunpore, Royle, 9, 48 (hb. propr.. Lucknow, T.
Anderson, 663. Aligurh, Duthie, 4917 a. Furruckabad,
Buchanan Hamilton,198. Bengal: Raneegunj, T. Anderson,
12; Nawabgunj, Wallich, 3465 (hb. propr.); Beauleah,
C. B. Clarke, 31862.

Assam, Wallich & Griffith (hb. Calcutta).

Distrib. Cabul. Turkestan. Ethiopia.

11. SCIRPUS mucronatus, Linn. ; Hook. f. l.c. vi. 657.

1.

"S

Kashmir, Jacquemont, 667, 1133, 2294, C. B. Clarke,24202;
Chumba, 3000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 24307; Kishtwar,
Schlagintweit, 5115; Rawul Pindee, Aitchison, 559.
Gurhwal, 6000 feet, Duthie, 70, 5007. Kumaon, Jacque-
mont, 1133, 2294; Baignath, Strachey & Winterbottom,
1914, Royle, 52. Nepal, Wallich, 3467 (hb. propr.,
Calcutta).

. Punjab, Stewart, 790 ; R. Chenab, T. Thomson.
. Conean, Law. Canara, Talbot, 588. Sirumallays, Beddome.

Nilgiri Mts., Hohenacker, 947, Schmidt, Perrottet, 674,
6500 feet, Gamble, 12131, 7500 feet, King, C. B. Clarke,
10939.

. Ceylon, Macrae, 195, 256 ; very common, Thwaites, 41.
. Madras Peninsula, Wight, 2885, 2050 (hb. Delessert),

Wallich, 3467 A (hb. propr). Saugor, Vicary; Goona,
King. Chota Nagpore, 2000 feet, common, C. B. Clarke.
Moradabad, T. Thomson, 192. Oudh, R. Thompson.
Goruckpore, Buchanan Hamilton, 202. Monghyr, Wal-
lich, 3467 E (hb. propr.. Bengal, Wallich, 3467 B, C
(hb. propr., DC. Calcutta), Griffith, Kew n. 6260 part,
BIRR (hh. Boissier),

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 79

7. Sikkim, 8000 feet, King ; Lachen, 9000 feet, J. D. Hooker;
Yoksun, 6000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 25404, 1750 feet,
C. B. Clarke, 9442.

8. Assam, Griffith, 1489; Kamroop, Buchanan Hamilton, 201 ;
Seebsagur, C. B. Clarke, 38064 ; Luckimpoor, C. B. Clarke,
37853. Khasia, Hooker f. & T. Thomson, 4000-5500 feet,
frequent, C. B. Clarke. Sylhet, Wallich, 3467 F (hb.
propr.).

10. Burma, Griffith, Kew n. 6258. Martaban, Kurz, 642.
11. Malacca, Griffith, Kew n. 6258. Singapore, Kurz, 2996,
Hallett, 239, Ridley, 1723, Wichura, 691 (umbellä 1-
radiata),
Distrib. Europe. Mediterranea. Mascarenia. Indo-Malaya.
Oceania.

12. Scrrrus CORYMBOSUS, Roth; Hook. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 657.

2. Sind, Pinwill. Mt. Aboo, King.

5. Madras Peninsula, Wallich, 3471 (hb. propr.), Wight,
2376; Bangalore, Wallich, 3464 (hb. propr.); Hyderabad,
Campbell. Jubbulpore, Beddome. | Goonah, King.

6. Patna, Buchanan Hamilton, 191, Wallich, 3472 (hb. propr.).

Distrib. Egypt. Ethiopia.

13. SCIRPUS TRIQUETER, Linn.; Hook. f.l. c. vi. 658.
1. Kashmir, Jaeguemont, 667 ; 6000 feet, T. Thomson, W. S.
Atkinson. Baltisthan, Schlagintweit, 5421; 8500 feet,
C. B. Clarke, 29957, 30023, 30487.
2. Sind, Pinwill.
Distrib. Palearctica. Cape. China. Japan.

ScrRPUS TRIQUETER, Linn.:
Var. SEGREGATA, C. B. Clarke; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 658.
6. Lower Bengal, Soondreebun, C. B. Clarke, 16941, 16959,
16960, 33402, 33403, 33448, 33519, Wallich, 795 (hb.
Mus. Brit.).
Distrib. New Guinea.

14. SCIRPUS LACUSTRIS, Linn.; C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi.
658.
1. Kashmir, Stewart, 789, 7500 feet, C. B. Clarke, 29070:
Ladak, Schlagintweit, 1631. Kurrum Valley, Aitchison,
312, 465, 689. Kumaon, T. Thomson, 686. Bheem Tal,
6000 feet, Strachey & Winterbottom, 3.

80 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

9. Muneypoor, Watt, 7412.
Distrib. Palearctica. Ethiopia. Japan. Oceania. Ne-
arctica. Central America.

15. SCIRPUS MARITIMUS, Linn.; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 658.

1. West Himalaya, Royle, 99 (herb. Berlin). Kashmir,
Jacquemont, 95, 357.

2. Punjab, T. Thomson, Stewart, 86,298, 391. Sind, Dalzell;
Merwar, Duthie, 4918. Neemuch, Jacquemont, 98.

3. Malabaria, Law.

5. Madras Peninsula, Wight, 1897, 2897 (hb. Boissier), 1527
(hb. Berlin), Rottler. Mysore, Heyne. Kurnool, Beddome.
Chunda, Duthie, 9852.

6. Moradabad, T. Thomson, 853. Goruckpore and Furruck-
abad, Buchanan Hamilton, 189, 190. Oudh, Wallich,
3504, 3505 (hb. propr., Kew). Lucknow, T. Anderson.

Distrib. Palearctica. Ethiopia. China. Japan. (Varieties
in Oceania, America.)

SCIRPUS MARITIMUS, Linn. :
Var. AFFINIS, C. B. Clarke; Hook. f. l c. vi. 659.

2. Sind, Stocks, 82, Pinwill. Punjab, T. Thomson.

3. Bombay, Law. Nassik, Cooke, 4. Asseergurh, Wallich,
3463 B (hb. propr., Kew, DC.).

5. Khundwa, Duthie, 8450. Bundelkund, Edgeworth.

6. Saharunpore, Royle, 42 (hb. propr.), Jacguemont, 502.
Oudh, R. Thompson, 359. . Delhi, Royle, 65, 66 (hb.
propr) Monghyr, Wallich, 3463 A (hb. propr.)
Buchanan Hamilton, 204. ` Beauleah, J. D. Hooker.
Pubna, C. B. Clarke, 8352. Mooıshedabad, C. B. Clarke,
26203, 26258. R. Pudma, common, C. B. Clarke.

7. Sikkim, Tonglo, alt. 10,000-12,000 feet, Schlagintweit,
14721 (I think erroneous, C.B.C.).

8. Assam, Griffith, 1475. East Bengal, Griffith, Kew n.
6263.

10. Pegu, Kurz, 2710. Burma, Scott.

Distrib. Mongolia, Chefoo.

16. SCIRPUS LITTORALIS, Schrad.; Hook. f. I. c. vi. 659.
1. Kashmir, Rajaori, 3300 feet, C. B. Clarke, 28198.
2. Sind, Dalzell. Punjab, Clarke, 14. Hazara, Stewart, 85.
Dehra Ismail Khan, hd. Duthie, 7214. Campbelpoor,

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 81

Stewart, 31, 82. Loodiana, T. Thomson, 1603. Marwar,
King, Duthie, 4918.

3. Bombay, Dymock; Bhiwa, Cooke; Canara, Metz. Yena-
mallays, Gamble, 17740.

4. Colombo, Thwaites, S31.

5. Madras Peninsula, Wight, 1895, 71 (hb. Berlin), 2897
(hb. Berlin), Wallich, 3506 B. Saugor, Vicary. Khundwa,
Duthie, 8455. Chunda, Duthie, 9845. ` Bundelkund,
Edgeworth.

6. Saharunpore, Royle, 56. Calcutta, Kurz, C. B. Clarke,
11578.

10. Nicobar Islands, fide Miguel.

Distrib. Palearctica. Ethiopia. Oceania.

17. Scirpus aGnossus, Linn.; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 659.

2. Sind, Pinwill; Mooltan, Edgeworth.

3. Malabaria, Law; Canara, Bélanger, 212.

4. Ceylon, Walker, Fraser, 108, Thwaites, 847.

5. Coromandelia, Bélanger, 210, 211. Pondicherry, Perrottet,
523. Madras Peninsula, Wight, 69 (hb. Berlin), Wallich,
3470 A, C (hb. propr.). Saugor, Vicary. Chunda, Duthie,
9871. Chota Nagpore, 2000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 25196.

6. Bengal Plain, Griffith, Kew n. 6268, Wallich, 3470 (hb.
propr.), J. D. Hooker; common, C. B. Clarke.

7. Nepal, Wallich, 3170 D (hb. propr., Calcutta).

8. Assam, Buchanan Hamilton, 172. Gowhatty, Simons,
190.

9. Muneypoor, 2500 feet, C. B. Clarke, 42104.

10. Burma, Griffith, Kew n. 6269, Falconer, 1179. Mergui,
Grifith, 332, Kew n. 6268. Moulmein, O. Kuntze,
6258.

11. Malay Peninsula, hb. Keng, 392. Penang, Curtis, 350.
Malaeca, Griffith, Kew n. 6270, Lemann.

Distrib. Malaya.

SCIRPUS GROSSUS, Linn. :
Var. Kysoor, ©. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi. 660.
3. Bombay, Dalzell, Cooke.
5. Chota Nagpore, 2000 feet, ©. B. Clarke, 34210, 34211,
31329.
6. Purnea, Buchanan Hamilton, 173. Bengal Plain, Wallich,
LINN. JOURN.—BOTANY, VOL. XXXIV. a

82 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

586 (hb. Mus. Brit), Griffith, J. D. Hooker, C. B. Clarke,
14225, 26809, 26826, 34485.
8. Upper Assam, Jenkins, 214.
Distrib. Endemic.

18. Scrrvus Carıcıs, Retz.; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 660.

1. Kashmir, 8000-12,000 feet, frequent, C. B. Clarke. Tibet,
16,000 feet, Strachey $ Winterbottom. Leh, 18,000 feet,
Stoliczka. Dras, Schlagintweit, 6467, 6670. Kumaon,
9000-12,000 feet, Schlagintweit, 7064, Duthie, 6067, 6070.
Kunawur, Jacquemont, 1356, 1852.

7. Pharee, hb. G. King.

Distrib. Palearctica.

SCIRPUS Canticis, Retz.:
Var. P. Brevironta, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi. 660.
1. Chini, Jaequemont, 1332. Tibet, Jacquemont, 1852, 10,000-
14,000 feet, Stoliezka.
Distrib. Endemic.

Scirpus Canrcrs, Retz.:
Var. y SIKKIMENSIS, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi. 661.
7. Sikkim, Lachen, 9000 feet, J. D. Hooker.
Distrib. Endemic.

Scirpus CARICIS, Retz. :
Var. ©. pisstra, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi. 661.
1. Kumaon, Kutti, 19,500 feet, Duthie, 3460.
Distrib. Turkestan.

19. Scrrrus RUFUS, Schrad.; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 661.
1. West Tibet, T. Thomson.
Distrib. Cooler Europe. Mongolia. Canada. Chile.

20. SCIRPUS svpcAPrTATUS, Thwaites; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 661.
3. Nilgiri Mts., Gardner.
4. Newera Elia, Thwaites, 306. Blackpool, T. Anderson.
5. Madras Peninsuia, Wight, 2913.
Distrib. China. Sumatra. Borneo.

21. Scinrvs ERIOPHORUM, Mich.; Hook. f. l c. vi. 661.
7. East Himalaya, Griffith, 249, 765, Kew n. 6266.
8. Assam, Jenkins. Khasia, 2500-6000 feet, Voigt, J. D.
Hocker, 1450, G. Mann, 336, 383, common, C. B. Clarke.
Distrib. China. Japan. Nearctica. Mexico.

SUBSUBAREAS OF BHITISH INDIA. 83

22. SCIRPUS TERNATENSIS, Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. iji. [1855] 307.
lz. e. S. chinensis, Munro[1857]; Hook.f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 662. |

1. Chumba, hb. Calcutta ; Kumaon, 5600 feet, Strachey &
Winterbottom, 2. Pattudoon, Brandis (hb. Saharun-
pore).

7. Sikkim, Lachen, 6000 feet, J. D. Hooker. Sikkim, 1000—
4000 feet, T. Anderson, 262, King, Kurz, C. B. Clarke,
11995, 27651. Bhotan, Griffith, 841, 2669, Kew n. 6265.

8. Assam, Jenkins. Gowhatty, J. D. Hooker, Simons. Khasia»
4500 feet, J. D. Hooker. Cachar, Keenan. Chittagong
Hills, Gamble, 7848.

9. Muneypoor, 5000 feet, Watt, 6768, 7115.

10. Burma, Griffith, Kew n. 6265. Martaban, Wallich,
3404 A, F (hb. Kew), 3404 F (hb. Calcutta).
Distrib. China. Malaya.

23. Scirpus KYLLINGIOIDES, Boeck. ; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 662.
1. Dhoon, Picary.
2. Mt. Aboo, 300 feet, King.
3. Canara, Young.
5. Hydrabad, Campbell. Saugor, Vicary. Goona, King.
Distrib. Tropical Africa.

24. Scırpus MICHELTANUS, Linn. ; Hook. f. l.c. vi. 662.

1. Kashmir, 7. Thomson.

3. Bombay, Cooke.

5. Chunda, Duthie, 9842. Khandwa, Duthie, 8459.

6. Delhi, Royle, 92. Etawah, Duthie. Bengal, Wallich,
3484 A, C part (hb. propr.), J. D. Hooker ; common, C. B.
Clarke, 8158, 26174, 26193, 26278, 26279.

8. Assam, Buchanan Hamilton, 205, Masters, 204, Griffith,
1611 (Mus. Brit.) Silhet, Wallich, 3484 B.

9. Ava, Wallich, 3495. Bhamo, J. Anderson.

10. Pegu, Scott, 399. Burma, Griffith, Kew n. 6185 pari.
Tenasserim, Gallatly, 631.
Distrib. Palearctica. Indo-China.

25. Sctreus IsonErrs, Boeck. ; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 663.
5. Madras Peninsula, Wight, 1856 (68 hb. Berlin). Chota
Nagpore, 2000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 34190.
6. Behar, J. D. Hooker, 177. Bengal, Griffith.
Distrib. Ethiopia.
a2

84

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

26. SCIRPUS SQUARROSUS, Linn.; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 663.

1.

2.
4.

10.

Gurhwal, 6000 feet, Duthie, 5018. Dehra Dhoon, Duthie,
7659.

Punjab, T. Thomson. Sind, Pinwill.

Ceylon, Thwaites, 854. North Ceylon, Gardner ; Colombo,
Beckett.

. Madras Peninsula, Rottler, Wallich, 3477 part, 3478,

Wight, 1888, 1888 b (hb. propr.), 67, 67 B, 68 C (hb.
Berlin). Hydrabad, Campbell. Central India: Goona,
King; Khandwa, Duthie, 8491 ; Chunda, Duthie, 9849.
Chota Nagpore, 1000-2000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 21095,
21139, 21178, 24792, 25035, 83889.

. Gangetic Plain, Wallich, 3477, 3478 B (hb. propr.), 1187.

Monghyr, Buchanan Hamilton, 194,196. Bengal, common,
C. B. Clarke, 3710, 7593, 8032, 20151, 33609.

. Sikkim Terai, C. B. Clarke.

Assam, Wallich § Griffith. East Bengal, Griffith, Kew
n. 6287 part.
Moulmein, Helfer, 249 (hb. DC.).

Distrib. Ethiopia. China. Java.

1. ERIOPHORUM Scnevcuzert, Hoppe; Hook. f. 1. e. vi. 664.

1.

Kashmir, Lance, 287; 13,500 feet, C. B. Clarke, 30674.

Distrib. Palearctica. Japan. Nearctica.

2. Ertopnorum comosum, Wallich; Hook. f. 1. c. vi. 664.

1.

West Himalaya, Royle, 79, 80 (hb. propr.). Kashmir :
Jhelum Valiey, Griffith, Kew n. 6288, C. B. Clarke,
27353; Budrawur, 6500 feet, Stoliczka ; Bhimbur, 3000
feet, Stewart, 785; Kishtwar, 4000 feet, C. B. Clarke,
31439; Rajaori, Jacquemont, 1357, 6500 feet, Schla-
gintweit, 12210; Chungas, 2500 feet, C. B. Clarke,
98200; Sreenuggur, Schlagintweit, 4600 ; Chumba,
4000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 23754; Jamu, T. Thomson ;
Dalhousie, 6000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 22102, 22770. Maus-
sooree, Royle, 148 (hb. propr), G. King, 3000-5000 feet,
Brandis, 2998, 3323. Kumaon, 3000-5000 feet, Strachey
§ Winterbottom, 1, 2. Almora, 6000 feet, Madden.
Simla, Madden; 6000 feet, Gamble, 4859. Kulu, Schalch.
Kaleedongee, T. Thomson, 866. Gurhwal, 5000 feet,

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 85

Duthie, 2103. Dehra Dhoon, King, Vicary, Jacquemont,
322. Nepal, Wallich, 3446, 3417 (hb. propr.).

2. Hazara, 3300 feet, Stewart, Falconer, 1137. | Hurroo,
3300 feet, Stewart, 290. Campbelpore, Stewart. Pe-
shawur, Schlagintweit, 2558. ` Pathankote, 1500 feet,
C. B. Clarke, 21971. Punjab, Aitchison, 316. Jullundur,
1000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 23350. Sind, Pinwill. Asseer-
ghur, Hobson.

5. Saugor, Vicary; Goona, King; Khandwa, Duthie, 8149.

7. East Himalaya, Griffith, Kew n. 6282 part. Nepal,
Buchanan Hamilton; R. Tambur, J. D. Hooker. Sikkim,
500-2000 feet, J. D. Hooker, King, 2415; "Titaliya,
Kurz; Sivoke, Gamble, 3178; Choonbuttee, 3000 feet,
C. B. Clarke, 20511. Bhotan, Griffith, 6283.

8. Assam, Simons, Fielding. ` Brahmakoondo, Griffith
Chittagong, J. D. Hooker, 589.

9. Paghamew, Wallich, 3448 A.

11. Penang, Wallich, 3418 A.

Distrib. China. Tonkin.

3. ERIOPHORUM MICROSTACHYUM, Boeck.; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind.

vi. 664.

1. West Himalaya, Royle, 78. Chinese Tartary, 16,000 feet,
hb. Munro. Jumna Source, Jacquemont, 762. Nynee
Tal, 7. Thomson, 646.

7. Bhotan, Chupcha, 8000 feet, Griffith, 2668, Kew n. 6282
part.

Distrib. Endemie.

1. FUIRENA PUBESCENS, Kunth; Hook.f. l.c. vi. 665.
2. Punjab, T. Thomson (hb. Mus. Brit., C. Melville).
Distrib. Mediterranea. Ethiopia.

2. FUIRENA. WALLICHIANA, Kunth; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 665.
1. Hurdwar, Wallich, 8545. Sutledge Valley, T. Thomson,
1798.
3. Bombay, Lambert, Dalzell ; Bhiwa, Cooke; Poona, Jacque-
mont, 413.
5. Central India, King, 18, 51; Goona, King, 47; Khandwa,
Duthie, 8454.
Distrib. Endemic.

86 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

FuürRENA WALLICHIANA, Kunth:
Var. EvoLUTA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 666.
2. Marwar, Duthie, 4919 (hb. Kew).
Distrib. Endemic.

3. FUIRENA GLOMERATA, Lam.; Hook. f. l. e. vi. 666.

1. West Himalaya, Royle, 75 (hb. propr.).

3. Conean, Law. Canara, Hohenacker, 194, Talbot, 779,
1032, Young.

4. Ceylon, T'hwaites, 2748, Fraser, 72.

5. Madras Peninsula, Koenig, Wight, 1862, 2886 (hb. Berlin),
Wallich, 3544 A part, B, C (hb. propr.), Bélanger, 181,
182. Mysore, Hottler. Cuddapore, Beddome. Central
India, Vicary, 188; Chunda, Duthie, 9857. Chota
Nagpore, V. Ball, 1000-2000 feet, common, C. B. Clarke.

6. Behar, J. D. Hooker, 425. Burdwan, C. B. Clarke, 25287.
Mymensingh, C. B. Clarke, 8094. Beauleah, C. B. Clarke,
31870. Burisal, C. B. Clarke, 8185.

8. Assam, Masters. Noakhali, J. D. Hooker, 91, C. B.
Clarke, 8197. Chittagong, Hooker f. § T. Thomson.

10. Akyab, Kurz, 622. Burma, Griffith, 316, Kew n. 6280.
Prome, Wallich, 3544 B, C. Rangoon, Kurz, 2712.
Mergui, Griffith, 317, Kew n. 6280, Griffith, 289, Kew
n. 6278. Tavoy, Wallich, Parish, 154.

11. Perak, Kunstler, 9451. Malacca & Singapore, fide Ridley.

Distrib. Ethiopia. Indo-China. Oceauia.

4. FUIRENA UNCINATA, Kunth; Hook. f.l. c. vi. 666.

3. Canara, Dr. Thomson. Nilgiri Mts. and Kurg, G. Thom-
son, 126.

4. Ceylon, Moon, Walker, Macrae, 279; very abundant,
Thwaites, 3038.

5. Madras Peninsula, Wallich, 3544 A part, D (hb. propr.),
Rottler, Koenig, Bélanger, 192, Wight, 1860 (hb. propr.).

Distrib. Endemic.

5. Furrena TiiszonrrEs, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi. 666.
5. Secunderabad, Wight, 216 (hb. propr.) Hyderabad,
Campbell (hb. Mus. Brit.).
Distrib. Endemic. [It is not improbable that Wight got his
example from Campbell; and that this species his been only
once colleeted. |

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 87

6. Furrena UMBELLATA, Rotib.; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 666.

4. Ceylon, Macrae, 206, 271; common, Thwaites, 3229,
3230.

5. Madras Peninsula, Wight, 1861, 2384 (2888, 2910 hb.
Calcutta), Wallich, 3543 (hb. propr.), Bélanger, 183.
Tranquebar, Rottler. Cuddapore, Beddome. Central
India, Chunda, Duthie, 9856. ET

6. Dinajpore, C. B. Clarke, 26441. Mymensingh, C. B.
Clarke, 1783. l

7. Sikkim Terai, J. D. Hooker, C. B. Clarke, 36972, 37037.

8. Assam, Griffith, 1484, 1613, Jenkins, Simons. Khasi
Hills, Mann, 344; 3000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 38127. Sillet,
Wallich, 3542 (hb. propr.). Chittazong, J. D. Hooker,
224.

9. Muney poor, 1000 feet, Watt, 6633.

10. Pegu, Kurz, 2711. Arracan, Kurz. Burma, Griffith,
Kew n. 6276. Mergui, Griffith, 447, Kew n. 6279.
Tenasserim, Packman, Helfer, Kew n. 6277. Nicobars,
Kurz, 25986.

11. Penang, King. Malacca, Griffith. Singapore, Lobb, T.
Anderson, 205, Ploem, 518, Wichura, 696.

Distrib. Ethiopia. Indo-China. Oceania. Neotropica.

1. LIPOCARPHA ARGENTEA, R. Br.; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 667.

1. Dhurmsala, 4000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 24697 ; Dehra Dhoon,
Vicary, Duthie, 2400. Almora, 5000 feet, Strachey d
Winterbottom. Kumaon, Wallich, 3445 G (hb. propr.),
King, 3300 feet, Duthie, 2, 8464. Gurhwal, 6000 feet,
Duthie, 5015. Nepal, Wallich, 3445 V (hb. propr.).

3. Nilgiri Mts., Hohenacker, 949; Pykara and Ooty, King;
Ooty, 8000 feet, Gamble, 12483. Canoor, 7000 feet,
C. B. Clarke, 10925.

4. Ceylon, Koenig, Moon, Gardner, 907 ; 0-3000 feet, common,
Thwaites, 819.

5. Madras Peninsula, Wight, 218, 2907. Chota Nagpore,
2000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 21216.

7. Sikkim, J. D. Hooker, Kurz. Darjeeling, Griffith, Kew
n. 6297. Rungait, 1500 feet, C. B. Clarke, 9440.
Dulkajhar, 500 feet, C. B. Clarke, 36913.

8. Assam, Simons, Jenkins, 217. Khasia, 0-4500 feet,
Wallich § Griffith, Hooker f. & T. Thomson, Oldham,

88

9.
11.

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

Mann, 931, Griffith, Kew n. 6297, C. B. Clarke, 5197,
14560, 15730, 18864, 38410, 44352, 45859. Cachar,
Keenan. Sillet, Wallich, 3445 H (hb. propr), C. B.
Clarke, 7161. Pundua, J. D. Hooker, 357. Chittagong,
Lister.

Muneypocr, 4000 feet, Watt, 7156.

Penang, Aing. Singapore, Aurz, 3020, Kunstler, 109,
Wichura, 692, Ridley, 58.

Distrib. Ethiopia. Indo-Malaya. Queensland.

2. LIPOCARPHA TRICEPS, Nees in Wight Contrib. [1834] 92.
[z. e. Lipocarpha sphacelata, Kunth (1837); Hook. f. Fl. Brit.

4.
5.

7.
8.

10.

Ind. vi. 667.]

Doombera District, Thwaites, 3756.

Coromandelia, Bélanger, 193. Courtallum, Wight, 2906.
Madras Peninsula, Wallich, 3402 B, 3444 A, C (hb.
propr.), Wight, 1857, 1858. Tranquebar, Ztottler. Saugor,
Vicary. Chunda, Duthie, 9874. Chota Nagpore, 750-
2000 feet, common, C. B. Clarke.

. West Bengal, Rowburgh, Kurz. Burdwan, 500 feet,

C. B. Clarke.

Nepal, Wallich, 323 (hb. Berlin).

Assam, Masters, 218. East Bengal, Griffith, Kew n. 6297
in hb. DC.
Pegu, Kurz, 605,635. Prome, Wallich, 3444 B (hb. propr.).

Distrib. Trop. Africa. Neotropica.

. LIPOCARPHA MICROCEPHALA, Kunth; Hook. f.l. e. vi. 668.
11.

Singapore, Ridley, 1722.

Distrib. China. Japan. Oceania.

3.
4.

5.
. Bengal, Wallich, 3421. Mymensingh, C. B. Clarke,

. Ryycnosrora WALLICHIANA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. 1. c.

vi. 668.

Malabaria, Wight, 2911 (hb. Berlin).

Ceylon, Wallich, 3428 (hb. propr.), Macrae, 117 ; common
up to 4000 feet, Thwaites, 2746.

Madras Peninsula, Wight, 1903 part (hb. propr.).

7777.

. Nepal, Wallich, 3422 A part (bb. propr.). Sikkim Terai,

C. B. Clarke, 36971. Cooch Behar, Buchanan Hamilton,
216. .

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH, INDIA. 89

8. Assam, Masters, 220. Kohima, 6500 feet, C. B. Clarke,
41390. Kbasi Hills, 4000-5500 feet, Griffith, Kew
n. 6301, J. D. Hooker, 1579; frequent, C. B. Clarke.

10. Pegu, Kurz, 621, 2700. Burma, Wallich, 3422. Mergui,
Griffith, Kew n. 6301. Nicobars, Kurz, Kamphoevener,
24806.

11. Malacca, Griffith.

Distrib. Ethiopia. Indo-China. Oceania.

2. Ryxcnosrora Wriauttana, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. Fl. Brit.
Ind. vi. 669.

3. Malabaria, Stocks, Law. Concan, Dalzell. Poona, Jacque-
mont, 649. Canara, Metz, 827, Talbot, 980. Cannanore,
Campbell (hb. Wight, propr. n. 1903 part).

4. Ceylon, Thwaites, 2746 part (in bb. DC.).

5. Quilon, Wight, 2911 (hb. Kew). Central India, Chunda,
Duthie, 9873.

Distrib. Cochin China. (A var.? in Brasil.)

8. RyncHospora roNaisETIS, O. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi.
669.
10. Pegu, Kurz, 1100. Prome, Wallich, 3423. Karen Country,
Kurz. Nummayan, A. Scott.
Distrib. North Australia.

4. RYNCHOSPORA MaLAsICA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi.
670.
11. Malacca, Griffith, Kew n. 6358. Singapore, Ridley, 80.

Distrib. Borneo.

5. Ryncnospora AUREA, Vahl; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 670.
3. Malabaria, Wight, 109, 1285, 1904, 2912. Canara, Talbot,
1028, 1045.
4. Ceylon, Burman, 45. Colombo, Rottler. Caltura,

Macrae, 232. Batangoda, Thwaites, 199.

. Madras Peninsula, Wallich, 3371.
Sikkim Terai, Kurz.

8. Assam, Simons, 80, 291, 293, Schlagintweit, 18495,
Masters, 222, Jenkins, 96; frequent, C. B. Clarke.
Sylhet, C. B. Clarke, 7108, 17946, 17994. Chittagong,
J. D. Hooker, 416, C. B. Clarke, 19511.

10. Pegu, Griffith Helfer, Kew n. 6274, 6275. Rangoon,
Kurz, 2699. Nicobars, Kurz.

=

90 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

ll. Penang, Wallich, 3424, Curtis, 1256. Malacca, Gaudi-
chaud, 93. Singapore, Gaudichaud, 119, Kurz, 3006,
Kunstler, 131, Wichura, 697, Jagor, 32.

Distrib. Ethiopia. China. Malaya. Oceania. N eotropica.

6. RYNCHOSPORA TRIFLORA, Vahl; Hook. J- Fl. Brit. Ind. vi.
670.

4. Ceylon, Macrae, 252. Saffragam District, Thwaites, 3030.
Distrib. Cuba. North Brasil.

7. Ryxcuosrora Hookeri, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi.
671.
6. North Bengal, Nathpur, Wallich, 3425.
C. B. Clarke, 7700, 7780, 7788.
7. Cooch Behar, Buchanan Hamilton, 215.
8. Assam, Jenkins. Seebsagur, C. B. Clarke, 40748. Sylhet,
Pundua, J. D. Hooker, 389.
10. Pegu, Brandis (hb. Calcutta).
Distrib. Endemic.

Mudhopoor,

8. RYNCHOSPORA anACILLIMA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi.
671.
4. South Ceylon, Thwaites, 3818.
5. Tinnevelly Hills, Beddome.
8. Khasia, J. D. Hooker.

10. Nicobars, Kurz (hb. Caleutta), Kamphoevener, 2483.
Distrib. Hongkong.

9. Ryxcnospora GLAUCA, Vahl; Hook. f. 1. c. vi. 671.
3. Nilgiri Mts., 5000-6500 feet, Hochstetter, 1297, Gamble,
11883, 11884 ; frequent, C. B. Clarke. Pykara, King.

4. Ceylon, Moon, 455 ; 4000-6000 feet, abundant, Thwaites,
2396.

5. Madras Peninsula, Wight, 2904.
7. Nepal, Wallich, 3421.

8. Khasia, 4000-6400 feet, common, C. B. Clarke, 38349,
38497, 38800.

Distrib. Algeria. ` Ethiopia. Japan. Malaya.

Australia.
Neotropica.

RYNCHOSPORA GLAUCA, Vahl:
Var. CHINENSIS, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi. 672.

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 91

4. Ceylon, Gardner, 951, Macrae, 144; south of the island,
Thwaites, 677.
10. Tenasserim, Helfer, Kew n. 6303 (6279 in hb. Calcutta).
Mergui, Griffith, 137, Kew n. 6302.
Distrib. Mascarenia. Indo-China. Sandwich.
10. Ryncnosrora Guirviruit, Boeck.; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind.
vi. 672.
8. Assam, Griffith, 1588. East Bengal, Griffith, Kew n.
6303. Khasia, J. D. Hooker (hb. Kew); alt. 4200 feet,
C. B. Clarke, 5206, 14656, 15818, 15824, 18928, 45790.
Distrib. Endemic in Assam.

RYNCHOSPORA GRIFFITHII, Boeck. :
Var. nEvisETIS, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi. 672.
7. Sikkim: Lachen, 10,000 feet, and Lachoong, 8500-11,000
feet, J. D. Hooker.
Distrib. Endemic in Sikkim.
11. RxwcHosroRA sIKKIMENsIS, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. I. c.
vi. 672.
7. Sikkim: Lake Catsuperri, 7500 feet, J. D. Hooker.
Distrib. Endemic. (A single collection.)
1. Schwnus NIGRICANS, Linn.; Hook. f. l. e. vi. 673.
2. Kurrum Valley, Aitchison, 358. Sind, Pinwill.
Distrib. Palearetica. Cape. Nearctica.
2. Scu@nus CALOSTACHYUS, Poir.; Hook. f. b. c. vi. 673.
11. Singapore, Ridley, 1397, 1724.
Distrib. Borneo. Australia. Polynesia.

1. CLADIUM JAMAICENSE, Crantz, Instit. 1. [1766] 362.
LC. Mariscus, R. Br.; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 673.)
1. Kashmir: City Lake, Jacquemont, 645, Levinge, C. B.
Clarke, 27352, 29075.
Distrib. Palearctica. Ethiopia. Indo-China. Oceania. East
U.S. Neotropica.
2. CLADIUM MAINGAYI, Ridley in Journ. Singapore Asiat. Soc.
n. 23 [1891] p. 16; Hook. f: l. c. vi. 674.
11. Mt. Ophir (near Malacca), near top, alt. 4000-4500 feet,
Griffith, Kew n. 6304, T. Lobb, Cuming, 2379, Maingay,
1725, 2735, Hullett, 870, Ridley, 3140.
Distrib. North Celebes.

92 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

3i: CLADIUM UNDULATUM, Thwaites; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 674.
4. Ceylon, Rottler, Walker, Macrae, 1059; South Ceylon,
Thwaites, 3226.
11. Pahang, Ridley, 2.
Distrib. Sumatra. Borneo. North Australia.

4. CLADIUM RIPARIUM, Benth. :
Var. crassa, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. 1. c. vi. 675.
4. Ambagamowa District, Thwaites, 845.
6. Bengal: Soondreebun (Lower Burisal), C. B. Clarke, 16926.
8. Shillong (Station), alt. 5000 feet (in the lakes), C. B. Clarke,
16926.
Distrib. Endemic in India. (The typical C. riparium grows
in South-west Australia.)

9. CLADIUM GLOMERATUM, R. Br.; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 675.
11. Singapore, Ridley.
Distrib. Hongkong. Nagasaki. Australia. New Zealand.

1. Microscuanus DUTHIEL, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l c. vi.
675.
1. Gurhwal, Tihri, alt. 15,500 feet, Duthie, 132.
Distrib. Endemic. (Only once collected.)

1. LEPIDOSPERMA CHINENSE, Nees; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 676.
11. Mt. Ophir (near Malacca), Griffith, Kew n. 6115, Ridley,
3127.
Distrib. China.

l. GAHNIA TRISTIS, Nees in Linnea, ix. [1834] 901, d in Hook.
e£ Arn. Beechey Voy. p. 228.
11. Singapore, Kurz, Murton, Hullett, 54, Wichura, 698,
Ridley, 1723 a.
Distrib. China. Borneo.

2. GAHNIA JAVANICA, Moritzi :
Var. PENANGENSIS, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l.c. vi. 677.
11. Penang, 2500 feet, hb. King, 1750. Perak, 7000 feet,
Wray, 887. Malacca, Punnus, 2500 feet, Griffith, Kew
n. 6305; Mt. Ophir, 2000 feet, Ridley, 3142.
Distrib. Endemic. (The type G. javanica extends from
Sumatra to the Philippines, Viti and New Caledonia.)

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 93

1. REMIREA MARITIMA, Aubl.; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 677.

3.
4.
5.
10.

Canara, Talbot, 552.

Ceylon, Macrae, 200; Jaffna, Gardner, Thwaites, 3227.
Madras Peninsula, Wight, 1854, Wallich, 3378.

Mergui, Griffith, 291, 298, 478. Tenasserim (vel Anda-
mans), Helfer, Kew n. 6239. Nicobars, Kurz.

11. Malacea, Griffith, Maingay, 3193.
Distrib. Ethiopia. China. Malaya. Oceania. Neotropica.

1. Hyvonyraum LATIFOLIUM, D. C. Mich: Hook. fl. e vi.

4.

I

10.

11.

678.
Ceylon, Walker, Macrae, 915, Fraser, 107 ; common up to
3000 feet, Thwaites, 219.

. Tranquebar, Rottler. Tinnivelly Hills, Beddome.
. Sikkim Terai, 500 feet, C. B. Clarke, 28064, 36802.
. Assam, Jenkins. East Bengal, Griffith, Kew n. 6272.

Khasia: Theria, J. D. Hooker, 2142; Sobhar, 2000 feet,
C. B. Clarke, 14327. Sillet, Wallich, 3404 part, C. B.
Clarke, 7137, 8884, 8119, 17978. Chittagong: Seeta-
koond, J. D. Hooker, 334 ; Kasalong, Gamble, 7189.
Pegu, Griffith, Kew n. 6271, Kurz, 9717. Moulmein,
Helfer, 202, Falconer; Rangoon, MacClelland. Tavoy,
Martaban, and Amherst, Wallich. Tenasserim, Packman.
Andamans, Kurz. Nicobars, Kurz, Jelinek, 226. Mergui
Archipelago, Griffith, 916, J. Anderson.

Penang, Wallich, 3402, 3408, Kunstler, 1312, 1878.
Perak, Kunstler. Groenong Panti, Kunstler, 228, Wray,
2040. Malacea, Griffith, Kew n. 6271, Maingay, 3188,
3189. Pahang, Ridley, 1219. Singapore, 7. Anderson,
204, Kurz, Kunstler, 280.

Distrib. China. Malaya. Queensiand. Polynesia.

3, HxrorLyrRUM WIGHTIANUM, Boeck. ; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 678.
3. Canara, Dalzell (hb. Caleutta, Kew) ; Katgal, Cooke.

Malabar (or Concan), Stocks (hb. Caleutta, Kew).
Wynaad : Goodaloor, King, 1187 a, b (hb. Calcutta).
Kuttru, hb. Calcutta, 868. Madras Peninsula, Wight,
1859 (hb. propr. ).

10. Nicobars, Kurz (hb. C. B. Clarke, 26010).
Distrib. Endemie in Malabar and Nicobars.

94 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

3. HYPOLYTRUM TURGIDUM, C. B. Clarke in Hook. FK Fl. Brit.

Ind. vı. 679.
4. Central Province, 3000 feet, Thwaites, 3, Beddome.
Distrib. Endemic.

4, HYPOLYTRUM PENANGENSE, C. B. Clarke in Hook. Fl. e. vi.

679.
11. Penang, Maingay, 2254 (hb. Kew, 1720).
Distrib. Endemie.

5. HvronvrRUM TRINERVIUM, Kunth ; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 679.
11? East Indies, hb. Willd., 1451 folio 1 (hb. Berlin).
Distrib. Only this example known. It is of course a mere
guess locating this in the Malay Peninsula.

6. HYPOLYTRUM PROLIFERUM, Boeck.; Hook. J-l c. vi. 679.
11. Singapore, Wichura, 693, Ridley, 1716.
Distrib. Borneo.

7. HYPOLYTRUM LONGrnOSTRE, Thwaites ; Hook. f. l.c. vi. 679.
4. Ceylon, Beddome; Hinidoon Corle, Thwaites, 3468.
Distrib. Endemic.

1. THoracostacuyum BANCANUM, Kurz; Hook. J-l c. vi. 680.
11. Malacca, Griffith, Kew n. 6973, 6357. Pahang, Ridley,
1063, 1105. Singapore, Wallich, 340 (hb. propr.) part,
3404 (hb. propr.) part, Gaudichaud, 118, Ridley, 82, 124,
166, 168.
Distrib. Bangka. Borneo.

THORACOSTACHYUM BANCANUM, Kurz:
Var. noNaisPICA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. J-l e. vi. 680.
11. Malacca, Griffith, Kew n. 6357.
Distrib. Endemic. (Only one collection.)

2. TuorAcoSTACHYUM HYPOLYTROIDES, C. B. Clarke in Hook. fe
Le vi. 680.
11. Johore, Ridley, 4093.
Distrib. Queensland. New Guinea.

1. Maraxra SILHETENSIS, ©. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi. 681.
8. Assam, Jenkins; Luckimpore, 350 feet, C. B. Clarke,
37922. Sylhet, Wallich, 4474. .

Distrib. Endemie.

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 95

2. MAPANIA PALUSTRIS, Benth.; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 681.
11. Malay Peninsula, Griffith, Kew n. 6355. Malacca, Griffith
(hb. Wight). Singapore, Ridley, 1712, 1715.
Distrib. Java. Borneo.

3. Maranta Kura, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l.e. vi. 681.

11. Malacca, Griffith, Kew n. 6356. Perak, 1750 feet, hb.
King, 2864, Wray, 1852. Penang, Government Hill,
Maingay, 2275 ; 1750 feet, hb. King, 1587.

Distrib. Endemic.

4. MAPANIA ANDAMANICA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l.c. vi. 681.
10. Andamans, Kurz, Helfer, Kew n. 6298.
Distrib. Endemic.

5. Mapanta MurrISPICATA, Ridley in Journ. Singapore Astat.
Soc. n. 23 [1891] p. 15; Hook. f. l. e. vi. 682.
11. Singapore, Ridley, 1714.
Distrib. Java.

6. MAPANIA WaALLICHIT, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l.c. vi. 682.
11. Singapore, Wallich, 3541.
Distrib. Endemic (a var. in Borneo).

7. Mapanta ZEYLANICA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. L c. vi. 682.
4. Kokoole Corle, Pittigalakanda, Thwaites, 3029. “ Indian
Peninsula," Roftler.
Distrib. Borneo.

8. Mapanta IMMERSA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l.c. vi. 682.
4. Singhe-rajah Forest, Thwaites, 3819.
Distrib. Endemic. (One collection only.)

9. Maranta TENUISCAPA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi. 683.
11. Malacca, Griffith, Kew n. 6299. Johore, Ridley, 4094.
Distrib. Sumatra.

lu. MAPANTA LONGA, Ridley in Journ. Singapore Asiat. Soc. n. 28
[1891] p. 14; Hook. f. 1. c. vi. 688.
11. Singapore, Ridley, 169.
Distrib. Borneo.

96 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

11. MAPANTA HUMILIS, Naves et Villar; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind.
vi. 683.

11. Penang, Curtis, 287. Malacca, Griffith, Kew n. 6300,
Hervey. Perak, 2500 feet, hb. King, 2554. Singapore,
Ridley, 1713.

Distrib. Malaya.

1. SCIRPODENDRON COSTATUM, Kurz; Hook. f. l.c. vi. 684.
4. Colombo, Koenig, Trimen.
11. Penang, Wallich, 3538. Malacca, Griffith, Kew n. 6134.
Singapore, Wallich (hb. Caleutta), Ridley.
Distrib. Java. Queensland. Samoa.

1. LEPIRONTA mucronata, L. C. Rich.; Hook. f. l.c. vi. 684.
4. Ceylon, Macrae, 151, Walker; Caltura, Thwaites, 3228.
11. Malacca, Griffith, Kew n. 6307, Gaudichaud, 98. Singa-
pore, Lobb, Ridley, 54.
Distrib. Mascarenia. Malaya. Australia. Viti.

1. SCLERIA PERGRACILIS, Kunth; Hook. f. l.c. vi. 685.

1. Kumaon, Edgeworth; Almora, 5500 feet, Strachey d
Winterbottom. ` Gurhwal, 6000 feet, Duthie. Nepal,
Wallich, 3406 C.

4. Ceylon, Thwaites, 827 ; South Ceylon, Gardner.

5. Madras Peninsula, Wight, 2914 (hb. Calcutta). Chota
Nagpore, Hazaribagh, T. Anderson.

6. Behar, Gya, Kurz.

8. Sylhet, Wallich, 3406.

Distrib. North Trop. Africa.

2. SOLERIA LITHOSPERMA, Swartz ; Hook. f. 1. c. vi. 685.
3. Canara, Talbot, 562.
4. Ceylon, Walker, Koenig, Macrae, 1064.
5. Madras Peninsula, Wight, 113, 114 (hb. Berlin). Mysore,
|... G. Thomson. Central India: Chunda, Duthie, 9881.
Chota Nagpore, 1750-3000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 21195,
34121, 34239.
7, Sikkim, 2000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 35470.
6. Khasia, 2800 feet, C. B. Clarke, 49860.
10. Pegu and Karen Hills, Kurz, 611. Andamans, Kurz.
Nicobars, Aurz (hb. C. B. Clarke, 25975).

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 97

11. Penang, Wallich, 3416. Malacca, Grifith, Kew n. 6129.
Pahang, Ridley, 1461.
Distrib. Ethiopia. China. Malaya. Oceania. South-east
U.S. Neotropica.

SCLERIA LITHOSPERMA, Swartz :
Var. B. (Roxpureuu), Thwaites; Hook. n Fl. Brit. Ind.
vi. 686.
4. Ceylon, Deschamps ; common, Thwaites, 826, 2627.
5. Madras Peninsula, Wight, 1907, 2308, 2915, Wallich,
3418, 3419 (hb. Mus. Brit.), G. Thomson.
Distrib. Endemic.

3. SCLERIA CORYMBOSA, Rorb.; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 686.

3. Belgaum, Ritchie, 869 part.

4, Reigam Corle, Thwaites, 3319.

5. Madras Peninsula, Roxburgh, 175 part, Wight, 1906,
Wallich, 3412, Rottler.

8. Khasia, tropical, J. D. Hooker & T. Thomson. Sillet, hb.
Roxburgh. Soorma R. (plant 10 feet high), J. D. Hooker.
Chittagong, Seetakoondo, J. D. Hooker, 385.

10. Pegu, Kurz, 2704, 2706.

11. Penang, Curtis, 490. Malacca, Griffith, Kew n. 6116.
Goping, King, 1092.

Distrib. Endemic.

4. ScrERIA RIDLEYI, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi. 686.
11. Singapore, Ridley, 1641 (hb. Kew).
Distrib. Hongkong.

c

. SCLERIA TESSELLATA, Willd.; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 686.

2. Mt. Aboo, Duthie, 6716.

3. Canara, Talbot, 1025. Poona, Jacquemont, 513. Nilgiri
Mts., Metz, 1295, Schmidt. Quilon, Wight, 2916.

4. Ceylon, Gardner, 952 ; Galle, Thwaites, 3033.

5. Madras Peninsula, Wight, 2030. Central India: Goona,
King. Chota Nagpore: Parasnath, Kurz.

7. Nepal, Wallich, 3405 A (but not B). Sikkim, Griffith
up to 9000 feet (Lachoong), J. .D. Hooker.

8. Gowhatty, Griffith, 1625, 300 feet (hb. Kurz). Khasıa,
2000-6200 feet, Griffith, Kew n. 6125, J. D. Hooker ;
common, C. B. Clarke.

LINN. JOURN.—BOTANY, VOL. XXXIV. H

98 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

9. Muneypoor, 3000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 42071.
10. Pegu, Kurz, 2708.
Distrib. China. Japan. (A var. in Queensland.)

6. SCLERIA BIFLORA, Rorb.; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 687.

4. Ceylon, Walker, Macrae, 1061; Ambagamowa and Satfra-
gam Districts, Thwaites, 3034.

6. Lower Bengal, Roxburgh, Wallich, 3405 B; Serhampore,
Voigt; Caleutta, C. B. Clarke, 3843; Mudhopoor, C. B.
Clarke, 7781.

8. Cachar, Keenan.

11. Penang, Didrichsen, 3460.
Distrib. Malaya. Hongkong.

7. SCLERIA STOCKSIANA, Boeck.; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 687.
3. Bombay, Law (2 sheets in hb. Kew, 1 in hb. Berlin, 1 in
hb. Calcutta). Poona, Woodrow, 76, 78.
Distrib. Endemic in Bombay.

8. SCLERIA ANNULARIS, Kunth ; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 687.
3. Conean and Canara, Law.
5. Mysore, Law. Central India: Chunda, Duthie.
6. North-west India, Royle, 105. Bengal, Lemann, Wallich,
1028.
Distrib. China (Ichang).

9. SCLERIA ZEYLANICA, Poir. ; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 587.
4. Ceylon, abundant in southern province, Thwaites, 3318,
3796, 3797.
10. Nicobars, Kurz (25966, hb. C. B. Clarke). Tenasserim,
Helfer, Kew n. 6133/1.
11. Singapore, fide Ridley.
Distrib. Borneo. Amboyna.

10. SCLERIA FLACCIDA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi. 688.
8. Seebsagur, Golaghat, 350 feet, C. B. Clarke, 40744.
10. Pegu, Kurz, 2702.
Distrib. Endemic.

11. ScLERIA CARICINA, Benth.; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 688.
3. Quilon, Wight, 2028, 2918 (in herb. Caleutta, 1360).
4. Ceylon, Koenig, Macrae, 159, 1057; common, Thwaites,
3035.

5. Madras Peninsula, Heyne.

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 99

7. Sikkim Terai, 500 feet, C. B. Clarke, 86787 ; Titaliya,
Kurz.

8. Gowhatty, Griffith, 1351, 1353, Simons, 99. Sylhet,
Wallich, 3540, J. D. Hooker. Chittagong, J. D. Hooker,
234.

10. Pegu, Kurz, 6114. Arracan, Kurz. Tenasserim (or
Andamans), Helfer, Kew n. 6114. Andamans, Kurz.
Nicobars, Kamphoevener, 2479.

11. Singapore, Ridley, 53.

Distrib. China. Malaya. Queensland.

12. SoLERIA NEESIT, Kunth; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 688.
4. Caltura, Macrae, 118, 1072; Bentotte, T. Anderson ;
common, Thwaites, 3037.
Distrib. Endemie (a var. in Borneo).

13. SCLERIA nkBECARPA, Nees; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 689.

3. Malabar (or Concan), Stocks. Anamallay Mts., Beddome.

4. Ceylon, Macrae, 1065; Central Province (Allagalla),
3000 feet, Thwaites, 3031, 3763.

5. Madras Peninsula, Wight, 2378. Chota Nagpore, 1000-
2000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 34163, 34117. Rajmahl, Waliich,
3417 part.

6. Dacca, C. B. Clarke, 4686, 7632, 17104.

7. East Himalaya, Griffith, Kew n. 6126. Sikkim, 500-1250
feet, Gamble, 861 B, C. B. Clarke, 26796, 35140, 36963.

8. Khasia, 4000-5000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 40052, 40224.

10. Pegu, Kurz, 608, 609, 610. Arracan, Kurz. Moulmein,
Wallich, 3415. Mergui, Griffith. Teuasserim (or Anda-
mans), Helfer, Kew n. 6117.

11. Penang, Curtis, 1795.

Distrib. Indo-China. Oceania.

SCLERIA HEBECARPA, JVees :
Var. f. PUBESCENS, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi. 689.

5. Chota Nagpore, 1750 feet, C. B. Clarke, 33843.

7. Sikkim, 1000-3000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 11892, 11893,
24924, 25084, 36237, 36239.

8. Upper Assam, Jenkins, 209 ; 350 feet, C. B. Clarke, 40742.
Naga Hills, 5500 feet, C. B. Clarke, 41553. Khasia,
2000-3000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 40619, 44773.

10. Burma, Wallich, 3414.
Distrib. China. Malaya.
H 2

100 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

14. Sonerta THOMSONTANA, Boeck.; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind.
vi. 689.
8. Khasia, alt. 0-3000 feet, J. D. Hooker, 2214, C. B. Clarke,
15861, 17521, 45080.
9. Muneypoor, 2750 feet, C. B. Clarke 42053.
Distrib. Endemic.

15. SCLERIA ALTA, Boeck.; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 690.
6. N.E. Bengal, Mudhopoor, C. B. Clarke, 7719. Serham-
pore, Voigt.
8. East Bengal, Lemann, Griffith; Pundua, J. D. Hooker,
394.
Distrib. Endemic.

16. ScLERIA ELATA, Thwaites, partly; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 690.

3. Anamallay Mts., Beddome. Pulney Hills, Wight, 2917.

4. Ceylon, up to 5000 feet, T'hwaites, 3030.

7. Nepal, Wallich, 3408 A, C. Sikkim, hot valleys, J. D.
Hooker; Kolbong, T. Anderson, 1346 ; Dulkajhar, 600
feet, C. B. Clarke, 35110. Darjeeling, Griffith, Kew
n. 6119.

8. Assam, Griffith, Kew n. 6121, common, C. B. Clarke;
(very hairy), Masters, 223. East Bengal, Griffith, Kew
n. 6122. Khasia, 2750-5000 feet, common, C. B. Clarke,
44757. Cachar, J. D. Hooker, Keenan. Sylhet, in the
jheels, J. D. Hooker. Chittagong, 50 feet, C. B. Clarke,
19554.

10. Burma, Griffith, Kew n. 6131. Mergui, Griffith, 88.
Distrib. Java. New Guinea.

SCLERIA ELATA, Thwaites :
Var. B. nATIOR, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi. 690.

7. Sikkim, 750-2000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 35110, 35115, 36218,
36774, 37042. Duphla Hills, 2800 feet, Lister, 286.

8. Assam, 500-2000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 36726, 37133, 38087,
40616, 43274. Upper Assam, Jenkins. Naga Hills,
Griffith, Kew n. 6127; 600 feet, C. B. Clarke, 40778.
Cachar, C. B. Clarke, 7073. R. Soorma, J. D. Hooker,
323.

Distrib. Java. (Also hb. King, n. 2506 from Perak, is inter-
mediate between the type S. elata aud its var. B. latior.)

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISII INDIA. 101

SCLERIA ELATA, Thwaites:

Var. è DECOLORANS, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi.
690.

7. Darjeeling, 5500 feet, C. B. Clarke, 24841.

8. Khasia, Griffith, Kew n. 6123, J. D. Hooker, 752; 4000-
5000 feet, common, C. B. Clarke, 5250, 14291, 15127,
18993, 41822, 45601.

9. Muneypoor, 6000 feet, Watt, 5907.

11. Penang, 2500 feet, Rink.
Distrib. China.

17. SCLERIA CHINENSIS, Kunth; C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l c.
vi. 690.
11. Singapore, Ridley, n. 1556.
Distrib. China. Malaya. North Australia.

ScLERIA CHINENSIS, Kunth:
Var. f. BIAURICULATA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. e. vi.
690.
4. Ceylon, Thwaites, 825 (hb. Kew, Mus. Brit.), 3031 (hb,
DC., Berlin), 3032 (hb. Mus. Brit.).
Distrib. Endemic.

18. Screrta Ranura, Hance; Hook. f. l c. vi. 691.
11. Perak, 350 feet, hb. King, 1929.
Distrib. China.

19. SCLERIA PSILORRHIZA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi.
691.
11. Malay Peninsula, hb. Kew.
Distrib. Cambodia. (The habitat Malay Peninsula is merely
guess.)

20. SCLERIA ORYZOIDES, Presl; Hook.f. l.c. vi. 691.
4. Ceylon, Koenig, Walker, 46, Macrae, 122, 1069; very
common in South Ceylon, Thwaites, 828.
5. Madras Peninsula, Rottler, Wallich, 3413 part.
8. Assam, Masters, Jenkins, hb. Hance, 7966. Sylhet Wai-
lich, 3539.
11. Malacca, Griffith, Kew n. 6130, Gaudichaud, 90. Trang,
Kunstler, 1413.
Distrib. Mozambique. Malaya. North Australia.

102 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

21. ScLerra Hooxerrana, Boeck.; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi.
691.

8. Khasia, J. D. Hooker, G. Mann, Gallatly, 461; 4250-
6000 feet, common on the north face, C. B. Clarke, 38448,
38451, 38598, 38618, 38851, 40096, 40576, 43954, 44603,
44623, 45719. Naga Hills, 5000 feet, C. B. Clarke,
41669.

9. Muneypoor, 4500 feet, Watt, 7139, 7153.

Distrib. Endemic.

22. SCLERIA KHASIANA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi. 692.
8. Khasia, 4500-6000 feet, frequent, C. B. Clarke, 40052,
44613, 44683, 44798.
Distrib. Eudemic.

23. Si LERIA JUNCIFORMIS, Thwaites; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 692.
4. Ceylon, Macrae, 1062; Caltura, Moon; Reigam Corle
Thwaites, 3225.
Distrib. Eudemie in Ceylon.

24. SCLERIA MELANOSTOMA, Boeck.; Hook.f. l.e. vi. 692.
5. Madras Peninsula, Wight, 2377, hb. Berlin (not 2377 in
hb. Kew). Courtallum, Wight, 958, 1002.
8. East Bengal, Griffith, Kew n. 6120, J. D. Hooker, C. B.
Clarke, 18226, 45517.
Distrib. Java.

25. SCLERIA BANCANA, Mig.; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 693.
10. Mergui, Kurz. Tenasserim (or Andamans), Helfer, Kew
n. 6118.
11. Malacca, Gaudichaud, 91, Griffith. Singapore, Wallich,
3409, Kurz, 3026, Hullett, 75, Ridley, 160, 1556.
Distrib. Malaya. Oceania.

26. SCLERIA MULTIFOLIATA, Doeck.; Hook. f.l. e. vi. 693.

10. Rangoon, Wallich, 3411 | art. Tavoy, Wallich, 3407 part,
3411 part. Mergui Archipelago, J. Anderson. Tenas-
serim or Andamans, Helfer, Kew n. 6132 Penang, Wal-
lich, 3410 part, Curtis, 22; 2000 feet, Kunstler, 1544 part.

11. Penang, Wallich, 3410 part. Malacca, Gaudichaud, 92 bis,
Griffith (hb. Hance n. 9307). Singapore, Walker, 242,
Pahang, Ridley. Pulo Bissar, Griffith, Kew n. 6117 part.

Distrib. Malaya. Timor Laut.

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 103

ScLERIA MULTIFOLIATA, Boeck. :
Var. PILOSULA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 698.
11. Penang, Stoliczka, Kunstler, 1544 part, hb. King, 1657.
Distrib. Java.

SCLERIA MULTIFOLIATA, Boeck.:
Var. oPHIRENSIS, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l c. vi. 693.
11. Malacca, Mt. Ophir, 5000 feet, Hullett, 869.
Distrib, Endemic.

27. SCLERIA SUMATRENSIS, Retz.; Hook. f. l.c. vi. 693.
3. Travancore, Wallich, 3408 B ; Quilon, Wallich, 3413 part.
4. Ceylon, Macrae, 169, 1063, Walker, 22; Ambagamowa,
Thwaites, 3783.
6. Lower Bengal, Furidpore, C. B. Clarke, 7482 ; Burisal,
16922.

. Sylhet, Wallich, 3420 part. Chittagovg, Roxburgh, 23,
J. D. Hooker, 419; Rungamuttia, C. B. Clarke, 19554;
Demagri, Lister, 302.

10. Tenasserim (or Andamans), Helfer, Kew n. 6133. Nico-

bars, Kurz.

11. Penang, Wallich, 3407 part. Perak, Kunstler, 2045.
Malacca, Delessert, Griffith, 2855, Kew n. 6133. Singa-
pore, Wallich, 3407, T. Anderson, 198, Schottmueller, 458,
Ridley, 25.

Distrib. Malaya.

co

98. SCLERIA LEVIS, Retz.; Hook. f. l.c. vi. 694.

4. Ceylon, Fraser, 110, Burmann, 37, Thwaites, 2745.

8. Assam, Masters. Kbasia, Pundua, 200 feet, J. D. Hooker,
368. Chittagong, Seetakoondo, 1000 feet, J. D. Hooker,
512.

10. Pegu, Kurz, 607. Rangoon, Wallich, 3411 part. Moul-
mein, Falconer, 12. Nicobars, Kurz.

11. Penang, Wallich, 3410 part. Malacca, Gaudichaud, 92,
Griffith. Singapore, Kurz. Johore, Ridley, 1719.
Pahang, Ridley, 1479. Pulo Bissar, Griffith.

Distrib. Hongkong. Malaya.

99. SCLERIA BRACTEATA, Cav. :
Var. B. AssAMICA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l.c. vi. 694.
8. Assam, Masters (hb. Kew).

104 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

Distrib. Endemic (7. e. the Var. B. The type S. bracteata is
abundant in all tropical America).

1. KOBRESIA SETICULMIS, Boeck.; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 695.
7. Sikkim, 13,000 feet, Lachen and Momay, J. D. Hooker.
Distrib. Endemic.

2. KOBRESIA Hookers, Boeck.; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 695.
7. Sikkim, 11,000-13,000 feet, Lachen, J. D. Hooker. Singa-
lelah, C. B. Clarke, 25648.
Distrib. Endemic.

KOBRESIA Hooker, Boeck. :
Var. ? f. Dıorca, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi. 695.
7. Sikkim, 13,000 feet, Namdee, Pantling.
Distrib. Endemic.

9. KOBRESIA ANGUSTA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi. 695.
7. Sikkim, 12,000 feet, Sundukphoo, C. B. Clarke, 34991,
34998.
Distrib. Endemic.

4. KOBRESIA VAGINOSA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi. 695.
7. Sikkim, 15,000 feet, Momay, J. D. Hooker.
Distrib. Endemic.

5. KOBRESIA TRINERVIS, Boeck. ; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 695.
1. Gurhwal, 13,000 feet, Strachey & Winterbottom, 19.
Nepal, Royle, 138.
Distrib. Endemie.

6. Kopresta FOLIOSA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. 1. c. vi. 696.
1. Gurhwal, 11,000-13,000 feet, Duthie, 57, 4494.
Distrib. Endemic.

7. KoBRESTA FISSIGLUMIS, C. B. Clarke in Hook.f. l. e. vi. 696.
1. Nepal, 12,500 feet, Nampa Gadh, Duthie, 6092.
Distrib. Endemie.

8. KOBRESIA PYGMEÆA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l.c. vi. 696.
1. Ladak, 12,000-15,000 feet, T. Thomson. Kunawur, Jacque-
mont, 1783.
7. Sikkim, 13,000-15,000 feet, Momay and Kongra Lama,
J. D. Hooker. Pharee, hb. King.
Distrib. Endemic.

SUBSUBANEAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 105

9. Kopresta FILICINA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind.
vi. 696.
1. Simla, 10,000 feet, Fagu, T. Thomson. Kumaon, Ralum
Valley, Duthie, 3463.
Distrib. Endemic.

10. Konnrsra Duruter, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi. 697.
1. Kumaon, 11,000-15,000 feet, Duthie, 3461, 6093, 6094.
Gurhwal, Duthie, 5016.
Distrib. Endemic.

11. Kopresta CAPILLIFOLIA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f.l. e. vi.
697.

1. Kurrum Valley, 9000-12,000 feet, Aitchison, 230, 410,
745. Kashmir, 9000-11,000 feet, Duthie, frequent, C. B.
Clarke. Zanskar, T. Thomson. Spiti, Schlagintweit, 2472.
Kunawur, Jacquemont, 1598. Rongdu, Winterbottom,
790. Gurhwal, 12,500 feet, Duthie, 66.

Distrib. Endemic.

19. Kopresta SCHENOIDES, Boeck.; Hook. f. l e. vi. 697.

1. Kurrum Valley, Aitehison, 301. Ladak, Schlagintweit,
1421. Kashmir, 13,000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 31069. Lahoul,
Jaeschke. Upper Indus, T. Thomson. Nubra, Schla-
gintweit, 2085. Kunawur, Jacquemont, 1542, 1596. Gurh-
wal, 12,000 feet, Duthie, 67, 372. Kumaon, 16,000 feet,
Strachey & Winterbottom.

7. Sikkim, 15,000 feet, J. D. Hooker.

Distrib. Caucasus. Siberia. Alatau. Yarkand.

13. KOBRESIA NITENS, C. B. Clarke; Hook. f. l.c. vi. 697.
1. Gilgit, Duthie. Kashmir, C. B. Clarke, 28918 bis, 29697
29840. Gurhwal, Duthie, 370. Kumaon, Duthie, 3462.
Distrib. Endemic.

14. Kopresta RovLEANA, Boeck.; Hook. f. l.c. vi. 698.

1. West Himalaya, Royle, 109, 149. Nubra, T. Thomson.
Kashmir, 9,000-11,000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 28863, 28870.
Kunawur, T. Thomson. Leh, 13,000 feet, Stoliczka.
Kumaon, 15,000 feet, Duthie, 6069. West Nepal,
10,000 feet, Duthie, 6068.

7. Sikkim, 16,000, Samding, J. D. Hooker.

Distrib. Cabul. Alatau. Yarkand.

106 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

15. KonnzsrA vNCINOIDES, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. Fl. Brit.
Ind. vi. 698.
7. Sikkim, 10,000-14,000 feet, J. D. Hooker, frequent, C. B.
Clarke. Bhotan, Griffith, 645, Kew n. 6074.
Distrib. Lhassa.

16. KoBRESIA naza, Boeck.; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 698.
1. West Himalaya, Royle, 81, 102, frequent, 7. Thomson.
Baltisthan, Schlagintweit. Gilgit, Giles. Skardo and
Dras, C. B. Clarke. Kashmir, 6500-10,000 feet, frequent,
C. B. Clarke. Riv. Kishagunga, Winterbottom, 574.
Gurhwal, Duthie, 74,75. Kumaon, T., Anderson. West
Nepal, Duthie, 6090.
7. Sikkim, 12,000 feet, Lachen, J. D. Hooker.
Distrib. Endemic.

17. KOBRESIA cunvinosrRIS, C. B. Clarke in Hook. FK. l.c. vi.
699.
7. Sikkiin, 14,000 feet, Tungu, J. D. Hooker.
Distrib. Endemie.

18. KOBRESIA FILIFOLIA, C. B. Clarke in Journ. Linn. Soc. xx.
[1883], p. 381.
LA. macrantha, Boeck. Cyp. Nove, Heft 1 [1888], 39; Hook. f.
Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 699.]
1. Nubra, Schlagintweit, 2018, 2426. Ladak, Schlagintweit,
1344.
Distrib. Dahuria.

1. Carex ıncurva, Lightf.; Hook. f. l. e. vi. 700.

1. Kunawur, alt. 18,300 feet, Jacquemont, 1785. North
Kashmir to Karakorum, 12,000-16,000 feet (Zauskar,
Parang Valley, Piti, Nubra), T. Thomson.

Distrib. Europe. Asia. North and Alpine South America.

2. CAREX STENOPHYLLA, Wahlenb.; Hook. f. l.e. vi. 700.
1. Le, Nubra, and Piti, T. Thomson. Lahoul, Jaeschke, 127.
Wakhan, Giles, 55, 96. Gilgit, 9000-10,000 feet, Duthie,
12, 435. Karakorum, 11,500 feet, C. B. Clarke, 30419.
2. Kuram Valley, 7000-10,000 feet, Aitchison, 92, 194, 493.
Distrib. Palearctica. Nearctica.

3. Carex pivisa, Huds.; Hook. f. l.c. vi. 701.
2. Kuram, 10,000 feet, Aitchison, 818.
Distrib, Palearctica. Cape.

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 107

4. Carex vurPINARIS, Nees; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 702.
1. Kashmir, Jacguemont, 338, 362. Lahoul, Schlagintweit,
2818, Kunawur, 4000 feet, Jacquemont, 1605, Royle, 73.
Simla, Munroe, 2417. Tihri-Gurhwal, 11,000-12,000 teet,
Duthie, 55.
Distrib. Endemic.

5. Carex curatca, Kunth; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 702.
1. Devil's Plains, 10,500-14,500 feet, C. B. Clarke, 29626,
29849. Lower Karakash, 14,000 feet, Henderson, 367.
Distrib. Mongolia.

6. CanEx NUBIGENA, D. Don; Hook. f. l.c. vi. 702.

1. West Himalaya, Royle, 107, 127, 132, 133, 185 part.
Budrawur, 6000-8000 feet, T. Thomson. Rajaori, Jacque-
mont, 1353. Simla, 5000-7000 feet, Munro, 2426; Mundali,
Munro, 2425. Tongridge, 7000-8000 feet, Edgeworth.
Chini, T. Thomson. Nynee Tal, T. Thomson, 583. Gurh-
wal, Jacquemont, 591. Kumaon, 8000 feet, Strachey
& Winterbottom, 5. Tihri-Gurhwal, 10,000-12,000 feet,
Duthie, 68.

Sindh, Pinwill.

Nilgiri Mts, Wight. Anamallays, Beddome.

Ceylon, Gardner, 948, Maxwell ; 7000 feet, Thwaites, 2395.
Nepal, Wallich, 3396. Sikkim, 6000-12,000 feet, Lachen
and Tungu, J. D. Hooker. Bhotan, Griffith, 2666, Kew
n. 6068.

8. East Bengal, Griffith, 1115, Kew n. 6068. Khasia, Griffith,
4000-6000 feet. Cherra to Nunklow, J. D. Hooker, 4000—
6000 feet. Maophlang to Jowye, C. B. Clarke, 38227, 44820.

Distrib. Cabul. Indo-China.

MEGA

7. CAREX MURICATA, Linn.; Hook. f. l.c. vi. 703.
1. Kashmir, Alibad, 9000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 28644. Ramoo,
6000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 28533.
2. Kuram, Shahzan, Aitchison, 670.
Distrib. Europe. North and Central Asia. Temperate and
Frigid North America.

CAREX MURICATA, Linn.:
Var. FOLIOSA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l.c. vi. 708.
1. West Himalaya, Royle, 106, 126, 129, Mrs, Walker.
Kashmir, 6000-8000 feet, T. Thomson. Mussooree, Jacque-

108 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

mont, 505. Nynee Tal, T. Thomson, 638. Kumaon,
7000 feet, Strachey & Winterbottom, 4; 6000—7000 feet,
Duthie, 3466.

2. Sindh, Pinwill.

3. Nilgiri Mts., Wight, 30. Pulney Hills, Wight, 3179.

7. Nepal, Wallich, 3387. Sikkim, 8000 feet, J. D. Hooker.

8. Khasia, Griffith, Kew n. 6067. Cherra, 4000 feet, J. D.
Hooker, 1117.

Distrib. Endemie.

[C. Henningshiana, Boeck. MS. in. Schlagintweit n. 3698 was

this plant.]

8. Carex Tuomsont, Boott; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 703.

1. West Himalaya, 6000-8000 feet, 7. Thomson. Kumaon,
T. Thomson, 1081.

7. Nepal, R. Tambur, J. D. Hooker. Sikkim, Great Rungait,
J. D. Hooker. Little Rungait, 1000-2000 feet, J. D.
Hooker. Bhotan, Nuttall.

8. Upper Assam, R. Dihong, Griffith, Kew n. 6073. Khasia,
Upper Boga Pani, 4500 feet, J. D. Hooker, C. B. Clarke.

Distrib. 'Tonkin.

9. CAREX FLUVIATILIS, Boott; Hook. f. l.c. vi. 703.
9. Hookhoom, Wullaboom, Griffith, Kew n. 6103.
Distrib. China. Japan.

10. Carex TERETIUSCULA, Gooden.; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 708.
1. Kashmir, Sind Valley (April), 6000-7000 feet, T. Thomson.
7. Bhotan, Griffith, 2663, Kew n. 6104.
Distrib. Europe. North Asia. N. America.
The Kashmir plant is C. mitis, Boeck., put by Boott in his hb. propr.

with C. teretiuscula. The Bhotan plant is named by Boott “ C. tereti-
uscula, Boott (C. Ehrartiana, Hoppe).”

11. CAREX LONGIPES, D. Don; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 704.
3. Nilgiri Mts., Wight, 7, 11.
7. Nepal, Wallich, 3388 part. Sikkim. 7000 feet, J. D.
Hooker. Lachen, J. D. Hooker.
8. Khasia, Mairung, 6000 feet, J. D. Hooker. Syong, J. D.
Hooker.
Distrib. China.

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 109

Carex LONGIPES, D. Don:
Var. f. NEPALENSIS, Boott; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 704.
7. Nepal, Wallich, 3388 part. Sikkim, 7000 feet, J. D.
Hooker. Lachen, 7000 feet, J. D. Hooker.
Distrib. Endemic.

CAREX LONGIPES, D. Don:
Var. y. DISSITIFLORA, C. B. Clarke; Hook. f. l.c. vi. 705.
3. Nilgiri Mts., Wight, 5, 1919. Canoor, 6000-7000 feet, C.
B. Clarke, 10992, 11099, 11077. Anamallays, Beddome.
8. Khasia, Shillong, 5500-6000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 43393,
43456.
Distrib. China.

12. CAREX BRUNNEA, Thunb.; Hook. f. l.c. vi. 705.

1. West Himalaya, Falconer. Bankhote, Fleming, 371. Dal-
housie, 4500 feet, C. B. Clarke, 23193. Mussoorie, Royle,
103. Nepal, Wallich, 3379 part.

2. Sind, Pinwill.

3. Nilgiri Mts, Wight, 5 part; Canoor, 7000 feet, C. B.
Clarke, 10962.

4. Ceylon, Thwaites, 2632.

8. East Bengal, Griffith, 1026, Kew n. 6081.

9. Muneypoor, 3750 feet, C. B. Clarke, 41995.

Distrib. Masearenia. Japan. Australia. Sandwich Isles.

13. Carex TEINOGYNA, Boott; Hook. f. l.c. vi. 705.
8. Khasia, alt. 4000-6000 feet, Mausmai, Griffith, Kew
n. 6052; Mamloo, Hooker f. 4 T. Thomson; Pomrang,
J. D. Hooker, 2032.
9. Taondong, Wallich, 3534. (But the specimen has no
utricles and the determination doubtful.)
Distrib. Endemic.

14. Carex LONGICRTRIS, Nees; Hook. f. l. e. vi. 705.
1. West Himalaya, Royle, 93. Kishtwar, 4000 feet, C. B,
Clarke, 31434. Simla, 8000 feet, T. Thomson.
3. Nilgiri Mts., Wight, 1918.
4. Neuera Ellia, Thwaites, 2749.
7. Nepal: Gossain Than, Wallich.
Distrib. Endemic.

110 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

15. Carex REMOTA, Linn.:
Var. 8. RocHEBRUNT, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind.
vi. 706.
1. West Himalaya, Royle, 139, 140, 144. Binsur, 7400 feet,
Madden. Serain, 9000-10,000 feet, Edgeworth. Kashmir,
7000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 28577. Simla, 8000 feet, T.
Thomson. |
7. Sikkim, 9000-12,000 feet (Tonglo, Lachen), J. D. Hooker.
8. Khasia, 4500 feet (Vale of Rocks), C. B. Clarke, 43689.
Distrib. of this Var. 5.—China. Japan.

16. CAREX CANESCENS, Linn.; Hook. f. l.c. vi. 706.
1. Kashmir, 10,500 feet ( Barzil), C. B. Clarke, 29630 ; 12,000
feet (Palgam), C. B. Clarke, 31072.
Distrib. Cool parts of Europe, Asia, and North America ;
also in the extremity of South America.

17. Carex anta, Boott: Hook. f. l. c. vi. 707.
8. Khasia, 5800 feet (Molim), C. B. Clarke, 43622.
9. Muneypoor, 5000-6000 feet, Watt, 6309, 6807.
Distrib. Java.

18. Carex COOPTANDA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi. 707.

8. Khasia, Griffith.

Distrib. Endemie. (Three pieces, one collection, laid in hb.
Kew, with note by Boott.)

19. CAREX PRELONGA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. e. vi. 707.
7. Sikkim, 7500 feet (Dikeeling), C. B. Clarke, 27858, 27879 ;
9000 feet (Tonglo), C. .B. Clarke, 35038.
Distrib. Endemic.
This species is C. longispicata, Boeck. MS. in Schlagintweit,
n. 1469, but I have not discovered this name published.

CAREX PRELONGA, C. B. Clarke:
Var. B. ANGUSTIOR, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi. 707.
8. Khasia, 5000 feet (Shillong), C. B. Clarke, 43410 ; 4500
feet (Vale of Rocks), C. B. Clarke, 43077, 43690.
9. Shan Hills, 5000 feet, Collett, 646.
Distrib. Endemic.

20. Carex TERES, Boott; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 707.
7. Sikkim, 8000-9000 feet (Sinchul), J. D. Hooker ; Tonglo,
C. B. Clarke, 35636 ; Sundukphoo, C. B. Clarke, 35667.
Distrib. Endemic.

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 111

21. CAREX SIKKIMENSIS, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind.
vi. 708.
7. Sikkim: Jongri, 12,000-13,000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 25947,
26080, 26139.
Distrib, Endemic.

22. CAREX CERNUA, Boott; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 708.
8. Near Sudiya, Griffith, n. 1489, Kew n. 6099.
Distrib. Tonkin, Japan.

23. CAREX PHACOTA, Spreng.; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 708.
1. Gurhwal, Jacquemont, 642. Nipal, Wallich, 3394 part,
3395 part.
3. Nilgiri Mts., Wight, Metz, 1292. Pulney Mts., Wight,
3178.

. Ceylon, Gardner, 944, Walker, Thwaites, 2965.

Central India: Pachmarhi, Duthie, 10590.

. Sikkim, 6000-7000 feet (Lachoong), J. D. Hooker.

. Assam, Jenkins, 714. Khasia, Griffith, Kew n. 6075;
6000 feet (Shillong), C. B. Clarke, 43384, 43430. Cachar,
Keenan.

9. Patkoye Mts. and North Burma, Griffith, Kew n. 6075.

Distrib. China. Malaya. Japan. South Africa.

24. Carex PRUINOSA, Boott; Hook. f. l.c. vi. 709.
8. Khasia, Griffith, Kew n. 6106 ; 4200 feet (Cherra Coalhill),
C. B. Clarke, 43847.
Distrib. Java.

25. CAREX ARNOTTIANA, Drejer; Hook. f. l.c. vi. 709.
4. Ceylon, 6000 feet, Walker, 268, Thwaites, 3219.
Distrib. Endemic.

26. CAREX NOTHA, Kunth; Hook. f. l.c. vi. 709.

1. West Himalaya, Royle, 110, 145. Kunawur, Royle, 125,
Jacquemont, 1345 ; Karh, 5000-8000 feet, Edgeworth.
Chargaon, 5000 feet, Munro, 2432. Dadooka Taotea,
T. Thomson. Tihri-Gurhwal, 9000-11,000 feet, Duthie,
53, 54. Gurhwal, T. Thomson, 1112.

7. Upper Sikkim, Pantling; Natong, Dongboo. Bhotan,
Griffith, 2664, Kew n. 6070.

Distrib. Endemic.

112 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

27. Carex Fuscata, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi. 710;
Boott, MS.
7. Sikkim, 9000-12,000 feet (Lachen), J. D. Hooker.
Distrib. Endemic. (Once collected apparently.)

28. CAREX RUBRO-BRUNNEA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. Fl. Brit.
Ind. vi. 710.

8. Khasia: Boga Pani, 2000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 7210 ; 4500-
5500 feet, Vale of Rocks, Mairung, Shillong, C. B. Clarke,
43465, 43667, 44071.

9. Muneypoor, Watt.

Distrib. Endemie.

29. Carex PRESCOTTIANA, Boott; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 710.
8. Khasia: Mairung, J. D. Hooker, 1518; Nungklow, J. D.
Hooker, (?) Wallich, n. 3386.
Distrib. Japan.

30. Carex CASPITITIA, Nees; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 710.
8. Sylhet, Wallich, 3392 ; Companigunj, 200 feet, C. B. Clarke,
14350, 42735, 42739.
Distrib. Endemic. (Wallich's collection probably came from
Companigunj.)

31. CAREX RIGIDA, Gooden.; Hook. f. l.c. vi. 711.
1. West Himalaya, Royle. Tibet, Pike; Luptel, 14,500 feet,
Strachey § Winterbottom, 537. Kurram, Winterbottom,
675. Wakhan, 9000 feet, Giles, 87. Karakorum, 13,000
feet, C. B. Clarke, 30342. Barzil, 10,500 feet, C. B.
Clarke, 29623. ` Lahoul, Jaeschke, 122. Kunawur,
Jacquemont, 1763.
7. Sikkim : Lachen, 12,000 feet, J. D. Hooker.
Distrit. Cool parts of the Northern Hemisphere. Chile.
[C. cyclocystis, Boeck. Cep. Nove, Heft 1 [1888] p. 47, was
this species. |

32. CAREX VULGARIS, Fries; Hook. f. l.c. vi. 711.

1. Kashmir: Barzil, 10,000-12,000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 29612,
29614, 29711; Deosai, 13,000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 29825.
Tibet, 14,000-16,000 feet, T. Thomson; Leptil, 15,000
feet, Strachey $ Winterbottom, 12; Gilgit, Giles, 197.
Lahoul, Jaeschke, 122 a.

Distrib. Cool parts of the Northern Hemisphere.

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 113

CAREX VULGARIS, Fries:
Var. B. Distracra, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi,

711.
1. Kashmir: Gurais, 8000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 29488.
Distrib. Endemic.

33. Carex EROSTRATA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. e. vi. 711;
Boott MS.
1. Kumaon: Barj Kang Pass, 14,500 feet, Strachey d
Winterbottom, 22. .
Distrib. Endemic.
34. CAREX MICROGLOCHIN, Wahlenb. ; Hook. f. l. e. vi. 711 (mis-
spelt Wall. there).

1. Tibet, 15,000-16,000 feet, 7. Thomson. Ladak, T. Thom-
son. Dras, Schlagintweit, 6467. Kashmir: Musjid Vale,
12,000-13,000 feet, Duthie, 13203; Deosai, 13,000 feet,
C. B. Clarke, 29826; Tilail, 12,250 feet, C. B. Clarke,
30653. Baltisthan, 13,000-14,000 feet, Duthie, 11, 973.
Rondu, Strachey d Winterbottom. Jauusar, 11,000 feet,
Rogers. Kunawur, Jacquemont, 9.

Distrib. Cool parts of the North Hemisphere.

35. Carex parva, Nees; Hook. f. l c. vi. 712.

1. Kashmir: Barzil, Winterbottom, 635. Kunawur, Jacque-
mont, 1752. Mouru, Royle, 138. Tihri-Gurhwal, 11,000-
12,000 feet, Duthie, 73.

7. Sikkim : Lachen, 12,000 feet, J. H. Hooker.

Distrib. Endemic.
36. CAREX LINEARIS, Boott; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 712.
1. West Himalaya, Royle. Kashmir: Tragbol, 11,400 feet,
C. B. Clarke, 29266 ; Pir Pinjul, 11,000 feet, H, C. Levinge.
Choor, 12,000 feet, Edgeworth. Kedarkanta, Jacquemont,
865. Gurhwal, 11,000 feet, Strachey 4 Winterbottom,
Tihri-Gurhwal, 13,000-14,000 feet, Duthie, 376. West
Nipal, 13,000-14,000 feet, Duthie, 6091 part.
7. Sikkim: Lachen, 13,000 feet, J. D. Hooker.
Distrib. Endemic.

Carex LINEARIS, Boott:
Var. B. ELAcHIsTA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi. 713.
1. West Nepal, 13,000-14,000 feet, Duthie, 6091 part.
Distrib. Endemic. (One piece only.)
LINN. JOURN.—BOTANY, VOL. XXXIV. I

114 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

37. CAREX VIDUA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi.
713; Boott MS.
7. Sikkim: Lachen, 13,000 feet, J. D. Hooker.
Distrib. Endemic.

38. CAREX RARA, Boott; Hook. f. l.c. vi. 718.
4. Ceylon, Gardner, 950, Thwaites, 3080.
7. Bhotan, Griffith, 662, 1992, 2662, Kew n. 6096, 6102 part.
8. Khasia, Griffith, Kew n. 6102 part; Cherra Poonje,
Wallich; Shillong, 6000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 43423.
Distrib. Japan. Borneo. Australia.

99. CAREX CAPILLACEA, Boott; Hook. f. 1. c. vi. 713.
7. Sikkim; Lachen, 10,000-12,000 feet, J. D. Hooker ; Yakla,
9000 feet, C. D. Clarke, 27846. Bhotan, Griffith, 2607,
Kew n. 6095, 6101.
Distrib. Endemic ? (if separable from C. rara).

40. CAREX CRYPTOSTACHYS, Brongn. in Bot. Voy. Coquille, p. 152,
t. 25.
[C. eyrtostachys, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. 1. c. vi. 714, errore.]
11. Penang, Wallich, 3383. Perak, 3500 feet, hb. King,
n. 8517. Singapore, Ridley, 1720.
Distrib. Malaya. China.

41. Carex Hxrrzmr, Boeck.; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 714.

10. Tenasserim River, in bamboo jungle, Helfer, Kew n.6111/2.
Distrib. Endemic.

42. CAREX PANDANOPHYLLA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l.c. vi.
714.

10. Deen, Yomah, Kurz, n. 2704.
Distrib. Endemic.

43. CAREX INDICA, Linn.; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 714.
7. Sikkim Terai, 500 feet, C. B. Clarke, 36996.
8. Cachar: Doodputli, 7. Thomson. Chittagong: Kasalong,
C. B. Clarke, 8265.

10. Tenasserim (or Andamans ?), Helfer, Kew n. 6087 (marked
by Boott’s hand C. fissilis), Kew n. 6052 (marked by
Boott's hand C. indica).

11. Penang, 700 feet,hb. King, 1496. Trang, Kunstler, 1383.
Johore, Luke 4 Kensall, 4099.

Distrib. Cochinchina. Java.

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 115

CAREX INDICA, Linn.:

Var. ? 8, LETE-BRUNEA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. J. Fl. Brit. Ind.

vi. 715.
4. Ceylon, alt. 5000 feet, Thwaites, n. 2628 (marked by Boott's

hand C. bengalensis, Roxb., and C. Thwaitesii).

10. Mergui, Griffith, 1011, Kew n. 6137 (young). Tenasserim,
Helfer. R. Sáluen, Wallich, 3533.

ll. Pahang, Ridley, n. 2145 (young). Kedah Peak, Ridley,
5147.

Distrib. Endemic.

Carex INDICA, Linn.:
Var. Mirxgi, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi. 715.
11. Pahang, Ridley, 2143 a.
Distrib. Endemic.

44. CAREX DISTRACTA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l c. vi. 715.
8. Assam, “Jenkins.”

Distrib. Endemic.

There are two good sheets of this in hb. Kew, communicated
by Col. Jenkins; doubtless obtained by the Calcutta Garden
collectors who worked under him; without any note of habitat ;
both marked by Boott’s hand C. fissilis, Boott. The example of
Wall. Cat. 3421 “ Rynchospora Napalia 1821” in hb. Kew is also
C. distracta. The ticket is supposed erroneous; but whether it
is 80, or a mixture in the Wallichian herbarium, the number does
not help us to the locality whence the plant was obtained: it
may have been Nepal or Assam or elsewhere; the Wallich
collections having been largely sorted (before the numbers were
affixed).

45, Carex cRuCIATA, Wahlenb.; Hook. f. l. e. vi. 715.
[1. Kumaon, Wallich, 3400 B part. Simla, Fielding (young). |
7. Nepal, Lindley (young). Darjeeling, 6000 feet, C. B.
Clarke, 27291. Bhotan, 6000 feet, Griffith, Kew n. 6050;
Lingling, Griffith, Kew n. 6051.
8. Khasia, Griffith, Kew n. 6049 (marked by Boott's hand
C. condensata), Griffith, 29 (marked by Boott's hand
C. Bruceana). Silhet, J. D. Hooker. Shillong, 5000 feet,
C. B. Clarke, 37466. Jaintea Hills, Bruce (marked by
Boott's hand C. Bruceana) Kohima, 4750 feet, C. B.
Clarke, 41611.
12

116 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

10. Tenasserim, Helfer, Kew n. 6110.

11. Larut Perak, 300-600 feet, hb. King, 1906.

Distrib. China. Madagascar.

Wall. Cat. 3400 B contains several collections, different plants;
and the C. cruciata plants in it were, I think, probably collected
at Jowai by Gomez —though marked Kumaon.

Carex CnUCIATA, Wahlenb. :
Var. NAGPORENSIS, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi.
716.
5. Chota Nagpore; Parasnath, 3000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 21077,
21094; 4200 feet, C. B. Clarke, 33681; Singbhoom, 2000
feet, C. B. Clarke, 20445.
Distrib. Endemic.

Carex CRUCIATA, Wahlenb. :

Var. ARGOCARPUS, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi. 716.

7. East Nepal, 4000-6000 feet, Myong Valley and R. Tambur,
J. D. Hooker (marked by Boott's hand C. condensata,
Nees, butisfigured in Boott, Carex, t. 241, as C. bengalensis).
Darjeeling, Griffith, 7000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 26256, 2000
feet, Treutler; River (Rung) Ait, 2000 feet, C. B. Clarke,
10081; Mongpo, 4500 feet, C. B. Clarke, 36284.

8. Assam, Mack (marked by Boott's haud C. bengalensis) ;
Brahmakhoond, Griffith, Kew n. 6098. Khasia, Lemann
(figured, Boott, Carex, t. 242, as C. bengalensis); Bor
Panee, J. H. Hooker, 4000-5000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 14718,
15586, 45614; Jowai, 3500 feet, C. B. Clarke, 44730.

Distrib. Tonkin.

I do not find, in Kew Herbarium, the green-fruited form of
var. argocarpus stated, in Fl. Brit. Ind. 716, to have been collected
on the Bruhmapootra bank (on the authority of Boott, which is
certainly erroneous).

46. CAREX PARVIGLUMA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi. 716.
8. Luckimpore: Namsung, 1500 feet, C. B. Clarke, 37920,
37941, 37959.
Distrib. Endemic.

47. Carex CONDENSATA, Nees; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 716.
1. West Himalaya, Royle, 83 (figured, Boott, Carex, t. 247),
23, 84, 85, 89. Sirmoor, Fagu, Jacquemont, 2334. Upper
Sutledge, Rampur, T, Thomson. Kumaon, Wall. Cat.

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA, 117

3400 B part (tigured, Boott, Carex, t. 245) ; Binsar, 7500
feet, Strachey d Winterbottom, Madden. Tihri-Gurhwal,
5000-6000 feet, Duthie, 374. Nepal, Wallich, 3400 a.
Nepal, Wallich (marked by Boott's hand C. vesiculosa).

2. Sind, Pinwill.

7. Darjeeling, Griffith; Lachen, 10,000-11,000 feet, J. D.
Hooker ` Tonglo, 9000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 35041, 35686.
Bhotan, Griffith, 2672.

8. Assam, Mrs. Mack. Khasia, Griffith; Cherra Poonjee,
4000 feet, Gomez, J. D. Hooker; Mamloo, 4000 feet,
C. B. Clarke, 45093. Shillong, 4500-5000 feet, C. B.
Clarke, 38498, 38879; Jowai, 3500 feet, C. B. Clarke,
44735.

Distrib. Endemic.

48, CAREX VESICULOSA, Boott ; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 717.

7. Darjeeling, Griffith, Kew n. 6060; Goke, 2500 feet, C. B.
Clarke, 24891 ; Tumlong, 3500 feet, C. B. Clarke, 27688.
Bhotan, Griffith, 2670, 2078, Kew n. 6088.

8. Assam, Griffith, 986. Cherra Poonjee, Griffith (figured
in Boott, Carex, t. 323), Bruce, J. D. Hooker; Mahadeo,
Griffith, Kew n. 6057, 6058; Mamloo, 4000 teet, C. B.
Clarke, 45431; Boga Pani, 4000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 44879.
Khasia, 4000-5000 feet, Hook. f. d T. Thoms. East
Bengal, Griffith, 364, Kew n. 6059, 61306.

Distrib. Endemie.
CAREX VESICULOSA, Boott:
Var. B. PANICULATA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi. 717.

7. Nepal, Wallich. Darjeeling, Lemann.

Distrib. Endemic.

49. CAREX CONTINUA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi. 717.

7. Nepal, Wallich, 3400 a part. Sikkim: River (Rung) Ait,
1100 feet, C. B. Clarke, 27136, 27142, 27241; River
Teesta, 500 feet, C. B. Clarke, 26328.

Distrib. Endemic.
50. CAREX STRAMENTITIA, Boeck. ; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 717.

5. Chota Nagpore: Parasnath, 4000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 34665,

7. Nepal, Wallich, 3398 (marked by Boott's hand C. conden-
sata). Singaleh-la, 9000-12,000 feet, Schlagintweit, 14702.
Sikkim: Darjeeling, Griffith, Kew n. 6138 ; 2000-4000

118 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

feet, Khursiong, J. D. Hooker; Choonbuttee, C. B. Clarke,
11990.

8. Assam, Griffith, 1490 (marked by Boott's hand C. stramen-
titia); Burney Hat, 500 feet, C. B. Clarke, 38081. Khasia:
Nungpo, 2500 feet, C. B. Clarke, 43305 ; Myrung, Simons ;
4000-5000 feet, Hook. f. et T. Thoms. Garo Hills:
Rongrengiri, C. B. Clarke, 43037.

9. Mogoung Valley (Mines) and Patkoye Mts., Griffith, Kew
n. 6056.

Distrib. Endemic.

51. Carex FILICINA, Nees; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 717.

3. Nilgherry Mts.. Wight, 1916, 1917, Hohenacker, 1290,
1291. Pulney Mts., Wight, 3176.

4. Ceylon, Gardner, n. 941, Walker, Mackenzie, Thwaites,
n. 820.

5. Courtallum, Wight, 999, 1913. Palameottah, Wight,
1294.

8. Assam, Fielding; Kohima, 5500 feet, C. B. Clarke, 41036.
Khasia, 4000-5000 feet, Hook. f. & T. Thoms. ; 1500-4500
feet, C. B. Clarke, 5392, 5521. Myrung, J. D. Hooker
( Boott, Carex, t. 316). Surareen, J. D. Hooker (Boott,
Carex, t. 313). Mauphlong and Maumbrai, Griffith,
Kew n. 6053.

Distrib. China. Java.

Carex FILICINA, Nees :

Var. B. MEIOGYNA, Strachey; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 718.

1. West Himalaya, Royle, 82, 86, 90, 4000-7000 feet, Edge-
worth (Bcott, Carex, t. 311). Kumaon, 6000 feet, Strachey
4 Winterbottom, n. 1 (Boott, Carex, t. 319). Kathi,
7200 feet, Strachey d Winterbottom, n. 3 (Boott, Carex,
t. 317). Simla, Fagu, 8000 feet, T. Thomson (Boott;
Carex, t. 312).

2. Sind, Pinwill.

7. Nepal, hb. D. Don. Sikkim, 4000-7000 feet, J. D.
Hooker: Khursiong, J. D. Hooker (Boott, Carex, t. 320).
Darjeeling, Griffith, Kew n. 6053; Lachen, 7000-9000
feet, J. D. Hooker (Boott, Carex, t. 314). Bhotan :
Dumsong, 6000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 26424.

Distrib. Endemic.

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 119

CAREX FILICINA, Nees :
Var. y. MINOR, Boott; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 718.

7. Sikkim: Lachen, 7000-10,000 feet, J. D. Hooker (Boott,
Carex, t. 318); Buckeem, 7500 feet, C. B. Clarke,
25317.

8. Khasia, 4000-6000 feet, J. D. Hooker; Shilong Peak,
6400 feet, C. B. Clarke, 33707, 33719.

Distrib. Endemic.

CAREX FILICINA, Nees:
Var. à. MICROGYNA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l e. vi. 718.
3. Malabaria, Kurz, 2695.
4. Ceylon, Maxwell.
8. Chittagong, J. D. Hooker, 269. Arracan: Boronga Island,
Kurz.
Distrib. Endemic.

52. Carex PLEBEIA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. 1. c. vi. 718.

5. Chota Nagpore: Hazaribagh, 1750 feet, C. B. Clarke,
33841. Lohardugga, 2000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 33965,
33985. Singbhoom, 1500 feet, C. B. Clarke, 34125.

Distrib. Endemic.

53. Carex LEPTOCARPUS, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. L c. vi. 719.
9. Muneypoor, Watt, 6728.
Distrib, Endemic.

54. CAREX MERCARENSIS, Steud.; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 719.

3. Nilgherry Mts., Wight, 16, Hohenacker, 943, Gough.
Ooty, 8000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 11097. Pulney Mts.,
Wight, 3172.

5. Madras, J. D. Hooker (Boott, Carex, t. 321). Cour-
tallum, Wight, 998 (Boott, Carex, t. 322), 1293.

Distrib. Endemic.

CAREX MERCARENSIS, Steud. :
Var. (9. MAJOR, Steud. ; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 719.
3. Bombay: Mahabelaishwar, Woodrow, 79. Canara: Mer-
eara, Hohenacker, 629. Anamallay Mts., Beddome.
Distrib. Endemic.

120 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

55. Carex RAPHIDOCARPA, Nees; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 719.
3. Pulney Mts., Wight, 1911.
Distrib. Endemic (only once collected).

56. Carex CEYLANICA, Boeck.; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 719.
4. Ceylon, 6000 feet, Thwaites, 820.
Distrib, Endemic (apparently only once collected).

57. Carex WIG@HTIANA, Nees; Hook. f.l. c. vi. 720.
4. Ceylon, Walker (a small doubtful piece).
5. Coromandelia, Wight, 1914, 1915, Wall. Cat. 3400 C.
Courtallum, Wight, 1292 (Boott, Carex, t. 30), 1296.
Distrib. Endemic.

58. Carex ECOSTATA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi. 720.
8. Naga Hills: Jakpho, 9900 feet, C. B. Clarke, 41357,
41317.
Distrib. Endemic.

59. CAREX REPANDA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. 1. c. vi. 720.
8. Khasia: Cherra, 3000 feet, J. D. Hooker; Mausmai, 4000
feet, C. B. Clarke, 14295. Shillong, 5200-5500 feet,
C. B. Clarke, 43463, 44098.
Distrib. Endemic.

60, CAREX PERAKENSIS, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. 1. c. vi. 720.
11. Perak, Wray.
Distrib. Endemic.

61. CAREX SANGUINEA, Boott; Hook. f. 1. c. vi. 720.
1. Murree Woods, Fleming, 184, 212.
Distrib. Cabul.

62. Carex RHIZOMATOSA, Steud. ; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 721.
8. Gowbatty, Brahmapootra Bank, Booth. Khasia, Nungpo,
2000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 43295. Thoyung, 3000 feet,
C. B. Clarke, 37554.
9. Muneypoor, 4000 feet, Watt, 6033. North of Ava,
Griffith, Kew n. 6108, 6111.
Distrib. Tonkin. Java. Philippines.

63. CAREX LINDLEYANA, Nees ; Hook. f. l. e. vi. 721.
3. Nilgherry Mts., Wight, 13, 14, 17 (Boott, Carex, t. 34),

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 121

Gardner, Schmid. Ooty, Wight, 2924; 8000 feet, C. B.

Clarke, 11137.
4. Ceylon, Walker, 39, Gardner, 947; 7000 feet, Thwaites,

3161.
Distrib. Endemic.
64. Carex LEUCANTHA, Boott; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 721.

3. Pulney Mts., Wight, 3174.
4. Ceylon, alt. 0-2000 feet, Thwaites, 2631, Laube.

5. Coromandelia, Heyne, Wight, 993, 998, 2379. Courtallum,

Wight, 992.
Distrib. Endemic.
65. Carex MALACCENSIS, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi. 722.

11. Malacca : Langkawi, Curtis, 1669.

Distrib. Endemie.

60. CAREX sPICIGERA, Nees; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 722.
4. Central Province up to 6000 feet, Thwaites, 822; Walker,

Wight, 1299, W. H. Harvey.
Distrib. Endemic.

CAREX SPICIGERA, Nees:
Var. B. MINOR, Thwaites; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 722.

4. Ceylon, Gardner, 919, T'hwaites, 824.
Distrib. Endemic.

CAREX SPICIGERA, Nees:
Var. y. RUBELLA (sp.), Boott; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 722.

4. Ceylon, alt. 7000 feet, T'hwaites, 2966.

Distrib. Endemic.

CAREX SPICIGERA, Nees :
Var. à. RosrRATA, Boeck. ; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 722.

4. Ceylon, Thwaites, 2629, fide Boeck.
Distrib. Endemic.

67. Carex BACCANS, Nees; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 722.
3. Bombay, Scott, Dalzell. Bababoodun Hills, Talbot, 2337.

Nilgiri Mts, Gardner, Wight, 6, 1912. — Kotagherry,

Adam. Pulney Mts., Wight, 3173.
4. Ceylon, Mazwell, Walker, Wight, 1290, 1298, Gardner,

943, Thwaites, 821. `
7. East Nepal, J. D. Hooker. Sikkim, 4000-8000 feet,

J. D. Hooker.

122 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

8. Assam, Mack. Khasia, 3000-5000 feet, Cherra and
Ladder Hill, J. D. Hooker, 749; Maophlony, Griffith,
Kew n. 6054; Mausmai, 4000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 45817.
Naga Hills, 5800 feet, C. B. Clarke, 41151.

Distrib. China. Cochinchina. Malay Islands.

CAREX Baccans, Nees:
Var. 5. sticcrrRucTUS, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind.
vi. 723.
8. Khasia, J. D. Hooker; Umwai, 3500 feet, C. B. Clarke,
15868.
Distrib. Endemie.

68. Carex Myosurus, Nees; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 728.
3. Nilgiri Mts., Metz, 942, Wight, 18. Canoor, 6000 feet
C. B. Clarke, 10780. Pulney Mts., Wight, 3177. Din-
dygul, 2600 feet, Wight, Wallich, 3384 B.
5. Coromandelia, Wight, 1913. — Courtallum, Wight, 1291,
1297.
Distrib. Endemie.

Carex Myosurvs, Nees:
Var. B. EMINENS (sp.), Mees; Hook. f. l. c. vi. p. 723.

1. Kashmir, 3000 feet (Basaoli), C. B. Clarke, 31628. Simla,
6000-7000 feet, Edgeworth. Gurhwal, 5000-6000 feet,
Duthie, 4496. Tibri-Gurhwal, 3000-4000 feet, Duthie,
2118.

7. Nepal, Wallich, 3382, 3384 A. Gossain Than, Wallich,
3397. Darjeeling, Griffith, Kew n. 6055. Khursiong,
3000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 35895. Mintogong, 4500 feet,
C. B. Clarke, 24938. Bhotan, Griffith.

Distrib. Endemic.

Carex Myosunvs, Nees:
Var. y. RATONGENSIS, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi. 723.
7. Sikkim: R. Ratong, 6000-8000 feet, J. D. Hooker.
Distrib. Endemic.

69. CAREX PRESTANS, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi. 723.
1. Kumaon. 7000-8000 feet (above Shinkala), Duthie, 6118.
Distrib. Endemic.

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 123

70. Carex SPICULATA, Boott; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 724.
8. Khasia: Cherra, Wallich, Griffith, Kew n. 6069, J. D.
Hooker, 861; Shaila, 250 feet, C. B. Clarke, 14961;
Kullong, 5700 feet, C. B. Clarke, 40043 ; Nurtiuug,

4000-5000 feet, Hooker € 4 T. Thomson ; Amwee, 3000-
4000 feet, J. D. Hooker.
Distrib. Endemic.

CAREX SPICULATA, Boott:

Var. B. NOBILIS (sp.), Buott; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 724.

7. Sikkim: Mongpo, 2000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 13777; R.
Ryang, 1000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 13721, 13758; Punka-
bari, 1000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 13830.

8. Khasia: Mahadeo and Moosmai, Griffith, Kew n. 6085;
5000 feet, Hooker f. et T. Thomson; Cherra Khud, 2000
feet, C. B. Clarke, 41832 ; Nurtiung, 4000 feet, Hooker f.

et T. Thomson ; Jowai, 4000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 44751.
Distrib. Endemic.

71. Carex composita, Boott; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 724.
7. Mishmi; Premsong's, Griffith, 464, Kew n. 6080.
8. Assam, Jenkins. Khasia, Griffith, 4000-6000 feet,
Hooker et T. Thomson ; Cherra, J. D. Hooker; Kalapani,
J. D. Hooker, 1354; Vale of Rocks, 5000 feet, C. B.
Clarke, 45472; Boga Pani, 4000 feet, C. B. Clarke,
44878 ; Dingling, 5000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 18450;
Shiliong, 5300 fect, C. .B. Clarke, 38363 ; Monai, 5000
feet, C. B. Clarke, 43991. Naga Hills, 5800 feet, C. B.
Clarke, 41155.
10. Mergui, Griffith, 118.
Distrib. Endemic.

72. Carex DESPONSA, Boott; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 124.
8. Khasia, alt. 5000-6000 feet, Moflong and Mairung Woods,
J. D. Hooker, 1417.
Distrib. Endemic.

73. Carex sciTULA, Boott; Hook. f. l. e. vi. 724.

7. Mishmi: Khosha's, Griffith, Kew n. 6097.
Distrib. Endemic.

124 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

74. CAREX INSIGNIS, Boott; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 725.

7. Nepal: Khabili R., 5000-6000 feet (near Sikkim), J. D.
Hooker. Sikkim, 5000-7000 feet, J. D. Hooker; Khur-
siong, 7000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 35964. Bhotan: Sanal,
6500 feet, Griffith, Kew n. 6062.

8. Assam, Jenkins. Khasia: Kalapani, 4000-6000 feet,
Hooker f. et T. Thomson; Myrung, Griffith, Kew n. 6061 ;
Jowye, 4000 feet, J. D. Hooker.

Distrib. Endemic.

75. CAREX POLYCEPHALA, Boott; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 725.
7. Sikkim ; Tonglo, 10,000 feet, J. D. Hooker; Tonglo,
8000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 85595; Dikeeling, 8000 feet,
C. B. Clarke, 27875.
Distrib. Endemic.

76. Carex WALKERI, Boott; Hook. f.l. c. vi. 725.
3. Nilgherries : Canoor, 6000-7500 feet, C. B. Clarke, 11002,
11038, 11065.
4. Ceylon, Gardner, 942; Pedrotalagalla, 7000 feet, T'hwaites,
2751.
Distrib. Endemic.

77. CAREX DECORA, Boott; Hook. f. l c. vi. 725.

7. Sikkim: Tonglo, 10,000 feet, J. D. Hooker; Tonglo,
9000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 35737 ; Sundukphoo, 10,000 feet,
C. B. Clarke, 35673; Chola, 11,000-12,000 feet, J. D.
Hooker.

8. Naga Hills: Pulinatadze, 7700 feet, Prain (not certainly
identified).

Distrib. Endemic.

78. CAREX ARRIDENS, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi. 726.
10. Nattoung, 4000 feet, Kurz.
11. Sarut Perah, 3000-3500 feet, hb. King, 2801.
Distrib. Endemic.

79. Carex DALTONI, Boott ; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 726.
7. Sikkim: Choongtam, 8000 feet, J. D. Hooker. Upper
Sikkim, Pantling. Bhotan, Griffith, 2664, Kew n. 6086.
Distrib. Endemic.

SUBSUBARFAS OF BRITISH INDIA, 125

80. CAREX INEQUALIS, C. B. Clarke; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi.
726.
1. Kumaon, 8000-9000 feet, Duthie, 6114, 6117.
7. Sikkim: Lachen, 9000-11,000 feet, J. D. Hooker.
Distrib. Endemic.

81. Carex WINTERBOTTOMI, C. B. Clarke; Hook. f.l. c. vi. 727.
1. Kumaon: Jugthana Pass, 8000 feet, Strachey d Winter-
bottom, 16.
Distrib. Endemic.

82. Carex PULCHRA, Boott; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 727.
7. East Nepal: R. Tambur, J. D. Hooker. Sikkim: Lachen
7000-11,000 feet, J. D. Hooker.
Distrib. Endemic.

83. Carex MUNDA, Boott; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 727.

7. Sikkim: Lachen, 11,000-13,000 feet, J. D. Hooker:
Jongri, 13,000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 26092. Sundukphoo,
12,000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 34988. North-east Sikkim,
Cummins.

Distrib. Endemic.

H

84. Carex STRACHEYI [Duthie in] T. E. Atkinson, Gaz. x.
(1886 ?] p. 618; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 727.

1. Kumaon: Madhari Pass, 8000 feet, Strachey 4 Winter-
bottom, 18. Gurhwal: Kuari Pass, 12,000-13,000 feet,
Duthie, 5000.

Distrib. Endemic.

85. CAREX CURVATA, Boott; Hook. f.l. c. vi. 728.
7. Sikkim: Lachen and Tungu, 12,000-13,000 feet, J. D
Hooker.
Distrib. Endemic.

86. CAREX INCLINIS, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi. 728.
7. Sikkim: Lachen, 7000-13,000 feet, J. D. Hooker; Tonglo,
10,000 feet, J. D. Hooker; Sundukphoo, 12,000 feet,
C. B. Clarke, 34992, 34994. Upper Sikkim, Pantling.
Distrib. Endemic.

87. CAREX FRAGILIS, Boott; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 728.
7. Sikkim: Lachen and Lachoong, 9000-11,000 feet, J. D.
Hooker.
Distrib. Eudemic.

126 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

88. CAREX MUNIPOORENSIS, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. Fl. Brit.
Ind. vi. 729.
9. Munipoor: Jopoo, 9500 feet, Watt, 6894, 7462.
Distrib. Endemic,

89. Carex SPECIOSA, Kunth; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 729.

3. Kanara, 2000 feet, Talbot, 2282. Pulnevs, Wight, 3175.

5. Madras Peninsula, Wight, 2380. Courtallum, Wight,
991. Rajmahl Hills, Wallich, 3391. Parasnath, 4200
feet, C. B. Clarke, 33783.

7. East Nepal: R. Khabili and R. Jwa, 4000-6000 feet,
J. D. Hooker ; R. Teesta, 1000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 11968.

8. East Bengal, Griffith, Kew n. 6100. Khasia, Griffith ;
Moflong, 5500 feet, J. D. Hooker, 2009. Vale of Rocks,
5000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 45214.

Distrib. Endemic.

90. CAREX RADICALIS, Boott; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 729.
7. Sikkim: Lachen, 10,000-11,000 feet, J. D. Hooker.
Distrib. Endemic.

91. CAREX curticeps, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi. 729.

7. Sikkim : Singalehah, 10,000-12,000 feet, C. .B. Clarke,
13373, 25644. Sundukphoo, 12,000 feet, C. .B. Clarke,
34985. North-east Sikkim, Pantling.

Distrib. Endemic.

92. CAREX ALPINA, Swartz; Hook. f. l c. vi. 730.

1. Gilgit, 9000-10,000 feet, Duthie, 12404. Kishtwar, 10,000
feet, T. Thomson. Kashmir: Barzil, 10,500 feet, C. B.
Clarke, 29617; Kunzlwan, 7500 feet, C. B. Clarke,
29352. Chini, Jacguemont, 466, 1357, 1560. Kunawur,
Royle, 123. Kumaon, 14,000-15,000 feet, Duthie, 3468.
Astore, Strachey § Winterbottom, 755. Garrys Valley,
Strachey & Winterbottom, 4.

2. Kuram, 11,000 feet, Aitchison, 1243.

7. Sikkim: Yeumtong, 15,000 feet, J. D. Hooker.

Distrib. Cold North Hemisphere.

CAREX ALPINA, Swartz:
Var. ß. EROSTRATA, Boott; Hook. f. 1. c. vi. 730.
1. Kunawur, Lippa, Royle, 61. Tibet, 15,000 feet, Strache
4 Winterbottom, 1565.
Distrib. Endemic.

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 127

CAREx ALPINA, Swartz:
Var. y. GRACILENTA, Strachey ; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 730.
1. Kumaon, 10,000 feet, Strachey $ Winterbottom, 675.
7. Sikkim: Lachen, 11,000-14,000 feet, J. D. Hooker.
Distrib. Endemic.

93. Carex LEHMANNI, Drejer; Hook. f.l. c. vi. 730.

1. Tihri-Gurhwal, 11,000-12,000 feet, Duthie, 58. West
Nepal, Nampa Gadh, 11,000-12,000 feet, Duthie, 6113.
Nepal, Wallich, 3381.

7. Sikkim: Yeumtong, 12,000 feet, J. D. Hooker; Jongri,
13,000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 25818.

Distrib. Endemic.

94. CAREX OBSCURA, Nees; Hook. f. l.c. vi. 731.

1. Taranda, Royle, 118, 112 part; Shealkur, 9000 feet,
Munro, 2449. Kashmir: Gulmurg, 9000-10,000 feet,
Duthie, 11372. Kunawur, Jacquemont, 476. Kumaon:
Rulam R., 10,500 feet, Strachey Ar Winterbottom, 1487.

7. Sikkim: Sundukphoo, 12,000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 34974.

Distrib. Endemic.

CAREX OBSCURA, Nees :
Var. 6. BRACHYCARPA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi. 731.

1. West Himalaya, Munro, 2422. Simla, 9000-11,000 feet,
Browne, 7382. Tihri-Gurhwal, 11,000-12,000 feet, Duthie,
61. West Nepal, 10,000-11,000 feet, Duthie, 6112.

7. Sikkim: Yeumtong, 12,000 feet, J. D. Hooker; Lachen
and Kankola, 11,000-12,000 feet, J. D. Hooker ; Putung-
la, hb. King, 4407. North-east Sikkim, Cummins.

Distrib. Endemic.

95. CAREX ATRATA, Linn.; Hook. f. l.c. vi. 731.

1. Kashmir: Barzil, 11,300 feet, C. B. Clarke, 29722; Sona-
murg, 11,000 feet, W. S. Atkinson. Sind Valley, 11,500
feet, C. B. Clarke, 31042.

7. Sikkim: Lachen and Tungu, 11,000-17,000 feet, J. D.
Hooker ; Tookoo-la, hb. King, 4339. North-east Sikkim,
Cummins.

Distrib. Cold North Hemisphere.

96. Carex Durutet, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi. 731.

1. Gurhwal: Bhowani, 13,000-14,000 feet, Duthie, 4499.
Distrib. Endemic.

128 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

Carex Devater, C. B. Clarke:
Var. 3. GLACIALIS, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi.
732.
7. Sikkim: Momay, 15,000 feet, J. D. Hooker; Kankola,
15,000-17,000 feet, J. D. Hooker; Jongri, 13,000 feet,
C. B. Clarke, 26161.
Distrib. Endemic.

97. CAREX NtvALIS, Boott; Hook. f. l.c. vi. 732.

1. Gilgit, Giles. Ladak aud Nubra, 14,000-18,000 feet, T.
Thomson. Tibetand Zanskar, 12,000-15,000 feet, T. Thom-
son, Parang Pass, T. Thomson. Karakorum, 13,000-14,000
feet, C. B. Clarke, 30235, 30244, 30439, 30441. Chinese
Tartary, Munro, 2434. Dhunrao, 16,000 feet, Edgeworth.
Kunawur, Jacquemont, 486, 15,000-16,000 feet, T. Thomson.
Kashmir, 13,000-14,000 feet, Duthie, 18392, 13398, Aitehi-
son, 114. Tibet, 15,000 feet, Strachey d Winterbottom, 23.
Kumaon, Strachey $ Winterbottom, 1565 part; Ralum
Glacier, 13,000-14,000 feet, Duthie, 3469. Tihri-Gurhwal,
13,000-14,000 feet, Duthie, 371. Gurhwal, 10,500 feet,
Schlagintweit, 10067.

2. Kuram, Aitchison, 1242.

7. Sikkim: Lachen and Samdung, 11,000-17,000 feet, J. D.
Hooker.

Distrib. Cabul. Central Asia.

98. CAREX PSYCROPHILA, Nees; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 732.

1. West Himalaya, Falconer, 1165, Royle, 111. Kashmir:
Gulmurg, 8000-9000 feet, Duthie, 11417 ; Sreenuggur,
7800 feet, C. B. Clarke, 29099. Zanskar, 8000-12,000 feet,
T. Thomson. Kunawur, Royle, 124, 11,000 feet, Brandis.
Karli, 5000-8000 feet, Edgeworth. Kedarkanto, Royle,
113. Simla, 9000-10,000 feet, Duthie, 7381. Tihri-Gurh-
wal, Duthie, 63 part. Kumaon, T. Thomson, 1112; Kishen-
gunga, Strachey d Winterbottom, 602. Harung Ghat,
10,000-11,000 feet, Munro, 2424. Gurhwal, 10,000 feet,
Strachey d Winterbottom, 1150. Nipal, Wallich, 3393.

7. Sikkim, Yeumtong, 12,000 feet, J. D. Hooker.

Distrib. Endemic.

99. CAREX MELANANTHA, C. A. Meyer; Hook. f. l c. vi. 783.
1 Gnari Khorsum, Schlagintweit, 7019. Kashmir: Baltis-
than, 18,000-14,000 feet, Duthie, 12158 ; Liddar Valley,

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 129

13,000-14,000 feet, Duthie, 13360; Masjid Valley, 13,000
feet, Duthie, 13256; Barzil, 10,500 feet, C. B. Clarke,
29635; Zogi-la, 11,000 feet, T. Thomson; Sonamurg,
11,000 feet, JF. S. Atkinson, H. C. Levinge, C. B. Clarke,
27351. Marbul Pass, 10,500 feet, C. B. Clarke, 31290.
Lahoul, Jaeschke, 123 a.

Distrib. Cabul. Central Asia.

100. Carex Moorcrorrit, Z00lf ; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 733.
1. Tibet, 17,600 feet, Thorold, 25; Rockhill, 15,000 feet,
Strachey & Winterbottom, 13, Falconer, Lance, 288. Kara-
korum, 14,000 feet, Conway; Baltisthan, 12,000-13,000
feet, Duthie, 11942; Karakash, Cayley; Lanak Pass and
Parang Valley, 12,000-16,000 feet, T. Thomson. Kunawur,
Jacquemont, 1752, 1829. Piti, Jaequemont, 1957. Spiti,
Schlagintweit, 2538. Lahoul, Schlagintweit, 4127.
7. Sikkim, Kiangza and Bomtso, 16,000-17,000 feet, J. D.
Hooker. Pharee, Dunboo.
Distrib. Central Asia.

101. Carex supina, Wahlenb.; Hook. f. l.c. vi. 733.
1. Kumaon: Bugd war, Strachey A Winterbottom, 17 ; Jalinka,
14,000-15,000 fect, Duthie, 6098.
Distrib. Central Asia. Arctic Europe.

102. Carex USTULATA, Wahlenb. ; Hook. f. l. e. vi. 734.
1. Tibet, 17,200 feet, Strachey § Winterbottom, 1742 ; 16,500
feet, Littledale. Nubra, 15,000-17,000 feet, T. Thomson ;
Hanle and Sonamurg, 7. Thomson. Kunawur, Jacquemont,
1823. Nepal, Wallich, Nampa Gadh, 13,000-14,000 feet,
Duthie, 6109.
7. Sikkim: Momay, 17,000 feet, J. D. Hooker ; Yeumtong,
15,000 feet, J. D. Hooker; Tungu, 12,000-13,000 feet,
J. D. Hooker.
Distrib, Cold North Hemisphere.
[C. macrantha, Boeck. Cyp. Nove, Heft 1 [1888], p. 49, was
this species. ]

103. CAREX CRUENTA, Nees; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 734.
1. Gilgit, Giles, 121. Tibet: Kishengunja, 15,000 feet, Strachey
4” Winterbottom, 601; Barzil, 15,000 feet, Strachey g
Winterbottom, 615, 616. Kashmir: Kishtwar, 8000-14,000
LINN. JOURN.—BOTANY, VOL. XXXIV. K

130 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

feet, T. Thomson; Rembiana Valley, 8000 feet, C. B.
Clarke, 27350. Sind Valley, Jacquemont, 988; 10,000-
11,000 feet, Duthie, 11622. [Kunawur |, Jacquemont, 492.
502. Zanskar, T. Thomson. Tihri-Gurhwal, 11,000 feet,
Duthie, 59. Gurhwal, 15,000 feet, Strachey $ Winter-
bottom, 24, 25. Kumaon, Wallich, 3389 B.

7. Gosain Than, Wallich, 3389 A. Sikkim, Lachen, 13,000
feet, J. D. Hooker.

Distrib. Central Asia.

LC. heterolepis, Boeck. Cyp. Nove, Heft 1 [1888], p. 48, non

Boott, was this species. |

104. CAREX MACULATA, Boott; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 735.

3. Nilgiris, Wight; Canoor, 5000—7000 feet, C. B. Clarke,
10887, 10960.

4. Ceylon, Welker, Gardner, 944 part, Thwaites, 2630.

8. East Bengal, Griffith, Kew n. 6065. Khasia, Griffith;
Mausmai and Cherra Coalhill, 3750-4200 feet, C. B.Clarke,
43799, 43848.

Distrib. Korea. Japan. Australia.

105. Carex vicrvALIS, Boott; Hook. f. l.c. vi. 735.
3. Nilgiris, Schmidt.
Distrib. Endemic.

106. Carex JackraNa, Boott; Hook f. l e. vi. 735.

8. East Bengal, Griffith, Kew n. 6090. Khasia, Griffith,
6000 feet, Hooker f. & T. Thomson; 4000 feet, J. D.
Hooker, 1015 ; Shillong, 6000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 43435 ;
Mausmai to Cherra Coalhill, 3750-4200 feet, C. B. Clarke,
43726, 43850.

Distrib. Java. Japan.

CAREX JACKIANA, Boott:
Var. f. MINOR, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. e. vi. 735.
3. Nilgiri Mts., Canoor, 7000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 11061.
4. Ceylon, 5000 feet, Thwaites, 3198.
Distrib. Endemic.

107. Carex FUSIFORMIS, Nees; Hook. f. I. c. vi. 736.
1. Mussoorie, Royle, 88. Kumaon, Binsar, 7000 feet, Strachey
& Winterbottom, 10.
7. Sikkim: Lachen, 10,000-12,000 feet, J. D. Hooker.
Distrib. Endemic.

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 131

108. Carex FINITIMA, Boott; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 736.
7. Sikkim: Lachen, 10,000-12,000 feet, J. D. Hooker; Tonglo
Top, 10,000 feet, J. D. Hooker ; Tonglo, 9000 feet, C. B.
Clarke, 27406, 35026; Suudukphoo, 10,000 feet, C. B.
Clarke, 35059.
Distrib, Endemic.

CAREX FINITIMA, Boott:
Var. f. ATrENUATA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l.c. vi. 736.
8. Khasia: Vale of Rocks, 4500 feet, C. B. Clarke, 43675.
Distrib. Endemic.

109. Carex BREVISCAPA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. e. vi. 736.
4. Ambasamowa, Thwaites, 3781.
Distrib. Endemic.

110. Carex JAPONICA, Thunb.; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 736.
7. Nepal, Wall. Cat. 3395 part. Darjeeling, Griffith, Kew
n. 6079.
8. Khasia: Shillong Hills, 5500 feet, C. B. Clarke, 43451,
43161; Soor Pahar, 6000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 43656.

Distrib. Japan.

I think it quite possible, from the general state of the present
numbering of Wallich’s and of Griffith’s collections, that the
pieces of this plant ticketed “ Nepal,” “ Darjeeling,” respectively
may have been collected in Khasia.

CAREX JAPONICA, Thunb.:
Var. B. ALOPECUROIDES, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l.c. vi. 737.
7. Nepal, Wallich, n. 3395 partly. Darjeeling, Griffith.
Sikkim: Lachung, 6000 feet, J. D. Hooker; Rungait,
1000 feet, J. D. Hooker.
8. Khasia : Nunklao, 3750 feet, J. D. Hooker, C. B. Clarke,
44049.
9. Muneypoor : Keyang, 8400 feet, Watt, 6710.
Distrib. Japan.

111. Carex DILUTA, Bieb.; Hook. f. l.c. vi. 737.
1. Baltisthan, 8000 feet, Skardo to Dras, C. B. Clarke, 29966
30511; Shigar, C. B. Clarke, 30078.
2. Beloochisthan, Stocks.

H

132 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

Distrib. Cabul and Central Asia to Lapland and the Azores.
TC. Aitchisoni, Boeck. in Flora, lxiii. [1880], p. 456, was this
species. ]

112. Carex Mvxnor, C. B. Clarkein Hook. f. Fu. Brit. Ind. vi. 738.
1. Kunawur: Nako, 11,500 feet, Munro, 2431.
Distrib. Endemic.

113. Carex FERRUGINEA, Scop. ; Hook. f. I. e. vi. 738.
1. Kashmir: Pir Pinjul, 11,000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 28773.
Distrib. Central Asia and Alpine Europe.

114. Carex TRISTIS, Bieb.; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 788.
1. Karakorum, 14,500 feet, C. B. Clarke, 30224. Kashmir :
Burji-la, 13,000--14,000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 29837, 29868 ;
Dras, 11,000-12,000 feet, Duthie, 13797 ; Liddar Valley,
13,000 feet, Duthie, 13390.
Distrib. Central Asia.

115. Carex FLAVA, Linn.; Hook. f. l.c. vi. 739.
1. Kashmir: Ramu, Jacqguemont, 436 ; 6000 feet, C. B. Clarke,
28192; Dras, 11,000 feet, T. Thomson; Gurais, 8000
feet, C. B. Clarke, 29195.

Distrib. North Temperate Regions. [There are examples of
C. flava, or at least of closely-allied forms marked by Boott or
other competent men C. flava, from Tasmania, South Africa,
Temperate South America. |

116. CAREX soncorica, Karel. et Kiril.5 Hook. f. l. c. vi. 739.
1. Kashmir: Gurais to Barzil, 8000-9000 feet, C. B. Clarke,
29484, 29605; Dras, 10,000-11,000 fect, Duthie, 13702.
2. Kuram, Aitchison, 602.
Distrib. Cabul. Central Asia. Mandschuria. (But will be
much wider if the plant be esteemed a Var. of C. nutans, Host.)

117. Carex ROSTRATA, Stokes; Hook. f. l. e. vi. 740.

1. Kashmir, Jacquemont, 1024; Dras, 10,000-11,000 feet,
Duthie, 11728, 13696, 13868; Zogi-la, 11,000 feet, 7.
Thomson; Deosai, 13,500 feet, C. B. Clarke, 29522 ;
Gurais, 8000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 29484. ` Lahoul,
Jaeschke, 123. Kishengunga, Strachey, 603. Kumaon:
Kutti Yangti, 15,000 feet, Duthie, 6107.

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 133

7. Sikkim: Lachen, 9000-12,000 feet, J. D. Hooker. Bhotan,
Griffith, 2665.
Distrib. Cool Northern Regions.

118. Carex vestcarta, Linn.; Hook.f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 740.
1. Kashmir: Marzan Pass, 11,500 feet, JV. S. Atkinson.
Distrib. Cool Northern Regions.

119. Carex PsEUDO-CYPERUS, Linn.; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 740.
1. Kashmir, 6000 feet, T. Thomson; Pir Pinjul, 11,000 feet,
H. C. Levinge.
Distrib. Cool Northern Regions, [There are examples from
Temperate South America, and from the Cape, considered this
species by competent men. |

120. CAREX ACUTIFORMIS, Ehrh.; Hook. f. l.c. vi. 740.
1. Kashmir: Ganderbal, 6000 feet, Z. Thomson. Lahoul,
Jaeschke, 277 part.
Distrib. Cool Northern Regions.

121. CAREX rUMIDA, Boott: Hook. f. l. c. vi. 741.
7. Sikkim, 8000-10,000 feet, J. D. Hooker; Khursiong, 6000
feet, C. B. Clarke, 26, 662.
8. Khasia: Shillong, 6000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 43392.
Distrib. Endemic.

122. Carex OLIVACEA, Boott; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 741.

7. Sikkim, 1000-2000 feet, J. D. Hooker.

8. Assam, Jenkins, Masters; Luckimpore, 300 feet, C. B.
Clarke, 37346; Kamroop, 1000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 43251.
Cachar, Keenan.

Distrib. Java. Japan.

123. CAREX LOBULIROSTRIS, Drejer; Hook. f. l.c. vi. 741.
4. Ceylon, Walker, Wight, 1296, Gardner, 946; 6000-7000
feet, Thwaites, 2633.
Distrib. Endemic.

124. CanEX LURIDA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l.c. vi. 742.
7. Sikkim: Lachen, 8000-12,000 feet, J. D. Hooker. Bhotan :
Chupcha, 8000 feet, Griffith, 1067, Kew n. 6066.
Distrib, Endemic.

134 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

125. Carex ruscirRUCTUS, C. D. Clarke in Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind.
vi. 742.
8. Luckimpore : Makum, 300 feet, C. B. Clarke, 37814.
Distrib. Endemic.

126. Carex Fiacca, Schreb. ; Hook. f.l. c. vi. 742.
2. Sind, Pinwill.
Distrib. Temperate North Hemisphere.

127. CAREX SETIGERA, D. Don; Hook. f.l. c. vi. 743.

1. Kashmir: R. Banahal and Badarwar, T. Thomson. Kuna-
wur, Jacquemont, 1207. Pangi, T. Thomson. North-west
Himalaya, Royle, 143; Topa, Hill, Fleming ; Mussoorie,
Jameson, Jacquemont, 491. Nami Tal, T. Thomson, 534
part, Strachey § Winterbottom, 204. Nepal, Wallich,

3385.
4 7. Sikkim: Choongtam, 7000 feet, J. D. Hooker; Lachen,

8000 feet, J. D. Hooker. Firkit, King's Collector.
Distrib. Endemic.

128. Carex ScHLAGINTWEITIANA, Boeck.; Hook. f. l.c. vi. 743.
1. Kashmir: Ruttun Pir, 7000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 28365.
North-west Himalaya, 7. Thomson. Jummoo, 8000 feet,
Brandis. Kunawur, 10,000 feet, Brandis. Simla, 6000-
7000 feet, Schlagintweit, 9039, Brandis.
2. Sind, Pinwill.
Distrib. Yarkand.

129. Carex INANIS, Kunth; Hook. f. l.c. vi. 743.

1. Kashmir: Ruttun Pir, 7000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 28369.
Simla, Jacquemont, 961; Fagu, T. Thomson. Tihri-Gurh-
wal, 9000-10,000 feet, Duthie, 68. Gurhwal, T. Thomson,
534 part. Kedarkanta, Royle, 131. Naini Tal, 6400 feet,
Strachey § Winterbottom, 15. Kumaon, 7000-8000 feet,
Duthie, 3467, 11,000 feet, Duthie, 6099.

7. Sikkim, 8600 feet, Treutler, 430; Lachen and Yangma
Guola, 7000-13,000 feet, J. D. Hooker ; R. Kulhait, 7000
feet, C. B. Clarke, 12993; Tumbok, 10,000 feet, C. B.
Clarke, 12892.

Distrib. Endemic.

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA, 135

130. Carex KASHMIRENSIS, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. Fl. Brit.
Jnd. vi. 743.

1. Kashmir: Pir Pinjul, -Jacgwemont, 559. Kishtwar, 15,000
feet, T. Thomson. Sind Valley, 11,500 feet, C. B. Clarke,
31036, 31039 ; Tragbol, 10,200 feet, C. B. Clarke, 29223 ;
Goorais, 10,000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 29281.

Distrib, Endemic.

131. Carex HEMATOSTOMA, Nees; Hook. f. 1. e. vi. 744.

1. Nubra, 15,000-17,000 feet, 7. Thomson. Kashmir: Liddar
Valley, 13,000-14,000 feet, Duthie, 13359; Baltal, T.
Thomson. Kunawur, Jacquemont, 1541, Royle, 116,
T. Thomson, 2035. Chinese Tartary, 7000-9000 feet,
Munro, 2441. Kumaon, Strachey g Winterbottom, 9;
13,000-14,000 feet, Duthie, 3470.

7. Sikkim: Lachen and Yeumtung, 11,000-13,000 feet, J. D.
Hooker ; Phalung and Samding, 16,000-17,000 feet, J. D.
Hooker; Jongri, 13,000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 25781.
Chumbi, King's Collector.

Distrib. Central Asia.

132. CAREX HIRTELLA, Drejer; Hook. f.l. e. vi. 744.

1. Skardo: ascent to Deosai, Strachey § Winterbottom, 868,
864. Kashmir: Pir Pinjul, Jacquemont, 554; Margan
Pass, 9500 feet, W. S. Atkinson; Kishtwar, 15,000 feet,
T. Thomson; Vilail, 12,500 feet, C. B. Clarke, 30660.
Chumba: Sauch Pass, 7. Thomson. Kunawur, Jacque-
mont, 1415, Royle, 120, 122. Tihri-Gurhwal, 9000-10,000
feet, Duthie, 62.

2. Kuram Valley, 11,000 feet, Aitchison, 1007.

Distrib. Endemic.

133. Carex CARDIOLEPIS, Nees; Hook. f. l. e. vi. 744.

1. Kashmir, Falconer, 1163 ; Islamabad to R. Banahal,
8000—10,000 feet, 7. Thomson ; Alibad, 10,000-11,000 feet,
C. B. Clarke, 28919, 28953 ; Tihri-Gurhwal, 8000-9000
feet, Duthie, 3:3; Sirmoor, Jacquemont, 961; Surkunda,
9000-10,000 feet, Edgeworth; Mussoorie, Royle, 146,
10,000 feet, Munro, 2430, Duthie, 2119. Kumaon, 10,000
feet, Strachey § Winterbottom, 8.

2. Kuram, Aitchison, 415, 1244.

Distrib. Cabul.

136 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

134. Carex HarnERIANA, Asso; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 745.
2. Sind, Pinwill.
Distrib. From Cabul to Central Europe. Also (a subspecies)
in North America.

135. Carex LÆTA, Boott; Hook. f. l. e. vi. 745.
7. Sikkim: Tungu, 12,000-13,000 feet, J. D. Hooker.
Distrib. Endemic.

136. Carex setosa, Boott; Hook. f. 1. e. vi. 745.
1. Kashmir: Sind Valley, 12,000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 30994 ;
Pir Pinjul, 11,000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 28883. Tihri-Gurh-
wal, 10,000-12,000 feet, Duthie, 56, 60.
7. Sikkim: Lachen, 9000-12,000 feet, J. D. Hooker. Namdee,
12,000 feet, Pantling.
Distrib. Endemic.

137. CAREX orraocanpa, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. e. vi. 746.
1. Karakorum, 12,750 feet, C. B. Olarke, 30436. Dras-Skardo,
12,500 feet, C. B. Clarke, 30533.
Distrib, Endemie.

138. Carex BREVICULMIS, J Br. ; Hook. f 1. e. vi. 746.

1. Mussoorie, Royle, 152, 6000 teet, Munro, 2428. Simla,
9000-10,000 feet, Duthie, 7383. Kumaon, 7000 feet,
T. Thomson.

2. Sind, Pinwill.

3. Nilgherries : Canoor, 7000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 10830.

8. Khasia: Shillong, 5000-5600 fec t, C. B. Clarke, 48616,
44092 ; Vale of Rocks, 4500 feet, C. B. Clarke, 43700.

9. Muneypoor: Khongui, 6000 feet, Watt, 6341.

Distrib. Japan. China. Australia. New Zealand.

139. CAREX NEMOSTACHYS, Sfeud.; Hook. f. l. c. vi. 746.

8. Khasia: Myrung, Griffith, 1256, Kew n. 6078, J. D.
Hooker, 1939; Kalapani, 5000-6000 feet, J. D. Hooker ;
Nongkrem, J. D. Hooker, 2245: Moflong, J. D. Hooker ;

Nurtiung, J. D. Hooker. Garo Hills, Suwangiri, 1200
feet, C. B. Clarke, 42984,
Distrib. China. Japan.,

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 137

140. Carex Warnrcurawa, Nees; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi.
747.

1. Kashmir: Oolar Lake, Strachey 4 Winterbottom; Naoshera,
Jacguemont, 333 ; Rawul Pindee, Aitchison, 1127. North-
west Himalaya, Royle, 114. Dehra Dhoon, King.
Kumaon, Munro, 9421; 1500 feet, Strachey § Winter-
bottom.

2. Jullundur, 900 feet, T. Thomson. Sind, Pinwill. Oudh
Terai, Wallich, 3330.

6. Saharunpore, Jacquemont. Moradabad, T. Thomson, 464.
Delhi Canal, Edgeworth.

7. Nepal, Wallich, 3379. Tonglo, Lister.

8. Jorhaut, Griffith; Gowhatti, Booth. Cachar, Keenan.

9. Wulloboon, Griffith, 22, Kew n. 6071.

Distrib. Cabul.

141. Carex LIGULATA, Nees; Hook. f. 1. e. vi. 747.

1. Kashmir, Falconer, 1164. Mussoorie, Royle, 115. Kumaon,
7000 feet, Strachey § Winterbottom, 1934; Ranikhet,
5000-6000 feet. Duthie, 6119.

3. Nilgherries: Canoor, 5000-7000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 10826,
10888.

4. Peradenia, Thwaites, 2750.

7. Nepal: R. Khabili, J. D. Hooker.

8. Khasia: Shillong, 6000 feet, C. B. Clarke, 38688.

Distrib. China. Japan.

142. Carex HEBECARPA, C. A. Meyer; Hook. f. l. e. vi. 747.
7. Nepal, Wallich, 3379.
9. Muneypoor : Karong & Moa, 4000-5800 feet, C. B. Clarke,
41779, 4200.
Distrib. Endemic.

A REX HEBECARPA, C. A. Meyer:
Var. B. LACHNOSPERMA, C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. l. c. vi.
747.
7. Nepal: R. Khabili, 5000-6000 feet, J. D. Hooker.
8. Khasia, Griffith, Kew n. 6063; Nunklao, 5000-6000 feet,
J. D. Hooker, 1880.
Distrib. Cochinchina.

138 MB. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

CONCLUSIONS.
Nore (A). On the Distribution of the Sub-Order Mapanie®
in India.

The whole material that has come through my hands from the
herbaria is only 114 collections, representing 22 closely-allied
species. Nevertheless, much may be proved by this scanty
material; for the plants are large or striking, and if they are
not collected while obscure Scirpus, Fimbristylis, are collected in
abundance, we may assume that the individuals of Mapaniz are
not numerous and that they are in very narrow localities.

(The whole sub-order lies between 27? N. L. and 27° S. L. in
both hemispheres except the distinct genera Chrysothrix at the
Cape and Chorisandra in Cape Town.) |

The two large genera Mapania and Hypolytrum occur in
America, Africa, Asia, and Oceania, and are concomitant every-
where (remarkable if the view of Pax of their wide separation is
correct): thus, in India there is a cluster of Hypolytrum
in Ceylon, also of Mapania; there is a cluster of Hypolytrum
down the Malay Peninsula to Singapore, also of Mapania. The
two genera are similarly linked in the American distribution, the
centre of gravity for both being in Guiana and Lower Amazon.

The aetual Indian distribution is (1) Ceylon (South and West),
continued up the Malabar Ghats to Bombay. (2) Singapore
and Malay Peninsula, continued up through Pegu and Chittagong
to the Brubmapootra—with one species in Sikkim.

Nore (B). The Geographie Distribution of the Caricinex
of India.

The Caricinez are especially worth attention in their geographic
distribution, because they are strictly indigenous ; of the 1117
examples above tabulated, there is perhaps not one that was not
truly wild. Of Cyperus, Fimbristylis, &e., huge quantities of
many species are cultivated by man with his corn; of Aobresia
and Carex I know no cornfield weed or species that accompanies
man in any way.

In order to shorten the present article, the Indian Caricinese
are arranged in three groups, viz. :—(1) Proprie, i. e. the sect.
Proprie of Eu-Carex, the few closely-allied sect. Atrate being
thrown in; (2) the sect. Indice of Eu- Carex; (3) the remainder
of Cariciuez, being mainly Vignea (with Kobresia and the few

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 139

species of Eu-Carex sect. 4. Rare thrown in) The species
then number (a very few strongly marked forms being treated
as species) :—

Non-Endemic. Endemic. Total.
Proprig.................. 32 20 52
Indice .................. 7 46 53
Vignea, ke. ............ 25 32 57

64 95 162

The Nilghiri Hills with the Mountains of Ceylon, and much
intermediate mountainous and jungly country as Travancore,
Anamallays, Pulneys, Courtallum will be referred to as the Nilghiri-
Ceylon Region. The whole hilly and jungly region from Khasia
to Singapore will be referred to as the Eastern Region.

The component parts of the Non-Eudemie Indian Caricinew
will be arranged as the European component, the Central-Asian,
the Eastern.

Beginning with the Non-Endemie Proprie,—we find that, of
the 32 species, 14 belong to tlie * European component "—they
enter India at the North-west corner and occupy the higher
levels, 8000-12,000 feet, of our West Himalayan subsubarea ;
they extend no farther into India, only one or two of them have
been collected in Upper Sikkim. These are species of Cooler
(Northern and Alpine) Europe which have uearly all been found
in the Caucasus and intermediate regions; many of these West
Himalayan species reach England (as C. flava, Linn., C. rostrata,
Stokes, C. vesicaria, Linn., C. acutiformis, Ehrh., C. Pseudo-
cyperus, Linn.). The somewhat isolated ©. Wallichiana, Nees,
extends from Cabul to Ava; but of the preceding European-
component l4, not one reaches Khasia, far less does any one
exeeute the jump to Malabaria.

'The Central-Asian component of the Non-Endemie Proprie,
of 8 species only, reaches only the high Himalaya, 10,000-16,000
fect: it is a component of the Indian flora merelv because we
extend our politieal north frontier of India into the high plateau
of Central Asia.

The Eastern component of the Non-Endemie Proprie contains
9 species also found in China, Japan, or Malaya; with one very
widespread species, C. breviculmis, R. Br, which is scattered
from New Zealand and Japan to the West Himalaya. Of this
Eastern component we find that 4 species iuhabit Khasia and

140 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON TITE

also the Nilghiri-Ceylon region, being absent in the directly
intervening area of Bengal, Central India, &e. (1000 miles). It
is sugzested below that the Eastern component which reappears
so strongly in the Nilghiri-Ceylon region came vid Sumatra.

The Endemic Proprie emphasizes what the Non-Endemic
teach us of Geography: of the 20 species 12 are high-level
West Himalayan, 5 are included between Sikkim and East Assam,
3 are of Nilghiri-Ceylon.

The component parts of the Zndice will be considered under
the same heads as the Proprice.

As to the Non-Endemie 7 species, 5 belong to the Eastern
component, and of these 3 also oceur in the Nilghiri-Ceylon
region. One of these latter, C. baccans, Nees, creeps up the
Malabar Ghats northwards; I have seen two examples labelled
“ Bombay,” but am not sure how near Bombay town these
were got.

As to the remaining two Non-Endemic Indice, one is the rare
C. sanguinea, Boott, of which I have seen two examples only—
(a) from the Murree woods; (b) from Cabul; the other is the
C. eruciata, Wahlenb., a species (as understood in the “Flora of
British India") scattered from Madagascar to China; but both
itself and its varieties are so diftieult to define botanieally, that
1 do not think it safe to draw any deductions from its area of
habitation.

The Endemic Indice are 46: of these 17 are in Sikkim or
West Himalaya or both (mostly at temperate levels); 17 are in
Sikkim or Assam or both; 9 are in the Nilghiri-Ceylon region,
whereof C. mercarensis extends north up the Malabar Ghats
nearly to Bombay. The remaining 3 endemic species have more
unusual areas of habitation :—C. plebeia grows at the 1500-2000
level throughout Chota Nagpore; it is so closely allied to the
abundant C. filicina, Nees, that it might be reckoned the Chota
Nagpore geographie race of that species; C. stramentitia, Boeck.,
plentiful in the East Himalaya and Assam, oceurs also on
Parasnath (in Chota Nagpore) at 4000 feet alt.; C. speciosa,
Kunth, a strongly-marked isolated (but very variable) species,
is found in Malabar, Chota Nagpore, East Himalaya, Assam.
Keeping in view the short distance from the Garo Hills or
from Sikkim to Rajmahl, it is an important observation that so

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 141

few plants have been able to struggle across 200 or 250 miles.
It is true that the rising of the Himalaya is a thing of yesterday ;
stil there have been considerable oscillations in level since,
and Khasia was there long before; how few species have been
carried across by birds, drift-wood, and other aecidents! The
Flora of Chota Nagpore is worth a special review ; it is essentially
that of Central India, but there are a very few species which have
got across from Khasia; such are the strongly-marked Fimbri-
stylis Hookeri, Boeck., less certainly the (Campanulaceous)
Cephalostigma Hookeri, C. B. Clarke.

The Carex sect. Indice are pre-eminently subtropical: they
are abundant in species and in individuals in India, but exteud
little beyond India—only a few species of the Sect. have been
received from China, a few from Atrica and Trop. America,

Considering the component portions of the Vignee, &c. under
the same heads :— We have 9 species that belong to the European
component (such as C. divise, lludsou, C. incurva, Lightf.,
C. vulgaris, Fries) ; these extend from Temperate Europe (several
from England) to the North-west Himalaya; here they occur
at bigh levels, and very few reach east even to North Sikkim.
There are 4 species (3 of which are Kobresias) which represent
the Central Asian component, and just enter the higher
Himalaya.

There are 7 species belonging to the Eastern component, only
in East Himalaya or Khasia; no one of these extends down the
Malay Peninsula, and (therefore ?) no one is found in the Nilghiri-
Ceylon area.

The 5 remaining Non-Endemic species have a much more
extensive range; they are abundant plants, and all oceur in
the Nilghiri-Ceylon Region, viz. :—

(1) C. nubigena, D. Dou—from Cabul to China.

(2) C. longipes, D. Don—from Nepal to China.

(3) C. brunnea, Thunb.—Mascarenia to Japan, Australia,

Sandwich Isles.

(4) C. phacota, Spreng.—from South Africa to Japan.

(5) C. rara, Boott—Khasia to Japan, Borneo, Australia.

The Endemic Vignee, Ae, (32), follow closely the example of
the Endemic Proprie and Indiee—one, C. Arnottiana, Dreier,
is confined to Ceylon; the remaining 31 are confined to the

142 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

Himalaya and Khasia, except that the Khasia C. longicruris
reappears in the Nilghiri-Ceylon region. To say more about
these, would be to repeat what has been said about the Proprie
and Indice.

Summing up the geographical distribution of the Caricineæ,
we see that there are 2 major and 2 minor Non-Endemic Com-
ponents in the Indian Flora, to which parallel Endemie Com-
ponents correspond, These are:—(1) the European, (2) the
Eastern, (3) the Central Asian, (4) the few Hemispheric.

(1) The European non-endemic species (27) enter India at the
north-west angle and extend half of them over our West
Himalayan tract, half of them to East Himalaya or Assam.
With these are 55 endemic Himalayan plants.

(2) The Eastern species of Assam and the East Himalaya, a few
extending down the Malay Peninsula. These may be
reckoned 23 species, whereof 6 reappear in the Nilghiri-
Ceylon Region. With these are 4 endemic Nilghiri-Ceylon
species, and 22 Eastern endemic species, whereof 3 reappear
in the Nilghiri-Ceylon region.

(3) The Central-Asian component of 12 non-endemic species
which just enter the high Himalaya from the North, and with
which may be arranged perhaps 8 endemic plants— Kobresias
and high-level Carices—which are altogether Central Asian
in character,

(4) The Hemisph&rie component, of 5 to 7 species, which are
scattered from Africa to Japan, Sandwich Islands, and New
Zealand.

It will be noticed that, omitting very few species of which few
examples have been collected, the areas of the Caricinee in
India do not fill up one-third the whole area of the Empire.
This is not entirely a question of elevation-above-sea and cool-
ness, for there are large areas of the Deecan at considerable
elevation where no Carex has yet been found, while there are
several species in Assam that have (as yet) only been found at
low elevations. It is more a matter of moisture; but from
Chittagong to Singapore Carex is not prominent, though the
country is moist enough as well as jungly and hilly enough.

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. 143

The Distribution of the Indian Cyperacex compared with
that of the Cariciner.

ScLErIA.— In this genus, of the 29 species in India, 11 occur
in only one of the regions discussed under Carieinex, and. there-
fore prove little. Two or three are rice-field weeds—hemispherie
or cosmopolitan in area. But there are no less than 11 species of
our Eastern Region which extend also to our Nilghiri-Ceylon
Region ; several of these are South Malay, not extending north
to Khasia, and therefore support the theory that the Nilghiri-
Ceylon component of the Indian Flora was derived from the
same source as the Eastern, but did not come to Ceylon from
Khasia, vid Chota Nagpore. Specially to be noted in this argu-
ment are Scleria zeylanica, which extends from Borneo to Pegu,
but not farther north ; Sel. chinensis, Kunth, which is found in
Ceylon, Singapore, Malaya; Sel. Nees, Kunth, found in Ceylon
and Malaya.

The Suborder Mapaniex, en masse, belong to the Eastern
component of the Indian flora; they lie in the Malay Peninsula,
one species, Hypolytrum latifolium, L. C. Rich., extending to
Khasia and Sikkim, with an important parallel group in the
Nilghiri-Ceylon Region. The closely-allied species occur either
in the Malay Peninsula (a few in Pegu) or in Ceylon. The
strongly-marked Lepironia occurs in Ceylon and in the extreme
south of the Malay Peninsula (also in Mascarenia, Australia).

Remrrea is confined to South India, but itis a sea-shore plant,
and its distribution proves little beyond this.

Gaunta is specially an Australian genus, two species of which
extend to the South Malay Peninsula.

CLADIUM is specially Australian, Cladium Maingayi and
C. glomeratum reach the South Malay Peninsula. ©. undu-
latum, Thwaites, is confined to Ceylon and Malaya. ©. riparium
yar. crassa is only known from the sea-coast of Bengal and
Ceylon; the abundant growth of this at 5000 feet elevation at
Shillong may possibly yet be that of an introduced plant.

Ryncuospora.—R. glauca, Vahl, and its var. Griffithii occur
in our Eastern Region, also in Nilghiri-Ceylon. R. gracillima,
C. B. Clarke, oceurs in our Eastern Region, also in the Nilghiri-
Ceylon Region (also in the Nicobars). The remaining species
occur either in our Eastern Region or in the Nilghiri-Ceylon
Region.

144 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE

I refrain from analyzing in detail the Seirpez and Cyperev ;
we should find in them many speeies common to our Eastern and
Nilghiri-Ceylon Regions, and numerous groups with represen-
tative species in those two Regions; we should also find the
European component, distinctly marked, coming into India at the
north-west angle in the shape of Eriophorum, some Scirpus, &c.
Still, owing to the large number of cosmopolitan species aud
weeds of enltivation in the Seirpez and Cypere, I do not think
a laborious analysis would add much to the very strong illustra-
tions given by the other suborders.

The existing Flora of British India is supposed to be made up
of five principal eomponents, in order of time as follows :—

(1) The Flora of the uncultivated parts of the Deccan, our sub-
subareas (3) and (5) at 0-4000 feet elevation, is the oldest ;
it extends to the Gangetie Plain in the North, and many
species have, in modern geologie times, got over this plaim
to the drier parts of the Western Himalaya. This Flora
may be supposed to have had a common origin with the
Masearene and. African, and 1 propose for it as a name the
* Indo- African element."

(2) The Flora of the Eastern Peninsula from Singapore to Assam
(the Bruhmapootra Valley) may be little less ancient than the
Indo-African element, aud in the Miocene (?) age or there-
about it got across directly from the Malay Peninsula to
the Ceylon and South Malabar Mis. This I have called the
* Eastern element.”

(3) The * Central Asian element," which would first enter in
Tertiary times, but which must have been on the extreme
north margin of India ever since the Himalaya attained an
elevation of 12,000 feet.

(4) The “ European element," whieh arrived shortly after the
Central Asian at the west end of the Himalaya, and doubt-
less travelled rapidly east, the continuity of the range
offering no obstacles.

(5) The * Quaternary element," which occupies the cultivated
lands aud roads, and accompanies man.

SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA. _ 145

It would be quite beyond the scope of the present paper to
attempt to show that the geographie distribution of the other
Natural Orders in India led to the same conclusions which
I have drawn from the Cyperace®. It is so easy to pick out a
few striking instances that make for one’s own theory, and to
overlook or underestimate others; it would be difficult to estab-
lish any conclusion without a complete tabulation and analysis of
the whole material. The Crucifere are evidently part of our
European element, and entered India at Kashmir; the Diptero-
carpe® are part of our Eastern element, and entered India from
the South-east, and soon found a way across to the Nilghiri-
Ceylon region. But it is not so easy to make summary state-
ments about Leguminose, Composite, Gramina, Orchidacex.
Probably most Indian botanists will agree that there is a vast
mass of genera which extend throughout the Himalaya and
Khasia, often reaching to the Malay Peninsula and islands,
which are absent, or nearly so, from the Madras Peninsula; that,
at some time since the present Orders and Genera of Phenogams
were pretty well settled, there has existed a much easier route
for plants from the Malay Peninsula to the Nilghiri-Ceylon area
than now exists. As illustrations (not proofs) of these state-
ments, I give five examples :—

(1) The genus Quercus extends from Kashmir to Malaya—
numerous in species and individuals, but no Oak is indi-
genous in Ceylon, Malabaria, or Coromandelia. The Oak
probably reached India with the Eastern element, and it
appears not improbable that it travelled along the Himalaya
westward.

(2) The Pines have a similar distribution in India to the Oaks,
with the exception that one Conifer, Podocarpus neriifolia,
D. Don, has reached the Nilghiri-Ceylon area from the
Malay Peninsula. In this ease the Pines proper may have
entered India at Kashmir, whilst the genus Podocarpus
may have come from the South-east.

(3) The Ericacew have a similar distribution to the Oaks, with
the exception that Two species (Rhododendron arboreum,
Smith, and Gaultheria fragrantissima, D. Don) have reached
Jeylon and the Nilghiri. It is possible that these two
plants from Burma, or from some southern spot in the
Malay Peninsula which they once occupied, reached Nilghiri-

LINN. JOURN.— BOTANY, VOL. XXXIV. L

146 ON THE SUBSUBAREAS OF BRITISH INDIA.

Ceylon by the same route the Dipterocarps travelled ; but
1 do not see that their present distribution favours the
hypothesis of this route more than any other.

(4) Primula and Androsace are numerous in the West and
High Alpine Himalaya, two species reaching Khasia; no
species elsewhere in India. These two genera appear to
belong to our European element altogether.

(5) Lagenophora is a geuus of Composites, its headquarters
Australia ; L. Billardieri, Cass., is in Malaya, in Khasia,
and in Ceylon—nowbere else in India.

(6) None of these genera or suborders, Quercus, Rhododendron,
Primula, absent, or nearly so, in the Madras Peninsula,
oceurs in Tropical or South Africa.

[N.B.—The spelling of the localities is that in each ca:e
on the collector’s ticket. This is at least as right as modern
transliteration. I have not attempted to make the spelling
uniform, as I cannot do this, even on my own ground, without
risk of introducing error; thus 1 hesitate to alter Jopoo, in
Muneypoor, to Jakpho, though I suspect they may be the same
place.—-C. B. C.]

RULES FOR BORROWING BOOKS FROM
THE LIBRARY.
4s amended by the Council, 15th March, 1888.

1. No more than Six volumes shall be lent to one person
at the same time without the special leave of the Council
or one of the Secretaries.

2. All books shall be returned before the expiration of
Six weeks from the time of their being taken out, but if not
required by any other Fellow, they may; on application, be
kept for a further period of Six weeks.

3. All books lent shall be regularly entered by the
Librarian in a book appropriated for that purpose.

4. No work forming part of Linnzus's own Library shall
be lent out of the Library under any circumstances.
. NomE.— Certain other works are included in this prohibition,

such as costly illustrated works, and volumes belonging to
sets which could not be replaced if lost.

Tue Revised Ross concerning the publication of PAPERS
have been already made known by circular, but, if required,
additional copies may be had on application.

The new regulations in regard to publications in the Journal
are as follow :—

Papers read from November and before the middle of
January are published on 1st April.

Papers read after the middle of January and before the
end of April are published on 1st July.

Papers read in May and June are published on 1st November.

NOTICE.

—— 4 -——

Vor. XXVI. is still in course of issue, and the Parts alrewly
published are as follows:—

Vol. XXVI., Nos. 173-177.

[Nos. 178-180 are reserved for the continuation of
Messrs. Forbes and Hemsley’s ‘Index Flore Sinensis.’
The MS. is nearly ready to the end of Cyperaces, and the
authors hope to complete the volume at an early date.]

Vol. XXVII., Nos. 181-188. (Complete.)
Vol. XXVIII., Nos. 189-196. (Complete.)
Vol. XXIX., Nos. 197-204. (Complete.)
Vol. XXX., Nos. 205-211. (Complete.)
Vol. XXXI., Nos. 212-219. (Complete.)
Vol. XXXII., Nos. 220-227. (Complete.)

Vol. XXXIII., Nos. 228-234. (Complete.)
Vol. XXXIV., No. 235. The present part.

Attention to this announcement is specially requested,
to prevent application to the Librarian for unpublished Parts.

The new CATALOGUE ofthe LIBRARY may be had on application.
Price to Fellows, 5s. ; to the Public, 10s.

All communications relating to the general business of the
Society should be, as heretofore, addressed to the “ SECRETARIES,”
but letters on library business only should be addressed to the
‘ LIBRARIAN,” :

The first Meeting of the Session 1898-99 will be held on
THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 3rd, when the Chair will be taken at
8 P.M. precisely.

ier
Dn

APRIL 1. Price 3s.

THE JOURNAL

OF

THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

| Vor. XXXIV. BOTANY. No. 2360

CONTENTS.
Page

I. On the Biology of Agaricus velutipes, Curt. (Collybia
velutipes, P. Karst.). By R. H. Bırren, formerly
Frank Smart Student of Gonville and Caius College,
Cambridge. (Communicated by Prof. H. MARSHALL
Warp, D.Sc., F.R.S., F.L.S.) (Plates 2-4.) ........... 147

Il. Notes on the Genus Nanomitrium, Lindberg. By
ERNEST STANLEY SALMON. (Communicated by J. G.
Baker, F.R.S., F.L.S.) (Plate Bi. 163

LONDON:

SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE,
PICCADILLY, W.;

AND BY
LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO.
AND
WILLIAMS AND NORGATE.
1899.

LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON.

LIST OF THE OFFICERS AND COUNCIL.
Elected 24th May, 1898.

PRESIDENT.
Albert C. L. G. Günther, M.A., M.D., F.R.S.

VICE-PRESIDENTS.

W. Carruthers, F.R.S. ; A. D. Michael, F.Z.S., F.R.M.S.
Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. D. H. Scott, Ph.D., F.R.S.
TREASURER.

Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A.

SECRETARIES.

B. Daydon Jackson, Esq. | Prof. G. B. Howes, LL.D., F.R.S. |
COUNCIL.

Chas. A. Barber, M.A. Prof. G. B. Howes, LL.D., F.R.8.

W. Carruthers, F.R.S. B. Daydon Jackson, Esq.

C. B. Clarke, M.A., F.R.S. A. D. Michael, F.Z.S., F.R.M.S.

Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. H. W. Monckton, F.G.8.

A. C. L. G. Günther, M.A., M.D., F.R.8.| G. R. M. Murray, F.R.S.

W. B. Hemsley, F.R.S. Howard Saunders, D 3 8.

Prof. W. A. Herdman, D.Sc., F.R.S. | D. H. Scott, Ph.D., F.R.S.
W. Percy Sladen, F.G.S.

ASSISTANT SECRETARY.
James Edmund Harting, F.Z.S.
LIBRARIAN. CLERK.
A. W. Kappel. A. R. Hammond.

LIBRARY COMMITTEE.

This consists of nine Fellows (three of whom retire annually) and of the four
officers ex officio, in all thirteen members, The former are elected annually
by the Council in June, and serve till the succeeding Anniversary. The
Committee meet at 4 r.m., at intervals during the Session. The Members for
1897-98, in addition to the officers, are :—

C. B. Clarke, M.A., F.R.S. George Murray, F.R.S.

Prof. J. B. Farmer, M.A. W. Percy Sladen, F.G.S,

Prof. J. Reynolds Green,Sc.D.,F.R.S.| Rev. T. R. Stebhing, M.A., PRS
W. B. Hemsley, F.R.S. Roland Trimen, F.R.S.

A. D. Michael, F.Z 8.

Notx.—The Charter and Bye-Laws of the Society, as konde to
the 19th March, 1891, may be had on application,

ON THE BIOLOGY OF COLLYBIA VELUTIPES. 147

On the Biology of Agaricus velyfipes, Curt. (Collybia velutipes,
P. Karst.). By R. H. Bırres, formerly Frank Smart Student
of Gonville and Caius College, Cambridge. (Commuuicated
by Prof. H. MarsHALU Warp, D.Sc., F.R.S., F.L.S.)

[Read 1st December, 1898.)
(Prates 2-4.)

In the early part of the year an abundant crop of the sporophores
of Agaricus (Collybia) velutipes * grew on a pile of old chestnut
and poplar wood in the Cambridge Botanic Gardens. It was
also frequently met with on elm and willow trees in the neigh-
bourhood. This early appearance of sporophores is unusual
among the Agaricinee, and Collybia velutipes is one of the few
forms which persist through the winter uninjured by the frost.
It may even be found pushing its way through the suow t. The
large conspicuous clumps of tawny yellow sporophores grow
trom the base to some height up the tree-trunks. In the case of
one elm, the greater part of which was dead, the sporophores
were found growing at a height of forty feet above the base.
The conspicuousness of this common fungus has led, as one
might expect, to numerous descriptions of it, even among the older
writers. Thus Curtis ł describes and figures it, under the name
of Agaricus velutipes or the velvet-stemmed Agaricus, in the
* Flora Londinensis,’ noting that “the sheath or egg (volva) and
the ring or ruffle (velum partiale) are wanting." “Its velvety
and sooty stalk, most conspicuous in those whieh are advanced,
serves as a distinguishing characteristic from other Agarieine®.”
Sowerby $ again describes and figures it, and calls attention to
the extraordinary length of the stipes in specimens growing iu a
shed, and to “the pollen or white dust which lay on the upper

* Agaricus velutipes is the original name used by Curtis for the fungus
described by Dillenius in Ray's ' Synopsis Stirpium Britannicarum,’ ed. 3, p. 9,
n. Ol,

Other synonyms :—-A. mutabilis, Huds, Flor. Angl. p. 215; A. nigripes, Bull.
Champign. tab. 344; A. Aesculi, Schum. Enumerat. ii. p. 906 ; A. austriacus,
Trattin. Fung. Austr. taf. 7, I have used Karsten's name throughout this paper.

t Winter, Rab. Krypt.-Flor., Bd. i. p. 779.

f Curtis, Flor. Lond. vol. ii. pl. 213, 1798.

$ Sowerby, English Fungi, vol. iii, pl. 203.

LINN. JOURN.—BOTANY, VOL. XXXIV. M

148 MR. R. H. BIFFEN ON THE

half of the stipes like white-wash, and gave the plant quite a new
aspect."

It is exquisitely figured in Hussey's * * Illustrations of British
Myeology, and complete descriptions are to be found in the
works of Saccardo, Cooke T, and Massee +.

Collybia velutipes belongs to the Leucosporee. The pileus
is from 1 to 3 inches in diameter; at first it is convex, with
a distinetly recurved margin, then it becomes plane and even
slightly umbonate. In young specimens the surface is smooth
and dry, but as they grow older it beeomes slimy, especially in
wet weather. The flesh is thin, especially at the margins, where
it is semitransparent. The gills are ochraceous, subdistant, broad,
and slightly adnate. The stem is slender, and varies a great deal
in length; usually it is about 2 inches long, but occasionally
as much as 9 inches. It is hollow and stuffed, and spreads
downwards into a rooting base of a deep brown colour, with a
velvety surface. The colour is a rich tawny ochre, becoming
grey on the upper surface when slimy. On drying, the cartila-
ginous sporophores become more brittle. They may be found
throughout the greater part of the year, but most abundantly
in the winter and early spring,

Apparently no very complete study of the anatomy of
Collybia velutipes has yet been made, although Costantin and
Matruchot § described a method by which pure cultures of it
could readily be obtained, and exhibited their results at the
Exposition de Champignons de la Société mycologique in 1884.
Van Tieghem || has described the formation of oidia and recog-
nized their purely vegetative function, and also the interesting
fact that fragments of sporophores are capable of giving rise to
fresh sporophores.

Brefeld *| examined the adult anatomy of Collybia velutipes
among other species of Collybia, and obtained oidia from the
mycelium formed by germinating basidiospores. The growth
of his cultures, however, did not extend beyond the oidial

* Hussey, Illustr. Brit. Myc. pl. 56.

T Cooke, Handbook Brit. Fungi, vol. i. p. 55; Illustr. pl. 184 A.
+ Massee, Brit. Fung. Flora, vol. iii. p. 127.

$ Costantin et Matruchot, Comptes Rendus, vol. 119, p. 752.

| Van Tieghem, Bull. de la Soc. bot. de France, t. xxiii. p. 101.
«| Brefeld, Unters. aus d. Cesammtgeb. d. Mykol., H. viii. p. 56,

BIOLOGY OF COLLYBIA VELUTIPES. 119

stage. Further, Hoffmann * has traced the development of the
sporophore. Reference will be made to these papers in more
detail later.

The method of culture adopted was as follows :— Ripe sporo-
phores of the fungus were placed with the gills downward in
clean, covered watch-glasses, and some of the spores deposited
transferred with a sterile needle to tubes of gelatine, containing
from one to two per cent. of cane-sugar, from which drop-cultures
and plates were prepared t.

The early stages of germination were followed in hanging-drops
under the mieroscope. In 24 hours at a temperature of 17? C.
the first hyphx appear; they branch and grow rapidly for seven
days, forming a tangled septate mycelium, which then becomes
very vacuolated, and on the eighth day the ends of its hyphx
begin to septate off to form oidia. Iu another day practically the
whole mycelium has broken up into oidia-chains (Pl. 2. fig. 1).
The oidia are rod-shaped, with slightly rounded ends. They vary
considerably in length, 3-85 p being the extreme measurements
obtained, while their breadth of 2 is fairly constant. Each
contains a distinct nucleus.

No further changes were found to occur in these hanging-drops,
although kept under observation until they became dried up.
Meanwhile, a similar development occurred in the plate eultures,
and oidia from them were transferred to blocks of sterilized horsc-
chestnut wood, placed in large, plugged test-tubes, and kept
moist with cotton-wool saturated with water. The sterilization
was effected by heating the tubes containing. the blocks, and the
cotton-wool plugs in a steam-sterilizer for an hour, half an hour,
and quarter of an hour, on three successive days. Three days
after infection a slight mycelium is visible to the naked eye,
which spreads gradually, and in a few weeks forms a thin, mealy
layer over the whole surface of the block. A month after infec-
tion (Jan. 31st., March 1st) the sporophores are obtained. The
mycelium at the point of formation turns an umber-brown colour,
and in the centre of the patch a small rounded body 0:5-1 mm.
in diameter appears, from which sporophores rapidly develop.
These small, rounded bodies represent the sclerotia found in
other species of Collybia, e. g. C. tuberosa, P. Karst. A distinet

* Hoffmann, in de Bary’s Comp. Morph. & Biol. of Fungi, ete. p. 297,
t See Marshall Ward, Phil, Trans. 1897, vol. 189. P, p. 123,
M 2

150 MR. R. H. BIFFEN ON THE

differentiation into pileus and stipes is noticeable when the
sporophore is a few days old. As an example to show the time
of development, I quote one of the first formed sporophores: the
sclerotium was recognizable 32 days after infection; in 34 days
two &mall rounded projections eould be distinguished with the
help of a simple lens, which two days later (in 36 days) had grown
to a height of 3 mm. and showed a distinet stipes surmounted
by an overlapping pileus. A week later the sporophore was
fully grown and commenced to shed its spores (Pl. 2. fig. 2).

The mature sporophores are about 2 inches high, and the
pileus is about half an ineh in diameter. They are readily
recognizable from the descriptions quoted, though more slender
in habit than the naturally grown specimens and with a general
likeness to the closely allied genus Marasmius. The slimy
appearance of the upper surface of the pileus, so characteristic
of the species, becomes very marked as the sporophore reaches
maturity. Then its colour changes slightly, becoming a little
duller, watery drops are exuded, and it becomes soft and slimy.

The basidiospores are produced in abundance, and when shel
frequently form well-marked patterns of the gills on the sides of
tubes. If transferred to sugar gelatine they readily germinate.
The size of the basidiospores is very variously stated; thus
Winter gives them as 8-10 x 1-5 u, Cooke “00027 inch, Massee
7 x8-3:5 u, Stevenson 8-10X4-5 ji. These variations seem too
large to be accounted for as mere personal equation errors, and
tempt one to suppose that the size is not so good a eriterion as
it is often assumed to be, owing to differences in growth under
varying circumstances. However, a series of closely agreeing
observations taken in water from spores of a naturally grown
specimen, about 2 inches in diameter, gave 70-777 x 44 u; while
a similar set of observations from a pure culture specimen,
less than half an inch in diameter, gave 7:2-777 x 4:4 u.

The formation of spores ceases, and the sporophores wither
and dry, when about fourteen days old. Then, so far as appear-
ances go, they are dead; but if kept for some time longer (four
months in this ease) they show unmistakable signs of life, for
fresh sporophores are found to be springing either from the pileus
or the stipes. These secondary sporophores may even produce
others in their turn (fig. 3). This phenomenon of purely
vegetative reproduction may probably be brought into correlation

BIOLOGY OF COLLYBIA VELUTIPES. 151

with the normal course of events in other species of Collybia.
As is well known, several species are in the habit of forming
sclerotia*, e. g., C. tuberosa, P. Karst., C. cirrhata, P. Karst., C. race-
mosa, P. Karst.; and at least one species, C. platyphylla, P. Karst.t,
develops analogous structures in the form of mycelial strands
which, if hard and dark-coloured, would be termed rhizomorphs, for
like the latter both sclerotia and strands develop new sporophores.
In the sporophores of C. velutipes, however, we have a sort of
delayed sclerotium, capable of acting as such, however, under
certain circumstances; and thus the greatly reduced condition
of its sclerotia becomes more intelligible.

The growth of the lower surface continues for a longer time
than that of the upper, so that its eonvex surface is gradually
flattened out, and in some cases where growth is exceptionally
continued it even becomes concave, and so the gills are far more
exposed than usual.

A superficial observation of a growing cluster of sporophores
at once convinces one that they are responsive to the stimulus of
gravity, for they contrive to grow so that their gills always point
directly downwards. This geotropist is easily demonstrated by
placing a tube containing a growing specimen in a position so that
the plane of the pileus is at rigbt angles to the ground. In a
couple of hours the stipes becomes twisted so that the pileus js
brought into a horizontal position. "l'he process may be repeated
several times with the same specimen. It often happens that
sporophores begin to develop on the underside of the block. In
these cases they invariably wither before complete development
occurs, unless they are able to curve round it and so attain a
position where it is possible for the gills to grow downwards.

The blocks infected in the beginning of February produced
sporophores eontinually from the beginning of March to the
middle of June. By this time the majority of them had withered
however, and were producing secondary sporophores. A further
crop was formed during the first week in August.

Cultures grown in the dark or shaded with red blotting-paper
form an external mycelium iudistinguishable in kind and quantity

* Cf.Van Tieghem, Bull. de la Soc. bot. de France, t, xxiii, 1896, p. 101.

t Fayod, Ann. des Sci. Nat. 7 ser. t. ix., 1889, pp. 206, 208, 210; Brefeld,
Unters. aus d. Gesammtgeb. d. Mykol., H. viii. p. 56.

1 Fayod, loc. cit. p. 201. Bommer, Mém. Cour. de l'Acad. Roy. Sci. Belg.
t. liv. p. 14.

153 MR. R. H. BIFFEN ON THE

from those grown in the light, but the growth of the pileus seems
to be inhibited to a certain extent; at any rate its appearance is
delayed, and eventually slender stipes, an inch or an inch and
a half high, are produced bearing only a minute pileus.

As it seemed possible that the cultures in plugged test-tubes
might suffer from being insufliciently aerated, others were put up
in U-tubes and flasks through which a stream of moist, filtered
air was drawn by means of an aspirator. In these cultures the
external mycelium was a little thicker, but the sporophores, whieh
were later in forming, were no larger than those in the plugged
tubes. In order to see whether the steam-sterilizing caused any
washing out or destruetion of nutritive substances in the wood,
cultures were also made on blocks dry-sterilized by being heated
as before, but without wetting the cotton-wool plugs at the bottom
of the tubes until they were ready for infection. When com-
pared with the wet-sterilized cultures, infected at the same time,
however, no differences could be detected. In spite of this it is
evident that some essential nutrient materials are dissolved out,
for sporophores develop in abundance on the wet plugs of the
wet-sterilized tubes, and none develop on the plugs of the dry-
sterilized ones. The experiment only shows, then, that the amount
dissolved is slight, and not sufficient to check the growth of the
fungus.

Further, eultures were made on wood extracted with a boiling
5 per cent. solution of caustic potash, to remove xylose-yielding
bodies, or with a 5 per cent. solution of hydrochlorie acid to re-
move hemicelluloses. These solutions were then thoroughly
washed out with distilled water, which was changed at frequent
intervals for a week. In both sets of tubes the growth of the
mycelium was extremely slow, and so far no sporophores have
been produced (infected for 12 weeks).

Mieroscopie examination of the external mycelium shows that
it is septate, with numerous clamp connections. lts mealy
appearance is due to the large number of oidia-chains formed.

Longitudinal sections of the mature sporophore show a cortex
bearing several forms of hairs, a medulla composed of loosely
woven hyphe, and a hollow stipes. If the sections are stained
in eosin, or better in fuchsin-methyl green, a system of hyphe,
having a general resemblance to laticiferous cells, is differentiated
by staining more deeply than the surrounding tissue. Its

BIOLOGY OF COLLYBIA VELUTIPES. 153

abundant granular contents and high refractive power also
serve to make it more visible (PI. 2. fig. 4).

In transverse sections of the stipes the hyphæ of this system
appear as a deeply stained ring near its outer margin. These
hyphs push their way among the parallel hyphæ of the stipes,
occasionally giviug off blindly ending branches, which run either
in the original direction or in the opposite one. From the
stipes they run into the pileus, where they spread out over its
lower surface and send down branches into the trama of the
gills to form a layer immediately below the subhymenium.
Here they either end in slight dilatations, or pass into the
hymenium and end between the barren cella (Pl.2.fig.5). Very
few branches are present in the upper portions of the pileus.

The system is evidently identical with the “conducting
system” described by Istvanfli* in the closely allied genus
Mycena among others.

The structure of the cortex is unusually complex. The
hyphæ, which are considerably smaller than those of the medulla,
and arranged parallel to the surface of the pileus instead of
being woven together in all directions, turn outwards and give
rise to three distinct forms of hairs (PI. 2. fig. 6). The most
conspicuous are large, simple, and spindle-shaped, with granular
contents coloured a yellowish-brown (a in fig. 6). Among these
are clusters of three or four smaller hairs, which arise as
branches from the apex of a hypha; they are often constricted
at intervals so as to have a beaded appearance (b). Standing
out above these two forms are long, fine, much-branched hairs,
which often entangle basidiospores among them, and so give
rise to the “white-washed’” appearance of the sporophores
described by Sowerby (c) It seemed probable that the
sliminess of the upper surface might be due to the formation of
mucilage by these hairs, either as a secretion, or by the muci-
laginous degeneration of their walls. Sections were accordingly
stained with methylene-blue and other mucilage stains, but no
indications of its presence were obtained, nor were the walls
found to be swollen. It is possible, then, that the sliminess is
due to the quantity of water held by capillarity among these
slender hairs; but whether any of the forms are specialized for
the purpose of transpiring water could not be determined.

* Istvanffi, Bot. Centr. vol. xxix. 1887, p. 373; Pringsh. Jahrb. 1896, p. 391.

154 MR. R. H. BIFFEN ON THE

Incidentally, though, it may be noticed that watery drops are
exuded from any part of the sporophore and that they form
most plentifully at its base. "Their presence there is not due to
their running down from the higher parts of the stipes, for even
casual observation of their formation shows their gradual growth
there, and moreover the drops usually remain at the points
where they are seereted, sometimes even for a week after the
sporophore has withered.

The gills show the usual Agaricus type of structure *—a loose
medullary portion, the trama, subhymenium, and hymenium,
with basidia bearing four sterigmata and basidiospores. Brefeld T
states that no eystidia are present in this species, but I find that
they are plentiful, especially at the apex of the gills. They are
simple and spindle-shaped, rarely showing signs of branching
at the apex, and are full of protoplasmic contents (Pl. 2. fig. 7).
In several cases these eystidia were found to be terminations of
the “ conducting system.”

Owing to the number of sporophores which appear at intervals
on the blocks, this method of' eulture is especially favourable for
a study of their development. For this purpose a block was
chosen showing all stages from the first umber-coloured spots to
the mature sporophores, and fixed in Flemming's solution. After
a thorough washing in water it was taken through the usual
dilutions of aleohol to absolute alcohol. "Thin strips of wood
bearing different stages of the sporophores were then sliced off,
imbedded in paraffin-wax, eut into serial sections with a micro-
tome, and stained with dilute Delafield’s hematoxylin or Bismarck
brown. In the sections of the earliest stages the hyphe were
found to emerge in thick strands, especially from the medullary
rays, to form small sclerotia (Pl. 2. fig. 9). These sclerotia are
composed of loosely woven hyphe throughout, and show no
differentiation into a cortical and a central portion. Each gives
rise to one or, less frequently, two sporophores. They are
thus a simpler form of the large sclerotia with strongly thickened
cortical layers, capable of producing several sporophores, which
are met with in other species of Collybia, e. g., in C. tuberosa,
P. Karst., and C. cirrhata, P. Karst. The sporophores are
first visible as minute projections from the sclerotia. Even

* Bee also Heese, Bot. Centr., Bd. xvii. 1884, p. 69.
t Brefeld, Unters. aus d. Gesammtgeb. d. Mykol., H. viii. p. 56.

BIOLOGY OF COLLYBIA VELUTIPES. 155
in the earliest stages they may be distinguished from the sclerotia
in sections, by the fact that their hyphe run for the most part
parallel to one another, while in the sclerotia they are woven
together in all directions. The upper surface of the young sporo-
phore is moreover covered with large simple hairs (Pi. 2. fig. 8).

When from 2 to 3 mm, high, the hyphæ in the upper part
spread out to form the pileus, and the characteristic “ button "
shape of the Agaricinex is thus produced. At the same time a
certain amount of differentiation takes place in the tissues. In
the stipes the central hyph: are apparently pulled apart and
form a loose central tissue, while the outer layers are close and
compact and covered with large pigment-containiug hairs. The
pileus also is differentiated into a loose medullary portion and à
closely felted cortical layer, again covered with large, simple,
pigment-containing hairs. The tissue which ultimately gives
rise to the hymenial layers may also be distinguished as slender
parallel hyphe running in a downward direction. Occasionally,
in specimens of this size or slightly larger, the loose medullary
portion appears to be broken down at the base of the pileus
to form a “tunnel,” but this is not really the case. The sub-
hymenium is formed directly from the hyphz on the free lower
surface and is never enclosed in a cavity * (Pl.2.fig. 10). The only
approach to a velum partiale is afforded by the large hairs of the
recurved margin pointing towards the stipes, though not confluent
with it. It is interesting to compare this with the usual type of
formation of the velum partiale, of which Agaricus melleus, Vahlt,
serves as a good example. Here the rudimentary tissue of the
hymenial layers is at first freely exposed, but later hyphæ frorn
the margin of the pileus and from the stipes grow aeross the
intervening space and form a velum partiale, which for a time
keeps pace with the growth of the sporophore by intercalary
growth but is finally ruptured, part of it forming the ring on
the stipes. In this case the sporophore is primarily gymnocarpic
and later becomes angiocarpic; but in Collybia velutipes it is
truly gymnocarpic in the sense of the word as used by Brefeld,
for its hymenium is never enclosed either by a velum partiale
or a volva.

The development of the gills does not offer any essentially
new points, but it may be noted that the cystidia can be

* Qf. Hoffmann, in de Bary's Comp. Morph. of Fungi, ete., p. 297.
t De Bary, ibid. p. 291.

156 MR. R. H. BIFFEN ON THE

distinguished from the cells of the hymenial layer at an early
period, for instance in sporophores 3 mm. high.

The growth of the sporophore, until it reaches its full
size, is now very rapid, but no new points of interest were
brought out in investigating it. It should be remembered that
the measurements given above are from cultures which are
smaller than those grown under more natural conditions.

In order to investigate the action of the fungus on the wood, a
series of infected blocks were prepared at intervals of a week or
fortnight. The first few were fixed with Flemming's solution,
well washed in water, and taken through 50, 70, and 90 per
cent. to absolute alcohol. This method was found to dissolve
the lignin slightly from the elements at the edges of the blocks,
and was therefore abandoned. Instead, the blocks were boiled
for a short time, to fix the hyphe in situ, and then taken through
the same series of dilutions of alcohols as before.

On rubbing off the outer mycelium the wood was found to be
marked with dark brown patches and lines, or, if the culture was
an old one, it was a uniform brown all over, but the affected
parts were still hard and showed no signs of disintegration. To
trace the course of the mycelium, dilute Delafield’s hzmatoxylin
and picric-aniline-blue were used as stains. Radial sections of a
block infected a week previously show that the oidia on the
surface of the wood have germinated, and that the hyphæ they give
rise to have penetrated several layers of tracheids in depth into
the wood. Possibly on account of chemotaxis they enter chiefly
through the pitted walls of the medullary rays. If a transverse
surface is infected they penetrate for the most part by the wide
vessels. All stages in the germination of the oidia and the pene-
tration of their hyphe occur in cultures of this age (PI. 3. fig. 11).

As soon as the hyphæ have formed a small mycelium in the
vessels and tracheids, it is again broken up into oidia (PI. 3. fig. 12),
which quickly germinate, for very few are to be found in eultures a
week older, and thus the wood is permeated by a large mycelium
in a short time. In fact in cultures three to four weeks old it is
difficult to find any of the wood elementa free from hyphe which
have penetrated through the pits of the walls, the medullary rays
again serving as the easiest path into the wood-elements (Pl. 3,
fig. 13).

Strands of shortly septate hyphe then begin to form (PI. 4. fig,
14), which ultimately push their way through the wood to the

BIOLOGY OF COLLYBIA VELUTIPES. 157
surface, carrying out with them fragments of disintegrated
tracheids and vessels *. These rhizomorphs are far simpler in
structure than those of Agaricus melleus, for they consist merely
of bundles of shortly septate hyph:e, unenclosed by any specialized
cortical layer and without a definite growing-point. In much
attacked parts of the wood the hyphe are often of a rich brown
colour, re:embling that of the sporophore; but on carefully
following them, the colouring is found to be restricted to small
areas. The colour of the sporophore is not therefore due to
this colouring-matter being directly transported to it. In the
medullary rays the hyphæ often grow to a great size. A similar
rank development of hyphe is described as occurring in Polyporus
borealis, Fr., among other wood-destroying fungi T.

The first noticeable action of the mycelium is to destroy the
starch contents of the medullary rays, and it is not until the
infeetions are three or four weeks old that the characteristic
action becomes evident. The thickening-layers of the tracheids
and fibres are then seen in transverse sections to be pitted in
many places, either as far as the first thickening-layer, or right
through to the middle lamella (Pl. 4. fig. 15). In longitudinal
sections these pits are found to be grooves corroded out by the
action of the hyphs, which thus leave a map of their path
(Pl.4.fig. 16). It frequently happens that these grooves lead
directly to small irregular holes in the walls of the elements, show-
ing where the hyphe have turned to pass through a pit which has
subsequently been enlarged. The action of the hyphe is thus a

* Cf. Eichelbaum, Bot. Centr. 1886, xxvi. p. 205.

t Hartig, Zersetzungerscheinungen des Holzes, p. 56.

+ The view taken here with regard to the constitution of the walls of the
wood elements is, that the middle lamella is primarily composed of cellulose or
pectates, which during the process of iignification is impreguated with a substance
or with substances known collectively as lignin!. The thickening-layers consist
of cellulose, again impregnated, but to a lesser extent, with lignin. The staining-
reactions for the presence of vanillin, coniferin, and pectates failed to give any
satisfactory results when employed during this research.

This view is consistent with the results given by the employment of
Wisselingh's cellulose test ?, and with Hoffmeister’s method of analysis®. In
the former the glycerine exerts a gradual solvent action on the lignin, dis-
solving it completely from the thickening-layers, before dissolving it altogether
from the middle lamella.

! Cf. Tollen's Handbuch der Kohlenhydrate, vol. ii. p. 270.

? Wisselingh, Pringsh. Jahrb. 1898, p. 619. See also p. 158 of present paper.

3 Hoffmeister, Landwirthschaftlichen Versuchs-Stat. 1898, p. 347.

158 MR. R. H. BIFFEN ON THE

very local one, quite unlike the action of the hyphe of the
Botrytis causing the lily disease * for instance, which by
secreting an enzyme causes the cellulose-walls in its neigh-
bourhood to swell and dissolve. The solvent action in this case,
apparently, is exerted directly by the byphe in intimate contact
with the cell-walls. In badly attacked wood the thickening-
layers almost entirely disappear, leaving only a little granular
débris.

Staining with phloroglucin and hydrochloric acid shows that
the lignin of the middle lamella, and the corroded thickening-
layers still persist, even in the remains carried out by the strands
of hyphe. The powdery débris of the thickening-layers also
gives the deep pink coloration due to lignin. Chlor-zinc-iodine
colours the sections a bright golden yellow,except in cases where
the blocks have been treated with Flemming's solution, when a
very slight cellulose reaction is sometimes given by the elements
on the outside of the blocks. These two tests make it evident
that the lignin of the wood is not destroyed. Had this been the
case, instead of obtaining a yellow coloration throughout with
chlor-zine-iodine, a deep purple would have been produced,
owing to the cellulose reaction being no longer masked by the
presence of lignin. We can, however, extract the lignin by
Wisselingh's method t, and thus show it is really cellulose which
is attacked. For this purpose sections of the infected wood are
heated to 300° C. with glycerine in sealed tubes for an hour, aud
then mounted in chlor-zinc-iodine. The lignin dissolves out,
and the thickening-layers, showing the characteristic pitting,
give the usual cellulose reaction. This method has the great
advantage over the acid-extraction method, that it does not cause
the walls to swell and obliterate their markings ; and further, by
regulating the time of heating, the lignin may be dissolved out
from the thickening-layers and yet leave the middle lamella
intact, so that the sections do not fall to pieces.

In the paper already referred to Wisselingh has succeeded in
proving that the walls of fungi do not consist of a special form
of cellulose known as fungus-cellulose, as it was believed until
recently, but of chitin similar to that so frequently met with in
the animal kingdom. On repeating his experiments with sections

* Marshall Ward, Ann. of Bot. vol. ii. 1898, p. 339.
t Wisselingh, Pringsh. Jahrb. 1898, p. 619.

BIOLOGY OF COLLYBIA VELUTIPES. 159

of infected wood, striking results are obtained. The sections
are heated to 160? C. with concentrated caustie potash in sealed
tubes, then washed in 90 per cent. alcohol, and placed in a
dilute solution of iodine in potassium iodide until deeply stained,
when they are transferred to diluted sulpburic acid. The
cellulose-walls stain a deep blue-green colour, and the chitin
walls of the hyphe a brilliant pink. On washing rapidly in
water the dark colouring of the cell-walls may be partially
removed aud their swelling prevented. Sharply differentiated
prepy :tions are obtained by this method, which may be utilized
in t/ cing the course of the hyphæ (Pl. 4. fig. 17).

/ n the breaking down of the cellulose layers, bundles of
acicular crystals of calcium oxalate are formed. They stain
deeply with hematoxylin, probably owing to the precipitation of
proteid matter upon them by the action of alcohol. When
treated with sulphurie acid, however, a granular deposit of caleium
sulphate is left in their place, thus proving that they really do
consist of the oxalate.

On extraeting the wood with caustic potash, and so removing
xylose-yielding substances, a peculiar change is brought about in
the action of the fungus. ‘Transverse sections of the infected
wood placed in chlor-zinc-iodine solution now give a cellulose
reaction; the thickening-layers stain a deep purple colour
and are swollen so as almost to obliterate the lumen, and in
places they are wrinkled away from the middle lamella. These
appearances are precisely the same as those given by wood
infected with lignin-destroying fungi when so treated*. Similarly
extracted, uninfected wood gives no such reaction. If however
the wood, from which xyloses have been removed, is treated with
a l per cent. solution of cane-sugar before infection, the action
of the hyphe is similar to that already described as normal, and
the lignin is left unattacked.

It would seem, then, that soluble earbohydrates are of great
importance in the proper nutriment of the fungus, but in their
absence it is capable of varying its usual course of action and
using lignin as a substitute. If we may regard this latter sub-
stance as a glucoside, as is often done, one might assume that in
its decomposition glucoseis produced and used by the fungus as
à food-material.

* Marshall Ward, Phil. Trans. vol. 189. B. (1897), p. 123.

160 MR. R. H. BIFFEN ON THE

The wood extracted with dilute hydrochloric acid is attacked,
so far as one can determine, in the same manner as unextracted
wood; but both here and in the former case sporophores have
not been formed though the wood was infected for twelve weeks

(May 23rd-Aug. 15th).

The growth of the sporophores on the sodden cotton-wool
plugs is also to be explained by the presence of small quantities
of soluble carbohydrates extracted from the wood during the
wet-sterilizing process, for it was found impossible to grow them
on moist cotton-wool only.

Attempts were made to extract the enzyme which, it is
assumed, dissolves the cellulose by splitting it into soluble
carbohydrates. Large flask-cultures were grown for this purpose
on shavings, and extracted by grinding with sand and water,
glycerine, sodium carbonate, or dilute hydrochlorie acid. To
these solutions a small quantity of potassium cyanide solution or
chloroform-water was added, to check the growth of the bacteria
which entered during the grinding. The filtered extracts were
then tested with thin sections of wood and young stems, and
with eotton-wool, but no difference could be detected between
them and the boiled controls. However, the failure to isolate
the enzyme cannot be taken as a proof of its absence, knowing,
as one does, the difficulty of obtaining these bodies.

Testing water extracts of infected wood for sugars with
Fehling's solution, or with phenyl hydrazine and acetic acid, and
sections with a-naphthol and sulphurie acid, also failed to give
results, so that if sugars are formed on the breaking down of the
cellulose-walls, they are quickly changed by the action of the
hyphs *.

Another source of carbohydrate food-material is afforded by
the glucosides so widely present in wood. Bourquelot t has
shown that Collybia velutipes contains an emulsin-like enzyme,
which on extraction was found to decompose æsculin and amyg-
dalin with the formation of glucose.

A further enzyme, an oxidase, is also stated to be present
in the sporophores of this fungus, but until it has been
isolated and its action macrochemically tested, it is useless to
speculate as to its functions.

* Bourquelot, Bull. de la Soc, mye. de France, t. viii, p. 13,
t Ibid. t. x. p. 49.

BIOLOGY OF COLLYBIA VELUTIPES. 161

Unlike most of the large wood-destroying fungi, then,
Collybia velutipes chiefly attacks the cellulose portions of the
wood-elements, leaving a lignin skeleton. Thus the infected
wood does not appear to have undergone any profound changes
until examined microscopically, the presence of the middle
lamella not allowing the remains of the elements to become
detached and so cause the wood to crumble away. In nature,
however, the chauges in the wood are far more complicated,
owing to the action of the bacteria invariably met with in
infected wood. It is quite within the bounds of possibility that
the products they give rise to are utilized by the fungus itself,
and so a kind of symbiosis (metabiosis) established.

My work throughout has been made considerably easier by
the many suggestions of Prof. Marshall Ward, who originally
proposed it, and I take this opportunity of expressing my thanks
to him.

Botanieal Laboratory, Cambridge,
Aug. 1898.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate 2.

Fig. 1. (a) Formation of oidia on the eighth day after infection in a hanging-
drop culture,

(b) Oidia-chains a day older.

. Mature sporophore of Collybia velutipes, grown on a sterilized block
of ZEsculus-wood. The age of the culture is 35 days. Photographed,
natural size, from the original. *

3. A series of diagrammatic sketches of sporophores produced from the
primary sporophore, which in these cases has functioned as a
sclerotium.

4. A longitudinal section of the stipes of a mature sporophore showing
the “ conducting system.” The hyphe composing it are beginning to
form branches.

. Terminations of the “ conducting system " in the subhymenium, between
the barren cells of the hymenium, and in cystidia,

6. A longitudinal section from the upper portion of a pileus, to show the

layer of small external hyphz, large spindle-shaped hairs with
yellowish-brown contents (a), the smaller hairs arising as branche

from the apex of a hypha (b) and the fine much-branched, water-
holding hairs (c).

bo

or

* Kindly photographed by Mr. W. G. P. Ellis.

162
Fig. 7.
8.

9.

10.

Fig. 11.
12.

13.

Fig. 14.

15.

16.

17.

ON THE BIOLOGY OF COLLYBIA VELUTIPES.

Section of a lamella with cystidia.

Early stage in the development of a sporophore from the rudimentary
sclerotium. The large, pigment-containing hairs develop early and
often serve to distinguish the sporophore from the sclerotium.

A longitudinal section of a sporophore about 2 mm. high, in which a
cortical layer has been differentiated. The subhymenium is not
differentiated yet.

An early stage in the development of the subhymenium, also showing
the large hairs of the recurved margin pointing towards the stipes,
but not joined to it. The sporophore was about 5 mm. high. From
a microtome section stained in Delafield’s hematoxylin.

PLATE 3

Germinating oidia, penetrating through the pitted wall of a tracheid ;
the wood infected a week previously.

Mycelium within the wood elements breaking up into oidia-chains;
from the same preparation as fig. 11.

Radial section of a block of ZEseulus-wood, infected four weeks
previously. The irregular holes in the walls show where the hyphe
have pierced the walls and then further corroded them. The
rosettes of crystals are formed of bundles of calcium oxalate raphides.

PLATE 4.

Hyphx within the wood elements become shortly septate to form a
rudimentary rhizomorph strand,

Transverse section of ZEseulus-wood to show various degrees in the
destruction of the thickening-layers, from slightly corroded portions,
appearing as pits, to almost complete solution.

Longitudinal radial section of ZEsculus-wood with the walls of the
tracheids and medullary rays grooved and pierced by the action of
the hyphze ; from a preparation stained in Bismarck brown.

Wood treated as described with caustic potash and stained with iodine
solution and sulphuric acid. The lignified middle lamella is yellow,
the corroded thickening-layers, blue, and the chitin-walls of the
hyphe, pink.

oct MANGANAN. lee wor a

J.N.Fich

HD del,

cr
MD.

UTIPE

[lax

m T TNT AÀA vr
OCGOLLYHBIA VEI

m 4
LA
t3
De)

aa

A

` T eu | | : E
Soe ae

A À >
LAN \\ a
ST IN | 7

iV. PLÁ.

Wr
1

T VoL. AK)

Do

T
N

JOURN

r

^
DOC

LINN

RHR dei
RHB. dei.

MR. E. 8. SALMON ON THE GENUS NANOMITRIUM. 163

Notes on the Genus Nanomitrium, Lindberg. By Ernest
STANLEY SALMON. (Communicated by J. G. BAKER, F.R.S.,
F.L.S.)

[Read 2nd February, 1899.]
(Prate 5.)

In 1870 Austin (1) published the name Micromitrium as a
genus for three American Ephemeroid mosses (JM. Austini,
M. synoicum, and M. megalosporum), with the following diag-
nosis: “ Capsula globosa, immersa, tenera, apiculata vel mutica,
clausa, vel pressa in medio horizontaliter fatiscens, brevissime
pedicellata vel exacte sessilis. Calyptra minima, subdisciformis,
stylidifera, arcte adherens. Flores synoici. Plante .
Ephemera valde referentes distincts tamen calyptre forma et
minutie ; inflorescentia &e.”

In 1874 Lindberg (2) pointed out that Austin's name must
give way to the previously published Micromitrium of Spruce,
and substituted the name Nanomitrium, at the same time adding
to the genus Ephemerum equinoctiale, Spruce, from the Amazon,
and the European E. tenerum, Hampe. The last-named species
is very rare, and since its original discovery by Breutel at
Niesky, Germany, about 1837, has only occurred sporadically
in a few places on the Continent. Mitten discovered it
in England (Hurstpierpoint, Sussex) in 1854; and it then dis-
appeared until 1896, when Mr. W. E. Nicholson found specimens
near Crowborough, Sussex (see Journ. of Bot. 1896, p. 479).

A few months ago Mr. Nicholson kindly sent me some fresh
plants. On examining the capsules of these specimens of Nano-
mitrium tenerum, I found that certain cells of the wall (which is
only one layer thick at maturity) were differentiated in such a
way that the capsule possessed a well-marked rudimentary lid.
The position and relative size of these differentiated cells,
which form a complete zone round the capsule, can be best
seen by reference to Pl. 5. figs. 1 & 2, which were drawn from
Mr. Nicholson's Sussex specimens.

The occurrence of a rudimentary lid in Nanomitrium tenerum
is interesting, as Philibert (5), who lately critically examined the
five species of the genus, does not mention any such structure.
Limpricht (6) also, in giving the characters of the Order iu which
he places Nanomitrium, says: “ Kapsel...stets ohne Andeut-
ung eines Deckels."

LINN. JOURN.—BOTANY, VOL. XXXIV. N

164 MR. E. 8. SALMON ON THE GENUS NANOMITRIUM.

As it seemed just possible that the occurrence of these cells
might be due to an individual variation, and not normal for the
species, I examined original specimens collected by Breutel, in
Schimper's Herbarium, as well as Husnot's Musci Gall. no. 801,
and Mitten's Hurstpierpoint plants—all in the Kew Herbarium.
Without exception, the capsules of these specimens possessed
the zone of differentiated cells.

The constant presence of a rudimentary lid in N. tenerum led
me to examine the other species of the genus, in order to
ascertain whether it should be considered a generic or specific
character. The remaining species are N. synoicum, N. Austini,
N. equinoctiale, and N. megalosporum. In N. synoicum the
rudimentary lid is very well defined; and although I was not
able to find any opened capsules, I am inclined to think that a
complete separation of the “lid” takes place in nature.

All the ripe capsules that were examined opened on the
slightest pressure along the line of narrow cells (Pl. 5. fig. 3), the
upper part of the capsule coming away like a true lid. More-
over, 1 believe that the narrow cells, in which the dehiscence
occurs, are instrumental in bringing about the detachment of the
“id.”

At maturity the cell-walls of this layer are extremely thin and
slightly disorganized, so that the vertical septa are no longer
visible (Pl. 5. fig. 4). When, on slight pressure, the capsule-wall
ruptures, and detaches the regularly circular “ lid,” portions of
these very thin cell-walls of the differeutiated zone are found
attached partly to the “ lid ” and partly to the mouth of the cap-
sule. In N. Austini (Pl. 5. fig. 5), also, we find that the capsule
possesses the same structure.

Philibert (5. p. 51) has mentioned the regular dehiscence of the
capsule of N. tenerum in the following words: “ La capsule...
semble plutôt se déchirer sur place, quelquefois irréguliérement,
mais souvent aussi suivant une ligne circulaire qui la partage en
deux hémisphéres égaux, le supérieur se séparant en forme de
calotte réguliére."

In Austin's original generic description (^ capsula ... pressa in
medio horizontaliter fatiscens ") the same character is indicated
and the regular dehiscence has even been figured by Sullivant (7),
at fig. 6 of his plate of N. Austini. The presence of a zone of
specialized cells satisfactorily accounts for the regular dehiscence
which has been observed by the different authors quoted above.

MR. E. 8. SALMON ON THE GENUS NANOMITRIUM. 165

These three species, N. tenerum, N. synoicum, and N. Austini,
are, as pointed out by Philibert (5. p. 55), closely allied, and it
is not surprising, therefore, that the capsules of all exhibit the
same structure, and consequently the same regular dehiscence.
In N. equinoctiale we find no signs of a rudimentary lid; the
capsule-wall is composed of cells which show no differentiation
in any part (fig. 6), so that this species is probably truly cleisto-
carpous. In respect of inflorescence, also, N. equinoctiale differs
from the three species mentioned above, which are all synoicous.

Philibert (5. p. 57), in his account of N. equinoctiale, says:
“Dans toutes les plantes fructiféres que j'ai observées je n'ai
jamais trouvé que des archégones sans aucun mélange d'anthé-
ridies; et d'un autre côté j'ai observé une plante male, naissant
isolée sur le protonema . .. Cette espèce serait done dioique.”

Mitten (8), in the original description of the species, thus
deseribed the male infloreseence : * Flos maseulus e stolonibus
confervoideis femineo connexis oriundus, vel in ramulo brevi
lateralis."

In the Kew specimens of N. equinoctiale (Musci Amaz. et
And. 443) the inflorescence occurs in two distinet forms—(1)
dioicous, the male plant, formed of five or six leaves, enclosing a
few antheridia, springing from the protonema near a female
plant (fig. 7); (2) autoicous, the male branch arising laterally
from the female stem, just below the perichetium (fig. 9). So
far as I have been able to observe in the rather limited material,
the two forms of inflorescence occur in about equal numbers.

The male plants that I have seen have always sprung from the
protonema, and were not attached by radicles to the female plant
(rhizautoicous), so that N. @quinoctiale is apparently truly
polyoicous (autoicous--dioicous). The cells of the capsule of
N. equinoctiale are firmer than those of the three species
mentioned above, and the prominent apiculus suggests rather
Ephemerum.

I was not able to find any calyptra, although a few young
capsules were seen.

This again points to Ephemerum, as in this genus the calyptra
is frequently fugitive; whilst in Nanomitrium tenerum, synoicum,
and Austini the capsules up to maturity are surmounted by
the minute, closely appressed calyptra. Mitten (8) gives for
N. equinoctiale simply the description: “calyptra archegonio
styliformi elongato." Philibert does not describe the calyptra.

166 MR. E. S. SALMON ON THE GENUS NANOMITRIUM.

There remains, now, only .N. megalosporum to be considered.
Here, also, there is no trace of a rudimentary lid (fig. 10).
Moreover, from the study of authentic specimens (Musci
Appal. 47), I have come to the conclusion that this species does
not belong to Nanomitrium.

Philibert (5. p. 56) remarks that in this species an approach is
made in the leaf-areolation towards Ephemerum, but considers the
plant to be a true Nanomitrium for the following reasons :—“ La
structure du fruit est bien celle du genre Nanomitrium. La calyp-
tra est réduite au style, auquel adhérent quelquefois deux ou trois
petits lambeaux irréguliers ; la capsule est tout à fait sphérique,
... sa surface supérieure est arrondie ou un peu déprimée, sans
aucune trace de pointe. . . L'enveloppe capsulaire. . . est toujours
formée . . . d'une seule couche de cellules hexagonales...Il n'y
a point en réalité de sporange ni de columelle; et cette espèce
reste toujours bien séparée par là du genre Ephemerum, dont
elle s’éloigne d'ailleurs par sa capsule uniformément arrondie,
par l'absence des stomates, par l’imperfection de sa coiffe, et par
son inflorescence synoique.” My observations do not confirm,
in the most important points, those of Philibert's.

In the first place, these specimens showed stomata on the
capsule. The stomata, although few in number, appear to be
always present; they occur on the upper half of the capsule
(figs. 10 & 11), and are exaetly similar to those found in
Ephemerum, e. g. E. serratum, Hampe. The capsule-wall con-
sists of more than one layer of cells, and the spore-sac is easy
to observe in almost ripe capsules. I consider, therefore,
that this species should be called Hphemerum megalosporum.

I was not able to see the calyptra. Philibert, as we have seen,
considers it right for the genus Nanomitrium; but on the other
hand Sullivant (7. fig. 7 of pl. xi.) figures it as certainly better
developed than in tenerum, synoicum, and Austini. If the plant
is allowed to be an Ephemerum, we must regard it, by reason of
the rounded capsule and rudimentary calyptra, as a connecting
link with Nanomitrium.

Wemay here consider what have been stated to be the essential
characters in which Nanomitrium differs from Ephemerum. Austin
(1), in founding the genus, relied on the calyptra and inflorescence.
Lindberg (2) remarked: * Ex Ephemero ... distinguitur his
notis maximi momenti : foliis laxis et difficile emollitis, canalicu-
latis, superne interdum latioribus, obtuse serratis, omnino enerv.
ibus, edificatis a cellulis conformibus, levissimis et duplicem

MR. E. 8. SALMON ON THE GENUS NANOMITRIUM. 167

lineam circumscribentem habentibus ideoque haud incrassatis,
inflorescentia par-synoica, theca maxime leptodermi, fere sine
vestigio ullo rostelli, calyptra apici thece arcte adherente,
minima et brevissima, ut fere ad stylum solum reducta."

Philibert (5. p. 52), as the result of a eritical examination of
the genus, concluded that * La différence essentielle entre ces
deux genres [Ephemerum and Nanomitrium] parait done consister
en ce que les espéces qui appartiennent au premier ont toujours
un sporange distinct, tandis que celles du genre Nanomitrium en
sont dépourvues"; also remarking (loe. cit. p. 57): “Le genre
Nanomitrium, quoique bien distinct du genre Ephemerum par la
Structure du sporogone, n'en serait pas cependant séparé par des
limites aussi tranchées que le supposait Lindberg: d'un côté le
N. megalosporum se rapproche des Ephemera par le tissu des
feuilles et la grosseur des spores, et d'un autre cóté le N. equi-
noctiale s'en rapprocherait par l'inflorescence."

Limpricht (6. p. 160), in his key, separates Ephemerum from
Nanomitrium by the presence of stomata on the capsule of the
species belonging to the first genus; also remarking on Nanomi-
trium (loc. cit. p. 162), “zur Reifezeit Columella und Sporensack
völlig resorbirt" ; and on Ephemerum (loc. cit. p. 164), “ Columella
innerhalb des Sporensackes resorbirt, Sporensack bleibend und an
beiden Polen mit kurzen Süulchen, den Resten der Columella, die
den zur Reifezeit noch vorhandenen Luftraum durchsetzen."

N. megalosporum shows the artificiality of the two genera as at
present defined, for in this species the capsule has the shape, and
perhaps the calyptra, of Nanomitrium, while its structure is that
of Ephemerum.

I would propose that the genus Nanomitrium, as we now know
it, be restricted to N. tenerum, N. synoicum, and N. Austini, and
that the essential character separating it from Ephemerum
be the presence of a strongly leptodermous capsule (with
a wall at maturity formed of only a single layer of cells),
possessing a rudimentary lid, as shown by the occurrence of
differentiated cells, by which a regular dehiscence is effected.
N. megalosporum must be transferred to Ephemerum, and probably
N. equinoctiale also, although more observations are desirable to
settle this last point,

There remains to be considered the systematie position of the
two genera, and some of the facts mentioned above help, I think,
to decide this question.

Limpricht, in his admirable * Die Laubmoose," has unfortu-

188 MR. E. 8. SALMON ON THE GENUS NANOMITRIUM.

nately kept up the unnatural Tribe Cleistocarpe in his classifica-
tion. Nanomitrium and Ephemerum are placed there in the Order
Ephemeracee ; the former will now have to be removed, as the
Order is characterized by possessing a capsule "stets ohne
Andeutung eines Deckels."

It is even doubtful if Limpricht can include Nanomitrium in
the Cleistocarpe at all, as this author expressly states as the
most important charaeter of the Cleistocarpe, "dass die...
Kapsel sieh niemals mittelst eines Deckels öffnet, auch wenn
dieser der Anlage nach vorhanden ist.”

But we ean safely, I think, put aside the idea that either
Nanomitrium or Ephemerum will find a permanent place in the
Cleistocarpe ; for the maintenance of this tribe leads to the
obviously unnatural separation of such genera as Physco-
mitrium and Physcomitrella. We need consider, therefore, only
those schemes of classification in which cleistocarpous genera
are considered as being composed of degraded or simpler forms
belonging to various stegocarpous Orders. Nanomitrium has
already been well placed by Lindberg (2) in the Funariacee.

The possession of a rudimentary lid further justifies the
position of this genus in an Order in which stegocarpous genera
occur, and tends to give it a place near PAyscomitrella, as in
that genus (which has been generally regarded as cleistocarpous)
Mrs. Britton (9) has lately recorded a regular dehiscence of
the capsule.

From the preceding remarks it is clear that Ephemerum and
Nanomitrium are too closely allied to be separated in different
Orders. This has been felt by many authors. Limpricht, for
instance, includes both in Ephemeracee; Paris, in his ‘Index
Bryologicus ' (10) has even sunk Nanomitrium in Ephemerum.

Lindberg wavered as to the proper systematic position of Ephe-
merum. At first (3) this author placed it in the section /unariee of
Funariacee, but later (2. p. 410) wrote :—“ Ephemerum vix inter
Funariaceas est collocandum, sed potius inter Poftiaceas in serie
Tortulearum (9) " ; and finally, in the classical * Musei Scandi-
navici’ (4), we find Ephemerum placed in the Tortulacee and
associated with Barbula.

Braithwaite (11) has followed Lindberg as regards the placing
of Ephemerum in Tortulacee, but considers that its affinity
appears to be greatest with the genus PAascum, “both in the
calyptra and areolation."

MR. E. 8. SALMON ON THE GENUS NANOMITRIUM. 169

Dixon, on the other hand, places Ephemerum in the Funariacee,
for, it appears to me, very convincing reasons. This author says
(12): “I have united Ephemerum with the Funariacee, as despite
their near resemblance to Acaulon they appear to be quite as
closely related, through Physcomitrella, with that Order, and the
areolation is rather Funarioid than Pottioid." Also on page 268 :
“ The plants composing this and the last genus [Nanomitrium and
Ephemerum | are connected with the higher Funariacee through
Physcomitrella and Physcomitrium.”

We may now, I think, look upon Nanomitrium as securely
placed in the Funariacee, and at the same time must consider
that Ephemerum is linked, through the intermediate E. megalo-
sporum, to the same Order.

Note. —Since writing the above, I have seen the last part of
Goebel's * Organographie der Pflanzen' (2 Th. 1 Heft, 1898), and
find that the capsule of. Nanomitrium tenerum has been recently
investigated by this author, with the special object of ascertaining
if a columella is present.

Goebel has found that a columella exists in the earlier stages
of the development of the capsule, but that, when the capsule is
ripe, the columella, together with all the cells of the amphithecium
except the external layer, becomes absorbed. Also, what is
specially interesting, the presence of the differentiated cells of
the capsule-wall, above referred to, is elearly indicated.

In the figure of the longitudinal section of the ripe capsule
(loc. cit. fig. 253) two very small cells are shown, which are
described in the explanation of the figure as the annulus.

[An earlier account of Goebel’s investigations on N. tenerum
appears in Flora, Bd. lxxx. p. 463 (1895). Here a figure is
given of the capsule, showing the zone of differentiated cells,
which is deseribed as the annulus, and the following remarks
are made: — “ Nanomitrium besitzt indess einen Deckel und
einen " Ring “in der einschichtigen Sporogonwand. .. . An einer
Anzahl reifer Kapseln war der Deckel an der Ringstelle (die,
wie Fig. 3 zeigt, durch niedrigere Zellen gekennzeichnet ist)
abgebrochen; gelegentlich mag auch der Ring unvollständig
sich ausbilden und dann die Kapselwand bei der Reife unregel-
miissig zerreissen." The other points of my paper are not
touched upon.— E. S. S., February 21st, 1899.]

170 MR. E. 8. SALMON ON THE GENUS NANOMITRIUM.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

(1) Austin, C. F.—Musci Appalachiani, p. 10 (1870).
(2) Linosere, S. O. — * Manipulus muscorum secundus,"
p. 408. Notis. Süllsk. F. et Fl. Fenn. Roch, xiii. (Ny
serie x.) (1874).
(3) Idem.—" Uppställning af fam. Funariacee.” Ofvers. af
K. Vet.-Akad. Fürh. xxi. p. 591 (1865).
(4) Idem.—Musei Seandinavici, Ee, p. 22 (1879).
(5) PurnisERT, H.—“ Sur le genre Nanomitrium (Lindberg).”
Rev. Bry. 1893, p. 49.
(6 LimprICHT, K. G.—" Die Laubmoose,” in Rabenh. Krypt.-
Flor., i. Abth. p. 161 (1885).
(7) Surzıvanı, W. S.—Icones Muscorum, Supplement (1874).
(8) Mirren, W.—' Muse. Austro-Amer.” p. 239. Journ. Linn.
Soc. (Bot.) xii. (1869).
(9) Brrrroy, E. G.—Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xxii. p. 62 (1895).
(10) Paris, E. G.—“ Index Bryologicus.” Act. Soc. Linn. Bor-
deaux, vol. 1. t. 10. p. 134 (1896).
(11) Brarruwarte, R.—The British Moss-Flora, vol. i. p. 182
(1887).
(12) Dixon, H. N.—Stud. Handb. of Brit. Mosses, p. 162 (1896).

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 5.

Fig. 1. Nanomitrium tenerum, capsule showing zone of differentiated cells,
x 150,

tenerum, apex of capsule, X 255.

synoicum, capsule dehiseing along the line of the differentiated cells,
x 150.

4. N. synoicum, part of wall of a ripe capsule at line of dehiscence,
x 205.

5. N. Austini, capsule dehiscing as in fig. 3, X 150.

6. N. equinoctiale, capsule, x 150.

7. » » male plant, seated on the protonema, X 68.

8. Antheridium of same, x 150.

9

0

JN,
N.

. N. equinoctiale, autoicous form of inflorescence, x 150.

. N. megalosporum, capsule opening irregularly on pressure; s. stoma ;
sp., spore-sac, X 68,

11. Stoma of same, x 400.

Salmon.

Linn. Soc Journ. Bor. Von.XXXIV PI. 5.

-E.S.S.del.
R.Morgan hth.

CAPSULE OF NANOMITRIUM.

RULES FOR BORROWING BOOKS FROM

THE LIBRARY.
As amended by the Council, 15th March, 1888.

l. No more than Six volumes shall be lent to one person
at the same time without the special leave of the Council
or one of the Secretaries.

2. All books shall be return 1 before the expiration of
Six weeks from the time of their oeing taken out, but if not
required by any other Fellow, they may, on application, be
kept for a further period of Six weeks.

3. All books lent shall be regularly entered by the
Librarian in a book appropriated for that purpose.

4. No work forming part of Linnzus's own Library shall
be lent out of the Library under any circumstances.

NorE.— Certain other works are included in this prohibition,
such as costly illustrated works, and volumes belonging to
sets which could not be replaced if lost.

Tur Revised RULES concerning the publication of PAPERS
have been already made known by circular, but, if required,

additional copies may be had on application.

The new regulations in regard to publications in the Journal

are as follow :—
Papers read from November and before the middle of
January are published on 1st April.
Papers read after the middle of January and before the
end of April are published on 1st July.
Papers read in May and June are published on 1st November.

NOTICE.

— 4

Vor. XXVI. is still in course of issue, and the Parts already
published are as follows :—

Vol. XXVI., Nos. 173-177.

[Nos. 178-180 are reserved for the continuation of

Messrs. Forbes and Hemsley’s ‘Index Flor# Sinensis.’
The MS. is nearly ready to the end of Cyperaces, and the
authors hope to complete the volume at an early date. |

Vol. XXVII., Nos. 181-188. (Complete.)

Vol. XXVIII., Nos. 189-196. (Complete.)

Vol. XXIX., Nos. 197-204. (Complete.)

Vol. XXX., Nos. 205-211. (Complete.)

Vol. XXXI., Nos. 212-219. (Complete.)

Vol. XXXII., Nos. 220-227. (Complete.)

Vol. XXXIII., Nos. 228-234. (Complete.)

Vol. XXXIV., Nos. 235-236.

Attention to this announcement is specially requested,

to prevent application to the Librarian for unpublished Parts.

The new CATALOGUE ofthe LIBRARY may be had on application.
Price to Fellows, 5s. ; to the Publie, 10s.

All communications relating to the general business of the
Society should be, as heretofore, addressed to the ** SECRETARIES,”
but letters on library business only should be addressed to the
* LIBRARIAN."

Jury 1. Price 9s.

THE JOURNAL

OF

THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

Vor. XXXIV. BOTANY. e No. 237.

CONTENTS.
Page
I. The Botanical Results of a Journey into the Interior
of Western Australia. By SPENCER LE MARCHANT
Moost, BSc, RB geed E cc
II. On the Production of Apospory by Environment in
Athyrium Filis-femina, var. unco-glomeratum, an
apparently barren Fern. By F. W. STANSFIELD,
M.B. (Communicated by C. T. Drvzrr, F.L.S.). 262

III. On some African Labiate with Alternate Leaves. By
I. H. Burri, F.L.S., and C. H. Wrieur, A La

(Plate 8.) 00 E ee ves denas e sua TN ETRAS 268
IV. Note on the Irish Carex rhynchophysa. By G. ULARIDGE
Davos M.A BED Iu. Ee 276

V. A further Contribution to the Freshwater Alge of the
West Indies. By W. Weer, F.L.S., and G. S. West,

B.A; ARON EE etri 279
VI. On Carex Wahlenbergiana, Boott. By C. B. OLARKE,
M.A; E. EE essere MÁS 295

See Notice on last page of Wrapper.

LONDON:

SOLD AT THE SOCIETY'S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE,
PICCADILLY, W. ;

AND BY
LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO...

AND \
WILLIAMS AND NORGATE. '«
1899.

LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON.

LIST OF THE OFFICERS AND COUNCIL.
Elected 24th May, 1899.

PRESIDENT.
Albert C. L. G. Günther, M.A., M.D., PRS

VICE-PRESIDENTS.

C. B. Clarke, M.A., F.R.S. A. D. Michael, F.Z.S., F.R.M.S.
Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. G. M. Murray, F.R.S.
TREASURER.

Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A.

SECRETARIES.

B. Daydon Jackson, Esq. | Prof. G. B. Howes, LL.D., F.R.S.
COUNCIL.

C. B. Clarke, MA F.R.S. Prof. G. B. Howes, LL.D., PRS
Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A, B. Daydon Jackson, Esq.
Francis Darwin, M.B., F.R.S. A. D. Michael, F.Z.S., F.R.M.S.
Prof. J. B. Farmer, M.A. H. W. Monckton, F.G.S.
F. D. Godman, F.R.S. G. M. Murray, F.R.S.
Henry Groves, Esq. A. B. Rendle, M.A., D.Sc.

A. C. L. G. Günther, M.A., M.D., F.R.S.| Howard Saunders, F.Z.S.
W. Percy Sladen, F.G.S.

ASSISTANT SECRETARY.
James Edmund Harting, F.Z.S.
LIBRARIAN. CLERK.
A. W. Kappel. A. R. Hammond.

LIBRARY COMMITTEE,

This consists of nine Fellows (three of whom retire annually) and of the four
officers ex officio, in all thirteen members. The former are elected annually
by the Council in June, and serve till the succeeding Anniversary. The
Committee meet at 4 r.m., at intervals during the Session. The Members for
1898-99, in addition to the officers, are :—

E. G. Baker, Esq. A. D. Michael, F.Z.S.
C. B. Clarke, M.A., PRS H. W. Monckton, F.G.S.
Prof. J. B. Farmer, M.A. Howard Saunders, F.Z.S.

Prof. J. Reynolds Green, D Se, PRS Roland Trimen, F.R.S.
W. B. Hemsley, F.R.S.

Norr.—The Charter and Bye-Laws of the Society, as amended to
the 19th March, 1891, may be had on application.

FLORA OF THE INTERIOR OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 171

The Botanieal Results of a Journey into the Interior of Western
Australia; with some Observations on the Nature and Rela-
tions the Desert Flora. By SPENCErR Le MARCHANT
MoonE, B.Sc., F.L.S.

[Read 17th November, 1898.]

Our expedition landed at King George's Sound in the middle of
December, 1894. During the few hours intervening between the
liner’s arrival and the departure of our train for Perth, I rambled
about in the neighbourhood of Albany, admiring the astonishing
variety in its vegetation for which this corner of Australia 15
so celebrated. True, indeed, it was late in the season, and much
of the flowering was already over; yet even then it would have
been easy, at the cost of a few hours' diligent labour, to make a
collection by no means insignificant, had such a course, in view of
the thorough exploration of previous travellers, been deemed for
any reason desirable. Beyond the granite hills of Albany lies a
wide stretch of low marshy land which might still be worth a
botanist's attention ; but one soou passes this and enters the
* bush "—a type of country extending, with more or less vari-
ation, till the Darling ranges are reached. In spite of the large
grants of Crown land made over to the Railway Company *, and
the inducements held forth to settlers in the districts traversed
by the Line, development in this part of the Colony has not
proceeded apace, and not till you arrive at Katanning are there
many signs of agricultural enterprise. Here, however, as at
Beverley and especially at York, the farmer is more in evidence.
But, unless the summer of 1894 was exceptional—happily I
believe this to have been the case—he must have many difficulties
to contend against. Loiterers at the wayside stations had doleful
stories to tell of the drought—stories too often confirmed up to
the hilt as we passed through splendid-looking country so cruelly
parched that the sight of it was enough to make one’s heart ache.
But all this was changed in the Darling ranges, where the
numerous wood-cutiing settlements imparted a welcome tone of

prosperity to the scene.
As we travelled up to Southern Cross from Perth, night soon
hid the country from our view, and not until we were near our

* This railway, together with the land-concessions enjoyed by it, has been
recently purchased by the West Australian Government,
LINN. JOURN.— BOTANY, VOL. XXXIV. 0

173 MR. 8. MOORE ON THE FLORA

destination did the daybreak restore it. We had traversed the
Jarrah forest-region the evening before, and were now passing
over red soil through well-wooded country of which the vegeta-
tion consisted, in its main feature, of gum-trees *, much lower in
stature and sparser in habit than the giants of the Jarrah region.
When, a few days afterwards, we started from Southern Cross
with a small camel-train for Siberia, situated some 120 miles in a
north-easterly direction, the gum-trees were left behind a few
miles out of Southern Cross, and we entered a broad stretch of
country thickly covered with shrubby vegetation, while the soil
had changed from red to white or yellow, an indication of under-
lying granite rocks. This shrub-bearing region with pale scil
extends to Siberia, except for some intervening treed belts with
red soil and some salt lakes and “salt-bush” flats. At intervals
along the route one passes large granite outercps, where alone
water is to be had, if at all. The drought was very severe when
we passed through, and we began to be seriously apprehensive
of disaster ; but, thanks to a timely thunderstorm, our journey
was performed without further difficulty. In coming down by
railway from Coolgardie more than eighteen months afterwards,
I passed through the same wide belt of shrubbed land, of which
the chief characteristic is the abundance of Myrtacex belonging,
for the most part, to the tribe Chamealaucice. Among the few
plants secured in this part of the journey may be mentioned
Marianthus lineatus, F. Muell., Cassia artemisioides, Gaudich.,
Loudonia aurea, F. Muell., Kunzea sericea, Turcz., Olearia ramu-
losa, Benth., and the new species PAyllota lycopodioides, Acacia
sibirica, and Helichrysum puteale. One of tle most striking
features about the vegetation of the West Australian desert, or
at least of those parts of it visited by me, is the absence of the
well-known “ Black-Boy " (Xanthorrhaa Preissii, Endl.) : except
for a narrow be't between Southern Cross and Siberia, where a
few diminutive individuals, probably of this speeies, were seen,
and a similar belt up country between Yilgangie and Uladdie,
this plant, so abundant nearer the coast, was not met with east
of Southern Cross.

From Siberia we made our way, vid Goongarrie or Ninety
Mi'e to Mount Margaret. The country between Siberia and
Goongarrie is similar to that at Southern Cross, the soil being

* These gum-trees appear to be Eucalyptus salmonophloia, E. redunca, &c.

OF THE INTERIOR OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 173

red, while gum-trees are the most prominent element in the
vegetation—it is, in short, an auriferous zone. But no sooner
is the salt lake at Goongurrie crossed, than an entire change
takes place in the vegetation. From this point onward gum-
trees are few in number, and for the most part restricted to the
banks of creeks, and their place is taken by * Mulga” (Acacia),
by Eremophilas, Proteacez, Casuarinas, &e. The general hue
of this vegetation is a dark olive-green, and this renders the
scene dreary to a degree. "There is, however, one alleviation,
inasmuch as the bright green foliage of that beautiful tree, the
Currajong (Sterculia diversifolia, G. Don), rare and seldom seen
further west, often refreshes the traveller's eye in this back
country. Goongarrie is situated close to the thirtieth parallel of
South latitude; and as the change in the vegetation is here so
abrupt, I have, as will afterwards be shown in more detail,
assumed this parallel as marking the division between two floras.
Whether the line should run due east and west is a moot point
—its trend is probably north-west or north-north-west. I find,
however, by proceeding on the just-mentioned assumption and
comparing all available records, a considerable percentage of the
plants found to the south of the thirticth parallel are different,
specifically or generically—generally the former—from those
having their habitat north of it. The primary difference between the
two regions, the rarity of gum-trees in the one and their abundance
in the other, is a fact well known to mining men, one of the most
serious drawbacks to mining enterprise in the northern districts
being the scarcity of suitable timber, while its abundance south
of the thirtieth parallel, as at Southern Cross, Coolgardie,
Kalgoorlie, and other centres, is a fact well known to all *.
From Mount Margaret a short expedition was made to “ the
table-topped mountain,” a low elevation a few miles to the north-
east, which has by some, appareutly in error, been identified
with the hill called by Sir John Forrest, Mount Weld. The
camp was then fixed at the Hawk’s Nest, situated at the foot of a
diorite range of low elevation, the scene of a then almost deserted

* This difference between the nearer and more distant parts of the desert
was first brought to my notice by Sir John Forrest in an interview I had with
him before leaving for the Interior. I mention this for the purpose of empha-
sizing a fact which had evidently impressed itself deeply, during the early
pioneering days when he first won his spurs, upon the mind of a man who
himself makes no special claim to being a botanist.

02

174 MR. S. MOORE ON THE FLORA

mining encampment. From this place, I, accompanied by our
Afghan and the camels, made for Coolgardie vid Yilgangie and
Uladdie, with the object of procuring a fresh supply of food.
On my return to the Hawk’s Nest, we started for the diggings
near Lake Darlót; but the country being very dry, we remained
a few days camped at Mackenzie's well, fourteen miles north-
east of Mount Margaret, as a long waterless stage intervened
between us and our destination. A timely storm enabled us to
push forward, and, passing the Darlót diggings, we erossed the
salt lake Darlót, and made for some high granite rocks fourteen
miles to the northward, where there was au abundant supply of
water. At that time provisions at Darlöt were at famine prices,
and we consequently found ourselves forced to relinquish our
intention of travelling further north ; and, making a track through
the bush, we returned to our main encampment at Mackenzie's
well. From here the whole party set out along the Darlót
road, with the object of camping at a creek where there was
plenty of water; and it was during a stay of three weeks at this
last camp, while some of the party were away on a distant expe-
dition, that I was able to do a little collecting. Here I found
inter alia the pretty little Zonidium floribundum, Walp., in some
plenty ; also Abutilon Fraseri, Hock., and its var. parviflora,
Benth., Dodonea filifolia, Hook., Acacia aneura, Benth., Micro-
myrtus imbricata, R. Br., Canthium latifolium, F. Muell., Pluchea
Dentex, R. Br., Eremophila leucophylla, Benth., and E. latifolia,
F. Muell., and a curious dwarf variety (var. rosulata, nob.) of
Nicotiana suaveolens, Lehm., &e. Nor was | unsuccessful in the
seareh for new species, e. g., Eremophila metallicorum, Hemigenia
exilis, and the pretty rose-flowered Felleia rosea.

We had been five months on our travels, and our stock of
provisions getting low, our faces were turned to the south.
Travelling by way of Doyle's well, Mount George, and Goon-
garrie, we arrived at Coolgardie on June 27th, and after a short
delay there, fixed our camp at Gibraltar, sixteen miles south-
west of the mining capital. It was now the depth of winter;
the days were cool and the nights intensely cold. A considerable
quantity of rain had fallen, and herbaceous vegetation showed
itself in fair abundance, aud as spring approached the desert began
to wear quite a pleasing appearance. Grasses threw up their
haulms, and lowly Crucifers and Umbellifers, Calandrinias, Zygo-
phyllums, Erodiums, Droseras, Goodenias (Goodenia heterophylla

OF THE INTERIOR OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 175

and Goodenia mimuloides, the latter new), Amaranthacer, &c.,
came into flower. But the chief honours of this spring vegetation
are won by lowly Composite of the tribe Helichysese. Some of
these cover large spaces of ground literally in sheets —now ye!low
(Waitzia corymbosa, Wendl., Helipterum Haighii, F. Muell.),
now white (Helipterum rubellum, Benth. and Fitzgibboni, F.
Muell., Cephalipterum Drummondii, A. Gray) or pink (Schenia
Cassiniana, Steetz) ; while in the neighbourhood of granite out-
crops the white or pink Helipterum Manglesii, F. Muell., and the
yellow Podolepis pallida, Turcz., and Helichrysum semipapposum,
DC., are conspicuous at this time of year. This wealth of
colour is, however, of but short duration ; daily the sun mounts
higher in the heavens and all lowly vegetation dries up and
vanishes, so that by the end of October the ground has become
bare as a monli's tonsure, and you wonder how anything herba-
ceous could have contrived to exist there.

One point has been left unnoticed, namely, the occurrence of
the so-called “ Spinifex " (Triodia irritans, R. Br.). This is not
met with in any quantity south of Mount Margaret, but further
north one passes stretches of country of which it is a prominent
feature. I saw nothing suggestive of the term “ spinifex desert ”
which one finds printed on the maps; for after, at most, a few
miles of * spinifex," the “bush” reappears. What there may
be still further north and north-east, of course I cannot say;
but there seem to be grounds for doubting whether any very
large and continuous area of which the “spinifex” is the
characteristic plaut exists in the interior of the Colony. Never-
theless, its frequency in the north, when we bear in mind the
comparative rarity of its occurrence south of the thirtieth
parallel, is a matter worthy of remark.

It has already been stated that spring is the time of flowering
for the herbaceous vegetation, and to a large extent this is true
of the shrubs and trees also. Some of the latter, however, put
forth their flowers at other times of the year; while a few, such
as the Quandong and Scevola spinescens, R. Br., will flower
almost the whole year round. In the moister coast-regiou,
likewise, most of the plants are spring or early summer flowerers *,

* In his essay on the Australian Flora (Flora of Tasmania, Introd. Essay,
p. xxix), Sir Joseph Hooker combats the then prevalent idea that the vegetation
of the island-continent is entirely without analogy in other parts of the world.
Among other arguments advanced in support of his contention, we find it

176 MR. 8. MOORE ON THE FLORA

and for the obvious reason that the summer and autumn are very
hot and the air so dry that flowers are then liable to become
des’ecated. The flowering of plants is also dependent upon the
chance of rain. I was particularly struck with this fact when
lar up country, upon coming into some district recently visited
by a storm, and finding the shrubs in flower there, while in
neighbouring distriets not so favoured—the storms are usually
loeal, often extremely so—flowers were not to be seen. Curious,
too, is the paucity of the flowers, and the rapidity with which
they dry up, often, to all appearance, before pollination has been
effected. But this is only one sign of the desperate struggle for
existence which these tenants of the desert solitudes are forced to
maintain. Trees and shrubs quite orall but dead are frequent ;
and it is no exaggeration to say that in some districts, where rain
las not fallen for a considerable time, fully fifty per cent. of the
vegetation may be on the verge of destruction. This remark
applies chiefly to the country north of the thirtieth parallel ;
south of that line the gum-trees, ever. fresh, no matter how long
the drought may have lasted, give an entirely different appearance
to the scene.

Go where you will, the quantity of vegetation is simply mar-
vellous, when one bears in mind the extremely small rainfall.
The best way to obtain a clear idea of this is to climb a low hill,
or one of the * gnamma " rocks so frequently met with. From
such a point of view the clearness of the atmosphere enables the
eye to range over long distances, and one gets the impression of
a densely afforested country, variegated here and there, perhaps,
by a glistening salt lake, with perhaps a “ salt-bush ” flat in the
foreground. Admiring such a scene as this, I thought of the
Matto Grosso “cerrados,” which have nothing like so much
shrubby and arboreous vegetation, and scarcely so high an
average summer temperature, though the quantity of rain which
falls upon them is ten times as great. This wonderful adapta-
tion of Australian plants to an extreme climate I shall again refer
to later on.

avcrred that in Australia, as elsewhere, a common order of flowering prevails,
the Orchidea putting forth their blossoms in spring, the Leguminosz in summer,
and the Composite in autumn, Whether, supposing the order of flowering to
be as stated, the argument has any value, may be a matter of opinion; the
point to emphasize here is that, as applicable to the West Australian flora, the
statement is scarcely borne out by facts.

OF THE INTERIOR OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 177

I propose to give first a list of the plants collected by myself.
Then will follow statistics of. the Desert flora obtained from all
available sources. Xerophily and homoplasy will next be briefly
referred to; and after this some remarks will be made on the
distribution of Desert plants in relation to the soil.

The first set of the plants, it may be added, is at the British
Museum. The second and third sets have been sent to Columbia
College, New York, and the Kew Herbarium respectively.

List or Praxrs collected in the West Australian Interior ;
with descriptions of the new species.

ANGIOSPERM A.
DICOTYLEDONES.

ÜRUCIFERER.

BLESNODIA BREVIPES, F. Muell. Near Coolgardie, August.
Flowers white.

B. CARDAMINOIDES, F. Muell. var. MICROCARPA, nob. Near
Coolgardie, August. A small form only 8 em. high, with short
pods not exceeding 6 mm. in length. Flowers yellow.

ALYSSUM LINIFOLIUM, Steph. Environs of Coolgardie, August.

STENOPETALUM ROBUSTUM, Endl. A common little herb in
springtime at Gibraltar near Coolgardie. Flowers brown-yellow.

S. sPiLEROCARPUM, F. Muell. Near Coolgardie, August.
S. LINEARE, K. Br. Near Coolgardie, August.

MENKEA COOLGARDIENSIS, S. Moore, in Journ. Bot. xxxv. (1897)
p.162. Near Coolgardie, August.

LEPIDIUM PAPILLOSUM, F. Muell. Near Coolgardie, August.
A small form, only 5-10 em. high.

L. RUDERALE, Linn. Near Coolgardie, August.

RaPHANUS sativus, Linn. Bullabulling rocks, September.
Almost certainly introduced by teamsters.

178 MR. S. MOORE ON THE FLORA

VIOLACER.

JoxıDIuM FLORIBUNDUM, Walp. Between Wilson's creek
and Lake Darlöt and elsewhere in that district, April and May.
Between Coolgardie and Gibraltar, August. A pretty little sub-
shrub not infrequently met with, 2 feet or so high. Flowers
much like those of Viola tricolor, but smaller.

PITTOSPOREÆ.

PITTOSPORUM PHILLYREOIDES, DC., var. MICROCARPA, nob.
Salt-bush plain south of Doyle's well, June (flowers and fruit).
Fruits smaller than those of type, oblong-ovoid not flattened,
and with only 1-4 seeds. A small tree or tall shrub up to
12 feet or so high, the branches weeping.

MARTANTHUS LINEATUS, F. Muell. Between Southern Cross
and Siberia soak, January (flowers and fruit). An erect shrub
about 22 feet high. Flowers yellowish white, with chocolate
stripes. Capsules relatively larger and narrower than those of
the type.

In the report of the Elder Expedition this plant is alluded to
as a twiner.

FRANKENIACEF.

FnawxENIA PAUCIFLORA, DC. Gibraltar, September. A
subshrub with pink flowers.

CARYOPHYLLEE.
SILENE GALLICA, Linn. Bullabulling, September. A well
established alien.

DRYMARTA FILIFORMIS, Benth. Near Coolgardie, August. A
rather common little herb in springtime.

PORTULACER.
CALANDRINIA PYGM EA, F. Muell. Bullabulling, September.

C. cALYPTRATA, Hook. f. Near Coolgardie, August. Herea
small, indeed usually minute, herb.

HyYPERICINER.

HYPERICUM JAPONICUM, Thunb. Donkey rocks, between Goon-
garrie and Mt. Margaret, June.

OF THE INTERIOR OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 179

MALvVACE.

LAVATERA PLEBEIA, Sims. Between Uladdie soak and Yil-
gangie claypans, March. Near Coolgardie, August.

The Coolgardie specimens are remarkably small, ouly 10-12 em.
high, and proportionately diminished all round.

MALVA PARVIFLORA, Linn. Bullabulling, September. An
undoubted introduction.

PLAGIANTHUS REPENS, sp. nov. Suffruticosa, repens, pubes-
cens, foliis parvis longipetiolatis rotundato-ovatis vel suborbi-
cularibus rarius ovatis plerisque inzqualiter 5-lobulatis, floribus
parvis axillaribus solitariis vel breviter racemosis subsessilibus
hermapbroditis, calyce tubuloso 5-lobato, petalis calycem sub-
sequantibus vel paullo excedentibus, staminibus 10, ovarii loculis
5, stylis filiformibus stamina superantibus.

Hab. Crescit juxta Gibraltar, mens. Oct. florens et fructificans.

Caules sat validi, crebro ramosi, subtus demum puberuli.
Foliorum lamina 0:5-1:0 cm. long. et lat., basi truncata vel
obtusa; lobi circa 0:15 em. long., deltoidei, obtusi; petioli usque
ad 0:8 em. long., plerumque vero breviores; stipulæ lineares, 0:25
em. long. Calyx 0'45 em. long., circa 0:5 em. diam., 5-angulatus ;
lobi ejus deltoidei, obtusi. Petala late oblonga, obtusissima.
Ovarium glabrum. Styli elongati, deorsum geniculati. Car-
pela matura 5, calyce inclusa, puberula, apice subito elevata
ibique obtusa. Semina atra, scrobiculata, 0°13 em. long.

This is evidently closely allied to P. diffusus, Benth. The chief
points of difference are the indumentum, the subsessile herma-
phrodite flowers, and the invariable decandry.

SIDA PrrROPHILA, F. Muell. Wilson's patch between Mount
Margaret and Lake Darlót, May. Plain south of Doyle's well,
June. A small subshrub, 2-3 feet high. Flowers yellow.

S. sp. indet. Near Ccolgardie, August. A small yellow-
flowered subshrub.

The specimens, which are in early flower, have the general
appearauce of S. calyxhymenia, J. Gay, the calyx of which is
strongly accrescent, whereas that of S. petrophila, F. Muell.,
which the present plant also resembles, is scarcely so at all.
For this reason I am unable to definitely name the specimens.

180 MR. 8. MOORE ON THE FLORA

ABUTILON CRYPTOPETALUM, F, Muell. Near Siberia soak,
January. A lowly erect subshrub, about 18 inches high,
sparingly branched. Flowers pale yellow.

A. Frasert, Hook. Between Mackenzie's well and Lake
Darlót, April. A small yellow-flowered subshrub.

A. Frasert, Hook., var. PARVIFLORA, Benth. Wilson's pateh,
between Mount Margaret and Lake Darlót, May. Flowers
yellow, then white.

Hisrscus Kmrcnavrrrawus, F, Muell. Between Pendinnie
soak and Mt. Margaret, March. Subshrub, a foot high. Flowers
pale purple.

STERCULIACER.

STERCULIA DIVERSIFOLIA, G. Don. (Brachychiton Grezorii,
F. Muell.) This, the Kurragong tree, is tolerably abundant in
various distriets of the Interior, especially north of Goongarrie.
lt is much rarer in the neighbourhood of Coolgardie ; thus,
during all the months I was at Gibraltar, but one was seen there,
and none elsewhere except at Bullabulling, where there are a
few close to the rocks.

RULINGTA coacta, sp. nov. Suffrutex, caulibus et foliis et
alabastris molliter villosulo-tomentosis, folis subsessilibus lineari-
oblongis obtusissimis crenatis bullulatis deinde planis, stipulis
setaceis integris villosulis, cymis subsessilibus oppositifoliis ter-
minalibusve plurifloris congestis quam folia brevioribus, alabastris
pentagonis obtusis, calycis lobis oblongo-ovatis obtusissimis,
petalis parvis quam sepala multo brevioribus basi planis vel
leviter concavis revolutisve, ligula parva vel vix vel omnino
obsoleta, staminibus cmnino liberis, staminodiis stamina multo
excedentibus liberis. :

Hab. Repperi inter Coolgardie et Gibraltar mens. Sept. flores
albos proferentem.

Ascendens, usque ad 30:0 em. alt., plerumque humilior et non-
nunguam usque al 15:0em.abbreviata. Radix rigidus, fere rectus,
sparsim ramosus, sursum 025 cm. diam. Caules rigidi, teretes,
state glabri et fulvido-rufi. Folia 2:0-2:5 em. long., 04-06 em.
lat., deinde pagina superiore pubescentia; petioli 01-02 cm. et
stipulae 04-07 em. long. Cymæ pauciflore, circa 2 cm. diam.
Bractex lanceolato-obovate, acuts, pedicellos excedentes, extra

OF THE INTERIOR OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 181

villosule. Flores vix usque ad lO em. diam. Calycis lobi 0:4 em:
long., extra mox molliter pubescentes. Petala vix ultra 0:2 em.
long, extus villosula ; ligula laminam paullo superans, linearis,
obtusa, vel plus minus abbreviata et petalum totum ad laminam
minutam ovatam vel ovato-laneeolatam planam sepe reduetum.
Filamenta O1 em. long., basi dilatata ibique libera. Staminodia
omnino inter se libera, lanceolata, vix 0:3 cm. long., villosula.
Ovarium glabrum, granulatum. Capsule iguotæ.

This plant has given me much trouble, mainly on account of
its petals. It is, in fact, a synthetic type, since the differences
in the petals characteristic of the tribes Buettneriez and Lasio-
petalez are met with here, and even in the same flower, The petals
typical of the former tribe are prominent organs, with a large
concave base and an elongated, more or less linear appendage or
lafhina: those of the Lasiopetalex, if present at all, are small and
scaly,and without trace of a lamina. The petals of Zulingia coacta
are never of any size, but the lamina is sometimes relatively
well-developed, and this side by side with petals which may show
but a trace of a lamina or even be reduced to a simple scale.
In all other respects, with the trifling exception that the stami-
nodes are quite free at the base, instead of being connate and
adnate to the stamens, the present plant is a typical Jtulingia ;
but, inasmuch as the union is very slight in the case of R. salvi-
folia, Beuth., 1 cannot consider this to warrant the establishing of
a new genus in an order already, to my judgment, too much
divided up generieally.

Owing to absence of fruit, it is impossible to indicate the
affinity of Zt. coacta. At first sight it looks not unlike A. pannosa,
R. Br., but the leaves are smaller and differently shaped, and the
inflorescence is more congested. The floral peculiarities above
mentioned are, of course, weighty points of divergence.

This plant was found only in one place, which a bush-fire had
passed over some time previously. Plagianthus repens (p. 179)
also grows here, and I saw it nowhere else.

RULINGIA LOXOPHYLLA?, F. Muell. Near Kilkenny soak, June.
An ascending subsbrub, up to 3 feet or so. Flowers yellow.

The specimens to hand have buds merely, so that I find it
impossible to name this without a query.

KERAUDRENIA INTEGRIFOLIA, Steud. Siberia soak, January (in
fruit). Between Uladdie soak and Yilgangie claypans, March

182 MR. 8. MOORE ON TITE FLORA

(in fruit). Nine-mile rocks between Coolgardie and Gibraltar,
September.

In the two former localities a small subshrub up to 2 feet
hich, with pale purple or lavender calyces. Near Coolgardie a
shrub of 3 to 4 feet, the calyces blue. Its large, brightly coloured
calyces give this plant a very striking appearance. It was seen
only in the soil of decomposed granite.

ZYGOPHYLLE®.

TarmvL.Us terrestris, Zinn. Between Uladdie soak and
Yilgangie claypans, March.

ZYGOPHYLLUM APICULATUM, F. Muell. Common in the Cool-
gardie district in springtime. Flowers yellow.

Z. topocarrum, F. Muell, var. BILOBUM. Near Coolgardie,
August. Flowers yellow.

Z. rnuTICULOsUM, DO. Near Ninety-mile lake, north of
Coolgardie, June. A small yellow-flowered subshrub.

Z.rRUTICULOSUM, DC., var. PARVIFLORA, nob. Near Cool-
gardie, August. Between Coolgardie and Gibraltar, October.
Apparently the same variety was obtained by the Elder
Expedition people.

GERANTACER.

ERODIUM CICUTARIUM, Z’Hörit. Near Coolgardie. Common

in August and September.

E. cyaxorum, Nees. Near Coolgardie, August.

OXALIS CORNICULATA, Linn. Siberia soak, January. The
specimens were not kept.

RUTACEF.

PHEBALIUM TUBERCULOSUM, Benth. A shrub about 4 feet
high, with white flowers near Coolgardie, with pink flowers near
Gnarlbine.

STACKHOUSIEA.

STACKHOUSIA VIMINEA, Sm. Donkey rocks between Goon-
garrie and Mt. Margaret, June. Gibraltar, September.

OF THE INTERIOR OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 183

STACKHOUSIA FLAVA, Hook., var. Donkey rocks, June. This
variety has pubescent bracts and floral axes. The petals also are
sumewhat blunter than are those of type specimens. Might
possibly be regarded as a new species.

Another Stackhousia, probably typical A. flava, Hook., is
rather abundant on the Nine-mile rocks near Coolgardie, but, as
no specimens are to hand, I must somehow have omitted to
press any.

The Stackhousie, so far as my observation goes, grow only on
decomposed granitic soil.

RHAMNACE E.

PoMADERRIS FORRESTIANA, F. Muell. A shrub about 3 feet
or so, with white flowers, near Gnarlbine, September. A lowly
shrub, up to 2 feet, with brown flowers, between Coolgardie
and Gnarlbine, October. I can see no essential difference
between the two.

TRYMALIUM MymTILLUS, sp. nov. Crebro ramosa, ramis
tenuibus mox glabris, foliis parvis oblanceolatis vel anguste
oblaneeolato-obovatis in petiolum brevem sensim angustatis
subtus molliter appresse pubescentibus, eymis plurifloris folia
excedentibus, floribus modicis pedicellatis, pedicellis tandem
calyces excedentibus una cum his breviter tomentosis, bractcis
ovatis, ovario 3-loculo.

Hab. Viget prope Coolgardie, ubi mens. Aug. floret.

Frutex ultrametralis. Ramuli flexuosi, foliorum evanidorum
reliquiis persistentibus crebro induti, cinerei, circa O1 em. crassi.
Stipule ovate vel ovato-lancevlatw, scarios®, circa 0:075 cm.
long. Folia subcoriacea, pleraque 0:5-0*7 em. long., obtusissima
vel emarginata, supra brevissime pubescentia, subtus pallida.
Cymz tandem usque ad 1:5 cm. long., plereque vero breviores.
Bracteæ stipulis conformes, extra pubescentes. Alabastra
5-gona. Flores circa 02 em. diam., lutescenti-albi. Calycis lobi
late ovati, obtusi. Petala quam calyx breviora, cucullata, brevis-
sime unguiculata, integra. Stamina parva, deinde erecta.
Capsula nondum obvia.

A plant with the habit of T. Wichure, Nees, to which it is
doubtless closely allied. The leaves, however, are somewhat
different in shape, and the cymes longer than the leaves and with

184 MR. S. MOORE ON THE FLORA

more flowers. The three-celled ovary may be mentioned among
other poiuts of difference.

STENANTHEMUM LEUCOPHRACTUM, Reiss. Between Wilson's
ereek and Lake Darlót, May. A small branching subshrub
about 2 feet high. Flowers yellow.

CuyPTANDRA PARVIFOLIA, T'urcz. Near Coolgardie, September.

C. (S WICHUREA) PETREA, sp. nov. Spinosa, sparsim ramosa,
ramis erispe pubescentibus, foliis minutis linearibus obtusis
marginibus revolutis minute pubescentibus, floribus parvis pedun-
culatis, ealyce subrotato alte lobato glabro, ovario infero.

Hab. Crescit apud petras graniticas “Donkey rocks” nun-
cupatas, inter Goongarrie et Mt. Margaret.

Suffrutex parvus, 2-metralis. Rami subteretes, circa 02 em.
diam., cinerascentes, dein glabri et rimosi. Spinw rectæ vel
leviter decurve, modice, vix 1:0 em. long., apicem versus atten-
uate, nonnunquam foliigere. Folia circa 0'3 cm. long. basi
obtusa, petiolis brevissimis fulta. Flores solitarii vel in glome-
rulos parvos dispositi. Bractee minute, albido-ciliate. Pedun-
culi circa 02 em. long., glabri. Alabastra obtusissima, 5-gona.
Flores 0:4 em. diam., albi. Calyeis lobi ovati, obtusi, 0°13 em.
long. Petala calycem subæquantia, longe unguiculata, late ovata,
concava. Stamina primo petalis abscondita dein libera. Discus
annularis, prominens, glaber. Capsule hucusque ignotæ.

This has much the look of C. glabriflora, Benth., a Murchison
plant, in common with which it has glabrous flowers, so rare
in the genus. The new species belongs, however, to the other
section of the genus— Wichurea, characterized by a large annular
free dise. It differs from its fellows of that section by reason
of its subrotate corollas, its affinity appearing closest with
C. longistaminea, F. Muell., but the spines, tomentum, and
bracts are additional and weighty points of divergence.

SAPINDACER.
Dopox ra FILIFOLIA, Hook. Between Wilson's pool and Lake
Darlót, May.

D. LOBULATA, F. Muell. A shrub up to 5 feet at Bulla-
bulling, September.

OF THE INTERIOR OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 185

LEGUMINOSAZ.

MIRBELIA MICROPHYLLOIDES, S. Moore, in Journ. Bot. xxxv.
(1897) p. 164. A small subshrub about 3 Let high near Cool-
gardie. August. Flowers yellow and red.

OXYLOBIUM GRANITICUM, sp. nov. Fruticosa, elata, deinde
fere glabra, foliis subverticillatis vel suboppositis rarius solitariis
ovatis obtusissimis vel emarginatis brevipetiolatis tenuiter cori-
ace's conspicue et arcte retieulato-nervosis, racem's axillaribus
terminalibusve elongatis laxifloris folia excedentibus, alabastris
albido-sericeis, calyce pedicellum superante puberulo, floribus
modicis aurantiacis, ovario longistipitato dense albido-serieco,
ovulis 6.

Hab. Viget apud petras graniticas ad Bullabulling, mens. Sept.
florescens.

Frutex humane altitudinis vel paullo ultra, ascendens, erebro
foliatus. Ramuli saltem sursum angulati, eximie striati, vires-
centes. Foliorum lamina 4'0-5:0 em. long., 2°0-2°5 cm. lat,
basi acuta apiee brevissime apiculata, nervo mediano dorso
maxime eminente, nervulis utrinque conspicuis ; petioli 0:5 em.
long. Stipule lanceolate, circa 0:2 em. long. Hacemi 10:0—
12:0 em. long., deorsum nudi, sursum flores oppositos vel verti-
cillatos raro solitarios cirea 10 em. long. ferentes. Bractew
fugaces haud obvim. Pedicelli 02-08 em. long., juniores albo-
pubescentes. Calycis lobi ciliati, superiores altius connati, ovati,
obtusissimi, inferiores lanceolati, 0'3 cm. long., calyx totus 0*6 em.
long. Vexillum reniforme, vix 10 cm. lat. Filamenta 0:8 em.
long., deorsum dilatata ibique plus minus barbata. Ovarii stipes
se ipsum mquans, sursum sericeus. Stylus compressus, apice
leviter attenuatus. Legumen non vidi.

A very distinct and handsome species, which may be said to
combine the foliage of O. atropurpureum, Turez., and the inflores-
cence of O. trilobatum, Benth., or O. parriflorum, Benth.

PHYLLOTA LYCOPODIOIDES, sp. nov. Suffruticosa, stricta, sur-
sum foliosa, sparsim ramosa, molliter villoso-tomentosa, foliis
arcte imbricatis abbreviatis egre omnino sessilibus oblongo-ovatis
breviter apiculatis fere planis, stipulis 0, floribus modicis glo-
meratis glomerulis plurifloris terminalibus vel subapicalibus,
bracteis bracteolisque lanceolatis acuminatis dense villosis, calycis
villosi lobis tubum multo excedentibus axialibus quam abaxialia

186 MR. S. MOORE ON THE FLORA

majoribus, vexillo calycem paullo excedente, staminibus iuter se
brevissime connatis et una cum petalis annulum angustum effor-
mantibus, ovario brevissime stipitato dense villoso, stylo ovarium
superante deorsum villoso.

Hab. Crescit inter Southern Cross et puteum * Wangine "
give “ Siberia soak " dietum, mens. Jan. florens.

Circa l-metralis. Caulis deorsum nudus ibique novellas
emittens, deinde glaber. Folia 05-06 em. long., 0:3-0*4 em. lat.,
supra minutissime tomentella, subtus villoso-tomentosa, costa
media pag. iuf. eminente et in apiculo brevi rigido decolore exiens.
Glomeruli fere usque 3:0 em. diam. Pedicelli circa 0:15 cm.
long., crassi, villosi. Bracteole modice 0:7 em. long. Flores
brunuei. Calyeis tubus cirea 0:2 em. long.; lobi axiales ovato-
lanceolati, subito inequilateraliter acuminati, OH em. long. ; lobi
abaxiales laneeolati, lobus medius quam laterales paullo brevior,
hi longiusacuminati et 0:65 em. long., lobi omues intus nitentes et
saltem in sicco plus minus brunneo-aurantiaci. Vexillum cirea
1:0 em. long., 07 em. lat., ejus unguieulus 0°35 cm. long.; ale
0:8 em. long; carina vexllo equilonga, obtusa. Ovarii stipes
cirea O'L em. long., ovarium ei oblique insertum, 0°35 em. long.,
late oblongum, obtusum ; stylus filiformis, sursum glaber, sub
apice leviter dilatatus, 0:6 em. long. De legumine inquirendum.

Mr. Bentham would doubtless have called this a Pultenea,
see ng that its affinity is undoubtedly with P. Urodon, Benth.
Baron von Mueller, however, refers that plant to Phyllota, basing
his view, apparently, upon the absence of stipules and the union
of the stamens and petals into a short ring, which are charac-
teristics of Phyllota and not of Pultenea. Although usually
agreeing with Bentham’s views where they conflict with Mueller’s,
I am of opinion that the latter is right in this instance, and con-
sequently propose to place the present plant in Phyllota. From
P. Urodon it can easily be distinguished by its stouter habit,
woully tomentum, differently shaped leaves and calyx-lobes, as
well as in a number of minor points.

PHYLLOTA HUMILIS, sp. nov. Suffruticosa, humilis, sparsim
ramosa, folis minutis imbrieatis ovatis acutis sessilibus rigidis
pubescentibus dein glabris, stipulis 0, floribus modicis axillaribus
glomerulos paucifloros sessiles efformantibus, braeteolis anguste
lanceolatis calyei applieatis, calycis villosi lobis tubum multo
excedentibus axialibus quam abaxialia majoribus, vexillo calycem

OF THE INTERIOR OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 187

excedente, staminibus et petalis annulum egre efformantibus,
ovario sessili dense villoso, stylo ovarium superante deorsum
piloso.

Hab. Inter puteum ‘ Uladdie soak” dietum et Yilganzie
repperi mens. Mart. florentem.

Suffrutex tantum 15:0 em. alt. Rami tenues, paullo ultra
0:1 em. diam., sparsim. ramulosi, pauciflori, subteretes, patule
pubescentes deinde puberuli. Folia 0:3 em. long., 0:23 em. lat.,
minutissime apiculata, concava, costa media dorso eminens.
Glomeruli 3-4-flori, 10 em. diam. —Bracteole 0:3 em. long.,
dorso villosule. Flores lutei. Calyx 0:5 cm. long.; lobi
abaxiales ovato-lanceolati, laterales lanceolatos paullo excedentes,
omnes breviter acuminati et eximie nervosi. Vexillum circa
0'8 em. long. unguiculatum. Carina obtusa, vexillo fere equi-
longa. Ovarium dense villosum, ses sile, ovoideuni, 0:3 em. long.
Stylus filiformis, sursum glaber, ib ique gradatim attenuatus.
Legumina desunt.

Allied to the last, and for the same reasons referred to Phyllota.
There is nothing like it in that genus, nor am I acquainted with
any species of Pultenea with which it can be compared.

DIıLLWYNIA ($ XEROPETALUM) ACEROSA, sp. nov. Suffrutex
humilis ramosus, foliis abbreviatis anguste linearibus obtusis
rigidis margine revolutis, floribus parvis axillaribus et solitariis vel
in corymbis brevibus paucifloris dispositis, bracteolis minutis,
calycis pubescentis lobis tubum sub guantibus abaxialibus usque
medium connatis omnibus acutis, vexillo brevi ter unguiculato alas
subzquante.

Hab. Prope Coolgardie floret mens. Aug.

Semimetralis vel minus. Ramuli rigidi, crebro ramosi, deorsum
nudi. Folia 03-04 em. long., 0:05 em. lat., apice ipso leviter
recurva, dorso rotundata nequaquam carinata, sursum canali-
culata, appresse pubescentia demum glabra. Stipule 0. Pedun-
culi 01-02 em. long. juxta apicem braeteolati. Bracteole
lineares, obtuse, 0:1 cm. long. Calyx totus vix 0'5 cm. long.;
lobi 0:15 em. long. Flores circa 0'5 cm. long. Vexillum
expansum 0:6 em. long. et lat., ungue excluso U'4 cm. long.,
aurantiacum, purpureo-lineatuin; ale 0:7 cm. long; carina
retusa, alis :equilonga, sursum purpurea. Legumen ignotum.

The athuity of this would appear to be with D. brunioides,
Meissn., but the inflorescence is different, the leaves are not

LINN. JOURN.— BOTANY, VOL. XXXIV. p

188 MR. 8. MOORE ON THE FLORA

keeled, the bracteoles are minute, the calyx pubescent, not
villous, the vexillum not nearly twice as broad as long, the
keel as long as the wings and retuse, not shorter than they
and obtusely acuminate.

MEDICAGO pENTICULATA, Willd. Bullabulhng, September.
Undoubtedly introduced, most probably by teamsters.

LOTUS AUSTRALIS, Andr., var. PARVIFLORA. Between Cool-
gardie and Gnarlbine, October. Gibraltar, September. Flowers
pale purple.

PsoRALEA ERIANTHA, Benth. Gibraltar, October.

INDIGOFERA BREVIDENS, Benth. Kilkenny soak, and Donkey
rocks between Goongarrie and Mt. Margaret, June. A lowly
subshrub with dark red flowers.

SWAINSONA CANESCENS, F. Muell. Between Coolyardie and
Gnarlbine, October.

S. MrcROPHYLLA, A. Gray. Near Coolgardie, August.
Gnarlbine, September.

GLYCINE CLANDESTINA, Wendl., var. sERICEA, Benth. This
purple-flowered twiner was found near Kilkenny soak in June.

CASSIA PLEUROCARPA, F. Muell. Gibraltar, September. A
handsome spreading shrub about 5 feet high; the flowers are
yellowish-wh:te with dark veins.

C. EREMOPHILA, A. Cunn. Between Doyle’s well and Mt.
George, June. A yellow-flowered shrub about 3 feet high.

C. ARTEMISIOIDES, Gaudich. Near Siberia soak, January.
Coolgardie, August. A branching erect shrub, 3 to 4 feet hish.
Flowers yellow.—A variety of this with greatly reduced leaflets
and flowers was found between Wilson's creek and Lake Darlót,
its yellew-green flowers appearing in May. It a subshrub about
2 feet high.

C. Srurrir, R. Br. Between Doyle’s well and Mount George,
June. A subshrub 23 feet high. Flowers yellow.

ACACTA ERINACEA, Benth. Near Coolgardie, August. A dense-
growing lowiy subshrub, a foot or so high.

OF THE INTERIOR OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 189

ACACTA SUBCERULEA, Lindl. Near Coolgardie, August. Shrub
up to 8 feet high.

A. ANEURA, F. Muell. Common between Wilson's pool and
Lake Darlöt, where it is a shrub about 8 feet high, flowering
in May. A variety with short phyllodes was met with at Pen-
dinnie soak as a tall shrub bearing flowers in March.

A.-($ JULIFLORE, STENOPHYLLE) SIBIRICA, sp. nov. Fruticosa,
elata, ramulis rigidis minute rufo-furfuraceis eito glabris, phyl-
lodiis lineari-oblanceolatis apice obtusis apieulatis nequaquam
pungentibus crassiusculis absque costa mediana utrinque in sicco
sub lente obscure plurinerviis minute rufo-furfuraceis dein
glabris, spieis brevipedunculatis abbreviatis ae revera quam :
phyllodia multo brevioribus, floribus 4- rarius 5-meris, calyce
brevissime lobato, petalis usque ad medium coalitis, legmine ?

Hab. Juxta puteum * Wangine " sive * Siberia soak " nuncu-
patum repperi mens. Jan.

Frutex diffusus, circa trimetralis. Ramuli subteretes, demum
pruinosi, crebro foliati. Phyllodia 3:0—5»0 em. long., 0:4-0:5
em. lat., deorsum coarctata, petiolis 0:2 em. long., in sicco rugatis
suffulta, lutescenti-viridia. Spice circiter 1:0 em. long., densi-
flore ; pedunculi 0:5-0-7 em. long. Calycis lobi obtusissimi.
Corolla calycem longe superans, 0'2 em. long., ejus lobi oblongo-
ovati, obtusi.

There is some doubt about the pods of this plant. My col-
lecting-note says “ pods short,” and there are in the collection a
couple of stray Acacia-pods which I think must be those of the
present plant. These are apparently immature, the larger being
oblong, about 1:5 em. in length, half as much in breadth, and
nearly flat. Attached to one of the specimens are two small,
turgid, somewhat faleate apparent pods about 4 mm. long and
almost as broad; but these look so different from the incipient
pods of just-fertilized flowers, that I suspect the agency of an
insect here. The nature of the pods of this species must,
therefore, remain doubtful for the present.

The species is certainly closely allied to A. aneura, F. Muell.,
which, inter alia, has longer, narrowly linear phyllodes, mostly
5-merous flowers, and free narrow petals.

A. BRACHYSTACHYA, Benth. Between Coolgardie and Lake
Darlót. Precise locality not ascertainable, the label baving been

lost.
P2

190 MR. S. MOORE ON THE FLORA

ACACIA ACUMINATA, Benth. —Bullabulling, September. A
beautiful tree, 20 feet high, with long broad cylindrical heads
of flowers. This is the only species with such large heads seen
upon the Goldfields.

What I conclude to be a variety of this, with much smaller
and relatively broader phy llodes and extremely short flower-heads,
is common between Wilson's pool and Lake Darlöt, as a shrub
8 to 10 teet high, flowering in June.

ÜRASSULACER.
TinLEA vrRTICILLARIS, DC. Bullabulling and Coolgardie,
August and September.

DnosERACE £.
DRosERA PELTATA, Sm. Bullabulling, September. Flowers
white.
D. MACRANTHA, Endl. Nine-mile rocks near Coolgardie,
August. This handsome sundew has white flowers. I also refer
to the same species, though naturally with some doubt, a

flowerless Drosera found upon the Donkey rocks, between Goon-
garrie and Mt. Margaret, in June.

D. Menzresir, R. Br., var. FLAVESCENS. — Nine-mile rccks
near Coolgardie; also, with somewhat smaller flowers, on Bulla-
bulling rocks. It flowers in September.

HaronaAGER.

Louponta AUREA, F. Muell. Between Southern Cross and

Siberia soak, January. A small form with greatly reduced
flowers.

HALORAGIS Gosskr, F. Muell. Near Coolgardie, August.

MyRTACEJX.

VERTICORDIA (§ CATOCALYPTA) HELMSII, Sp. nov. Suffruti-
cosa, ramosa, glabra, ramulis tenuibus, foliis parvis linearibus
obtusissimis subteretibus, floribus pedunculatis, ealycis tubo
hemispherico glabro ejus lobis primariis 5 alte divisis lobulis
pectinato-ciliatis scariosis albis, lobis secondariis 0, petalis juxta
calyeis lobos insertis calyci equilongis, tubo stamineo quam fila-
menti pars libera breviore, staminibus filiformibus, stylo

glabro,
ovulis eirca 8.

OF THE INTERIOR OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 191

Hab. Repperi juxta Gnarlbine mens. Nov. florentem. Habuit
itaque cl. Helms ad Warangering, ex spec. in Herb. Kew. asserv.

Suffrutex 3-metralis. Ramuli tenues, obseure angulati, cinerei.
Folia hae atque illac congesta, lutescenti- virentia, deorsum
aliquantulum attenuata, 0:3-0:5 em. long., 0:075 em. lat. Bractex
more generis cito evanide. Pedunculi 0:5 em. long. Flores
0:7 em. diam. Calyeis tubus obscure 10-nervis, 0:15 em. long.;
lobi 0:35-0-4 em. long., patuli, 7-9-pectinati. Petala ovata,
acuta vel breviter acuminata, concava, 0:3 em. long. Tubus
stamineus circa O'l em. long.; filamenta libera, lineari-subulata,
0:2 em. long.; staminodia integra, filamentas liberas semi-
equantia ; antherarum parvarum ovoidearum loculi paralleli,
longitudinaliter dehiscentes, conneetivus haud incrassatus.
Stylus elongatus, superne attenuatus, glaber.

To be compared with V. pieta, Endl., from which, inter alia,
it is to be distinguished on account of the very obtuse leaves,
smaller flowers, petals not exceeding the calyx-lobes, more deeply
divided staminal tube, smaller anthers, and glabrous style.

The plant gathered by Mr. Helms, of the Elder Expedition,
agrees perfectly with mine. Itis named “ Verticordia," to which
has been added * aff. picte," undoubtedly its affinity.

CALYTHRIX DESOLATA, sp. nov. Suffruticosa, erecta, crebro
ramosa, ramulis tenuibus glabris, foliis parvis rectis imbricatis
teretibus linearibus obtusissimis glabris, floribus purpureis ex
axillis superioribus solitatim vel paucibus approximatis oriundis,
braeteolis basi brevissime connatis longe acuminatis glabris,
calycis tubo bracteas longe excedente amplo medio dilatato
superne cavo, loborum aristis attenuatis petala excedentibus,
staminibus indefinitis, stylo deorsum calyce incluse verisimilitar
persistente.

Hab. Inter Wilson's ereek et lac. Darlót, mens. Maj. inventa.

Suffrutex parvus, semimetralis. Ramuli flexuosi, eiuerei, summi
reliquiis foliorum evanidorum more Coralline alicujus dense
obsiti. Folia 02 cm. long., 0°05 cm. diam., dorso rotuudata,
conspieue glandulosa, petiolis brevibus triquetris fulta, in sieco
flavescenti-virentia. Bractex obovate, subito acuminate, sca-
riose, 0:5 em. long. (acumine O'L em. long. incluso). Calycis
glabri tubus 0:8 cm. long. medio vix O'l em. lat., sursum et
deorsum leviter coarctatus, in longitudinem eximie nervosus;
lobi ovati, vix 0'2 em. long., arista 1:0 em. long., superne gra-

o"

192 MR. 8. MOORE ON THE FLORA

datim attenuata coronati. Petala oblonga, ovata, acuminata,
0:65 em. long. Connectivi glandula minuta, globosa. Stylus
placente continuus, vix 1:0 em. long., ejus dimidium inferius
calycis tubo inclusum. De fructibus sileo.

A plant with much the look of Calythriz brevifolia, Meissn.,
and C. brachyphylla, Turez., from which it can readily be distin-
guished by the terete, very obtuse leaves, the elongate-acuminate
bracts, dilated calyx-tube, and differently inserted style. This
latter character of stylar insertion brings it nearer to a series
among which C. Oldfieldii, Benth., and C. graveolens, Benth.,
might possibly be mistaken for it. But the leaves of these are
different, and among other points one may mention the bracts,
which in the case of C. Oldfieldii are connate to the middle, of
C. graveolens very obtuse.

THRYPTOMENE AUSTRALIS, Endl. Gnarlbine, November. A
small white-flowered subshrub, 2 feet high.

T. vncroramrs, F. Muell. Between Gibraltar and Cool-
gardie, and near Guarlbine, September. A small shrub with
whity-pink flowers.

MICROMYRTUS IMBRICATA, R. Br. Between Wilson's creek
and Lake Darlót, May. Subshrub, a foot or so high. Flowers
dirty white.

M. Dnavwwoxpn, Benth. A small shrub flowering in Sep-
ember between Gibraltar and Coolgardie.

WEHLIA THRYPTOMENOIDES, F. Muell. Between Gibraltar
and Coolgardie, also at Gnarlbine, September. A small shrub
with pink flowers.

BAECKIA CRASSIFOLIA, Lindl. Near Coolgardie, August.

KUNZEA SERICEA, Turcz. A small bush about 3 feet high,
with scarlet flowers on the Bullabulling rocks (October), with
white flowers (var. albiflora, nob.) at Gnarlbine (September).
This was seen also as a tall spreading shrub, bearing buds and
young fruits, but no expanded flowers, between Southern Cross
and Siberia soak in January.

MELALEUCA UNCINATA, R. Br. A shrub, 4 feet or so high,
near Gnarlbine, September.

OF THE INTERIOR OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 198

MELALEUCA LEIOCARPA, F. Muell. Gibraltar district, September.

M. PAUPERIFLORA, F. Muell. Between Gnarlbine and Gib-
raltar. A tall shrub or small tree up to 20 feet, of obpyramidal
habit. Flowers white, appearing in September.

Evcanyrrus ($ ORTHANTHEREE) CAMPASPE, sp. nov. Frutex
elatus ramosus, foliis brevipetiolatis lanceolatis obtuse acuminatis
rectis vel parum faleatis, peduneulis axillaribus vel exaxillaribus
abbreviatis late alatis 2-6-floris, pedicellis quam calycis tubus
brevioribus, calycis tubo late turbinato, opereulo subhemisphe-
rico umbonato quam calycis tubus paullo longiore, antheris ob-
longo-ovatis loculis parallelis distinctis dehiscentibus, ovario quam
calycis tubus paruin breviore superne convexo.

Hab. Ad Gibraltar mens. Oct. florescit.

Circa tetrametralis. Folia 6'0-11'0 em. long, juxta medium
1:0-2:0 cm. lat., basin versus sensim coarctata, utrinque pruinosa,
costa media (presertim subtus) eminens, costule inconspicuæ
rete incompletum obscurum efformantes, costa marginalis mar-
gini approximata, nonnunquam obscura; petioli 1:0 cm. long.
Pedunculi 0:6-0'8 em. long., 03-04 em. lat., una cum ramulis
et pedicellis et calycibus albo-pruinosi. Pedicelli nec ultra
0:2 em. long. Calycis tubus 0:4 em. long., 06 em. diam., con-
spleue marginatus. Operculum 0:6 em. long., breviter et obtuse
mucronatum. Stamina 1:0 em. long., alabastro inflexa; antherz
0:12 em. long. Capsule desunt.

Although averse from describing as new specimens belonging
to this Jarge and difficult genus, yet those now under notice are
so different from all known to me, that I cannot refrain from the
venture. The affinity would seem to be with E. rudis, Endl.,
which is a tree with broader leaves on longer petioles; it has
neither the short conspicuously wiuged peduncles nor the sub-
sessile flowers ; moreover, its operculum is longer and conical.

FICoIDER.
MESEMBRYANTHEMUM AUSTRALE, Soland. Yilgangie claypans,
February. A lowly subshrub, a foot or so high. Flowers white.
A small variety with much smaller flowers than those of type-

specimens.
UMBELLIFERX.

HYDROCOTYLE PILIFERA, Zurcz. var. GLABRATA. Gibraltar,
October. An extraordinarily small form, fruiting in October.

194 MR. S. MOORE ON THE FLORA

TRACHYMENE CYANOPETALA, Benth. Gibraltar, September
(flower and fruit).

T. ERIOCARPA, Benth. Gibraltar, September (fruit).

T. JUNCEA, sp. nor. Annua P, parvula, fere omnino glabra,
foliis sparsis parvis pinnatisectis vel ternatim-pinnatifidis lobis
linearibus vel lanceolatis, involueri braeteis lanceolatis aeutis
pedieellos subaquantibus, fructibus mediocribus cordato-reni-
formibus glabris omnino inermibus vel tuberculis paucis minimis
secus marginem dorsalem dispositis obscure armatis.

Hab. Ad Gibraltar florescebat et fructificabat mens. Sept.

Planta vix usque 7:0 cm. alt. Caulis ramulos plures strictos
in sicco stramineos a basi emittens. Folia in toto usque ad
1:5 em. long. pleraque vero breviora, deorsum nonnunquam
sparsim albo-pilosula. Involueri bractes 5, cirea 0:2 em. long.,
cymbiformes, pilosule. Umbella circa 3-4-flora. Calycis lobi
minutissimi. Stigmata capitellata. Pedicelli fructibus zqui-
longi. Fructus ad commissuram 0:2 em. long. 0:3 em. lat.,
carpella plerumque subzquimagna nisi equalia, rubro-brunnea,
parum turgida.

The lowly habit and the entirely unarmed or but feebly armed
fruits are the marks by which this plant can be recognized.

RUBIACES.

CANTHIUM LATIFOLIUM, F. Muell. Between Wilson's creek
and Lake Darlôt. May.

C. SUAVEOLENS, sp. nov. Fruticosa humilis inermis, foliis
brevissime petiolatis linearibus obtusissimis marginibus arcte
revolutis minute puberulis rigidis, eymis axillaribus paucifloris
quam folia multo brevioribus, floribus mediocribus, corolla lobis
5 quam tubus brevioribus, antheris vix exsertis, stigmate mitri-
formi integro.

Hab. Repperi juxta Mt. Margaret, ubi floribus albo-virescenti-
bus suaveolentibus mens. Mart. gaudet.

Frutex ramosus, metralis, sursum foliatus. Rami teretes,
primo puberuli cito glabri et cinerei. Folia 2:0-40 cm. long.,
0:25-04 em. lat., deorsum sensim ac leviter attenuata, vix nitentia,
costa media utrinque obvia, costule inconspicue; petioli nee
ultra 0°25 em. long. breviter alati. Stipule parve, ovate,
decidue. Cyme circa 1:0 em. long., vix totidem diam., modice,

OF THE INTERIOR OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 195

4-flore. Pedunculi cirea 0:25 cm. long. minute puberuli.
Pedicelli pedunculo equilongi. Calyx breviter dentatus, 0:15 em.
long. Corolla tota 0:6 em. long., usque 3 lobata, faucibus annulo
pilorum auetis exclusis glabra ; lobi lanceolati, obtuse acuti.
Filamenta inclusa ; antherze brevissime exserte. Ovula lateraliter
affixa. Stylus 0:6 em. long., glaber. Stigma O1 cm. diam.,
deorsum cavum, in longitudinem sulcatum. Drupæ ignote.

The affinity of this is certainly with Canthium oleifolium,
Honk., but the leaves of the two species are quite different, and
among minor points it may be mentioned that the corollas of
C. suaveolens are ditferently shaped, being relatively broader and
the lobes decidedly longer than the tube. The habit also is

different.
COMPOSITE.

OLEARTA RAMULOSA, Benth. Near Siberia soak, January. A
shrubby fragrant composite, about 3 feet high, of compact growth.
Ray-florets white. A form considerably smaller than the type.

O. MUELLERT, Benth. Frequent at Gibraltar and Coolgardie.
A handsome little subshrub flowering in August and September.
The ray-florets are white. One form has longer ray-florets than
ordinary.

ViTTADINIA AUSTRALIS, A. Rich. Frequently seen: e. g.,
Wilson's patch, between Mt. Margaret and Lake Darlot, and
elsewhere in the same distriet (May); near Coolgardie (August);
Gibraltar (September). Florets purple or violet.

CALOTIS PLUMULIFERA, F, Muell. Near Coolgardie, August.
Ray-florets white; dise yellow.

C. HISPIDULA, F. Muell. Bullabulling and near Coolgardie,
August and September.

BRACHYCOME PACHYPTERA, Turez. Gibraltar, September.

B. PUSILLA, Steetz. Between Wilson's creek and Lake Darlöt,
May. Ray-florets pale purple.

B. CILIARIS, Less. Bullabulling, September.

D. ctmaris, Less. var. Near Coolgardie, August; Gibraltar,
September.
B. COLLINA, Less. Near Coolgardie, August.

PLUCHEA DENTEX, R. Br. Creek near Wilson's pool, May.

196 MR. 8. MOORE ON THE FLORA

PrERIGERON LIATROIDES, Benth., var. REPENS, nob. Between
Uladdie soak and Yilgangie claypans, March. Between Gibraltar
and Coolgardie, October. A rather remarkable repent variety,
exactly like the type except for its habit.

ELACHANTHUS OCCIDENTALIS, sp. nov. Pusilla, ascendens,
piloso-pubescens vel puberula, caulibus filamentosis, foliis anguste
linearibus obtusis sessilibus, capitulis parvis paucifloris, involucris
demum anguste turbinatis, flosculis sterilibus circa 3, achæniis
fertilibus anguste obovoideis dense lanatis, pappi setis circa 12
ovato-lanceolatis achenium subsquantibus.

Hab. Juxta Coolgardie floret et fructificat mens. Aug.

Usque ad 3:0 em. alt., plerumque vero humilior, basi ramosa.
Radix tenuissimus, parum flexuosus, raro ramulosus. Folia 0:5-
0:7 em. long., radicalia usque ad LO cm., 0:03 em. lat. Capitula
0'4 cm. long. et lat. Involucri squame exteriores 015-025 cm., in-
teriores nec ultra 0'35cm. long. Floseuli fæninei circa 8. Antheræ
basi truncatæ. Achænia sub apice subito attenuata, 0'2 cm. long.,
compressiuseula. Pappi sete brunneæ, paullo ultra 0:2 em.
long., acuminatæ, brevissime denticulatæ ; flosculorum sterilium
pappi setæ 2, flore ipso breviores, sursum longiuscule plumosæ.

This is a second species of a genus which, from the time of its
foundation in 1852 until now, has remained monotypie. From
E. pusillus it can be told at once on account of its different
appearance, it being extremely small, with slender stems, and
heads not nearly the size of those of Æ. pusillus. These small
heads are fewer-flowered than is the case with the other species,
for although Mr. Bentham says “ female florets about 5-9," in
the head I dissected there were no less than 14; and from cursory
inspection one gathers that the heads of E. occidentalis are the
fewer-flowered. The achenes of the new plant, although they
appear to be not quite ripe, are manifestly the smaller, and are
differently shaped, and have shoulders under the place of insertion
of the pappus, the scales of which are differently shaped. The
pappus-hairs of the sterile florets are, in the cases examined by
me, two in number, whereas in E. pusillus they are about four;
the latter, too, are longer both actually and relatively to their
corollas, and they are not nearly so plumose.

ANGIANTHUS TOMENTOSUS, Wendl. Coolgardie and Gibraltar,
September.

OF THE INTERIOR OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 197

ANGIANTHUS PUSILLUS, Benth. Bullabulling, September. A
common little everlasting, of which a very small variety, only
3:5 em. high, was got at Gibraltar.

A. srRICTUS, Benth. Gibraltar, September.

GNEPHOSIS BURKITTILP, Benth. Near Coolgardie, August.
Differs from the type—a South-Australian plant—by reason of
its longer stem (3-5 em. high); its scattered leaves and somewhat
larger flower-heads, and may possibly be a distinct and new species.
I am unable to decide the point, however, as G. Burkittii is
represented by a very small piece at Kew alone, so small, indeed,
that I did not think it right to ask for leave to dissect the
specimen.

G. INTONSUS, sp. nov. Herba humilis, ascendens, dense albo-
lanata, foliis anguste linearibus vel lineari-oblanceolatis obtusis
lanatis, capitulorum glomerulis sublaxe corymbiformibus, bracteis
paucis foliis eonformibus dense lanatis circumdatis, receptaculo
parvo, capitulis partialibus 2-4-flosculatis, floseulis bractea
comparate magna convoluta singillatim circumdatis, pappo 0.

Hab. Repperi ad Gibraltar mens. Sept.

Erecta, usque 5'0 cm. alt. Caulis tenuis, sparsim foliaceus.
Folia 0:3-1:0 cm. long., superiora quam inferiora longiora ac
latiora, omnia lanato-villosa. Glomeruli 1:0 cm. diam., dense
lanato-villosi. Capitula partialia breviter pedunculata. Bractea
cireumdans ovata, acuminata, dorso dense lanata, vix O4 cm.
long., rigida. Ovarium quam corolla paullo brevius, hee linearis,
0:2 em. long., fere omnino bractea ocelusa. Achenia nondum
obvia.

The woolly clothing and rigid acuminate woolly bract investing
each flower are the marks by which this species can best be
distin guished.

CEPHALIPTERUM DRUMMONDII, A. Gray. A common ever-
lasting in the Coolgardie district in August. Involucres and
- florets white.

GNAPHALODES ULIGINOSUM, A. Gray. Bullabulling and near
Coolgardie, August.

RUTIDOSIS HELICHRYSOIDES, DC. Between Southern Cross
and Mt. Margaret. I am unable to more closely localize this
find, the label having been mislaid.

198 MR. 8. MOORE ON THE FLORA

MILLOTIA TENUIFOLTA, Cass. Gibraltar, September (fruit).

IxionxNA rowENTOsA, F. Muell. Between Coolgardie and
Lake Darlót (label lost).

ATHRYXIA TENELLA, Benth. Common near Coolgardie in
August.

PODOTHECA ANGUSTIFOLIA, Cass. Near Coolgardie, August
(flower). Gibraltar, September (fruit).

PODOLEPTS PALLIDA, Turcz. Abundant on the Bullabulling
rocks, September. A lovely everlasting, with golden involucres
and florets.

P. Lessont, Benth. Near Coolgardie, August,

P. Sremsenta, F. Muell. Near Coolgardie, August.

SCHENIA CASSINIANA, Sfeetz. Near Coolgardie, August.

HELICHRYSUM FILIFOLIUM, F, Muell. Near Coolgardie, Sep-
tember. A lowly form, with heads smaller than those of the
type, and the involucral bracts much less deeply tinged.

H. TePPERI, F. Muell. Gibraltar, September. Hitherto
recorded only from South Australia.

H. APrcuraTUM, DC. Between Southern Cross and Siberia
soak, January.

Jl. ($ OxyLEPIS) PUTRALE, sp. nov. Suffruticosa, erecta,
sparsim ramosa, ramis dense albo-lanatis fere usque ad capitula
foliatis, foliis parvis sessilibus oblongis obtusis cauli applicatis
supra viridibus subtus dense lanatis, capitulis parvis solitariis
paucifloris, involucri ovoidei squamis numerosis linearibus sparsim
lanatis interioribus lamina parva lineari-laneeolata coronatis,
flosculis omnibus (?) hermaphroditis, acheniis glabris compressius-
culis, pappi setis circa 15 minutissime barbellatis.

flab. Prope puteum “ Wangine” sive “ Siberia soak " repperi
mens. Jan.

Rami teretes, demum glabri et brunnei. Folia modica, 0:3-0-4
em. long., cirea 0-1 em. lat., margine revoluta et undulata, supra
fere glabra. Involucrum O4 em. diam., ejus squame scariosz,
post anthesin maxime patentes, interiores vix 04 em. long,
extimæ multo breviores, omnes pallide straminex nervo mediano
fusco percurse; lamina circa O1 em. long., concolor. Corolle
0:4 em. long. deorsum attenuate lobi lanceolati. obtusi. Achania

OF THE INTERIOR OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 199

nondum matura, circa 013 em. long. oblonga. Pappi set»
corollis equilong, brevissime barbellate.

The section Ozylepis of Helichrysun is rather an unsatisfaetory
one, owing to the abnormal appearance given to the flower-heads
by the narrow involucral bracts. Indeed, but for these organs
being scarious and not herbaceous, the present plant would be a
typical Zzxiolena. It also has much the appearance of a Lepto-
rhynchus, from which the absence of any indication of a beak to
the achenes must keep it apart.

HELICHRYSUM sEMIPAPPOSUM, DC. Gnarlbine, November.

H. ($ OzorHamnus) CassroPE, sp. nov. Suffruticosa ?, erecta,
sursum crebro ramulosa copiose foliosa, ramulis virgatis dense
albo-lanatis, foliis minutis subteretibus anguste linearibus obtusis
dorso canalieulatis scabridis cauli adpressis, capitulis parvis in
paniculis subcorymbosis brevibus terminalibus paucicapitulatis
dispositis, involucri turbinati squamis pluriseriatis arcte appressis
absque lamina patente, acheniis glabris, pappi setis circa 20
brevissime barbellatis.

-Hab. Ad Gibraltar floret mens. Oet.

Rami demum glabri et cinerei, usque ad capitula foliati,
Folia vix 0'25 em. loug., approximata vix imbricata, puberula,
rigida. Capitula 0:3 em. long., basi saltem 0:03 cm., sursum
0:17 em. lat. Involucri squame late obovate, obtusissime, circa
7-seriat®, glabre, scarios®, pallide brunnesx et nitentes, intimæ
fere 0'3 em. long. Flosculi eirca 12. Pappi setze corollas paullo
excedentes, 0:17 cm. long., albide. Achænia nondum matura
cirea 0:7 em. long., anguste oblonga.

This should be placed next H. diotophyllum, F. Muell, of
which it has much the general appearar.ce ; but the leaves, on
examination, are seen to be quite ditferent, and the smaller
narrower capitula are much more laxly arrauged. Among other
details wherein the two species differ, one may mention the
hirsute acheues of H. diotophyllum.

WAITZIA CORYMBOSA, Wendl. Common at Gibraltar and
elsewhere in the Coolgardie district in August and September.

W. SrEETZIANA, Lehm. Near Coolgardie, September.

HzrnrPTERUM Maneesi, F. Muell. Nine-mile rocks near
Coolgardie, August. Seeu also ou the rocks at Gnarlbiue and

200 MR. 8. MOORE ON THE FLORA

Bullabulling. Involueral bracts sometimes white, sometimes
pink. Flourishes only in the soil from decomposed granite.

HELIPTERUM ROSEUM, Benth. Kilkenny soak, June. A
variety of this beautiful everlasting with white involucres.

H RUBELLUM, Benth. Common at Gibraltar and in the
neighbourhood in August and September.

H. Frrzarg2oxr, F. Muell. Rather common in September at
Gibraltar, Bullabulling, Ze,

H. FLORIBUNDUM, DC. Between Broad Arrow and Uladdie
soak, March.

H. HETERANTHUM, Turez. Near Coolgardie, August. A
small form, only 6 em. high.

H. HYALOSPERMUM, F. Muell. Near Coolgardie, August;
also a larger-headed form at Bullabulling in September.

H. Haren, F. Muell. Gibraltar, September.

H. strictum, Benth. Gibraltar, September. A small form
up to 22 em. high, though usually less.

H. strictum, Benth., var. STENOCEPHALA, nob. Near Cool-
gardie, August. A lowly unbranched or but little branched
variety, only 10-14 em. high. Heads small and narrow.

H. OPPOSITIFOLIUM, S. Moore, in Journ. Bot. xxxv. (1897) p.165.
Near Coolgardie, September.

H. rxaw vM, Benth. Gibraltar, September.

H. rxaw UM, Benth., var. OCCIDENTALE. Near Coolgardie,
August.

H. Zıccnzus, S. Moore, in Journ. Bot. xxxv. (1897) p. 166.

H. ($ PrERoPoGoN) VERECUNDUM, sp. nov. Pusilla, habitu
H. pygmei, Benth., ramulis tenuibus fere usque ad capitula
foliatis una eum foliis presertim sursum laxe albo-lanatis, foliis
anguste linearibus obtusis, capitulis late ovoideis in corymbis laxis
brevibus dispositis, involucri squamis ovatis concavis obtusis
extimis reliquis similibus nisi minoribus interioribus lamina ovata
obtusissima lutea ipsis equilonga vel brevior, acheniis nondum
maturis minutis glabris compressiusculis, pappi setis circa 6
eximie plumosis.

OF THE INTERIOR OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 201

Hab. Juxta Coolgardie repperi mens. Aug. florentem.

Nec ultra 0:4 cm. alt., plerumque vero humilior. Folia
radicalia pauca, caulinis similia; caulina modica, 0:5-0'8 em.
long., ascendentia. Involuerum 0'3 em. long. et diam., puberu-
lum; squame extime vix 0:2 em. long., intime extimas duplo
excedentes, omnes scariose et subnitide. Flosculi cirea 12,
minuti. Corolle pappi setas paullo excedentes. Pappi sete
presertim sursum dense plumos&, 0°13 cm. long.

This has somewhat the appearance of a very much reduced
state of Helipterum hyalospermum, F. Muell., which, as becomes
a member of the section Euhelipterum, has hemispherical not
ovoid flower-heads. The heads of the most reduced forms of
H. hyalospermum are considerably larger and have more florets
than those of H. verecundum. Moreover the involucral bracts
are much larger, and their laminar appendages are longer and
relatively narrower. There are also differences in the florets,
achenes, and pappus.

H. Zaccheus, to which it is most closely allied, has oblong
not ovoid capitula, narrower involucral scales (of which the inner
have a narrow yellowish-green lamina), papillose achenes with
10 sets to the pappus, &c.

HELIPTERUM POLYCEPHALUM, Benth. Gibraltar, September.

H. extauum, F. Muell. Near Coolgardie, August. An ex-
iremely small condition, only some 5 mm. high.

H. DIMORPHOLEPIS, Benth. Near Coolgardie, August ; Gnarl-
bine, September.

GNAPHALIUM LUTEO-ALBUM, Linn. Creek N.W. of Wilson's
pool May. A dwarf state, barely 3 cm. high.

Q. JAPONICUM, Thunb. Bullabulling, September. A small
form not exceeding 10 cm. in height.

ERECHTHITES HISPIDULA, DC. Gibraltar, September.

SENECIO LAUTUS, Forst. Common in the neighbourhood of
Coolgardie in August.

S. VULGARIS, Zinn. Abundant in the Coolgardie district in
springtime; probably introduced.

202 MR. S. MOORE ON THE FLORA

CRYPTOSTEMMA CALENDULACEA, R. Br. Near Coolgardie,
August. Seen also in various places in the interior, where it is
by uo means infrequent.

SONCHUS OLERACEUS, Linn. Near Coolgardie, August.

GooDENIACEE.

VELLEIA ROSEA, sp. nov. Humilis, pubescens, folus radi-
calibus petiolatis anguste obovatis obtusissimis basi sensim
attenuatis margine dentatis vel crcnatis vel solummodo undulatis,
scapo erecto folia vix duplo superante pubescente, bracteis ad
furcas oppositis ovatis lobatis vel fere iutegris, sepalis 5 liberis
tepalo axiali ovato-lanceolato ceteris lanceolatis omuibus sub-
equilongis acutis, corolla rosea extra pubescente ecalearata hujus
lobis omnibus utrinque alatis inferioribus 3 altius connatis,

indusio mediocri.

Hab. Inter Wilson's pool et lae. Darlót inveni mens. Apr.
florentem.

Radix sat crassus, simplex. Novelle lanate. Foliorum lamina
1:3-2:0 cm. long., circa 07 cm. lat., pubescens, basi in petiolum
usque 0:7 em. long. decurrens. Scapus paullo ultra 40 cm.
alt, ad 3:0 cm. bracteatus. Bractew 06-08 em. long., altera
biloba, altera 1-dentata, ambo pubescentes. Floris unici maturi
nobis obvii vix 15 em. diam., vedicellus paullo ultra 1:0 em. long.
Sepala pubescentia, 0°65 cm. long., minora vix 02 em. majus
0-35 em. lat. Corolla tubus dorso vix 025 em. long., lobi in-
feriores 07 em. long., superiores 1'0 em. long., usque ad 045 cm.
a tubo liberi, omnes late alati. Antherz 01 cm, long. Ovula
quoveinloculo4. Indusium ambitu rotundatum, 0:23 cm. long.,
pilosum. Capsule nor.dum obvie.

Undoubtedly near V. paradoxa, R. Br., from which it differs
chiefly in habit, small leaves, smaller rose-coloured flowers—very
rare for the genus,—anthers not balf the size, aud quite different
indusium.

The specimen, which is unique and has but one flower, was
growing on the bank of a creek a sLort time after a heavy storm
had visited the district. I could not find a fellow to it.

V.?sp. A curious monster with somewhat the appearance
of V. connata, F. Muell., but without its connate bracts. The
runcinate radical leaves are situated on long petioles; the calyx-
lubes are broadly ovate-lanceolate and promineutly toothed along
the borders. Corolla broad, not n.uch exceeding the calyx.

OF THE INTERIOR OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 203

Stamens none in all but one flower ezamined, which had a single
one. Indusium large and cup-shaped.
Gibraltar district, September.

GooDENIA HEDERACEA, Sm. Gnarlbine, September.

G. MIMULOIDES, S. Moore, in Journ. Bot. xxxv. (1897) p. 107.
Gibraltar, September.

SCEVOLA SPINESCENS, A. Br. Common in various parts, as
between Wilson's pool and Lake Darlót (April), Coolgardie and
Gibraltar district (September).

S. SPINESCENS, A. Br., var. Between Coolgardie and Lake
Darlót. A form without spines and with rusty pubescent leaves
and flowers, which, except for their small size, are very much like

those of the type.

DAMPIERA LAVANDULACEA, Lindl. Gnarlbine and Bulla-
bulling, September. Seen only in neighbourhood of soaks near
granite rocks. Flowers sky-blue.

BRUNONIA AUSTRALIS, Sm. Gibraltar and Gnarlbine districts,
September and October. May be as small as 4 cm. ; my largest
specimen is six times that size.

LOBELIACER.
ISOTOMA PETREA, F. Muell. Near Siberia soak, January.
Gnarlbine, September.
CAMPANULACER.

WAHLENBERGIA GRACILIS, A. DC. Near Wilsou’s pool, May.
Bullabulling and Gibraltar, September.

PRIMULACEE.
ANAGALLIS ARVENSIS, Linn. Thoroughly established at Bulla-
bulling rocks, September. Flowers blue.

APOCYNER.
ALYXIA BUXIFOLIA, R. Br. Common in the Coolgardie and
neighbouring districts. A shrub up to 6 or 8 feet, with white
flowers, which are produced from June till October. “ Hop-

bush."
LINN. JOURN.—BOTANY, VOL. XXXIV. Q

204 MR. 8. MOORE ON THE FLORA

ASCLEPIADES.

PENTATROPIS LINEARIS, Decne. Near Kilkenny soak, June.
Flowers clive-green.

Marspenta LEICHHARDTIANA, F. Muell. Between Ninety-
mile and Mt. Margaret, March. Near Kilkenny soak, June.

BORAGINER.

HarGANIA RIGIDA, sp. nov. Suffruticosa, erecta, viscida,
ramis sat validis tomentellis vel pubescentibus tandem fere
glabris, foliis brevipetiolatis linearibus apice obtusis interdum
recurvis marginibus arete revolutis crassiusculis rigidis subtus
albo- vel rufo-tomentellis, cy mis paucifloris quam folia brevioribus,
floribus mediocribus, calycis lobis omnibus subzquilongis ex-
terioribus ovatis interioribus ovato-lanceolatis, corolle lobis
ovatis vel oblongo-ovatis emarginatis, antheris abbreviatis apice
brevissime appendiculatis intus pubescentibus.

Hab. Crescit juxta Coolgardie, mens. Aug. florens, neenon
mens. Oct. ad Gibraltar.

Suffrutex metralis vel $-metralis, sursum ramosus. Ramuli
crebro foliosi, subteretes, tomento minuto fulvo vel cinereo
vestiti vel pubescentes nonnunquam puberuli. Folia 1:5-2:5 cm.
long., 0:18-0:25 em. lat., integra, pag. sup. puberula, erecta vel pa-
tentia, juniora vernicosa ; petioli inerassati, 0'2 em. long. Cymæ
in toto usque ad 1:5 em. long., vernicose. Bracteæ oblongis,
obtuse, calyci applicate et eum subsquantes vel superantes,
usque ad 0:6 cm. long. Pedicelli circa 0:25 cm. long., una cum
bracteis et calycibus vernicosi. Calyeis pubescentis, lobi vix
0°25 cm. long., exteriores 02 cm. lat., interiores circa 0:18 em.
Flores cyanei. Corolle vix 10 em. diam. lobi 0:4 em. long.,
dorso obscure puberuli. Antheræ late oblonge, 0:2 cm. long.,
appendice rotundata brevissima coronat®. Fructus haud obvii.

Near H. lavandulacea, Endl., which has different leaves,
larger flowers, linear inner calyx-lobes, longer and narrower
corolla-lobes, and differently shaped anthers with (although
short for the genus) longer spathulate appendages, the cells
villous on the inside instead of pubescent.

H. viscosa, sp. nov. Suffruticosa, erecta, sursum ramosa,
folis parvis sessilibus anguste linearibus obtusis planis una cum

OF THE INTERIOR OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 205

ramulis maxime viscosis, floribus parvis solitariis vel binis in
cymis pauci- (2-3-) floris dispositis, pedunculis folia sub:xquanti-
bus, calycis lobis inter se subequalibus lanceolatis obtusis, corollæ
lobis obovatis obtusissimis, antheris linearibus utrinque pubes-
centibus appendice ipsis equilonga filamentosa coronatis.

Hab. Prope Gibraltar mens. Sept. floreseit.

Suffrutex altitudinis innotate, forsan 4-metralis. Rami et
ramuli teretes, demum in longitudinem rugati, hi tenues et
erecto-patentes. Folia integra, rarissime sparsim dentata, 0:5-
0'8 em. long., vix Òl cm. lat., obscure strigoso-pubescentia,
patenti-erecta. Pedunculi communes circa 0:3 cm. long. ; pedi-
celli 02-05 cm. long. Calycis strigose puberuli lobis 0-15 cm.
long. Flores circa 0:8 cm. diam., cyanei. Corolla lobi 0*4 em.
long., 0°35 em. lat., erenulati, glabri. Antheræ 0'25 cm. long.,
harum appendices pubescentes.

Undoubtedly near Halgania strigosa, Schlecht., but more viscid,
and without so pronounced a strigose indumentum. The habit is
slenderer, the leaves are much narrower, aud the cymes less
congested. The flowers are smaller, the corolla-tubes ditferently
shaped, and the anther-appendages, nearly double the length of
those of H. strigosa, run out into fine points, those of H. strigosa
ending bluntly.

HarGANIA "ep, Pendinnie soak, March. A small specimen
without flowers as it comes to hand now, although marked on the
ticket as having blue flowers.

EcHINOSPERMUM concavuM, P. Muell. Near Coolgardie,
August.

CoNVOLVULACES.

CONVOLVULUS ERUBESCENS, Sims. The Brook, Mt. Margaret,
February. Creek near Wilson’s pool, May. Near Kilkenny
soak, June. A rather common little twiner with pale pink
flowers.

SOLANACEA.

SOLANUM NUMMULARIUM, sp. nov. Suffruticosa, humilis, a
basi ramosa, spinosa, tomento rufo arcte induta, spinis solum-
modo caulinis elongatis tenuibus late patentibus plerisque rectis,
foliis minimis orbiculatis nonnunquam leviter retusis brevipetio-
latis, floribus sat parvis binis pedunculo communi perbrevi
oppositifolio suffultis raro solitariis, pedicellis folia excedentibus

Q2

206 MR. 8. MOORE ON THE FLORA

vel iis brevioribus, calycis lobis brevissimis latis obtusissimis,
corolle alte lobatz lobis ovato-lanceolatis extra tomentosis, an-
theris elongatis sursum gradatim attenuatis.

Hab. Crescit inter Gibraltar et Coolgardie, ubi mens. Sept.
floret.

Suffrutex 4-metralis, ascendens, crebro ramosus. Rami validi,
teretes, dense rufo-tomentosi, copiose foliati. Spine plereque
opposite vel subopposite, circa 07 cm. long., basi ipsa amplifi-
cate, clabre et nitide, integre raro bifurcate. Folia modo 0:85-
0:4 em. long., 0°4-0°5 em. lat., subtus pallidiora ibique densius
tomentosa, erassiuseula ; petioli 0:2 em. long. Peduneulus com-
munis cirea 0:2 em.; pedicelli 0:3-04 em. long., una eum ealyce
0:2 em. long., dense rufo-tementosi. Flores eyanei, 08 em. diam.
Corolla tubus 0:25, lobi 0°65 em. long. Antherse lineari-lanceo-
late, vix 0:6 em. long. Bacca hucusque non reperta.

A very elegant little Solanum, evidently allied to S. orbieulatum,
Dun., which, however, with the same habit, has much larger
leaves, a white not rusty tomentum, larger flowers with relatively
broader corolla-lobes, and narrower and more pointed anthers.
It is not uncommon in the district from which it is reported.

SOLANUM CHENOPODINUM, F. Muell. Near Coolgardie, August.
A subshrub, 2 feet high. Bushy habit.

S. LASTOPHYLLUM, Dun. Between Wilson's peol and Lake
Darlót, May. Seen elsewhere in the neighbourhood of gnamma
roeks, growing in decomposed granitie soil.

S. ELLIPTICUM, R. Br. Near Coolgardie, August.

LYCIUM AUSTRALE, F. Muell. Plain south of Doyle's well,
June. A small, densely-branehed shrub, 3 feet high. Flowers
pale lavender, tetramerous.

NICOTIANA SUAVEOLENS, Lehm., var. ROSULATA, nob. Bank
of ereek near Wilson's pool. An extraordinarily small form of
this so widely diffused Australian tobacco. Stem 58:5-12:0 em.
high. Leaves rosulate, 1:0-3:0 em. long. Corollas 2:0 em. in
length. Flowers white.

MYoPOoRINER.

PHOLIDIA SCOPARIA, R. Br. Between Southern Cross and
Mount Margaret; also at Gibraltar, flowering in September. A
very common shrub, seen elsewhere in various places.

OF THE INTERIOR OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 207

Puonrp* SALIGNA, sp. nov. Fruticosa, glaudulosa, erecta,
sursum foliosa, foliis subsessilibus lineari-lanceo!atis mucronato-
acuminatis deorsum integris sursum plus minus serrulatis infime
in petiolum longe et sensim angustatis, floribus mediocribus axil-
laribus solitariis vel 2-3-nis, pedunculis quam folia brevioribus,
calycis parvi lobis levissime imbricatis lanceolatis acutis, corolla
calycem multo excedente a basi sat lata usque ad medium sensim
ampliata hine admodum attenuata, lobis abbreviatis superioribus
minoribus et altius connatis lobo infimo lateralibus distincte
majori, ovulis collateralibus.

Hab. Juxta Gnarlbine repperi crescentem mens. Sept.

Frutex elatus, humanem altitudinem attingens, deorsum nudus.
Rami erecti, sat tenues, augulati, lineis glandulosis muniti,
cinerei, juniores copiose resinosi. Folia modica, cirea 3:0 em.
long., 0:3-0'4 em. lat., apice pungentia, coriacea, læte viridia, sub
lente minute furfuracea, costa media pag. sup. impressa, pag. inf.
eminens; petioli circa 0:5 cm. long. Pedunculi usque ad 10 em.
long., plerique vero breviores, sursum incrassati. Flores albi.
Calyx 0:2 em. long. glaber. Corolle in toto 0:8 em. long. basi
Q:15 cm. medio 045 cm. lat. tubus intus dorso barbatus, lobi
superiores ovati, obtusi, lobus infimus late ovatus, retusus, intus
puberulus, stamina inclusa, didynama. Ovarium glabrum, calyei
zquilongum. Stylus glaber, ovarium 22plo superans, apice
uncinato-incurvus. Fructus non vidi.

A rather noteworthy plant, having much the general appear-
ance of Myoporum platycarpum, R. Dr. ; in fact it is remarkably
homoplastie with forms of that species of which the leaves are
serrulate, although it can be told at once by the curious lines of
glands running down the stem from the points of insertion of
the leaves. Of course the flowers are quite different in the two
cases. Moreover, the inflorescence of PA. saligna is peculiar.

PH. HOMOPLASTICA, sp. nov. Fruticosa, copiose ramosa,
ramulis tenuibus glabris, foliis minimis oblongis obtusis cauli
arcte applicatis vix imbricatis dorso tuberculosis glabris, floribus
mediocribus axillaribus brevipedunculatis, calycis lobis (una cum
pedunculis) laxe tomentosis oblongo-ovatis obtusis imbricatis,
corollæ calycem vix triplo excedentis tubo a basi sat lata sensim
ampliato lobis ovatis obtusissimis (lobo infimo revera late
obovato retuso), superioribus altius connatis, staminibus inclusis,
ovulis collateralibus.

208 MR. S. MOORE ON THE FLORA

Hab. Viget loco haud accuratius indicato inter Coolgardie et
Mt. Margaret, ubi mens. Mart. florescebat.

Frutex altitudinis innotate. Rami sat validi, penne corvine
crass., dense suberei; ramuli eirca 0:06 em. diam., juniores foliis
fere in toto absconditi. Folia modica, 02 cm. long., 0075 em.
lat., dorso plus minus canaliculata, glaucescentia deinde auran-
finca. Pedunculi 0:2 em. long. Calycis lobi subzquales, vix
0:25 em. long. Corolla tota 0:7 cm. long. basi 0:12, sursum
025 cm. lat., extra et intus pubescens, lobi superiores usque
ad 0:1 em. long., inter se liberi; lobi laterales 0°16 em. long.,
lobus infimus lateralibus paullo longior. Stamina didynama,
prope basin tubi inserta. Ovarium glabrum, 0:16 em. long.
Stylus ovarium duplo superans, glaber, apice uncinato-incurvus.
Capsula ?

The habit of this plant is almost exactly that of Pholidia gibbi-
folia, F. Muell. (Eremophila gibbosifolia, F. Muell.), and it would
be difficult even for a botanist to tell the two apart until they
flower: then the difference is manifest, for the calyx of Ph.
gibbifolia is glabrous and its lobes are almost setaceous; its
corolla. glabrous outside, has a sudden basal constriction, and its
lobes are differently shaped, the lower lip’s mid-lobe being much
larger relatively to the rest, and acute instead of retuse; its
anthers, too, are much smaller and are set on longer filaments
which arise considerably higher up in the tube. I cannot but
cousider this to be one of the most remarkable cases of vegetable
homoplasy on record.

By some mischance the collecting-note has got separated from
the specimens, so that I cannot localize the habitat of this plant.
I have an idea that it was found somewhere near, if not at,
Pendinnie soak.

PnoLIDIA CERULEA, sp. nov. Suffruticosa, erecta, ericoiden,
sursum copiose foliata, foliis sat magnis sessilibus approximatis
alternis anguste linearibus obtusis subteretibus leviter glanduloso-
tuberculosis cito omnino glabris, floribus sessilibus ex axillis
foliorum summorum aliquorum oriundis, calycis lobis parum
imbricatis linearibus vel lineari-lanceolatis ciliatis, corolle tubi
parte attenuata calycem paullo excedente sursum subito ampli-
ficata, lobis superioribus altius connatis lobo medio reliquis
majore intus barbato, antheris inclusis vel brevissime exsertis,
ovulis collateralibus.

OF THE INTERIOR OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 209

Hab. Ad Gibraltar floret mens. Oct. Ejusdem invenit speci-
mina cl. Helms ad Warangering.

Circa §-metralis; partes juniores pubescentes mox glabre.
Rami validi, einerei, reliquiis foliorum evanidorum crebro induti.
Folia 0:6-1-0 em. long., 0:13 em. lat., ascendentia vel patentia,
nec imbricata. Calyx vix 0:5 cm. long., pubescens. Corolla
cerulea, in toto 10 cm. paullo excedens, eujus pars coarctata
0:5 em. long. attinet; lobi ovati, obtusissimi, superiores 0°15 em.
long., 0:25 cm. lat., lobus infimus vix O4 em. lat. Stamina
didynama, superiora corollæ lobis equialta. Ovarium vix 0:2 em.
long. villosum. Stylus 1:0 em. long., basi ipsa barbatus. De
fructu inquirendum.

To be compared with Pholidia mierotheca, F. Muell., and Ph.
densifolia, F. Muell. From the former its larger, thicker, more
closely placed tuberculous leaves, larger flowers, hairy smooth
ovary, and style hairy at the base may be cited among other
distinctions. Ph. densifolia has quite different leaves, narrower
calyx-lobes, corolla narrowed below for only a very small
distance, and its lobes acute.

The Elder Expedition plant, of which I have seen a specimen
at Kew, agrees exactly with mine.

PHoLrprA VERONICA, sp. nov. Suffrutieosa, stricta, ericoidea,
glabra, sursum foliosa, folis minimis imbrieatis pentastichis
semiteretibus anguste linearibus acutis, floribus parvis sessilibus
in axillis summis sitis, calyeis lobis linearibus acutis leviter
imbricatis, corolle a basi gradatim ampliate lobis superioribus
altius eonnatis lobo infimo laterales vix excedente intus pubes-
cente, antheris breviter exsertis nee lobos excedentibus, ovulis
collateralibus.

Hab. Repperi haud raram ad Gibraltar, ubi mens. Sept. flores
profert.

Suffrutex usque metralis. Rami deorsum nudi, validi, teretes,
foliorum lapsorum reliquiis muniti, tandem conspieuerimati. Folia
0:3-0:5 em. long., 007 em. lat., supra plana vel leviter concava,
subtus carinata, erecta deinde ascendentia vel patentia. Flores
cerulei. Calyx vix 04 em. long.; lobis deorsum ciliatis.
Corolle tubus 0:55 em. long., nequaquam subito attenuatus, latere
inferiore pubescens; lobi late ovato-oblongi, obtusissimi, supe-
riores 02, inferiores 0:35 em. long. ; stamina didynama. Ovarium

210 MR. 8. MOORE ON THE FLORA

glabrum, 0:13 em. long. Stylus ovarium quater excedens, glaber.
Fructus desunt.

This has the habit of Eremophila exilifolia, F. Muell., which
is a true Eremophila, with lowers on long pedicels and foliaceous
calyx-lobes. The affinity of Pholidia Veronica is doubtless closest
with the species last described (Ph. eerulea), from which it is at
once distinguished by its different leaves, small flowers, narrower
calyx-lobes, corolla not suddenly narrowed below, middle of
lower lip subequal to its lateral fellows, and glabrous ovary and
style.

PHOLIDIA INTERSTANS, sp.nov. Arborea, sursum copiose ramosa,
ramulis attenuatis una cum foliis minute argenteo-furfuracoeis,
foliis alternis anguste linearibus apice breviter recurvc-uncinatis
supra eanalieulatis crassiusculis, floribus medioeribus axillaribus
solitariis raro binis, pedunculis brevibus, calycis lobis oblanceo-
latis obtuse acutis subseariosis ciliatis, corolla tubularis a basi lata
levissime amplificata ejus lobis zqualibus vel paullo inzequalibus
superioribus parum altius connatis, staminibus inclusis vix didy-
namis, ovulis collateralibus vel superpositis.

Hab. Inter Coolgardie et Gnarlbine floret mens. Aug.

Arbor gracilis, stricta, circa 6-metralis, cortice crasso corru-
gato cincta. Ramuli virgati, angulati, in sicco olivacei. Folia
1:0-1:5 cm. long., ascendentes, sub apice subito recurva ibique
decolora. Pedunculi 02-03 cm. long. Flores albi. Calyx
totus 0'35-0°4 em. long.; lobi obscure reticulato-nervosi, post
anthesin levissime ampliati. Corolla tota vix 10 em. long.,
extra et intus pubescens, ejus lobi 0:22-0'25 cm. long. Fila-
menta brevia, subeequilonga, juxta basin eorollie inserta. Ovarium
oblongo-ovoideum, pubescens, 0°17 cm. long.; stylus glaber,
ovarium 2}plo superans. Ovula in loculis nunc collateralia nune
superpositus. Fructa ignotus. Hujus legi varietatem inse-
quentem :

Var. PARVIFLORA, Folia quam ea typi breviora; flores miniati,
modo 0:6 em. long.; ovarium brevius et ovoideum ; stylus pin-
gulor, pubescens ; ovula eollateralia.

Frutex 23-metralis juxta Gnarlbine mens. Oct. florebat.

A plant intermediate in character between Pholidia and Eremo-
phila, hence its name. Except for the leaves being alternate, the
habit, that is as seen m herbarium specimens, is much that of
Ph. scoparia, R. Br., or better of Ph. Dalyana, F. Muell. While

OF THE INTERIOR OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 211

the calyx is decidedly that of Eremophila, the corolla and
stamens are as clearly those of Pholidia; but the placentation
is sometimes that of the one, and sometimes that of the other
genus. In dissecting the type-form I have several times found
in one cell of the ovary a couple of superposed ovules, while the
other cell has had but one; in other cases there are two super-
posed ovules in each of the cells.

Those who share the late Baron Mueller’s views, as explained
in his splendid monograph of the Australian Myoporinee, will
point to this case as supporting the contention that the species
of Pholidia and Eremophila ought properly to be ranged under
one genus. On the whole, however, I prefer, with Bentham, ,to
keep the genera distinct, the Pholidias being easily recognized
by their habit, small flowers with only the beginnings of zygo-
morphy, and collateral ovules.

EngMOPHILA LEUCOPHYLLA, Benth. Creek between Wilson's
pool and Lake Darlöt, April. Near Kilkenny soak, June. A
small shrub, up to 3-4 feet. Flowers pale- or brown-pink.

E. ($ ERIOCALYX) MARGARETILE, 8 p. nov. Suffruticosa, sur-
sum foliosa, foliis lineari-lanceolatis obtusis vel acutis deorsum
sensim in petiolum brevissimum attenuatis arcte et minute stel-
lato-tomentosis demum furfuraceis, floribus solitariis peduneulis
brevibus a foliis multo superatis lanatis fultis, ealycis extra et
intus stellato-tomentosi lobis lineari-lanceolatis haud imbricatis,
corolla tubo extus puberulo a basi leviter ac sensim amplifieato
calycem duplo superante, labio superiore usque ad medium
bilobo lobo infimo lateralibus subequali lobis omnibus obtusis,
staminibus inclusis, ovario ovoideo-oblongo glabro, ovulis per
paria superpositis.

Hab. Repperi prope Mt. Margaret mens. Mart., necuon
mens. Jun. propre puteum “ Doyle's well” dictum.

Suffrutex usque 3-metralis, Ramuli glanduloso-tubereulati,
dense ac minute tomentosi, deinde glabri et cortice crasso cinereo
obdueti. Folia 20-30 em. long., 0'2-vix 08 cm. lat., firma, in
sicco pallida, erecta. Pedunculi 0:4 em. long. Flores cærulei vel
lavandulacei. Calycis lobi 0:8 cm. long., obtusi. Corollæ tubus
vix 1:2 em. long., 05 cm. lat, intus faucibus pubescentibus
exemptis glaber; lobi extra stellatim pubescentes, superiores
0:5 cm., inferiores 0:6 cm. long. Stamina juxta basin tubi
inserta. Ovarium vix 0:3 em. long. a stylo puberulo 23plo
superatum. Fructus?

212 MR. S. MOORE ON THE FLORA

So far as concerns the general appearance and especially the
foliage of this plant, it is much like Eremophila Maitlandi,
F. Muell. Of this latter I have not scen flowers, but a glance
at the plate devoted to it in Baron Mueller’s monograph shows
that there can be no mistaking the two; for E. Maitlandi has
much larger flowers on long pedicels, the calyx-lobes and coro!la
upper-lip are quite different, the ovary ends acutely, and the
style, provided at its base with a pilose ring, is remarkably
dilated upwards.

Eremopuina ($ EnrocArYx) PUNICEA, sp. nov. Fruticosa vel
suffruticosa, ramosa, sursum cerebro foliata, ramulis dense fulvo-
tomentosis deinde glabris, foliis abbreviatis oblanceolato-oblongis
obtusis deorsum in petiolum brevissimum sensim coaretatis utrin-
que dense fulvo- vel albo-stellato-tomentosis, floribus solitariis
pedicellis foliis brevioribus suffultis, ealycis stellato-tomentosi
lobis late linearibus obtusissimis, corolle tubo puberulo paullo
supra basin coaretato hine dilatato lobis superioribus usque ad
medium inter se liberis lateralibus infimo subeequalibus infimo
obtuso reliquis acutis, staminibus exsertis, ovario glabro a stylo
glabro multoties superato, ovulis per paria superpositis.

Hab. Ad puteum “ Pendinnie soak ” nuncapatum repperi
mens, Mart. florentem.

Ramuli rigidi, reliquiis fol. evanidorum obsiti, deinde crasse
cortieati. Folia modica, 0:8 cm. long., 0:2-0:3 em. lat., erecto-
imbricata, marginibus parum revolutis. Pedunculi 0'3 cm. long.,
dense tomentosi. Flores punicei. Calycis lobi 1:0 em. long.,
utrinque stellato-tomentosi. Corolle tubus vix 1:7 em. long.,
ima basi 0:25 cm. lat., paullo supra basin ad 0:18 cm. angustatus,
sub limbo 0°7 em. lat.; lobi omnes ovato-oblongi, infimo paullo
latiore et breviore, lobi superiores usque 0:35 cm. liberis, late-
ralibus 0:8 em. long. Filamenta juxta basin tubi inserta, pube-
rula, 2:5 em. long. Ovarium oblongo-ovoideum, vix 0:3 em.
long. ; stylus 2:0 em. attingens. Fructus?

Allied to E Mackinleyi, F. Muell., from which it can easily
be distinguished by its different leaves, the much broader aud
very obtuse, not so lengthily tomentose calyx-lobes, the exserted
stamens, the puberulous not tomentose corolla, and the glabrous
ovary and style. It also bears some superficial resemblance to
small-leaved forms of E. Latrobei, F. Muell., which, however, is

OF THE INTERIOR OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 213

a member of another section. From Eremophila Margarethe, to
which it is closest allied, it ean be told by means of the leaves,
the larger corollas with the tube narrowed a short distance above
the base and then expanded again, exserted stamens, and greatly

elongated style.

EREMOPHILA OPPOSITIFOLIA, R. Br., var. ANGUSTIFOLIA, nob.
Between Doyle’s well and Mt. George, June. Gibraltar, October.
A shrub 4-5 feet high. Flowers milk-white or pinkish-white.
The leaves are narrowly linear, usually not exceeding a millimetre
in width.

E. Parstevi, Æ. Muell. Gnarlbine, November. A shrub
5 feet high. Flowers dirty white.

E. (S EREMOCOSMOS) METALLICORUM, 8p. nov. Suffruticosa,
copiose rxmosa, sursum foliata, ramis patulis rigidis, foliis parvis
sessilibus lineari-oblanecolatis obtusis minute furfuraceo-pubes-
centibus junioribus viscidis, pedunculis solitariis tenuibus folia
bene excedentibus, calycis pubescentis lobis amplis basi imbri-
catis ovatis vel oblongis obtusis membranaceis, corolle extra
tomentose lobis superioribus altius connatis lobo infimo latera-
libus ampliore, ovarium villosum, stylo puberulo, ovulis quove in
lcculo tribus uniseriatim insertis.

Hab. Inter Wilson's pool et lae. Darlót florebat mens. April.

Suffrutex submetralis. Ramuli furfuraceo-pubescentes mox
glabri. Folia modica 0:7 em. long., 071-072 cm. lat., ascendentia
vel patentia nec imbricata. Pedunculi 1:0-1:3 em. long., gracil-
limi, piloso-puberuli, patentes vel nutantes. Flores cyanei.
Calycis lobus superior ovatus, tandem (sc. sub fructu) 0:5 em.
long. reliqui angustiores et vix 0 8 em. long., omnes sub fructu
eximie reticulato-nervosi et nitiduli. — Corollam maturam non
vidi. Fructus (an maturus?) ovoideus, obtusus, a lateribus com-
pressus, in longitudinem rugatus, piloso-villosus, 0*6 em. long.,
0:5 em. lat., stylo 0'8 em. long. coronatus.

My collecting-note says that the flowers are blue, but by some
means they have been mislaid, and only one small bud is available
for examination. Nevertheless the plant seems so distinet that
I do not hesitate to describe it. Its affinity is doubtless with
E. exilifolia, F. Muell, but the leaves are quite different aud
not imbricated, the calyx is not quite the same, and the ovary
and fruit are not glabrous and acuminate.

214 MR. S. MOORE ON THE FLORA

FREMOPHILA LATROBET, F. Muell. Plain south of Doyle's well,
also near Kilkenny soak, June. Shrub or subshrub, 2-5 feet
high. Flowers crimson.

E. LarRonEL F. Muell., var. TUBEROULOSA, nob. Leaves
linear, only 1:0-1:5 mm. wide, with a row of prominent glandular
tubercles on each side of the midrib. Between Wilson's pool
aud Lake Darlót, May. A small shrub about 3 feet high.
Flowers red.

E. roxeiroLra, F. Muell. Between Broad Arrow and Uladdie
soak, March. Shrub about a man’s height. Flowers pinkish-
brown. l

E. Drummonpu, F. Muell. Gibraltar, September.

E. ($ PLATYCHILUS) GRANITICA, sp. nov. Fruticosa, viscosa,
foliis alternis rarius oppositis vel suboppositis anguste linearibus
obtusis supra excavatis, floribus solitariis longe ac graciliter
pedunculatis, calycis lobis imbricatis amplis ovatis acutis utrin-
que plus minus pubescentibus puberulisve post anthesin auctis,
corolla calycem bene excedente extra et intus pubescente ejus
tubo a basi amplo leviter et sensim amplificato lobis superioribus
alte connatis lobo infimo quam lateralibus majore, filamentis
inclusis puberulis, ovario dense sericeo-villoso stylo piloso coro-
nato, ovulis per paria superpositis.

Hab. Crescit apud petras graniticas “ Nine-mile rocks ” dictas,
ditione Coolgardiensi, mens. Aug. florescens.

Fruticosa, erecta, diffusa, humane altitudinis. Ramuli sub-
teretes, glabri deinde cinerei, in longitudinem rimosi, ultimi
attenuati. Folia (una eum ıamulis) viscosa, sessilia, patentia,
1:5-2'0 em. long., raro 2:5 em. attingentia, 0075 em. lat., in sicco
olivacea vel olivaceo-atrata. Pedunculi usque ad 2:0 cm. long.,
compressi, sub flore aliquanto inerassati. Flores pallide punicei.
Calycis lobi ovato- vel oblongo-lanceolati, longiores 1:2 em., bre-
viores 0:8 em. long., omnes membranacei et post anthesin reticu-
lato-nervosi. Corolla tota usque ad 2:5 cm. long.; tubus ad
medium 0'8 em. lat., labium superius 1:0 cm. excedens, usque ad
0:25 em., bilobum ; lobilaterales oblongi, obtusi, lobo infimo obo-
vato equilopgi. Stamina didynama, filamenta 1:0 cm. long., haud
procul a basi tubi inserta. Ovarium anguste oblongum, 0:3 em.
long.; stylus 1-3 cm. attingens. Fructus non vidi.

OF THE INTERIOR OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 215

Near Eremophila platycalyx, F. Muell which is not viscous
and has different foliage, and also shows marked inequality in its
broader calyx-lobes, of which some are almost orbicular. It also
has a glabrous and relatively longer corolla-tube and a glabrous
or slightly glandular-tomentose instead of densely villous ovary.
E. Freelingii, F. Muell., has, inter alia, entirely different leaves,
marked inequality in its calyx-lobes, and mid-lobe of corolla
nearly equal to the lateral ones.

ErEMOPHILA Fraseri, F. Muell. Near Lake Darlöt, April.
A spreading resinous shrub, up to 8 feet high, though usually
shorter. Flowers dirty white with maroon spots ; accrescent calyx
red. The form gathered by me is that with narrower calyx-lobes.

E. Browntr, F. Muell. Yilgangie claypans, February. A
shrub about 4 feet high, with red flowers.

E. Brown, F. Muell, var. Leaves narrowly linear lanceo-
late. Flowers considerably smaller than those of type. Gib-
raltar, Oetober.

E. OLDFTELDITI, F. Muell, var. ANGUSTIFOLIA, nob. Between
Doyle's well and Mt. George, June. A shrub up to 5 feet or
so. Leaves narrowly linear, 1 mm. wide.

E. MACULATA, F. Muell. Near Coolgardie, August. Between
Coolgardie and Gnarlbine, September.

E. MACULATA, F. Muell, var. BREVIFOLTA. Between Cool-
gardie and Broad Arrow, and between the latter place and
Uladdie soak, March. Copiously branching subshrub, a foot or
so high. Flowers pink or nearly white.

E. LATIFOLIA, F. Muell. Between Wilson's pool and Lake
Darlót, May. Small shrub, 3 feet or so high. Flowers green.

E. ALTERNIFOLIA, &. Br. Gibraltar district, October. Flowers
red.

E. Younatr, F. Muell. Between Doyle’s well and Mt. George;
also Goose’s soak, June. A spreading bush up to 6 or 8 feet.
Flowers pale pink.

VERBENACER.

SPARTOTHAMNUS TEUCRIIFLORUS, F. Muell. (ex descript.).
Pendinnie soak, March. Between Mt. Malcolm and Goose’s
soak, June. A plant not iufrequently met with in the back

216 MR. S. MOORE ON THE FLORA

country as a subshrub up to 3 feet high. The flowers are white
and sweet-scented : the berries black.

LABIATE.

PROSTANTHERA BAXTERI, A. Cunn. Between Southern Cross
and Siberia soak; also between Ninety-mile lake and Mt.
Margaret, January, and Gnarlbine, September. Subshrub or
shrub 2-3 feet high, plentifully branched. Flowers pale
lavender or white streaked with purple.

P. WrrnkrkANA?, F. Muell. Between Uladdie soak and Yil-
gangie claypans, March. Creek between Wilson's pool and
Lake Darlót, April. Small shrub, 3 feet or so high. Flowers
dirty white. Acerescent calyx lemon-coloured.

I have not seen the type of this species, but Baron von
Mueller's deseription (Fragm. viii. p. 230) agrees fairly well

with my specimens.

P. GryLrLoana, F. Muell. (ex descript.). Siberia soak, January.
Coolgardie distriet, September. Small shrub about 3 feet

high. Flowers dull red.
The specimens answer well to Baron von Mueller's description.

Hemicenta ($ EUHEMIGENIA) EXILIS, sp. nov. Suffruticosa
sursum foliigera, foliis lineari-lanceolatis obtusis vel minute
mucronulatis basi sensim angustatis subcoriaceis glabris, floribus
solitariis vel in verticillastris 3-4-floris dispositis, peduneulis
quam folia brevioribus juxta medium bracteolatis, calyce quam
pedunculus breviore minute puberulo, corollæ minute pubescentis
tubo calyeem fere triplo excedente, labio superiore bilobo labii
inferioris lobo intermedio haud lobato, antherarum omnium con-
nectivo inferne equaliter vel subsqualiter producto lineari raro

clavato glabro.
Hab. Crescit inter Wilson's pool et lac. Darlót, mens. Apr.

floribus gaudens.

Suffrutex altus fere metralis. Ramuli tetragoni, dein sub-
teretes et cortice cinereo in longitudinem rimoso obducti. Folia
sessilia, 1:0-1:5 em. long., eirca 0:2 cm. lat., fere enervia, in sicco
lete viridia. Pedunculi 0:3-0:6 em. long., glabri. Bracteole
subulate, circa O'L em. long. Flores purpurei. Calycis 0:3 em.
long. 02 em. lat. lobi subsquales, lanceolato-subulati, a tubo
2plo superati. Corolle tubus attenuatus, 05 cm. long.; limbus

OF THE INTERIOR OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 217

circa 0'5 em. diam. ; labii superioris lobi late ovati, usque ad 0:15
em. liberi; labii inferioris lobi laterales ovato-oblongi, 0°33 em.
long.,lobus intermedius oblongo-obovatus, 0*4 em. long., erosulus.
Stamina breviter exserta; antherarum connectivus usque ad
0:1 em. productus, interdum multo brevior vel subobsoletus,
semper pilis carens.

A very distinct plant, with leaves somewhat like those of Hemi-

gema Biddulphiana, V. Muell., but the flowers are altogether
different.

WESTRINGIA CEPHALANTHA, F. Muell. Between Broad Arrow
and Uladdie, March. Gibraltar, October. A shrub A feet high
or taller. Flowers white.

W. RIGIDA, R. Br. Gibraltar and Coolgardie, August and
September. A small subshrub about 18 inches high. Flowers
white.

PLANTAGINEX.

PLANTAGO varia, R. Br. Creek N.W. of Wilson's pool, May.
Near Coolgardie, August. Common in springtime in the Cool-
gardie district.

CHENOPODIACER,

RHAGODIA BILLARDIERI, R. Br. Neighbourhood of Gnarlbiue,

September. A bushy shrub, 3 feet high.

R. BILLARDIERI, R. Br., var. LINEARIS. Gnarlbine, November.
A small shrub, 3 feet in height, with green flowers.

R. CRASSIFOLIA, R. Br. Gibraltar district, September.

R. CORALLIOCARPA, S. Moore, in Journ. Bot. xxxv. (1897)
p.168. Kilkenny soak, June.

R. spinescens, R. Br., var. A small subshrub between
Wilson's ereek and Lake Darlót, May. A form with very small
linear to obovate leaves which are only 2-4 mm. in length. It
may perhaps be a new species, but the specimens have already
flowered. The berries are white and very small.

DysPHANIA LITTORALIS, R. Br. Bullabulling, September.

ATRIPLEX NUMMULARIA, Lindl. Gibraltar, November. A com-
mon shrub in various parts throughout all the districts visited.

A. vESICARIA?, Heward. Between Siberia soak and Mt.
Margaret, aud between Goongarrie and Mount Margaret, January.

218 MR. 8. MOORE ON THE FLORA

Gibraltar, September. A subshrub usually about 2 feet or so
high. The specimens are either in flower only or in the early
fruiting stage. Hence the doubt about the name.

ENCHYLENA TOMENTOSA, R. Br. Near Kilkenny soak, June.

Kocuta VILLOSA, Lindl. Between Wilson's creek and Lake
Darlót, May (flowers). Coolgardie district, August (fruit in
various stages). A lowly subshrub, with yellow flowers and red
and green samaras.

K. vILLOSA, Lindl., var. Gibraltar and Coolgardie districts,
spring. A variety with densely tomentose pink samaras. Perhaps
better referred to one of the later described species of this
difficult genus.

K. SEDIFOLIA, F. Muell. Between Doyle’s well and Mt.
George, June. A small erect subshrub, about 2 feet high.
Samaras pale rose.

CHENOLEA SCLEROLENOIDES, F. Muell. Gibraltar, September
(fruit).
SCLEROLENA BICORNIS, Lindl. Common in various parts of

the interior. The specimens are from near Mt. George (June)
and Coolgardie (August).

SALICORNIA ARBUSCULA, R. Br. Common near claypans and
on salt-bush plains.

SALSOLA KALI, Linn. Between Broad Arrow and Uladdie,
March. Occurs here and there in various places, but never
in great quantity.

A MARANTHACE F.

TRICHINIUM OBOVATUM, Gaudich. Near Kilkenny soak, June.
Plain south of Doyle's well, June. Coolgardie district, August
and September. This common Amaranth occurs in several
varieties in various parts of the Goldfields.

T. ALOPECUROIDEUM, Lindi. Near Ninety-mile lake, June.

T. conv MBosuM, Gaudich. Between Broad Arrow and Uladdie,
March. Bricke's soak, June. Coolgardie district, August.

T. EREMITA, sp. nov. Herbacea, pusilla, erecta, parum
ramosa, foliis radicalibus et caulinis linearibus vel lineari-oblan-

OF THE INTERIOR OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 219

ceolatis basi in petiolum attenuatis apice spinuloso-apiculatis
piloso-puberulis vel vix glabris, spicis abbreviatis late ovoideis
paucifloris, bracteis bracteolisque rotundato-ovatis breviter spinu-
loso-acuminatis tenuiter scariosis, perianthii straminei segmentis
fere omnino liberis extra deorsum piloso-hirsutulis intus glabris,
antheris minutis, ovario glabro.

Hab. Ad Gibraltar florebat mens. Sept.

Nec ultra 5:0 em. alt., plerumque vero humilior. Radix sim-
plex, tenuis. Folia pleraque 0'5-1:0 em. long., 005-0-2 em. lat.,
radicalia plerumque paullo majora, omnia in sieco lete virides-
centia. Spies breviter pedunculate, circa 0:7 em. long. et diam.,
4-8-flore. Bracteole vix 0:5 em. long., glabre. Perianthii
segmenta oblonga, breviter acuminata, vix carinata, medio viridia
ibique tantum pilifera, 0:7 cm. long., omnia piloso-hirsutula,
sursum glabra. Filamenta complanata, basi nuda. ^ Ovarium
depresse spheroideum, paullo ultra 0-1 em. long. et diam. Stylus
excentricus, quam ovarium 2plo longior, glaber. Stigmatis
margo laceratus.

For a time I thought this might be a very greatly reduced form
of Trichinium corymbosum, Gaudich., which, apart from the small
size, i$ resembles superficially to a remarkable extent. On close
examination, however, some well-pronounced differences come to
light. Thus all the perianth-segments are hairy on the back, not
the three outer ones alone, as is the case with T. corymbosum,
which latter has anthers from four to ten times the size of those
of T. eremita and longer filaments ; its style also is much longer
and the edge of the stigma entire, not lacerate. Moreover,
though the ovary of T. corymbosum is said by Bentham to be
glabrous, I find a fringe of long hairs attached near the top.
The ovule also of T. corymbosum is quite different, being only
half the relative width and oblong in sbape, instead of broadly
renif rm; and this, if it be a constant character, points to a
difference in the seed.

TRICHINIUM HELIPTEROIDES, F. Muell. Near Kilkenny soak,
June. A form with small flower-heads.

T. DnuwMoNDir Mog. Not infrequently seen in various
parts of the interior north of Pendinnie soak, where it flowers
in June. A form with very small heads barely half an inch in
diameter. An intermediate form was collected by the Elder
Expedition at various camps in tbe Victoria desert.

>LINN. JOURN.— BOTANY, VOL. XXXIV. R

220 MR. 8. MOORE ON THE FLORA

TRICHINIUM CARLSONI, F. Muell. Near Coolgardie, August.
The flowers are sometimes yellow, sometimes orange-red.

T. HOLOSERICEUM, Mog. The Forty-five-mile, June. Cool-
gardie district, August. Some of the specimens vary from the
typical habit, the stems shooting out to a length of 10-15 em.,

and bearing numerous leaves as long as or longer than the radical
ones.

POLYGONES.

Rumex crıspus, Linn. Bullabulling, September. Probably
introduced by teamsters.

POLYGONUM PROSTRATUM, R. Br. Near Kilkenny soak,
June. A form with short ovate-lanceolate leaves, 12-2 cm. in

length.

PROTEACER.

PERSOONIA ($ AMBLYANTHERA) LEUCOPOGON, sp. nov. Suf-
fruticosa sursum copiose foliata, foliis parvis imbricatis lineari-
lanceolatis pungenti-acuminatis subsessilibus obscure l-nerviis
albido-tomentosis proventu dein minute furfuraceo-tomentellis,
floribus solitariis brevipedunculatis, perianthiis dense ferrugineo-
tomentosis, antheris a perianthii segmentis paullo superatis,
connectivo obtuso, ovario glabro breviter stipitato, ovulis 2.

Hab. Repperi inter Uladdie et Yilgangie, ubi florescit mens.
Mart.

Suffrutex circa $-metralis. Ramuli circa 0'2 em. diam., rigidi,
sursum ramulosi, juniores appresse tomentosi proventu plus
minus pubescentes. Folia circa 1:0 em. long., vix 02 em. lat.,
basi revera usque ad 0:1 em. miniata, rigida, plus minus curvata,
margine incrassata, pallida. Pedunculi 0°25 cm. long., dense
ferrugineo-tomentosi. Flores lutei. Perianthium 1'0 cm. paullo
excedens, utrinque angustatum. Glandula hypogyna minuta.
Anthere 0:5 cm. long.; connectivus apice haud apiculatus.
Ovarii anguste ovoidei 0'175 em. long. stipes vix 0:2 cm. attin-
gens. Stylus pinguis, glaber, 0:6 em. long. De fructu sileo.

This is a singular-looking plant, and not likely to be mistaken
for any ofits congeners. In habit it reminds one slightly of
P. angulata, R. Br., but the tomentose leaves are very much
smaller and twisted. This twist, which is well marked in the
case of most leaves, probably has heliotropism for its cause.

OF THE INTERIOR OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 221

The connective ends as a hardened obtuse point extending no
further or at most a fraction of a millimetre further than the
cells. Consequently the plant is rightly referred to the section
Amblyanthera.

GREVILLEA NEMATOPHYLLA, F, Muell. Gnarlbine, November.
Slender tall shrub, 10 feet high. Flowers cream-coloured,
sweet-scented. Differs from the type chiefly in its longer leaves
and broader spikes, though in these points my specimens more
closely resemble those of the Elder Expedition, which are named
as above. The West Australian plant should, perhaps, be re-
garded as a distinct species.

Fruits of this were secured, but the seeds had dropped from
them. The follicle is ovate, to some extent bilaterally asym-
metrical, and with a straight ventral suture. It is 1:5 cm. long
and a little over 1 cm. wide.

G. (§ PLAGIOPODA) ExTORRIS, sp. nov. Fruticosa, sursum
foliosa, ramulis pubescentibus mox glabris, foliis anguste line-
aribus apice pungentibus coriaceis planis appresse sericeo-
pubescentibus puberulisve, glomerulis subsessilibus umbellatis
axillaribus paucifloris, pedicellis quam perianthium brevioribus to-
mentellis mox appresse pubescentibus, perianthio extra appresse
ferrugineo-hirsuto intus supra medium pulvinato-barbato ejus
tubo a basi leviter ac sensim ampliato sub limbo attenuato, toro
obliquo, glandula semilunari parum eminente, ovario breviter
stipitato appresse albide sericeo-villoso, stylo perianthium multo
excedente, stigmate laterali breviter conico.

Hab. Repperi inter Wilson's pool et lac. Darlót mens. Maj
florescentem.

Frutex human: altitudinis vel humilior. Rami leves, cinerei,
deorsum nudi. Folia 5:0-7:0 em. long., 0'2 em. lat., deorsum
sensim et leviter attenuata, subtus 4-canalieulata, rigida, glau-
cescentia. Pedunculi nec ultra 0:2 cm. long., plerique vero
breviores, sericeo-tomentosi. Pedicelli modici 0:3 em. long., sub
flore amplificati. Perianthium circa 0'8 cm. long., purpurascens ;
limbus ejus globularis. Ovarium 0°18 em. long., stipite 0'15-
0:3 em. long. fultum. Stylus usque ad Z0 cm. long., plerumque
vero brevior, glaber, sursum leviter attenuatus.

G. haplantha, F. Muell., has much the same inflorescence, but
its leaves are different, being shorter, narrower, and not so

R2

222 MR. 8. MOORE ON THE FLORA

markedly channelled beneath; its perianths, too, are much
broader, and the ovary, plaeed on a shorter stipe, is thiekly
covered with long coarse yellow hairs, and is crowned by a longer
and pubescent or villous style.

GREVILLEA ($ PLAGIOPODA) ACULEOLATA, SP. NOV. Fruticosa,
copiose ramosa, ramulis pubescentibus mox glabris, foliis parvis
linearibus apice pungenti-spinulosis margine arcte revolutis subtus
sericeo- pubescentibus rigidis, glomerulis terminalibus paucifloris,
pedicellis folia subequantibus vel iis brevioribus, perianthio extra
vix omnino glabro intus in toto pubescente deorsum gradatim
ampliato sureum reeurvo, toro obliquo, glandula planata, ovario
glabro brevissime stipitato.

Hab. Legi inter Wilson's ereek et lae. Darlót, ubi flores
rubros proferebat mens. Maj.

Ramuli rigidi, cinerei, in longitudinem rimosi. Folia approxi-
mata, 1:0 em. long., 0:1 em. lat., sessilia, supra fere glabra, deinde
subnitentia, subtus pallida, patentia, rigide coriacea. Pedieelli
vix usque ad 0'5 em. long., ascendentes. Perianthii tubus circa
0:8 em. long., deorsum vix 02 cm. diam., sursum usque ad 0:04
em. coarctatus; lobi antheriferi ovati obtusi. Ovarii stipes 0:06
em. long., tori margine superiore inserta. Ovarium 0°13 cm. et
stylus crassiusculus L:2 em. long. Stigma obliquum, orbiculare,
convexum.—Hujus exstat varietatem insequentem :

Var. LONGIFOLIA. Folia sparsa, 1:5-2:0 em. long.

Inter Wilson's pool et lac. Darlót mens. Maj floret.

To be distinguished from G. acuaria, F. Muell., chiefly in the
different juniper-like leaves and the broader perianth pubescent
within throughout, not bearded to below the middle only, and
provided with a more prominent limb.

Except for its somewhat smaller leaves white underneath and
the shorter and slenderer style, there is little to distinguish the
present plant—and especially the var. Zongifolia—from the Elder
Expedition plant referred to @. acuaria, which in all proba-
bility is a variety of the plant here described.

G. (S CALOTHYRSUS) SARISSA, sp. nov. Fruticosa, ramulis
pubescentibus deinde glabris, foliis elongatis anguste linearibus
omnino integris apiee spinuloso-pungentibus marginibus arcte
revolutis glabris, racemis terminalibus abbreviatis paucifloris
solitariis, perianthii glabri tubo a basi usque ad apicem sensim
attenuato, toro obliquo, glandula parum eminente, ovario glabro
stipiti elongato geniculatim inserto.

OF THE INTERIOR OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 223

Hab. Ad Gibraltar florebat mens. Sept.

Frutex altitudinis innotate. Ramuli rigidi, sursum crebro
foliosi. Folia erecta, 16:0 em. long., O1 em. lat., basibus ali-
quantulo dilatatis inserta, in sicco lutescenti-viridia. Florum
rhachidis usque ad 10 em. long. tomentosa. Flores patentes
1:5 cm. long. deorsum 0:4 sursum 0'2 cm. lat. Ovarii stipes
0:5 em. long., tori apici insertus, parum curvatus. Ovarium. 0-1 em,
long., stylo incrassato sursum sensim attenuato 1:0 em. excedente
coronatum. Stigma obliquum, convexum. Fructus ambitu
ovatus, vix 15 cm. long.

The same plant is among the specimens brought back by the
Elder Expedition. It has been called * Grevillea Huegelii," I can-
not but think wrongly. The leaves of G. Huegelii are altogether
different, its perianths are hairy and much smaller, the torus
and gland are smaller, the stipe is thinner, the ovary smaller,
and the smaller style is set straight upon the stipe and not
geniculately.

The Elder Expedition specimens are of two kinds, shorter-
and longer-leaved. The former, with leaves reduced to 7 em. in
length and sometimes bifurcate (in one case trifurcate), but then
with narrow-linear lobes and thus quite unlike the leaves of
G. Huegelii, may be distinguished as var. brevifolia of the species
here established. The fruit has been described from Elder
Expedition material at Kew.

Hakea ($ GREVILLEOIDES) sUBEREA, sp. nov. (ZH, lorea,
F. Muell. & Tate, non R. Br.). Arborea, foliis elongatis tereti-
bus integris levibus, cicatricis puuctis vascularibus ternis medio
lateralibus approximatis a basi remoto, racemis axillaribus cylin-
dricis densifloris, rhachide pedicellis perianthiisque dense stra-
mineo-tomentosis, pedicellis perianthia haud excedentibus,
perianthii tubo ampliato basi dilatato sursum revoluto, lobis
obovatis obtusis, toro parum obliquo, glandula hypogyna magna
hippocrepiformi, ovario subsessili.

Hab. Crescit in variis locis in solo granitico, mens. Apr. flores
lacteos preebens.

Arbor usque ad sexmetralis cortice maxime crasso alte rimoso
obdueta. Ramuli angulati, dein subteretes, breviter tomentosi
cito glabri. Folia hac atque illae congesta, usque ad 25:0 cm. long.,
apice pungentia, in sicco pallide virescentia. Racemi "0 em.
long. vel ultra; rhachis 0:2 cm. diam. Pedicelli 05-06 em.
long., patentes. Perianthium basi usque ad 0:3 em. amplificatum ;

294 MR. S. MOORE ON THE FLORA

phylla longe post anthesin coherentia, 12 em. long., lobi antheri-
feri alte exeavati, 025 em. long. Ovarii stipes 0°15 em. long.
Stylus crassus, deorsum 0:1 em. diam., L7 cm. long. Stigma
obliquum, conieum, rugatum.

Specimens of the same tree were obtained by Mr. Helms of
the Elder Expedition in the Cavanagh and Barrow Ranges. In
the report of that Expedition these specimens are referred to
Hakea lorea, R. Br., a course | find it impossible to acquiesce in, at
the same time feeling doubts as to whether there can be authentic
specimens of H. lorea at Melbourne. Two congeners more
easily separable it would be scarcely possible to find. The chief
differences lie in the shorter and slenderer leaves of H. suberea,
its short stout pedicels not longer than the perianths, the latter
organs larger and much broader with a dilated base, the larger
anthers, the bigger gland, subsessile ovary, and elongated stout
style. Moreover the distribution of the vascular scars left upon
the stem after the fall of the leaves, a point to which Meissner
attaches importance, is different in the two, H. suberea being, in
this respect, more like H. Cunninghamii, R. Br.

This tree was seen from the Black Gin soak, between Goon-
garrie and Mt. Margaret, northwards to our farthest point—
some high granite rocks fourteen miles north of Lake Darlöt.
W herever it occurs, subterranean water is supposed to be some-
where in the vicinity, and experience has, so far I believe, justified
the supposition.

My specimen—unfortunately only a single one and not very
good—agrees perfectly with that of the Elder Expedition iu the
Kew Herbarium.

THYMELEACER.

PIMELEA TRICHOSTACHYA, Lindl. The Brook, Mt. Margaret,
February.

P. MICROCEPHALA, R. Br. Between Wilson's pool and Lake
Darlót, May. Plain south of Doyle's well, and near Goongarrie,
June. A smallshrub about 3 feet high. Flowers yellow-green
or dirty white.

P. ($ DrrrrALAMIA) THESIOIDES, sp. nov. Ramosissima, fere
omnino glabra, foliis plerisque oppositis parvis sessilibus lineari-
lanceolatis vel linearibus obtusis, capitulis parvis terminalibus
plurifloris, involueri bracteis plerumque 4 foliis consimilibus nisi

OF THE INTERIOR OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 225

brevioribus et latioribus, floribus dioicis, perianthio masculo
attenuato bracteas excedente glabro, perianthio foemineo masculo
vix subequilongo deorsum ampliato sursum attenuato glabro.

Hab. Repperi inter Coolgardie et lac. Darlót, sed ob schedulam
pretermissam locum accuratius indicare nequeo.

Verisimiliter frutex deorsum nudus sursum creberrime ramosus.
Ramuli diffusi, attenuati, angulati, ipsis sub capitulis sepe piloso-
puberuli. Folia 0:5-0'8 em. long., 0:1-0:2 em. lat., margine sub
lente minute crenulato-undulata, in sieco flavescenti-viridia.
Capitula 05-07 em. diam., piloso-puberula vel breviter sericeo-
villosa. Involucri bracteæ 04-07 cm. long., glabra, usque ad
0:25 em. lat., obtuse vel acute, nonnunquam breviter acuminate.
Flores verisimiliter virescentes. Perianthii masculi tubus 0:4 em.
long., 0°05 em. lat. ; limbi 0:25 em. diam., lobi obovato-oblongi,
obtusissimi, 0:13 em. long. Perianthii foeminei tubus mox usque ad
cirea 0:4 em. expansus, deorsum ad 0:1 em. angustatus, sursum
subito ad 0:03 em. coarctatus, ejus lobi perbreves, late ovati, ob-
tusissimi. Filamenta brevissima; antherarum connectivus an-
gustus. Stigma breviter exsertum. Drupa nondum matura
0:3 em. long.

Differs from Pimelea microcephala, R. Br., on account of its
extremely ramose habit, smaller leaves, short glabrous male
flowers, and entirely different female. For the same reasons,
except the presence of hairs on the perianth and with the addition
of larger more-flowered heads, it cau readily be distinguished
from P. pauciflora, R. Br.

LORANTHACER.

LORANTHUS LINEARIFOLIUS, Hook. Near Goose’s soak.
South of MacAuliffe's soak. Plain south of Doyle's well. All
in June. The hosts were species of Acacia not in flower.
Flowers red.

The same individual host at the Goose’s soak also supported
the following, viz. :—

L. Mvnmnavr, F. Muell. § Tate, var. PARVIFLORA nob. (L.
miniatus, nob., in Journ. Bot. xxxv. (1897) p. 170.) Near
Goose's soak and Kilkenny soak, June. Flowers pale greenish
below, yellow or orange above. Berries dark red.

Since writing my memoir (vide loc. cit.) on the camel-fodder
plants of West Australia, I have had the opportunity of seeing
at Kew specimens of L. Murrayi, the affinity of which with my

226 MR. S. MOORE ON THE FLORA

supposed new species, Loranthus miniatus, I had already alluded
to. I find that the Elder Expedition specimen referred to
L. Murrayi has the peculiar habit of mine, viz., leaves crowning
subobsolete branches ; and as the flowers, except for their reduced
size, are essentially similar to those of typical L. Murrayi, it
would be better to consider the West- Australian plant as a small-
flowered variety of the South Australian.

LORANTHUS LINOPHYLLUS, Fenzl. Siberia soak, January.
Between Yilgangie claypans and Pendinnie soak, March. Flowers
red.

L. rENDULUS, Sieb., var. PARVIFLORA. Near Mount Malcolm,
June. Parasitic on the Quandong (Fusanus persicarius), and
homoplastie with it. Flowers red.

L. Quanpane, Lindi. Wilson's creek, and creek between
Wilson's pool and Lake Darlöt, April. The host is a Grevillea,
probably G. aculeolata, S. Moore. Perianth green; stamens
red.

A. flowerless specimen, apparently to be referred to this
species, was found growing on an Acacia out of flower. It was
strikingly homoplastie with its host.

L. Nestor, S. Moore, in Journ. Bot. xxxv. (1897) p. 170.
Near Bricke's soak, between Goongarrie and Mount Margaret.

SANTALACER,

SANTALUM LANCEOLATUM, R. Br. The Brook, Mt. Margaret,
February. A branching shrub, 8-10 feet high. Flowers and
fruit yellow-green.

FUSANUS PERSICARIUS, F. Muell. A shrub up to 6 or 8 feet.
Common in various districts. The * Quandong.”

F. spicatus, R. Br. Common from Pendinnie northward.
The red flowers appear from February to May. “Sandal-
wood."

Exocarpus APHYLLA, R. Br. Gibraltar, September. Not an
uncommon shrub in various districts.
EvrnonnBpIACEX.

Monoraxts LUTEIFLORA, F. Muell. Between Broad Arrow
and Uladdie, March.

OF THE INTERIOR OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 227

PHYLLANTHUS LACUNARIS, F. Muell. Donkey rocks, between
Goongarrie and Mt. Margaret, Juue.

URTICACES.

PARIETARIA DEBILIS, Forst. Nine-mile rocks near Coolgardie,

August.

MONOCOTYLEDONES.

ORCHIDEÆ.

THELYMITRA LONGIFOLIA, Forst. Gnarlbine, September.
TH. ANTENNIFERA, Hook. f. Gnarlbine, September.

PTEROSTYLIS PYRAMIDALIS, Lindl. Nine-mile rocks near
Coolgardie, August.

LiLIACEX.
DIANELLA REVOLUTA, R. Br. Gibraltar, September.

ANGUILLARIA DIOICA, R. Br. Between Wilson's creek and
Lake Darlót, May. Kilkenny soak and Donkey rocks, June.
Most of the specimens have short sheathing bracts and solitary
octamerous and always hermaphrodite flowers.

ARTHROPODIUM CURVIPES, sp. nov. Vix 4-metralis, radici-
bus ?, foliis linearibus, circa 100 em. long. et 0:2 cm. lat., pedi-
celis plerisque binis deinde recurvis, bracteis folis similibus
nisi multo brevioribus, antheris quam filamenta brevioribus his
vix omnino dense lanatis, ovario eylindrico-oblongo.

Hab. Prope Coolgardie flores purpureos profert mens. Aug.

Near A. paniculatum, R. Br., and A. minus, R. Br.; the
three being distinguishable in the following way :—

A. paniculatum. Flowers usually two or three to each bract.
Braets minute. Filaments tomentose in their upper half
only. Anthers linear-oblong, more than half as long as the
filaments. Ovary ovoid. Style long and slender.

A. minus.—F lowers smaller than those of A. paniculatum
and usually solitary. Bracts 5-10 mm. long. Filaments
tomentose to a little below the middle. Anthers oblong,
half as long as the filaments. Ovary ovoid. Style short
and comparatively thick.

228 MR. £. MOORE ON THE FLORA

Arthropodium curvipes. Flowers of A. minas, but usually two
to each braet. Bracts up to 15 mm. in length. Filaments
tomentose almost to the bottom. Anthers oblong, sm ll,
about a quarter the length of the filaments. Ovary
eylindric-oblong. Style short aud comparatively thick.

Taysanotus ParEnsoNIr, R. Br. Gibraltar, October.

Borya NITIDA, Labill. Between Southern Cross and Siberia
soak, January. Nine-mile rocks near Coolgardie, August.
Seen also on other guamma-rocks.

JUNCACER.

XANTHORRHGA, ap, A grass-tree or “ black-boy "—probably
X. Preissii, Endl.—was seen sparingly in a narrow strip of country
between Southern Cross and Siberia. A few individuals were
also seen between Uladdie and Yilgangie. Specimens were not
brought down.

Juncus BUFONIUS, Linn. Bullabulling rocks, September.
CENTROLEPIDE.
CENTROLEPIS MUTICA, Hieron. Bullabulling, September.
ÜYPERACEE.
SCIRPUS CARTILAGINEUS, Spreng. Bullabulling, September.

S. cERNUUS, Vahl. Nile-mile rocks near Coolgardie, August.
Bullabulling, September. The spikelets are longer than those of
specimens from other parts of Australia, though not than those
of some exotic specimens, as Mr. C. B. Clarke showed me.

GRAMINER.

Panicum LEUCOPHJEUM, H. B. K. Siberia soak, January.

Creek between Wilson's pool and Lake Darlót, May.

P. GRACILE, R. Br. Between Southern Cross and Mt.
Margaret.

ARISTIDA ARENARIA, Gaudich. Bullabulling, September.
STIPA SCABRA, Lindi. Near Coolgardie, August.

S. ELEGANTISSIMA, Labill. Near Coolgardie, August
Gibraltar, September.

OF THE INTERIOR OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 229

STIPA HEMIPOGON, Benth. Gibraltar district, September.
DEYEUKTA Fonsteri, Benth. Bullabulling, September.

DawTHONIA SETACEA, R. Br. Gibraltar, September.

PAPPOPHORUM NIGRICANS, R. Br. Between Broad Arrow
and Uladdie soak, March (the form with pale glumes, P. palli-
dum, R. Br.). Near Wilson's pool, May (typical form).

ERIACHNE ovata, Nees, var. NANA, nob. Coolgardie, August.
Gibraltar, September. These are dwarf specimens to which there
is nothing similar, neither at the British Museum nor at Kew.
The tallest of them is only some half-a-foot high, the smallest
barely an inch.

E. optusa, R. Br. Siberia soak, January. Leaves very
pungent pointed, more so than in the type-specimens.

EnaGnosrIS CHÆTOPHYLLA, Steud. Between Broad Arrow
and Uladdie, March,

BRIZA MAXIMA, Linn. Gnarlbine, September. Probably intro-
duced by teamsters.

Bromus AnENARIUS, Labill. Near Coolgardie, August.

TRIODIA IRRITANs, R. Br. Frequent in various parts north
of the thirtieth parallel: rarer in the south. “ Spinifex.”
Specimens were not brought down.

GYMNOSPERME.

CONIFERE.

FRENELA ROBUSTA, A. Cuna. Between Wilson's pool and
Lake Darlöt. Shrub, about 8 feet or more high, with pyramidal
habit.

CRYPTOGAMIA.
Fırıczs (det. J. G. Baker).

CHEILANTHES SIEBERI, Kunze. Creek between Wilson's pool
and Lake Darlot.

NOTHOLENA pistans, R. Br. Donkey rocks between Goon-
garrie and Mt. Margaret.

230 MR. S. MOORE ON THE FLORA

NOTHOLENA VELLEA, R. Br. Between Wilson's pool and
Lake Darlót,

GYMNOGRAMME Pozor, Kunze. Near Siberia soak. Nine-
mile rocks near Coolgardie. Bullabulling.

STATISTICS OF THE WEST AUSTRALIAN DESERT FLORA.

Thanks mainly to the labours of the late Baron von Mueller, who
has given us descriptions of the plants brought down by travellers
in the interior of the Colony from the time of Forrest and Giles
until his lamented decease, supplemented by contributions by
Professor Tate, Mr. Luehmann, and myself, we are now in a
position to form some idea of the flora of the West Australian
interior as a whole. For my present purpose, I have collected
all the references I could find to species having their habitat
east of the 118th degree of longitude; but as this line passes
close to Albany, I have, so far as concerns the country south of
the 32nd parallel, taken the line of 119° as forming the western
boundary of the desert, which extends eastward to the boundary
of South Australia in long. 129°, and northward to the Tropie of
Capricorn. So far as known, the flora of this district, some
450,000 square miles in extent, comprises 867 species, a number
no doubt exceedingly small in view of the immense area indicated
above; but when we consider how small a part of the interior
has been scientifically explored—of the northern parts we know
next to nothing—and consider also that every traveller has
brought down with him a fair proportion of new species, there is
justification for the belief that many species still remain to be
discovered. I venture to think, therefore, that at least eleven
or twelve hundred species will eventually be obtained from this
part of Australia, and this is a considerable number, bearing in
mind the extremely scanty rainfall.

In his ‘ Handbook of the Flora of Extratropical South Aus-
tralia,’ Professor Tate demarcates the area occupied by the
Eremian or desert flora of that Colony. The region held by this
Eremian flora corresponds with the “ salt-bush ” country of the
pastoralist, and is approximately delineated by the rainfall line
of ten inches. South of this line, that is, in the more humid
districts, and except in the extreme south, the Kuronotian flora
is met with. The Eremian region is further subdivided into

OF THE INTERIOR OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 231

several smaller areas ; but the only ones having special interest
for us here are a northern and a central, the dividing line be-
tween which runs through Charlotte Waters (lat. 26° 81 In
his Report on the Work of the Horn Scientific Expedition to
Central Australia, Professor Tate proposes to shift this last-
mentioned line to the latitude of Engoordina. To the north of
this lies the Larapintine region; it extends to the Maedonnel
ranges, close to the Tropic of Capricorn. The central Eremian
region has for its dominant feature the prevalence of Salsolaceous
plants; these are replaced in the Larapintine by grasses, of which
order the “ spinifex” is a characteristic member. Species repre-
sentative of the Larapintine flora's arboreous vegetation are
Brachychiton Gregorii (Sterculia diversifolia), Eucalyptus (ter-
minalis and Oldfieldii), Canthium latifolium, Grevillea striata,
Ficus platypoda, Casuarina Decaisneana, Livistona Marie,
Encephalartos Macdonnelli, &e.; while Cassia phyllodinea and
Eucalyptus rostrata here respectively replace C. eremophila and
E. microtheca of the central region. How far the West Aus-
tralian desert flora agrees with that of the neighbouring Colony
it is impossible to say in the present state of our knowledge.
Several scientific expeditions have penetrated the solitudes of
South Australia from south to north almost to the Tropic of
Capricorn; but hitherto travellers in the West Australian
desert have moved either east or west or approximately so. The
most northerly point reached by us was, as near as possible, in
27°5 lat.; so that, supposing the floristic boundaries to run
roughly east and west, we did not arrive within the Larapintine
region at all. The bulk of the plants brought down by me are
therefore central Eremianand not Larapintine; but some approach
to the Larapintine flora is announced by the presence, in the
northern parts of the district visited by me, of the “ spinifex ”
plains already alluded to, although the occasional abundance of
* salt-bush " there shows that we were still within the central
Eremian boundary. I have, however, found records of several
Larapintine plants which pass over into northern portions of the
West Australian desert, and of these a list will presently be
given.

My sources of information are the following :—

1. Mr. Bentham’s * Flora Australiensis.’

2. Baron von Mueller’s lists of plants collected by Mr. Ernest

Giles (Journ. Bot. xv. 1877).

232 MR. S. MOORE ON THE FLORA

3. The ‘Fragmenta Phytographie Australie, the Second
Systematic Census of Australian Plants, and various
other contributions of the same author.

4. The Report of the Elder Expedition: Botany, by Baron
von Mueller and Professor Tate.

5. Mr. Luehmann's * Reliquie Muelleriane.’

6. My own collection.

Of the 867 species comprising the flora, 7 only are vascular
Cryptogams, the rest being Phanerogams. The Phanerogams
include 1 Gymnosperm, 91 Monocotylelones, and 768 Dicoty-
ledones, the proportion of the latter to the former being as 84
to 1. That is to say, while 89:3 per cent. of the flora is dieotyle-
donous, only 10:59 per cent. is monocotyledonous *. These 860
Phanerogams, disposed among 73 orders, are distributed among
319 genera, giving an average of only 2'7 species per genus T; and
while 180 of the genera (56:42 per cent.) are also extra-Australian,
139 (43:57 per cent.) are confined to the island-continent. No
less than 146 of the species, or 17 per cent., are endemie in the
West Australian desert.

There are no natural orders peculiar to the desert, neither is
there much reciprocal ordinal exclusion in the parts of it respec-
tively north and south of 30°. I find records of 8 natural orders
confined to the desert north of 307, and of as many which, at the
present time, are not known to overstep that parallel in a north-
ward sense. The exclusively northern orders are as follows :—

1. Cupparidee. Represented by Polanisia viscosa, Linn., a
common weed in tropical and warmer extratropical Aus-
tralia, but not reported from the S.W. corner 7.

2. Cucurbitacee. This order has two representatives, which
advance no further than the Ashburton district.

3. Araliacee. As the last, but with one representative only.

4. Jasminee. Comes as far south as the Murchison.

5. Bignoniacee. One species (Tecoma australis, R. Br.) widely

* This is a very low proportion. Cfr. Hemsley (Biol. Centr.-Amer. vol. i.
p. xix), who finds that Europe and four other areas have from 17:32 to 23:43
per cent. of Monocotyledones, while Australia has 18:5 per cent.

+ Hemsley (/. c. p. xxiii) gives the following numbers of species per genus :—
in India 6:0; in Mexico 6:4; in N. America 62; in Australia 6'4. The low
proportion of species per genus in the West Australian desert is in accordance
with the rule which prevails in the case of all small floras.

1 The term “ S.W. corner” is used to denote the tract of land lying south of

300, and west of the desert as already defined.

OF THE INTERIOR OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 233

distributed in Australia, but absent from the S.W. corner.
Reported from the Barrow Range, at the eastern limit of
the W. Australian desert.

6. Acanthacee. Represented by two species which advance
no further south than the Ashburton.

7. Nyetagine@. Of Boerhanvia diffusa, found all over Australia
including the S.W. corner, I find no record from the
desert south of 30°. Most probably it has been over-
looked.

8. Fluviales. One representative found in extratropical
Australia, including the S.W. corner.

I find no desert records north of 30° in respect of the following
orders :—
1. Dilleniacee. Probably overlooked. A thorough exami-
nation of the Murchison district would probably bring to
light some members of this order.
Tremandree.
Geraniacee. Probably overlooked.
. Loganiacee. Ditto.
Gentiane@. Represented by one species of wide distribution.
A probable oversight.
6. Orobanchee. One widely distributed species.
7. Iridee. One genus (Patersonia); but inasmuch as this is
also known from Borneo, it should be found in the desert
N. of 30°.
8. Centrolepide. Probably overlooked.

Of the 180 exotie * genera :—

154 are the more widely distributed outside Australia,

4 [Eriostemon, Duboisia, Xerotes, Grevillea (which is in New
Guinea as well) are common to Australia and New
Caledonia.

3 [Styphelia, Banksia, Kennedya] are common to Australia
and New Guinea.

13 [Phebalium, Plagianthus, Swainsona,Clianthus, Pomaderris,
Brachycome (also in S. Africa), Olearia, Logania, Pimelea,
Persoonia, Fusanus, Pterostylis, Arthropodium] are
common to Australia and New Zealand.

nt opo ro

* This term is applied simply to genera and species occurring in Australia
and beyond its borders, and without any implication as to an assumed place of
origin.

234 MR. S. MOORE ON THE FLORA

6 [Hibbertia (Madagascar, also New Caledonia), Kerau-
drenia (Madagascar), Helipterum (Cape of Good Hope),
Brachycome (also N. Zealand), Cryptostemma (a Cape
introduction), Cesia (Cape of Good Hope)] are common
to Australia and Africa.

Of the endemic genera :—

117 are more or less widely distributed in Australia.

16 [Menkea, Sollya, Wehlia, Balaustion, Calathamnus, Pile-
anthus, Microcorys, Oligarrhena, Stirlingia, Dryandra,
Synaphea, Calycopeplus, Conostylis, Anigozanthes, Tri-
bonanthus, Anarthria| are confined to Western Australia.

4 [Petalostylis, Astrotriche, Bertya, Astrebla| are not found
in the S.W. corner.

2 [Hemiphora, Wrixonia] are endemic in the Western
Australian desert.

Of the 860 species :—
273 are at present known to occur north of 30? alone.

367 » » » south »
220 have been met with both north and south of 30°.

The species may be thus arranged :—

A. SPECIES ENDEMIC IN AUSTRALIA.
a. 146 are endemic in the West Australian desert. Of these:

41 have been found north of 30? alone.
79 » » south »
26 » » both north and south of 30°.

b. 36 are restricted to the Larapintine region of South Australia
and the West Australian desert.

28 of these have oeeurred in the West Australian desert
north of 30? alone.

4 of these have occurred in the West Australian desert
south of 30? alone.

4 of these have occurred in the West Australian desert

both north and south of 30°.

c. 4 [Keraudrenia integrifolia, Helipterum Fitzgibboni, Lobelia
heterophylla, Eucalyptus pyriformis (this is also found
in the Lake Torrens basin)] extend from the Larapin-
tine region through the desert, and more or less into the
S. W. corner,

OF THE INTERIOR OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 235

d. 111 are endemic in S.W. Australia both north and south of
30°. Of these:

39 occur in the desert north of 30° alone.
49 » » south >
23 " » both north and south of 30°.

e. 14 desert species are endemic in S. W. Australia north of 30?
alone.

8 of these have been found in the desert north of 30? alone.

2 T " » » south »

4 » " » » both north and
south of 30°.

f. 108 desert species are endemic in S.W. Australia south of
30? alone. Of these:

15 have been found in the desert north of 30? alone.
76 55 ” ” south 99
17 > » » both north and south of 30“.

Thus 233 species of the West Australian desert are endemic in
S.W. Australia. This is roughly one-quarter of the flora.

And 379 species—roughly five-twelfths of the flora—are
either restricted to the desert alone, or advance more or less
into the S. W. corner of Australia, and have not been met with
outside these limits.

9. 27 species of the West Australian desert range through both
Western and South Australia, and in the main south of
30? in both Colonies.
6 of these have been found in the West Australian desert
north of 30? alone.
17 of these have been found in the West Australian desert
south of 30* alone.
4 of these have been found in the West Australian desert
both north and south of 30°.

h. 7 species have a similar distribution to those under g,
except that they range north of 30° in both Colonies. All
of these have been met with in the West Australian desert
north of 30? alone.

i. 9 species are endemic in the West and South Australian

LINN. JOURN.— BOTANY, VOL. XXXIV. 8

236 MR. 8. MOORE ON THE FLORA

deserts mainly south of 309, and do not advance iuto the
S.W. corner. Ofthese:

3 [Haloragis acutangula, Helichrysum Lawrencella, Pros-
tanthera Wilkieana| have been found in West Aus-
tralia north of 30? alone.

5 [Melaleuca quadrifaria, Baeckia crassifolia, Helipterum
Troedelit, Helichrysum Tepperi, Helipterum heteranthum]
have been found in West Australia south of 20° alone.

1 [Schania Cassiniana] is endemic both north and south
of 30°.

k. 11 species are endemic in tropical Western Australia, whence
they advance into the northern part of the West Austra-
lian desert.

9 of these [Tribulus platypterus, Abutilon amplum, Gossy-
pium Robinsoni, Astrotriche Hamptoni, Goodenia
azurea, Velleia panduriformis, Clerodendron | lanceo-
latum, Eremophila Fraseri, Pimelea Forrestiana] are
found in the desert north of 30° alone ;

and 2 [Stackhousia Brunonis, Solanum lasiophyllum] advance
south of 30°.

l. 2 species [Ptilotus hemisteirus, Gyrostemon ramulosus], with
the same distribution as those under k, extend into the
S.W. corner and also into South Australia.

m. 3 species [Goodenia heterochila, G. microptera, Jasminum
caleareum] are endemic in tropical Western Australia,
whence they pass into the northern fringe of the desert
and on to the Larapintine region of South Australia.

n. 98 species are endemic in tropical and subtropical (or tem-
perate) Australia, and occur also in the West Australian
desert. Of these:

51 advance to the S. W. corner of Australia.
47 are not found in the S.W. corner.

Of the 51, 9 are not known from the West Australian desert
south of 30°;
11 are not known north of 30°;
while 31 occur both north and south of 30? in the desert.

Of the 47, 23 have been found in the desert north of 30? alone.
11 » » » south »
13 » » » both north and
south of 30°

OF THE INTERIOR OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 287

0. lll desert species are species endemie in extratropical
Australia, including the S.W. corner. Of these:

17 are known from the desert north of 30? alone.
50 » » » south »
44 » » " both north and south of 30°.

P. 10 species endemie in extratropical Australia, and in the
extratropical coast-region of West Australia, advance
into the West Australian desert, but not to the S.W.
corner. Of these:
5 are known from the desert north of 30° alone.
3 » » " south "
2 » » » both north and south of 309.

q. 21 species endemic in extratropical Australia including the
the S. W. corner, and extending into the desert, are not
known from the coast-region of the Western Colony
north of 30°. Of these:

3 are found in the desert north of 30° alone.
17 » » south "
1 occurs in the desert to the north and south of 30°.

r. 68 species endemie in extratropieal Australia advance into
the West Australian desert, but are not found either
in the S.W. corner or in the coastal region of West
Australia. Of these:

22 occur in the desert north of 30? alone.
21 » » south »
17 » » both north and south of 30°,

s. 3 species [Sida cardiophylla, Euxolus interruptus, Gom-
phrena canescens] are endemic in tropical Australia, and
pass into the northern part of the West Australian desert.

t. 3 species [Mirbelia owyclada, Indigofera enneaphylla, Casua-
rina Decaisneana], endemic in tropical Australia, pass
thence into the Larapintine region of South Australia
and into the northern part of the West Australian desert.

u. 8 species endemic in tropical Australia extend thence into
the Larapintine region of South Australia and into the

West Australian desert. Of these:
82

238

MR. 8. MOORE ON THE FLORA

6 [Tribulus macrocarpus, Sida inclusa, Acacia patens,

A. pyrifolia, Dicrastylis ochrotricha, Pimeleaammocharis |
are known from the desert north of 30° alone.

2 advance into the desert south of 30°.

v. 9 species are endemic in temperate Australia north of 30°

and extend into the West Australian desert but not to
the S.W. corner. Of these:

7 are known from the desert north of 30° alone.
2 advance into the desert south of 30°.

a. 9

B. SPECIES NOT PECULIAR TO AUSTRALIA.

species [Polanisia viscosa, Ionidium enneaspermum,
Polycarpea indica, Malvastrum spicatum, Vigna lutea,
Drosera indica, Trianthema erystallinum, Cucumis acidus,
Melothria maderaspatana] are found in the tropics of
the Old and New World, and reach tropical and sub-
tropical Australia, and the north and north-east outskirts

of the West Australian desert, but not the S. W. corner of
the Colony.

b. 9 exotic species occur in tropical and extratropical Australia,
including the S.W. corner. (The extra-Australian distri-
bution of these is indicated below.) Of these:

1 [Sporobolus virginicus (Asia, Africa, America)] occurs in

5

the desert north of 30° alone.

[Tetragonia expansa (Japan, N. Zealand, Polynesia,
extratropical S. America), Gnaphalium japonicum
(Asia, N. Zealand), Orobanche cernua (India, Medi-
terranean), Scirpus cartilagineus (Africa, N. Zealand),
Anthistiria ciliata (Asia and Tropical Africa] are known
from the desert south of 30° alone.

| Hypericum japonicum (Asia, N. Zealand), Wahlen-
bergia gracilis (East Indies, N. Zealand), Trichodesma
zeylanicum (Tropical Asia and Africa, Polynesia] occur
in the desert both north and south of 30°.

c. 1 species [ Lepidium ruderale] occurs in all parts of Australia,

including the S.W. corner, and in Europe, the Orient,

and temperate Asia.

OF THE INTERIOR OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 239

d. 5 species are found in extratropical Australia, including the

S.W. corner and the desert, and also in New Zealand.
Of which :

3 [Microseris Forsteri, Deyeuxia Forsteri, Agropyrum
scabrum] occur in the West Australian desert south of
30° alone; while

2 [Senecio lautus, Juncus pallidus] occur in the desert
both north and south of 30°.

e. 2 species [Mesembryanthemum australe, Thelymitra longifolia]
range over extratropical Australia, including the S.W.
corner and the desert south of 30^, and extend to New
Zealand and Polynesia.

J. 1 species [Tillea vertieillaris] is extratropical Australian,
including the S.W. corner and the desert both north and
south of 30°, and extends into New Zealand and extra-
tropical South America.

g. 13 species of wide extra-Australian distribution are widely
distributed in Australia including the S.W. corner and
the desert. Of these:

3 | Tribulus terrestris, Gnaphalium luteo-album, Boerhaavia
diffusa] are known from the desert north of 30? alone.
7 [Alyssum linifolium, Spergularia rubra, Oxalis cornicu-
lata, Erythrea spicata, Limosella aquatica, Juncus
bufonius, Scirpus cernuus| do not advance in the
desert north of 30°,
3 | Dodonea viscosa, Salsola Kali, Parietania debilis] occur
in the desert both north and south of 80°.

h. 1 species [Rhynchosia minima] has the distribution given under
g, but excluding the S.W. corner.

i. There remain 11 species, all of which, with two possible
exceptions, are introductions. They are Raphanus sativus,
Silene gallica, Erodium cicutarium, Malva parviflora,
Medicago denticulata, Sonchus oleraceus [? |, Cryptostemma
calendulacea, Senecio vulgaris [?], Anagallis arvensis,
Rumex crispus, and Briza mazima.

The species may be further arranged in tabular form in the
following manner :—

MR. 8. MOORE ON THE FLORA

240

"1310 97 ur URL MY puo&eq pus ‘asvo JULIO; oq ut euope Veny UM 'uornqrustp
quaseid o; aotatajar tu Á[o[os mq ‘satoads v jo uuo jo aped a Sur£qdur ep you pasn alq ag. OMONG ,, PUB ,, oumopigp ,, SWI) IJL x

"Áep-03 UMOUY st 11 SE prop 914 jo uouisoduroo eq; *aouv[5 v ya *A(u5noa Mos Laq} pey} sr Way}
207 pow st ey} [[y '"Á[oreur auto) sv popaBsor oq saw Soin? oseq} oSpo[wOus ano Jo ojujs Juassad oy} up

( Y YA 5.7) II eee saiads paonpoaja
| : Seroads |
(° 010) J peonpoajur | “(jo Z-T) : I9U109 MS T
eg 1 pus onoxo 4 Ti l ay) WOLF jussqy } ‘(9/0 88-F) TOBA HIS
o Tejo (9/9 9. IIO "A
| JO PPL ) \ ER €) { on " oste Puno } cv uurujsn y apm rra sarads yasoq
'S3IQ34S 4O0ILOXZ 'q
f J ........ etn "191109 "AM 8 em Dou quasqu
(o mq
| (Wo €- 1I) 66 f *erpe.rjsn y 4940 A[opta seat 10 94001 SurSuwi soroad; |
PE _ [re Hmm ..... “++ ENER "NR Surpn[out `
| E (C/o 12) 082 | *vi[vajsny 4940 Lat sso[ 40 edo HUIGuVA soroedg | i
. || ............ >
:Bl[Bysny | emen
| -my jo jud -(0/ 2.0) SP | .......... eee eee eee eee eee ee ee ee ee ereigsuy
“(0/6 eg. 56) | 0) Aan ojut Wa (NOY DU 389A, JO suoiZo1 1.1959P out 03 POPLI
LOB ? *(°/oG-29) | Jurpuazxə puu
pajon) sad £93 4 Belag e d (0) ep { ee MEME eneasny qinog put ‘guosop >
eopodg | 89 M JO suoi | URITRAYSNY 389 AA 21) MULO "MS erg ur o1mapun
I -94 4.1989P-UOU
| ul ost Ut ap eq ozur sotdoa3 "AAT “
| M i ond ip en WA TI Mäeap oq} o3 VAN ||
| ! j 066 U10]89AN EEZ "Maan ot 0jur JIUTOJ "MS eq) uro] Spoo
i WI) ie uvi[E4sn y | OF p99HP?H | gpp on quasap aerpoasny 959 M eq 0) pejora3seq ap
/ "AN 28410} peuguo;) |

"SIIIIAS 4,01K3QNq "V

OF THE INTERIOR OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 241

The species endemic in the W. Australian desert North of
lat. 3? are the following :—

Burtonia simplicifolia. Hemigenia exilis.
Phyllota humilis. Prostanthera Eckerslyana.
Jacksonia rhadinoclada. Wrixonia prostantheroides.
Acacia sclerosperma. Chloanthes halganiacea.

» quadrimarginea. ?remophila Forrestii.

» denticulosa. » Margarethe.
Cry ptandra petriea. n punicea.
Thryptomene Helmsii. » metallicorum.

" trachycalyx. Pholidia homoplastica.
Wehlia coarctata. Rhagodia coralliocarpa.
Calythrix brevicollis. Loranthus Nestor.

» plumulosa. Banksia E.deriana.
Baeckia ochropetala. Persoonia diadema.
Eucalyptus Rameliana, > Leucopogon.
Canthium suaveolens. Grevillea extorris.

Helichrysum Gilesii.
Humea gracillima.

» aculeolata.
» eriobotrya.

Velleia Daviesii. » apiciloba,
» rosea. » erectiloba.
Stemodia linophylla, Schoenus hexandrus.

llemigenia brachyphylla.

The following are endemic in the W. Australian desert South
of lat. 30? :—

Menkea coolgardiensis, Pomaderris Forrestiana.
Lepidium Merrallii, » intangenda.
Comesperma viscidulum. Trymalium Myrtillus.
Tetratheca Harperi. Darwinia Luehmanni.
Plagianthus repens. Verticordia Rennieana.
» Helmsii. » Helmsii.
Sida Kingii. Calythrix Watsoni,
Rulingia coacta. » Birdii.
Oxylobium graniticum. » desolata.
Mirbelia microphylloides. Thryptomene hymenonema.
Phyllota lycopodioides. ” urceolaris.
Daviesia Croniniana. Baeckia cryptandroides,
Dillwynia acerosa. Leptospermum Roei.
Cassia cardiosperma. Eucalyptus Campaspe.
Acacia lachnophylla. " torquata.

„` sibirica, | > corrugata.
» Dempsteri. | " Youngiana,

249 MR. S. MOORE ON THE FLORA

Eucalvptus orbifolia.
Didiscus Croninianus,
Trachymene juncea.
Athrixia cheetopoda.
Elachanthus occidentalis.
Gnephosis intonsus,
Helichrysum puteale.

» Cassiope.
Helipterum Battii.

» oppositifolium.

» Zaccheeus.

» verecundum,

Stylidium limbatum.
Scævola oxyclona.
Goodenia Elderi.

» Watsoni.

» mimuloides.
Styphelia Kingiana.
Solanum nummularium.
Anthocercis Odgersii.
Chloanthes Elderi.

” Depremesnilii.
» Teckiana.

Chloanthes cxrulea,
Hemiphora Elderi.
Newcastlia hexarrhena.
Kremophila Dempsteri.
» granitica.

Pholidia saligna.

» cærulea.

» Veronica.

» Anterstans.
Halgania rigida.

» viscosa.
Trichinium eremita.

» Carlsoni.

| Kochia glomerifolia.

Grevillea Sarissa.

» Helmsiana,
Calycopeplus Helmsii.
Monotaxis luteiflora.
Bertya quadrisepala.
Casuarina acutivalvis,
Ceesia rigidifolia.
Arthropodium curvipes,

Species endemic in the W. Australian desert both North
and South of lat. 30°.

Commersonia craurophylla.

» melanopetala,

Jacksonia nematoclada.
Gastrolobium seorsifolium.
Isotropis canescens,
Daviesia acanthoclona.
Aotus Tietkiensii,
Phyllota Luehmanni.
Burtonia gompholobioides.
Haloragis confertifolia,
Darwinia purpurea.
Thryptomene stenocalyx.
Melaleuca leiocarpa.

Beaufortia interstans,
Goodenia xanthosperma.
Velleia discophora.
Dampiera luteiflora,
Prostenthera Grylloana.
Dicrastylis Nicholasii.
Chloanthes stachyodes.
" loricata.
Newcastlia chrysotricha.
Eremophila Youngii.
Conospermum Toddii.
Bertya dimerostigma.
Casuarina corniculata.

OF THE INTERIOR OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 243

SOME NOTEWORTHY POINTS AS TO THE CONNECTIONS OF
THE Desert FLORA.

A. Connection between the West Australian Desert and
New Guinea*.

Exclusive of widely diffused genera of Grasses and Sedges,
57 phanerogamous genera of the desert are also found in New
Guinea. Of these:

3 only (Kennedya, Styphelia, and Banksia) are absolutely
restricted to Australia and New Guinea; they are all
represented in the desert, but the species are not
identical.

2 genera (Grevillea, Xerotes) are restricted to Australia, New
Guinea, and New Caledonia, while Arthropodium is found
in New Zealand as well ; all the desert species are different
from those of New Guinea.

2 genera (Olearia, Pimelea) occur in New Zealand as well as
in Australia and New Guinea; but the former of these
should more properly be merged into the widely distributed
genus Aster.

2 more (Vittadinia and Muehlenbeckia) are native in America,
as well as in Australia, New Guinea, and New Zealand.

Of the 57 genera 40 have a more or less wide range in the
Old World outside Australia; while 7 of them (Commersonia,
Baeckia, Melaleuca, Eucalyptus, Stylidium, Scevola, and Casua-
rina) are pre-eminently Australian.

The above 57 genera have 124 New Guinea species, of which
only 20 are confined to Australia and New Guinea, while 48
others which occur in Australia are also of more or less wide
extra-Australian distribution.

Only 11 species are common to the West Australian desert
and New Guinea, viz. :—

Polanisia viscosa, Ionidium enneaspermum, Tribulus terrestris,
Oxalis corniculata, Drosera indica, Melothria maderaspatana,
Eucalyptus terminalis, Gnaphalium luteo-album, Wahlenbergia

* Bibliography: Baron Mueller’s ‘Descriptive Notes on Papuan Plants.’
The same writers ‘Record of Observations on Sir William MacGregor’s
Highland Plants from New Guinea. Schumann & Holrung, ‘Die Flora v.
K. Wilhelms Land.’

244 MR. S. MOORE ON THE FLORA

gracilis, Evolvulus linifolius, and Euzxolus interruptus. Of
these:

3 are not found in the South-west corner, one of them (Evol-
vulus linifolins) being of wide extra-Australian distribution ;
while Eucalyptus terminalis aud Euxolus interruptus, which do
not extend beyond New Guinea, only reach the northern and
eastern outskirts of the desert. "The rest are widely distributed
plants.

Indigofera linifolia, a species widely diffused in Australia, is
the only one, so far as I have been able to find out, which is
common to New Guinea and Australia, including the South-
west corner, yet is not known to oceur in the intervening desert.

B. The Connection with Africa is shown by citations like
the following.

Hibbertia has two Madagascar species,

Keraudrenia has one species in Madagascar; it is allied to a
Queensland one.

Zygophyllum. Australia and the Cape are the headquarters
of this genus, which is well represented in the desert.

Aizoon, essentially an African geuus, is represented in the
desert by a species nearly allied to one from South Africa, and
the same remark applies to Mesembryanthemum.

Helipterum is an Australian and South African genus,

Brachycome has one species in South Africa.

Athrixia is common to Australia, Madagascar, and South
Africa,

Cryptostemma calendulacea is an introduced South African
plant.

Anguillaria is a genus closely allied to, and by some considered
to be rightly merged in, the South African Wurmbsea.

Cesia is a small African and Australian genus.

Scirpus cartilagineus occurs also in South Africa [and New
Zealand]; Scirpus cernuus is an extratropieal Worid form ; while
Sporobolus virginicus and Anthistiria ciliata are grasses of wide
distribution, including Africa in their range.

C. Connection with Eastern Asia and Japan.
This connection is but slight, as, exclusive of world-wide
species or species of generally wide distribution, I Bud only

OF THE INTERIOR OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 245
Hypericum japonicum and Gnaphalium japonicum common to
temperate Eastern Asia and the desert; it may be added that
both species extend into New Zealand. A slight connection is
also shown by the genus Lepidosperma, which has one South
Chinese species, and by Centrolepis, with one species from
Cambodia.

D. Connection with the Mediterranean Region.

The following short list of species, and to it must be added a
few introduced plants and some world-wide forms, shows how
little the desert has in common with the Mediterranean region :—
Lepidium ruderale, Alyssum linifolium, Lavatera plebeia (near
L. arborea), Nitraria Schoberi, Echinospermum concavum, Oro-
banche cernua. With the exception of Lavatera plebeia, all these
have a wide range of distribution.

E. Connection with New Zealand.

The following species are common te the desert and New
Zealand :—

Hypericum japonicum, T'illea verticillaris, Tetragonia expansa,
Senecio lautus, Gnaphalium luteo-album, Gnaphalium japonicum,
Wahlenbergia gracilis, Thelymitra longifolia, Lemna gibba, Juncus
bufonius, Scirpus cartilaginevs, Bromus arenarius, Deyeuxia
Forsteri, Agropyrum scabrum, and the ferns Notholena distans.
Cheilanthes Sieberi, Gymnogramme Pozvi, and Gymnogramme
leptophylla. But of these Lemna gibba alone is restricted in
Australia to the Western Colony, though in all probability it
will sooner or later be found in the other Colonies. All the above
have a wide extra-Australian distribution, and, with the exception
just noted, are also well diffused through Australia.

F. Connection with South Georgia.

It would be travelling beyond the scope of this essay were an
attempt made to trace the relations between the desert flora and
that of all Antaretic lands. We may, however, take the flora of
South Georgia* asa type. Of the 11 genera in Professor Engler’s
list, not one of the 8 of exclusively or predominantly southern
distribution (Colobanthus, Acena, Rostkovia) is represented in the
desert. Of the rest, only Juncus, Festuca, and Poa are desert
genera, and none of the species are common to the two regions.

* Engler in Bot. Jahrbücher, Bd. vii. p. 251.

246 MR. 8. MOORE ON THE FLORA

REMARKS ON THE RELATIONSHIP OF THE GENERA AND SPECIES
OF CERTAIN ORDERS COMPOSING THE Desert Flora.”

The following orders have been selected by way of comparison
primarily between the Desert flora and that of the moister South-
west part of Western Australia.

Dilleniacee.

Only 4 out of 46 of the S.W. species of Hibbertia (as under-
stood by Mueller) reach the desert; all 4 are found south of
lat. 30? alone, and noue advance eastward of the West Australian
boundary. The other genera (i. e., those, exclusive of Candollea,
Adrastea, and Pachyneura, which are combined by Mueller with

Hibbertia) are Euronotian and have no representative in the
desert.

Rutacee.

60 species ranged under 7 genera are known to oceur in West
Australia: 5 of these genera have between them only 6 desert
representatives. All the desert genera, except Geigera, are
represented in West Australia as fully as, or more so than, in
any other part of Australia. Moreover, all the desert species

occur also in the South-west corner, and two of them extend into
the South-east.

Leguminos«, tribe Podalyriee..

Of this tribe West Australia has 245 species referred by
Mueller to 19 genera: 12 of these genera are represented in
the desert by 37 species, and no less than 15 of the latter are
endemic in the desert, while of the remainder 18 are shared
between the desert and the South-west corner.

Haloragee.

Of the 3 West Australian genera 2 are denizens of the desert.
Haloragis with 27 South-western species, most of which do not
pass over into the South-east, has 5 desert species, but 1 only of
them is exclusively South-western ; 2 are endemic in the desert,
and the 2 remaining reach into South Australia. 2 out of the
3 known species of Loudonia are found in the South-west; both

of these occur in the desert, and one is restrictedly South-
western.

* The statistics in this section are compiled largely from Mueller's “Second
Census,

OF THE INTERIOR OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 247

Umbellifere.

This is an order but poorly represented in the desert by 10
species referred to 6 genera. Western Australia has 8 genera,
containing between them 52 species. Of the desert species 5
are restrictedly South-western, aud 1 extends from the South-
west into South Australia south of 30?; 1 is extratropical
Australian, including the South-west; 2 are endemic in the
desert; while the 10th, known only from the northern and
eastern outskirts of the desert, is an extratropical Australian
species not found in the South-west corner.

Composite.

There are 47 genera of Composite in Western Australia and
211 species. Of these genera 32 have desert representatives, to
the number of 97 in all, but only 12 of the species are endemic
in the desert; while, strangely enough, no more than 11 are
restrictedly West Australian forms. 35 of the remainder are
extratropical or tropical and extratropical Australian including
the South-west; 14 have the same distribution, except that they
are absent from the South-west; 12 range from the South-west
into South Australia; 4 are West and South Australian desert
species, 1 of them extending into Western New South Wales;
and 5 range from the West Australian desert into the Lara-
pintine region of South Australia, one of them (Pluchea dentex)

reaching Queensland. The remainder are introductions or
species of world-wide distribution.

Stylidee.

This predominantly South-western order is poorly represented
in the desert. The two West Australian genera have in all 70
species. Both genera occur in the desert: 1 (Levenhookia)
represented by a single, the other (Stylidium) by 5 species. All
the desert species are South-western, except one which is
endemic.

Goodeniacee.

6 of the 11 genera of this predominantly South-western order
are found in the desert, and 42 species as compared with the
130 South-western ones. 11 of the species are endemic; 2 are
common to the West and South Australian deserts; 1 is a Lara-
pintine species; 15 are South-western ; 2 are tropical and extra-
tropical Australian, including the South-west; 7 are tropical and

248 MR. 8. MOORE ON THE FLORA

extratropical Australian, but excluded from the South-west
corner; while 4 are natives of the North-west tropies, whence
2 of them extend into the Larapintine region of South Australia.

Epacridee.

An order very sparsely represented in the desert. 11 genera
(as understood by Mueller), with 152 species between them, are
known from the South-west. This number dwindles in the desert
to 3 genera and 4 species! One of the 4 is endemic; the rest
are South-western forms.

Loganiacee.

This order is represented in the desert solely by the predomi-
nantly West Australian genus Logania, of which three species
have been met with in the desert, all of them south of 30°.
One of these is South-western; the other two range eastward
into South Australia, one of them reaching New Scuth Wales
and Victoria.

Solanaceae.

7 of the 8 South-western genera of this order inhabit
the desert, where they are represented by 18 species—there
being 27 West Australian species in all. Solanum has 12 desert
representatives, as contrasted with only 9 in the South-west.
1 of the 12 is endemic; only 1 is restrictedly West Australian
including the South-west; 2 are West and South Australian
desert species; 2 are extratropical Australian, including the
South-west; and 6, while extratropical Australian, are absent
from the South-west corner.

Myoporinee.

This order, which is somewhat better represented in the West
Australian than in the other Colonies, appears in strong force in
the desert, where all the 3 Australian genera are found and 35
species. Of these no less than 15 are endemic in the desert of
West Australia; 1 is restricted to the West and South Australian
deserts ; 2 are Larapintine; 5 are South-western ; 4 extratropical
or tropical and extratropical Australian, including the South-
west; and 7 the same, but excluding the South-west corner;
while one is a North-west tropical species which advances into
the desert north of 30* only.

OF THE INTERIOR OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 249

Amaranthacee.

Fairly well represented in the desert by 4 genera sharing 14
species—the South-west having 47 species referred to 8 genera.
2 of the desert species are endemic; 3 are South-western ; 6 are
extratropical or tropical and extratropical Australian, 5 including
and 1 excluding the South-west; 2 are tropical Australian forms
which penetrate into the northern part of the desert; and 1
ranges from the North-west tropics through the northern part of

the West Australian desert into the Larapintine region of South
Australia.

Chenopodiaceae.

In the South-west there are 12 genera, according to Mueller’s
classification, and 61 species. 8 of these genera, with 31 species,
are found in the desert. Only 2 of the species are endemic in
the West Australian desert, 2 more are restricted to the deserts
of West and South Australia, and 1 species is Larapintine; 14
are extratropical or tropical and extratropical Australian, inclu-
ding the South-west; and 8 have the same distribution, except
that they are not known from the South-west corner. Salsola
Kali has world-wide distribution.

Loranthacee.

All the South-western species of Loranthus reach the desert,
there being only 5 South-western and North-west tropical
species altogether, whereas 8 species are now known from the
desert. One species is endemic in the West Australian desert,
and two are shared between it and the desert of South Australia,
while a third extends into the West Australian desert from the
south of South Australia. The 4 remaining are distributed over
tropical and extratropical Australia, and all the 4, except 1, are
found in the South-west corner.

Proteacee.

Bearing in mind the richness of this order in the South-west
corner of the continent, it is very poorly represented in the
desert. From Mueller’s Census we learn that there are no less
than 397 species of West Australian Proteaces, referred to 15
genera, and nearly all of them are exclusively West Australian,
11 of these genera occur in the desert, but only 47 species. 12
of the species are endemic in the West Australian desert; 3 are
shared between the West and South Australian deserts, and 1 of

250 MR. 8. MOORE ON THE FLORA

the 3 reaches the South-west corner; 28 are South-western
species; 2 are extratropical Australian, including the South-
west, and as many are extratropical or subtropical Australian,
but absent from the South-west corner.

Euphorbiacee. l

West Australia has 13 genera with 51 species. 9 genera and
19 species are found in the desert: of the 19, 4 are endemic and
6 are South-western species; 3 are extratropical Australian,
including the South-west; and 6 are similarly distributed, except
that they are absent from the South-west corner.

Casuarinee.

Mueller enumerates 15 species as natives of West Australia.
There are 8 desert species, and of them 2 are endemic in the
desert; 3 are South-west species; 1 is South Australian, and
extends into the desert south of 30°; while 2 are tropical and
extratropical Australian, excluding the South-west.

Orchidee.

As might be expected, there is in the desert a great falling off
in the number of representatives of this order. Only 6 species
belonging to 4 genera are reported from the desert, as against
18 genera and 75 species in the South-west; 4 of the desert
species are South-western and 2 are extratropical Australian,
including the South-west corner, 1 of the 2 reaching Polynesia
and New Zealand. The genera represented in the desert are, it
may be added, T’helymitra, Pterostylis, Diuris, and Microtis, and
only the latter is known from that part of it lying north of 30°.

Hamadoracee.

3 of the 5 West Australian genera have desert representatives,
but only 5 of the 56 South-western species advance into the
desert.

Liliacee.

The 15 desert species (referred to 18 genera) contrast poorly
with the 25 genera and 76 species from the moister parts of
West Australia. Only 1 of the 15 species is endemic; 7 are
South-western species ; 6 are extratropical Australian, including
the South-west; and 1, while widely distributed over extra-
tropical Australia, is not found in the South-west corner.

OF THE INTERIOR OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 251

Centrolepide.

The 3 genera and 14 species of the South-west dwindle in
the desert to 2 genera, each with a single species. Both the
latter are found in tbe South-west corner.

Restiacee.

There are 11 genera and 47 species of Restiaceæ in the South-
west, but only 2 of the species (referred to 2 genera) advance
thence into the desert.

Cyperacee.

The 5 desert genera and 14 species contrast poorly with the
14 genera and 123 species known from Western Australia as a
whole. Of the 14 species 1 is endemic and 6 are South-western ;
while 7 are distributed over extratropical Australia, 3 of them
not reaching the South-west corner.

Graminee.

West Australia has 38 genera of grasses and 115 species; in
the desert there are, exclusive of Briza maxima, 24 genera and
41 species. No species is restricted to the West Australian
desert, but 3 are West and South Australian desert grasses.
Moreover, 3 only are South-west species, while 23 are extra-
tropical Australian, including the South-west. The 12 remaining
are extratropical Australian species which do not reach the
South-west corner.

Filices.

Only 6 genera showing 11 species (according to Mueller’s
estimate) are natives of West Australia. From the desert 6
species are known belonging to 2 genera. Of the 6, 5 are widely
distributed in Australia, while 1 is a Larapintine species reported
from the West Australian desert only close to its eastern

boundary.

The majority of the orders just mentioned are either predomi-
nantly South-western, or they are orders represented in the
desert by genera predominantly or at least strongly represented
in the South-west corner. This remark applies speciaily to the
following :—Dilleniaeezg, Rutaceæ, Leguminose, Podalyriex,
Halorages, Umbellifere, Stylidew, Goodeniacex, Loganiacee,
Epaeridex, Amaranthacew, Proteacew, Euphorbiacew, Hemado-
races, Liliacex, Centrolepidi, and Cyperacex. The following
are worthy of special notice.

LINN. JOURN.-—BOTANY, VOL. XXXIV. T

252 MR. 8. MOORE ON THE FLORA

Composite.

Half the desert species are distributed through Australia, but
of these rather less than l are not found in the South-west
corner. Only + are South-western species which penetrate into

the desert but do not range beyond it.

Solanacee.

The desert species of Solanum outnumber those in the South-
west, and only 1 of these occur also in the South-west, while 3
are known from the Eastern Colonies.

Myoporinee.

3 of the species are restricted to the desert, a remarkably high
proportion ; while if we include species confined to the deserts
of South and West Australia, 1 the Myoporineous flora is
endemic. Only + of the desert species occur in the South-west,

while nearly 1 are known from the Eastern Colonies.

Epacridee.

The dwindling of this order in the desert is very remarkable,
it being represented there only by between 2 and 3 per cent. of
species advancing from the South-west.

Loranthacee.

Noteworthy as being better represented in the desert than in
the South-west. 3 the desert species are found in the Eastern
Colonies, and 3 in the South-west.

Casuarinee.

There are more than $ as many desert as South-western
species; 2 are South-western, and as many are found in one or
more of the Eastern Colonies, but not in the South-west corner.

Orchidee.
Only 8 per cent. of South-western species occur in the desert.

Restiacee.
This order falls off greatly in the desert, the percentage of
desert to South-western species being between 4 and 5 only.

Graminee.

This order is noticeable for the small number of South-western
species which advance into the desert and do not penetrate east
of it, less than 75 of the grass-flora consisting of such species,

OF THE INTERIOR OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 253

GENERAL CONCLUSIONS RESPECTING THE DESERT FLORA.

From the table on p. 240 we learn that of the 849 phanero-
gamous species—exclusive of introduetions—composing the flora
of the West Australian desert, 537, or 63:2 per cent., occur in
the South-west corner, while 371, or 43:7 per cent., are met with
in the Eastern Colouies. Moreover, while of the 537 South-
western species, 276 are not known from the Eastern Colonies,
except that 43 of them extend into South Australia, of the 371
Eastern species only 100 are not found in the South-west.
Viewing the flora as a whole, then, it would seem to consist of
two elements—a main one, derived from the South-west, and a
subsidiary one, passing in from the East. To this must be added
an endemie element, amounting as we have seen to 146 species,
or 17 per cent. Doubtless this is only a rough method of stating
the case, for it may well be that some of the species restricted to
the desert and the South-west may have originated in the desert
and migrated thence ; and the remark applies with equal force to
some of the Eastern species which do not penetrate beyond the
desert into the South-west corner. It is, however, difficult to
understand why a species should have migrated from the desert
in one direction rather than in the other; and inasmuch as the
chances of extension in either direction would be approximately
equal, the statement given above probably represents the real
facts.

The orders best represented in the desert are, Composite: with
97 species (11 per cent.); Zeguminose, with one less ; and Myr-
tace@, with 89 species (rather more than 10 per cent.); and
between them these monopolize the flora to the extent of nearly
3. In the second flight, with 35 species and over, are five orders :
Amaranthacee and Proteacee, each with 47 species (rather more
than 5 per cent.) ; Goodeniacee, with 42 species (5 per cent.) ;
Graminee, with 41 species, and Myoporinee with 35 species (4 per
cent.). These 8 orders have 491 desert representatives, or nearly
58 per cent. of the whole flora. The remaining 42 per cent. is
thus shared between no less than 65 orders.

The prevalence of Composite, and the relatively large number
ofits desert species with a wide range of distribution through the
island-continent—these faets are doubtless due to the pappus with
Which the achenes of these plants are provided. The statement

T2

251 MR. 8. MOORE ON THE FLORA

of the late Mr. Bentham * with reference to the comparative
worthlessness of the pappus does not apply to a country where
rain and dew, whieh in moister climates so rapidly cause the
pappus to collapse, are of but rare occurrence, where wind-storms
frequently prevail, and gentle breezes, sullicient to waft the
downy plumes over considerable distances, are constantly re-
curring. Absence of the insects necessary for pollination is
probably the reason for the extreme scarcity of species belonging
to orders such as the Epacridex, Stylidez, and (to a certain
extent) Proteacee—scarcity one would hardly have ventured to
predict in view of the relative abundance of allied plants in the
South-west. The flowers of the relatively abundant Luguminos®
and Myrtacee are, I believe, to a large extent wind-fertilized.
In fact, after paying considerable attention to the subject, I came
to the conclusion that self-fertilization almost always obtains in
the desert. I noticed, indeed, that the flowers of various species
of Acacia, as also those of Scevola spinescens, were visited by the
small butterfly Catachrysops biocellata, Feld., in some numbers,
and the flowers of the latter were also attractive to the handsome
Delias aganippet, Donov. On only one other occasion did I
notice insects on flowers. "That was at Gnarlbine, close to per-
manent water, and here the cloyingly sweet spikes of Grevillea
nematophylla had attracted quite a number of winged visitors,
True, ants are abundant, and stragglers from their ranks may
occasionally be discovered within corollas, though these are by no
means effectual pollinating agents. But although the frequency
of insects’ visits may be a matter of great importance to herbs
with flowers adapted to entomophily, and although shrubs and
trees with such flowers will stand a better chance of distribution
in space the more bountiful the supply of insect-life in the
districts inhabited by them, yet insects are not of such moment
to shrubs and trees—and shrubs and trees especially abound in
the desert—because of their perennial habit, and their more com-
plete exposure to winds, which, by agitating their branches, shake

* Journ. Linn. Soc., Bot. vol. xiii. (1873) p. 573.

t Messrs. Butler and Kirby kindiy gave me these determinations. I also
secured two or three specimens of Junonia vellida, Fabr., a species which settles
on the ground, never, so far as I saw, on flowers, Besides the above I did not
see more than two others, and these I failed to secure. Curiously enough, not

one of my three species figures in the list of Lepidoptera brought down by the
Elder Expedition.

OF THE INTERIOR OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 255

the pollen out of the anthers and give it a chance of reaching
its destination. A shrub and a tree might thus be enabled to
slowly extend its area if the necessary crossing were effected by
very rare visits from insects; and this at most is, I think, all that
can obtain in the desert, at least in places removed from a per-
manent supply of water. Coleoptera, it may be added, are more
abundant in the desert than are other insects, nearly 200 having
been secured by the Elder Expedition *; but I doubt whether
many of these insects visit flowers—at least, except for the case
at Gnarlbine already mentioned, I do not remember to have seen
one upon a flower.

The comparative abundance of Loranthacew in the desert has
been already mentioned; one has not to go far in search of a
cause for this. ‘These parasites obtain all the water they need
from their hosts, and, provided that the latter can maintain their
existence, the parasite is safe. The seeds are probably diffused
by the few frugivorous birds that haunt the desert solitudes. In
Brazil I was struck by the extent of the ravages inflicted by
these parasites upon their hosts. I saw no signs of such destruc-
tion in Australia: indeed, their usually small and leathery or
woolly leaves are evidently adapted to keep down transpiration,
and thus to reduce to a minimum the injury they inflict upon the
plants which support them.

It has already been mentioned that in the desert shrubs and
trees predominate over herbs; indeed, no less than 538 of the
819 indigenous species have one or the other habit. Moreover,
a considerable proportion of the 311 herbs are perennials pro-
vided with woody rootstalks, so as in their habit to approach
undershrubs. Annuals enjoy but a precarious existence during
the cool weather of early spring; probably some years are
more favourable to them thau others, at least Iinfer this from
their greater abundance during the first spring I was in the
country.

XEROPIILY.

Adaptation to drought is shown in many ways by the plants of
the West Australian desert, and I propose here briefly to reca-

* Many of these, however, came from South Australia, The fauna as a
whole may be described as mainly Lacertilian and Coleopterous (vide Elder
Expedition Report).

256 MR. 8. MOORE ON THE FLORA

pitulate the chief of these adaptations, adding a few examples of
each by way of illustration.

(a) Diminution of the transpiring surface.

Hibbertia glomerata, Tetratheca efoliata, Mirbelia spp., Jack-
sonia spinosa, Daviesia brevifolia, Cassia spp., Loudonia aurea and
Roei, Myrtacee Chamelaucier, Grevillea spp., Hakea spp.»
Exocarpus spartea.

(b) Spines and thorns.

Spiny plants are remarkably few in number, and in most
cases the armature is not very prominent. Some examples are:

-Bursaria spinosa (this also occurs with spines along the moist
Australian littoral), Gastrolobium calycinum and GŒ. spinosum,
Mirbelia microphylla and M. microphylloides, Jacksonia spinosa,
Acacia erinacea, Cryptandra petraa, Scevola spinescens, Solanum

spp. (thorns).
(e) Aphylly.

This also is not so common as might be supposed ; as instances
may be cited :

Tetratheca Harperi, Brachysema Chambersii and B.daviesioides,
Daviesta aphylla, Templetonia egena, Spartothamnus teucriiflorus,
Exocarpus aphylla, Casuarina spp.

(d) Phyllodes or leaves oriented in the manner of
phyllodes.

Gastrolobium bilobum, Phyllota lycopodioides and other Legu-
minose Podalyriee, Acacia spp., Eucalyptus spp., Astroloma
Candolleanum, Persoonia Leucopogon, Lysinema ciliatum, Grevillea,
spp.

(e) A thick tomentum.

Sida spp, Hibiscus Krichauffianus, Keraudrenia integrifolia,
Rulingia coacta and other spp., Swainsona spp., Psoralea eriantha,
Cnephosis spp, Angianthus tomentosus, Gnaphalodes spp., Sola-

num spp., Verbenacex, Chloanthex, Loranthus gibberulus and
L. Nestor.

(f) Leaf-surface reduced, the leaves being of the rad
type.
Dodonea filifolia and D. stenozyga, Verticordia spp., Calythrix
spp. Thryptomene spp., Melaleuca uncinata &e., Grevillea nema-

tophylla &e., Hakea lorea.

OF THE INTERIOR OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 257

(g) Coriaceous leaves.

Gastrolobium spp. and other Leguminose Podalyriex, Can

thium spp., Alyxia buxifolia, Proteaceie.
(A) Fleshy leaves.

Calandrinia spp, Zygophyllum spp, Tillea verticillaris,
Baeckia crassifolia, Tetragonia expansa, Mesembryanthemum
australe, Trianthema crystallina, Atriplex spp., Rhagodia crassi-
Jolia, Kochia spp., Salicornia spp., Salsola Kali.

(1) Glands secreting essential oils.

Boronia cerulescens, Eriostemon nodiflorus, Phebalium tuber-
culosum and other Rutacex, Myrtacee Chamælaucieæ, Eucalyptus
spp.

(k) A viscid secretion.

Dodonea spp., Gompholobium viscidulum, Acacia spp., Pholidia
saligna, Eremophila Fraseri, Beyeria viscosa.

(1) Cell-sap containing a relatively large percentage of
saline matter.

Tetragonia expansa, Chenopodiacee.

(m) A thick coating to fruits.
Melaleuca, Eucalyptus, Eremophila, Pholidia, Proteaceæ,
Casuarina, Callitris verrucosa.
(n) Papery involueral scales or perianth.
Species of Helichrysum, Helipterum aud other Composite,
Ptilotus, Trichinium.
(o) Water-reservoirs in root or stem or both root and
stem.

Sterculia diversifolia, Eucalyptus spp.
(p) Stomata in pits.

Proteacesx, Casuarina.

DESERT PLANTS PROVIDED WITH MEANS OF DIFFUSION BY THE
AGENCY OF ANIMALS.

The fauna of the desert being such a poor one, one would
naturally expect to find that few of its plants enjoy any provision
for diffusion of their fruits and seeds by means of animals. The

258 MR. S. MOORE ON THE FLORA

list here given is, it is believed, almost exhaustive. It may be

thus summed up :—

Burred fruits................ 10
Adhesive , ................ 1
Fleshy |, ................ 42
Succulent seeds.............. 1

The 10 plants with burred fruits are:-— Tribulus terrestris,
Daucus brachiatus, Trachymene cerulea, Calotis erinacea, C. plu-
mulifera and C. hispidula, Echinospermum concavum, Sclerolena
bicornis and S. diacantha, Salsola Kali.

All the above, except Trachymene cerulea, which is restricted
to Western Australia, and Sclerolena bicornis, absent from the
South-west, are widely distributed through the island-continent.

The common tropical weed Polanisia viscosa is, I believe, the
only desert plant provided with adhesive fruits.

The fleshy-fruited species are :—

Sollya heterophylla, Scevola spinescens, Jasminum calcareum,
Alyxia buxifolia, Solanum (12 spp.), Duboisia Hopwoodi, Rha-
godia (3 spp.), Muehlenbeckia adpressa, Pimelea (9 spp.), Cassytha
(2 spp), Loranthus (5 spp.), Exocarpus (2 spp.), Anthobolus exo-
carpoides, Santalum lanceolatum, and Fusanus persicarius. With
the exception of the Sollya, the Jasmine, half the Solanums, and
7 of the Pimeleas, all the above are more or less widely distributed
over Australia.

Pittosporum phyllyreoides, well diffused over Australia, is the
plant with seeds immersed in a succulent pulp.

It should be noted, however, that in few only of these cases is
the fleshiness at all marked.

Hoxworrasy.

Pholidia gibbifolia, F. Muell., is a very singular plant, and, as
might be seen on examination of the plates accompanying
Mueller's fine monograph of the Myoporinez, quite unlike any
other Pholidia previously described. Ihe chief peculiarity
resides in the leaves, which are much reduced, appressed to the
stem, and curiously tuberculated. Had the specimens described
by me in this memoir as Pholidia homoplastica not been in flower
when they were gatbered, I should have concluded, without hesi-
tation, that they must be referred to Mueller's species; for in
habit,as in leaf, the two seem absolute counterparts. The

OF THE INTERIOR OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 259

flowers, however, are quite different, and, indeed, a more extra-
ordinary resemblauce in vegetative characters, resemblance not
involving any protective function, has never come under my
notice. Another of the new Myoporine®, Pholidia saligna, is
treacherously like Myoporum platycarpum, R. Br., except as
regards the floral characters.

The frequent close resemblanee between certain species of
Loranthus and their hosts was also noticed by me; nor was it
without interest that I learnt, on my return home, how the same
fact had been alluded to by that sagacious observer, James
Drummond *, more than half a century ago. The two species
showing this resemblance best are Loranthus pendulus, Sieb., var.
parviflora, which is difficult to desery when growing upon the
Quandong, and L. Quandang, Ldl, of which the leaves are
strikingly similar to those of its host, an Acacia, But it may be
doubted whether mere homoplasy is in point here, seeing that
tle parasites are greedily eaten by camels f, and so are, in all
-probability, equally attractive to vegetivorous marsupials. ln
these cases, therefore, the resemblance may possibly be pro-
tective, and may have been perfected by means of natural
selection. The attraction probably lies in the flowers, which
contain much neetar and are very sweet in consequence.

It may also be mentioned that some Proteaceæ, Grevilleas and
Hakeas especially, can scarcely be distinguished from Acacias
when not in flower or fruit,

Tue DISTRIBUTION or Desext Prants IN RELATION TO
THE SOIL.

Allusion has already been made to the prevalence of Myrtaceæ
in certain distriets between Southern Cross and Siberia; and I
propose now to describe briefly the peculiar flora found in the
immediate neighbourhood of the large granite outcrops known as
gnamma-rocks. The red soil, so common elsewhere, here gives
place to soil of a pale-yellow colour, and this change is invari-
ably accompanied by a change in the flora.

* Hooker's Journal of Botany, ii. (1840) pp. 347 & 360.

+ Camels will browse upon the parasites and leave the hosts quite untouched,
although the latter are themselves excellent food. There would be stronger
support for the suggested mimiery were the host distasteful; but the parasites
have, it must be remembered, only a small range of selection, if any.

260 MR. $. MOORE ON THE FLORA

The exclusively gnamma-rock plants observed by me are the
following :—

Keraudrenia integrifolia, Stackhousia spp., Cryptandra petrea,
Owylobium graniticum, Mirbelia microphylloides, Drosera spp.,
Kunzea sericea, Podolepis pallida, Helichrysum semipapposum»
Helipterum Manglesii, Goodenia hederacea, Dampiera lavandu-
lacea, Isotoma petrea, Solanum lasiophyllum, Eremophila gra-
nitica, Prostanthera Baxteri, Grevillea nematophylla, Hakea
suberea, Parietaria debilis, Thelymitra longifolia and T. anten-
nifera, Pterostylis pyramidalis, Borya nitida, Juncus bufonius,
Centrolepis mutica, Scirpus cartilagineus and X. cernuus, Notho-
lena distans, Gymnogramme Pozoi.

The presence at the rocks of many of the herbs in this list,
especially the Droseras, the Orchids, Parietaria debilis, the
Cyperacex, and the Ferns, is undoubtedly due in part to the fact
that the places where they have managed to establish themselves
are specially favoured by their position, and are enabled to retain
moisture longer than other spots ; in the case of ferns, too, shade
as well as moisture is essential. One finds such plants, there-
fore, only in crannies between the rocks, or on level spaces
abutting upon a sloping rock-face down which the water pours
during a storm. But this explanation will not suffice for Hakea
suberea which is a tree, nor for such large shrubs with long roots
as the Aeraudrenia, the Oxylobium, Kunzea sericea, Eremophila
granitica, and Grevillea nematophylla. Why, too, should we find
such lowly herbs as Podolepis pallida and Helichrysum semipap-
posum near gnamma-rocks, it may be weeks after rain has fallen
and all surface-water has drained away, while on red soil not
more dry, their place is taken by IZelipterum Fitzgibboni and
rubellum, Schenia Cassiniana and Cephalipterum Drummondii?
l know of low-lying spots between Coolgardie and Gibraltar
where rain-water lies for some time, and where in the spring
there is a perfect carpet of flowering herbs, yet not one of them
is identical with a gnamma-rock species. Professor Tate? met
with a somewhat similar rock-flora in Central Australia; but I
cannot agree with him in thinking these plants to be representa-
tives of an ancient flora driven, by gradually increasing drought,
to take refuge among the rocks for the sake of the supposed
larger amount of surface water to be found there, though in a

* ‘Botany of the Horn Expedition,’ p. 120,

OF THE INTERIOR OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 261

few cases, as already mentioned, proximity to the rocks is a great
advantage. Moreorer, it seems impossible, on Professor Tate's
view, to explain why all the ground near rocks is not dense!y
clothed with vegetation. One would think that, in a country
where the rainfall is so small, and where, for all their adapta-
bility to resist the effects of drought, plants undoubtedly suffer
during long dry intervals, there would be, as it were, a general
movement towards places where injury from this cause would be
reduced to a minimum. This is, however, not the case: indeed,
the neighbourhood of the rocks is almost always remarkably
bare, and far more so than the surrounding country. The facts
are only to be explained on the supposition that the red soil
contains ingredients which are unsuited to the roek plants, while
the grauitie soil is not favourable to plants which flourish in red
soil.

The prevalence of Myrtaceæ on stretches of pale soil where
there are no outcropping rocks has already been mentioned.
Directly one arrives at such a stretch of country, the gum-trees
drop off and disappear entirely or almost so, and are replaced by
shrubs, usually Myrtaceous. Singular as it may seem, I do not
remember to have met with oue of these Myrtaces near a
gnamma-rock, and the only explanation one can find for this is
that there is a third kind of soil specially suited to this Myrta-
ceous vegetation. The change in the flora is often very striking ;
thus I recall one place, between Coolgardie and Gibraltar, where
the thickly growing Myrtacee ended quite suddenly and stood
like a battalion of troops drawn up on parade, and they were
visible in this order for a long distance.

To a few species the nature of the soil seems immaterial. I
have noted Sterculia diversifolia, Pholidia scoparia, Phebalium
tuberculosum, Sc@vola spinescens, Trichinium obovatum, and
certain grasses as flourishing near gnamma-rocks and also in red
soil, without any spe-ial preference for either situation.

262 MR. F. W. STANSFIELD ON APOSPORY IN

On the Production of Apospory by Environment in Athyrium
Filix-femina, var. unco-glomefatum, an apparently barren
Fern. By F. W. SrawsrIElD, M.B. (Communicated by
C. T. Davznv, F.L.S.)

[Read 2nd February, 1899.)

Tire form of lady-fern which is the subject of the present paper
is of such a remarkable character that it will be well to give
its history ; and fortunately this can be done in very few words.
Its pedigree commences with A. Filix-femina, var. acrocladon, an
extremely ramose, or, as fern-fanciers would say, a ramosissimum
form, which was found wild in Yorkshire in 1860 by Mr. C.
Monkman. Until about 1877 acrocladon was supposed to be a
barren fern, and was propagated only by division. In 1877 my
brother and 1 noticed spores upon a plant of it, and these were
"arefully collected and sown, From this sowing there resulted,
in the following year, a fair crop of plants, of which about one-
third were true acrocladon. The remainiug two-thirds were mostly
weeds —7. e. irregular forms, worthless from the decorative point
of view. There were two plauta, however, which were considered
to be advances upon aerocladon in the matter of extreme develop-
menut. One of them was A. Filie-femina, var. unco-glomeratum,
so named by the late Colonel A. M. Jones because, along with
the glomerate character of acrocladon, it possessed the peculiar
subdivision of parts which is characteristic of the variety wacum
of Barnes. Whether it was the result of a cross between
wncum and aerocladon it is impossible to say, but it is not
improbable that this was the case, inasmuch as the parent acro-
cladon was growing in a house with a large number of other
ferns; and under these circumstances (or, indeed, under almost
any eireumstances) it is impossible to exclude stray spores of
other ferus which may settle upon the spore-bearer.

A. Filiv-fomina, var. unco-glomeratum proved to be a very
beautiful form, but exceedingly refraetory in the hands of the
propagator. During nearly twenty years only some three or four
divisions were obtained, and two years ago there is reason to believe
that only two or three plants were in existence. The plant had
shown in my hands no tendency to produce spores or bulbils, nor
did there seem the slightest reason to suppose that it was capable

ATHYRIUM FILIX-F(EMINA, VAR. UNCO-GLOMERATUM. 263

of apospory. All its vital energy seemed to be expended in
branching and subdividing, so that a frond consisted of a solid
mass of ramifications ending in myriads of minute green points.

Matters were at this pass when in October 1896, as the plant
in my garden was dying down for the winter, I noticed that, in
the case of one or two immature fronds, although the greater
part of the frond was turning brown, the extreme tips were still
green and formed little knots of liviug tissue each about the
size of a pin's head. It occurred to me that if these could be
kept alive until the spring they might develop into bulbils, and
80 form independent plants. Under the influence of this idea,
on November 5th, 1896, I laid down in a pot a portion of a
decaying frond with the green bud-like bodies attached, the
latter being brought into contact with the soil,and the whole
covered closely with a bell-glass.

I quote now from my journal the notes made at various stages
of the culture :—

Dec. 1, 1896.— The bud-like bodies are evidently the unde-
veloped parts of the frond to which they belonged. They are
beginning to unroll, and look green and healthy.

Feb. 5, 1897.—Development has been going on slowly all
through the winter. The growths are branching and continuing
to unrol. They look like bits of frond still only partially
developed.

June 6, 1897.—The pieces are now luxuriant and healthy-
looking masses of branches, each about 3 to $ of an inch in
diameter; they are still growing, but there are no roots nor
root-hairs visible, nor any bulbils or new axes of growth. It
has been, so far, a process of continued unrolling.

Ncv. 5, 1897.— The basal parts of the pieces of frond are
beginning to decay. The tips are still alive and green, and con-
tinue to expand, but this process has apparently nearly reached
its limit. The tips are thin and pellucid, and have a semi-
prothalloid appearance. There are no buds nor root-hairs to be
seen.

March 1, 1898.— The cultures have been almost at a stand-
still during the winter. Only the extreme tips of the growths
are now alive, though the bunches of frond are still discernible
in a half-decayed condition.

April 30, 1898.—Several of the pieces have died altogether.

264 MR. F. W. STANSFIELD ON APOSPORY IN

One or two of the tips of those still living are expanding laterally,
and have a distinetly prothalloid appearance. Two or three
other tips have run out from the rhachides into long slender
ribbon-like processes which branch diehotomously though at
longer intervals than in unco-glomeratum.

May 5, 1898.—One of the tips has assumed the character of
a definite prothallus. It has increased considerably in size,
being now about 3 of an inch in diameter, and root-hairs are
visible upon both its upper and lower surfaces. A tiny bud,
I think, can be perceived at the bifurcation of one of the ribbon-
like processes noted April 30.

June l.—The largest prothallus has a bud upon its upper
surface near the sinus, but not proceeding from it.

June 3.—A tiny frond is emerging at the sinus from the
underside of the prothallus. The bud on the upper surface is
more distinet and shows white silvery seales.

Fig. 1. Fig. 9.

Fig. l.—Side view of prothallus developed from extreme tip of pinnule.
May 5.
Fig. 2.— Development of prothallus. June 3,

June 6.—The tiny frond is beginning to branch, being now
bifureate and still unrolling. The bud upon the ribbon-like
process, noted May 5, has developed into a ramulose frond
characteristie of wnco-glomeratam. The process from which it
sprang is decaying without having produced any prothallus.

July 4.—The frond from the sinus of the prothallus is ra-
mulose and characteristic; another is pushing up alongside it.
The bud on the upper surface is throwing up two fronds. A
curious fleshy translucent process is emerging from the side
opposite to the sinus of prothallus No. 1. One or two other
prothalli are developing root-hairs ; one other prothallus (No. 2)
is 3 of an inch in diameter.

July 10.—A bud is visible on the upper surface of prothallus
No.2. Two other bulbils have appeared on the growths from

ATHYRIUM FILIX-FEMINA, VAR. UNCO-GLOMERATUM. 265

the old rhachides; none of these have produced prothalli. At
Mr. Druery's suggestion I replanted the old pieces of fronds in
order to bring the living tips into contact with the soil.

Fig. 3.

Fig. 3.— Plantlet developed from bulbil on ultimate division of frond.
Fig. 5.—Another prothallus with two asexual buds und subsequent development
of same.

August 10.—Another bud has appeared, close to the first, on
the upper surface of prothallus No. 2; the first bud 1s sending

Fig. 4.

Fig. 4.— Fuller development of first prothallus (fig. 2).

up a frond. Several other prothalli are developing from the old
tips. The fleshy process on prothallus No. 1 is forking near its

266 MR. F. W. STANSFIELD ON APOSPORY IN

base; the enlarged process begins to look like the stnmp of a
frond, but is not cireinate.

Sept. 1, 1898.-—The fleshy process from prothallus No. 1 has
assumed the form of an axis of growth, a bud or crown forming
at the bifureation, and the blunt processes assuming the character
of fronds.

Oct. 1.—The pinnulets or leaflets upon the various fronds
from the prothallus and buds are semi-translucent and
lacerated at their edges. Iam pinning down a few of them to
see if they will develop into protball. The first bud which
appeared (not from a prothallus) is now a dense tuft of ramulose
fronds like the parent unco-glomeratum. Prothallus No. 1 has
three distinct axes of growth, from all of which ramulose fronds
are arising. The prothallus is beginning to shrink.

Oct. 18.—Some of the pinnulets which I pinned down on
Oct. 1 are obviously growing at their edges, and one or two
which do not quite touch the soil are developing root-hairs.
These are, however, short and scanty.

Nov. 6.—A frondlet is emerging from the sinus of a third
prothallus. There does not seem to be any functional difference
between the upper and lower surfaces. Close to the sinus the
prothallus has twisted upon itself, the under surface coming
uppermost and taking on the smooth shining character of the

normal upper surface. Root-hairs are emitted from what was
the upper but is now the lower surface.

Dec. 8.—The root-hairs which were visible a month ago on
one of the pinnulets from prothallus No. 1, whieh was not in
contact with the soil, have perished. Those in contact with the
soil are living and pre sumably rooted, but very little growth is
now going on.)

SuMMARY OF RESULTS OF EXPERIMENT.

(1) The fact that detached portions of frond from a deciduous
fern can be kept alive for over eighteen months is a little re-
markable. Had they been left on the parent plant they would
undoubtedly have perished the first winter.

(2) Influence of environment on the development.

(3) The rapidity and energy with which the isolated protoplasm

ATHYRIUM FILIX-F@MINA, VAR. UNCO-GLOMERATUM. 267

breaks out when once the tendency to branching has been
exhausted and a free cellular tissue produced.
(4) The variety of ways in which this occurs, viz.:—

(1) Gemmation from the rhachis without production
of prothalli.
A (2) (a) Apogamic buds from the prothallus.
pospory | (b) Normal sexual axes of growth from prothallus.

(5) The ease with whieh apospory is induced in the primary
fronds as compared with the extreme difficulty in the case of the
adult fronds is characteristic of all aposporous ferns, so far as I
know. 1 have at various times succeeded in raising plants by
apospory from eight different ferns—four forms of Polystichum
angulare, one of Lastrea paleacea, and three of Athyrium Filix-
J'emina ; and in every case I have noticed that if the first fronds
from the protballus were pinned down (and, indeed, frequently
without this special treatment), the edges rapidly developed into
prothalli. Assuming the truth of the recapitulation theorv
(i.e. that ontogeny is an epitome of phylogeny), this would seem
to suggest that apospory is an atavie trait in ferns—a character
which may have been general or even universal in the infancy of
the race. This idea is also borne out to some extent by the fact
that apospory is favoured by a uniformly humid atmosphere, a
condition which probably prevailed in early geologic (say Silurian
and Devonian) times.

(6) The prima facie unlikeliness of A. Filix-femina var. unco-
glomeratum as a subject for apospory leads me to suspect that
that phenomenon could be induced in many— possibly in most—
ferns by taking suflieient trouble. This fern has apparently
nothing in common with the other abnormal forms which have
manifested apospory. All these, so far as I know, belong to the
plumose or ultra-plumose sections of varieties. It is true that
among them are two other crested ferns, viz., Cropper's Lastrea
paleacea var. cristata pulcherrima and Scolopendrium var. crispum
Drummondie; but both these are specially modified forms, whose
appearance at once suggests to the experienced eye that they
are likely subjects for apospory. It is evident that there is a
wide field for further experiments in the cultural inducement of
apospory. Some of these further experiments I hope to make
and to record results in due time.

LINN. JOURN.— BOTANY, VOL, XXXIV. U

268 MESSRS. I. H. BURKILL AND C. H. WRIGHT ON

Norr.—On December 18, 1898, I took up one of the original
prothalli which had not yet produced either frond or bud, shaved
off the root-hairs, and examined it with the microscope for arche-
gonia and antheridia. I found the “cushion” crowded with
archegonia, in some of which the egg-cell could be distinctly
seen. A few antheridia were found in the usual situation,
but they were apparent!y not yet mature.

On December 29, 1898, I went round my garden and snipped
off portions of fronds from some eight different ferns, the only
principle of selection being to take fronds which were devoid of
any trace of sori, and were not too mature to allow any hope
of further growth. They were well washed by a stream of
water to remove any adherent spores of other ferns, and were
then pinned down in a pot and covered with a bell-glass.

Examining these on January 12, 1899, I found that in the
case of one fern, Polypodium vulgare var. grandiceps, Parker,
two translucent (presumably prothallic) growths were already
proceeding from the termination of a veinlet near the edge on
the upper surface of the frond. These growths, as well as the
piece of frond from which they grew, I regret to say have been
since destroyed by fungoid growth. I hope, however, to repeat
the experiment.

On some Afriean Labiate with Alternate Leaves.
By I. H. Bunkıkr, F.L.S., and C. H. Wyrenr, ALS.

[Read 16th February, 1899.]
(Prate 6.)

A suort while ago M. Hua described as the type of a new genus
a Labiate from West Tropical Africa, and named it 7comum
paradoxum. The character upon which he laid most stress is the
alternation of the leaves; and on aecount of this deviation from
what is almost universal in the order, he chose the specific name.
At the time when his paper * was published we were aware of
iwo Labiates from Africa possessing the same peculiarity ; and
further seareh in the herbarium of the Royal Gardens, Kew,

* * Nouveaux matériaux pour la Flore de l'Afrique Française,” Bulletin du
Muséum d'histoire naturelle, Paris, 1897, p. 329.

SOME AFRICAN LABIATE WITH ALTERNATE LEAVES. 269

had added yet two more. M. Hua, with great courtesy, sent us
drawings of Icomum paradoxum; and by means of them we are
assured of the distinetness of it from any of those which we shall
here deseribe. Thus we know of five African Labiates which
possess alternate leaves.

Alternatiou of leaves is not by any means an unknown eon-
dition in this order. Penzig * remarks its moderate frequency
as au abnormality, and enumerates the following genera in whieh
it has occurred : — Collinsia, Mentha, Hyssopus, Monarda, Physo-
stegia, Leonurus, Lamium, and Dysophylla. Bentham also
described an anomalous Hyptis under the name of H. anomala t,
reduced later to H. conferta 1, which possesses alternating leaves.
Alternation of the flowers of the iuflorescence, and of their braets,
is well known in Scutellaria, where it characterizes a section
( Heteranthera), and it also occurs in ZEolanthus.

All these observations have served as a caution, which we have
not disregarded. Yet it seems to us best to retain the genus
Icomum, and under it we place four of the five plants above
mentioned.

Icomum is apparently closely allied to ZEolanthus—a genus
confined to Africa, where most of its species occur within the
Tropics. We thus diagnose the first-named, and arrange the
plants by which it is constituted :—

Icomum, Hua (loc. cit), Labiatarum-Ocymoidearum genus,
ZEolantho maxime affine: distinguendum foliis alternis sepissime
angustis, floribus in spicis siue ordine obvia aggregatis, bracteis
floribus longioribus angustis: cæteris ab Zolantho non diversum.

Spike compound.
Corolla-tube narrow throughout........ J. paradoxum.
Corolla-tube wide above ...... sess d salicifolium.
Spike simple; corolla-tube only narrow in
its lowest third.
Leaves lineat................. ess T. lineare.
Leaves oblanceolate-obovate .......... J. subacaule.

* Pflanzenteratologie, ii. (Genoa, 1894) p. 231.

+ Labiatarum Genera et Species (London, 1833), p. 113.

4 Bentham in De Ca ıdolle’s * Prodromus, xii. (Paris, 1848) p. 112.
CZ

270 MESSRS. T. H. BURKILL AND C. H. WRIGHT ON

1. Icomum PARADOXUM, Hua, in Bull. Muséum, Paris, 1897,
p. 329.

Hab. Timbo, on the river Timbo, one of the upper tributaries
of the Senegal. Dr. Miquel, 43, in herb. Mus. Paris. Flowering
in June.

2. I.santcirontum, Burkill. (Pl. 6. figs. 1, 2.) Caules (7 an
laterales) 6-10 poll. longi, decumbentes, teretes, dense pubes-
centes. Folia caulina, sessilia, lineari-lanceolata, alterna, apice
acuta, basin versus angustata, margine utroque dentibus 2-3
instructa, pubescentia vel glabrescentia, 1-13 poll. longa, 2-23 lin.
lata. Inflorescentia spicis densifloris aggregatis composita ; spica
terminalis 2 poll. longa; spice laterales ad 1 poll. longer ; bractee
foliis similes sed minores. Calyx tubulosus, ad os paullo constric-
tus, margine leviter sinuatus et pilis conspicue ornatus, florens
14 lin. longus, fructifer ad 2} lin. auctus et rima equali ad basin
dissolutus. Corolle extus fere glabrz tubi 32 lin. longi dimidium
inferius angustum, dimidium superius ex inferiori abrupte
expansum ; labium superius 12 lin. longum, dentibus 4 apice
rotundatis; labium inferius 2 lin. longum. Staminum filamenta
llin.longa. Ovarii nucule ovoidee ; glandula late linguiformis.—
Eolanthus salicifolius, Baker in Kew Bulletin, 1898, p. 161.

Hab. British Central Africa: North Nyasaland, Nyika
plateau, 6000-7000 ft. A. Whyte, 107. Commencing to fruit
in July.

3. I. LINEARE, Burkill. (Pl.6.figs. 3, 4.) Herba spithamea.
Caules erecti, foliis sat crebri, pilis albis aliquo modo puberuli.
Folia caulina, linearia, sessilia, 4-7 lin. longa, glandulis numero-
sissimis inconspicue notata. Spice ramos foliatos terminantes,
simplices, 1-13 poll. longe ; bractez foliis similes sed pubescen-
tiores, breviores (2-23 lin. long), paululo latiores ; flores ad 15.
Calyx companulatus, margine leviter sinuatus, florens 7 lin.
longus, basi rime indieationem demonstrans. Corolle extra
pubescentis tubus ad 2 angustus, dein decurvatus ampliatus,
31-4 lin. longus ; labium superius 4-dentatum, 2 lin. longum;
labium inferius superiori longius 23 lin. longum, antheras
includens. Staminum filamenta 2-24 lin. longa. | Orari? nucuiæ
ovoidex ; glandula linguiformis.

Hab. British. Central Africa: Nyasaland, near Fort Young,
Dr. T. G. Nicholson. Flowering in September.

SOME AFRICAN LABIATE WITH ALTERNATE LEAVES. 271

4. Icomum SUBACAULE, Burkill. (Pl. 6. figs. 5,6.) Herba
spithamea velultra. Folia 6-7, ut videtur omnia radicalia, oblan-
ceolato-oblonga, apice obtusa vel rotundata, basin versus longe
sensim angustata, utrinque glabra, glandulis conspicue notata, 23-
3 poll. longa, 8-10 lin. lata ; petiolus 9-12 lin. longus. Spice 5-6,
simplices, longe pedunculate; pedunculus 4-53 poll. longus,
bracteas lineari-lanceolatas alternatim 3-6 irregulariter gerens,
pilis parvis sparse tectus; bractem steriles et ex flores subten-
dentes 21-5 lin. long, glabrie, lineares; flores ad 50. Calye cam-
panulatus, margine leviter sinuatus, aliquo modo bilabiatus,
florens vix 1 lin. longus, basi rime indicationem demonstrans.
Corolle extra pubescentis tubus ad 4 angustus, dein fortiter
decurvatus ampliatus, 4 lin. longus ; labium superius 4-dentatum,
dentibus rotundatis, 11 lin. longum ; labium inferius superiori
longius, antheras includens. Staminum filamenta 1-13 lin. longa.
Ovarii nucule apicibus obtuse; glandula linguiformis.— Plec-
tranthus subacaulis, Baker in Kew Bulletin, 1895, p. 73.

Hab. British Central Africa: Fwambo, near Lake Tanganyika,
Rev. A. Carson, 33, 65. Flowering in January.

Icomum, as remarked, is very near Eolanthus ; but although
Eolanthus shows in many species characters leading to Lcomum,
it is not diffienlt to define the boundary between the two.

In £olanthus are two very closely allied species—A. ambustus,
Oliver, and A. virgatus, Gürke ; so closely are they allied that one
may only be a variety of the other, and Briquet * is certainly
wrong in making for each of them a section, These two species
approach Zeomum in the narrowness of their leaves and in their
inflorescences. In the accompanying woodcut, fig. 5 represents
a portion of the inflorescence of A. virgatus. As seen in it, the
bracts are paired and opposed, but the flowers are solitary—one
toeach node. There is then an alternation of the flowers, though
not of the leaves. In addition, the branches of the lateral axes
similarly alternate, though the leaves from which they arise are
opposed ; while on the main axis, and now and then on the stronger
lateral axes, the branches are opposed: so that one may trace a
relationship between the vigour of the shoot and the possession

* In Engler u. Prantl, Pflanzenfamilien, iv. 3a (Leipzig, 1897), p. 349,
There is little except the size of the calyx by which the two species can be

distinguished.

272 MESSRS. I. H. BURKILL AND C. H. WRIGHT ON

of two or one branch (or flower) at each node. But it must be
remarked that there is a tendency to anisophylly, the larger leaf
(bract) being that without any flower. The difference in 8120,
which is but little, is shown in the figure. It is in no way
so obvious as in another member of the Labiate— Pogostemon
paniculatum *,

The position of the flowers is interesting, for, as shown in the
diagram (fig. 6), they oceupy only two faces of the obscurely

1. Portion of the inflorescence of Æolanthus Cameronii, showing the bases of
the calyces of six flowers. 2 & 3. The axis in section, in two consecutive
internodes. 4. Diagram of position of flowers. 5. Portion of inflorescence
of Æolanthus virgatus, showing anisophylly and alternate flowers. 6, Dia-
gram of position of flowers, 7. Portion of inflorescence of Æolanthus sp.,
showing flowers and bracts. 5 and 7 slightly reduced.

quadrangular stem ; neither of these faces in the case of lateral
axes is turned towards the parent axis.

The arrangement of the flowers in two rows is common in
Eolanthus. Another form in which the bracts are approximated
is shown in fig. 7, taken from an undescribed species. In
several others of the genus the bracts alternate, as do the
flowers.

Interesting forms connecting these with a more normal arrange-
ment are seen in A. Cameronii, described below, and A. zanzi-
baricus, S. Moore. We shall take first the last-named.

* Cf. also Briquet, ‘Monographie du genre Galeopsis’ (Paris, 1893), p. 35, in
which genus a tendency in the same direction occurs.

SOME AFRICAN LABIATE WITH ALTERNATE LEAVES. 273

Of Eolanthus zanzibaricus we have seen specimens collected
by Hildebrandt (Kingani river, 1265), Johnston (Kilimanjaro
Exped.) and Holst (Usambara, 2957). All have the leaves
opposed, but in the inflorescence lose this character. At the base
of the spike terminating the axis a pair of lateral spikes spring
from opposite sides of the stem ; sometimes these again branch,
but more often they are simple. Examining the terminal spike
first, we see that the lowest flowers are sometimes opposed, but
more often alternate ; at about the middle the decussation of
paired flowers is regular, but apt to become irregular again near
the apex. On the lateral axes we see invariably a solitary flower
at the first internode, which is situated immediately above the
braet in the axil of which the axis arose; next, to right and Jet,
a pair of flowers: then one over the first flower; then a pair;
and so on. The sterile face of the axis is that directed towards
the parent axis.

In A. Cameronii * we find a similar arrangement, but all the
lateral axes which we have seen possess a sterile face which 1s
turned towards the parent axis. Fig. 1 of the woodcut shows a
portion of an axis bearing six flowers; at the very base are two
brauches; then a solitary flower; next a pair of flowers; then

* /Eonawruus Cameron, Burkill. Caules erecti vel suberecti, pilis per-
parvis puberuli, obscure angulati, internodiis longis. Folia ovata, apice
acutiuscula, basi obtusa, margine irregulariter serrata, utrinque minutissime
puberula, 10-14 lin. longa, 4-6 lin. lata; petiolus 6-8 lim. longus. Spice
candelabri modo compositx ; spica (terminalis ?) 15-16 lin, longa; spice late-
rales 8-10 lin. longæ, inferiores ad apices peduneulorum longorum semel et
iterum trifurcatz ; bracte 3-1 lin. longi, cito decidux, subulate vel inferiores
lanceolate, flores dorsiventraliter in foveolis axi, nodis nune singuli nune bini
alternatim dispositi. Calyx bidentatus, pubescens, florens vix 1 lin. longus.
Corolle tubus 1 lin. longus nee ampliatus ; labium superius rotundatum, margine
leviter 4-lobatum, 1 lin. longuin ; labium inferius superiori paululo longius.
Staminum filamenta 3 lin. longa. ` Ovarii nucule ovoider.

Hab. British Central Africa: Shiri Highlands, Namasi, K. J. Cameron, 18.

It is probable that we only possess lateral branches of this plant, in which
case the terminal intlorescence of the main axis may differ in detail. A. Can-
delabrum, Briquet in Engl. Jahrb. xix. 186, seems to resemble it in habit, but
differs much in the flower, The extreme delicacy of the calyx at the time
of flowering is very noticeable; and under the microscope a series of large
stomata are seen on the terminations of conspicuous anastomosing veins,
apparently hydathodes.

274 MESSRS. I. H. BURKILL AND C. H. WRIGHT ON

a solitary flower; and so on. Further, the axis is peeuliarly
grooved as the rhachilla of a grass-spikelet, so that the flowers
fit into the hollow spaces, and the face towards the parent axis is
much broader than the others. In fig. 4 the position of the flowers
and their eaducous bracts is marked diagrammatically. It is to
be noted that no trace of a bract persists where the flower is
abs. nt.

lhese are some modifications of the infloreseence which we
have noted in „Kolanthus. They are of special interest in
showing an alternation of parts by abortion of one member of
the pair. We have introduced them here that they may afford a
contrast between what we see in Zcomum, in zEolanthus, in such
abnormalities as the condition of Hyptis conferta mentioned above,
or that of Stachys circinata described by Clos*, and in others
Where torsion is associated with alternation of the leaves—e. g.,
a Collinsia described by De Vries t.

Sehlechtendal long ago spoke of the leaves of Labiates as
pseudo-opposite, meaning thereby tbat there is no connection
between the two members which oppose one another. Perhaps
there is something in the idea underlying this. When forsion
twists the stem of a Labiate the leaves often cease to be opposed,
those of each pair becoming separated. This is the commoner
abnormality ; rarer is separation of the leaves without torsion—
a condition which we see in the Hyptis and Stachys named in the
last paragraph. Quite another condition is the alternation by
abortion of one of the paired organs, such as we have seen
in Molanthus; and distinct again is the alternation which
apparently has a spiral arrangement, present in Jeomum, in
the inflorescence of Scutellaria § Heteranthera and in an inter-
esting abnormality of Physostegia described by P. Duchartre t
in whieh the number of leaves at a node was multiplied and
these spread out in a spiral.

So much for the genera Zcomum and Æolanthus. There
remains yet to be described a species of the genus Plectranthus,
in which the leaves are irregularly scattered owing to the unequal
development of the internodes, and are never truly opposite.
The aspect of this plant is similar to that which is often met with
in Linaria vulgaris, Mill., but the 4-lobed ovary and gynobasie

* “Théorie des Soudures," Ann. Acad. Toulouse, 8me ser, i. 1879, p. 140.

t “ Bijdragen tot de leer van den klemdraai,” Bot. Jaarboek, 1892, p. 161.
t Bull. Soc. bot. France, xxxix. 1892, p. 120.

Burkill & Weight . Linn. Soc. Journ. Bor. Vor. KKN Pr. 6.

JN Fitch ith
ALTERNATE LEAVED LABIATE

SOME AFRICAN LABIATE WITH ALTERNATE LEAVES. 275

style leave no doubt as to its belonging to the Labiate. In the
dried state the stem is more or less striate, and it is upon the
striations that the leaves are borne. The flowers are alternate
aud somewhat distant, but occasionally a second bract occurs
opposite to that which subtends a flower.

PLECTRANTHUS INSOLITUS, C. H. Wright. (Pl.6.figs. 7, 8.)
Herba glabra. Caulis erectus, 9 poll. altus, basi ramosus subliz-
nosus, siccitate striatus. Folia alterna, linearia vel leviter falcata,
acuta, basi attenuata, integra, 14 poll. longa, 1 lin. lata. Racemus
terminalis; bractes sepius alterne, rarius opposite, una vacua,
ovato-lauceolatz;, quam pedicelli breviores; pedicelli tenues,
3 lin. longi. Calya campanulatus, extra glandulosus; lobus
superior integer, latus; lobi inferiores anguste triangulares.
Corolle tubus prope basin contractus, deinde campanulatus;
labium inferius extra glandulosum, integrum; superius dentibus
4 subequalibus obtusis preditum. ` Filamenta basi brevissime
connata. Ovarium (novellum solum visum) profunde 4- partitum.

Hab. Angola, Welwitsch, 5593.

It may be thought that the shortly united filaments forbid the
placing of this plant in Pleetanthus. But the genera Capitanya,
Englerastrum, and Solenostemon, in which this form of union
occurs, are unlike it; and we have preferred to be guided by
other characters in leaving it thus as a doubly aberrant form of
the large genus Plectranthus.

The chief interest of our paper centres in /comum ; and the
increase of its species from one to four establishes the genus
upon a firmer basis as a peculiar development of the Labiate,
confined to Africa. We do not consider that the relationships of
the order are in any way explained by it, as there is no evidence
for regarding it as primitive. Still the recognition of a genus
in Labiat® characterized by the possession of alternate leaves
lessens the distinctness of the order in what is certainly one
of its most prominent features. If, at a later date, we are able
to investigate the anatomy of the stem, we shail seize the
opportunity.

To M. Henri Hua, for the kind way in which he has given us
information about /comum paradoxum, and to Miss M. Smith, who
has drawn the plate illustrating the forms we describe, we desire
to express our most siucere thanks,

276 MR. G. CLARIEGE DRUCE ON

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 6.

Fig. 1. Zcomum salicifolium, lateral spike, in fruit. Nat. size.
2. Flower of the same ; the calyx in part removed to expose the narrow
half of the tube of the corolla.
3. Jcomum lineare, Nat. size.
4. Flower of the same,
5. Leomum subacaule, Nat. size.
6. Flower of the same.
7. Plectranthus insolitus, flower.
8. Corolla of the same,

Note on the Irish Carex rhynchophysa.
By G. CLaridge Druce, M.A., F.LS.
[Read 2nd March, 1899.]

In the “Journal of Botany for 1893, on p. 20, an editorial note

"was inserted to the effect that Mr. R. Lloyd Praeger “ had been
fortunate enough to add this well-marked species to our British
Flora,” On pp. 33-35 of the same journal a description of the
plant and an account of its discovery is communicated by the
finder, Mr. R. Lloyd Praeger. A figure of it with a rather
featureless drawing of the perigynium is supplied by Mr. Arthur
Bennett, who, Mr. Praeger states, *has now submitted the
Sedge to the most rigid examination, and though hesitating at
first to add a new plant to the British flora on the strength of a
single specimen without the clearest proof, is now convinced of
its identity with Carew rhynchophysa.”

It was discovered in a ten-foot drain with a bottom of deep
soft mud and soft peaty sides, which communieated with Mullagh-
more Lough in the central part of Armagh, growing in the
neighbourhood of Cicuta virosa and Castalia speciosa. Only one
patch, several feet in diameter, was noticed, but this was ** imme-
diately distinguished from the groves of Carex rostrata which
grew around by its taller growth and more glaucous leaves.”

The distribution of the true Carex rhynchophysa is distinctly
northern and eastern. In Finland, as Mr. Praeger points out,
it occurs in ten provinces, where it is found on the river- and
lake-shores in deep bogs. It is also found in Lapland, Norway,
Sweden, Russia, Silesia, Transsylvania, Siberia, and Dahuria.

. THE IRISH CAREX RHYNCHOPHYSA. 277

The alleged discovery of this plant in Ireland was therefore
an interesting fact in phyto-geography, as one would rather have
expected it to be found in the northern and eastern parts of
Scotland than in the central part of Northern Ireland; unless,
indeed, it belonged to that abnormal group which comprises
Inula salicina and Carex fusca ( Buxbaumii), which are almost
inexplicable outliers from their ordinary range of distribution.

Mr. Praeger's original gathering consisted, as has been said,
of a single specimen, but he found it in one or two additional
places at Mullaghmore in succeeding seasons. Last August,
having to attend a conference at Belfast, I resolved to search
for this rare and interesting Sedge, and with only the details
given in the ‘ Journal of Botany’ to assist me in the quest; but
after a careful examination of some Finland specimens, and the
figure and description in the ‘ Journal of Botany,’ I set out
from Belfast to the remote locality indicated, very near to Lough
Swilly Station, not far from which I came upon the Lough.
Notwithstanding the dry season, the water in the marshes at the
head was rather higher than was formerly the case, owing, as I
was informed, to the drains at the outlet being overgrown with
vegetation. I commenced a search for the Sedge, which lasted
between three and four hours. In this comparatively thorough
investigation I could not help admiring the magnificent tufts of
Cicuta, and in addition Potamogeton obtusifolius and Utricularia
major were noticed; but the plant of the marshy borders of the
Lough was Carex restrata, which I had never previously seen so
luxuriant, nor, indeed, so variable in size.

In what I took to be Mr. Praeger’s locality, I found a tuft of
a broad glaucous-lcaved Sedge which answer. d to my recollection
of the figure in the ‘Journal of Botany. The thicker spikelets,
large fruits, and very broad leaves, in some cases nearly j inch
broad, with thick spongy stem, measuring in the submerged
part between 3 and 4 inches round, appearing very different from
Carex rostrata as seen in our Midland bogs; and yet it was diffi-
cult to see any sharp line of demarcation between these specimens
and others which grew in shallower water, or again between the
latter and plants growing in the marsh itself. Even in the
marsh the leaves of plants having the spikes and fruits of
ordinary rostrata had the leaves somewhat broader than our
usual English form, and they were decidedly glaucous. None of

278 ON TIIE IRISH CAREX RHYNCHOPHYSA.

these plants, whether growing in the marsh, or in shallow water,
or in the deeper water of the drain itself, showed the peculiar
outline and shape of the fruit which I take to be characteristic
of the Finland and North European plant; although those from
the drain, and others also growing in other ditehes and drains
near the Lough, seemed to be, so far as my recollection went,
identical with the plant figured in the ‘Journal of Botany’ as
C. rhynchophysa. The spikes also varied considerably iu shape,
some with large fruit being much longer and comparatively thinner
than those figured, while others with short, stout spikes had
smaller fruit.

Therefore, after the somewhat prolonged search, I came away
very sceptical as to having gathered the true C. rhynchophysa ;
and on reaching home, a comparison of my specimens with
Finland, Swedish, and Russian plants convinced me that I had
been unsuccessful. On the other hand, my specimens appeared
to be inseparable from the plant figured in the ‘ Journal of Botany’
as C. rhynchophysa. 1 therefore communicated with Mr. Praeger,
and he kindly told me that he had presented specimens to the '
herbaria of Kew and the British Museum. At the earliest
opportunity I consulted the herbaria of the latter institution, but
found that the Irish Carex rhynchophysa had not yet been placed
amongst the British plants. At Kew I was more fortunate, for,
kindly assisted by Mr. C. B. Clarke and Mr. N. E. Brown, I was
enabled to examine Mr. Praeger’s specimen. ‘This, with all
deferenee to Mr. Arthur Bennett's well-known knowledge, is in
my opinion not the true C. rhynchophysa of North European
botanists, but an extreme form of Carex rostrata, Stokes, which
has been called var. latifolia by Ascherson, and agrees exaetly
with some of my specimens of that plant collected at Mullagh-
more and corroborated by Pfarrer Kükenthal. Messrs, Clarke
aud Brown also agree with me in referring my own plants and
that of Mr. Praeger to C. rostrata, and in considering that
neither is identieal with true C. rhynchophysa from Northeru
Europe. From this it differs, as Mr. Brown observes, in the
spikes of the Irish plant being not so stout in proportion to
their length, in being usually longer, in the utricles being not so
crowded as they are in C. rhynchophysa, thus giving the spikes
a different appearance ; in the utricle of the Irish plant being
not so abruptly contracted into a beak, and in the beak being

ON THE FRESHWATER ALGE OF THE WEST INDIES. 279

shorter and much less deeply bifid than in C. rhynchophysa.
lt also appears to be rather more slender than in that species.
I therefore venture to contend that C. rhynchophysa of Fisch.,
Mey. & Avé-Lall. Ind. Sem. Hort. Petrop. ix. Suppl. 9, is still
a desideratum to the flora of Great Britain and Ireland.

A further Contribution ip the Freshwater Ales of the West
Indies. By W. West, F.L.S., and G. S. West, B.A.,
A.R.C.S.

[Read 16th March, 1899.]

Tur Alge included in this paper were collected mainly in the
Island of Dominica by Mr. W. R. Elliott in January and Feb-
ruary, 1896, and consisted of dried specimens, numbered and
localized. The numbers following the localities refer to the
numbered sheets at the British Museum, at which place the
specimens can be consulted.

In 1894 we published a short paper * On some Freshwater
Alg from the West Indies" (Journ. Linn. Soe., Bot. vol. xxx.),
in which 63 species were recorded from the islands of Dominica
and St. Vincent, and the present paper considerably enlarges
our knowledge of West Indian species of these plants. Of the
63 species mentioned in the previous paper, 21 have been found
in other localities, and 66 additional ones are recorded, the latter
being prefixed by an asterisk (*). One species (Rhaphidium
Jractum) and two varieties (Mesotenium Kramstai, Lemmerm.,
var. brevis, and Cylindrocystis tumida, F. Gay, var. domini-
censis) are described as new. One alga, Lyngbya majuscula,
Harv., is truly a marine species, but it was found in the collec-
tion, and 1s therefore recorded.

A number of both Desmids and Diatoms were noted from
subaérial habitats—a sure indication of a constantly moist
atmosphere; these occurred chiefly among patches of Scytonema,
Schizothriz, and other filamentous alge, and often on trees.

In the measurements given of the Myxophycee in this paper,
“crass. fil.” =the diameter of the sheath containing the tri-
chomes, and “ crass. trich." =the diameter of the cells without
the sheath.

280 MESSKS. W. AND G. 8. WEST ON THE

Class CHLOROPHYCE.E.

Ord. CONFERVACER Is0oGAME.

Fam. COXFERVACER.

#1, MICROSPORA ABBREVIATA, Lagerh. in Bericht. Deutsch.
Bot. Gesellsch. v. 1887, p. 417.—Conferva abbreviata, Rabenh.
Krypt. Flor. v. Sachs. 1863, p. 246; Flor. Europ. Algar. ii.
p. 323.

Hab. On roadside near Roseau Lake, Dominiea (2700 ft.).
No, 1160.

#2. MICROSPORA PACHYDERMA, Lagerh. l. c.—Conferva pachy-
derma, Wille, * Om Hvilecell. hos Conferva," Ofvers. af K. Vet.-
Akad. Fórh. 1881, no. 8, p. 20.

Hab. Onrocks,Castle Bruce River, Dominica (2000-3000 ft.).
No. 1697.

Fam. CHROOLEPIDACES.

3. TRENTEPOHLIA VILLOSA, De Toni, Syll. Algar. 1. p. 239.—
Chroolepus villosa, Kuetz. Phyc. gener. p. 284; Spec. Algar.
p. 428.

Crass. cell. veget. 18-22 u.

Hab. On trees in woods round Roseau Lake, Dominica.
No. 1164.—On trees, St. Aroment, Roseau, Dominica. No. 1254.

A species was noticed on banks at Emsol, Roseau, Dominica.
No. 986. The specimens were probabiy young forms of T.
villosa. Branches few, short, and situated at long intervals
along the primary filaments. `

Crass. fil. 18-20 u.

*4. TRENTEPOHLIA sp.

Specimens very fragmentary; thickness of cells 8 5-14^5 p,
13 times longer than their diameter.

Hab. Roseau Valley, Dominica, on bark. No. 1344.

Fam. CLADOPHORACES.

*5. RHIZOCLONIUM HIEROGLYPHICUM, Auetz. Phyc. gener.
p. 205; Spec. Algar. p. 383; Stockmayer, “ Ueber die Algen-

FRESHWATER ALGJE OF THE WEST INDIES. 281

gattung Rhizoclonium,” Verhand. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. Wien, 189),
p. 978.

Var. TORTUOSUM, Stockm. in Verh. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. Wien,
1890, p. 583.—Rhizoclonium tortuosum, Kuetz. Phye. Germ.
p. 205; Spec. Algar. p. 381.

Short lateral branches entirely absent; cell-membrane lamel-
lose.

Crass. fil. 25-325 u; crass. membr. cell. 3°5-5°5 p.

Hab. Growing in small stream, Roseau Valley, Dominica.

No. 1176.

Ord. Coxzvaar x.

Fam. ZyYGNEMACER.
*6. Movatorra sp.
Crass. cell. veget. 8:6 u.

Hab. On leaves in warm stream, road to Roseau Lake, Domi-
nica (2500 ft.). No. 1178.

*7. ZYGNEMA ERICETORUM, Hansy. in Archiv Nuturw. Lan-
desdurchf. von Bühmen, Bd. vi. 1888, pp. 155-6.—Aygogonium
eric»torum, Kuetz. Phye. gener. 1813, p. 239.

Crass. cell. veget. 16-22 u.

Hab, On bank, road to Lake, Dominica. No. 1222.—In
stream, Wotten Waven, Dominica. No. 1248.—On ground,
crater, Grande Soufrière, Dominica. Nos. 1835 and 1840.

“8. SPIROGYRA NEGLECTA, Kuetz. Species Algar. 1849, p. 441.

—Zygnema neglecta, Hass. Brit. Freshw. Alg. 1845, p. 142,
t. 23. ff. 1, 2.

Var. TERNATA, West 4 G. S. West,“ Welw. Afric. Freshw.
Alg., Journ. Bot. xxxv. 1897, p. 41.—8. ternata, Ripart, in
Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr. xxiii. 1876, p. 162.

Crass. cell. veget. 44-57 u; long. zygosp. 84-100 u; lat
zygosp. 48-54 u.

Hab. In stream, Wotten Waven, Dominica. No. 1248.

*9. CHOASPIS STICTICA, O. Kuntze, Revis. Gen. Plant. 1891,
p. 887.—Conferva stictica, Engl. Bot. Choaspis serpentaria,
S. F. Gray, Arrangement Brit. Pl. 1821, vol. i. p. 299 (nomen
prius). Sirogonium sticticum, Kuetz.

282 MESSRS. W. AND G. 8. WEST ON THE

Crass. cell. veget. 36-41 p: long. zygosp. 90-104 p; lat.
zygosp. 57-61 u.

Hab. On bank at roadside, Emsol, near Roseau, Dominica.
No. 983. |

Gray’s description of Choaspis is a very good one of the plant,
and is twenty-two years previous to Kuetzing’s description of
Sirogonium. We think that the peculiar conjugation sufficiently
separates this genus from Spirogyra.

Fam. DEsSMIDIACEZR.

*10. GONATOZYGON RALFSII, De Bary, Conj. p. 76-7, t. 4.
ff. 23- 25.

Long. cell. 224 u; lat. 1275 pe.

Hab. Head of Castle Bruce River, Dominica. No. 1484.

*11. MESOTÆNIUM ENDLICHERIANUM, Ndg. Gattung. einz. Alg.
1849, p. 109, t. vi. B.
Hab. On banks, Morne Micotrin, Dominica. No. 1109.

#19. M. Kramstrat, Lemmermann, ** Zur Algenfl. des Riesen-
gebirges,”” Forschungsberichte aus der Bioi. Stat. zu Plön. iv.
1896, pp. 115-117, e. fig.

Var. BREVIS, var. nov.

Var. cellulis angustioribus brevioribusque.

Long. 25-345 p; lat. 6°5-7 p.

Hab. On bank, Morne Micotrin, Dominica. No. 1109.

13. M. mrcrococcum, Kirchn. Alg. Schles. p. 134.— Palmoglea
mierococca, Kuetz. Tab. phycolog. 1. p. 20, t. 25. f. 5.

Long. 17-18 a ; lat. 8-85 p.

Hab. On bank, road to Lake, Dominica (2700 ft.). No. 1222.

*14. CYLINDROCYSTIS TUMIDA, F. Gay, ‘ Essai monogr. loc.
Conj. Montpellier, 1884, p. 52, t. 1. f. 1; “ Note Conj. du midi
France," Bull. Soc. bot. Fr. vol. xxxi. p. 334.

Var. DOMINICENSIS, var. nov.

Var. cellulis multe minoribus, diametro 2-2j-plo longioribus,
ad medium leviter sed distinete constrictis.

Long. 42:5-48 u; lat. 20-21 p.

Hab. On rocks, Castle Bruce River (2000-3000 ft.), Dominica.
No. 1697.

FRESHWATER ALGJE OF THE WEST INDIES. 283

*15. PENIUM currum, Bréb. in Kuetz. Species Algar. 1849,
p. 167.—Closterium curtum, Breb. 1840. Cosmarium curtum,
Ralfs, Brit. Desm. p. 109, t. 32. f. 9.

Hab. With the preceding species.

*16. P. DIDYMOCARPUN, Lund., * Desm. Suec.,”, Act. Reg. Soc.
Scient. Upsal. 1870, p. S5, t. 5. f. 9.

Forma cellulis latioribus; long. 29 p; lat. 17 u.

Hab. On banks, Morne Micotrin, Dominica. No. 1109.

This form is somewhat similar to the “ Penium sp.? mit
Penium didymocarpum Lundell verwandt" figured by Heimerl
in Verhandl. zool.-botan. Gesellseh. Wien, 1891, t. 5. f. 5, but is
comparatively a little broader.

*17. P. Navrcura, Bréb. in Mém. Soc. Sc. Nat. Cherbourg,
vol. iv. 1856, p. 146, t. 2. f. 37.

Long. 30 a; lat. 11:5 u.

Hab. Among Trentepohlia villosa, De Toni, on trees in woods
round Roseau Lake, Dominica. No. 1164.

18. Termemorus Levis, Ralfs, Brit. Desm. p. 147, t. 24. f. 2.
Hab. On banks, Morne Micotrin, Dominica, No. 1109.

*19. T. GRANULATUS, Ralfs in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xiv.
1844, p. 257, t. 8. f. 2; Brit. Desm. p. 147, t. 24. f. 2, t. 33,
f. 1.

Forma minor, Nordst. Alg. Sandvie. p. 10.

Long. 100 H; lat. 26:5 [le

Hab. On roadside near Roseau Lake (2700 ft), Dominica.
No. 1160.

20. CosMARIUM PSEUDOPYRAMIDATUM, Lund., “ Desm. Suec.”
Act. Reg. Soc. Scient. Upsal. 1870, p. 41, t. 2. f. 18.

Hab. On banks, Morne Micotrin, Dominica. No. 1109.—On
bank near Roseau Lake (2700 ft.), Dominica. No. 1180.

A proportionately longer form was noticed: long. 57 p; lat.
28 a; lat. isthm. 12 y.

*21. C. QUADRATUM, Ralfs in Ann. 4 Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xiv.
1844, p. 395, t. 11. f. 9.

A small form: long. 46 u; lat. 26°5 u; lat. isthm. 12 y.
LINN. JOURN.—BOTANY, VOL. XXXIV. x

234 MESSRS. W. AND G. 8. WEST ON THE

Hab. In warm stream, road to Roseau Lake (2500 ft.),
Dominica. No. 1177.

*99. CosMARIUM RECTANGULARE, Grun. in Rabenh. Flor.
Europ. Algar. iii. p. 166.—C. gotlandieum, Wittr. in Bih. till K.
Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. Bd. i. no. 1, p. 60, t. 4. f. 14.

A form somewhat approaching var. africanum, West & G. 8.
West (* Alge from Central Africa,” Journ. Bot. xxxiv. 1896,
p. 379, t. 361. f. 14).

Long. 31 p; lat. 23 p; lat. isthm. 10 p.

Hab. On banks, Morne Micotrin, Dominica. No. 1109.

23. C. OBLIQUUM, Nordst., * Norges Desmid.,” Acta Univ.
Lund, vol. ix. p. 23, t. 1. f. 8.

Long. 19-22 p; lat. 16:5-17 p; lat. isthm. 6'5-8 p; crass.
9:5 n.

Hab. Ou banks, Morne Micotrin, Dominica. No. 1109.—On
rocks, Castle Bruce River (2000-3000 ft.), Dominica. No. 1697.

#04. C. LÆVE, Rabenh. Flor. Europ. Algar. iii. p. 161; Nordst.
in Ofvers. af K. Vet.-Akad. Forh, 1876, no. 6, p. 29, t. 12. f. 4.

Long. 30 p; lat. 19 p; lat. isthm. 7 p.

Hab. On leaves, Wotten Waven, Dominica. No. 1240.

*25. C. ANNULATUM, De Bary, Conj. p. 46.—Dysphinctium
annulatum, Näg. Gattung. einz. Alg. p. 110. t. OF.

Var. ELEGANS, JVordst., “ Norges Desmid.,” Acta Univ. Lund,
vol. ix. p. 23.

Long. 36-39 u ; lat. 19-21 u.

Hab. On rocks, Castle Bruce River (2000-3000 ft.), Dominica.
No. 1697.

*o6. HYALOTHECA DISSILIENS, Bréb. in Ralfs, Brit. Desm. p. 51,
t. 1. f. 1.

Lat. 17 p.

Hab. On leaves in warm stream, road to Roseau Lake (2500 ft.),
Dominica. No. 1178.

Ord. PROoTOCOCCOIDES.

Fam. PALMELLACER.

#927, RHAPHIDIUM FRACTUM, 8p. n.
R. cellulis semper singulis, gregariis, leviter curvatis, diametro

FRESHWATER ALGA OF THE WEST INDIES. 285

7-10-plo longioribus, apices versus plus incurvatis, apicibus
acutis; contentum chlorophyllosum cellularum viride, in partibus
subequalibus quatuor distincte divisum.

Long. 19-36:5 u; lat. 2:6-3:4 u.

Hab. In stream, Wotten Waren, Dominica. No. 1249.

This species is nearest to Rhaphidium Braunii, Nig. (in Kuetz.
Spee. Algar. p. 891; Rabenh. Flor. Europ. Algar. iii. p. 45), but
the form of the cells, which are narrower, and the peculiar
division of the eontents easily distinguish it. Some specimens
were noticed in which the contents were divided into 3 or 5 parts,
but these were abnormal and very scarce.

*28. Oocystis SOLITARIA, Wittr. in Wittr. & Nordst. Alg.
Exsic. no. 244.
Hab. On trees in woods round Roseau Lake, Dominica.

No. 1164.

*29. GLÆOCYSTIS GIGAS, Lagerh. in Ofvers. af K. Vet.- Akad.
Förh. 1883, no. 2, p. 63.—Protococeus gigas, Kuetz. Phyc. Germ.
1845, p. 145. Chlorococeum gigas, Grun.

-Hab. With the preceding species.

*30. TnocniscrA ASPERA, Hansg. in Hedwigia, 1888, Heft 5
u. 6.—Acanthococcus aspera, Reinsch, in Berichte der Deutsch.
bot. Gesellsch. in Berlin, 1886, p. 239, t. 11.Yf. 2.

Diam. cell. 15-1775 p.

Hab. In stream, Wotten Waven, Dominica. No. 1249.

Class MYXOPHYCEA.
Ord. HoRMOGONES.

Sub-ord. HETEROCYSTEE.

Fam. RIVULARIACES. .

*31. CALOTHRIX EPIPHYTICA, West & G. S. West, “ Welw.
Afric. Freshw. Alg.," Journ. Bot. xxxv. 1897, p. 240.
Hab. Epiphytie on Tolypothrix byssoidea, on leaves, Wotten

Waven, Dominica. No. 1240.
x2

286 MESSRS. W. AND G. 8. WEST ON THE

Fam. SIROSIPHONIACER.

39. HarALOsIPHON INTRICATUS, West, “Alg. from West
Indies,” Journ. Linn. Soc., Bot. vol. xxx. (1894) p. 271-2, t. 15.
ff. 16-28; West & G. S. West, * Welw. Afric. Freshw. Alg.,’
Journ. Bot. xxxv. 1897, p. 242.

Hab. In stream, Wotten Waven, Dominica. No. 1249.

33. STIGONEMA HORMOIDES, Born. et Flah., * Révis. de Nostoc.
Heterocyst.,” Ann. Sci. Nat. 7° série, Bot. vol. v. (1887) p. 69.—
Scytonema hormoides, Kuetz. Sirosiphon brevis, Awetz. in Bot.
Zeit. 1847, p. 196 ; Tab. Phye. ii. p. 10, t. 84. f. ii. Sirosiphon

hormoides, Kuetz. Spec. Algar. p. 316 ; Tab. Phyc. ii. p. 10, t. 34.
f. iv.

Crass. fil. 10-14°5 u.

Hab. Abundant on banks, Morne Micotrin, Dominica. No.
1109.—On roadside and on bank, near Roseau Lake (2700 ft.),
Dominica. Nos. 1160 and 1180.— On rocks, Castle Bruce River,
(2000-8000 ft.), Dominica. No. 1697.

34. S. MINUTUM, Hass. Brit. Freshw. Alg. i. p. 280, t. 67.
ff. 3-4; Born. et Flah. l. c. pp. 72-74.
Hab. In stream, Wotten Waven, Dominica. No. 1249.

#35. S. OCELLATUM, Thur. in Ann. Sc. Nat. 6° ser. Bot. i.

(1875) p. 880.—Sirosiphon ocellatus, Kuetz. Spec. Algar. p. 317 ;
Tab. Phyc. ii. p. 11, t. 87. f. ii.

Hab. On rocks, Castle Bruce River (2000-3000 ft.), Dominica.
No. 1697.

Fam. SCYTONEMACEE.
36. MICROCHETA TENUISSIMA, West, “ Alg. West Ind.," Journ.

Linn. Soc., Bot. vol. xxx. (1894) p. 269.
Hab. With the preceding species.

37. SCYTONEMA AMBIGUUM, Kuetz. Spec. Algar. p. 894; Tab.
Phye. ii. p. 7, t. 26. f. ii.

Crass. fil. 10:5 p; crass. trich. 277-3 u.

Hab. On bank near summit, Couliabon (3700 ft.), Dominica.
No. 1899.

FRESHWATER ALGE OF THE WEST INDIES. 287

*38. Scrronema Hormanni, Agardh, Syn. Algar. Scand.
1817, p. 117 ; Born. et Flah., “ Revis. des Nostoc. Hétérocyst.,"
Ann. des Sci. Nat. 7° ser. Bot. vol. v. (1887) p. 97.—Scytonema
Julianum, Menegh.

The filaments, whieh were not inerusted with lime, were
strongly agglutinated together in vertical tufts about 2 to 4 mm.
high, in the manner of a Symploca or some species of Schizothrix.
The sheath was perfectly colourless and very thin; the branches
were very scarce and sometimes single. The cells were more
often longer than broad, and varied from subquadrate to twice
longer than their diameter.

Crass. fil. 95-10°5 u; crass. trich. 7-75 p.

Hab. Head of Castle Bruce River, Dominica. No. 1484.

39. S. AMPLUM, West, “ Alg. West Indies,” Journ. Linn. Koc.,
Bot. vol. xxx. (1894) p. 270.

Hab. On rocks, Castle Bruce River (2000-3000 ft.), Dominica.
No. 1697.

40. S. MIRABILE.—Conferva mirabilis, Dillw. Scytonema
figuratum, Agardh, Syst. Algar. p. 38. S. ealotrichoides, Kuetz.
Spec. Algar. p 207: Tab. Phye. ii. p. 6, t. 22. f. ii.; Kabenh.
Flor. Europ. Algar. ii. p. 253.

Crass. fil. 20-23 u ; crass. trich. 7°5-9°5 u.

Hab. On rocks, Hampstead Valley (850 ft.) Dominica.
No. 2171.

#41. TOLYPOTHRIX ByssoIDEA, West d G. S. West, * Welw.
Afric. Freshw. Alg.,” Journ. Bot. xxxv. 1897, p. 267.—Hassallia
byssoidea, Hass. Brit. Freshw. Alg. i. p. 233-4; ii. t. 67. f.5;
Born. et Flah., * Revis. des Nostoc. Hétérocyst.," Ann. Sci. Nat.
7* sér. vol. v. (1887) p. 116.

Crass. fil. 16:5-18 p ; crass. trich. 10°5-12°5 p.

Hab. On leaves, Wotten Waven, Dominica. No. 1240.

Although the form seen occurred on the leaves of trees, it
agreed with the f. saxicola, Grunow (in Born. et Flah. J. c.
p. 117) and not with the f. lignicola, Born. et Flah. The sheaths
of the younger filaments were almost colourless, and those of the
older filaments were somewhat rough on the exterior. The cells

‘in some of the filaments were almost as long as broad.

288 MESSRS. W. AND G. 8. WEST ON THE

Fam. NosrocEz.

*42. Nosroc MUSCORUM, Agardh, Dispos. Algar. Suec. 1812,
p. 44; Cooke, Brit. Freshw. Alg. p. 230, t. 90. ff. 12-18.

The specimens approached var. tenax, Thuret, in the thickness
of the trichomes and in the small size of the spores.

Crass. trich. 3-3°5 u; crass. heterocyst. 5'5 p; crass. spor.
6-7:5 p.

Hab. Growing on sides of road, Fort Charlotte, St. Vincent.
No. 208.

43. N. HUMIFUSUM, Carm. ex Harvey in Sm. Engl. Flora, 1833,
v. p. 399; Kuetz. Spec. Algar. p. 301; Kabenh. Flor. Europ.
Algar. ài. p. 183.

Hab. In stream, Wotten Waven, Dominica. No. 1249.

Sub-ord. HowocxsTEE.

Fam. VAGINARIER.

*44. PORPHYROSIPHON NOTARISIT, Auetz. Tab. Phyc. ii. 1850-2,
p. 7, t. 27. f. i; West 4 @. S. West, “ Welw. Afric. Freshw.
Alg., Journ. Bot. xxxv. 1897, p. 271.

Crass. fil. 20-23 u; crass. Dich, 14 p.

Hab. On the sides of road, Fort Charlotte, St. Vincent.
No. 203.

45. SCHIZOTHRIX CUSPIDATA, West 4 G. S. West in Journ.
Roy. Micr. Soc. 1896, p. 164.—Symploca cuspidata, West, “Alg.
West Ind." Journ. Linn. Koc., Bot. vol. xxx. (1894) p. 273,
t. 16. ff. 1-7.

Var. LUTEO-FUSCA, West $ G. S. West.—Symploca cuspidata
var. luteo-fusca, West, Le (1894) p. 274.

Hab. On banks, Morne Micotrin, Dominica. No. 1109.—On
roadside near Roseau Lake (2700 ft.) Dominica. No. 1160.—
On bank near summit, Couliabon (3700 ft.), Dominica. No. 1899.

Fam. LxxaBtrEx.

“46. LyNGBYA MAJUSCULA, Harv. in Sm. Engl. Fl. 1833, v,
p. 370; Gomont, Monogr. des Oscillariées, pp. 151-6, t. 3.
ff. 3-4,

FRESHWATER ALGE OF THE WEST INDIES. 289

Crass. fil. 40-16 u; crass. Dich, 34-38 p.
Hab. Shallow bays, Anguilla. No. 20.

#47. LYNGBYA MHRUGINEO-CHRULEA, Gomont, Monogr. des Os-
cillariées, p. 166, t. 4. ff. 1-3.— Oscillaria arugineo-cerulea,
Kuetz. Phye. gener. p. 185; Tab. Phyc. i. p. 28, t. 39. f. ix.

Crass. trich. 4-5°5 u.

Hab. Onleaves in warm stream, road to Roseau Lake (2500 ft.),
Dominica. No. 1178.—On ground (2000-3000 ft.), and in stream,
crater of Grande Soufrière, Dominica. Nos. 1832 and 1842.

#48. PHORMIDIUM LURIDUM, Gomont, l. c. p. 185-6, t. 4.
ff. 17-18.— Leptothrix lurida, Auetz.

Crass. Dich, 2 u.

Hab. Growing on sides of road, Fort Charlotte, St. Vincent.

*49. P. FRAGILE, Gomont, l. c. p. 183-4, t. 4. ff. 13-15.—
Anabeena fragilis, Menegh.

Crass. trich. 177 p.

Hab. In stream, Wotten Waven, Dominica. No. 1249.

Ord. CHROOCOCCACEE.

*50. GLEOCAPSA GELATINOSA, Äuetz. Phyc. gener. p. 174;
Tab. Phyc. i. t. 20. f. vi. b; Rabenh. Flor. Europ. Algar. ii. p. 39.

Diam. cell. 25-3 u; diam. fam, 7:5-19 u.

Hab. On banks, Morne Micotrin, Dominica. No. 1109.

Class BACILLARIEE.
Ord. RAPHIDIE..

Fam. CYMBELLEE.

*51. CYMBELLA CrsTULA, Kirchn.—Cocconema Cistula, Hempr.
1828; Van Heurck, Diatom. (Engl. transl.) p. 149, t. 1. £. 45.

Hab. Ou rocks, Castle Bruce River (2000—3000'ft.), Dominica.
No. 1697.

*52. ENcYONEMA VENTRICOSUM, Kuetz. Bacill. p. 80, t. 6.
f. 16.—Cymbella ventricosa, Agardh.
Hab. With the preceding species.

290 MESSRS. W. AND G. 8. WEST ON THE

Fam. NaAVICULEX.

—Pinnularia

*53. NAVICULA MAJOR, Kuetz. TH t. 4. f. 19.
6. f. 55; Flor. Europ.

major, Rabenh. Süssw. Diatom. p. 42,
Algar. i. p. 210.

Hab. On bank near Roseau Lake (2700 ft.) Dominica.
No. 1180.—In stream, Wotten Waven, Dominica. Nos. 1248
and 1249.

*54. N. viridis, Kuetz. Bacill. t. 4. f. 18.—Pinnularia viridis,
Rabenh. Süssw. Diatom. p. 42, t. 6. f. 4; Flor. Europ. Algar.
i. p. 212.

Hah. On bank near Roseau Lake (2700 ft), Dominica.
No. 1180.—In stream, Wotten Waven, Dominica. No. 1248.

55. N. BOREALIS. Awetz.—Pinnularia borealis, Zhrenb.; W.
Sm. Brit. Diat. ii. p. 94 5 Rabenh. Flor. Europ. Alg. i. p. 216.

Hab. Among Nostoe muscorum, Agardh, on side of road, Fort
Charlotte, St. Vincent. No, 208.—On banks, Emsol, near
Roseau, Dominica. No. 983.

*56. N. HrirsEANA, Janisch in Schmidt, Atlas Diatom. p. 45,
f. 65; Van Heurck, Diatom. (Engl. transl.) p. 171, t. 2. f. 81.

Hab. Among Lyngbya erugineo-cerulea, Gomont, on ground,
crater of Grande Soufrière (2000-3000 ft.), Dominica. No. 1832.

*57. N. SUBCAPITATA, Greg. in Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci. 1856
p- 9, t.i. £. 380; Van Heurck, Diatom. (Engl. transl.) p. 173,
t. 2. f. 91.

Hab. In small stream, Roseau Valley, Dominica. No. 1176.

*58. N. APPENDICULATA, Kuetz. Bacill. p. 93, t. 3. f. 18; Van
Heurck, l. c. p. 173, t. 2. f. 93.

Hab. On ground, crater of Grande Soufrière (2000-8000 ft.),
Dominica. No. 1832.

*59. N. aLonIcEPS, Greg. in Quart. Journ. Mier. Sei. 1856,
p. 10, t. i. f. 84; Van Heurck, L c. p. 173, t. 2. f. 94.

Hab. On bank near Roseau Lake (2700 ft.) Dominica.
No. 1180.

*60. N. LEGUMEN, Ehrenb.; Van Heurck, l. e. p. 174, t. 2.
f. 98.

FRESHWATER ALGJE OF THE WEST INDIES. 291

Hab. In small stream, Roseau Valley, Dominica. No. 1176.—
In stream, Wotten Waven, Dominica. No. 1248.

#61, NAVICULA GRACILIS, Kuetz. Bacill. p. 91, t. 3. f. 48; Van
Heurck, l. c. p. 179, t. 3. f. 109.

Hab. On bank at roadside, Emsol, near Roseau, Dominica.
No. 983.

62. N. CRYPTOCEPHALA, Äuetz.; W. Sm. Brit. Diat. p. 53,
t. 17. f. 155.

Hab. In warm stream, road to Roseau Lake (2500 ft.),
Dominica. No. 1177.—In stream, Wotten Waven, Dominica.
No. 1248.

#63. N. ELLIPTICA, Kuetz. Bacill. p. 98, t. 80. f. 55; Van
Heurck, l. c. p. 201, t. 4. f. 156.

Hab. On leaves of trees and in stream, Wotten Waven,
Dominica. Nos. 1240 and 1249.

*64. N. CONTENTA, Grun. in Van Heurck, Atlas, t. 14.
f. 31*, sub. n. N. trinodis; Van Heurck, Diatom. (Engl. transl.)
p. 230, t. 5. f. 239.

. Var. BICEPS, Van Heurck, l. c. p. 230, t. 5. f. 240.

Hab. On leaves of trees, Wotten Waven, Dominica: very
abundant. No. 1240.—Also scarce in stream, Wotten Waven,
Dominica. No. 1249.

65. VANHEURCKIA RHOMBOIDES, Bréb.; Van Heurck, Diatom.
(Engl. transl) p. 240, t. 5. f. 249.—Frustulia rhomboides,
De Toni, Sylloge Algar. ii. p. 227.—N avicula rhomboides, Ehrenb.;
W. Sm. Brit. Diat. i. p. 46, t. 16. f. 129.

Hab. On bank, near Roseau Lake (2700 ft.), Dominica.
No. 1180.—In stream, Wotten Waven, Dominica. Nos. 1248
aud 1249.

Var. SAXONICA.— Frustulia saxoniea, Rabenh. Navicula crassi-
nervia, Bréb. in W. Sm. Brit. Diat. i. p. 47, t. 31. f. 271.

Hab. On banks, Morne Micotrin, Dominica. No. 1109.—On
roadside near Roseau Lake (2700 ft.) Dominica. No. 1160.—
On leaves in warm stream and on bank, road to Roseau Lake
(2500-2700 ft.), Dominica. Nos. 1178 and 1222.—Head of
Castle Bruce River, Dominica. No. 1484.

292 MESSRS. W. AND G. 8. WEST ON THE

"66. VANHEURCKIA VULGARIS, Van Heurck, Diatom. (Engl.
transl.) p. 240, t. 5. f. 252.—Colletonema vulgaris, Thwaites.

Hab. In small stream, Roseau Valley, Dominica. No. 1176.—
In stream, Wotten Waven, Dominica. Nos. 1248 and 1249.

Fam. GoMPHONEMES.

*67. GOMPHONEMA GRACILE, Ehrenb. ; Van Heurck, l c. p. 272,
t. 7. f. 309.

Var. DICHOTOMUM, Van Heurck, l. c. p. 273, t. 7. f. 310.—
G. diehotomum, W. Sm.

Hab. In warm stream, road to Roseau Lake (2500 ft.),
Dominica. No. 1177.

#68. G. angustatum, Kuetz. Baciil. p. 83, t. 8. f. 4.

Hab. In warm stream, road to Roseau Lake (2500 ft.),
Dominica. No. 1177.—In stream, Wotten Waven, Dominica.
No. 1248.

*69. G. OLIVACEUM, Kuetz. l. c. p. 85, t. 7. ff. 18, 15.
Hab. In small stream, Roseau Valley, Dominica. No. 1170.

70. G. TENELLUM, Kuetz.; W. Sm. Brit. Diat. i. p. 80, t. 29.
f. 243.

Hab. In stream, Wotten Waven, Dominica. No. 1249.

Fam. ACHNANTHES.

*71. ACHNANTHES LINEARIS, Grun.—Achnanthidium lineare,
W. Sm. Brit. Diat. ii. p. 81, t. 61. f. 381.

Hab. On banks, Emsol, Roseau, Dominica. No. 986.—In
small stream, Roseau Valley, Dominica. No. 1176.

*72. A. LANCEOLATA, Grun.—Achnanthidium lanceolatum,
Bréb. in Kuetz. Spec. Algar. p. 54.

Hab. Among Nostoc muscorum, Agardh, on sides of road, Fort
Charlotte, St. Vincent. No. 203.— On leaves of trees, Wotten
Waven, Dominica. No. 1210.

Fam. CoccoxErDEx.
#73. CoccoNEIS PEDICULUS, Ehrenb.; Kuetz. Bacill. t. 5. f. ix.1;
W. Sm. Brit. Diat. i. p. 21, t. 3. f. 31.

Hab. Attached to Lyngbya majuscula, Harv., in shallow bays,
Anguilla. No. 20.

FRESHWATER ALGJE OF THE WEST INDIES. 293

Ord. PSEUDO-RAPHIDIER.

Fam. ErITHEMIE.

*74. EPITHEMIA GIBBERULA, Kuetz. Bacill. t. 30. f. 3*; Van
Heurck, Diatom. (Engl. transl.) p. 297, t. 30. f. 825.

Hab. On sides of road, Fort Charlotte, St. Vincent. No. 203.
—In warm stream, road to Roseau Lake (2500 ft.), Dominica.
Nos. 1177 and 1178.—On bank, road to Lake, Dominica.
No. 1222. — Head of Castle Bruce River, Dominica. No. 1484.—
On rocks, Hampstead Valley, Dominica (850 ft.). No. 2171.

75. EUNOTIA GRACILIS, Rabenh. Flor. Europ. Algar. i. p. 72.—
Himantidium gracile, Ehrenb. ; W. Sm. Brit. Diat. ii. p. 14, t. 83.
f. 285.

Hab. On banks, Morne Micotrin, Dominica. No. 1109.—
On roadside, on bank and on trees in woods round Roseau Lake,
Dominica (2700 ft.). Nos. 1160, 1161, and 1164.—On leaves
in warm stream, road to Roseau Lake (2500 ft.), Dominica.
No. 1178.—On rocks, Castle Bruce River, Dominica. No. 1697.
— On rocks, Hampstead Valley, Dominica, No. 2171.

#76. E. PECTINALIS, Rabenh. Flor. Europ. Algar. i. p. 73.—
Himantidium pectinale, Kuetz. Baeill. t. 16. f. 2.

Hab. In warm stream, road to Roseau Lake (2500 DA
Dominica. No. 1177.— Ou ground, crater of Grande Soufrière
(2000-3000 ft.), Dominica. No. 1835.

*77. E. VENERIS, Kuetz. Bacill. p. 40, t. 80. f. 7.—E. incisa,
Greg.

Hab. In warm stream, road to Roseau Lake (2500 ft),
Dominica. Nos. 1177 and 1178.

*78. E. LUNARIS, Grun.—Synedra lunaris, Ehrenb.; W. Sm.
Brit. Diat. i. p. 69, t. 11. f. 82.

Hab. On leaves in warm stream, road to Roseau Lake (2500 ft.),
Dominica. No. 1178.— On ground, crater of Grande Soutriére,
Dominica (2000-3000 ft.). No. 1835.

291 FRESHWATER ALGF OF THE WEST INDIES.

Fam. SYNEDREX.

#79, SYNEDRA PULCHELLA, Kuetz. Bacill. p. 08, t. 29. f. 87.
Hab. In small stream, Roseau Valley, Dominiea. No. 1176.—
In stream, Wotten Waven, Dominica. No. 1249.

#80. S. Raprans, Grun.; Van Heurck, Diatom. (Engl. transl.)
p. 312, t. 10. f. 493.
Hab. In stream, Wotten Waven, Dominica. No. 1249.

Fam. Dratomea.

*81. DENTICULA TENUIS, Kuetz. Bacill. t. 18. f. 8.

Var. INFLATA, Van Heurck, Diatom. (Engl. transl.) p. 352,
t. 11. f. 462.—D. inflata, W. Sm.

Hab. In small stream, Roseau Valley, Dominica. No. 1176.—
Head of Castle Bruce River, Dominica. No. 1484.

Fam. NirzscHirg x.

82. NrirzscuriA DISSIPATA, Grun.; Van Heurck, Diatom.
(Engl. transl.) p. 394, t. 16. f. 525. (? N. minutissima, W. Sm.
Brit. Diat. p. 41, t. 13. £. 107.)

Hab. On leaves in warm stream, road to Roseau Lake,
Dominica (2500 ft.). No. 1178.—On leaves, Wotten Waven,
Dominica. No. 1240.—On ground, crater of Grande Soufricre
(2000-3000 {t.), Dominica. No. 1832.

*83. N. optusa, W. Sm. Brit. Diat. i. p. 39, t. 13. f. 109.

Var. NANA, Grun.; Van Heurck, Diatom. (Engl. transl.)
p. 398, t. 16. f. 539.

Hab. On bank, at roadside, Emsol, near Roseau, Dominica.
No. 983.

84. N. LINEARIS, W. Sm. Brit. Diat. i. p. 39, t. 13. f. 110.

Hab. In small stream, Roseau Valley, Dominica. No. 1176.

Var. TENUIS, Grun.—N. tenuis, JF. Sm.

Hab. On ground, crater of Grande Soufrière (2000-3000 ft.),
Dominica. Nos. 1832 and 1835.

*85. N. communis, Rabenh.; Flor. Europ. Algar. i. p. 159.

Hab. Among Nostoc muscorum, Agardh, on sides of road, Fort
Charlotte, St. Vincent. No. 203.—On bank, at roadside, Emsol,
near Roseau, Dominica. No. 983.

MR. C. B. CLABKE ON CAREX WAHLENBERGIANA. 295

Ord. CRYPTO-RAPHIDIES.

Fam. MELosIREX.

#86. MELOSIRA VARIANS, Agardh; W. Sm. Brit. Diat. ii. p. 57,
t. 51. f. 332.

Hab. In warm stream, road to Roseau Lake (2500 ft.),
Dominica. No. 1177.

Fam. BrpDULPHIEX.

#87. TERPSINOË musica, Ehrenb., Van Heurck, Diatom.
(Engl. transl.) p. 452, cum fig. xylogr. 176.

Hab. In cold and warm streams, road to Roseau Lake
(2500 ft.), Dominica: very abundant. Nos. 1176 and 1177.

This species is highly interesting as most of the genera of this
family are notably marine.

On Carex Wahlenbergiana, Boott.
By C. B. CıÄrke, F.R.S., F.L.S.

[Read 6th April, 1899.]

1. Carex WAHLENBERGIANA, Boott, Carex, ii. (1860) p. 101,
t. 301.—Foliorum pagina superior, levis, 19-costata; costi
valide, leves striis paucis tenuibus interjectis. Panicula 8-6 dm.
longa, 5-10 em. lata; panicule partiales inferiores oblonge, nec
pyramidales ; spice densiuscule site, nec congesta, ferrugineo-
brunes, rarius pallide brunew subviridescentes (var. pallida,
Boott MS.) Glume unicolores, brunex, striis numerosis ob-
scuris, glabri in carinä leves (cf. var. 5) vel apicem versus paullo
scabre. Utrieulus (rostro incluso) 4 mm. longus, ellipsoideo-
lanceolatus, rectus rarius paullo curvatus, plano-convexus, in
facie planä 5-7-striatus, convexä 9-ll-striatus, in marginibus
(sepe usque ad basin fere) minute scaber, glaber (cf. var. 6) in
rostrum sensim attenuatus, luteo-brunescens, unicolor ; rostrum
cum 2 parte utrieuli subequilongum, latiusculum, leve, dentibus
2 majusculis, lanceolatis, paullo seabris subpatulis. Nux ot-
longo-obovoidea, acute triquetra fere sessilis.— Boeck. in Linnea,
xl. (1876) p. 357 partim, ?. e, nucis deser. emend. et Boott t. 304
excl.; Daker! Fl. Maurit. p. 427.

296 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON CAREX WAHLENBERGIANA.

Carex indica, Wahlenb. in Kongl. Vet. Acad. Stockh. xxiv.
(1803) p. 149; Schkuhr, Rieder. ii. (1806) p. 40, t. Qqqq.
fig. 206; Kunth, Enum. ii. p. 509 partim ; non Linn.

C. Commersoniana, A. Rich. MS. e Spach! (exemplum in herb.
Boott propr. a Spach communicatum).

Hab. in Bourbon: Boivin n. ß 994 in herb. Boott propr.
[Boott t. 301 = Wahlenbergiana type]; Boivin n. 10 ex parte;
Boivin n. 9 (var. e. pallida, Boott MS.! In Mauritius: Telfair
(in herb. Hook. propr.).

C. WAHLENBERGIANA, varr. f, y, e, Boott! Cares, ii. (1860)
p. 101, tt. 302, 303, 305.— Spies magis fasciculate, suberecte.
Glumæ fæmineæ in dorso superiore ob pilos minutos albos
erectos scabre. Utriculus in parte superiore vel fere usque ad
basin pilose.

C. erinigera, var. B. minor, Boott! Carex, ii. (1860) p. 102,
t. 309.

C. ramosa, Boeck. in Linnin, xl. (1876) p. 359 partim.

Hab. in Bourbon: Richard, in herb. Boott propr. a Spach
communicata [= Boott t. 302]; Commerson, in herb. Boott propr.
a Spach communicata [= Boott t. 303]; Bayley Balfour (in herb.
Kew). In Mauritius: Gardner, in herb, Kew, a manu Boottii
“ C. Boryana, Schk. ?” inscripta.

It does not seem possible to draw a line between the C.
Wahlenbergiana a (with glabrous glumes and utricles) and its
varr. /3, y, Boott (with seabrous-pilose glumes and utricles). It
can be seen by the plates that C. cornigera B. minor, t. 309, does
not differ at all from C. Wahlenbergiana, varr. 3, y, Boott tt. 302,
303; the plants were all from one locality, and might well be
one collection.

Taking the species as widely as this, it becomes the more
difficult to separate it from many others, especially from the
Himalayan C. condensata, Nees: in this the spikelets are rather
smaller, the inflorescence denser, less interrupted, and the leaves
do not match under the microscope; but I cannot state any
difference whatever in the female glumes and utricles. As to
the South-east African C. condensata (C. B. Clarke in Dyer, Fl.
Cap. vii. p. 305), it is nearer the Himalayan C. condensata than
it is to C. Wahlenbergiana ; it probably should be esteemed a
distinct species, unless a large reduction should be made (as is
quite feasible) in this group of Carez.

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON CAREX WANLENBERGIANA. 297

Boeckeler's description of the lonz-stalked nut applies to the
next species.

2. Carex STEUDNERT, Boeck.! in Linnea, xl. (1876) p. 361.—
Utriculi 7-8 mm. longi, lineari-lanceolati, trigoni, pilosi. Nux
lineari-oblonga, in stipite lineari conspicue sustenta.

Carex Wahlenbergiana, var. 6, Boott! Carex, ii. (1860) p. LOL,
t. 304; Boeck. in Linnea, xl. (1876) p. 857 partim.

Hab. in Abyssinia: Tigré, Schimper, n. 1559 (in hb. Kew);
Mt. Silhe alt. 3000 metr., Schimper n. 545 (in herb. Boott).

This species is very strongly characterized by the long narrow
utricle, and differs much from C. Wahlenbergiana in habit and
in minor characters, as is well shown by the figures of Boott and
the description of Boeckeler.

3. Carex RENSCHIANA, Boeck.! in Engl. Jahrb. v. (1884)
p. 515. —Folia angusta, in paginà superiore 7—1l-striata, levia
vel in costä media leviter scabra. Inflorescentia 3-5 dm. longa,
5 em. lata; panicule partiales inferiores, oblonge nee pyrami-
dales; spice laxiuscule sitze castaneo-rubre. Glume unicolores,
bruneo-rubre aut castanex, glabra, leves. Utriculus (rostro
incluso) 3-4 mm. longo, ellipsoideus, trigonus, in rostrum subito
angustatus ibique valide curvatus, plano-convexus, in facie plana
3-5-nervis, convexà 5-7-nervis (striis imperfectis interjectis),
levis, glaber, viridis sanguineo-maculatus ; rostrum cum utriculo
proprio fere equilongum, leve, lineare, apice breviter 2-dentatum.
Nux oblongo-obovoidea, trigona, pro utriculo magna, sessilis.

Hab. in Central Madagascar: Ost-Imerina, Andrangvloaka ;
Hildebrandt, nn. 3746, 3752.

4. CAREX H.EMATOSACCUS, sp. nova. Folia 19-27-costata,
levia vel juniora sparsim microscopice pilosa; coste valid, ap-
proximate. Utriculus (rostro incluso) 3-4 mm. longus, trigonus,
ellipsoideo-lanceolatus, rectus ; rostrum cum 42 parte utriculi
subequilongum, lineari-conicum, minute scabrum aut scabro-
hispidulum, dentibus 2 majusculis lanceolatis; ceteroquin ut
C. Renschiana, Boeck.

Carex Wahlenbergiana, Boott MS. in herb. propr. et in herb.
Kew.

Hab. in Madagascar: between Tamatave and Antananarivo, alt.
1250 metr. (Mbatomanga), Meller (in herbb. Boott propr., Kew,

298 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON CAREX WAHLENBERGIANA.

a manu Boottii * C. Wahlenbergiana”’ inscripta) ; Central Mada-
gascar, Baron n. 1085 (a J. G. Baker, “ C. bengalensis, Roxb.”
inscripta); Ivophinsornitra, Major n. 89.

This may be arranged as a var. of Carex Renschiana, Boeck. ;
the straight, much shorter beaks of the utricles give it a different
aspect.

5. CAREX RAMOSA, Schkuhr, Riedgr. ii. (1806) p. 40, t. Pppp.
fir. 204.—Panicula magna, polystachya, ferrugineo-brunea ;
panieule partiales composite, subpyramidate, laxe. Glume
utriculi densius pilosuli; ceteroquin ut Carex Wahlenbergiana,
Boott var. 6.—Kunth, Enum. ii. p. 507 partim (i. e. plants
mascarenice); Boeck. in Linnea, xl. (1876) p. 359 | Boott tab.
309 excl.]; Baker, Fl. Maurit. p. 427 ; non Boott, t. 322.

C. crinigera, Boott, Carex, ii. (1860) p. 102, tt. 306-308.

Hab. in Bourbon, Richard, n. 7 in herb. Boott, (i. e. C. erini-
gera, Boott, tt. 306-308]; Mauritius, Bojer (in herb. Kew), Du
Petit Thouars (in herb. Boott, utriculi).

Boeckeler is right, I think, in regarding C. erinigera, Boott
type as exactly = C. ramosa, Schkuhr. But the line between this
and C. Wahlenbergiana varr. B, y, Boott, is very fine.

"6. CAREX CHLOROSACCUS, sp. nova.—Folia 5 mm. lata, levia,
15-striata. Panicula 1-2 dm. longa 3-4 em. lata (in exemplo
Johnstoni magis evoluta); panicule partiales inferiores oblonge,
stricte ; spice approximate, vix congeste, albo-virides. Glume
foemineze’ utrieulis multo breviores, ovate, acute, mucronate,
leves, glabre, in dorso viridi-8-5-nervie, in lateribus albæ.
Utrieulus (rostro incluso) 4-5 mm. longus, ellipsoideo-lanceolatus,
irigonus, unicolor viridis, levis, in facie plana 3-nervis, convexä
5-7-nervis, rectus, apice subito angustatus obliquus ; rostrum
cum 4-3 parte utriculi proprii subequilongum, lineare, leve,
dentibus 2 lanceolatis modicis. Nux anguste obovoidea, trigona,
fere sessilis.

Carex Wahlenbergiana, Boott! in Journ. Linn. Soc., Bot. vii.
(1864) p. 225 ; Engl. Hochgebirgsfl. Trop. Afr. p. 152; K. Schum.
in Engl. Pfl. Ost-Afr. C. (1895) p. 129 partim; C. B. Clarke in
Dur. et Sehinz, Fl. Afr. v. (1895) p. 691 partim. C. ramosa,
K. Schum. in Engl. Pfl. Ost-Afr. C. (1895) p. 129 partim.

Hab. in Fernando Po: Clarence Peak, alt. 2500 metr., G.

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON CAREX WAHLENBERGIANA. 299

Mann, n. 653 in herb. Kew. Kilimanjaro, alt. 2000-3000 metr.,
H. H. Johnston ; Marangu, alt. 2250 metr., Volkens n. 1274.

Boott has gone so far as to inscribe on G. Mann n. 653,
* O. Wahlenbergiana, Boott, t. 301;" but I do not think it is very
near it. Volkens n. 1274 is exceedingly like C. chlorosaccus
type (G. Mann n. 653) ; H.H. Johnston's example is altogether
larger, with a much developed panicle, the partial panicles larger
compound.

I have above attempted to show that Boott had two distinct
species under the name Carex Wahlenbergiana, Boott, when he
founded that species, in his own Herbarium [one of these being
C. Steudneri, Boeck.]; that Boott subsequently named as his
C. Wahlenbergiana, both in his own and in Kew Herbarium,
another (Madagascar) plant which is closely allied to C. Rensch-
iana, Boeck.; that Boott subsequently published [1864] as
Carex Wahlenbergiana a Fernando Po species, which I take to
be conspecific with C. ramosa, K. Schum. (non Schkuhr), from
Kilimanjaro; lastly, that Boott has published part of his C.
Wahlenbergiana var. P over again as a var. of C. erinigera, Boott.

I regret that I am not able to work out this group of Carex—
“the Indice "—for Africa (with Madagascar). There remains,
in the Kew Herbarium, a whole cover of Mascarene examples
referred provisionally to Carex bengalensis, Roxb., to which they
are really allied.

In the case of C. Wahlenbergiana, as of several of his South-
American species, Buott appears to have started with one (or
two nearly allied) forms; but, when subsequently additional
material arrived, to have placed under his original species other
plants which it is not possible to regard as varieties merely of
the typical species. I have had the advantage of the opinion of
Mr. N. E. Brown and Dr. Stapf on this Wahlenbergiana, Boott,
as written up by him in his own and in the Kew Herbarium;
they think there are four (Mr. N. E. Brown says probably five)
species put together.

LINN. JOURN.— BOTANY, VOL. XXXIV. Y

RULES FOR BORROWING BOOKS FROM
THE LIBRARY.
As amended by the Council, 15th March, 1888.

1. No more than Six volumes shall be lent to one person
at the same time without the special leave of the Council
or one of the Secretaries.

2. All books shall be returned before the expiration of
Six weeks from the time of their being taken out, but if not
required by any other Fellow, they may, on application, be
kept for a further period of Six weeks.

3. All books lent shall be regularly entered by the
Librarian in a book appropriated for that purpose.

4. No work forming part of Linnzus’s own Library shall
be lent out of the Library under any circumstances.

Nore.—Certain other works are included in this prohibition,
such as costly illustrated works, and volumes belonging to
sets which could not be replaced if lost.

Tue Revised RuLEs concerning the publication of Papers
have been already made known by circular, but, if required,

additional copies may be had on application.

The new regulations in regard to publications in the Journal

are as follow :—

Papers read from November and before the middle of
January are published on 1st April.

Papers read after the middle of January and before the
end of April are published on 1st July.

Papers read in May and June are published on 1st November.

NOTICE.

— —

Vor. XXVI. is still in course of issue, and the Parts already
published are as follows:—
Vol. XXVI., Nos. 173-177.

[Nos. 178-180 are reserved for the continuation of
Messrs. Forbes and Hemsley's ‘Index Flore Sinensis.’
A further instalment of the MS. has now been received,
and is in the press; the authors hope to complete the
volume at an early date.]

Vol. XXVIL, Nos. 181-188. (Complete.)
Vol. XXVIII., Nos. 189-196. (Complete.)
Vol. XXIX., Nos. 197-204. (Complete.)
Vol. XXX., Nos. 205-211. (Complete.)
Vol. XXXL, Nos. 212-219. (Complete.)
Vol XXXII, Nos. 220-227. (Complete.)
Vol. XXXIII., Nos. 228-234. (Complete.)
Vol. XXXIV., Nos. 235-288.

Attention to this announcement is specially requested,

to prevent application to the Librarian for unpublished Parts.

The new CATALOGUE ofthe LIBRARY may be had on application.
Price to Fellows, 5s. ; to the Publie, 10s.

All communications relating to the general business of the
Society should be, as heretofore, addressed to the ** SECRETARIES,”
but letters on library business only should be addressed to the
“ LIBRARIAN."

JULY 1. ; Price 9s.

THE JOURNAL

OF

THE LINNEAN SOCIBTY.

Vor. XXXIV. & BOTANY. No. 288.

CONTENTS.
Page

I. The Botany of the Ceylon Patanas. By H H. W.
Prarson, B.A., ‘ Frank Smart’ Student of Botany at
Gonville and Caius College, Cambridge. (Communi-
cated by Prof. H. MARSHALL WARD, F.R.S., F.L.S.)
(With Map.)............ ee EE one a he 300

II. On Variation in the Desmidiee, and its Bearings on their
Classification. By G. S. West, B.A., A.R.C.S.,
Scholar of St. John's College, Cambridge. (Commu-
nicated by W. West, F.L.S.) (Plates 8-11.) ...... 366

See Notice on last page of Wrapper.

LONDON:

BOLD AT THE SOCIETY'S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE
PIOCADILLY, W.,

AND BY
LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO.,

AND
WILLIAMS AND NORGATE.

1899.

LINNEAN SOCIETY OF. LONDON.

LIST OF THE OFFICERS AND COUNCIL.
Elected 24th May, 1899.

PRESIDENT.
Albert C. L. G. Günther, M.A., M.D., F.R.S.

VICE-PRESIDENTS.

C. B. Clarke, M.A., F.R.S. A. D. Michael, F.Z.S., F.R.M.8.
Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. G. M. Murray, F.R.S.
TREASURER.

Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A.

SECRETARIES.

B. Daydon Jackson, Esq. | Prof, G. B. Howes, LL.D., F.R.S.
COUNCIL.
€. B. Clarke, M.A., F.R.S. | Prof. G. B. Howes, LL.D., PRS

Francis Darwin, M.B., F.R.S. A. D. Michael, F.Z.S., F.R.M.8.
Prof. J. B. Farmer, M.A. H. W. Monckton, F.G.8.
F. D. Godman, F.R.S. G. M. Murray, F.R.S.
Henry Groves, Esq. A. B. Rendle, M.A., D.Sc.
A.C. L. Q. Günther, M.A., M.D., F.R.S.| Howard Saunders, F.Z.S.
W. Percy Sladen, F.G.S.

Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. | B. Daydon Jackson, Esq.

ASSISTANT SECRETARY.
James Edmund Harting, F.Z S.

LIBRARIAN. CLERK.
A. W. Kappel. A. R. Hammond.

LIBRARY COMMITTERE.

This consists of nine Fellows (three of whom retire annually) and of the four
officers ex officio, in all thirteen members, The former are elected annually
by the Council in June, and serve till the succeeding Anniversary. The
Committee meet at 4 p.m., at intervals during the Session. The Members for
1898-99, in addition to the officers, are :—

E. G. Baker, Esq. A. D. Michael, F.Z.S,
O. B. Clarke, M.A., F.R.S. H. W. Monckton, F.G.S,
Prof. J. B. Farmer, M.A. Howard Saunders, F.Z.S.

Prof. J. Reynolds Green,D.Sc.,F.R.S.! Roland Trimen, F.R.S.
W. B. Hemsley, F.R.S.

Norr.—The Charter and Bye-Laws of the Society, as amended te
the 19th March, 1891, may be had oa application.

l.c
D

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON CAREX WAHLENBERGIANA. 299

Mann, n. 653 in herb. Kew. Kilimanjaro, alt. 2000-3000 metr.
H. H. Johnston; Marangu alt. 2250 metr., Volkens n. 1274.

Boott has gone so far as to inscribe on G. Mann n. 653,
* C. Wahlenbergiana, Boott, t. 01 ;" but I do not think it is very
near it. Volkens n. 1274 is exceedingly like C. chlorosaccus
type (G. Maun n. 653) ; H. H. Johnston's example is altogether
larger, with a much developed panicle, the partial panicles larger
compound.

I have above attempted to show that Boott had two distinct
species under the name Carex Wahlenbergiana, Boott, when he
founded that species, in his own Herbarium [one of these being
C. Steudneri, Boeck.;; that Boott subsequently named as his
C. Wahlenbergiana, both in his own and in Kew Herbarium,
another (Madagascar) plant which is closely allied to C. Rensch-
tana, Boeck.; that Boott subsequently published [1864] as
Carex Wahlenbergiana a Fernando Po species, which I take to
be conspecific with C. ramosa, K. Schum. (non Sehkuhr), from
Kilimanjaro; lastly, that Boott has published part of his C.
Wahlenbergiana var. P over again as a var. of C. erinigera, Boott.

I regret that I am not able to work out this group of Carez—
“the Indice "—for Africa (with Madagascar). There remains,
in the Kew Herbarium, a whole cover of Mascarene examples
referred provisionally to Carex bengalensis, Roxb., in which they
are really allied.

In the case of. C. Wahlenbergiana, as of several of his South-
American species, Boott appears to have started with one (or
two nearly allied) forms; but, when subsequently additional
material arrived, to have placed under his original species other
plants whieh it is not possible to regard as varieties merely of
the typical species. I have had the advantage of the opinion of
Mr. N. E. Brown and Dr. Stapf on this Wahlenbergiana, Boott,
as written up by him in his own and in the Kew Herbarium;
they think there are four (Mr. N. E. Brown says probably five)
species put together.

LINN. JOURN.—BOTANY, VOL. XXXIV. Y

300 MR. H. H. W. PEARSON ON THE

Tue Boranr or THE CEYLON Paranas. By Henry Harold
WELCH PrAnsÓN, B.A., “Frank Smart’ Student of Botany
at Gonville and Caius College, Cambridge. (Communicated
by Prof. H. MARSHALL Warp, F.R.S., F.L.S.)

[Read 20th April, 1899.]
(With Mar.)

CONTENTS.

Page
Introduction ......... soenan a nenen nana a aana a Kananga naen aana nee 300
Topography MM 301
Flora of the Patanas below 4500 ft. (the Uva Patanas) ..................... 303
Flora of the Patanas above 4500 P. 304
The Western Boundary of the Patanas ........... sse 305
The Eastern Boundary of the Patanas ........... ssec 306
Area'of the Patanas MMMMMMMMMENNNMMM 307
Theories to account for the Origin of the Patanas ................ eene 307
Climate of the Patana-area ......................vswaswnnaanunannwwanwa errans 310

Origin of the Patanas the result of combined effects of Climate and
Grass-fires MM 314
General Biological Features of the Flora of the Datanns e. 323
List Of Plants EEMMMMMMMMMMMEM 332
Conclusion ..............wwanewswnzanananwanunnuwanunaanwaniww nanu wnwanani www w naamua. 363

Introduction,

OnsrRvaATrONS upon the Flora of the Patanas of the Ceylon
Mountains, an account of which is contained in this paper, were
made during a visit to Ceylon in the latter half of 1897. The
purpose of these investigations was to ascertain (i) the probable
causes whieh have led to the development of these remarkable
savannah-like expanses in an otherwise forest-covered country ;
and (ii) to what extent the vegetation of the patanas shows
adaptations to the peculiar mcological (1) factors under the
influence of which it has been selected.

Attempts to settle the first question will be found in these
pages. The second problem is at present not fully treated of;
that portion of it, however, which is not here dealt with, and
which involves an anatomical examination of many of the patana-
plants, will receive attention in a paper which will follow this
as soon as possible. Owing to some unaccountable delay in the
transmission of my collections, and to the pressure of other work
since they arrived, these results have already been so long

Pearson

NOTAHO dO AVALVId 'IVHINSXO JHL

. . >
u J” 1 Au )
/
s adi Er
Mp m \ Ge ` us 5-58 3
LX. js E gir Yan p um

Lmw. Soc. Journ. Bor. Vor. XXXIV. Pl. 7.

BOTANY OF THE CEYLON PATANAS. 801

delayed, that it seems desirable to publish the first part now, rather
than wait until the whole is completed.

My stay in the Island was unavoidably limited to a period of
rather less than six months, the greater part of which was during
the prevalence of the S.W. monsoon. 1 was, therefore, unable
to observe the full effeet of the N.E. monsoon upon the patanas,
which was the more unfortunate since this monsoon supplies
the greater part of their annual rainfall, and the period of its
duration is, therefore, that of the greatest vegetative activity of
the district. The collection, of which a list is given at the end
of this paper, is as nearly as possible representative of the plants
which appear on the patanas during the S. W. monsoon and in
the first six weeks of the N.E. monsoon.

Topography.

The patanas are grassy slopes and plains of considerable ex-
tent, occurring in the central mountain-group at all elevations
above 2000 feet. Their main development is to the east of a
high ridge whieh traverses the central plateau of the Island.
The mountains form a group near the centre of the Island,
rising very abruptly from the low country to the east and south
(see Map). The western boundary of the group is formed by
an almost uninterrupted ridge which runs southward from the
neighbourhood of Kandy (2000 ft.) to Adam’s Peak (7420 ft.).
On the western side of this ridge, successive ranges of low
hills extend almost to the coast. From Adam's Peak, the ridge
takes an easterly direction through Kirigalpotta (7831 ft.),
Horton Plains (7000 ft.), and Haputale (4400 ft.), forming the
southern boundary of the plateau. From Haputale the trend
becomes north-easterly to Namunukuli (6680 ft.), and then
northerly to Kohane-Kande (4900 ft.). These ridges, forming
the boundaries of the central plateau on the west, south, and
east, have approximately the form of three sides of a square,
about 50 miles in the side. On the north the hills are low
and scattered (not indicated on the map), and among them are
the main outlets of the streams which unite to form the Maha-
weli-gunga *, which carries to the east coast almost the entire

drainage of the plateau.

* “ Mahaweli-ganga," “the great sand river," a name expressive of the
large amount of detritus which its waters curry.

x2

302 MR. H. H. W. PEARSON ON THE

The loftiest range of the Island runs through the plateau in a
general N.N.W. direction from Kirigalpotta (7531 ft.), through
Totapella (7740 ft.), Pedurutalagala (the highest mountain in
the island, 8296 ft.), and False Peduru (6782 ft.) to the neigh-
bourhood of Kandy, sending out numerous important lateral
spurs. The situation of this range, as will be seen later, is of
supreme importance in determining the climatic conditions
which prevail on either side of it, and which have a very striking
effect upon the vegetation. On the western slopes of this ridge,
from the summit downwards, the land was originally completely
forest-clad. Except at higher elevations this forest has, to a
very large extent, disappeared before the invasion of coffee and
tea plantations; and it is now difficult to realize what the country
was like before the destruction of so much of its forest took
place. Where still standing, the forest consists of small hard-
wooded, slow-glowing trees with small erect coriaceous leaves,
belonging principally to species of Hugenia, Calophyllum, Litsea,
Actinodaphne, Gordonia, Eleocarpus, Symplocos (2), ete., with a
dense shrubby undergrowth of Strobilanthes, dwarf Bamboos,
Begonias, ete.

Very different, however, is the aspect of the country on the
eastern side of the ridge. The descent is not so steep, nor are
the valleys so deep as on the western side. On this side of the
ridge, a forest of the western type is found only upon the lateral
spurs which extend for some distance in an easterly direction ;
in the valleys between them and on the lower undulating plains
beyond, for a distance of 25 miles, there is a striking abseuce of
forest growth, and the country presents all the characters of a
savannah. This expanse—known as the “ Uva Patana-lands ” *—
terminates in the south in the sharp ridge of Haputale (4400 ft.) ;
while from near its eastern boundary rises the forest-covered mass
of Namunukuli (6680 ft.). This district comprises by far the
larger area of the patana-lands, and in it the observations re-
corded here were made. Minor developments of the same type
of vegetation are found in other parts of the mountain-system ;
and, although a few of these were examined, the results are not
mentioned, except in so far as may be necessary for comparison
with the larger and more typical area.

* Deng, for the most part, in the province of Uva.

BOTANY OF THE CEYLON PATANAS. 303

Flora of the Uva Patanas.

The Uva Patana country is an undulating plain rising from
2000 feet in the east to 4500 feet in the west and south.
Although, as will be seen later, this area receives no incon-
siderable rainfall, ib is nevertheless for the greater portion of
the year dry and parched. The flora is poor, its main consti-
tuents being several species of coarse wiry grasses, belonging
principally to the genera Panicum, Paspalum, Sporobolus, Aris-
tida, Chloris, Andropogon, Imperata, etc., species of which are
characteristic of Savannahs (3)* and Pampas (4) in other parts
of the world. The tree-vegetation of the Uva patanas is almost
entirely represented by comparatively few individuals belonging
to two species— Careya arborea, Roxb., and PAyllanthus Emblica,
Linn. The first is a small umbrella-shaped Myrtaceous tree, with
thiek glabrous leaves, bearing considerable resemblance to an

oak; this tree is so characteristic of the patanas be-
tween 3000 feet and 4500 feet, that it is usually known as the
“ Patana Oak." The second is especially characteristic of the
patanas at and below 3000 feet ; its leaves are deciduous during
the dry season (5). These two species occur together in abund-
ance on the so-called * Talawa-patanas "Tt at about 3000 feet,
giving to the country an orchard-like appearanee (6). In situa-
tions which are favourable to the accumulation of soil, which, as
will be seen, is practically absent over a great part of the area,
numerous small arborescent species have established themselves.
These are species which, for the most part, are characteristic of
the dry-country forest to the east (v. infra): e. g., Lasiosiphon erio-
cephalus, Dodonea viscosa, Myrsine capitellata, Jasminum an-
gustifolium, Glochidion montanum, Breynia patens, ete. Others,
however, are equally characteristic of the wet-country forest to the
west: viz., Heptapleurum stellatum, Canthium sp., Microglossa
zeylanica, Embelia viridiflora, Glochidion sp., Osbeckia sp., ete.
Others, again, form a more marked feature of the patanas them-
selves: these include Knoxia platycarpa, Vernonia Wightiana,

* Junghuhn states that in Java and Sumatra the destruction of the forests
has been followed by the appearance of savannahs whose vegetation consists
almost entirely of the grass Imperata arundinacea (“ Alang”) and a few
scattered trees of Phyllanthus Emblica: vide Grisebach, ‘La Vegetation du
Monde’ (French trans. by Tehihatehef), Paris, 1876, vol. ii. p. 56.

T i.e. “ tree-patanas.”

204 MR. H. H. W. PEARSON ON THE

Atylosia Candollei, Osyris arborea, Woodfordia floribunda, ete.
Among the smaller plants which are widely represented on the
patanas below 4500 feet, are several species of Leguminose,
Composite, Labiate, and a few Cyperacew.

Flora of the Patanas above 4500 feet.

On the south, the Uva patanas abut against the wet-zone forest
at about 4500 feet. On the south-west and west, however, wide
and extensive tongues of patana-vegetation protrude into the
forest on the eastern slopes of the central ridge, and even in
places eross the summit of the ridge: thus, extensive patanas are
found on Horton Plains (7000 ft.) on the eastern slopes ot
Totapella, up the Hakgala valley, and across the ridge as far as
Nuwara Eliya. These localities enjoy a heavy and continuous
rainfall, and here a patana-vegetation flourishes upon a soil
which is rich in humus. Here, as on the Uva patanas, the
Graminezs constitute the bulk of the flora, and belong, for the
most part, to the same genera as in that region ; their growth
is, however, more luxuriant. They have a marked tufted habit”,
which on the slopes is often so pronounced as to render walking
difficult ; above 6000 feet, however, they grow much more cum-
pactly and form a coarse turf. Species of Cyperaces and Erio-
eaulonacez are very abundant above 5000 feet, being especially
characteristic of swampy places. The arborescent flora is re-
presented by a single species, Rhododendron arboreum, Sm., var.
nilagiricum ; this tree has a dwarfed and gnarled habit, especially
at lower elevations, where it is exposed to the blighting effect of
the S.W. gales: this habit was also noticed by Schimper in the
case of trees growing in an exposed situation on Pedurutala-
gala (7). On Horton Plains, where this species is very abundant,
the growth is more luxuriant; in this locality the branches
support long trailing masses of Usnea barbata. Above 5000 feet,
the composition of the flora changes considerably and becomes
almost temperate, and includes species of such characteristic
tcmperate and subalpine genera as Anemone, Thalictrum, Ra-
nunculus, Berberis, Hypericum, Rubus, Potentilla, Alchemilla,
Agrimonia, Valeriana, Dipsacus, Campanula, Gentiana, ete.
Many of the Uva shrubs are as well or even better represented

* The grasses of the Campos have a similar habit; Warming (1),

p. 263,

BOTANY OF THE CEYLON PATANAS. 305

here than at lower elevations: e. g., Knoxia platycarpa, Vernonia
Wightiana, Atylosia Candollei, Osbeckia sp., ete. Other shrubs
which hardly occur below 5000 fect are Hedyotis Lawsonie,
Hypericum mysorense, Blumea sp., Rubus sp., ete. Several
species of ground Orchids are almost confiued to elevations
above 5000 feet; and hardly less so are two or three species of
Exacum, whose bright blue flowers are the chief ornament of
the patanas above 5000 feet; while species of Wahlenbergia,
Crotalaria, Cassia, and Anaphalis have a wider range.

The Western Boundary of the Patanas.

Where the patanas come into contact with the western forest,
the boundary lines are remarkably sharp and abrupt, though
quite irregular and in no way related to any physical features
of the land. The ordinary forest-growth is found within 3 to
6 feet of the normal patana-vegetation, only a very narrow
belt intervening. The plants composing this intermediate belt
consist principally of stunted forest-trees and such of the forest
undershrubs as are fouud also on the patanas, as well as other
shrubby species which are more particularly characteristie of the
patanas; with these are mingled comparatively few of the
coarser patana-grasses, conspicuous among which is the tall
aromatic “ Mana "-grass (Andropogon Nardus). | Occasionally
the belt is alinost entirely composed of a single shrubby species,
such as Hedyotis Lawsonie or Knoxia platycarpa. The forest-
edge thus presents a sloping-wall of foliage which rises abruptly
from the low grassy vegetation of the patanas to the height of
the forest-trees.

The first impression gained from an examination of the flora
of this narrow intervening belt, is that the causes which have
determined its composition are artificial rather than natural. It
differs markedly in its constitution from the intermediate flora
found between the American prairies and the adjoining forest,
which, if Macmillan’s view of the latter is correct (8), consists
of “species weaker than the characteristic plants of either
formation.” He states that, in the struggle tor existence, the
weaker species of the prairie and the forest respectively are
crowded to the common periphery of the two formations, and
there mingle, thus constituting a flora intermediate between the
two which it separates.

306 MR. H. H. W. PEARSON ON THE

The constituents of the narrow belt separating the forest from
the patana are, however, far from being the weaker species of
either formation, whether they are considered numerically or
from the point of view of adaptation ; they are hardy perennials,
for the most part shrubby or arborescent, whose characters in no
way suggest that they have been crowded out from either flora
by natural eauses. The primary factor in their selection has
undoubtedly been the reenrrent grass-fires which periodically
lay waste the patana-areas, and to whieh further reference wil.
be made.

Small areas of forest, still conneeted by forest-growth with
the main development, or even completely isolated from it, extend
into the patanas: an isolated patch of forest frequently clothes
the erown of a hill whose slopes are occupied by patana. And
similarly, though perhaps less commonly, isolated patches of
patana whose area may vary from a few hundred square yards
to several acres are found completely surrounded by forest.

The Eastern Boundary of the Patanas.

In the cast, the patanas pass gradually into an open park-like
forest consisting of low xerophytie trees and an undergrowth of
grass*. This change occurs on either side of Madulsima ridge.
The features of the Ceylon “ Park-eountry " forest are thus
described (9): * This is a type of forest found at the foot of the
Himalayas, having grass as undergrowth instead of dense brush-
wood as in other forests of the Island. The flora of these forests
is strikingly similar to that of the sub-Himalayan forest, some of
the species being rarely found elsewhere in the Island. Such are
Anogeissus latifolia, Diospyros melanoxylon, Terminalia Chebula,
and Pterocarpus Marsupium....Their associates are also essen-
tially Indian species, such as Terminalia Bellerica, Phyllanthus
Emblica, Careya arborea ; while the most common Phyllanthus is
very like the Glochidion velutinum found in the sub-Himalayan
forests.”

The grasses constituting the undergrowth are principally
Anthistiria arguens, Andropogon filipendulus, A. caricosus,
A. serratus, Ophiurus perforatus, Aristida sp., and Chrysopogon
teneantha (?) (10).

* Such a forest has been termed “ Savannenwald " by Schimper, * Pflanzen
Geographie,’ p. 282.

BOTANY OF THE CEYLON PATANAS. . 307

Area of the Patanas.

The area of the patanas is not known with any degree of
accuracy. Tennent almost certainly exaggerates when he says
“the extent of this patana-land is enormous in Ceylon, amount-
ing to millions of acres ” (11). The area of the district under
consideration may be taken roughly as 300 square miles.

Theories to account for the Origin of the Patanas.

The existence of extensive, comparatively barren, patana-areas
in the midst of the luxuriant sub-tropical growth of the montane
region, and, more particularly, the manner in whieh they abut
upon the boundaries of the western forests, have attracted the
attention of many observers. To account for the existence in
such close proximity of two floras so widely different, three
theories have been advanced.

(1.) Trimen’s Theory.

Trimen, in the paper referred to (12), does not attempt a
general explanation of the causes which have been active in
the selection of the forms which now compose the flora of the
patanas. He gives, however, his opinion respecting the main-
tenance of a definite line of separation between the western
boundary of the patanas and the forest. He says that “in the
course of vast ages a perfect equilibrium between the two floras
(i.e. patana and forest) has been arrived at, so that now, neither
ean encroach on the other: the patana-plants are unable to
exist in the dense shady forest, whilst the seeds of the forest-
trees never get a chance even of germination in tne closely-
occupied grass-land. So far as ean be observed, this balance is
now maintained without change.’ It must, however, be im-
possible that a line of separation such as is here indicated, not
only definite but also fixed, could be maintained in nature, unless
it were determined by some sharp physical barrier, impassable to
the plants on either side of it. That such a barrier is wanting
here is obvious to anyone who follows the forest-edge for a short
distance. But, apart from this theoretical consideration, it is by
no means difficult to find seedlings of forest-trees establishing
themselves among the patana-grasses ; and, further, not a few
of the characteristic patana shrubs and herbs are commonly
found in the dense shady forest. The experience of foresters

308 MR. H. H. W. PEARSON ON THE

and planters shows that where the patanas in the vieinity of the
western forest are protected from grass-fires, the forest slowly
establishes itself upon the patana; and it isa well-known fact
that, unless these fires are prevented, the patana encroaches
upon the forest. We must then conclude that the balance
between the two floras is not “now maintained without change” `
as Trimen believed, though such change as does take place is,
for reasons which will be indicated later, so gradual that it may
be easily overlooked.

Gi.) Abbay's Theory.

Abbay, in a letter to * Nature’ (13), gives the results of his
examination of a small area of patana in the valley leading from
Pussellawa to Rambodde, situated about 6 miles N. W. of Nuwara
Eliya, and on the western side of the central range. He finds
there an outcropping band of “ halt-formed quartzite” which
disintegrates into “little else than a quartz-sand impregnated
with iron, and entirely incapable of supporting the usual forest-
vegetation with which the district, except in this particular spot,
abounds.” And to this alone he attributes the development of
patana-vegetation on the lower slopes of the valley. He further
states that he was * informed that the same quartzite formation
occurs in the Uva patana district ; " and he, therefore, believes it
probable that all the other patanas, especially the larger ones,
“owe their origin to the eropping out of this quartzite band."
There is no further evidence to hand with regard to the structure
of the Pussellawa and Rambodde valley, and presumably Abbay's
account of it is correct; but whether he is justified in attributing
the presence of a patana-flora on the lower slopes of the valley
to its geological structure alone, is perhaps open to question. He
is certainly incorrect in assuming that the same geological
structure in Uva will also explain the existence of the patanas
over a large part of that province. The occurrence of
quartzite on the Uva patanas was denied by Heelis (14), who
makes the comprehensive statement that “in the Uva patana
district the rock is limestone,” a generalization which is, how-
ever, far from being correct. There is in Uva a small local
development of limestone only, but over by far the greater
part of the patana-area the underlying rock is gneiss, whose
decomposition - products do not materially differ from those

BOTANY OF THE CEYLON PATANAS, 309

formed in districts covered by a luxuriant montane forest;
except in so far as the decomposition of the hard rock may
proceed more quiekly under the moister conditions which the
presence of forest-growth implies. Examination of specimens of
soil, subsoil, and bed-rock from various parts of the Uva pataua-
district have yielded no suggestion of the presence of a quartzite-
formation $, Therefore, although the outcropping of the band
of quartzite may be, to some extent at least, responsible for the
occurrence of patana where it was observed by Abbay, this solu-
tion of the diffieulty will not hold generally, and is certainly not
a true one for the great patana-area of Uva.

(iii.) The Grass-fire Theory.

Reference has already been made to the grass-fires which
appear periodieally on the patanas, and their importance will
now be considered. The patana-grasses are very coarse and
wiry, and in their adult condition are unpalatable to cattle,
numerous herds of which graze in the district. It has therefore
been the graziers' custom, probably from time immemorial—and,
in spite of government regulations against it, is so still—to set
fire to the grass at least annually, before the bursting of the
N.E. monsoon, in order to provide a young fresh growth during
the monsoon rains, upon which the cattle will feed. Early in
October these fires can be seen blazing in all directions ; they
often burn continuously for several days, temporarily reducing
the country to a blackened waste which extends up to the
very edge of the forest, where shrivelled leaves and charred
trunks bear testimony against the maintenance of a permanent
forest-boundary. And, although the effect of a single fire is
undoubtedly small, it is very evident that the eumulative effect
of such fires during a succession of years must be to materially
extend the boundaries of the patanas at the expense of the
forest.

That similar fires in other parts of the world cause the replace-
ment of forest-vegetation by a herbaceous and low shrubby
formation is so well-known that it need not be insisted upon
here. Grisebach (15) has described it in India, Junghuhn (16)

* T am indebted to my friend Mr. H. Stanley Jevons, F.G.S., for kindly
examining the geological specimens referred to.

310 MR. H. H. W. PEARSON ON THE

in Java and Sumatra, Johnston (17) in Central Africa, Bryce (18)
in S. Afriea, Humboldt (19) and Belt (20) on the Savannahs of
S. America and Nicaragua, and Warming (21) on the Brazilian
Campos.

The experienee of the Ceylon foresters, stated in the Annual
Reports of Forest-conservancy, confirms the opinion that the
constant occurrence of the patana-fires is gradually extending the
area of the patanas in a westerly direction into that previously
covered by forest. With regard, however, to the origin of the
patanas as a whole. the case is not so clear; there is a total
absence of local tradition relating to a time when the main area
of the Uva patanas was in any marked way different from what
it is now, and direct evidence of any kind relating to past
changes is not forthcoming. There is, however, very strong
reason for believing tbat the combined effects of the peculiar
climatie conditions of the region and the recurrence of grass-
fires have caused the disappearanee of a savannah-forest from
the area lying between 2000 feet and 4500 feet which is now
covered by patana-vegetation.

Before considering this question in further detail, a brief
general account of the elimate of Uva must be given.

Climate.

The distribution of rainfall over the central plateau of the
Island is determined by the central range of hills, which, as has
been pointed out above, runs in a general N.N. W. direction from
Kirigalpotta through the plateau for about 40 miles. The pre-
vailing winds during the two monsoons thus cross the ridge
transversely.

The S. W. monsoon commences early in April, and the wind
increases in force and constancy until the middle of May, when
the heavier rains of the monsoon commence, and continue until
the middle of August; the S. W. wind ceases about the end of
September. During this monsoon, the south-western and most
fertile part of the Island receives more than one-third of its total
rainfall. The S.W. wind, having deposited the greater portion
of its available moisture on the western slopes and summits of the
central ridge, passes over the lower country to the east as a hot,
dry, and often violent wind, still however carrying suthicient
moisture to render fertile the summits of Namunukuli and other

U
BOTANY OF THE CEYLON PATANAS. 311

eastern hills which are sufficiently high to cool it below its
saturation-point. Upon these hills is found a forest-vegetation
of the same type as that which characterizes that zone of the
western hills which lies between 4000 feet and 600) feet; and
these developments of the western forest are isolated in a
country which is almost uniformly covered with patana or park
vegetation. The climatic conditions of Uva, during the S.W.
monsoon, are thus Continental rather than Insular, and compare
remarkably with those of the much larger area of the Brazilian
Campos. Here the Trade-winds, striking against the coast-
ranges of S. Brazil, lose so much of their moisture that they pass
over the lower country to the west as dry, hot winds, depositing
no more moisture until they strike against the slopes of the
Andes, which bear a forest of the same type as is found upon the
coast-ranges in the east. The comparatively low intermediate
country is covered with savannah-vegetation (22).

The rain-value of the S. W. monsoon decreases in an easterly
direction from the central ridge, as is shown in the following
table compiled from the returns of the Ceylon Meteorological
Office and the Public Works Department. The table gives the
amount of rain in inches and the number of rainy days, respec-
tively, during the periods of the S.W. and N.E. monsoons.

S.W. N.E.
Eleva- Monsoon. Monsoon.
Station, e Situation. m | e

tion. | A
< | p. ... |Average of
Rain- | Rainy, Rain- | Rainy 5

fall. | days. | fall. | days.

Nuwara Eliya...|6240ft..

|
1 mile W. of d 609 | 117 |3928| 85 |26,% years.
|

Central ridge.

Central ridge. )

Bandarawela ...|380ft .

18 miles S.E. gd 248 | 51 | 4081| 76 | 25

Hakgala,

15 miles N.E. of
Bandarawela. .

18 miles E. of 2509 | 30
Hakgala.

Hakgala ......... 958188. { “GAN ri l| 385 | 102 | 5205| 100 | 133

Badulla ......... 2225ft. 5746| "1 | 21 »

312 . MR. H. H. W. PEARSON ON THE

Of these stations, Bandarawela has the smallest rainfall, and
Badulla the fewest rainy days during the S. W. monsoon. But in
neither case can the rain'all be taken as typical of that of the Uva
patanas ; for Bandarawela is less than 5 miles from the southern
boundary of the plateau, and the Badulla rainfall is influenced
by the proximity of Namunukuli. Unfortunately, however, no
data exist for any station more centrally situated, and whose
climate is therefore typical for the greater part of the Uva
patana region; but, from the appearance of the country and the
experience of those who know it, we shall be justified in con-
cluding that the precipitation at such a station as Attampitiya
or Wilson's Bungalow, during the S. W. monsoon, is less than at
Bandarawela or Badulla.

With this qualifieation, let us consider the Badulla statistics.
From these it appears that 25:09 inches of rain fall in 30 days
during the S.W. monsoon, i. e., from the beginning of April to
the end of September. February and March are dry months all
over the Island; and we may therefore consider that at Badulla
there are only 30 rainy days in eight months, viz. from the
beginning of February to the end of September, and in these
30 days the rainfall is 25 inches. This rainfall, which is heavy
while it lasts, falls upon an undulating country whose surface-
drainage is good, and upon a surface naturally hard and pene-
trable only with difficulty ; and the 30 rainy days are irregularly
distributed over 6 months, during which the country is parched
up under a tropical sun and a usually unclouded sky. The Uva
patana-distriet is therefore a region which has a prolonged,
though not severe, dry season during the prevalence of the S.W.
monsoon.

The North-east monsoon, from which the greater part of the
Island, including the eastern slopes of the mountains, receives the
larger proportion of its rainfall, sets in a few days after the S.W.
wind has eeased, usually about the middle of October. The
period of this monsoon is a short one, as it coases about the
middle of January; the interval between this and the commence-
ment of the S.W. monsoon—the latter half of January, February,
and March—is a dry period during which hardly any rain falls in
any part of the Island.

The rains during this monsoon are very violent in the Uva
district, aud as the water drains away it carries with it all the

BOTANY OF THE CEXLON PATANAS. 313

finer loose surface-débris, except such as is retained by the roots
of the grasses and other soil-binding plants, which on the drier
patanas is very little. This is particularly noticeable at Banda-
rawela, where the sides of the hills are bare of soil and support
only a few deep-rooted plants on their stony surface: on the
tops of the hills, where the surface is flat or slightly hollow,
accumulation of soil does occur to some slight extent. The
surface-drainage of the Uva patanas during the torrents of rain
which fall at the beginning of the N.E. monsoon is a very
remarkable sight: the streams which run off the slopes being
loaded with fine débris * which makes no small contribution to
the sandy character of the Mahaweli-ganga.

This monsoon, which constitutes the rainy season of the
eastern slopes of the plateau, coincides with the period of the
vegetative activity of the Uva patanas.

We have, then, in the Uva patanas a district, the greater part
of which suffers a dry season of eight months’ duration, modified
only by about one month’s rain which falls during the latter six
of those months. During this period a constant and drying
S.W. wind blows over the area and, the sky being usually
unclouded, the surface of the ground is subjected to a severe
baking by the rays of a tropical sun f. The rain which falls
during the S.W. monsoon is distributed over a few days, and falls
so rapidly that but little of it is absorbed by the ground; and
this is even more strikingly the case with the very heavy
rains of the N.E. monsoon, which remove such fine loose matter
as is formed and render the accumulation of soil and humus
impossible.

On the more elevated patanas to the west, the conditions are

* Vincent, Report on Conservation of Ceylon Forests; Colombo, 1883,
p.72, $114. Vincent here makes a statement with which it is impossible to
reconcile the above account of erosion on the Uva slopes, which is, however, the
result of personal observation. Cf. also Tennent, ‘ Ceylon,’ p. 25.

t In some rough determinations of soil-temperature obtained by placing
the bulb of a thermometer at a depth of 4 inches in the soil, the following
results were obtained :—

Wilson's Bungalow ... 85° F. Oct. 18, 1897, at 12.15 r.m.

Bandarawela ............ 790 F. » 80, , maximum,
Haputale.................. 805 F. Nov. 2, , "
Passara .................. 80? F. Aug.14, „ at 3.45 ru.

Madulsima Ridge ...... 90° F. » 15, , atl11.90A.x.

314 MR. H. H. W. PEARSON ON THE

very different. As will be seen later, the rainfall above 5000 feet
is comparatively large and uniformly distributed throughout the
year. The air is always highly charged with moisture, and
above 5000 feet dense fogs are very frequent and lasting *.
Occasionally, at 6000 feet and upwards, the temperature sinks
below 0° C., and a little hoar-frost is formed on the grass before
sunrise.

Under these conditions, soil and humus accumulate to con-
siderable depths at the tops of the hills and in the valleys, and to a
less extent upon the slopes. In hollows from which the drainage
does not readily eseape, swamps are produced in which a con-
siderable formation of humus, formed chiefly of the parts of
species of Sphagnum, Eriocaulon, Cyperacex, and Graminex, may
accumulate.

The term “ patana,” then, includes two very different forma-
tions, which can be almost separated by the 4500-feet line.
Below this elevation we have a dry area, whose climatic conditions
are comparable to those of an American savannah ; above 4500
feet the climate and the soil alike have considerable resemblances
to those of a European moor which in favourable localities
becomes marshy.

Origin of the Patanas.

The arguments in favour of attributing the origin of the
patanas to the combined effects of the climate and the periodic
grass-fires must now be considered,

lf we imagine the patana-fires, and other causes which may
be active in extending the patanas westwards to cease, and
a consequent re-afforestation of the western patanas to com-
mence—and experience shows that it does commence under
such circumstances—the new forest-growth would reach in time
an eastern limit, below and beyond which it would not extend.
As the forest advanced it would increase the precipitation of

* During three days (Aug. 9, 10, & 11) spent on Horton Plains (7000 feet),
the atmosphere was not clear for half an hour, and for the greater part of the
time we were enveloped in a dense mist, This is a common experience of
visitors to Horton Plains.

Nuwara Eliya (6200 feet), so well known as a Sanatorium, is as constantly
saturated with dense fogs as with its notoriously heavy rains. A well-
known writer speaks of “the endless procession of grey clouds out of doors,
as they come rolling down from the gloomy black forests on the dingy dank
moor (i.e. patana), and the shuddering surface of the icy lake” (Haeckel,

“A Visit to Ceylon,’ trans. by Clara Bell, London, 1883, p. 289).

BOTANY OF THE CEYLON PATANAS. 815

rain, and would thus be enabled to descend the eastern slopes ;
but it would undoubtedly at length reach a limit beyond which
the rainy portion of the period of the S.W. monsoon would
be too short for the maintenance of a forest of the western
type.

On the eastern boundary of the patana-region, at elevations
not exceeding 4000 feet, there 1s a savannah-forest of which a
description has already been given (vide p. 306). This forest
flourishes in a climate which is almost identical with that enjoyed
by the drier parts of the Uva patana-distriet. The peculiar
feature of this savaunah-forest, as has been pointed out, is that
there is a total absence of shrubby undergrowth, and in place of
it a growth of coarse grasses. We have only to imagine a suffi-
cient depth of soil on the patanas, and it is then easy to see that
such a forest might have flourished all over the now barren
grassy plains of Uva. This is supported by the fact that in some
of the driest parts of the Uva patanas, where the conditions
have been such as to allow of the accumulation of soil, a con-
siderable growth of small trees, such as Dodonea viscosa,
Eugenia sp, Mussenda frondosa, Osyris arborea, Flacourtia sp.,
Psidium Guajava, is found, This is strikingly the case in pro-
tected hollows in various localities, and also in open places at
Bandarawela, Wilson’s Bungalow, and elsewhere, where aban-
doned termite-heaps provide accumulations of soil to which is
confined almost all the shrubby vegetation. It seems that the
termite-earths resisted the N.E. monsoon rains long enough
to allow of the establishment of such vegetation upon them as
now protects them from being washed away by the rains.

It seems, then, a justifiable conclusion that the absence of
soil on the greater part of the Uva patana-area below 4500 feet
is of itself a sufficient reason for the absence of trees and tall
shrubs; and, given a sufficient depth of soil, there can be little
doubt that the whole of the Uva slopes below 4500 feet would
bear a savannah-forest identieal with that which now flourishes
in the Park-country to the east. If this be granted, it is not
difficult to account for the disappearance of the forest and the
soil which supported it, assuming only that the modern system
of periodically firing the grasses has been practised for centuries
by the Singhalese graziers—an assumption whieh is undoubtedly
a safe one, although, owing to the peculiar conditions of the case,
it can be supported by no direct evidence.

LINN. JOURN.—BOTANY, VOL, XXXIV. z

316 MR. H. H. W. PEARSON ON THE

What would be the effect of constantly recurring fires in such
a forest as this? The grasses would be consumed by each
successive fire, their young fresh growths appearing again during
each rainy season. In this way the soil would be laid bare, and
n this condition would receive the heavy rains of the N.E.
monsoon, from the full force of which the crowns of the scattered
trees would be no adequate protection. Thus, annually, the
soil would become poorer by the carrying away in solution of
its more soluble constituents, and shallower * by the mechanical
erosion to which it would be subjected. Meanwhile the trees
would suffer from the effects of successive fires, and all but the
more resistant and hard-wooded species would, in time, become
exterminated. As the vegetation became more sparse the action
of rain on the soil would be greater, and as the soil decreased
in depth and deteriorated in quality, only the more wiry and
coarser grasses, and comparatively few of the hardier trees, would
survive. Under these conditions, and with a sufficient lapse of
time, it is easy to see how an area covered with a savannah-
forest could be transformed to something identical with the
patanas of to-day.

Abbay t states that it is impossible that the Uva patanas can
have resulted from the action of recurrent fires on the forest,
and he supports his view by three considerations, viz. :—

(1) That in other cases in Ceylon where forest has been
destroyed by fire, it has been replaced by “ Chena,” i. e.
low bushy scrub, and not by a grussy formation such as
occurs on the patanas.

(2) That these grass-lands of Uva are poor and unproductive,
and therefore the last pieces of ground whieh one would
expect a native in search of pasture to select.

(3) That, if the patanas had really resulted from artificial
causes, as 1s here maintained, there would be some tradi-
tional record of such a striking change having come over
the face of the country. .

It is undoubtedly true that the firing of the low-country

* A similar case of soil-denudation, owing to the action of heavy rains on
a surface deprived of its natural covering by fire, has occurred on the slopes of
the Siwalik Hills in N. India: v. Hess, “ Der Forstschutz," transl. by Fisher
in Schlich’s * Manual of Forestry, London, 1895, vol. iv. p. 541.

T Loc. cit. p. 399.

BOTANY OF THE CEYLON PATANAS. 317

forest, which, as has been pointed out, has a shrubby under-
growth, is followed by the appearance of * Chena” composed of
the hardier and more-resisting forest undershrubs, or of an
exotic Lantana. But this objection does not apply to the Uva
patana-lands, for, reasoning from the present distribution of
savannah-forest and wet-forest, one must conclude that the only
forest which, under the present climatic conditions, can have
existed on the Uva slopes below 4000-5000 feet must have
been of the savannah-type which now covers the Park-country ;
and it is obvious that ‘ Chena " cannot result from the firing of a
savannah-forest, owing to the absence of a shrubby undergrowth.
Above 5000 feet, as will be seen later, the patana has un-
doubtedly resulted from the disappearance of a montane wet-
forest of the ordinary type; but here other causes, which will be
referred to below, prevent the formation of a low scrub on the
cleared ground.

With regard to the poverty of the Uva patana-lands, it has
been pointed out that, according to the theory advanced, the
poverty of the soil in both quality and amount 1s indirectly a
consequence of the recurrent grass-fires; and further, instead
of the Uva patana-lands being the last pieces of ground to be
selected for clearing by a grazier, they would be far more likely
to be chosen than any of the more luxuriant wet-forest, whose
undergrowth would not supply the desired pasture.

Abbay’s third objection is not one upon which much stress
need be laid. An important argument can hardly be based
upon the mere absence of tradition with regard to a change
which must have occupied a very long period, possibly cen-
turies, among a primitive pastoral people such as the Hill-tribes
of Ceylon.

The opinion that the Uva patanas were onee covered by a
savannah-forest similar to that which now exists in the Park-
country has been expressed more than once in the reports of the
forest-conservators (23) ; and it has been continually pointed out
in the same reports that the present custom of firing the patanas,
which, as has beeu seen, is probably a survival of that which
produced them, is causing the further deterioration of the soil
(24) where any still remains, and the destruetion of all but
the coarser and more enduring species of grass (25). And, there-
fore, according to the short-sighted policy of the grazier, the
annual patana-fires become more necessary each year.

22

318 MR. H. H. W. PEARSON ON THE

On the eastern slopes of the main ridge up which, a3 has been
seen, the patanas extend to the highest elevations, very different
conditions have resulted in the formation of a type of patana
differing considerably from those of the lower plains of Uva, and
upon which a considerable aeeumulation of humus has taken
place. The patana and forest here exist side by side under con-
ditions which, as far as can be ascertained, are absolutely
identical ; and the only conceivable. explanation of the existence
of patanas above 5000 feet is that they have arisen upon ground
which has been cleared of forest by grass-fires. And that this
is the true explanation there can be little doubt, when the effect
of recent fires upon the edge of the forest is observed.

The rainfall above 5000 feet is not only much larger than in
Uva, but is also evenly distributed over the year, so that there
is no dry season to aet upon the areas which have been bared
of forest. At Hakgala, which probably has a smaller rainfall
than any other patana-distriet above 5000 feet, the annual
fall is about 90 inches, and there are annually 202 rainy days
whieh are evenly distributed over the year, as is shown
in the two upper lines of the following table, whieh give the
averages of :—

1. The monthly rainfall ;

2. The number of rainy days in the month, eomputed from

the records of the Hakgala Meteorological Station for
15 years (1582-1896).

degrees Fahr.

degrees Fahr.

| lalalalalala | `
Ini E| le |e) Plea) os | E g E
KB Al 2 3l Z ó "ai Al S
Rainfall ......... 812 297 467 T18 771)7:33 588 448 5:75, 1055 1067 | 1498 | 90°78
| | | |
| | |16 20) 19 | 18 | 18 | 93 | 90 | 22 | 207

= | | | |

Rainy days ...... 16 | 9 | 10 | 16.

Mean Air | | | |
temp. im || 597/633 636 645 66-2 626) 63 621 038 612

615 | 599

range in

Mean daily |

13:9 i 7 15:5 147 10 | 11-7) 11:3

|

||
|
|
|^ 97| 104 | 88
|
|

The humidity of the air is thus considerable and aconstant.

BOTANY OF THE CEYLON PATANAS. 319

The last two lines of the table give the monthly summaries
of the daily temperature-observations made at Hakgala * during
1897 (January to July) and 1896 (August to December). From
these it will be seen that the air-temperature at Hakgala 15
hardly more than that of an English summer.

These conditions, viz., the extreme humidity of the air and the
moderate and uniform temperature, are favourable to the accu-
mulation of humus upon a soil which does not possess a high
degree of porosity (26). It is, however, a well-known fact that
humus does not accumulate in Indian and Ceylon forests except
at high elevations; and in the forests of Ceylon, even at the
highest elevations, the decomposition of plant-remains proceeds so
rapidly that no considerable formation of humus can take place T.
The experienee of foresters, however, shows that the removal of
forest-growth, when the temperature is not too high, the rainfall
not too low, nor the soil too porous, is favourable to the formation
of humus-deposits, and, if the land has a suitable contour, to the
production of swamps. The disappearance of the trees has a
twofold effect in producing an increase in the humidity of the
soil. It has been estimated that one-quarter of the amount of
the rainfall never reaches the ground in a forest, owing to so
much of the falling water being broken into spray as it falls
upon the foliage and reabsorbed by the air (27); and, in addition
to this, cleared ground loses much less water by evaporation
than when its moisture is drawn upon by the roots of transpir-
ing forest-trees (28), and this is especially true of a district
where the air is always charged with moisture and where conse-
quently the evaporation from the surface of the ground is slow.
And further, the exposure to light occasioned by the removal of
the forest-covering is in itself a cause of decrease in the rate of
bacterial decomposition of organic remains (29).

These factors have undoubtedly co-operated in the formation
of the patanas above 5000 feet which are universally covered
with humus-deposits except on some wind-swept patches at high
elevations, and where they are interrupted by variously-sized

* I desire to acknowledge the courtesy of Mr. W. Nock, the Superintendent
of the Hakgala Meteorological Station, in supplying me with these and other
statistics.

T At Hakgala (5600 feet) it is impossible to obtain leaf-mould from the
neighbouring forest for the Botanic Gardeus.

320 MR. IT. II. W. PEARSON ON THE

boulders of unaltered gneiss which crop out irregularly. The
deposits vary in thickness from a few inches to 5 feet or more*.
They are thickest on the tops of the hills and in the valleys,
where, under suitable conditions, so much water is retained that
a swamp is formed. On the slopes, in spite of the rainwash,
humus accumulates, though in less quantity than in more favour-
able situations; on the steeper hill-sides, channels sometimes as
much as a foot in depth are cut into the humus by the water as
it flows off the surface. "The soil is an almost pure humus, blaek
or coloured dark brown by the admixture of mineral substances ;
but apparently pebbles are always absent. It varies in con-
sistency from a black mud to a powdery soil such as the wind
will remove as dust, though this last condition is rarely seen, as
it normally contains considerable quantities of water. The
absence of earthworms is also remarkable, and is probably not
without effect in contributing to the formation of a pure humus-
soil (30). The reactions of the soil were mot observed;
attempts have, however, been made to use it for gardening
purposes at the Hakgala Botanie Gardens, and it has been
found to be too “sour” to. be of any use. Mosses play no part
in the formation of these deposits, except in the swampy hollows,
where species of Polytrichum and Sphagnum are found t. Else-
where they are principally formed from the remains of grasses
and Cyperaceg, which both individually and specifically con-
stitute the greater proportion of the flora. In the more swampy
localities Eriocaulons are abundant.. The only tree found upon
these *humus-patanas" is the Rhododendron, which is well
kuown to flourish on sour humus (31).

The humus disappears quite suddenly where the patana passes
into forest. There is usually a tendency for such formations as
this, especially when they have a swampy character, to eneroach
upon the surrounding forest (32). This may be the case in
certain localities where the humus-patanas are wet and swampy,
but there is no evidence of such encroachment, and indeed the

* A recent cutting made during the construction of a new road near Amba-
wela (5900 feet) passes through a small swamp and exposes 10 feet of wet
black humus composed of the parts of Eriocaulon Wightianum, together with
Anaphalis oblonga, Exacum zeylanicum, Polygala glaucoides, Blumea flexuosa, Ke.

t “True peat” is stated to be formed in the hollows on the Nilghiris,

by “the growth and decomposition of a moss" Medlieott and Blanford.
‘Manual of the Geology of India,’ Calcutta, 1879, p. 429,

BOTANY OF THE CEYLON PATANAS. 321

prevailing opinion among those who are best able to judge is
that, where not interfered with by fire, the forests tend to
reinstate themselves. This process is, however, even under the
most favourable cireumstances, very slow, being hindered by
several of the well-known properties of humus.

Humus has a greater capacity for water-absorption than any
other soil (33), a fact which militates against the spread of forest-
trees. By it the normal distribution of water in the soil is
disturbed, the upper layers becoming wet at the expense of the
lower. Asa consequence the germination of the seeds of forest-
trees is hindered by the excess of water near the surface (32), and
at the same time, at a greater depth, the soil is rendered too
dry for the nourishment of deep-rooting trees. The normal
respiration of the roots also is impaired by the presence of
hydrostatic water, and consequent poverty of the soil in free
oxygen (32). A further consequence of the excess of water
in the humus is that the soil-temperature is below that which is
normal for the latitude and elevation—a fact which must have a
considerable effect upon the germination of seeds (32). There
are no observations to show what are normal soil-temperatures
for given soils in such a locality as this ; but it may be interesting
to compare the following rough determinations made upon the
humus-patanas ata depth of 4 inches, with those made on the dry
Uva patanas at lower elevations (v. p. 313) :—

Hak gala (5600 ft.). 66? F., Aug. 19, 9.30 A.M.

» » 67° F., Oct. 14, 12.30 P.M.

» » 66? F., Nov. 3, maximum.

» » 61? F., Oct. 26-27, minimum.
Sita Eliya (5800 ft.). 63?:5 F., Oct. 20, 9 A.M.

Horton Plains (7000 ft.). 59?2 F., Aug. 10, noon.

Of considerable importanee in hindering the advance of
forest-growth over the humus-patanas are the acid properties
of the soil. The humus-acids produced in the superficial layers
sink to lower depths and render the lower soil acid—a condition
which is known to be very disadvantageous to the growth of
most European woody species (31), but favourable to the
Rhododendron and a few others. We have further, in the
acidity of the humus, and the abundance of ferrous oxide which
is the predominant colouring-material of the soil underlying it,
conditions which are in every way favourable for the formation

322 MR. H. H. W. PEARSON ON THE

of a moor-pan, the effect of which in preventing the penetration
of the roots of trees is too well known to need description;
there is, however, at present no direct evidence of the existence
of such a formation beneath the humus-patanas.

Lastly, it may be pointed out that bacteria do not flourish in
acid humus (33), and that the consequent poverty of such a soil
in combined nitrogen would co-operate with other factors against
the establishment of a luxuriant vegetation.

Summa ry.

An examination of such evidence as exists with regard to the
origin of the patanas of Uva and their western extensions up
the slopes of the central ridge leads to the following conclusions,
On the Uva slopes below 4500 feet (the lower limit of the
Rhododendron) the peculiarities of the climate have co-operated
with the periodically recurrent grass-fires to transform an open
forest of low xerophytic trees with an undergrowth of grass
( e. a Savannah-forest such as is still found on the eastern
boundary of the plateau) into barren grassy plains. These
plains being almost completely denuded of soil must be regarded
as being of the nature of a permanent savannah, the natural
re-afforestation of the greater part of which is impossible under
the present climatic conditions. Above 4500 feet, wide tongues
of patana extend in a westerly direction up to, and in some
cases over, the summit of the central ridge. There can be no
doubt that these extensions are due to the encroachment of the
Uva grass-fires into the montane wet-zone forest. Upon the
cleared area a herbacecus vegetation has established itself,
the remains of which form an accumulation of sour humus which
is almost uniformly present on the surface above 4500 feet,
The properties of sour humus are such that forest-trees can
with diffieulty re-establish themselves upon it. It therefore
follows that, apart from the effects of the present annual fires,
the sharp boundary, once established by fire, would so gradually
become irregular by tbe advance of forest.growth that only
careful observations extended over a long period would be able
to detect any change. Hence has arisen the idea that the present
limit of the forest is a stationary one.

BOTANY OF THE CEYLON PATANAS, 323

General Biological Features of the Flora.

The flora of the patanas as a whole is composed of plants
which, generally speaking, present characters which tend to
reduce transpiration and to protect delicate parts from the
injurious effects of intense illumination: broadly speaking it
may thus be regarded as a “ Xerophyte-Association" in Warming’s
sense (35) In the case of the Uva patanas below 4500 feet, the
conditions which determine the characteristic features of the
flora are, briefly, intense illumination, the heating effects of the
rays of a vertical sun, and a comparatively dry season of eight
months' duration, during six months of which a drying wind
blows constantly over the area and the sky is usually unclouded.
The evaporation from the surface is therefore intense—a fact
whieh must have a considerable influence upon the vegetation
of a district which has little standing water, and but little soil
by whieh absorbed water may be retained, and which therefore
depends for its water-supply upon dew and rainfall; aud the
latter, as we have already seen, is, during the dry season,
comparatively small in amount; and what little there is, by
reason of the undulation of the country and the hardness of the
surface, tends to run off rather than be absorbed. Therefore
the supply of water to the roots is small, and the necessity for
the reduction of transpiration imperative.

Above 4500 feet the climatic conditions are widely different, |
as has already been pointed out. The rainfall is Jarge and
almost evenly distributed over the year and is accompanied,
especially at bigher elevations, by dense fogs and heavy clouds
which obscure the sun’s rays usually for a considerable portion
of each day *. The rate of evaporation from the surface and
the periods of intense illumination must therefore be considerably
less than on the Uva patanas; and further, the soil always
retains considerable quantities of water. Nevertheless, plants
with marked xerophytie characters predominate here as at
lower elevations, a fact which is at first sight somewhat surprising.
These humus-patanas at 5000 feet aud upwards, existing under
a warm temperate climate, may be compared with the moor-
and marsh-formations which are particularly characteristic of
temperate climates. It is well known that the plants constituting
such formations commonly present marked xerophytie characters,

* See pp. 314 and 332,

921 MR. H. H. W. PEARSON ON THE

and to explain these several theories have been advanced (33).
Of the factors which have been important in the selection of
xerophytes or in the adoption of xeropbytie charaeters on the
humus-patanas, the following are probable :—

(1) The bad ventilation and comparative low temperature (36)
of the soil, due to the presence of hydrostatie water, and
the eonsequent lowering of the respiratory activity of the
roots.

(2) The high power of capillary absorption possessed by a
peaty soil (33), by reason of which the absorption of water
by the roots is less than in any other soil containing an
equal proportion of water.

(3) The presence of the humus acids of the soil, which still
further impair the activity of the roots (31).

These three factors combine in lowering the functional
activities of the roots ; and since the funetions of the aerial parts
must be in correspondence with those of the roots, the acquisition
of xerophytie characters has been necessary.

The flora of the dry patanas, i. e., speaking generally of the
patanas below 4500 feet, compares in many respects with that
of the South American savannahs (37).

There is, for example, an absence of plants with bulbs or
tubers, and in the following list of patana-plants true succulents
are rare. This is probably due to the fact that the dry season,
though long, is not excessively severe, and the wet season, in
which the Uva vegetation wakes up to renewed activity, is not
extremely short; and therefore such an effectual protection
against evaporation and such a large storage of water as a bulb
or tuber affords to enable the plant to endure excessive drought,
and afterwards to pass rapidly through its vegetative aud
reproductive periods during a very short wet season, are
unnecessary. Another point of correspondence between the
savannahs and the patanas is seen in the large proportion of
perennials as compared with the annual species : this is true for
the dry patanas, and equally so for those situated above 4500 fet.
The perennials constitute 86 ?/, of the flora above 4500 feet,
aud below 4500 feet 87:3 °/,. In general a dry climate is
favourable to the developinent of annual species (38), since the
seed or the fruit is obviously the best form in which a plant can
tide over a dry season. On the patanas, however, as on the

BOTANY OF THE CEYLON PATANAS. 325

savannahs, the periodic fires, which destroy the aerial parts of
all the less-resistant species, are a controlling factor in the
seleetion of perennials possessing subterranean parts which
resist the action of fire and from which the aerial parts are
reproduced in the following season.

The “rootstock " has various forms—e. g., a rhizome, which is
frequently very deep in the ground (Pteris); a small herbaceous
structure (Lagenophora, ete.) ; an erect and fleshy body (Curculigo,
in which it is sometimes as much as 12 inches long); a tuber
(Drosera peltata) ; or a gnarled woody, more or less branched
body (Knoxia, and the majority of the shrubby species). The
root-system is, as a rule, highly developed, 1. e., much branched
and widely spreading. Tuberous fleshy roots are common
(Curculigo, Lagenophora, Heracleum, etc.). Six species of ground
orchids, with root-tubers, are also present, and associated with
them is a Mycorhiza, at least in some cases. The grasses are
tufted in habit, except at high elevations, and low in growth ;
their leaves are narrow, rough, stiff, and usually erect. Lichens,
mosses, and algw are quite absent from the dry patanas, and
rare even at higher elevations ; both Sphagnum and Polytrichum
are found in swampy places; Usnea grows luxuriantly upon the
Rhododendron above 6000 feet; and a Collema is sometimes
present on the damp surface of the ground among the grasses.
Where the grasses grow in thick tufts with damp shady ground
between them, there flourishes a flora of low, delicate shade-
plants; these include species of Viola, Potentilla, Serpicula,
Hydrocotyle, etc.

The evaporating and illuminating effects of the sun’s rays
are very effective all over the patanas, particularly below
4500 feet; over which, as we have seen, the sun is much less
obscured by cloud than at higher elevations. In relation with
this we find that characters which tend to effect the regulation
of transpiration, and a lessening of the degree of illumination
of the leaves and other easily injured parts, are commonly
developed. Among the more obvious of these are :—

The rolling of the leaf; which is, however, never very
pronounced, for, as on the savannahs, the **erieoid" and “ pinoid”
types of rolled leaves are entirely wanting (39).

Plants with very small, usually linear leaves are common.

Leaves are frequently numerous and crowded together—a con-
dition in which the majority are shaded at the expeuse of the rest.

326 MR. H. H. W. PEARSON ON THE

In many species the leaves are mostly radical or rosulate;
those on the upper and more exposed parts of the erect stem
being few, small, and usually erect.

A red or purple pigment is very commonly present in the
leaves—partieularly the young leaves—and youug shoots of
patana-plants. Diverse and conflicting views as to its functions
have been advanced (41); here it is possibly important as a
screen against too intense illumination (40). The pigment is
usually contained in the cells of the glabrous leaf; less commonly
a more or less dense covering of yellow or brown hairs (Crota-
laria sp.) provides a light-sereen as well as a meaus of reducing
transpiration.

All stages of hairiness are commonly found on the leaves of
patana-plants—the most pronounced eases being the densely
lanate or floccose leaves of species of Anaphalis; in all these
cases the hairs are more abundantly developed on the younger
parts. In Knowxia platycarpa, œ small shrub whose adult leaves
are erect or semi-erect and perfectly glabrous, the young
leaves bear fugitive hairs. In many cases, particularly in those
occurring below 4500 feet, the hairs doubtless function as a
means of reducing transpiration ; above 4500 feet, particularly
at the higher elevations where the most pronounced hairiness
oceurs, its use to the plant must be rather as a protection
against cold, and perhaps more especialy as a means of
preventing the wetting and consequent blocking of the
stomata—a function which must be of considerable import-
ance in an atmosphere so constantly saturated as is that
of the more elevated portions of the region with which we are
concerned.

A hanging position is so common as to be almost normal
for the young leaves of shrubby species occurring on the lower
patanas. The delicate tissues thus escape the injurious effects
of directly incident illumimating and heating rays (42).

The presence of an ethereal oil in the leaf is a common
occurrence in the Labiate of the patanas, and more particularly
in the well-known “ Citronella” or * Mana” grass (Andropogon
Nardus). This grass is found abundantly from 5000 feet down-
wards, and frequently forms a belt at the edge of the patana
parallel with the forest-boundary ; it attains a height of five feet
or more. In strong sunlight it emits a sickening and almost
overpowering odour of Citronella oil. The secretion of ethereal

BOTANY OF THE CEYLON PATANAS. 327

oils is a very common character of dry-climate plants (43).
The explanation usually given of the function of such an oil
is founded upon Tyndall’s observation that radiant heat is
arrested by minute quantities of the vapour diffused through
the atmosphere, and is to the effect that the evaporation of the
oil by the heating effect of the sun's rays causes the air
surrounding the leaf to be charged with vapour, which acts as
a screen protecting the leaf to some extent from radiant heat
from without (44) It has, however, been pointed out by
Dixon (45) that such a screen absorbs those heat- -rays which
it does not transmit, and that its temperature is thereby raised,
and it thus encloses the leaf in a heated chamber; therefore
the mere physical effect of an ethereal oil-vapour screen would
be to raise, rather than lower, the temperature of the leaf.
Dixon has further shown (45) that certain ethereal oil-vapours
act biologically in deereasing the rate of transpiration when
they are in contact with transpiring leaves; in the case of the
essential oil of Artemisia Absinthium, he found that the vapour
reduced the rate of transpiration by 13 °/, in the leaves of
Syringa vulgaris, and by 7 °/, in those of Cytisus vulgaris. Tt
may be that “ Citronella” oil-vapour has a stronger effect upon
the rate of transpiration of the leaves of Mana grass than is
represented by these figures ; otherwise it is diffieult to believe
that so small a reduction effeeted by an agent which itself
raises the temperature of the leaf, and therefore presumably

its rate of transpiration, can be of much service to the plant
as a means of regulating the rate of transpiration. Mana
grass has a marked gregarious habit, generally cov ering wide
patehes of ground below 5000 feet, where the slope or other
quality of the surface has allowed an unusual accumulation
of soil. In the heat of the day the Citronella perfume can be
detected at some distance from its source, and it is conceivable
that if it has an effect in reducing transpiration, of the nature
indicated, the effect must be felt by the plants in the neighbour-
hood, as well as by the Mana grass itself.

A permanent erect profile position of the leaf is very common,
and this applies not only to many patana-plants, but is also
characteristic of very many of the trees which compose the
montane forest above 5000 feet. In very many more eases,
however, the leaf makes a small angle (7. e. less than 45°) on its
upper side with the stem ; incident light strikes a leaf in this

328 MR. H. H. W. PEARSON ON THE

position at a high angle, and therefore has a smaller illuminating
and heating effect than on a horizontal leaf of the same area.
Inthe following descriptions this position is denominated * semi-
erect."

Many leaves whose vernation is conduplieate never completely
unfold, and the two halves remain more or less inclined to one
another. Such a leaf receives the light- and heat-rays at a high
angle, as in the case of the semi-erect leaf.

In many cases the leaves or their parts move into a profile
position and remain there while the sun is near the zenith.
This movement is a direct effect of illumination (46), and is
doubtless a means whereby the chlorophyll is proteeted from
the effeets of intense light (47), rather than a method of
regulating transpiration, although the latter may be to some
extent influenced. Usually, leaves which show sun-movements
are also subject to sleep-movements, although in some cases one
form of movement was observed and not the other, which, in
some cases at least, was almost certainly due to lack of opportunity
of observation. Movements were observed in species of the
following Natural Orders :—O xalidacez, Leguminos®, Euphor-
biacew, and Graminex. For convenience of a brief description
of the types of movement which were noted, the following four
divisions will be used :—

(1) Leaves whose sleep-position is the same as the sun-position ;
i. e., the position assumed during the hours of most intense
sunlight. This class includes three species, viz. :—Oxalis corni-
culata, Crotalaria rubiginosa, and Phyllanthus simplex. In Oxalis
corniculata the sun- and sleep-position assumed by the leaflets
is well known in the genus as a sleep-position (48). The mono-
phyllous leaves of Crotalaria rubiginosa rise up vertically until
the ventral surface of the leaflet is in contact with the stem.
This has been described by Thiselton-Dyer as a sleep-move-
ment (49). In Phyllanthus simplex the small closely placed
leaves move upwards towards the stem and close tightly
upon one another in an imbricate manner, at night and in
bright sunlight, as has been described by Massart for P. ovali-
Jolius (50).

(2) Leaves whose sleep-position differs from their sun-
position.

Biophytum proliferum.—In the sleep-movement the rhachis of
the pinnate leaf sinks until it makes an angle of about 30? with

BOTANY OF TIIE CEYLON PATANAS. 329

the stem, on its lower (dorsal) side. At the same time the
leaflets fall independently, until they hang downwards in a
vertical plane, the dorsal surfaces of opposite leaflets being in
contact. In the sun-position, the leaflets are bent downwards
as in sleep, but the rhachis, instead of sinking, rises until it
occupies an approximately erect position (sce diagram).

SLEEP. SUN.

Biophytum proliferum.

Smithia blanda.—In moving into the sleep-position, the leaf
sinks * upon its pulvinus and the leaflets move upwards and
forwards until their ventral surfaces are iu contaet with the
rhachis or with the dorsal surfaces of the more distal leaflets.
In the sun-movement the leaf was not observed to fall, but the
leaflets move into approximately the same position as they oceupy
in the sleep-position, though they are not so tightly closed as in
the latter case.

Cassia Kleinii and C. mimosoides.—The leaf-movements in
these plants are the same as in Smithia blanda, except that in
C. Kleinii, in the sleep-position, the distal end of the rhachis is
bent lower than the proximal end and the rhachis is bow-shaped,
the coneavity being on its dorsalside. These species form an
exception to the rule in the genus, that the leaflets fall in attain-
ing the sleep-position T.

Phaseolus trinervius and Atylosia rugosa.—The sleep-position
of the leaflets of the trifoliate leaves of these plants is the same
as that described by Darwin for Phaseolus vulgaris (51). A

* Cf. the movement in S. Pfundii. Darwin, ‘ Movements of Plants,’ p. 356.
T The sleep-movements of C, mimosoides are described by Darwin, loc. cit.
p. 372.

330 MR. H. H. W. PEARSON ON THE

movement of the petiole was not observed. In Atylosia rugosa
the younger leaves assume the sleep-position before the older ones.
In the sun-position the leaflets stand erect upon the erect petiole,
the ventral surfaces of the two lateral leaflets being in contact
with the ventral surface of the terminal leaflet (sce diagram).

Atylosia rugosa.
Diagram of a leaf in the sun-position. d — dorsal surface of leaflet ;
v— ventral surface of leaflet.

Thus, in passing from the sleep-position to the sun-position,
each leaflet describes an angle of 180^ upon its pulvinus. In
Atylosia rugosa the terminal leaflet, in moving into the sun-
position, becomes erect before the lateral leaflets have become
vertical, and often before they have left the horizontal position.

(3) Leaves which move into a profile position during intense
sunlight, but in which sleep-movements were not observed.

Crotalaria semperflorens, var. Walkeri.—This plant has long
horizontal prostrate branches; the leaves are monophyllous aud
alternate. In strong sunlight the leaves rise up to an erect
position and stand in two parallel planes, the dorsal surfaces ot
the leaves of each row being directed outwards.

Zornia diphylla.—The leaf consists of two small ovate-lanceo-
late leaflets and a moderately long petiole. In bright sunlight
the leaflets move upwards and forwards until they are almost in
the same straight line with the petiole, and include an angle of
about 30° between their ventral surfaces.

Desmodium parvifolium.—The leaves are monophyllous and

BOTANY OF THE CEYLON PATANAS. 331

variable in size on the same plant, and on comparatively long
petioles. In bright sunlight the leaflets move into a profile posi-
tion, though the mauner of doing this is not the same in all the
leaves belonging to the same plant. The petiole appears to rise in
all cases : the leaflet in some cases merely twists on its pulvinulis,
so as to present an edge to the sky; in other cases the leaflet
assumes a vertieally hanging position; or, again, it may become
erect on the top of the nearly erect petiole.

Andropogon zeylanicus.—This grass is very plentiful on the
patanas at about 5000 feet. In bright sunlight the erect leaf
closes on the midrib as a hinge, so that the ventral surfaces of
the two halves come into contact.

(4) Leaves which show sleep-movements, but were not
observed to move into a sun-position.

Pycnospora hedysaroides and Atylosia Candollei show sleep-
movements of the leaves, of the same nature as those so well
known in Ozalis Acetosella, etc. (52).

A plant deserving special notice by reason of its remarkable
habit is Hedyotis verticillaris (Rubiacem), which occurs abundantly
at 6000 feet and higher elevations. This species grows grega-
riously, and eovers wide patches in wet places on the patanas; its
aloe-like habit distinguishes it from all other members of its
natural order. Its leaves are all radical and erect, or nearly so,
forming a hollow rosette, in the concavity of which water to a
considerable amount is retained by the close-fitting bases of the
leaves. The stipules are lanceolate structures, from 1 to 2 inches
in length, and bear numerous shortly-stalked glands on their
margins; they are immersed in the water which the cup contains,
a position which suggests that they may have an absorptive
function. The fibrous remains of old leaves persist round the base
of each plant and retain a considerable amount of water. A similar
persistence of the remains of dead vegetative parts is found
in several of the grasses—'' Tunika-Grüser" (53)—Cyperacea,
Eriocaulonacez, ete.

Shrubby plants growing in certain situations on the patanas
are considerably affected by the S. W. wind, which is often very
strong, and always more or less constant for six months in
the year. This is particularly the case in the valley in which
the Sita Eliya and Hakgala patanas are situated, which has
an east and west trend, falling rapidly to the east. Here
we find a much greater devolopment of foliage and flower-buds

LINN. JOURN.— BOTANY, VOL. XXXIV. 2A

332 MR. H. H. W. PEARSON ON THE

cn the east than on the west side of tall plants. This is very
marked in the Rhododendron, the shrubs Hypericum mysorense,
Atylosia Candollei, ete., and the Jungle-trees. It is probably
due largely to the mechanical injuries inflicted by the wind on
the buds on the west side of the tree; the chilling effect of
the moisture-laden air also has a greater effect on the west than
on the east side. The dwarfing effect of the wind is seen ina
remarkable manner in ascending from the Hakgala Botanic
Gardens (5600 ft.) to the top of the steep Hakgala rock
(7000 ft.) behind them. At 5600 feet the trees are 30 feet or
more in height, but gradually diminish in size as the higher and
more exposed parts of the hill are reached; at the summit, the
arborescent vegetation is composed of knee-high, crooked and
gnarled specimens of species which attain the normal height a
thousand feet lower down; and in these the majority of the
buds develop on the east side. The prevailing direction of the
illumination is probably another factor in produeing this eastward
development of shrubs and trees in the Hakgala valley. During
both monsoons it is a common experience, on the eastern slopes
of the main ridge, that the mornings are fine while the afternoons
are cloudy or wet. This generalization is borne out by the
following figures, which give the mean proportion of clouded

sky * at 9.30 a.m. and 3.30 P.M. respectively for each month
during 1897 at Hakgala (55).

| = | | FEN
. . H = o . =
ag | 2 S | |e) 6/4 wl A D | D 3 [9|
| E | a |e AA | 5 lall OTA TA I
nn — |— eg | Bn
19.30 am] 52 38 36 44 146 72,60|72| 66 48 62 15,59
13.30 P.M. | D'Y DS 73 | 81 | 77 | TRIT2| 916 T3 | 88 | 8:8 d TI

|

It follows from these figures that a markedly larger propor-
tion of direct sunlight falls on the Hakgala and Sita Eliya patanas
during the morning than in the afternoon, and therefore the
eastern side of a tall plant receives more direct illumination than
the western.

List of Plants.
On pp. 334-362 is given a complete list of the plants collected
on the patanas during the period indicated above. In a few cases

a plant which was not eollected is given as a patana- plant”
on the authority of Trimen.

ke 10 denoting a sky entirely and continuously overcast, and zero a cloudless
sky.

BOTANY OF THE CEYLON PATANAS,

333

The principal localities visited, from which plants included
in this list were obtained, are the following:—Pedurutalagala
(8236 ft.); Nuwara Eliya (6200 ft.); Sita Eliya (5800 ft.);
Hakgala (5600 ft.) ; Horton Plains (7000 ft.) ; Wilson's Bungalow
(4000 ft.); Bandarawela (3800 ft.); Haputale (4400 ft.) ; Badulla
(2200 ft.) ; Passara (2500 ft.).

No plants hitherto unrecorded for Ceylon have been found on
the patanas. In several cases, however, species have been found
at elevations above or below the respective limits recorded by
Trimen in the‘ Handbook,’ or by Hooker in the * Flora of British

India.’

Polygala | rosmarinifolia, 1
Wight & Arn.
P, telephioides, Willd.

M

HI 3

Eurya acuminata, DC.
Triumfetta rhomboidea, Jacg. ,,

Crotalaria nana, Burm. f. »
C. verrucosa, Linn. »
Phaseolus adenanthus, G. Mey. ,,
P. trinervius, Heyne. >
P. calcaratus, Roxb.
Cassia Kleinii, Wight & Arn. ,,

C. mimosoides, Linn. n
Rhipsalis Cassytha, Gaertn. n
Vernonia Wightiana, Arn. »

Blumea flexuosa, O. B. Clarke. ,,
Anaphalis oblonga, DO. 5
Jasminum angustifolium, Vahl. ,,
Evolvulus alsinoides, Benth. »
Striga euphrasioides, Benth. »

Utricularia bifida, Linn. »
Didymocarpus Humboldtiana,
Gardn.

Pogostemon reflexus, Benth. >
Leucas marrubioides, Desf. »
Glochidion zeylanicum, A. Juss. ,,
Breynia patens, Benth. >

Burmannia disticha, Linn.
Commelina nudiflora, Linn. "
Fimbristylis pentaptera, Kunth.
Carex spicigera, N ees |

var. minor.

M

......

3500; 3800 ft. —
4400 ft. ,
3800 ft. 5
3800 ft. »

5800 ft. >
5600 it. ,
5800 ft. n
5600 ft. ,
5600 ft. „
3800 ft. „

5800 ft. >
5600 ft. »
2500 ; 3800 ft. »
2500 ; 3800 ft. n
2500 ft. "
4000 ft. "
3800 ; 4000 ft. »
3800 ft. ”

9000 ft. »
5600 ft. »
7000 ft. »
5600 ft. »
4000 ft. "
4000 ft. »
5800 ft. T
5800 ft.

7200 ft. — (Fl. B. Ind.)

Horton Plains.— ( » +)

Of these the following are the most important :—

J Found at 3300 ; 5600 ft.—Trimen: Up to 4000 ft.

Low country only.
„ LE HI

Low country to 2000 ft

Waste ground, low
country.

Low country, rare.

Low country to 2000 ft.

Up to 4000 ft. .

1000-4000 ft.

Low country, moist and
dry.

'To 4000 ft.

Up to 4000 ft.

Above 4000 ft.

Above 5000 ft.

4000 ft. and above.

Up to 2000 ft.

Damp sandy soil in the
dry region.

Low country.

Up to 5000 ft.

Up to 6000 ft.
Up to 5000 tt.
Up to 2000 ft.
Up to 3000 ft.
Up to 2000 ft.
Low country.

Up to 6000 ft.
Pedurutalagala.

242

9831 MR. H. H. W. PEARSON ON THE

Pedicularis zeylanica, Benth., Exacum Walkeri, Arn., and
E. zeylanicum, Roxb., are stated by Trimen to be annuals. The
first of these is a marked perennial, with a large persistent woody
rootstock; both species of Exacum are certainly biennial, if not
perennial.

In the following list the names of endemic species are printed
in italics. A short description of the more apparent features of
biological interest is appended to each species ; a full systematic
description will be found in the ‘Flora of British India,’ or in
Trimen's * Handbook to the Flora of Ceylon, or, in the case of the
vascular Cryptogams, in Baker's * Synopsis Filicum’ (1883), or
* Fern-Allies’ (1887), to which references are given. The collee-
tion numbers, with the elevation from which each specimen
was obtained, are given at the end of each description. The
collection is incorporated in the Herbarium of the University
of Cambridge.

ANEMONE RIVULARIS, Ham. Hooker, i. 9. Trimen, i. 3.
Perennial herb. Rootstock stout and woody; leaves
thick, silky-pubescent. Near streams above 6000 ft. (696,
6000 ft.)
THALICTRUM JAVANICUM, Blume. Hooker, 3 13. Trimen, i. 3.
A tall, glabrous, perennial herb. Near streams, above
6000 ft. (493, 7000 ft.)
Ranunculus sagittefoluus, Hook. Hooker, i. 17. Trimen, i. 4.
Perennial herb. Rhizome ascending; leaves glabrous
above, hairy on the veins beneath. In wet places above
6000 ft. (572, 6800 ft. ; 571, 7200 ft.)
R. WALLICHIANUS, Wight & Arn. Hooker, i. 20. Trimen, i. 4.
Perennial stoloniferous herb. Leaves hirsute on both
surfaces (569, densely hirsute). In wet places above 6000 ft.
(570, 6500 ft.; 569, 7000 ft.)
BERBERIS ARISTATA, DC. Hooker, i. 110. Trimen, i. 48.
An erect shrub. Young leaves red; old leaves small
and coriaceous. Above 5000 ft. (697, 6000 ft.—C. P.
2405.)
Viota Parrini, DC. Hooker, i. 183. Trimen, i. 66.
Perennial herb. Rootstock woody; leaves radical, thin
and glabrous. Common among the long grass above 5000 ft.
(760, 5800 ft.)

BOTANY OF THE CEYLON PATANAS. d 335

FLACOURTIA Ramontcut, L'Hérit. Hooker, i. 193. Trimen, i. 73.

A tall shrub. Leaves glabrous, semicoriaceous. Locally,
at about 4000 ft. (801, 4000 ft.=C.P. 2583.)

Polygala glaucoides, Linn., var. hirsutula. Hooker, i. 203.
Trimen, i. 80.

A small perennial. Taproot stout, fibrous, and very long ;
rootstock woody ; stems decumbent, numerous and wiry ;
young parts pubescent; leaves small, erect, glabrous and
coriaceous. Common above 4000 ft. (843, 5600 ft.; 371,
5800 ft. ; 709, 6200 ft.)

P. ROSMARINIFOLIA, Wight & Arn. Hooker, i. 204. Trimen, i. 82.

Annual. Leaves erect, conduplicate, thick, glabrous, with
thickened and recurved margins; young leaves densely
pubescent. Abundant at about 4000 ft. Also in the dry
low country. (769, 3800 ft. ; 759, 5600 ft.)

P. rELEPHIOIDES, Willd. Hooker, i. 205. Trimen, i. 82.

A small perennial. Leaves numerous, crowded, erect,
thick and glabrous. On the Uva patanas. (428, 3500 ft. ;
738, 3800 ft.; 761, 4400 ft.)

CERASTIUM VULGATUM, Linn., var. GLOMERATA, Hooker, i. 228.
Trimen, i. 85.

Perennial (?) with a e:spitose habit; all the aerial parts
strongly pilose. Common at 6000 ft. in the neighbourhood
of Nuwara Eliya. Probably introduced. (383, 5800 ft. ;
831, 6200 ft.)

HYPERICUM MYSORENSE, Heyne. Hooker, i. 253. Trimen, i. 93.

A handsome glabrousshrub, attaining 8 ft. Leaves crowded,
decussate, semi-erect, glabrous and glazed. Common above
5000 ft. (349, 5800 ft. ; 573, 6500 ft.)

H. APOoNICUM, Thunb. Hooker, i. 256. Trimen, i. 93.

Annual. Stems 1 ft., erect or procumbent; leaves few,
small, erect or nearly so, glabrous, glandular, rugose, and
with recurved margins. In wet places above 5000 ft. (846,
5600 ft. ; 348, 5800 ft.)

EuRYA JAPONICA, Thunb., var. THUNBERGII, Hooker, i. 284.
Trimen, 1. 109.

A low gregarious shrub. Leaves semi-erect, conduplicate,
glabrous, with red, slightly recurved margins. (728, 5600 ft.
=C. P. 787.)

E. curensis, R. Br. Hooker, i. 285. Trimen, i. 110.
Leaves smaller than in the preceding species. (337,

6200 ft.)

336 MR. H. H. W. PEARSON ON THE

Eurya acuminata, DC., var. WarLICHIANA. Hooker, i. 285.
Trimen, i. 110.
Similar in habit to the preceding species. (328, 3800 ft.)
SIDA RHOMBIFOLIA, Linn., var. RETUSA. Hooker, i. 323. Trimen,
i. 143.
A low coarse shrub, with few, thin, wrinkled leaves. A
common weed. (802, 4000 ft. ; 649, 5600 ft.)
TRIUMFETTA RHOMBOIDEA, Jacq. Hooker, i. 395. Trimen, i. 179.
Perennial(?). Leaves thick, pilose below. Rare. (432,
3800 ft.)
OXALIS CORNICULATA, Linn. Hooker, i. 436. Trimen, i. 196.
A stoloniferous perennial Roots often tuberous ; leaf-
lets thin, deeply red-coloured in exposed situations, moving
to a profile position in strong sunlight and at night. Com-
mon at all elevations. (421, 3800 ft.; 754, 6200 ft.)
Biophytum proliferum, Wight. Hooker, i. 438. Trimen, i. 199.
Perennial. Stems wiry, and excessively branched ; leaves
pinnate, deeply red-coloured in exposed situations; the
leaflets move to a profile position in strong sunlight and at
night, they are also slightly sensitive to contact. Common
above 4000 ft.; often forming extensive mats. (694,
5600 ft.; 234, 5800 ft.)
TODDALIA ACULEATA, Pers. Hooker, i. 497. Trimen, i. 215.
A small erect or climbing shrub. Below 5000 ft. (Trimen).
?CrPADESSA FRUTICOSA, Blume. Hooker, i. 545. Trimen, i.
245. (848, 4000 ft.)
? SALACIA RETICULATA, Wight. Hooker, i. 627. Trimen, i. 277.
A small tree. Leaves small, semi-erect, coriaceous
and glabrous. Only in one locality on the patanas. (811,
4000 ft.)
Rhamnus Arnottianus, Gardn. Hooker, 1. 638. Trimen, i. 283.
A small tree. Leaves glabrous and coriaceous. Horton
Plains, ete., rare (Trimen).
R. Wianrir Wight & Arn. Hooker, i. 639. Trimen, i. 283.
A shrub. Leaves glabrous and coriaceous. Above 5000
ft. (293,5800 ft.)
Doponæa viscosa, Linn. Hooker, i. 697. Trimen, 1. 812.
A shrub. Leaves erect, linear-lanceolate, glabrous and
viscid. Abundant in a few localities at 4000 ft. — (784,
4000 ft.)

BOTANY OF THE CEYLON PATANAS. 337

Uxex Europzus, Linn. Trimen, ii. 7.

An introduction. Abundant at 6000 ft., in the neigh-

bourhood of Nuwara Eliya. (334, 6200 ft.)
ÜROTALARIA PROSTRATA, Roxb. Hooker, ii. 67. Trimen, ii. 9.
Annual. Branches densely fulvous-hairy in the young
parts; leaves erect, rather thick, hairy on both surfaces,
especially beneath. (217, 3800 ft. ; 214, 5600 ft.)
. FERRUGINEA, R. Grab. Hooker, ii. 68. Trimen, ii. 10.
Perennial (f). Leaves rather thick, pubescent; young
leaves aud shoots densely villous with yellow hair. Below
4000 ft.; rare. (415, 2200 ft.)
C, multiflora, Benth. Hooker, ii. 69, Trimen, ii. 11.

A low perennial. Rootstock woody; stems deeumbent,
younger parts clothed with dense soft fulvous hair; leaves
erowded, ereet, subcoriaceous, pubescent on both surfaces.
Leaf-movements (?). (417, 2200 ft. ; 394, 4000 ft.)

C. rugıgınosa, Willd. Hooker, ii. 69. Trimen, ii. 11.

A tall semi-shrubby annual(?). Young parts ot the stem
densely villous; leaves coriaceous, densely villous on both
surfaces, moving to a profile position in bright sunlight and
at night. Very common above 4000 ft. (726, 5600 ft. ;
242, 5800 ft.)

C. ALBIDA, Heyne. Hooker, ii. 71. Trimen, ii. 12.

A small bush, 1 to 2 ft. Rootstock stout, woody and
brauched. Leaves semi-erect, linear-spathulate, conduplieate
Leaf-movements (?). Very common below 6000 ft. (413,
3000 ft.; 752, 3800 ft. ; 813, 4000 ft. ; 763, 5600 ft.)

C. NANA, Burm. f. Hooker, ii. 71. l'rimen, ii. 13.

A small annual. Branches clothed with dense fulvous
silky hair; leaves small, erect, crowded, finely silky on both
surfaces. Rare. (339, 5500 ft.)

C. CALYCINA, Schrank. Hooker, 1. 72. "Trimen, ii. 14.

An erect herb. Roots very deep; all the aerial parts,
except the upper surfaces of the leaves, densely silky with
fulvous hair. Very abundant. (416, 2200 ft.; 796, 4000
ft.; 692, 5600 ft. ; 274, 5800 ft.)

C. rerusa, Linn. ? Hooker, ii. 75. Trimen, ii. 15.

A small perennial. Rootstock woody; leaves small,
crowded, wrinkled, rolled, and densely pubescent below.
(419, 2000 tt.)

338 MR. H. H. W. PEARSON ON THE

CROTALARIA VERRUCOSA, Linn. Hooker, ii. 77. Trimen, ii. 15.
The only specimen found on the patanas. A large much-
branched annual, probably introduced from the low country.
(641, 5600 ft.)
C. semperflorens, Vent., var. Walkeri. Hooker, ii. 78. Trimen,
ii. 16.

A small shrubby perennial. Rootstock stout, woody and
branched ; branches long and scandent; leaves glabrous,
moving into a profile position in bright sunlight. Common
at about 6000 ft. (642, 5600 ft. ; 278, 5800 ft.)

Parocnetus communis, Ham. Hooker, ii. 86. Trimen, ii. 20.

A small creeping herb, with trifoliate leaves. Leaf-
movements (P). (491, 7000 ft.)

TEPHROSTA TINCTORTA, Pers. Hooker, ii. 111. Trimen, ii. 31.

A semi-shrubby perennial. Young shoots densely clothed
with a brown velvety pubescence. Leaflets semi-erect, cori-
aceous, glabrous above, densely silky beneath. Abundant at
4000 ft. (324, 3800 ft.)

ZORNIA DIPHYLLA, Pers, var. Warkrmr Hooker, ii. 147.
Trimen, ii. 35.

A prostrate perennial. Taproot deep; rootstock woody,
stems numerous, wiry; leaves petiolate bifoliate; leaflets
small, moving into a profile position in bright sunlight.
Very abundant at about 4000 ft. (751, 775, 3800 ft.)

SMITHTA BLANDA, Wall. Hooker, ii. 151. Trimen, ii. 37.

A prostrate perennial. Rootstock stout, woody, and
branched; leaflets sensitive to contact, and moving into a
profile position in bright sunlight and in darkness. Common
above 5000 feet. (237, 338, 5800 ft. ; 819, 6200 ft.)

PycwNosrona HEDYSAROTDES, R.Br. Hooker, ii. 153. Trimen, ii.41.

Perennial. Stems slender, densely cespitose, trailing.
Leaves pinnately trifoliate. At 3800 ft.

DESMODIUM POLYCARPUM, DC. Hooker, ii. 171. Trimen, ii. 53.

A sub-erect perennial. Rootstock woody; leaves few,
trifoliate. (715, 4000 ft.)

D. TRIFLORUM, DC. Hooker, ii. 173. Trimen, ii. 54.

A small perennial. Taproot long and stout; rootstock
woody ; stems cæspitose, short, and wiry; leaves few and
small. Common below 4000 ft. (743, 3800 ft.)

D. PARVIFOLIUM, DC. Hooker, ii. 174. Trimen, ii. 55.
A prostrate perennial. Rootstock woody; stems wiry

BOTANY OF THE CEYLON PATANAS. 339

densely ezspitose, trailing widely. Leaves crowded; leaflets
small, moving into a profile position in bright sunlight.
(647, 5600 ft. ; 345, 5800 ft.) .

PHASEOLUS ADENANTHUS, G. Mey. Hooker, ii. 200. Trimen, ii. 70.

A perennial twiner. (730, 5800 ft.)

P. TRINERVIUS, Heyne. Hooker, ii. 203. Trimen, ii. 72.

A perennial twiner. Rootstock woody ; stems with long
internodes, villous with brown deflexed hair. Leaflets con-
duplieate, moving into profile positions in bright sunlight
and at night. Common above 5000 ft. (729, 5600 ft.)

P. cancamaTUs, Roxb. (Psp.). Hooker, ii. 203. Trimen, ii. 73.

A small perennial. Stems prostrate. (765, 5600 ft.)

ATYLOsIA CANDOLLEI, Wight & Arn. Hooker, ii. 212. Trimen,
ii. 78.

An erect shrub (3-6 ft.) Young branches densely
pubescent with yellow hair. Leaves trifoliate ; leaflets
conduplicate, thick, especially at the margins, densely white
tomentose beneath, falling into a profile position in darkness.
On emerging from the bud the young leaf is erect, the
leaflets being densely clothed with brown silky hair; later,
for two or three days, the leaflets hang vertically downwards
from the petiole, which remains erect; then the leaflets
unfold, and the leaf attains its adult form. Very common
between 4000 and 6000 ft. (644, 5600 ft.)

A. rugosa, Wight & Arn. Hooker, ii. 215. Trimen, ii. 79.

A straggling perennial Stems pubescent with yellow
hair; leaves trifoliate ; leaflets rather thick, softly velvety
above, densely so beneath, moving into a profile position
in bright sunlight and at night. Common between 3000
and 6000 ft. (645, 5600 ft. ; 362, 5800 ft.)

Cassra Krr, Wight & Arn. Hooker, ii. 266. Trimen, ii. 110.

A small, robust, deep-rooted perennial. Rhizome stout ;
stems numerous and wiry; the leaflets move into a profile
position in bright sunlight and at night. Very common in
hot stony places below 4000 ft. (424, 2000 ft.; 425, 718,
3800 ft.)

C. MrMosorDES, Linn. Hooker, ii. 266. Trimen, ii. 110.

Annual. Stems usually erect. Leaves few ; the leaflets
move into a profile position in sunlight and at night.
Very common at 4000 ft. (773, 3800 ft. ; 716, 4000 ft. ;
885, 5600 ft. ; 714, 5800 ft.)

310 MR. H. H. W. PEARSON ON THE

CASSTA MIMOSOIDES, Linn., var. AURICOMA.
Branches densely clothed with fulvous hair. (877,4000 ft.)
RUBUS wonuccANUS, Linn. Hooker, ii. 830. Trimen, ii. 136.

A scrambling shrub. Leaves simple, thick, subglabrous,
tuberculate above, densely ochreous-pubescent beneath ;
veins deeply sunken on the upper surface, very prominent
beneath. Very abundant above 5000 ft. (354, 5800 ft.;
490, 7000 ft.) Ä

R. ErLipticvs, Sm. Hooker, ii. 336. Trimen, ii. 137.

A scrambling shrub. Young parts of the stem densely
hispid ; leaflets semi-erect, conduplicate, glabrous above, with
deeply depressed veins, densely grey-pubescent beneath
with prominent veins. (395, 4000 ft. ; 690, 5600 ft.)

R. LASIOCARPUS, Sm. Hooker, ii. 339, Trimen, ii. 138.

A scrambling shrub. Leaflets glabrous above with de-
pressed veins, grey-pubescent beneath with prominent veius.
(240, 5800 ft.)

R. LASIOCARPUS, Sm., var. SUBGLABER, Thw.
Leaflets almost glabrous. (747, 3800 ft.; 689, 5600 ft.)
PorENTILLA MOONTANA, Wight. Hooker,ii.349. Trimen, ii. 139.

A small prostrate perennial. Rootstock woody; stems
prostrate, densely tomentose; leaves chiefly radical, a few
distant on the stem, slightly hairy. Above 6000 ft.; rare.
(567, 7200 ft.)

P. Kuerntana, Wight & Arn. Hooker, ii. 359. Trimen, ii. 139.

A small prostrate annual. Stems tomentose, especially in
the young parts; leaves sparsely silky-hairy. Above
6000 ft. (566, 7200 ft.)

ALCHEMILLA INDICA, Gardn. Hooker, ii. 361. Trimen, ii. 140.

Perennial. Stems long, prostrate, villous ; leaves sparsely
pilose above, densely so beneath. Common above 6000 ft.
(565, 7200 ft.)

Agrimonia zeylanica, Moon. Hooker, ii. 362. Trimen, ii. 141.

A tall perennial. Rootstock woody; stems and leaves
villous-hairy ; leaflets conduplicate, margins red-coloured.
Above 4000 ft.; common. (691, 5600 ft. ; 246, 5800 ft.)

BRYOPHYLLUM CALYCINUM, Salisb. Hooker, ii, 413. Trimen,
n. 145.

Common at Wilson's Bungalow (4000 ft.). “ A common
plant on bare rocky places throughout the low and lower
montane country, and has all the look of a native” ( Trimen).

BOTANY OF THE CEYLON PATANAS. 341

KALANCHOE FLORIBUNDA, Wight & Arn. Hooker, ii. 414. Trimen,
11. 144.

Perennial. Leaves glabrous and succulent. At 4000 ft.
and 5600 ft. (Nock).

Drosera Burwannt, Vahl. Hooker, ii. 424. Trimen, ii. 145.

Leaves rosulate, the living ones resting on a mat formed
of old leaf-remains. In wet places at all elevations. (414,
3800 ft.; 283, 5800 ft. ; 850, 6200 ft.)

D. PELTATA, Sm. Hooker, ii. 424. Trimen, ii. 146.

The stem (6 to 10 inches) arises from a deeply-situated,
smooth, red tuber ; the lamina of the peltate leaf is fixed in
a vertical plane on the horizontal petiole. Very common
above 5000 ft. (829, 5600 ft.; 661, 6000 ft.)

SERPICULA INDICA, Thw. Hooker, ii. 431. Trimen, ii. 148.

A prostrate herb, often forming dense mats in wet places.
Very common above 5000 ft. (379, 5800 ft.; 872, 6200 ft. ;
489, 7200 ft. ; 356, 8000 ft.)

CARALLIA INTEGERRIMA, DC. Hooker, ii. 439. Trimen, ii.
155.

A tree. Young leaves red-coloured ; old leaves semi-
erect and semi-coriaceous. The only specimen seen on the
patanas, At 4000 ft.

Psrptum Gevava, Linn. Hooker, ii. 468. Trimen, ii. 167.

A small tree. Young leaves erect, densely pubescent,
eonduplicate. Naturalized; rare on the patanas. (800,
4000 ft.)

RHODOMYRTUS TOMENTOSA, Wight. Hooker, ii. 469. Trimen,
ii. 166.

A shrub. Young shoots and leaves densely pubescent ;
leaves erect, rigidly coriaceous, glabrous above, finely pubes-
cent beneath, with recurved margins. Aromatic. Above
5000 ft. “At Malacca I found this abundantly on the
sandy seashore, but in Ceylon it is entirely a montane
plant" (Trimen). (239, 5800 ft.)

Eugenia olivifolia, Duthie. Hooker, ii. 495. Trimen, ii. 178.

A small, much-branched tree. Young leaves red; old
leaves erect, glabrous, coriaceous. Rare on the patanas.
(805, 4000 ft.)

E. JAMBOLANA, Lam. (Psp. Hooker, ii. 499. Trimen, ii. 179.

(879, 3800 ft.)

E. (? sp.).—(438, 2200 ft.)

342 MR. H. H. W. PEARSON ON THE

CAREYA ARBOREA, Roxb. Hooker, ii. 511. Trimen, ii. 191.

The “ Patana Oak”: a small tree, with glabrous coriaceous
leaves. “The heart-wood is dark reddish-brown, heavy,
moderately hard, even-grained, very durable. The bark is
very astringent. The inner bark gives a strong fibre”
(Trimen). Very abundant below 4500 ft. “Also rarely in
the dry region” (Trimen). (771, 3800 ft. ; 789, 4000 ft.)

ÜSBECKIA CUPULARIS, D. Don, var. ERYTHROCEPHALA. Hooker,
ii. 514. Trimen, ii. 194.

A low shrub, often growing gregariously. Rootstock
woody ; stems prostrate or decumbent, young parts densely
fulvous-hairy ; leaves semi-erect, conduplieate, often red,
densely hairy. Very abundant above 5000 ft. (711,
5600 ft.; 235, 5800 ft. ; 841, 6200 ft. ; 568, 7200 ft.)

O. aspera, Blume, var. KLEINIT, Hooker, ii. 519. Trimen, ii. 195.

A low shrub. Rootstock stout and woody; young shoots
hispid and purple-coloured, semi-succulent ; leaves con-
duplicate, pilose on both surfaces. (433, 2200 ft.)

O. rubicunda, Arn. Hooker, ii. 520. Trimen, ii. 197.

A low shrub. Rootstock stout and woody ; leaves hispid
on both surfaces. Abundant above 4000 ft. (883, 4000 ft. ;
651, 887, 5600 ft.)

O. ocranpra, DC. Hooker, ii. 521. Trimen, ii. 198.

A small erect shrub. Young shoots hispid; leaves
coriaceous, glabrous or slightly hairy. Abundant below
5000 ft. (435, 2200 ft. ; 434, 3800 ft. ; 710, 5600 ft.)

WoopronDrA FLORIBUNDA, Salisb. Hooker, ii. 572. Trimen,
ii. 226.

A straggling shrub. Leaves finely pubescent above,
densely so and glandular beneath, with recurved margins.
Locally abundant at 4000 ft.; otherwise rare. (806,
4000 ft.)

MUKIA SCABRELLA, Arn. Hooker, ii. 623. Trimen, ii. 254.

A perennial herbaceous climber. Leaves rough scabrid
above, roughly hispid beneath. (777, 3800 ft.)

RHIPSALIS CassytHa, Gaertn. Hooker, ii.658. Trimen, ii. 266.

Perennial. Stem suceulent; leaves reduced to scales.
On rocks above 5000 ft.; rare. (396, 5600 ft.)

HypnocorvrE AsrATICA, Linn. Hooker, ii. 669. Trimen, ii. 276.

A prostrate perennial. Rootstock erect; stems long and
trailing, with long internodes. Very abundant above 5000 ft.
(393, 5800 ft.)

BOTANY OF THE CEYLON PATANAS. 843

BUPLEURUM MUCRONATUM, Wight & Arn., var. VIRGATA.
Hooker, ii. 676. Trimen, ii. 277.

Perennial. Stem erect; leaves semi-erect, linear, with
red-coloured margins. Very abundant above 5000 ft. (830,
5600 ft. ; 653, 6000 ft. ; 564, 7000 ft.)

PIMPINELLA LESCHENAULTII, DC. Hooker, ii. 687. Trimen,
ii. 279.

Perennial. Rootstock branched; leaves coriaceous,
chiefly radical, finely pubescent beneath. On the patanas
at 7000 ft.—the only locality in Ceylon. (609, 7000 ft.)

Heracleum ceylanicum, Gardn. Hooker, ii. 716. Trimer, ii. 280.

Perennial. Rootstock ascending, stout and woody ; roots
thick and tuberous; leaves pubescent on both surfaces.
Common above 5000 ft. (827, 5600 ft.; 243, 5800 ft.;
361, 7000 ft.)

HEPTAPLEURUM STELLATUM, Gaertn. Hooker, ii. 730. Trimen,
ii. 283.

A scandent shrub. Young leaflets red and hanging ver-
tically ; old leaves coriaceous and glabrous. In sheltered
localities below 4000 ft. (871, 3800 ft.)

WENDLANDIA Noronrana, Wall. Hooker, 2, 40. Trimen, ii. 297.

A tall shrub. Old leaves coriaceous and glabrous; young
leaves erect, red, and hairy. Below 4000 ft. (448, 750,
3800 ft.)

Alleophania decipiens, Thw. Hooker, iii. 48. Trimen, ii. 301.

A small coarse shrub. Leaves roughly hairy above, silky
pubescent on the prominent veins beneath, especially when
young. (873, 5800 ft.)

Hepyoris VERTICILLARIS, Wight & Arn. Hooker, iii. 56.
Trimen, ii. 311.

A large perennial herb, with gregarious aloe-like habit.
Rootstock stout; roots very long, superficial and woody ;
stem very short; leaves radical, the younger ones erect,
and forming a cup in which water collects, the lower ones
rosulate ; stipules erect, lanceolate, bearing numerous
marginal glands. The old leaf-remains form a rotting mass
around the bases of the younger leaves. Very abundant in
wet places above 6000 ft. (245, 6200 ft.)

H. Lawsonie, Wight & Arn. Hooker, iii. 56. Trimen, ii. 310.

A small shrub, often growing gregariously ; leaves erect,
glabrous, glazed, coriaceous, with recurved margins. Abun-
dant above 5000 ft., often forming the principal constituent

344 MR. H. H. W. PEARSON ON THE

of the vegetation on the boundary between the patana and
the forest. (698, 6200 ft.)
OLDENTANDIA Heyser, R. Br. Hooker, iii. 65. Trimen, ii. 315.

A small much-branched annual, with a stout taproot.
Stems glabrous and wiry, with long internodes; leaves small,
linear, glabrous, and usually rolled. Very abundant at
4000 ft. and below. (451, 2000 ft.; 449, 3800 ft. ; 808, 717,
4000 ft.)

Anotis nummularia, Arn. Hooker, iii. 75. Trimen, ii. 318.

A small prostrate perennial; stem hairy, rooting at the
nodes; leaves erect, thick, hairy on both surfaces. Common
in wet places above 5000 ft. (365, 5800 ft.)

MUSSANDA FRONDOSA, Linn. var. ZEYLANICA. Hooker, iii. 89.
Trimen, 11. 323.

A small shrub. Young branches and the leaves softly
velvety, especially beneath; young leaves densely pilose.
Rare on the patanas, (793, 4000 ft.)

KNOKTA corymposa, Willd. Hooker, iii. 128. Trimen, ii. 340.

An erect annual. Stem tomentose, densely so in the
young parts, internodes long; leaves pubescent, especially
on the lower surface. Rare on the patanas. (505, 2500 ft.)

K. Morris, Wight & Arn. Hooker, iii. 129. Trimen, ii. 340.

A small shrubby annual, almost glabrous. Rare. (698,
5600 ft.)

K. platycarpa, Arn. Hooker, ii. 181. Trimen, ii. 841.

A small bush, 1 to 3 feet high. Rootstock horizontal,
woody and branched ; young stems and petioles purple-
coloured; leaves erect or semi-erect, coriaceous, glabrous or
nearly so, often rugose, with recurved margins ; young leaves
erect and hairy. Very abundant, particularly above 5000 ft.,
where it often forms an important constituent of the border-
vegetation between patana and forest. One of the first
plants to reappear after a patana-fire. (453, 2200 [t.; 455,
3000 ft. ; 391, 4000 ft. ; 659, 5600 ft.)

K. platycarpa, Arn., var. hirsuta.

The whole plant more or less hairy. In No. 484 the
hairiness extends to the upper surfaces of the leaves (cf.
Trimen) Abundant on the patanas, particularly at 4000 ft.,
where it is more common than the type. (778, 3800 ft.;
699, 5600 ft. ; 343, 5800 ft. ; 484, 7000 ft.)

K. platycarpa, Arn., var. foliosa, Thw. (843, 5800 ft.)

BOTANY OF THE CEYLON PATANAS. 915

CANTHIUM Reen, DC., var. minus, Thw. Hooker, iii. 134.
Trimen, ii. 344. (=C. P. 3420.)
(212, 3800 ft.)
C. PARVIFLORUM, Lam. Hooker, iti. 136. Trimen, ii. 346.

A shrub. “Wood very hard and close-grained " ( Trimen).
Leaves glabrous and semi-coriaceous. Below 5000 ft.; rare.
(803, 4000 ft.)

? MORINDA TINCTORIA, Roxb. Hooker, iii. 156. Trimen, ii. 354.

(447, 2200 ft.)

RUBIA CORDIFOLIA, Linn. Hooker, iii. 202. Trimen, ii. 372.

A long scandent perennial. “Roots very long, with a
thick red cortex” (Zrimen). Leaves rugose, semi-coriaceous.
(683, 5600 ft.)

GALIUM Morrvao, Linn. Hooker, iii. 207. Trimen, ii. 373.

Very abundant among the grasses of the patanas above
5000 ft. (682, 5600 ft. ; 376, 5800 ft.; 485, 7000 ft.)

Valeriana Moonii, Arn. Hooker, ii. 213. Trimen, iii. 1.

A tall perennial. Rootstock horizontal; roots numerous
aud long. In wet places at high elevations. — (483,
7000 ft.)

Dipsacus Walkeri, Arn. Hooker, im. 218. Trimen, iii. 2.

A tall perennial. Rootstock stout and woody; leaves
mostly radical. In wet places at high elevations. Rather
rare. (562, 7000 ft.)

Vernonia Thwaitesii, C. B. Clarke. Hooker, iii. 231. Trimen, iii. 6.

Perennial. Rootstock woody; roots numerous, stout,
and fibrous; leaves erect, sub-glabrous, semi-coriaceous.
On the wet patanas. Very rare. (393, 4100 ft.)

V. ciNEREA, Less. Hooker, iii. 133. Trimen, iii. 7.

A small annual. (476, 3800 ft.)

V. setigera, Arn. (sp. ?). Hooker, iii. 235. Trimen, iii. 7.

A small undershrub. (634, 5600 ft.)

V. Wightiana, Arn. Hooker, ii. 238. Trimen, iii. 9.

A low undershrub, usually 2 to 3 feet ; on the dry patauas ;
8 feet. Rootstock stout and woody; taproot woody and
deep; lower surfaces of the leaves and the young shoots
densely tomentose. Very abundant on the patanas, especi-
ally at about 2500 ft., where it frequently forms a dense
scrub. (468, 2500 ft.; 469, 3800 ft.; 822, 5600 ft. ; 244,
5800 ft. ; 840, 6200 ft. ; 561, 7000 ft.)

346 MR. H. H, W. PEARSON ON THE

ELEPHANTOPUS SCABER, Linn. Hooker, iii. 242. Trimen, iii. 12.
A perennial weed. Rootstock woody; roots long and
fibrous; leaves radical, rugose and scabrous. At about
4000 ft. (470, 3800 ft.)
DICHROCEPHALA LATIFOLIA, DC. Hooker, iii. 245. Trimen, iii. 14.

An annual weed. Abundant above 5000 ft. (665,
5600 ft.)

MrYRIACTIS Wieuti, DC. Hooker, iii. 247. Trimen, iii. 15.

A small perennial(?). Rootstock woody; leaves radical.
Above 5000 ft. (492, 7000 ft.)

LAGENOPHORA BILLARDIERI, Cass. Hooker, iii. 248. Trimen,
iii. 16.

The “ Patana Daisy”; a small perennial herb. Root-
stock short and erect ; roots numerous, deep, and tuberous ;
leaves radical. Very abundant above 5000 ft.; one of the
earliest plants to reappear after a patana-fire. 823,
5600 ft., and at 3800 ft.

MICROGLOSSA ZEYLANICA, Benth. Hooker, ii. 257. Trimen,
ii. 17.

An erect shrub, 2-8 feet ; leaves coriaceous, hoary below,
scabrous above. Very abundant between 2000 and 3000 ft.
(786, 4000 ft.; 686, 5600 ft.)

BLUMEA LACERA, DC. Hooker, iii. 263. Trimen, iii. 19.

Annual. Roots numerous, long and fibrous; young
shoots and leaves densely hirsute; old leaves glabrous above,
rugose. Above 5000 ft. (685, 5600 ft.)

B. erinita, Am. Hooker, iii. 267. Trimen, iii. 21.

A small shrubby perennial. Rootstock horizontal and
woody ; roots long and fibrous; young aerial parts densely
hirsute; old leaves sparsely hairy or glabrous above. In
wet places above 6000 ft. (384, 839, 6200 ft.)

B. FLEXUOosA, C. B. Clarke. Hooker, iii. 267. Trimen, iii. 20.

A small shrubby perennial. Rootstock horizontal, stout
and woody; roots long and fibrous; stem softly hairy ;
leaves woolly beneath, pubescent to glabrescent above.
Faintly aromatic. Particularly abundant at 6000 ft. (472,
2500 ft.; 471, 3500 ft. ; 239, 5800 ft.)

LAGGERA ALATA, Schultz-Bip. Hooker, in. 271. Trimen, iii. 23.

Perennial. Leaves crowded, semi-ereet, tomentose to
pubescent beneath, pubescent above. Strongly aromatic.
Abundant at 4000 ft. (638, 5600 ft.)

BOTANY OF THE CEYLON PATANAS. 947

ANAPHALIS CINNAMOMEA, C. B. Clarke. Hooker, iii. 281. Trimen,
in. 28.

Perennial. Stems woody at the base, covered with old
leaf-remains, lanate in the younger parts; leaves linear,
densely cinnamomeous-woolly beneath, white-grey floccose
above, with recurved margins. Above 6000 ft. (560,
7000 ft.)

A. oBLONGA, DC. Hooker, iii. 283. Trimen, iii. 30.

Perennial. Taproot stout; stem erect, floccose ; leaves
mostly radical, linear, lanate on both surfaces, with re-
curved margins, dead remains persisting. Abundant every-
where, particularly at and below 4000 ft. (474, 2000 ft. ;
810, 4000 ft.; 277, 5800 ft. ; 557, 6000 ft.)

A. Thwaitesii, C. B. Clarke. Hooker, iii. 284. Trimen, iii. 29.

A low shrub. Roots fibrous, woody, and very long ; stem
woody and leafless below, lanate above; leaves densely
erowded on the upper part of the stem, small, oblong, con-
duplicate or rolled, densely lanate. Atthe highest elevations;
very rare. (359, 8000 ft.)

A, zeylanica, C. B. Clarke. Hooker, iii. 286. Trimen, iii. 30.

Perennial. Root-system shallow ; stems slender, decum-
bent, leafless below, lanate above; leaves crowded on the
upper part of the stem, erect, densely lanate on both
surfaces (nearly glabrous in 637), with recurved margins.

No. 357 is Thwaites’ Form 2, vide Fl. Br. Ind. loc. cit.
Abundant above 5000 ft. (350, 5800 ft. ; 357, 637, 8000 ft.)

A. MARCESCENS, C. B. Clarke. Hooker, ii. 286. Trimen, iii. 31.

Perennial. Rootstock erect, stout and woody ; stem
decumbent, woody below, floccose above; leaves narrow,
linear, semi-erect, fulvous-lanate below, grey-floccose above,
with recurved margins. Very abundant above. 5000 ft.,
especially where the humus is shallow. (276, 5800 ft.;
835, 6200 ft. ; 558, 7000 ft. ; 358, 8000 ft.)

A. BREVIFOLIA, DC. Hooker, iii. 286. Trimen, iii. 31.

Perennial. Root-system shallow; stems decumbent,
tomentose ; leaves crowded, semi-erect, narrow, linear-
oblong, tomentose on both surfaces, with recurved margins.
Very abundant above 5000 ft., especially where the humus
is deep. At 7000 ft. the plant is dwarfed and much more
branched than at lower elevations. (344, 5800 ft.; 836,
6200 ft.)

LINN. JOURN.—BOTANY, VOL. XXXIV. 25

948 MR. H. H. W. PEARSON ON THE

HELICHRYSUM BUDDLEIOIDES, DC. Hooker, iii. 290. Trimen,
iii. 32.

A semi-shrubby perennial; stems densely lanate; leaves
glabrous above, densely white-tomentose beneath, with re-
curved margins. At 6000 ft. (Trimen).

? CHRYSOGONUM HETEROPHYLLUM, Benth. ` Hooker, iii. 303.
Trimen, 111. 34.

Perennial. (635, 5600 ft.)

Gynura Pseudo-china, DC., var. hispida. Hooker, iii. 335.
Trimen, iii. 45.

A stout biennial (?) herb. Root tuberous and very long ;
young shoots and leaves densely strigose ; leaves crowded.
On rocks. (477, 2200 ft. ; 825, 5600 ft.)

Emilia zeylanica, C. B. Clarke. Hooker, iii. 336. Trimen, iii. 46.

A erect perennial. Rootstock woody ; roots long, fibrous ;
leaves semi-erect, semi-coriaceous, glabrous, with recurved
margins. Common about 6000 ft. (475, 2000 ft.; 666,
5600 ft.; 355, 5800 ft. ; 815, 6000 ft.)

Senecio ZEYLANICUS, DC. Hooker, iii. 340. Trimen, iii. 48.

Perennial. Rootstock woody; roots long and fibrous;
stem decumbent, leafless below; leaves crowded, linear,
glabrous, thick and strongly recurved. Young leaves and
shoots often coloured brown-red. Abundant above 5000 ft.
(346, 5800 ft.)

S. LUDENS, C. B. Clarke. Hooker, iii. 345. Trimen, iii. 49.

A straggling perennial. Rootstock erect and woody;
leaves rather thick, rugose, or scabrid. Abundant in wet
places above 4000 ft.

CREPIS FUSCIPAPPA, C. B. Clarke. Hooker, iii. 395. Trimen, iii. 51.

A glabrous perennial. Above 5000 ft.; rare. (684,
5600 ft. ; 378, 5800 ft.)

TARAXACUM OFFICINALE, Wigg. Hooker, iii. 401. Trimen, iii. 51.

An introduction from the Hakgala Botanic Gardens,
which is spreading widely over the patanas. (5600 ft.)

LOBELIA NICOTIANAFOLIA, Heyne. Hooker, iii. 427. Trimen,
iii. 57.

A tall perennial. Stems 5-12 ft., erect, thick, usually
unbranched, naked below. Leaves thin, pubescent beneath.
Young leaves semi-erect and hairy. Abundant on the
patanas above 5500 ft., particularly near Nuwara Eliya;
usually near streams. Rare below 5000 ft. (467, 3800 ft.)

BOTANY OF THE CEYLON PATANAS. 349

WAHLENBERGIA GRACILIS, DC. Hooker, iii. 429. Trimen, iii.
58.

Perennial. Rootstock stout and woody. Stems numerous,
decumbent, wiry, leafless below; leaves few, small, semi-
erect, more or less hairy, wrinkled, with recurved margins.
Extremely abundant above 4000 ft. (466, 3000 ft.; 380,
5800 ft.; 482, 7200 ft.)

CAMPANULA FULGENS, Wall. Hooker, iii. 442. ` Trimen, iii. 60.

Perennial. Rootstock short and twisted ; roots fusiform ;
leaves few, mostly near the base of the stem. On the
patanas at high elevations; rare (Trimen).

P VACCINIUM LEScHENAULTIT, Wight, var. zeytanrtca. Hooker,
iii. 455. Trimen, iii. 61.

A shrub. Young leaves red and hanging ; old leaves
coriaceous. (863, 3800 ft.)

GAULTHERIA FRAGRANTISSIMA, Wall. Hooker, iii. 457. Trimen,
iii. 62.

A low shrub, often with a cæspitose habit. Rhizome
woody; leaves small, semi-erect, coriaceous and glabrous,
with recurved margins, faintly aromatic ; young leaves deeply
red-coloured. A specimen gathered in the forest (No. 487)
is much taller and has much larger leaves than patana-
specimens from the same elevation. Common above 5500 ft.
(847, 6000 ft. ; 486, 7200 ft.)

RHODODENDRON ARBOREUM, Sm., var. NILAGIRICUM. Hooker, iii.
461. Trimen, iii. 63.

A small tree. Leaves very thick and coriaceous, glabrous
above, clothed by ferruginous hairs beneath, with strongly
recurved margins. Young leaves semi-erect, densely covered
on both surfaces with flocculent wax. The corolla-tubes are
almost invariably bored through at the base by insects, as
has been shown to be the case in R. hirsutum and R. ferru-
gineum on the European Alps (56). Very abundant above
5000 ft.

LYSIMACHIA DELTOIDEA, Wight, var. CORDIFOLIA. Hooker, iii.
505. "Trimen, iii. 66.

Perennial. Stem prostrate, tomentose; leaves erect,
pubescent on both surfaces. About 5500 ft.; rare. (238,
5800 ft.; 535, 7200 ft.)

222

350 MR. H. H. W. PEARSON ON THE

MYRSINE CAPITELLATA, Wall, var. LANCEOLATA. Hooker, ili.
512. Trimen, iii. 68.

A shrub. Leaves erect, smaller than in the type, coria-
ceous and glabrous. (790, 4000 ft.)

EMBELIA VIRIDIFLORA, Scheff. Hooker, iii. 516. Trimen, iii. 70.

A large scandent shrub. Leaves few, simple, coriaceous
and glabrous. On the dry patanas; rare. (804, 4000 ft.)

Ardisia Gardneri, C. B. Clarke. Hooker, iii. 512. Trimen, iii. 72.

A forest undershrub. Leaves coriaceous and glabrous.
Above 5000 ft., usually near the edge of the forest. (886,
5600 ft.)

JASMINUM ANGUsSTIFOLIUM, Vahl. Hooker, iii. 598. Trimen, iil.
114.

Alowshrub, Rootstock stout, woody, and much branched.
Leaves small, simple, numerous, and glabrous. On the dry
patanas; rare. (788, 4000 ft.)

Lieusrrum Watxert, Deene, Hooker, ii. 614. Trimen, iil.
119.

A shrub. Leaves semi-erect, semi-coriaceous ; young

leaves red. Common below 4000 ft. (795, 4000 ft.)
Exacum Walkeri, Arn. Hooker, iv. 96. Trimen, 111. 180.

Biennial or perennial. Leaves few, small, semi-suceu-
lent. About 6000 ft.; rare. (849, 6200 ft.)

E. zeylanicum, Roxb. Hooker, iv. 97. Trimen, iii. 181.

Biennial or perennial. Roots and stem-base stout and
woody ; leaves semi-erect, numerous, thin, glabrous.
Common on the patanas at all elevations. (437, 2200 ft. ;
791, 4000 ft. ; 838, 5600 ft. ; 364, 5800 ft.)

E. zeylanicum, Roxb., var. macrantha. (706, 5600 ft.)
GenTIANA QUADRIFARIA, Blume. Hooker, iv. 111. Trimen,
iii. 186.

Biennial(?) A small decumbent herb. Leaves semi-erect,
crowded, glabrous, semi-succulent. Common above 5000 ft.
The patana-plants show the dwarfed, much branched stems
covered with closely-set leaves which are characteristic of
the “Sun” form of this species *. (282, 5800 ft.; 848,
6200 ft.)

Swertia zeylanica, Walker. Hooker, iv. 127. Trimen, iii. 187.

Perennial (P) Leaves semi-erect, few, small and semi-
succulent, conduplieate. Young parts of the stem and

x Schin;per, ‘ Pflanzen Geographie,’ p. 766, fig. 425 (1 & 2).

BOTANY OF THE CEYLON PATANAS. 851

edges of the leaves (sometimes the whole leaves) are red-
coloured. Very abundant above 5000 ft. (727, 5600 ft.;
231, 5800 ft. ; 546, 6000 ft.)
CxNoaLossuM FURCATUM, Wall., var. LANCEOLATUM. Hooker, iv.
156. Trimen, iii. 203.

Perennial. A tall coarse weed; leaves tuberculate,
shortly pilose on the veins beneath. The blue colour of the
flowers is more intense at 7000 ft. than at lower elevations.
(704, 5600 ft.)

ARGYREIA HIRSUTA, var. coacra, C. B. Clarke. Hooker, iv. 189.
Trimen, iii. 206.

A semi-shrubby twiner. Stems long, stout, and hairy ;
leaves conduplicate, silky-hairy on both surfacs. Above
4000 ft. ; rare. (891, 4000 ft.)

EvorvvLvs AnsrNOIDES, Linn. Hooker,iv. 220. Trimen, iii. 227.

A small prostrate perennial. Roots long and much
branched: rootstock woody and branched; stems long,
spreading, silky-hairy ; leaves small, few, erect, condupli-
cate, silky-hairy on both surfaces. Very abundant below
4000 ft. (442, 3800 ft.; 794, 4000 ft.)

SOLANUM INDICUM, Linn. Hooker, iv. 284. Trimen, iii. 234.

A weedy shrub. Leaves and young stems densely tomen-
tose. (776, 3800 ft.; 321, 5600 ft.)

VERBASCUM Tarsus, Linn. Hooker, iv. 250. Trimen, in, 241.

The common English “ Mullein." This plant has become
naturalized on the patanas in the neighbourhood of Nuwara
Eliya, where it is very abundant, and has the characteristic
British habit.

TORENIA HIRTELLA, Hook.f. Hooker, iv. 277. Trimen, iii. 249.

A small herb, with long internodes, prostrate among the
grasses. Leaves few, small, and wrinkled. (702, 5600 ft.)

STRIGA LUTEA, Lour. Hooker, iv. 299. Trimen, iii. 256.

A small, erect, herbaceous root-parasite. Leaves few,
erect, small, linear. Very abundant below 6000 ft. (740,
3800 ft.)

S. EUPHRASIOIDES, Benth. Hooker, iv. 299. Trimen, iii. 256.

Rather taller than the last species. Stem and leaves red-
coloured. Very abundant below 4000 ft. (458, 3000 ft. ;
741, 3800 ft.)

SoPUBIA TRIFIDA, Ham. Hooker, iv. 302. Trimen, iii. 257.

Anerect annual. Leaves trifid, or entire, filiform, borne

352 MR. H. H. W. PEARSON ON THE

on axillary short shoots; young leaves brown-red. Very
abundant everywhere. (445, 2200 ft.; 443, 3000 ft.; 381,
5800 ft.; 881, 6200 ft.)
PEDICULARIS ZEYLANICA, Benth. Hooker, iv. 317. Trimen, iii. 260.
Perennial. Rootstock woody; roots tuberous; leaves
mostly radical, a few smaller ones higher up the stem, gemi-
erect, glabrous above, pubescent beneath with recurved
margins. Abundant above 5000 ft. One of the earliest
plants to reappear after a pataua-fire. (821, 5600 ft.; 568,
7200 ft.)

[Specimens of Utricularia sp. were so badly preserved that
identifieation is in several cases impossible. The following were
all found in marshy hollows at the elevations indicated. |

UTRICULARIA CERULEA, Linn. Hooker, iv. 331. Trimen, iii. 268.

A common species. (459, 3000 ft. ; and at 6200 ft.)

U. BIFIDA, Linn. Hooker, iv. 332. Trimen, iii. 270.

(461, 3000 ft.)

U. racemosa, Wall. Hooker, iv. 333. Trimen, iii. 270.

(463, 3000 ft.)

U. ORBICULATA, Wall. Hooker, iv. 334. Trimen, iii. 271.

(462, 3000 ft.)

Didymocarpus Humboldtiana, Gardn. Hooker, iv. 253. Trimen,
iii. 273.

A small perennial. Rootstock short, stout and erect;
leaves radical, densely tomentose beneath, hirsute above.
On wet boulders between 5000 and 6000 ft. (762, 5600 ft.)

JUSTICIA PROCUMBENS, Linn. Hooker, iv. 539. Trimen, iii. 337.

A small stoloniferous perennial. Stems decumbent,
usually with long internodes ; leaves small, wrinkled, with
recurved margins. Common among the grasses above 5000
ft. (701, 5600 ft. ; 842, 6200 ft.)

LANTANA sp. (3000 ft.; 3800 ft.)
Premna Thwaitesii, C. B. Clarke. Hooker, iv. 579. Trimen,
iii. 353.

A small tree. Young parts densely pubescent; leaves
densely pubescent beneath; strongly aromatic. Near
Wilson's Bungalow ; rare. (Trimen.)

GENIOSPORUM ELONGATUM, Benth. Hooker, iv. 610. Trimen,
iii. 368.

A tall perennial. Rootstock woody; stem with long

internodes ; leaves few, erect, conduplicate, small, pubescent

BOTANY OF THE CEYLON PATANAS. 353

on both sides. Abundant at about 4000 ft. (457, 3000 ft. ;
755, 5600 ft.)
Plectranthus nigrescens, Benth. Hooker, iv.617. Trimen, iii. 370.

(779, 6200 ft.)

P. MENTHOIDES, Benth. Hooker, iv. 620. Trimen, iii. 372.

A tall perennial, semi-shrubby below. Young stem and
both surfaces of the leaves densely pubescent; strongly
aromatic. Locally abundant above 4000 ft. (389, 5600 ft.)

Coreus BAnBATUS, Benth. Hooker, iv. 625. Trimen, iii. 373.

Perennial. Stems semi-succulent ; the whole plant
densely pubescent and strongly aromatic. Locally abundant
at 4000 ft. (399, 3800 ft.)

C. MALABARICUS, Benth. Hooker, iv. 626. Trimen, iii. 374.

Perennial. Stem stout and succulent; leaves thin and
wrinkled. Rare on the patanas. (617, 6000 ft.)

Pogostemon reflexus, Benth. Hooker, iv. 633. Trimen, iii. 378.

A small shrub. Young stems and leaves densely pubes-

cent; aromatic. At high elevations; rare. (612, 7000 ft.)
CALAMINTHA UMBROSA, Benth. Hooker, iv. 650. Trimen, iii. 881.

Perennial. Stem decumbent, leafless below ; leaves few,
small, semi-coriaceous, Abundant among the grass above
5000 ft. (289, 5800 ft.)

LEUCAS MARRUBIOIDES, Desf. Hooker, iv. 683. Trimen, iii. 385.

Perennial. Stem semi-woody, leafless below, tomentose
above; leaves thick, velvety-hairy above; densely white-
tomentose beneath. (456, 2200 ft.; 785, 4500 ft.; 758,
5600 ft.)

L.’zEYLANICA, R. Br., var. WAnkeri. Hooker, iv. 689. Trimen,
iii. 387.

Annual. Stem long, decumbent or erect, leafless below,
young parts pubeseent. Leaves few, linear, rolled, densely
pubescent on both surfaces. Abundant above 4000 ft.
(719, 4000 ft.; 708, 5600 ft.)

PLANTAGO LANCEOLATA, Linn. Hooker, iv. 706. Trimen, iil.
389.

Annual. An introduction, which has established itself on
the patanas in the neighbourhood of Nuwara Eliya, (837,
6200 ft.)

PoLYGONUM ALATUM, Ham., var, PARVIFLORA. Hooker, v. 41.
Trimen, iii. 413.

Annual. Stems numerous, prostrate, spreading, semi-

354 MR. H. H. W. PEARSON ON THE

succulent, purple, with long internodes ; leaves small,
purple when young. Very abundant above 5000 ft. (336,
5800 ft. ; 575, 7200 ft.)

POLYGONUM CHINENSE, Linn. Hooker, v. 44. Trimen, in. 413.

A long trailing shrubby perennial; young stem, petiole,
and ochrea red-coloured ; leaves rather thick, glabrous, with
recurved margins. Abundant above 5000 ft. (845, 5600 ft.)

PEPEROMIA REFLEXA, A. Dietr. Hooker, v. 99. Trimen, iii. 432.

A small perennial with small tufted succulent leaves. On
boulders above 5000 ft. (401, 5500 ft.)

Actinodaphne stenophylla, Thw. Hooker, v. 150. Trimen, iii.
446.

A small tree (20 ft.). Leaves erect, small, glabrous and
coriaceous ; young leaves densely pubescent with dark brown
hairs. Locally plentiful. (412, 2200 ft.; 326, 3800 ft.;
812, 4000 ft.)

LITSEA ZEYLANICA, Nees. Hooker, v. 178. Trimen, iii. 454.

A small tree. Leaves semi-erect, glabrous and coriaceous ;
young leaves erect and red-coloured. In sheltered hollows
at about 4000 ft. (327, 3800 ft.)

WIKSTROEMIA CANESCENS, Meissn. Hooker, v. 195. Trimen, iii.
458.

A small shrub; leaves crowded at the top of the shoot,
erect, thin, faintly pubescent, with recurved margins. Above
5000 ft. ; rare. (295, 5800 ft.)

LASIOSIPHON ERIOCEPHALUS, Decne, var. ZEYLANICUS, Meissn.
Hooker, v. 197. Trimen, iii. 459.

An erect shrub. Leaves crowded, erect, silky-villous,
particularly on the lower surface. Young leaves densely
villous on both surfaces. Abundant at 4000 ft. (783,
4000 ft.)

LORANTHUS SUBORBICULARIS, Thw. Hooker, v.214. Trimen, iii.
466.

Epiphytic on the Rhododendron. Leaves semi-erect, thick
and coriaceous. (1247, 6200 ft.)

OSYRIS ARBOREA, Wall. Hooker, v. 232. Trimen, iii. 474,

A small shrub. Leaves small, crowded, erect, glabrous
and coriaceous. Young leavesred-coloured. Very abundant
below 6000 ft. (402, 2200 ft.; 744, 3800 ft.; 787, 4000:
ft. ; 554, 5600 ft.)

BOTANY OF THE CEYLON PATANAS. 355
TUPHORBIA Rorutana, Spreng. Hooker, v. 263. Trimen, iv. 8.

A semi-shrubby perennial. Leaves crowded and erect;
young leaves red. (746, 3800 ft.; 985, 5800 ft.; 360,
7000 ft.)

PHYLLANTHUS EMBLTCA, Linn. Hooker, v. 289. Trimen, iv. 19.

A small tree. Leaves numerous, erowded, deciduous in
the dry season. Abundant below 4000 ft. (Trimen.)

P. SIMPLEX, Retz. Hooker, v. 995. Trimen, iv. 22.

A spreading perennial. Rootstock stout and woody ;
roots woody and deep; stems numerous and wiry; leaves
small, glabrous, with thickened, red, and recurved margins,
moving into a profile position in bright sunlight and at
night. Very common above 5000 ft. This and its variety
are among the first plants to reappear after a patana-fire.
(721, 4000 ft. ; $16, 5600 ft. ; 876, 5800 ft.)

P. SIMPLEX, Retz., var. GARDNERIANUS, Muell. Arg.

(742, 3800 ft. ; 301, 5800 ft. ; 488, 7000 ft.)

GLOCHIDION ZEYLANICUM, A. Juss. Hooker, v.310. Trimen, iv.28.

A small tree. with red buds. Leaves erect, glabrous on
both sides (pubescent beneath in var. tomentosum), very
thick and coriaceous. Young leaves hanging and red-
coloured. Rare. (869, 3800 ft.; 798, 4000 ft.)

G. coriaceum, Thw. Hooker, v. 321. Trimen, iv. 30.

A shrub. Leaves erect, glabrous, thick and coriaceous ;
young leaves hairy. Rare. (881, 3800 ft.)

G. montanum, Thw. Hooker, v. 325. Trimen, iv. 31.

A small tree. Leaves coriaceous, glabrous above, pubes-
cent beneath. Rare. (Trimen.)

BREYNIA PATENS, Benth. Hooker, v. 329. Trimen, iv. 33.

A shrub with spreading branches. Leaves small, semi-
coriaceous. The 9 flower, when young, hangs vertically on
a short peduncle which moves into an erect position before
the fruit is mature. Below 4000 ft. (431, 3800 ft.; 797,
4000 ft.)

PovzonziA BENNETTIANA, Wight. Hooker, v. 585. Trimen, iv.
117.

A low shrub. Rootstock horizontal, stout and woody ;
stems semi-suceulent and hairy in the younger parts. Leaves
densely hirsute on both sides. This specimen is nearer to
var. quadrialata from the Nilghiris than to the Ceylon var.
Gardneri. Rare. (865, 5600 ft.)

356 MR. H. H. W. PEARSON ON THE

Povzorzia PARYIFOLIA, Wight. Hooker, v. 587. Trimen, iv. 117.
Stems diffuse, slender, prostrate, pubescent or hirsute ;
leaves strigosely hairy on both surfaces. Above 6000 ft.
( Trimen.)
BURMANNIA DISTICHA, Linn. Hooker, v. 664. Trimen, iv. 130.
Very rare on the patanas. (284, 5800 ft.)
Ipsea speciosa, Lindl. Hooker, v. 812. Trimen, iv. 171.
The * Daffodil orchid." Flowers during the N.E. mon-
soon. Locally abundant about 5600 ft. (363, 5800 ft.)
Puaszvs WarLrcuir, Lindl. Hooker, v. S16. Trimen, iv. 172.
Rather common between 3000 and 7000 ft. ; especially at
the higher elevations. (Trimen.)
SPIRANTHES AUSTRALIS, Lindl. Hooker, vi. 102. Trimen, iv. 217.
Very abundant above 5000 ft. (280, 5800 ft.; 495,
7000 ft.)
Habenaria acuminata, Thw. Hooker, vi. 133. Trimen, iv. 227.
Abundant below 5000 ft. (367, 5800 ft.)
H. VIRIDIFLORA, R. Br. Hooker, vi. 150. Trimen, iv. 231.
(860, 3800 ft.)
H. torta, Hook. f£. Hooker, vi. 159. Trimen, iv. 234.
Abundant above 4000 ft. (409, 3500 ft.; 369, 5800 ft. ;
857, 7200 ft.)
SATYRIUM NEPALENSE, D. Don. Hooker, vi. 168. Trimen, iv. 237.
Very abundant above 4000 ft. (667, 5600 ft.; 291,
5800 ft. ; 332, 6200 ft.)
CuRCULIGO ORCHIOIDES, Gaertn. Hooker, vi. 270. Trimen, iv. 269,
A perennial herb. Rootstock erect, fleshy, 8 inches or
more long, roots stout, fleshy and tuberous; stem very
short, covered by the fibrous remains of old leaves ; leaves
radical, linear or lanceolate, slightly hairy. Abundant be-
tween 3000 ft. and 6000 ft.; one of the earliest plants to
appear after a patana-fire. (410, 3800 ft.; 825, 5600 ft.)
DIANELLA ENSIFOLIA, Redouté. Hooker, vi. 337. Trimen, iv. 288.
Perennial. Rootstock horizontal, stout and woody ;
roots long and fibrous ; leaves erect and stiff. (400, 2300 ft.)
CoMMELINA NUDIFLORA, Linn. Hooker, vi. 369. Trimen, iv. 300.
Annual. Common on rocks above 5000 ft. (300, 5800 ft.)
ANEILEMA DIMORPHUM, Dalz. Hooker, vi. 377. Trimen, iv. 307.
Perennial. Roots thick and fibrous. Nodes of the stem
and leaf-sheaths purple. Common above 5000 ft. (296,
5800 ft.)

BOTANY OF THE CEYLON PATANAS. 357

CYANOTIS PILOSA, Schultes f. Hooker, vi. 387. Trimen, iv. 314,
Perennial. Roots numerous, thick and tuberous.
Common among the grasses above 5000 ft. (298, 5000 ft.)
C. vırLosa, Schultes f. Hooker, vi. 387. Trimen, iv. 318.
Perennial (?). Leaves densely villous with long silky hair
(897), or pilose beneath and glabrous above (672). (397,
2000 ft.; 672, 5600 ft.)
C. rAscICULATA, Schultes f.(sp.?). Hooker, vi. 387. Trimen,
iv. 314.
Annual. Leaves floccosely silky. (673, 5600 ft.)
Juncus PRISMATOCARPUs, R. Br. Hooker, vi. 395. Trimen, iv.
318.
Perennial. Common in wet places. (408, 3000 ft. ; 54,
3800 ft. ; 53, 5600 ft.)
APONOGETON CRISPUM, Thunb. Hooker, vi. 564. Trimen, iv. 372.
Leaves submerged or floating; usually red. Common in
running water on the patanas, at 6000 ft.
[The following species of Eriocaulon were found in marshy
places on the patanas at the elevations indicated. |
Eriocaulon caulescens, Hook. f. & Thoms. Hooker, vi. 572.
On Pedurutalagala. (77, 8000 ft.)
E. ceylanicum, Koern. (E. subcaulescens, Hk. f.) Hooker, vi. 573.
On Horton Plains. (70, 7200 ft.)
E. atratum, Koern. Hooker, vi. 574.
Common above 5000 ft.
[No. 60 has straw-coloured invelueral scales ; in 71
they are brown with black edges, while in the type they are
* glossy black." These appear to be forms of E. a£ratum,
Koern.| (71, 6000 ft. ; 60, 7200 ft. ; 63, 8000 ft.)
E. WiaurraNUM, Mart. Hooker, vi. 576.
A large species, common above 5000 ft. (72, 5600 ft.)
E. BROWNIANUM, Mart. Hooker, vi. 576.
Common above 5000 ft. (73, 5600 ft.: 76, 7200 ft.)
E. rTRUNCATUM, Ham. Hooker, vi. 578.
Very abundant above 5000 ft. (61, 5600 ft.; 65,
5800 ft.)
E. COLLINUM, Hook. f. Hooker, vi. 584.
A very common species. (58, 3500 ft.; 59, 5600 ft.)
KYLLINGA BREVIFOLIA, Rottb. Hooker, vi. 588.
Perennial In dry situations at lower elevations the
habitis dwarfed. Very abundant in both wet and dry places.
(9, 2000 ft. ; S, 4000 ft. ; 11, 5600 ft.)

358 MR. H. H. W, PEARSON ON THE

PvcREUS GLOBOSUS, Reichb., var. 9. NILAGIRICA. Hooker, vi. 591.
Perennial. Marshy places above 5000 ft. (13, 5600 ft.)
P. POLYsTAcHYUs, Beauv. Hooker, vi. 592.

Perennial. Marshy places above 5000 ft. (15, 5600 ft.)
CYPERUS PILOSUS, Vahl. Hooker, vi. 609.

Annual. In marshy places above 5000 ft. (16, 5600 ft.)
C. ZOLLINGERT, Steud. Hooker, vi. 613.

Perennial. In wet and dry situations. (18, 3000 ft.;
19, 5600 ft.)

Maniscus PANICEUS, Vahl. Hooker, vi. 620.

Perennial. ln dry situations. The same species was
found in the sand at sea-level at Elephant's Pass, in the
Northern Province (No. 21). (52, 2200 ft.)

FIMBRISTYLIS PENTAPTERA, Kunth. Hooker, vi. 645.

Perennial. On Horton Plains. (26, 7200 ft.)

F. COMPLANATA, Link, var. KnavssraNA. Hooker, vi. 646.

Perennial. On Horton Plains. (24, 7200 ft.)

F. NIGROBRUNNEA, Thw. Hooker, vi. 648.

A tufted perennial. In wet and dry situations above
2000 ft. (34, 2500 ft.; 36, 4400 ft.; 32, 5600 ft.)

F. cyPEROIDEs, R. Br., var. CINNAMOMETORUM, Clarke. Hooker,
vi. 650.

Annual (?). (29, 4000 ft. ; 27, 4400 ft.)

BULBOSTYLIS CAPILLARIS, Kunth, var. TRIFIDA. Hooker, vi. 652.

Annual. (39, 5600 ft.; 40, 7000 ft.)

LIPOCARPHA ARGENTEA, R. Br. Hooker, vi. 667.

Perennial. (2, 3800 ft. ; 1, 5600 ft.)

RYNCHOSPORA WALLICHIANA, Kunth. Hooker, vi. 668.

Annual. Common in dry situations. (43, 3800 ft.)

R. GLAUCA, Vahl. Hooker, vi. 671.

Perennial. (6,5800 ft.)

Carex LiNpLEYANA, Nees. Hooker, vi. 721.

Perennial. Rhizome horizontal, stout, covered with old
leaf-bases. (46, 4400 ft. ; 47, 5600 ft. ; 49, 7000 ft.)

C. spicigera, Nees, var. minor. Hooker, vi. 722.
Perennial. Horton plains. (44, 7000 ft.)

The following species of Graminex are perennial on the patanas:
PASPALUM SCROBICULATUM, Linn. Hooker, vii. 10.

A dwarf form. (83, 4000 ft.)
P. SaNGUINALE, Lam., var. conymbosum. Hooker, vii. 13.

(94, 4000 ft.)

BOTANY OF THE CEYLON PATANAS. 359

PASPALUM LONGIFLORUM, Retz. Hooker, vii. 17.
(99, 2500 ft. ; 84, 3800 ft.)
TIsacune KuNTHIANA, Wight & Arn. Hooker, vii. 41.
(92, 4000 ft. ; 93, 5800 ft.)
AXONOPUS SEMIALATUS, Hook. f. Hooker, vii. 64.
(97, 98, 4000 ft.)
ARUNDINELLA VILLOSA, Arn. Hooker, vii. 72.
(154, 2500 ft. ; 160, 4000 ft. ; 161, 5600 ft. ; 157, 7000 ft.)
A. LAXIFLORA, Hook. f. Hooker, vii. 75.
(155, 2500 ft. ; 89, 4000 ft.)
A. LEPTOCHLOA, Hook. f. (sp. ). Hooker, vii. 76.
(95, 4000 ft.)
Zoysia PUNGENS, Willd. Hooker, vii. 99.
(189, 3800 ft.)
Dimeria TRIMENI, Hook. f.
(173, 5800 ft.)
IMPERATA ARUNDINACEA, Cyrill. Hooker, vii. 106.
(82, 3800 ft.)
POLLINIA PHÆOTHRIX, Hack. Hooker, vii. 112.
(163, 5600 ft. ; 179, 5800 ft.)
IscH £EMUM CILIARE, Retz. Hooker, vii. 133.
(135, 5600 ft. ; 167, 5800 ft.; 138, 6200 ft.)
T. Laxum, R. Br. Hooker, vii. 136.
(139, 4000 ft.)
POGONATHERUM SACCHAROIDEUM, Beauv. Hooker, vii. 141.
(133, 3500 ft.)
Arocorıs WIGHTII, Nees, var. ZEYLANICUS (?). Hooker, vii. 142.
(126, 127, 4000 ft.)
ANDROPOGON SQUARROSUS, Linn. f. Hooker, vii. 186.
(121, 4000 ft.)
A. ZEYLANICUS, Nees. Hooker, vii. 192.
(116, 4000 ft. ; 119, 5600 ft. ; 117, 5800 ft.)
A. MONTICOLA, Schult. Hooker, vii. 192.
(178, 4000 ft.)
A. polyptychus, Steud. Hooker, vii. 198.
(112, 8000 ft.)
A. NARDUS, Linn. Hooker, vii. 205.
(110, 5600 ft.)
A. LIVIDUS, Thw. Hooker, vii. 209.
(111, 5800 ft.)
ANTHISTIRIA IMBERBIS, Retz. Hooker, vii. 211,
(176, 4000 ft. (?).)

860 . MR. H. H. W. PEARSON ON THE

ANTHISTIRIA TREMULA, Nees. Hooker, vii. 214.
(105, 3500 fi. ; 106, 4000 ft.; 107, 5600 ft.)
A. Trimegnt, Hook. f.
(117, 3500 ft.)
Garnotia tectorum, Hook. f. Hooker, vii. 242.
(144, 5600 {t.; 6200 ft.)
C@LACHNE PULCHELLA, R. Br., var. PERPUSILLA, Thw. Hooker,
vii. 271.
(78, 7000 ft.)
TRIPOGON BROMOTDES, Roth. Hooker, vii. 287.
(90, 7000 ft.)
EnaanosTIS STENOPHYLLA, Hochst. Hooker, vii. 318.
(86, 4000 ft.)
E. SECUNDA, Nees. Hooker, vii. 326.
(85, 88, 4000 ft.)

GLEICHENIA DICHOTOMA, Willd. Baker, 15.

Rhizome superficial; pinne glabrous, coriaceous, with
recurved margin, Common below 4000 ft. (403, 2200 ft. ;
780, 3800 ft.)

DAVALLIA TENUIFOLIA, Swartz. Baker, 102.

Rhizome superficial, densely fibrillose. Leaf-texture semi-

coriaceous. (878, 3000 ft.; 621, 5600 ft.)
CHEILANTHES MYSURENSIS, Wall. Baker, 135.

Rhizome superficial; roots densely cæspitose; the more
superficial ones covered with a brown wool. On boulders
above 5000 ft. (622, 5600 ft.)

C. raniNosA, Kaulf. Baker, 142.

The *Silver-fern." Rhizome superficial; roots densely

tufted. Common on bouiders above 5000 ft. (227, 5600 ft.)
PTERIS AQUILINA, Linn. Baker, 162.

Rhizome stout and very deep. Very abundant above
5000 ft.; and at lower elevations in sheltered localities,
favourable for the accumulation of some depth of soil.
One of the earliest plants to reappear after a patana-fire.
In shady situations in the forest, the habit is much more
luxurious thau at the same elevations on the patanas. (809,
5600 ft.)

BLECHNUM ORIENTALE, Linn. Baker, 186.
Young leaves red-coloured*. Pinne narrow, glabrous,

* Vide Ewart, ‘Annals of Botany; xi. p. 464.

BOTANY OF THE CEYLON PATANAS. 861

subcoriaceous. Common in sheltered localities below 4000
ft. (781, 3800 ft.)
ASPLENIUM NORMALE, D. Don. Baker, 197.

Rhizome short; roots very numerous and fibrous; petiole

and rhachis black, glossy, and wiry. (407, 2200 ft.)
A. FALCATUM, Lam. Baker, 208.

Rhizome superficial and stout; roots numerous, fibrous ;
the more superficial ones covered with a dense brown pubes-
cence; petiole and rhachis densely villous; pinne rigidly
coriaceous, glabrous above, pubescent beneath. Common
on rocks above 5000 ft. (268, 5800 ft.)

NEPHRODIUM Beppomet, Baker. Baker, 267.

Rhizome slender and superficial. Thicker parts of the
roots densely pubescent, with short brown hairs. On rocks
above 5000 ft. (226, 5800 ft.)

NEPHROLEPIS EXALTATA, Schott. Baker, 301.

Rhizome woody and superficial. (406, 2200 ft.)

PoLYPODIUM OBLIQUATUM, Blume. Baker, 328.

Rhizome superficial; roots dense and wide-spreading.
(618, 5600 ft.)

P. REPANDULUM, Mett. Baker, 328.

(890, 5600 ft.)

P. Gardneri, Mett. Baker, 352.

Rhizome superficial, covered by closely-set pales; leaves
simple, thick, coriaceous, glabrous above, densely tomentose
beneath, with strongly recurved margins. Common on rocks
on the patanas at low elevations. (404, 2300 ft.)

P. LINEARE, Thunb. Baker, 351.

Rhizome superficial; leaves simple, glabrous, coriaceous
with recurved margins. Common on rocks above 5000 ft.
(228, 5800 ft.)

P. rriripum, D. Don. Baker, 363.

Rhizome superficial densely clothed with light brown
pales; the superficial roots pubescent with short brown
hairs. Common on rocks above 5000 ft. (272, 5800 ft.)

P. NIGRESCENS, Blume. Baker, 364.

Rhizome superficial, densely clothed with brown Dale:

leaves subcoriaceous. (271, 5600 ft.)
ANTROPHYUM PLANTAGINEUM, Kaulf. Baker, 393.

Rhizome superficial; roots densely pubescent with short

brown hairs; leaves simple. (620, 5600 ft.)

362 MR. H. H. W. PEARSON ON THE

HEMIONITIS CORDATA, Roxb. Baker, 398.

Rhizome superficial; roots fibrous, the superficial ones
densely villous with brown hairs ; petiole wiry, dark, glossy,
fibrillose below ; leaf simple, glabrous, thick coriaceous,
rugose above. On the Uva patanas. (405, 3500 ft.; 792,
4000 ft.)

BOTRYCHIUM VIRGINIANUM, Sw. Baker, 448.
At high elevations. (574, 7000 ft.)
EQUISETUM DEBILE, Linn. Baker, 5.
(281, 5800 ft.)
LYCOPODIUM cERNUUM, Linn. Baker, 23.
Very abundant at about 6000 ft. (229, 5600 ft.)
L. CAROLINIANUM, Linn. Baker, 28.

Common above 5000 ft. ; in swampy places. (832, 6200

ft.; 585, 7200 ft.)

The Flora of the Patanas, in so far as this list represents
it, consists of 289 species of Phanerogams and Ferns. 142
species were found on the dry patanas below 4500 feet, and
195 species on the humus patanas above 4500 feet ; 48 species
being common to both, and found generally all over the patanas.
About 50 per cent. of these belong to seven natural orders,
among which they are distributed in the following proportions:—

1. Below 4500 feet.

Gramines ...... 13:3 per cent.
Leguminos®.... 10°0 ,,
Composite .... 84 »
Rubiacew ...... 70 »
Cyperaces. ..... 50 ,
Fernsandalhes.. 90 ,,
Labiate........ 2:8 »

2. Above 4500 feet.
Composite .... 12:3 per cent.
Leguminose.... 87 ,
Fernsandalles.. 82 ,,

Gramines...... T2 ,
Cyperacee .... 66 ,
Rubiaeem....... 40 ,
Labiatme........ 40 ,

The other natural orders are poorly represented.

BOTANY OF THE CEYLON PATANAS. 363

In conclusion, I desire to express my thanks to the University
Cambridge for a grant of £100 from the Worts Travelling
Scholars! Fund, and to the Rev. Herbert Alston, M.A., who
defrayed the further expenses of my visit to Ceylon; to Mr. J.
C. Willis, M.A., Direetor of the Ceylon Botanie Gardens, under
Whose advice I attempted this investigation, and to whom I am
iudebted for much kind assistance; to Mr. W. Nock, Superin-
tendent of the Hakgala Gardens, whose extensive knowledge of
the up-country flora was of great assistance to me; to William
de Alwis, Muhandirem, Draughtsman at the Peradeniya Her-
barium, from whom I received much valuable and. kind help in
the care and identification of my plants; to Mr. A. F. Broun,
Conservator of Forests, who kindly allowed me to consult him,
and from whom 1 received both information and literature,
whieh eould not be readily obtained elsewhere; to Sir Joseph
Hooker, who has kindly named my specimens of the grasses of
the patanas; to Mr. C. B. Clarke, F.R.S., to whom I am indebted
for the identification of the Cyperacez and for assistance with
some other groups; to the staff of the Kew Herbarium, from
whom I have received much kindly assistance; to Professor H.
Marshall Ward, to whom I submitted the plan of this investiga-
tion, and from whom I have received many valuable suggestions ;
and to my friend Mr. I. H. Burkill, M.A., who has kindly advised
me concerning several points that have arisen in the prosecution
of this research since my return from Ceylon.

REFERENCES.
1. Wanursa, J. E. B.—Oekologische Pülanzengeographie. Germ.
trans. by E. Knoblauch (Berlin, 1896), p. 2.
2. Trımen, H.—“ Notes on the Flora of Ceylon." Journ.
Bot. xxiv. (1886) p. 330.
SCHIMPER, A. F. W.—Pflanzen-Geographie. Jena, 1898,
p. 768.
3. SCHIMPER.— Loc. cit. p. 394.
. Warmine.—Loe. cit. p. 261.
5. Trımen.—Handbook to the Flora of Ceylon. London, 1898.
Part iv. p. 20.
6. GARDNER, G.—“ Ceylon Flora.” Journ. Roy. Hort. Soc.
iv. (1849) p. 36.
7. SCHIMPER.—Loc. cit. p. 768.
LINN. JOURN.— BOTANY, VOL, XXXIV. 2c

"S

364 MR. H. H. W. PEARSON ON THE

8. Macmillan, Conway.—The Metasperm:e of the Minnesota
Valley: T. Minneapolis, 1892, p. 595.
9. Broux, A. F.—Annual Report of Forest-Conservancy.
Colombo, 1893, p. 8.
10. TnrwEN.— MS. Notes, Jan. 14th, 1888.
11. Tennent, Sir J. E.— Ceylon.’ London, 1860. Vol. i. p. 25.
12. TntwEN.— Journ. of Botany, xxiv. (1886) p. 332.
13. “NATURE, Vol. xv. p. 399.
14. “NATURE, Vol. xv. p. 548.
15. GrisEBACH, A. H. R.—La Vegetation du Globe (French
trans.). Paris, 1876. Vol. ii. p. 56.
16. Warmine.—Oekolog. Pflanzeng. p. 267.
17. Jonnston, Sir H. H.— British Central Africa. London,
1897, p. 37.
18. Bryce, James, M.P.—Impressions of South Africa. London,
1897, p. 32.
19. Humsoror, F. H. A. vox—Personal Narrative. Trans. from
the French by H. M. Williams: London, 1818. Vol. iii.
p. 92.
20. Bent, T.—The Naturalist in Nicaragua. London, 1874.
Pp. 184 & 185.
21. WanwrNa.—Loc. cit. p. 267.
22. SCHIMPER.—Pflanzen-Geoer. p. 293.
23. Warker.—Report of the Conservator of Forests. Colombo,
1891.
Broun.—Loe. cit. 1893, 1894, & 1898.
24. Broun.— Loc. cit. 1892.
25. Broun.—lJoe. cit. 1895.
28. Gayer.—“ Die Forstbenutzung." Trans. by Fischer in
Sehlich's * Manual of Forestry.’ London, 1896. Vol. v.
p. 588.
27. GavxEn.—Loc. cit. p. 581.
28. Hess.—“ Der Forstschutz." Trans. by Fischer in Schlich’s
‘Manual of Forestry, London, 1895. Vol. iv. p. 508.
29. Warp, H. MARSHALL— Phil. Trans. 185 B. (1894), p. 983.
30. SCHIMPER.— Loc. cit. p. 120.
31. GavER.— Loc. cit. p. 590.
32. Hrss.—Loe. cit. p. 506.
33. Warmina.—Loe. cit. p. 69,
34. Wanwrxa.— Loc. cit. p. 70 (quoting P. E. Müller).

35.

36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.

42.

43.

44.

45.
45.
41.
48.

49.
50.
51.
52.
53.

54.
55.

BOTANY OF THE CEYLON PATANAS. 365

Waruine.—Oekolog. Pflanzeng. p. 177.

SCHIMPER.— Loc. cit. p. 768.

WanwrNa.— Loc. cit. pp. 176 & 177.

Warmina.—Loe, cit. pp. 262 et seq.

Warmine.—Loe. cit. p. 35.

Warmina.—Loe. cit. p. 264.

Ewart, A. J.—Annals of Botany, xi. (1897) p. 440.
KERNER von MARILAUN, À.— Natural History of Plants, i.
p. 483; i. p. 510, ete.

KEBLE, F. W.—Science Progress [N. S.], i. (1896) p. 403.

Ewart.—Loe. cit. pp. 460 et seq.

Kresie.—Annals of Botany, ix. (1895) p. 59.

Porrer, M. C.—Journ. Linn. Soc., Bot. xxviii. p. 343.

Vorkzss, G.— Die Flora der Aeg yptisch-Arabischen Wüste.
Berlin, 1887, p. 46.

HasERLANDT, G.—Physiologische Pflanzenanatomie. Edit. 2.
Leipzig, 1896. P. 436.

Henstow, G.—“ Origin of Plant-Strue tures by Self-Adapta-
tion to Environment.” Journ. Linn. Soe., Bot. xxx. (1895)
p. 254.

Drxon, H. H.—Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. [3] iv. p. 618.

EwanT.— Loc. cit. p. 451.

Ewanr.—Loc. cit. p. 459.

Darwin, C. R.—The Power of Movemeat in Plants.
London, 1860, p. 324.

DanwrN.—Loe. cit. p. 340.

Massart. —Un Botaniste en Malaisie. Gand, 1895. P. 163.

DanwiN.— Loc. cit. p. 368.

Darwin.—Loe. cit. p. 325.

Haroren, E.— Verhandl. Zool.-bot. Gesellsch. in Wien, xl.
(1890) p. 132.

Warmine.—Loe. cit. p. 37.

Cryton Administration Reports, 1897. Meteorology, p. 35.

SCHULZ, A.—“ Beiträge zur Kenntniss der Bestäubungs-
einrichtungen u. Geschlechtsvertheilung bei den Pflanzen,”
ii. 1890, in ‘ Bibliotheca Botanica.’ Haenlein & Luerssen.
Vol. iii. (1890 & 1891) p. 212.

The Botanical Laboratory,

Cambridge.

202

366 MR. G. S. WEST ON

On Variation in the Desmidiex, agd its Bearings on their
Classification. By G. S. Wesi, B.A., A.R.C.S., Scholar
of St. John's College, Cambridge. (Communicated by
W. Wzsr, F.L.S.)

[Read 4th May, 1899.)

(PrATEs 8-11.)

Page

I. Introduction... .....Le eese eene 366

Il. Variations in Form and Symmetry | ..................... 376

111, Variations of Cell. eontents, eaaa enere 399

IV. Variations in Conjugation ........... esce 402
V. Some Interrelationships of the Desmidies as

deduced from a study of their Variation............ 403

I.— Introduction.

Tus family of minute plants, so remarkable for beauty and
extraordinary variety of form, is characterized by the constancy
of those features and combinations of features which specifically
distinguish the- different members of the group. These cha-
racters are found to be present in specimens of the same species
obtained from divers parts of the world, and, although often in
themselves slight, are as easily discernible to the practised eye
of the observer as are the specific characters of higher plants.
On the examination of a large number of specimens of one
species from many widely separated localities, certain examples
are sure to be found which exhibit some variation from the
typical plant, and without a very careful study of the species it
is dif&eult to determine whether this variation is merely of a
transitory or accidental nature, the specimen being the direct
offspring of some type-form, or whether it constitutes a true
variety produced by a gradual evolution from the original type.
The ordinary method of increase in this family of unicellular
plants * is by the division of the mother-cell into two exactly
similar daughter-cells, each constituted of one of the half-cells

* The Desmidiez may be regarded as a family of unicellular plants evolved
by retrogression from some sexually differentiated ancestors (cfr. West &
G. S. West, ‘Obs. on Conjugate,’ Ann. Bot. vol. xii. March 1898). Some few
of the genera are filamentous, but these embrace only a very small minority of
the known species, and they, as a rule, easily dissociate into individual cells,

VARIATION IN THE DESMIDIE X. 367

of the mother and of a newly developed half. The latter is
sometimes markedly different from the parent half, but in cases
where this difference is extreme the new halves of the next
division generally conform to the original type, though more
rarely this may not occur for several generations,

The great diversity of form and wonderfuily varied character
of these plants are to be associated with their confinement to
small ponds or the quiet margins of lakes, &c., localities suitable
for their existence in large numbers. In these restricted areas
the unceasing effect of the struggle for existence will result
in a gradually increasing diversity of form, and this is to be
correlated with the immense numbers of individuals that are
sometimes found in these situations.

There can be little doubt that at the present day the family
of Conjugates which has attained a maximum state of specializa-
tion along one line, accompanied by degeneration along another,
is the Desmidiew ; and also that the tendency has been in the
direction of an increase in the complexity of morphological
characters. May not this complexity of outline, which is so fre-
quently accompanied by a complete defensive armour of spines
and spinous processes, have been acquired as a means of resisting
the attacks of many forms of aquatic animals? After the loss
of the filamentous condition it became necessary that the solitary
and unprotected individuals should aequire some means of
defence. Presumably many forms developed spines and warts,
or their outline became deeply incised, and, by a gradual process
of natural selection or survival of the fittest, the present mor-
phological complexity was in all probability for the most part
brought about. These plants are devoured by many small aquatic
animals—Ameebe, Turbellaria, Oligochetes, Tardigrades, Crus-
tacea, &c.; and it is a notable fact that those species occurring
on wet rocks and other localities in which these enemies are
either absent or very scanty, especially at high elevations, possess
as a rule a comparatively simple outline. In such cases the
plants are provided with a more or less abundant mucus, whereas

especially prior to conjugation. Another fact testifying to this degeneration
is the secondary assumption of the filamentous condition by certain species
(e. g., Micrasterias foliacea) and the reversion in others (e.g., Hyalotheca
dissiliens) to a type ef conjugation with sexually differentiated gametes.

368 MR. G. S. WEST ON

those species occurring in. deep bog-pools and the quiet margins
of deep lakes, at which places these enemies abound, are possessed
of a more complicated, and in many cases of a formidable,
exterior.

As regards the conditions favourable to variation among the
members of this group of plants, it may be said that the occur-
rence in large quantity of a particular species is most conducive
to the production of deviations from the normal form. It may
happen that in some localized spot an immense quantity of some
particular species is occasionally produced by very rapid division,
and in such a case some variation is almost always met with.
Wallich was also of opinion that the prolific growth of large
numbers of Desmids tended to produce variations, as in com-
menting upon the Desmidiee of Bengal, he states? that
“amongst the more common species a remarkable amount of
divergence from the typical character is everywhere to be met
with—a circumstance depending, no doubt, on those peculiarities
of soil and climate which, in Lower Bengal, are so favourable
to the exuberant and rapid development of the entire vegetable
kingdom." Wide distribution and diversity of physical con-
ditions may also tend to bring about the same result, but these
factors exercise by no means so marked an effect on these lowly
plants as on more highly organized plants and animals. Many
Desmids have a very extensive and a few a world-wide distribu-
tion, yet such species appear to have no apparent constitutional
variation adaptive either to the requirements of the different
climates in which they exist, or to the varying altitudes at which
they occur. This may be chietly, or at least in part, owing to
their aquatic mode of existence.

The most numerous variations are to be found amongst the
commoner and more widely distributed species, those occurring
in rarer forms being, as a rule, either extremely slight or very
abnormal. The majority of these variations appear to affect
only the superficial characters—the warts, spines, striolations,
granules, scrobiculations, &e., on the external or internal surfaces
of the cell-wall. Some of them, however, are more important
modifieations, being changes in the external form or symmetry
of the plant; and yet others are variations in the structure and
arrangement of the cell-contents.

* G. C. Wallich, * Desm. of Lower Bengal," Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1860.

VARIATION IN THE DESMIDIEE. 909

That variation in a species has a tendency to be reproduced
there cau be no doubt, especially wheu the reproduction takes
place, as iu these plants, by simple cell-division ; yet extreme
modifications, which are obvious abnormalities * (Pl. 10. fig. 6,
and Pl. 11. fig. 27), are never (or very rarely) repeated iu
succeeding generations aud may be regarded merely as acci-
dental oceurrences in the history of the species. Again, it must
not be supposed that the variability of some diagnostie wart or
spiue, or some other character, makes that character of no use as
a specific distinction, for such a feature may be always present
to a greater or less degree and hence distinctive, and even in
those specimens in which it is absent it is often produced at its
maximum on the completion of the development of the younger
semicells of a succeeding generation. This fact is well illus-
trated by certain variations, which I have described in Arthro-
desmus convergens (see p. 398), which show the lateral spines
reappearing on the semicells of a later generation, the few
previous generations having been destitute of such structures.
It is also exhibited by some specimens of Cosmarium Regnesü
from Puttenham Common, Surrey (Pl. 10. tigs. 16 & 17), these
examples being selected from a gathering of a large quantity of
the species preserved while in active growth.

It generally happens that the variation is identical on the two
sides of a semicell, or even of a cell; this is Bilateral Symmetry
of Variation. Thus ia the symmetrical Desmidiez (and most
of them are perfectly symmetrical) the majority of the variations
observed consist of “similar and simultaneous variation of
repeated parts ” f.

Ihe symmetry aud pattern exhibited by the Desmidiee are

* Cfr. W. Archer, “ Notice of some cases of abnormal growth in the Desmi-
diacez," Dub. Nat. Hist. Soc. Proc. vol. iii. t. 1, ex part.; Journ. Mier, Soc.
1550, t. 7, ex part. Reinsch, Contrib. Alg. et Fung. t. 18, ff. 9-15. Jacob-
sen in Botanisk ‘Tidsskrift, vol. viii, 1875, t. 8. ff. 30, 31. West in Journ.
Bot. 1989, t. 291. f.ö. West & G. S. West in Journ. Roy. Mier. Soc. 1896,
t. 4. ff. 55, 56; Ann. Dot. vol. xii. 1898, t. 4. ff. 39, 40. Nordstedt in Kongl.
Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl., Bd. xxii. no. 8, 1888, t. 7. ff. 8-11. Raciborski in
Pamietnik. Akad. Umiej. w Krakow. Wydz. matem.-przyr. vol. x. 1884, t. 14.
f. 3. Gutwinski in Rosprawy Akad. Uiniej. Krakow. Wydz. mat,-przyr. ser. 2,
tom, xxxii. 1896, t. 7. f. 60. Schroder in Forschungsberichten a. d. Biol.
Stat. zu Plon, Bd. vi. t. 2. f. 3; and many other examples which might be
quoted.

t C/r. Bateson, ‘Study of Variation, 1894, p. 569.

370 MR. G. S. WEST ON

probably more striking than those shown by any living
vegetable organisms of more complex character. Although
merely unicellular organisms, major and minor symmetries are
observed to play a prominent part in the construction of exquisite
patterns; and the question of the “ significance of pattern” in
these beautiful little plants is therefore one of deep interest. The
complexity of outline so characteristic of the majority of Desmids
has been stated to have been developed in all probability during
tle gradual evolution of the Desmid-forms from the original
filamentous Conjugates with cylindrical cells, the loss of the
filamentous condition necessitating the development of some
other protective characters. The acquirement by the unicell of
these protective charaeters— protective not only against the de-
predations of small aquatic animals, but also in part protective as
anchors in time of floods—has resulted in the division into lobes
and often into toothed lobules, sometimes accompanied by a
flattening of the cell, and at other times by the development
of processes of multiform character, or of spines, warts, or
other protuberanees. There is a Law of Symmetry recog-
nizable in all living objects, a visible token of the law and
order which everywhere accompany vital phenomena: and in
the acquirement of these wonderfully varied features and useful
characters by this specialized family of plants this Law of
Symmetry has exercised its full influence, resulting in the pro-
duetion of the exquisite patterns that are often met with.

The presence of major and minor symmetries is most distinctly
evident in some species of Micrasterias, in which it often happens
that only the corresponding lateral lobules agree in the extent
of their subdivision ; efr. b, b in fig. 1 (p. 371). Another proof
of this is found in the extraordinary variation sometimes met
with in the corresponding lobules on each side of a semicell ;
cfr. a, a’ in fig. 1.

In commenting on Cosmarium pileigerum, Lagerh., and some
varieties of C. pseudotaxichondrum, Nordst.,* the late Rev.
Francis Wolle somewhat hastily states t that * G. v. Lagerheim
appears to give too much prominence to simple differentiations—
mere vagaries of the same species.” I have examined large numbers

* Vide Q. v. Lagerheim, * Bidrag till Amerikas Desmidie-flora,’ Ofvers. af
K. Sy. Vet.-Akad. Förh. 1885, no, 7, p. 258.
t F. Wolle, Freshw. Alg. of the United States, 1887, p. 22.

VARIATION IN THE DESMIDIEÆ. 871

of examples of Cosmarium pseudotaxichondrum and allied species
and varieties from many parts of the world, and can truly say
that Prof. G. v. Lagerheim did not give “too much prominence
to simple differentiations.” Many of these differentiations are
combinations of characters which are repeated in hundreds, and
I may say in thousands, of individuals, and can therefore be rightly
considered as constituting distinct varieties. Moreover, how is it
that identical species of these minute forms of plant-life, which
Wolle would have us believe so easily give rise to differentiations
and vagaries, are found in such widely separated places as
Madagascar and the United States, with precisely the same

Fig. 1.
N 14
a. a'
b b
Semicell of Micrasterias denticulata, Bréb., from Wrynose, Lancashire.
x 200.

characters—-the same markings, granule for granule? Such is
the case with Euastrum trigibberum*, Now, if “permanent
variation " (and I have attempted to show that these varieties are
permanent) did occur so readily, then in a very few generations
the character of the species would be totally changed; but the
adducible evidence is quite against such a supposition. It must
be admitted that in all probability a vast period of time T has

* West & G. S. West, “ Freshw. Alg. of Madag.," Trans. Linn. Soc., Bot.
ser. IT. vol. v. p. 53, pl. vi. f, 22; “N. Amer, Desm.,” 2. c. pt. 5, p. 245, pl. xiv.
f. 34.

t These lowly forms of plant-life, to quote a somewhat generalized state-
ment by Wallace (‘ Darwinism,’ p. 114), occupy a position in the vegetable
kingdom similar to that occupied by earthworms in the animal kingdom,
“filling places in nature which would be left vacant if only highly organized
plants existed. There is, therefore, no motive power to destroy or seriously
to modify them ; and they have thus probably persisted, under slightly varying
forms, through all geological time." The facts of distribution, although at
present very imperfectly known, all tend to confirm the persistent nature of
these plants.

372 MR. G. S. WEST ON

elapsed since the original distribution of Ewastrum trigibberum
in Madagascar and the United States, yet this species has been
perpetuated through this long period of time by two such far-
distant assemblages, and the resultant present-day N. American
form, far from being greatly differentiated from the Malagasy
type, is identieal with it. It might be argued that this result
has been obtained by a parallelism of modification in the course
of the evolution of these forms; but this is most unlikely, as
proved by the occurrence of many species with such a distribu-
tion as the following :— Micrasterias foliacea in North and South
America, India, Burmah, and Queensland ; Triploceras gracile in
North and South America, Europe, India, China, Australia, and
New Zealand. I may also mention that the transference by
natural means of living specimens of any Desmid from one of
these countries to the other is an utter impossibility, desiccation,
or in many cases even partial drying, being quickly followed by
death, and submergence in sea-water is equally fatal *. More-
over, zygospores, whieh might possibly withstand the entailed
vicissitudes if circumstances arose by which they could be trans-
ferred from one country to another (such as by the long flight
of a wading-bird), are so rarely found that distribution by
their means across an expanse of ocean is almost impossible.
There is but one conclusion to be arrived at from a consideration
of these facts, viz.: that such a species has been perpetuated by
two isolated communities which were derived originally from one
assemblage, aud that vhe individuals of these communities have
retained their original characters in an extraordinarily constant
wanner.

This constancy of character is not only found in certain rare
species of restricted distribution, such as those just mentioned,
but in many much commoner species. Take, for instance,
Docidium Baculum, Bréb. ; this plant has a world-wide distribu-
tion f, and yet a Malagasy specimen of the type-form could
not be distinguished from an English specimen. From these facts

* One Desmid has been described as inhabiting brackish water— Cosmarium
salinum, Hansgirg in Oesterr. bot. Zeitschr. 1886, p. 335; cfr. also “ Prodrom.
Algenil. Bolin,” Archiv der naturwissenschaft. Landesdurchf. von Böhmen,
1888, Bd. vi, no. 6, p. 194, cum f. 115.

T Docidium Baculum, Bréb., is found throughout the greater part of Europe
and N. America, also S. America, Northern India, Burmah, Madagascar, and
Australia.

VARIATION IN THE DESMIDIE EF. 373

one would conclude that the natural production of a permanent
variation in a Desmid-species is a more difficult matter than at
first imagined.

Notwithstanding the interesting nature of this subject, only
two short papers have appeared treating directly upon the
variability of the Desmidiex. The first paper is by W. Schmidle *,
in which, after a consideration of the variability of the granules
ornamenting Cosmarium punctatum, Breb., and its allies, he
formulates the following statements:—'*(1) Die Chlorophyll-
struktur ist konstant bei einer Species dieselbe. (2) Die Gestalt
der Zelle variirt innerhalb enger Grenzen. (3) Die Scheitel-
ansicht zeigt konstant dasselbe Aussehen. (4) Die Granulation
ist relativ sehr variabel. Doch ist eine gewisse Gesetzmüssigkeit
iu der Anordnung der Punkte immer vorbanden, so Jedoch, dass
dadurch noch sehr heterogene Stellungen móglich sind."

The second paper is by Borge t, and in it he remarks upon
the variability of Closterium moniliferum, Ehrenb., Cosmarium
sp. (=C. Meneghinii var. ?), and C. Botrytis, Menegh.: he also
mentions cases of variability figured by De Wildemann in
Euastrum crassum, by Elfving in Micrasterias sp. (= M pinnatifida
forms), by Johnson in M. pinnatifida, and by Borge in Xanthidium
cristatum. Concerning Borge's paper I need say no more, but
the four conclusions arrived at by Schmidle require a little con-
sideration.

In the first place, with regard to the structure of the chloro-
phyll it may be said that the recorded observations dealing with
the variability of the cell-contents are so few as not to
admit the formulation of any definite statement concerning it.
A. short account of all that is at present known about the subject
is given at p. 399.

More evidence is forthcoming as to the variation in the
form and symmetry of the cell, all of which tends to show that
there is a variability of outline for each species within certain
limits, these limits being very narrow and almost inappreciable
in some but very wide in others. Schmidle's third. statement
with regard to the “ Scheitelansicht " really comes under the

* W., Schmidle,“ Ueber die individuelle Variabilität einer Cosmarienspecies,”
Hedwigia, 1893, Heft 3, pp. 109-115.

t O. Borge, “ Ueber die Variabilität der Desmidiaceen,” Ofvers, af K. Sv.
Vet.-Akad. Fórh. 1896, no. 4, pp. 280-204.

374 MR. G. S. WEST ON

variation in the form of the cell, and although in the majority of
species the vertical view is more constant in outline than the
front view, yet there are some (e. g. Cosmarium biretum, Bréb.)
in which it is very variable.

With regard to the ornamentation embellishing the exterior
of the cell-membrane, much more detailed observation is required
before any precise statement can be made eoneerning its
variation. In some species the variation is in the arrangement
of the warts, granules, scrobiculations, spines, &e., with which
they are aderned ; and in these cases there may be a considerable
range of variation, which nevertheless does not, except under
rare circumstances, transgress those laws which regulate the
disposition of the adornments on any particular species under
consideration. A very good example of this is seen in Cosmarium

Fig. 2.
atot D WË D
Dee ^ ki MA so SUN,
o e? ae 9$ [J o oo ep D M
96 x De Ze PA d oo o KA L
D °
099 b so goo e g
a
. o LT
m LEA ejt ea
aSo Die? NW Do? 2 "3
De So ei one DEA . . o
0 0 DO 0% *. "a "rege Se, ef
[e] LJ D LJ LJ
oo k
c f ]

Central serobieulations of Yanthidium antilopeum, Kuetz. x 520.

a-d, from Thursley Common, Surrey ; e, from Ballynahinch, W. Ireland ;
J-k, from Pilmoor, near Thirsk, N. Yorks.

orthostichum, Lund.*, in which the large granules ornamenting
the species are arranged ona fairly consistent plan and yet them-
selves exhibit a notable variation, especially in the centre of the
semicells (cfr. Pl. 11.figs. 1—4). Another illustration of this
arrangement is afforded by Staurastrum vestitum, Ralfs, in which
the emarginate warts on the dorsal surface aro always disposed
on the same plan, no matter how variable the inferior series
(including the two furcate spines) may be. The central serobicu-
lations of Xanthidium antilopeum, Kuetz., although showing
much variation with regard to their size and the details of their

disposition, are also arranged approximately in the form of a
ring (fig. 2, a-k).

* P. M. Lundell, “ Desm. Suec.," Act. Reg. Soc. Scient. Upsal. 1870, p. 24,
t. 2. f. 9.

VARIATION IN THE DESMIDIER. 375

In other species the variation may be confined wholly, or
partially, to the extent to which some particular character is
developed or suppressed. This is illustrated by Arthrodesmus
convergens, Ehrenb., in which one type of variability is the
multiform character of the simple lateral spines (cfr. fig. 4,
p. 398).

A few further remarks have also been made by Schmidle * on
variation in the genus Cosmarium, more partieularly with regard
to C. striatum, Boldt, under which he includes forms of seven
species.

I may here appropriately recall a remark made by Wallich 4,
that “the law which it is assumed governs the limits of a species
is no law, but only a conditional direction, holding good only so
long as the surrounding conditions continue the same," or, as
amended by Turner ¢, “so long as the conditions of environment
remain the same through a lengthened period of time." It has
been already stated that specimens obtained from localities in
which the conditions of enviroumeut are very diverse exhibit
no marked constitutional differences adaptive to their several
requirements. This being so, it is difficult to imagine the
possibility of a slight change in surrounding conditions seriously
affecting the characters of a species, unless the changed con-
ditions continue to exist for a long period of time; and, again,
any serious alteration in the characters of a species is doubtless
effected by several such changed conditions, each of which eon-
tinues for an extended epoch. That the Desmidiez have existed
through a vast period of time in much the same forms as they
exhibit at the present day is highly probable.

The five statements which follow represent the result of the
direct observations on variation in this group of plants, and may,
owing to our insufficient knowledge of the question, be sub-
ject to further alterations. The first statement is a modification of
Schmidle’s first proposition; the second includes his second and
third; in the third I disagree somewhat with the conclusions set
down in his fourth ; and the fourth and fifth are additional.

* W. Schmidle, “Aus der Chlorophyceen-Fl, der Torfstiche zu Virnheim,”
Flora , 1894, Heft 1, pp. 52-56.

t G. C. Wallich in letter to Archer; cfr. Trans. Dubl. Mie. Club, 1865.

t W. B. Turner, * Freshw, Alg. of E. India,” Kongl. Sv. Vet.-Akad, Handl.
Bd. xxv. no. 5, 1892, p. 6.

376 MR. G. 8. WEST ON

l. The structure of the cell-contents is one of the most constant
features exhibited by a species; but this fact can be of little
classificatory value owing to the very large number of species
which possess the same structure and arrangement of the chroma-
tophores.

2. The outward form of the cell, as seen in front view, varies
within certain limits, which are usually very small, but which may
in exceptional cases be considerable. The form of the vertical
view is, as a rule, a more constant feature than the form of the
‚Front view.

3. The ornamentation (scrobiculations, granulations, spinula-
tions, de.) of the cell-wall is relatively constant, being always
arranged according to a definite law, which is only transgressed
by variations in one or more of the individual component groups
which constitute the pattern of arrangement.

4. The prolific growth and rapid division of immense numbers
of Desmids have atendency to produce variations from the typical
forms.

5. Changes in the conditions of environment cannot affect the
characters of a species unless they act for long periods of time.

II.— Variations in Form and Symmetry.

Considerable diffieulties are encountered in the attempt to
cultivate these plants under perfectly natural conditions, and all
the variations described were found in a state of nature. The
following is a selected account of a few of those that I have
observed during a prolonged study of the Desmidiez.

Under this heading are included variations in the arrangement
and disposition of the markings adoruing the cell-wall; and I
would here urge the plea that all published figures of Desmids be
made strictly accurate in detail, and not drawn approximately so.
In recent years many very inaccurate drawings have been
published, not only of previously deseribed species, but also of
new species and varieties *. Though it may seem presumptuous

* That this is not the only branch of microscopical science in which gross
inaccuracy with regard to detail is prevalent is clearly seen from remarks
made by C. F. Rousselet, ** Second List of New Rotifers since 1889," Journ.
Roy. Mier, Soc. 1897, p. 10, in which he states that some of the published
“figures and descriptions are quite useless as aids to further identification.”
He also remarks that “it would be very desirable in the interest of science if

VARIATION IN THE DESMIDER. 977

to state that the figure by which a person has illustrated one
of his own species is not aceurate, yet it is undoubtedly
true that many of these figures can be seen at a glance to be
erroneous, not merely in detail, but also in their proportions, such
proportions as are represented being incompatible with the
symmetry of the plant.

A careful serutiny of any species of Desmid suffices to demon-
strate in its external morphological characters the presence of
an inherent Symmetry and Repetition of Parts, and if, by careful
study, the nature of this Symmetry were thoroughly understood
in each species described, many unfortunate misconceptions and
much useless synonymy would be avoided.

1. PENTIUM sPrROsTRIOLATUM, Barker, in Quart. Journ. Mier.
Sc., New Ser., vol. ix.p. 194.—This interesting speeies, whieh is
widely distributed through Europe and N. Ameriea, and is also
recorded from India, Burmah, and Siberia, was described by
Barker (7. c.) in 1869 from specimens obtained in Ireland, and
was first figured by Turner in 1885 (“Some New and Rare
Desm.," Journ. Roy. Mier. Soe. ser. IT. vol. v. t. 16, f. 26) from
specimens obtained from Minnesota, U.S.A. In 1875 a plant
was described by Jacobsen as Closterium spiraliferum (“ Desm.
Danm.,” Botanisk Tidsskrift, Kjóbenhavn, p. 177, t. 7. f. 8)
and in 1883 Schaarschmidt described Penium Haynaldii (* Magyr.
Desm.,” Magyar. Tudom. Akad. math. s. Természettud. Közle-
mények, vol. xviii. p. 277, t. 1. f. 20). These two plants are un-
doubtedly forms of this species. More recently, in 1893, Turner
has given diagnoses and figures of three forms which he distiu-
guishes as P. spirostriolatum, Barker, P. Royanum, W. B. Turn.,
aud P. scandinavicum, W. B. Turn. (cfr. Kongl. Sv. Vet.-Akad.
Handl. Bd. xxv. no. 5, pp. 165-6. t. 23, ff. 3-7). These are un-
doubtedly inere forms of one species ( P. spirostriolatum, Barker),
and are not very accurately described or figured. Figures of this
species were also given by West in Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc. 1890,
t. 6. f. 24, but these are not very accurate.

The following observations were made from a large series of

students of the Rotifera would exercise more eare and discretion, and avoid
giving new names on the slightest pretext, when it is well known that in many
cases the original figures and descriptions are not perfect or complete, and that
most specics are liable to considerable variation,”

378 MR. G. S. WEST ON

speeimens obtained from many parts of the British Isles and the
United States, and exhibit many points in the morphological
structure of the plant that were previously unknown, as well as
proving conclusively that the above-mentioned species are merely
forms of one plant.

This rare species of Penium generally frequents the few Des-
mid-bearing places in the bogs of mountainous countries, and is
remarkable among all other Desmids as possessing a considerable
number of transverse sutures. Each transverse suture observed
on the cell-wall of a Desmid represents a position at which cell-
division has taken place, and as I have observed as many as
sixteen distinct transverse sutures in one individual of this
species (long. 242 a, lat. 254) from Oughtershaw Tarn, W.
Yorks., distributed at intervals from end to end, it follows that
this plant had undergone cell-division at sixteen different points
along its length. This is noteworthy, as in the vast majority of
Desmids eell-division ean take place only at one point (the
isthmus) situated in a median position between the two ends *.

There is a wide range of variation in the comparative
length and breadth of this species as well as in outward form.
One of the shortest specimens (long. 123 p, lat. 24 u) was only
5:1 times longer than broad, and one of the longest forms (long.
274 u, lat. 28.) was 11:9 times longer than broad, being over
twice as long as the former. Two specimens of the same breadth,
26 u, had lengths of 179 u and 224, respectively. This large
range of variation in comparative length and breadth is owing to
the inequality in the positions of the sutures, for if division were
to take place at a suture near to one end of the cell, and the
newly developed halves ultimately became of approximately the
same proportions as the corresponding parent halves, then a long
and a short individual would be produced. The irregularity in
the position of the sutures also accounts for the marked varia-
tions in outward form, because if the newly developed half be
not exacily equal in length to the correspondent parent half (and
if division takes place at a suture near one end these halves are

* In some species of Closterium there are two, or even three, transverse
sutures, and cell-division can take place at three points along the cell. I have
seen as many as 2l transverse lines at one of these points in a specimen of
Closterium striolatum from West Ireland; yet, in this specimen, cell-division
could take place at only two pointe distant about one third the length of the

cell from each apex.,

VARIATION IN THE DESMIDIER. 379

probably never exactly equal) that section of the cell-wall which
previously enclosed a median portion of the cell no longer does
so, and in this way, in the course of many divisions, a short
eylindrical portion of the cell-wall, which once oecupied a central
position in the cell, may become shifted about, first towards one
end and then towards the other. Thus the widest part of the
cell may be at any point between the two ends.

In some specimens the apices are considerably dilated, in others
nof at all and all stages are met with intermediate between
these extremes.

The striolation of the eell-wall is the most variable character
of the species, the striolations being coarse, fine, or broken up
into series of dots even in different individuals from the same
gathering, thus exhibiting the main characters of the three forms
described by Turner as Penium spirostriolatum, P. scandinavicum,
and P. Royanum. The number seen at one time across the cell
varies from about 8 to 13, and this variation may be seen on one
individual, the striolations being more crowded at some parts of
the cell-wall than at others. In one individual two striations
were observed to be 2:3 u apart, and the distance between one of
these and the next one was 52 y. They are generally arranged
round the cell in a spiral manner from apex to apex, and may
make about 13 turns in the whole length of the cell; but in the
majority of speeimens they are much straighter than this, and in
some are longitudinal although not quite straight. They are not
always eontinuous from end to end, but often run only part of
the distance and then fade away or join with a neighbouring
striolation. In many cases they are very irregular (Pl. 8.
figs. 2, 4, 6, 9, 12), and a reticulation is often present joining
together several, or all of them. This reticulation may not be
very marked (Pl. 8. fig. 2), or it may be concentrated towards
the middle of the cell (Pl. 8. fig. 3). In many examples there is
a marked reticulation at the end of the cell (Pl. 8. fig. 8), and
sometimes a reticulated zone is present just below the apex
(Pl. 8. fig. 10). Most specimens have a distinct convex apical
eap which is strongly punctate, the punctulations being con-
tinuous with those between the striolations. All the specimens
Ihave examined were punctate between the striolations, some
strongly and others faintly ; but I have seen no specimen without
these punctulations, however minute they may have been, I

LINN. JOURN.—BOTANY, VOL. XXXIV. 2D

380 MR. G. 8. WEST ON

have not been able to determine definitely whether the striola-
tions are the thickest or the thinnest parts of the cell-wall, but
there is every indication that they are internal thickenings. In
the majority of instances the edges of the striolations are not
smooth, but exhibit various degrees of roughness, and in some
specimens under a particular focus a reticulation is perceived
to exist between the punctulations apparently connecting the
striolations together (PI. 8. fig. 11).

From these facts it is clearly evident that the three species sepa-
rated by Turner, and based upon differences in the strength of
striolations, are merely forms of one and the same plant. The
striolations have been shown to vary considerably in number
and strength in different individuals in the same gathering, even
on different parts of the same individual, and upon these cha-
racters Turner based his separation of Penium spirostriolatum and
P. scandinavicum. In some examples the striolations frequently
become discontinuous, forming series of dots (cfr. Pl. 8. figs. 3, 4,
& 6); and as this character was utilized to separate P. Royanum,
this species must also be regarded as a mere form of P. spiro-
striolatum.

9. CLOSTERIUM STRIOLATUM, Ehrenb.—The small amount of
variation met with in specimens of this species is mainly found
in the comparative breadth of the apices and the middle portion
of the cell, and in the striolation of the eell-wall. The following
table shows this variation in a series of specimens from three
localities :—

Breadth com- Maximum Minimum
pared with breadth of | breadth of | Number
| Specimens from length apex com- | apex com- | of strio-
| (average of 25 pared with | pared with {lations in
s ecimens) diameter of | diameter of | 20 p.
| P i cell. cell.
| um
| Epping Forest, Essex.| 1:797 1:241 1:38:02 13 |
Clapham, Yorks, ......| 1:865 1:245 | 1:251 | 15 |
Frensham, Surrey...... 1:11:64 1: 207 1:275 14 |
|

The specimens from the Surrey locality were not only longer

VARIATION IN THE DESMIDIEX. 381

than usual, but the apices were proportionately broader and more
inflated than is generally the case in this species. The Yorkshire
specimens had no trace of an inflation at the apices, and the
cell-wall was almost colourless, this being a common feature of
mountain specimens of Closterium striolatum. It might be
inferred from the preceding table that the shortest and broadest
forms possess the fewest striations (only 13 in 20 u), but that
this is not so is shown by the fact that equally short specimens
(breadth : length —1 : 1:75) from Cam Fell, W. Yorks., possessed
17 striations in 20 4. In a large series of specimens a con-
siderable range of curvature is found, from the ordinary regu-
larly eurved examples to individuals which are almost straight
(and generally short) Some of the longer forms have the
central portion of the cell straight and apices considerably
eurved ; these forms have been named var. orthonotum, Roy (in
Journ. Bot. xxviii. 1890, p. 336).

Towards the attenuated ends of the cell the striolations become
fewer in number, and this reduction may be caused in two ways:
either by the gradual fading out of a few of the striolations, or by
the fusion of some of them before they reach the apex (fig. 3).
This fusion takes place very gradually (fig. 3, a), or, more rarely,
suddenly (fig. 3,5). The cell-wall between the striolations is
very minutely punctulate, the punctulations being marked in
some instances, but almost inappreciable in others.

Fig. 3.

ihe

Part of the cell-wall of three specimens of Closterium striolatum, Ehrenb.
From Frensham, Surrey. x 1280.

The average British specimens of this species have a gradual
2n2

382 MR. G. S. WEST ON

and regular curvature, and there is no trace of a ventral inflation ;
whereas the average N.-American specimens, besides being of
larger dimensions, have a distinet small inflation on the ventral
surface and proportionately narrower ends. The following
dimensions are those of a specimen from Nova Scotia for com-
parison with those of the English specimens tabulated on
p. 380:— Long. 380 u; lat. 53 p: lat. apic. 14 ju.

3. CLOSTERIUM KUETZINGIT, Bréb., in Mém. Soc. Sci. Nat.
Cherbourg, vol. iv. 1856, p. 156, t. 2. f. 40.—This is a species
which retains a comparatively constant outward form, but ex-
hibits considerable variation in the extent of the ventral inflation
of the semicells and in the striolations of the cell-wall.

The annexed table is a comparison of the measurements, &e.,
of several specimens taken from various parts of the country.
The striations on those from Oxfordshire were not only fewer in
number, but relatively stronger than those present on the
majority of individuals from other localities, and for this reason
the Oxfordshire examples might properly be relegated to var.
vittatum, Nordst. (* Algol. Smäsak.,” Bot. Notiser, 1887, p. 163).

| "NEN
| Breadth ` Striolations
| Specimens from Length. | Breadth, length. | in 104.

|

Westmoreland ......... 410p | 215p | 1:19:07 | 9
W. Yorkshire ......... 426p | 239p 1:185 | 7
Oxfordshire ............ 430 | Lin 1:307 | 5
N. Wales ............... 434 u | 17 u 1:255 | 11

4. EvasrnuM DIDELTA, Ralfs, in Ann. § Mag. Nat. Hist.
vol. xiv. 1844, p. 190, t. 7. f. 2.— This species, which, in temperate
regions, is one of the most widely distributed of the genus, was
first described as Cosmarium Didelta by Meneghini, “ Synops.
Desm.,” Linnea, 1840, p. 219, the name Heterocarpella Didelta
having been given by Turpin (in Mém. du Mus. d' Hist. Nat. Paris,
1828, tom. xvi. p. 315, t. 13. f. 16) to a plant of doubtful
identity. Many forms of the species have been described, among
whieh the following may be mentioned :—var. sinuatum, F. Gay,
“Essai Monogr. Conj.,” Montpellier, 1884, p. 56, t. 1. f. 11;

VARIATION IN THE DESMIDIER. 383

var., Archer, in Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci. 1875, p. 414; var.
tatricum, Raciborski, Pamietnik Wydz. Akad. Umiej. w Krakow.
vol. x. p. 92, t. 13. £ 3; forma, Schmidle, in Oesterr. bot.
Zeitschr. xlv. 1895, no. 7, p. 22, t. 16. f. 6, &c.; and I also
give figures of some forms from widely separated localities
(PI. 8. figs. 13-19) which will illustrate the considerable range of
variation that is often met with. Some of these forms are more
or less transitional between Huastrum affine, Ralfs, E. am-
pullaceum, Ralfs, £. humerosum, Ralfs, and E. cuneatum, Jenner.

5. MICRASTERIAS TRUNCATA, Bréb., in Ralfs, Brit. Desm.
1848, p. 75, t. 8. f. 4, t. 10. f. 5.— This species, which was first
described as Cosmarium truncatum by Corda in ‘ Almanach de
Carlsbad, 1835, p. 150, t. 2. fl. 23-24, is probably the most
generally distributed British species of the genus, and is often
found up to considerable altitudes in mountain Sphagnum-bogs.
It is equally widely distributed throughout continental Europe
and North America, and for this reason it has frequently been
made the subject of remarks by both English and foreign
botanists. About twenty varieties have been described by
different observers, many of which are not only connected with
the typieal plant by series of intermediate forms, but also con-
nected one with another by similar intermediate series. Perhaps
the most interesting series of variations are those described
and figured by Jacobsen in * Botanisk Tidsskrift, vol. viii. 1875,
p. 152, t. 8. ff. 2-8. These figures alone show that the species
is subjeet to very considerable variation, and an examination of
any gathering in which it is abundant will afford ample evidence
that this variation is of frequent occurrence. Adding to this
the rather remarkable fact that forms met with from different
loealities are rarely, if ever, identical in the extent and disposi-
tion of their lobulation, it behoves one to make an exceptionally
careful study of the species before definitely assigning a varietal
name to any individual specimen under consideration.

This is well illustrated by the figures I have given (Pl. 9.
figs. 9-16) of eight specimens, each from widely separated
localities, and drawn under the same magnification. They show
the wide range of variation in outward form, in the extent of
the lateral lobulation, the considerable differences met with in
the nature of the lateral incisions, the disparity in size, and the
variations in the comparative length and breadth of the indi-

384 MR. G. 8. WEST ON

viduals. The smallest specimen is from Minnesota, U.S.A.:
long. 102 y, lat. 98 u; the largest from Capel Curig, N. Wales:
long. 138 u, lat. 129 p.

6. MICRASTERIAS DENTICULATA, Breb., in Mém. Soc. Acad.
Sc. art. Falaise, 1835, p. 54, t. 8.—This species, although not
quite so generally abundant as M. truncata, is by no means
uncommon, and has a world-wide distribution. Many variations
have been described in the lobulation of the margin of the cell
and in the form of the polar lobes ; but I will confine my remarks
to some other peculiarities frequently exhibited. In 1862,
Archer described a species of this genus under the name of
M. Thomasiana (Proc. Dubl. Nat. Hist. Soc. p. 72, t. 2. ff. 1-5;
Micr. Journ. p. 259, t. 12), and, although a typical specimen of
Archer's species possesses quite sufficient specifie differences to
separate it easily from M. denticulata, yet many intermediate
forms are constantly met with. This fact induced Jacobsen
(Botan. Tidsskrift, vol. viii. 1875, p. 187) to regard M. Thomasiane
as forma Thomasiana of M. denticulata. Whether he was fully
justified in so doing may long remain an open question, but
there is no doubt that the main distinguishing feature of M.
Thomasiana (the three large protuberances at the base of each
semicell) is subject to very considerable variation. Figs. 2-5,
Pl. 9, represent a few vertical views of intermediate forms,
which show the extent to which the median protuberances may
he developed or suppressed. ‘he extremities of these pro-
tuberances may be rounded, papillate, or even bidentate (cfr.
figs. 3, 5-8), and it not unfrequently happens that more than
three are present on each side (fig. 5). The latter is, moreover,
a form connecting M. denticulata, Bréb., with a species recently
described by Bisset in Scott. Nat. 1893, p. 174, t. i. f. 2, as
M. verrucosa, Individuals are often met with in which only two
of these basal protuberances are present (figs. 6 & 7); and the
smaller denticulations on the surface of the cell, which have
a definite arrangement in the typical form of M. Thomasiana,
are frequently quite irregular in their disposition (figs. 1, 7, & 8).
The lobulation of the margin of the cell is described as being
more acutely dentate in M. Thomasiana than in M. denticulata ;
but specimens of the latter species often possess an acutely
dentate lobulation, without any of those more salient characters
appertaining to M. Thomasiana.

VARIATION IN THE DESMIDIE.X.

LENGTH..

BREADTH

ISTHMUS

Maine,

Orono,

Hatcavon Moor Cornwali

NEAR PARIS.

W Yorks

ELowick ,

W Yorks

ELowick,

NEAR

Paris
Doveoare, WESTMORELAND

Carer Curic, N Watts

60u

550p

ETETETT ETETE.

386 MR. G. S. WEST ON

The variations in the relative proportions of this species are
illustrated by the preceding diagram (p. 385), which is con-
structed to show the independent variation in different directions
of the length, breadth, and isthmus. The specimens are taken
purposely from widely separated localities.

7. XANTHIDIUM SMITHI, Arch., var. VARIABILE, Nordst.,
^ Algol. Smäsak.,” Bot. Notiser, 1887, p. 159; Kongl. Sv. Vet.-
Akad. Handl. Bd. xxii. no. 8, 1888, p. 44, t. 4. ff. 27-29.—I
have seen this plant in many parts of the British Isles, some-
times in large quantity, and at other times very sparingly, but
in all cases in Sphagnum-bogs. From the constant manner in
which it retains its distinctive features, I am much inclined to
regard it as a separate species apart from X. Smithii, Arch.
The semieells are usually pyramidate, with broadly truncate
apices, but many forms are met with intermediate between such
a trapezoid and a rectangular semicell. There are three spines
at each of the basal angles, these showing most distinctly at each
of the poles of the vertical view. The latter are deseribed
and figured by Nordstedt (l. c.) as truncate, but I always find
them to be rounded, and this has elsewhere been mentioned to
be the case (cfr. Journ. Roy. Mier. Soc. 1896, p.156). Three
spines are generally present at each of the superior angles of
the semicells, although two or even four are not uncommonly
observed, and their disposition is often somewhat irregular
(ofr. Pl. 8. figs. 20-22, b, b' of vertical views). The central pro-
tuberance in the great majority of specimens is in the form of a
simple papilla, but in a few I have observed it to be truncate and
trituberculate (Pl. 8. figs. 20, a & b).

8. COSMARIUM Lave, Rabenh., Flor. Europ. Algar. iii. 1868,
p. 161.—This species, first figured by Nordstedt in Ofvers. af K.
Vet.-Akad. Fórh. 1876, no. 6, t. 12. f. 4, is subject to consider-
able variation in the form of the semicelis. Those of the typical
form are of a somewhat semielliptical or subsemicircular outline,
and very slightly retuse in the middle of the apex, the latter
feature being characteristie of all forms of the species. A pure
gathering obtained from the North of France consisted of very
fine, large forms, mostly typical in outline (Pl. 10. figs. 1 & 2),
but in some cases with a tendency of the semicells to become
more rounded: long. 28-34, ; lat. 19-23 u; lat. isthm, 5-5-8 [a

VARIATION IN THE DESMIDIER. 387

In another almost pure gathering of this species from Hanka
Deela, Somaliland, the specimens were smaller (long. 19:5-28 p ;
lat. 11:5-17 a; lat. isthm. 3-5 p), more elongate and somewhat
angular, many of them approaching the var. septentrionale,
Wille (“ Ferskv. Alg. fra Nov. Seml.,” Ofvers. af K. Vet.-Akad.
Förh. 1879, no. 5, p. 43, t. 12. f. 34). This variety has been
considered by some authors to be more nearly related to Cos-
marium Meneghinii, Bréb. (in Ralfs, Brit. Desm. p. 96, t. xv.
f. 6) than to C. leve, Rabenh. ; but I think the range of variation
exhibited by the specimens from Somaliland proves this supposi-
tion to be erroneous, all intermediate stages between typical
C. leve and the var. septentrionale being met with in this one
gathering.

C. leve var. septentrionale is very frequent in this country,
and is itself subjeet to a certain amount of variation, especially
with regard to the angularity of the semicells and the character
of the superior lateral margins, the latter often exhibiting a
marked undulation. I figure several such specimens: one from
Bowness, Westmoreland, long. 25:5 u, lat. 16 p, lat. isthm. 4°8 u,
crass. 9 u (Pl. 10. fig. 8); one from near Giggleswick, W. Yorks.,
long. 24 u, lat. 15 a, lat. isthm. 5:2 u (Pl. 10. fig. 7) ; and one
from Epping Forest, Essex, long. 24 p, lat. 15:5 p, lat. isthm.
5:5 u (Pl. 10. fig. 9).

The cell-membrane of the ty pical form is delicately scrobiculate,
but that of the var. septentrionale is generally smooth.

9. Cosmarium REGNESII, Reinsch, “ Algenfl. von Frank."
Abhandl. Naturhistor. Gesellsch. Nürnberg, Bd. iii. 1866, p. 112,
t. 7. f. S. —This minute species is not unfrequent in many of
the mountain localities rich in Desmids, and any account of its
various forms must necessarily be of particular interest.

In a gathering from Sphagnum and Utricularia minor on
Puttenham Common, Surrey, an immense number of individuals
were obtained in active division. The specimens were typical in
size (long. 6-10 u; lat. 6°2-9°5 u; lat. isthm. 347 u; crass. 5 u)
and many of them typical in outline; č. e., the semicells were
transversely oblong, with slightly retuse lateral margins, with the
inferior and superior angles mueronulate, and with two small
mucros, one on each side of a retuse middle portion of the apex
(Pl. 10. figs. 10, 12, 13, 15, 16). Some of the specimens, how-
ever, had the inferior angles of the semicells slightly emarginate,

388 MR. G. 8. WEST ON

this resulting in à conspicuous alteration in the form of the sinus
(Pl. 10. figs. 11, 14, 17). Mauy stages were observed in the
division of the cells, and it often happened that a second division
of the cells commenced before the first was completed. This
sometimes continued until several immature cells intervened
between the original adult semicells (Pl. 10. figs. 14, 15). A
precise parallel to this is seen in Staurastrum brachiatum,
Ralfs (cfr. West & G. S. West in Journ. Roy. Mier. Soc. 1896,
p. 159, t. 4. ff. 55-56). In some cases division had taken place
in one of these undeveloped cells whieh had previously become
free, and on the completion of this division the newly-formed
semicells were typical, showing that if a characteristic feature of
a species be absent from any individual, it may be produced at
its maximum in the semicells of a sueceeding generation (Pl. 10.
figs. 16, 17).

In a gathering of an immense quantity of this species from
Riccall Common, E. Yorks., the specimens were all of a rather
large size (long. 10-12°5 p; lat. 8'6-10°5 u; lat. isthm. 376—465 u;
crass. 5 pu), and the superior angles were in many cases emar-
ginate (Pl. 10. figs. 18, 19).

From Pilmoor, N. Yorkshire, two forms were seen: one small
form with much rounded semicells (long. 6'6 u; lat. 66-74;
lat. isthm. 3'7 p; crass. 3:9 u), which might be regarded as var.
tritum, West & G. S. West in Trans. Linn. Soc., Dot. ser. 11.
vol. v. 1895, p. 59, t. 9. f. 24 (PI. 10. fig. 20); and another very
large form with somewhat rectangular semicells and frequently
with emarginate superior angles (long. 10:9-11:7 p; lat. 10°1-
10°9 u; lat. isthm. 4°6-5'6 p; crass. 5'4 a). This is the plant
described by A. W. Bennett as Zuastrum crenulatum* in Journ.
Roy. Micr. Soc. 1887, p. 17, t. 4. ff. 20-21.

Great variation is met with in the vertical view of this species,
some examples appearing quite elliptical, others having slightly
tumid lateral margins and rounded poles, and yet others possess-
ing a prominent protuberance in the middle on each side and a
distinct, though smaller, one on each side near the poles (cfr.
Pl. 10. figs. 11, 19, 20, 21, b). The extent to which these pro-
tuberances are developed varies greatly even in specimens from
the same locality, and this has induced me to remark upon a very
interesting point.

* Dennett's figure of the side view of this plant is incorrect.

VARIATION IN THE DESMIDIEA. 389

In 1894 Eichler & Gutwinski deseribed a var. polonicum of
Cosmarium Nove-Semlie, Wille (Rospr. Wydz. matem.-przyr.
Akad. Umiej. Krakow. tom. xxviii. p. 170, t. 5. f. 27), and the year
following Sehmidle described a var. montanum of C. Regnesii
(cfr. * Hedwigia, 1895, p. 74, t. 1. f. 9; Oesterr. Bot. Zeitschr.
xlv. 1895, p. 389, t. 15. f. 11). About the same time a species was
described as C, Pseudoregnesü (cfr. West & G. S. West, Trans.
Linn. Soc., Bot. ser. ii. vol. v. p. 59, t. 6. ff. 42-43) ; and shortly
afterwards these were shown to be identical forms, all referable
to C. Regnesii or C. Pseudoregnesii (cfr. West A G. S. West
in Journ. Bot. xxxiv. 1896, p. 336-7). Schmidle has since termed
his form C. montanum ` but I think that a consideration of the
variations deseribed above as occurring in C. Regnesii proves
conelusively that his species cannot be separated from the latter
except as a variety, and therefore all the above-mentioned
forms will fall under C. Regnesii, Reinsch, and its var. montanum,
Schmidle.

10. CosMarium BIRETUM, Bréb., in Ralfs, Brit. Desm. 1848,
p. 102, t. 16. f. 5.— This Desmid is by no means frequent,
and seems to have a preference for the marshes of low-lying
districts, in which situations it is sometimes obtained in
abundance.

Ina gathering of an immense quantity of this species from
Welsh Harp, Middlesex, many variations in form were observed.
The typical form of the semicells may be described as subrect-
angular with the lateral margins slightly divergent, the basal
and apical angles rounded, and the apex somewhat convex. The
divergence of the lateral margins varies very much (cfr. Pl. 10.
figs. 22 & 26), and this causes the semicells of some forms to
possess a much broader apex than those of others. The con-
formation of the apex is also markedly different in different
individuals. In some it is straight or but slightly convex, and
may be even retuse in the middle, whereas in others it is strikingly
elevated, being very convex and often truneate in the median
part (Pl. 10. figs. 25, 26). These two conformations of the apex
may, however, be found in the semicells of the same individual.
There is a considerable range in the size and in the roundness
of the angles of this type of C. biretum, distinguished by its
single inflation on each side of the vertical view. This latter
charaeter varied, in specimens from the same gathering, from a

390 MR. 6. 8. WEST ON

scarcely appreciable swelling on each side to a protuberance of
some magnitude (cfr. Pl. 10. figs. 27, 28). In 1879 Wille de-
scribed a var. intermedium of this species (“ Ferskv. Alg. fra
Nov. Seml.,” Ofvers. af K. Vet.-Akad. Fürh. 1879, no. 5, p. 35,
t. 12. f. 15), and in 1888 Boldt described two torms—forma
groenlandica and forma subconspersa (“ Desmid. från Grénl.,”
Bihang till K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. Bd. xiii. Afd. iii. no. 5,
p. 25, t. 2. f. 26); but these forms do not possess any characters
sufficiently definite for thera to have received varietal names, as
all three of them, and all intermediate stages, were abundant in
the gathering from Welsh Harp, Middlesex. Thus it may be said
that the semicells of typical Cosmarium biretum may possess any
approximately subrectangular or polygonal contour, and in
vertical view may possess anything between a well-marked pro-
tuberance in the middle on each side and a scarcely appreciable
inflation.

A second type of this species, more rarely found, exhibits
rather different characters. In 1875 Nordstedt described two
forms (* Desm. Arct.,” Öfvers. af K. Vet.-Akad. Förh. no. 6,
p- 26, t. 7. ff. 18, 19) which he named forma supernumeraria
and subsp. trigibberum. These are each characterized by the
possession of three protuberances on each side in the vertical
view, a central one and one close to each end. I always find
this second type of C. biretum, although showing a considerable
range of variation in outline, to be more rounded in general

— |
Proportion of |

breadth to

length Measurements

Measurements

Cosmarium biretum. | (lat. : long.). of largest | of smallest Average
LÀ : thickness.
verage of a form. form,
number of
| specimens.
First type: with one | Long. 48 p; lat. | “Tong, 38 p; lat.
inflation on each | E | Qn. 9
. . : 1:113 BEI p: lat.) 35g; lat. 23 p.
side ol vertical : = < .
view | isthin. 15 a. isthm. 13 a.

Second type (var. | | |
trigibberum): with | Long. 57°5 p; | Long. 43 u; lat.
three ` inflations | 1: 1-04 lat. 54 u; lat.) 38 p; lat. 32 p.
on each side of isthm. 21 p. | isthm. 12 u
vertical view. | | |

|
|
—j— mE —
|
|
|
|

VARIATION IN THE DESMIDIER. 391

contour and rarely to possess semicells with divergent lateral
margins. The three protuberances on each side of tbe vertical
view may be slight and more or less of equal size, or the central
one may be much larger than the other two, the latter varying
in their relative proximity to the ends (Pl. 10. figs. 32 6, 33,
& 84).

From the table on p. 390 it is seen that although the first
type is relatively a little longer than the second, the latter
reaches the largest dimensions, especially with regard to
thickness.

The granulation of these two types is precisely the same ; in
fact, I should be justified in saying that the granulation of this
species is its most constant feature, being eminently characteristic
of all its forms.

11. CosMARIUM ORTHOSTICHUM, Lund., * Desm. Suec.,’ Act.
Soc. Scient. Upsal. 1870, p. 24, t. 2. f. 9.— This species is
characterized by the possession of large granules arranged in
approximately vertical and horizontal series across the surface
of the semicells. The vertical arrangement is generally more
readily discernible than the horizontal, the latter being at times
replaced by oblique series. In the centre of the semicells
the granules exhibit a variation with regard to their relative
size, and in certain individuals one or more of them may be
duplicated. In the vertical view the granules may show a
distinct arrangement in transverse lines, or a clear space may
be evident in the centre. Cfr. Pl. 11. figs. 1-4.

19. STAURASTRUM MUTICUM, Breb., in Menegh. * Synops.
Desm.,” Linnea, 1840, p. 228.—In a gathering of a large quantity
of this species from Roundhay Park, W. Yorks., the semicells
were observed to vary considerably in outward form. In some
examples they were perfectly elliptical, in others reniform, in
others elliptico-semicircular, and in many cases distinct basal
angles were present, causing an almost linear sinus. Speci-
mens were noticed with one semicell triangular and the other
quadrangular, but the presence of both a three-angled and a
four-angled semicell on the same plant is a variation of very
frequent occurrence in species of this genus.

13. STAURASTRUM BRACHIATUM, Ralfs, Brit. Desm. 1848,
p. 131, t. 23. f. 9.—This species frequents the most suitable

392 MR. G. 8. WEST ON

portions of Sphagnum-bogs, in which situations it may sometimes
be obtained in abundance. It is subject to considerable varia-
tion in the character of. its smooth processes. In some forms
they are long and gradually attenuate to the apex, which is
bifureate (Pl. 11. figs. 5 & 12); in others there is a distinct
constriction near the apices of the processes immediately below
the bifurcation (Pl. 11. figs. 10 & 11); and it often happens that
the divisions of the furcate apices are much rounded, being in
some cases almost totally reduced (Pl. 11. figs. 6, 7, and 11).
The latter forms are produced by rapid division of the cells.
Some of these forms are proportionately broader than others.
Long. e. proe. 27-3675 u; lat. e. proc. 27-48 u.

I have examined a form with short, thick processes and widely
furcate apices, from several localities, notably from Slieve
Donard, Co. Down, Ireland, and from Cornwall, from which
places pure gatherings of the form were obtained. The apices of
the processes were bi- or trifurcate, both types being present in
the processes of the same cell, or even of the same semicell, and
the divisions of the apex were large and acute. Long. e. proc.
27-29 p; lat. e. proc. 25-31 u. The processes of one semicell
more or less alternate with those of the other, the amount of
twist of the two semicells varying very considerably in different
specimens.

Some remarkable forms of this species from Ireland were
notieed, in whieh a series of immature segments were present
between the adult semicells (cfr. Journ. Roy. Mier. Soc. 1896,
p. 159, t. 4. ff. 51-55). No species is known in which the
zygospore exhibits so much variation as it does in S. brachiatum.

14. STAURASTRUM REINSCHIT, Roy, in Scott. Nat. 1883, p.39.—
This plant was first mentioned by Reinsch as “ Staurastrum sp."
in his ‘ Contrib. ad Algol. et Fung.’ vol. i. Lipsie, 1875, p. 86,
t. 17. f. 5, and was shortly afterwards described by Roy, who
found it from several localities in Scotland, as S. Reinschii. I
find it frequently in this country, more particularly in upland
Sphagnum-bogs, in which situations it often occurs in quantity.
The form of the semicells varies considerably, some being almost
fusiform, others elliptical, and yet others almost semicircular,
this causing a corresponding variation in the sinus. There are
from two to four small spines at each lateral angle, and several
others along the lateral margins, definitely arranged in one or

VARIATION IN THE DESMIDIER. 393

two series, the latter being most obvious in slightly tilted speci-
mens (cfr. Pl. 11. figs. 17 b” and 196). Typically there is but
one series of four spines, the two middle spines being the largest.
In some cases, however, the median pair alone are present; and
in other specimens there may be a second series of four smaller
spines beneath the larger series. In vertical view, the lateral
margins may be concave, straight, or slightly convex, all these
differences being frequently met with in the same gathering.
The spines present at the lateral angles may be irregularly dis-
posed or may be arranged one above another in a vertical plane.
It is a small species aud retains a relatively constant size:
long. sine spin. 21-25 p ; lat. sine spiu. 19-26 a; lat. isthm. 6:5—
15 p.

15. STAURASTRUM CRENULATUM, Delp., in Mem. R. Accad. Sci.
Torino, ser. ii. tom. xxviii. 1877, p. 68, t. 12. ff. 1-11. Phycastrum
erenulatum, Naeg. Gatt. emz. Alg., Zürich, 1849, p. 129, t. 8. B.—
Much variation was observed in a large gathering of this species
from Roundhay Park, W. Yorks. Some specimens were con-
siderably broader than long (including the processes), and these
usually possessed the emarginate warts developed at their
maximum ; long. 22-23 u; lat. e. proe. 27-33 u. A series of
forms were observed which exhibited a gradual shortening of the
processes, and consequently a proportionate increase in the
length of the cells: long. 23 a; lat. c. proc. 21-24 u. Those
forms with very short processes were sometimes remarkable for
the reduction of the emarginate warts on the apices of the semi-
cells (cfr. Pl. 11. figs. 21-27). Some examples possessed much
in common with S. margaritaceum, Menegh., var. ornatum,
Boldt (in Ofvers. af K. Vet.-Akad. Fórh. 1885, no. 2, p- 116,
t. 5. f. 27 ; since placed by Turner as a species—S. ornatum).

16. STAURASTRUM ACULEATUM, Jenegh., “ Synops. Desm.,”
Linnea, 1840, p. 226.— This plant, first described by Ehrenberg
(Die Infus. als vollk. Organ., Leipzig, 1838, p. 142, t. 10. f. 12)
as Desmidium aculeatum, 1s one of the most characteristie species
of the genus. Yet it is one whieh has been frequently mis-
understood, large numbers of forms having been figured under
the name of S. aculeatum which belong to widely different
species. Figs. 28-32, Pl. ll. are accurate representations of
both European and American forms. As indicated by its spe-
cifie name, the spines are well developed and are always arranged

394 MR. G. S. WEST ON

on a definite system, although this is not readily discernible at
first sight. There are always three or four large spines at each
angle of the semicell and a lateral series, strongly developed,
extending from angle to angle, as well as a more dorsal series
also extending from angle to angle, those in the middle being
as a rule (though not always) emarginate. Occasionally a few
of the spines of the lateral series are duplieated, and the
produced angles of the semicells possess encircling ringlets of
minute denticulations. Any specimen which does not possess
the above-mentioned characters cannot possibly be a form of
Staurastrum aculeatum. l

In 1872 Nordstedt described a var. ornatum of this species
(* Desm. Spetsb.,” Ofvers. af K. Vet.-Akad. Forh. 1872, no. 6,
p. 40, 0. 7. f. 27), and since that time much confusion has arisen
with regard to certain allied forms. There can be no question
that Nordstedt's variety is an extreme form of 8. aculeatum in
which the lateral and dorsal series of spines have become more
numerous and somewhat complicated ; but the arrangement of
these spines is precisely similar to that in the typical form (as
can be seen in Nordstedt's fig. 27 b). A few years subsequently
to this Wille described some forms from Nova Zembla (“ Ferskv.
Alg. fra Nov. Seml.,” Ofvers. af K. Vet.-Akad. Fórh. 1879, no. 5,
pp. 54-55, t. 13. ff. 67-69) which he named S. aculeatum, Menegh.,
var. ornatum Nordst. forma spinosissima, and S. aculeatum var.
depauperatum ; these belong undoubtedly to the same series of
forms as S. sevcostatum and S. margaritaceum. Boldt has de-
scribed a “forma simplex” of var. ornatum, Nordst. (“ Des.
Grónl," Bih. till K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. Bd. xiii. Afd. iii.
no. 5, p. 38, t. 2. f. 49), whieh is unquestionably a form of
S. sexcostatum subsp. productum, West ; and Boergesen has also
failed to comprehend the characters of S. aculeatum, having
described a subsp. cosmospinosum of this species( Botan. Tidsskrift,
Bd. xvii. p. 147, t. 6. f. 8) which is without doubt referable to
S. rostellum, Roy et Biss. The list of confusing mistakes does
not stop here, however, for we find forms of still more widely
separated species referred to 8. aculeatum. One more instance
will suffice: Schmidle has recently described (^ Lappmarks Süssw.-
alg." Bih. till K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 1898, Bd. xxiv. Afd. iii.
no. 8, p. 55, t. 2. f. 44) a var. bifidum of S. aculeatum which
certainly has no connection whatever with this species, but
rather with S. forficulatum, Lund., and more particularly with

VARIATION IN THE DESMIDIER. 395

the forms he himself describes in the same paper as Staurastrum
forficulatum var. longicorne (l. e. t. i. ff. 42-43); in fact,
Schmidle’s S. aculeatum var. bifidum is, in my opinion, much nearer
S. forficulatum, Lund., than is his S. forficulatum var. longicorne.

The variations I have noticed in S. aculeatum are perhaps
worth mentioning. The, most typical examples were from Capel
Curig, N. Wales, and from the United States, the former speci-
mens possessing the most strongly developed spines (PI. 11.
fig. 31). From Orono, Maine, many examples were met with
which had the spines considerably reduced in length, but were
otherwise typical, and from Thursley Common, Surrey, a some-
what smaller but fully developed form was abundant (Pl. 11.
fig. 30).

17. Sravrastrum vESTITUM, Ralfs, Brit. Desm. p. 143, t. xxiii.
f. L—Few species exhibit so much variation as this, and at
the same time retain their distinctive features. 1 need hardly
mention that the main diagnostic character of 5. vestitum is the
possession of a pair of furcate spines in the middle of the lateral
margins of the vertical view. These spines are themselves
subject to much variation, being sometimes simple aculei, at
other times furcate to their base, and more rarely doubly furcate.
The general plan of arrangement of the spines and emarginate
warts on S. vestitum is precisely like that on 8. aculeatum. The
angles of S. vestitum, which possess three well-marked divergent
spines at their apices, are more produced than those of S. aculea-
tum, and, as a rule, the two median spines of the dorsal
series become converted into emarginate warts. Of the lateral
series of spines, which are such a marked feature of S. aculea-
tum, either the two median spines only remain in A. vestitum,
or they are much more prominent than the rest. These are
the characteristic furcate spines mentioned above. The front
view of a typical form of 8. vestitum resembles very closely that
of some forms of S. aculeatum, but in the majority of specimens
of the former species the angles are produced into processes of
various length. ln some these processes are very long (lat. c.
proe. 90 uj), and in others they are very short (lat. c. proc. 46 po).
In a gathering from Arderry Lough, W. Ireland, some forms
were observed which in front view eould hardly be distinguished
from S. anatinum, Cooke & Wills: long. s. proc. 35 a, c. proc.
52 u; lat. c. proc. 90-98 pi; lat. isthm. 135 a.

LINN. JOURN.— BOTANY, VOL. XXXIV. 2E

396 MR. G. $. WEST ON

There are severai distinct varieties of this species :—var. de-
nudatum, Nordst. (“ Desm. Brasil," Vidensk. Medd. nat. Foren.
Kjóbenhavn, 1869, p. 230, t. 4. f. 40), in which the dorsal series
of emarginate warts are much reduced ; var. semivestitum, West
(Journ. Roy. Mier. Soc. 1892, p. 732, t. 9. f. 38) a small
twisted form with only one of the fureate spines on each lateral
margin ; and var. tortum, West & G. S. West (Journ. Linn. Soc.,
Bot. vol. xxxiii. (1898) p. 317, t. 18. f. 16), a larger form with
curved processes twisted on their axes.

Var. ornata, Istv. (in Notarisia, no. 5, 1887, p. 240), is de-
seribed “ semieellulis dorso mucronibus bidentatis ornatis," but
this is a charaeter of the typical form.

18. STAURASTRUM FURCIGERUM, Bréb., in Menegh. ** Synops.
Desm.,” Linnea, 1840, p. 226.—This species, first described by
Brébisson as Binatella fureigera (m C. L. Chevalier, “Des
Microscopes et de leur Usage,’ Paris, 1839, p- 272), belongs to that
section of the genus Staurastrum characterized by the possession
of a superior and an inferior whorl of processes. The typical
form possesses three processes in each of the whorls, the superior
processes being situated immediately above the inferior, and
plaeed at an angle of about sixty degrees to them. It is often
found in quantity in pools amongst Myriophyllum, Sphagnum,
and Utricularia ; and in examining a large number of specimens
from Birkhouse Moor Tarn, Helvellyn, and Pilmoor, near Thirsk,
I was sufficiently fortunate to find one example from each locality
which differed strikingly from the typical form. The superior
whorl of processes of one semicell was duplicated, two processes
being situated immediately above each one of the lower whorl.
In one example (Pl. 10. fig. 35) the two semicells were equally
developed, but in the other (Pl. 10. fig. 36) the semicell with the
duplieated processes was more robust than the normal one, and
the processes themselves much shorter aud differently toothed
at their apices.

In 1813, Ehrenberg (** Verbreit. u. Einfluss, mikr. Leb. Süd. u.
N. Amer," Physik. Abh. Preuss. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, t. 4, f. 23)
described Desmidium eustephanum ; this was referred five years
later by Ralfs (Brit. Desm. p. 215) to Staurastrum as S, euste-
phanum, and has since appeared under that name in several text-
books (cfr. Archer in Priteh. Infus. edit. 3, 1852, p. 742, t. 2,
f.3; Wolle, Desm. U.S. 1884, p. 147, t. 48. ff. 9-10; Cooke,

VARIATION IN THE DESMIDIE E. 397

Brit. Desm. 1887, p. 177, t. 62. f. 2). It differs from Staur-
astrum furcigerum, Bréb., only in the duplicated superior whorl
of processes, and, carefully considering this fact, Nordstedt
(* Desm. frin Bornholm,” Vidensk. Medd. natur. Foren. Kjóben-
havn, 1888, p. 207) placed it under S. Jurcigerum as forma
eustephana. That he was qnite correct in so doing is at once
evident from a consideration of the variation in the two specimens
described above, in which one semicell represents S. furcigerum
and the other A. eustephanum. It is quite certain, therefore,
that S. eustephanum, Ralfs, must be regarded in the future as
S. furcigerum, Bréb., forma eustephana, Nordst. I have ex-
amined gatheriugs in which the form eustephana alone was
present, but it is as a rule intermingled with the typical plant.

Another form of this species is forma armigera, Nordst. (I. c.).
This was first described by Brébisson as Staurastrum armigerum
in Mém. Soc. Sei. Nat. Cherbourg, vol. iv. 1856, p. 136, aud
subsequently redescribed by Reinsch as S. pseudofurcigerum
in Abhandl. Naturhistor. Gesellsch. Nürnberg, 1866, Bd. iii.
p. 169, t. 11. f. Z. It only differs from typical S. fureigerum in
the duplication of the superior processes and in the slightly
crenulate margins of all the processes, which have no small spines
or granules.

The ouly other notable variation exhibited by this species
appears to be the occasional development of a very robust
form, similar to the stout semicell in fig. 36, Pl. 10, but with
only three superior processes. This form was deseribed as
Staurastrum montanum by Raciborski (* Nonn. Desm. Polon.,"
Pamietnik. Akad. Umiej. Krakow., Wydz. matem -przyr. vol. x.
1884, p. 90, t. 12. f. 11), and more recently deseribed as S. Surei-
gerum var. erassum, Schröder (Forschungsberichten der Plöner
Biol. Stat., Heft 5, 1897, p. 32, t. 3. f. 6). These two have
been recently united, however, as S. Jurcigerum var. montanum
(cfr. West & G. S. West in Journ. Bot. xxxvi. 1898, p. 335).

19. ARTHRODESMUS CONVERGENS, Ehrenb., Infus. als vollk.
Organism., Leipzig, 1838, p. 152, t. 10. f. 18.—This species ex-
hibits a wide range of variation in the degree of development of
the lateral spines. This is at once noticed on comparison of a
specimen similar to that figured from Capel Curig, N. Wales
(fig. 4, 5, p. 393), with one from Borrowdale, Lake District
(fig. 4, a, p. 398). Examples are often found in which the spines

2E2

398 MR. G 8. WEST ON

of one semicell are normal and those of the other reduced or
absent, and by further division of such a plant a specimen may
be produced in whieh the spines are entirely absent (fig. 4, e).
On the division of this unarmed specimen, however the young
semieells may develop typical spines, and it is interesting to

g

Arthrodesmus convergens, Ehrenb. All x 520. a, from Borrowdale, Cum-
berland ; b, from Capel Curig, N. Wales; c-f, from Pilmoor, near Thirsk,
N. Yorks. ` g, from Bowness, Westmoreland.

note that a character which has been entirely lost is sometimes
reproduced at its maximum development in a succeeding genera-
tion (fig. 4, f, 9).

It is highly probable that there is some direct relationship
between tie unarmed forms of Arthrodesmus convergens, Ehrenb.,
and Cosmarium scenedesmus, Delp. (Mem. R. Accad. Sci. Torino,
ser. II. tom. xxviii. 1876, p. 5, t. 7. ff. 28-34).

VARIATION IN THE DESMIDIEX. 399

III.— Variations of Cell-contents.

The arrangement of the chromatophores and the included
pyrenoids is frequently a conspicuous feature of living Desmids,
and it may be truly said that some particular disposition of these
structures is one of the most constant features exhibited by
several large series of these plants. Taking this into considera-
tion, Lundell*, and also Boldtt, described several subgenera of
Desmids founded mainly on the structure and disposition of the
chromatophores. Subsequent observers elevated some of these
subgenera to the rank of genera (e. g. Pleuroteniopsist and
Pleurenterium§); and the arrangement of the chromatophores
thus assumed an important place in the study of this family of
Alge.

Moreover, the genus Cosmaridium was founded by F. Gay ||
on precisely those characters which were utilized by Lundell for
Pleuroteniopsis, his subgenus of Cosmarium, viz. :—“ Chromato-
phori e teniis parietalibus, margine irregulariter lobata, pyren.
nonnulos involventibus formati."

There are many strong reasons against the utilization of such
easily destructible characters for generic distinctions, chief among
which is the fact that living plants alone could be correctly
referred to their true genera. Death so far renders the nature
of the cell-contents undeterminable that were certain genera
of this kind authoritatively recognized, specimens sent from
abroad—and such specimens are generally dried or enclosed in
preservative media—could not be satisfactorily referred to their
proper systematic position; moreover, before these characters can
be utilized positive proof of their importance has to be obtained,
and how can this be done better than by a study of their
variation ?

A short paper by Lütkemüller| is the only contribution I can

* P. M. Lundell, “ Desm. Suec.,” Act. Soc. Scient. Upsal. 1870.

t R. Boldt, *Desm. fran Grönland,” Bih. till K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl.
Bd. xiii. Afd. iii. no. 5, 1888, p. 31.

+ Utilized as a generic name by G. von Lagerheim in ‘ Botaniska Notiser,’
1887, p. 197.

$ Elevated to a genus by N. Wille in Engler and Prantl, “Die Naturl.
Pflanzenfam.’ 1890, p. 11.

| F. Gay, “ Note sur les Conj. du Midi de la France,” Bull. Soc. Bot. France,
tom. xxxi. 1884, p. 340.

€ J. Lütkemüller, ** Beobacht. über die Chlorophyllkórper einig. Desmid.,"
Oesterr. botan. Zeitschrift, xliii. 1893, no. 1, pp. 5-11, no. 2, pp. 41-44, tt. 2-3.

400 MR. G. 8. WEST ON

find dealing entirely with this subject, and in it he confines his
attention to the number of pyrenoids in the genus Cosmarium,
the chromatophores of Penium minutum, Cleve*, and of Pleuro-
teniopsis. In reference to the latter he advocates further
enquiry into the structure of the chromatophores of those genera
of Desmids which include species possessing parietal chlorophyll-
plates. In a paper entitled “ Observations on the Conjugate ” f
mention will be found of the occurrence of irregularities in the
chromatophores of two species of Cosmarium—C. ornatum. and
C. sphagnicolum.

In the description of a species of Closterium it is customary
to note the average number of pyrenoids in a semicell, and the
character of the moving granules in the apical locellus or
vacuole. No doubt these features are of some value as minor
specific differences, and perbaps in many cases are quite as re-
liable as the more marked peculiarities of the species of other
genera; yet I would point out that they are subject to con-
siderable variation, and are, therefore, deserving of more careful
study than that usually afforded them.

The following observations on Closterium Venus, Kuetz., were
made on specimens from Baildon, W. Yorks. Out of 500 in-
dividuals examined 71 per cent. possessed two pyrenoids in each
semicell, that is to say, two pyrenoids in each chromatophore.
The next in frequency, although much scarcer (only 16 per cent.),
were those possessing one pyrenoid in each chromatophore.
This is illustrated by the following table :—

Number of Pyrenoids. Number of Sp timens
One in each Setmiecll, eee eese 82
One in one semicell, two in the other ............ 38
Two in each semieell ......................sssssssss 356
Two in one semicell, three in the other ......... 24
Three in each semicell.............................. s. | 5
| | -
500

* Lütkemüller records this species as Docidium Baculum, Bréb, ; cfr. West
& G. S. West in Journ. Bot, 1895, p. 65.

t ‘Annals of Botany,’ vol. xii. March 1898, no, 45.

VARIATION IN THE DESMIDIER. 401

The moving corpuscles in the apical locellus varied in number
from three to nine, and were by no means constant in number
at the two ends of the same individual. Out of sixty specimens
observed, four possessed three moving corpuscles at the end, one
possessed four, eleven possessed five, nine possessed six, twenty-
nine possessed seven, three possessed eight, and three possessed
nine. In some examples one large corpuscle was observed among
an aggregation of small ones.

Tue apical locellus of the genus Closterium is nothing more
nor less than a special terminal vacuole containing moving
corpuscles, aud although it varies considerably, it is nevertheless
utilized in part as a generic distinction (compare the differences
between the genera Closterium and Koya). It is a diagnostic
feature of the genus Closterium, and is often the sole means of
determining the correct position of small species of this genus
which closely approach Lihaphidium, a genus of Palmellaces in
which moving corpuscles are absent *.

If a gathering containing a number of living Desmids be kept
growing fur some time in a small glass vessel, it frequently
happens that many of the specimens develop numbers of small
moving granules in all parts of the cell. A gathering from
Birkhouse Moor Tarn, Helvellyn, which contained a quantity of
Pleurotenium coronatum, Rabenh., was kept growing in this
manner for some time, and most of the specimens of this
species became much vacuolated, Generally there were from
Tour to six large vacuoles in each semicell, although some were
noticed in which over twenty were present, and in the majority
of these vacuoles a large number of moving corpuscles made
their appearance. The latter were precisely similar to those
present in the apical vacuoles of Pleurotenium; but were
certainly different from the moving corpuscles present in the
apical vacuoles of Closterium. I have noted the occurrence of
the same phenomenon in many species of the genera Penium,
Cosmarium, Kuastrum, Micrasterias, and Staurastrum. It would
seem, therefore, that these moving corpuscles can be developed
in any vacuole in the plant if the latter be placed under suitable
conditions f. They move freely in the fluid vacuole, and always
collect towards its base as a small, incessantly moving mass.

* Cfr. W. Archer in Quart. Journ. Mier. Science, ii. 1862, pp. 257-8; West
& G. S. West in Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc, 1897, p. 501.

t Moving corpuscles of a nature similar to those found in Desmids have

been noticed to arise in the vacuoles in the midst of the cell-contents of
Jthaphidium polymorphum var. mirabile,

402 MR. G. 8. WEST ON

Thus, if the plant be rotated through 180°, the force of gravity
immediately causes the corpuscles to descend through the fluid in
the vacuole until they arrive at its new base. These corpuscles or
granules are of a faint yellow colour, and appear brown in a thin
stratum ; but when present in immense numbers they sometimes
give the plant a very dark (almost a black) appearance.

The following is a complete summary of all the records of
variation in the cell-contents of Desmids :—

1. Spirotenia obscura, Ralfs. The structure and arrangement
of the chromatophores described by Lütkemüller in Oesterr.
botan. Zeitschr. xlv. 1895, pp. 2, 93, t. 1. ff. 1-6, 15-19.

2. Penium "minutum, Cleve. Variability of chromatophores
mentioned by Lütkemüller under the erroneous name of
Docidium Baculum, Bréb. in Oesterr. botan. Zeitschr. xlii. 1893,
p. 10, t. 2. ff. 9-15. (Cfr. remarks by West & G. S. West in
Journ. Bot. vol. xxxiii. 1895, p. 65.)

3. Cosmarium pyramidatum, Bréb. Variability of pyrenoids
described by Lütkemüller in Oesterr. botan. Zeitschr. xliii. 1893,
p. 6, t. 2. ff. 1-8. (Cfr. Nordstedt in Index Desm. p. 215.)

4. Cosmarium sphagnicolum, West & G. S. West. Variations
in chromatophores mentioned in Ann. Bot. vol. xii. 1898, p. 52,
1f. 34-36.

5. Cosmarium contractum, Kirchn. Variability of pyrenoids
recorded by Lütkemüller in Oesterr. botan. Zeitschr. xliii. 1893,
p. 8, t. 3. ff. 16-18. Erroneously recorded by Lütkemüller as
C. pseudoprotuberans, Kirchn. (Cfr. Nordstedt in Index Desm.
p- 209.)

6. Cosmarium ornatum, Ralfs. Variability of pyrenoids men-
tioned by West & G. 8. West in Ann. Bot. vol. xii. 1898, p. 52.

IV.— Variations in Conjugation.

Few observations on the conjugation of Desmids have been
recorded other than the mere mention of the occurrence of zygo-
spores. I know of no instances of the occurrence of hybrids, and
of few recorded instances of abnormal conjugation. The im-
portance of this subject in its bearings on the classification of
Desmids has not been sufficiently recognized, although it is a
study which brings forward most interesting proofs of genetic
relationship between many of these plants. It is also important
in its bearings on the evolution of the Desmidiex, a few obser-
vations on vagaries in the conjugation of Zyalotheca dissiliens

VARIATION IN THE DESMIDIEX. 403

having given a conclusive argument in favour of the view that
the Desmidiex constitute a degenerate family of Conjugates.

I append a full aecount of all that is known of the variation
in the conjugation of these plants :—

1. Closterium Pritchardianum, Arch. Zygospore formed by
the conjugation of three cells: West & G. S. West in Journ.
Roy. Mier. Soc. 1897, p. 480, t. 6. f. 5.

9. Cosmarium nitidulum, De Not. Zygospore formed by the
conjugation of four cells; erroneously recorded as a new species
— C. rectosporum—by W. B. Turner in Kongl. Sv. Vet.-Akad.
Handl. Bd. xxv. no. 5 (1893), p. 69, t. 10. f. 16 e.

3. Cosmarium Regnesii, Reinsch. Variability in form of
zygospore: West & G. S. West in Journ. Roy. Mier. Soc. 1896,
p. 155, t. 3. ff. 30-31.

4. Staurastrum teliferum, Ralfs. Zygospore formed by con-
jugation of three cells: West in Journ. Linn. Soc., Bot. vol. xxix.
(1892) p. 175, t. 24. f. 5.

5. Hyalotheca dissiliens, Bréb. Abnormal conjugation men-
tioned by Joshua in Journ. Bot. vol. xx. 1882, p. 301; “ cell.
copul. monstr.” described and figured by Boldt in Bihang till
K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. Bd. xiii. Afd. iii. no. 5, 1888, p. 43, t. 2.
f. 53; cfr. also West & G. S. West in Ann. Bot. vol. xii. 1895,
p. 53, t. 4. f. 37.

V.—Some Interrelationships of the Desmidiee deduced
from a study of their Variation.

The foregoing account of variations observed in a natural
state enables us to adduce evidence which offers some clue to
the relationships that exist between many different forms, and
it realizes in part that which should be one of the main objects
of classification, namely, how species may be brought into rela-
tionship one with another. The importance of this study cannot
be overestimated, as it is the surest means of arriving at the
most approximate limitations of what we call ‘ species,’ and only
after the attainment of a competent knowledge of the variability
in the group can we form a conception of the evolution of
Desmid-forms.

The question of the specific distinctness of many of these
plants has been raised many times and by many people, and
although it is one which will take a very long time to answer,
yet astudy of their variation will go far towards its solution.

401 MR. G. 8. WEST ON

The late Mr. William Archer stated * that “it is not proven
that some other form, whieh in the present state of knowledge
we are constrained to suppose a distinet species, may not in
truth be cnly a phase of variation or of development, or an
‘alternation of generation’ of the actual species, whose extremes
of variation, or whose life-history, are as yet unknown." Yet
thateminent phycologist himself maintained that the inexperienced
lumping together of species is as much to be deprecated as their
over-multiplication. Klebs was certainly in error in grouping
together many of the forms that he figured in his“ Desmidiaceen
Ostpreussens " t, and concerning such treatment of these plants
I will again quote a few remarks made by Archer $:—“1 would
draw attention to a circumstance I am disposed to look upon
as an almost unimpeachable argument as to their actual specific
distinctness. I allude to the fact that, no matter how numerous
or how few the fronds, the conjugating specimens always con-
jugate like form or species with like form or species—the
abundant with their abundant neighbours of the same species,
the rare seeking out the rare of the same species, and over-
looking the possibly more numerous specimens of a perhaps
closely-allied species. And it is marvellous, however few a
certain species may be amongst the mass of others, by what
attraction or force these little vegetable organisms, not endowed
with a special locomotive power, are impelled to seek only their
fellows when about to conjugate, avoiding other more abundant
species, themselves even, perhaps, conjugating with each other
at the time.” But even allowing that the vast majority of these
well-marked plants possess a specific distinctness, I would never-
theless join with Dr. Roy $ in a protest against the “ multipli-
cation of so-called varieties " by certain inexperienced. authors,
who take no cognizance of the variability of species. As
Dr. Roy remarks, “the time will no doubt come when species
will be largely reduced, but it has not come yet; neither will it
be accelerated by the indiscriminate manufacture of varieties,
and still less by what is worse, varieties of varieties !”

* W. Archer, “ Descript. of new sp. of Mierasferias, with remarks on the
distinctions between M. rotata and M. denticulata." Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci.
New Ser., vol. ii. 1862, pp. 236-7.

T Schrift. d. physik.-oekonom. Gesellech. zu Kénigsberg, vol. xxii, 1879,
pp. 1-42, tt. 1-3.

t W. Archer, 7. e. p. 237.

§ J. Roy & J. P. Bisset, “On Scott. Desm.," Ann. Scott, Nat. Hist., April
1898.

VARIATION IN THE DESMIDIEE. 405

Many of the so-called varieties that have been described for
certain species are shown, by a study of the variation of the
species, to be merely transitory forms founded upon accidental
differences of a temporary character. (Cfr. Cosmarium biretum
var. intermedium, C. biretum forma grenlandica, and C. biretum
forma subconspersa, p. 390, supra.) In a few cases, however, it
ean be shown by the same means that what was at one time
regarded as a variety of a particular species, is in truth as much
a distinet species (so far as we can comprehend the word
‘species’) as the plant to which it was formerly referred. In
fact, the true affinity existing between many species of Desmids
can be ascertained only by a careful study of their various forms,
as exhibited in large numbers of specimens from divers districts ;
and in the following pages 1 have endeavoured to show clearly
the particular relationship which exists between certain species
about the position of which there has always been much diseus-
sion. It will also be seen that this study proves in some
instances that species which have been imagined to possess a
close relationship have only an apparent affinity, and have really
arisen at some carlier or later stage in a particular line of descent,
or else along totally different lines of evolutionary development.

I will first call attention to three species which, although very
local, are widely distributed in Europe and N. America, viz.:—
Staurastrum vestitum, Ralfs, S. aculeatum, Menegh., and S. con-
troversum, Bréb. SS. vestitum is a species which cannot readily
be mistaken, and yet at the same time is one which exhibits a
wide range of variation (cfr. page 395, supra). On the other
hand, S. aculeatum is a species which has frequently been mis-
understood, and, although closely related to 8. vestitum, it
exhibits a less range of variation than the latter. 8. contro-
versum appears to me to be more nearly related to S. restitum,
var. semivestitum than to S. aculeatum ; and I think it highly
probable that both 8. controversum and S. aculeatum were
originally evolved from S. vestitum along different lines, the
former through such forms as that mentioned by Schmidle in
‘ Hedwigia, 1895, t.i. f. 22. 8. vestitum itselt probably arose
alonga series terminating with S. Pseudosebaldi, Wille, S. Sebaldi,
Reinsch, 8. Sebaldi var. altum, West & G. S. West, and
S. anatinum, Cooke & Wills, its earlier forms being long-armed
like 8. anatinum, and its later forms, which gave origin to
S. aculeatum, being short-armed.

406 MR. G. S, WEST ON

Another series of species which has been confused with that
including Staurastrum aculeatum is the one which is constitated
by S. margaritaceum, Menegh., S. sexcostatum, Bréb., and their
derivatives. Certain forms derived from 8. seacostatum have
most certainly acquired a resemblance to a few extreme forms of
S. aculeatum; but this fact, in my opinion, is not owing to
direct specifie relationship, but rather to parallelism of modifica-
tion along two totally different lines of evolution. The following
table may better illustrate the idea that I intend to convey :—

S, PstUDOSEBALO! Witte

DG Grënn REINSCH.

S.MaroariTaceum NMeuteu.
D SEBALOI vAR.ALTUM West & G.S West

S. AuaTiNUM, Cooke X Wiis. S, MaRGARITACEUM varst

S.Vestitum Rates.

LN

SVestitum VAR SEMIVESTITUM WE

"D StxcosraruM Bree.

A ACULEATUM Mentis MER Stcosrasum Der LSK West.

3, D FORMA Sow? LUN (d Ts han. v. Tue F Senn o Bari] 7

tn

S,Controversum Grea. n
^s. Acuceatum Var ÜnuaruM Nonosr. -----....-.. Le eee

H

ü

S. AncricuM Noe .$ 00007 |
|

|

j

IE AcuL v. ORNATUM F. SPINDSISSIMA m

|
|
| d Acuı.V.Derauperatum Wiuuc)

* W. Schmidle in * Hedwigia,’ 1895, t. i. f. 22.

t Cfr. S. margaritaceum var. figured by West in Journ. Roy. Mier. Soe.
1890, t. 6, f. 32.

t S. aculeatum var. ornatum, Nordst. f. simpler, Boldt, is unquestionably a
form of S. sercostafum subsp. productum, West, in Journ. Roy. Mier, Soc.
1892, p. 733, t. 9. f. 34.

$ S. arcricum nob. includes S. aculeatum var. ornatum, Nordst., f. spinosissima,
Wille (in Ofvers. af K. Vet.-Akad. Förh. 1879, no. 5, p. 54, t. 13. ff. 67-68),
and probably S, aculeatum var. depauperatum, Wille (J. c. p. 55, t. 13. f. 69).
The name ‘ spinosissimum’ could not be adopted, as there is a S. spinosissimum,

W. B. Turner.

VARIATION IN THE DESMIDIEE, 407

Another precisely similar case is brought forward in studying
the forms allied to Micrasterias oscitans, Ralts, and M. pinnati-
Jida, Ralfs. In the first place, what is Micrasterias oscitans,
Ralfs? It was described by Ralfs * in 1845 and figured by him t
in 1848. Since that date no one has reported the occurrence of
the typical form exactly as he figured it, although many forms
have been described and figured intermediate between M. oscitans
and a much more abundaut species found some years later (1859),
viz. M. mucronata, Rabenh. (first described as Tetrachastrum
mucronatum, Dixon f) M. mucronata is a species frequently
met with in upland Sphagnum-bogs, and the plant described as
M. oscitans by Ralfs is unquestionably an extreme form of the
same species, and, as it seems, a very rare one also. It is un-
fortunate that the form first found and described was the rare
and aberrant one, as its specific name must be used, whereas the
form commonly met with has to stand as a variety of it (viz.
JM. oscitans, Ralfs, var. mucronata, Wille S). There can be no
doubt that both M. oscitans, Ralfs, and M. laticeps, Nordst. ||,
have arisen from that assemblage of forms known under the
name of M. oscitans var. mucronata, but the origin of the latter
is somewhat doubtful. After much consideration I should be
inclined to think that the line of descent came through M. depau-
perata, Nordst. f, a decided relationship being evident between
certain forms of M. oscitans var. mucronata, such as those
described by Cooke **, and some forms of M. depauperata tt.

In temperate regions Micrasterias pinnatifida is a species of
greater rarity than M. oscitans var. mucronata. It was first
described by Kuetzing ii as Euastrum pinnatifidum, and many
authors have followed Rabenhorst $$ in placing it as a variety of

* Ralfs in Jenner, Fl. Tunbridge Wells, 1845, p. 198.

+ Ralfs, Brit. Desm. t. 10. f. 2.

+ Dixon in Trans. Dubl. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1859, p. 204, t. 1. ff. 5-8.

$ N. Wille, “ Bidrag till Kundsk. om Norges Ferskv.-Alg.," Christiania Vid.-
Selsk. Forhandl. 1880, no. 11, p. 21, t. 1. f. 3.

|| Nordstedt in Vidensk. Medd. f. d. nat, Foren. Kjöbenhavn, 1869, p. 220,
t. 2. f. 14.

«| Nordstedt, 7. c. p. 222, cum fig. xylogr.

** Cooke in ‘ Grevillea,’ vol. ix. 1881, p. 89, t. 141. ff. 25, c.

tt Gf. the form in West & G. S. West, ** Some N.-Ame:. Desm.,” Trans. Linn.
Soc., Bot. ser. IT. vol. v. pt. 5, p. 238, t. 14. f. 1.

tt Kuetzing, Phycol. German. 1845, p. 134.

$8 Rabenhorst, Krypt. Flor. Sachs. 1862, p. 184; Flor. Europ. Algar. iii. p. 189.

408 MR. G. 8. WEST ON

Micrasterias oscitans, but for reasons best known to themselves.
In studying the numerous forms of it and of allied species, one is
struck by the continuous series they present,—-a series ranging
from M. Crux-Melitensis, Mass, through M. Rabenhorstii,
Kirehn., M. pinnatifida var. divisa, West, M. pinnatifida var.
erpansa, Turner, M. pinnatifida var. inflata, Wolle, M. pinnati-
fida, Ralfs, M. arcuata var. subpinnatifida, West & G. S. West,
M. arcuata, Bail., and M. arcuata var. expansa, Nordst. The
series is complete as we go back through the varieties of M. pin-
natifida to AL. Itabenhorstii ; and I think there ean be no doubt
that the latter species is a derivative of JM. Crux-Melitensis,
the intermediate forms being such as those mentioned by Gut-
winski *, Raciborski T, and Borge t. A figure of M. Rabenhorstii
vav. tatrica, also given by Raciborski $, is identical with one
semicell of the specimen of M. Crux-Melitensis figured by
Gutwinski. Micrasterias incisa, Bréb., has evidently originated
from M. pinnatifida var. inflata, Wolle, and M. arcuata var.
subpinnatifida, West & G. S. West ||, is a form exactly inter-
mediate between M. pinnatifida and M. arcuata.

I have already mentioned that many authors have placed
M. pinnatifida as a variety of M.oseitans, but I strongly disapprove
this arrangement. It is true that the two species somewhat
resemble each other in outline, but they differ greatly in size,
in the form of the lateral lobes, aud especially in the form of the
polar lobes. From these facts, and from the above-mentioned
evolutionary series which I have shown to exist, I think that the
two species can be justly regarded as occupying two extreme
branches in the phylogeny of the species of Micrasterias—
branches which have undergone a parallelism of modification
with regard to external morphological characters, with a result
that the majority of authors have failed to discriminate between
two well-marked series of forms.

* R. Gutwinski, “Flora Glonów okolie Lwowa,” Spraw. Kom. fizyjogr. Akad.

Umiej. Krakow. tom. xxvii, t. 3. f. 28.

+ M. Raciborski, * Desm. Polon." Pamietnik Akad. Umiej. w Krakowie,
Wydz. matem.-przyr. tom. x. 1885, t. 14. f. 4. |

t O. Borge, “ Sussw.-chlor. Archangel,” Bih. till K. Sv. Vet.-Akad, Handl,
Bd. xix. Afd. iii. no. 5, t. 3. 1. 40.

8 M. Raciborski, “ Desmidyje Nowe,” Pamietnik Wydz. iii. Akad, Umiej.
w Krakowie, tom. xvii, 1889, t. 7. f. 2.

| West & G. S. West, “ Welw. Afric. Alg.,” Journ. Dot. xxxv. 1£97, p. 86,
t. 360. f. 7.

VARIATION IN THE DESMIDIEE. 409

1 append the following table to illustrate this point :—

M.CR)x = MELITENSIS Hass

M, DEPAUPERATA NORDST | M Crux=Meuitensis vaRS.( Bonge 4 Gutw)
M, RABENHORSTII var.Tatrıca Racıa
M,DEPAUPERATA FORMA West KG.S.Wtsr | "
M.RagENuORSTIi Kircun,

M,OSCITANS VAR MUCRONATA FORMS (Cooke Xe)

` M,PINNATIFIDA VAR. DIViSA West.
M,OSCITANS VAR MUCRONATA WILLE.

M,PINNATIFIOA VAR. EXPANSA TURNER.

M,PINNATIFIDA VAR, INFLATA WOLLE.

M,LATICEPS Norost LUN == = /. M,incisa Dnta.
. 5N
[ M,OSCITANS Murs, | M.PINNATIFIOA RALFS |

` /
N _ 7

— ee - Jo.

| M,ARCUATA VAR SUBPINNATIFIDA West X GS WEST,

| M.ARCUATA Bait
M.ARCUATA VAR EXPANSA NonpsT.
M.ARCUATA VAR Gracitis West & G.S. Wesr

I can find only one paper dealing with the question of the
general evolution of Desmids, and that by Bougon *. In it he
attempts to show by means of a “ Généalogie des Desmidiées
(de bas en hiut)” that the Desmicie® were originally derived
from the Infusoria Flagellata, and that the maximum degree
of specialization has been reached by Hyalotheca dissiliens !
Altogether it is a production testifying to the scant knowledge
of the author with regard to the Desmidiex in general. In the
first place, L think it has been almost conclusively proved t that
the Desmidiew are a degenerate family of Alge which have
originated from filamentous conjugates by loss of the filamentous
condition t, accompanied by the development of specialized
morphological characters. It is a notable fact that Desmidium

* Bougon in ‘ Le Micrographe Préparateur,’ vol. v. no. 2, 1897, p. 67.

+ West & G. S. West, “ Obs. on the Corj.," Ann. Bot. vol. xii. March 1898.

+ This has been again acquired by about eight genera and several individual
species of other genera.

410 MR. G. S, WEST ON

eylindrieum is the only known Desnud x which the zygospore
remains in one of the conjugating cells (presumably the female),
and the occasional reversion to this type in Hyalotheca dissiliens
goes far to prove that in all probability this was the ancestral
mode of conjugation in Desmidiez, and one which has been lost
by all except Desmidium eylindrieum. Secondly, there is un-
doubtedly no relationship whatever between the genus Closterium
and the flagellate Infusoria.

Having hinted at the probable descent of the Desmidiew from
filamentous Conjugates, it now becomes expedient to fix upon
those genera through which this descent could possibly have been
accomplished, and, after due consideration, the genera Genicularia,
Gonatozygon, and Cylindrocystis present themselves. I think
the two former genera may be regarded as but little removed
from the Zygnemacee ; and although there is much vagueness
concerning the origin of Cylindrocystis, yet it closely resembles
the individual cells of certain species of Zygnema*. The main
line of evolution from Cylindrocystis passed on to the genus
Penium, an offshoot giving rise to the genus Mesotenium and
finally to Spirotenia, Some may take exception to the view that
the genus Spirotenia originated from the genus JMesotenium,
and be constrained to regard the latter genus as derived from
the former ; Spirotenia itself being a derivative either of Genicu-
laria or some filamentous conjugate with a spirally-disposed
chromatophore. If, however, those species of Spirotenia be-
longing to the subgenus “ Polytenia” t, in which the chromato-
phore is cristate, possessing several spiral ridges, be compared
with certain species of Mesotenium 1, it is seen that a slight
twisting of the chromatophore is all that is necessary to convert
such a Mesotenium into a Spirotenia referable to the subgenus
“ Polytenia.’ Taking this into consideration along with the

* In the early spring these isolated cells of Zygnema are frequently met with
in mountain-gatherings, and they bear a striking resemblance to the individuals
of Cylindrocystis crassa, De Bary, not uncommonly found in abundance from
the same localities.

t Sect. Polytenia, Rabenh. Krypt. Flor. Sachs. 1863, p. 178; Turner in
Kongl. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. Bd. 25, no. 5, 1893, p. 23 (subgen.) ; Liitkemiiller,
“Ueber die Gattung Spirotenia,” Oesterr. botan, Zeitschr. xlii. 1895, p. 92
(subgen. Polyrenia).

t Especially such a species as M, macrococcum, Kirchn. (=M. Braunii, De
Bary, Conj. p. 74, t. TA. ff. 1-8).

VARIATION IN THE DESMIDIER. 411

fact that species of both these genera are often found associated
together amongst mosses on wet rocks, or in Sphagnum-bogs,
and that the Mesotenia are the more predominant, it seems highly
probable that at least one series of species of Spirotenia were
derived from Mesotenium.

From Penium there are two offshoots, one terminating in
Roya and the other passing through Closterium to Pleurotenium
and Docidium; but the main line of descent passes on direct
from Penium to Tetmemorus, the latter genus ultimately giving
rise to Zuastrum through such forms as Tetmemorus fissus *
and Euastrum giganteum t. From Tetmemorus we get an offshoot
of two rare genera, first Ichthyocereus, and from it, Triploceras.

With regard to the large genus Cosmarium, embracing as it
does a multitude of forms, I think there can be little doubt that
it originated from Ewastrum, many species being met with
intermediate between these two generat; and that the genus
Micrasterias was similarly derived from Ewastrum is clearly indi-
cated by the presence of such species as Mierasterias Moebii and
M. euastroides $. The genus Cosmocladium has unquestionably
arisen as a solitary offshoot from Cosmarium; and it is highly
probable that another small offshoot accounts for the genera
Spondylosium and Phymatodocis, the main liue of descent passing
along two courses, one to the genus Xanthidium and the other
to the genus Staurastrum.

The genus Xanthidium has been derived chiefly from Cosmarium
and probably in part from JMierasterias. Some forms of the
species Xanthidium concinnum and X. Robinsonianum are very
closely allied to Cosmarium Heimerlii and C. sphagnicolum, and

* Tetmemorus fissus, West & G. S. West, “Welw. Afric. Alg.," Journ. Bot.
1807, p. 81, t. 368. f. 25.

+ Euastrum giganteum, Nordst. in De Toni, Syll. Algar. p. 1106 (1889) ;
Tetmemorus giganteus, Wood, in Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1870, p. 19.

t Cfr. Euastrum cosmaroides, West & G. S. West, " Alg. Madag.," Trans. Linn.
Soc. ser. II. Bot. vol. v. p. 54, t. 6. f. 28; E. subornatum, West & G. S. West,
* N.-Amer. Desm.” Lo vol. v. p. 245, t. 14. f. 40; Cosmarium sublobatum,
Arch. in Pritch. Infus. ed. 4, 1861, p. 731 (= Euastrum sublobatum, Bréb. in Ralfs
Brit. Deem. 1848, p. 91, t. 32. f. 4); C. subbinale, Lagerh., “ Chloroph. aus
Abessin. u. Kordofan,” Nuova Notarisia, ser. iv. p. 164; C. genuosum, Nordst.,
“ Algolog. smásak.," Botan. Notiser, 1887, p. 161.

§ Micrasterias Mocbii, West & G. S. West, “ Desm. Singapore," Journ. Linn
Soc., Bot. vol. xxxiii. 1807, p. 162; M. ewastroides, Josh., “ Burm. Desm.,”
Journ. Linn. Soc., Bot. vol. xxi. 1886, p. 637, t. 22. f. 14.

LINN. JOURN.— BOTANY, VOL. XXXIV. 2r

412 MR. G. 8. WEST ON

Turner states *, with regard to his Nanthidium cosmariforme,
that it “might just as correctly be called Cosmarium wanthidi-
forme.’ Such species as Xanthidium armatum, Rabenh., and
X. bifurcatum, Borge t, bear such a striking resemblance to
Micrasterias anomala, Turner, that no doubt can exist as to their
close relationship.

It is highly probable that the large genus Staurastrum is a
diphyletie assemblage, being derived partly from Cosmarium and
most probably in part from Xanthidium. The direct transition
from Cosmarium to Staurastrum is exhibited by the triangular
varieties of Cosmarium biretum, C. costatum, C. pseudoprotuberans,
Ze, 1, and by Staurastrum cosmarioides S, S. orbiculare, S.muticum,
S. acarides, &e., not to mention the close resemblance existing
between Cosmarium cylindricum and a six-ended form of Staura-
strum Meriani, or the puzzling characters of such species as
Staurastrum areolatum or S. Laconiense. A transitional form
between Xanthidium and Staurastrum is illustrated by the tri-
angular variety of Xanthidium antilopeum ||, the earliest indica-
tion of the production of triangular forms along this line of
descent being seen in Micrasterias and even in Evastrum 4.

From the genus Staurastrum there is a small offshoot to the
genus Dichotomum, but a line of descent also passes to Arthro-
desmus, a genus which unquestionably derives its species partly
from Staurastrum (although mostly from Xanthidium). Several
species of Arthrodesmus with smooth cells and lateral spines
resemble very closely such species of Staurastrum as S. dejectum,

* Kongl. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. Bd. xxv. no. 5, 1893, p. 99.

t O. Borge in Bih. till K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. Bd. xxii. Afd. iii. no. 9,
p. 16, t. 2. f. 24.

+ Cosmarium biretum var. triquetrum, Bréb. in Mém. Soc. Sei. nat. Cher-
bourg, iv. 1856, p. 130, t. 1. f. 9. C. costatum var. triquetrum, Nordst. in
Ofvers. af K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Fórh. 1875, no. 6, p. 25 (— C. abnorme var. trique-
trum, Nordst., 1872). C. pseudoprotuberans var. trigonum, Nordst. “ Desm.
Grönl.,” Z. ce. 1885, no. 3, p. 7, t. 7. f. 2.

§ Staurastrum cosmarioides, Nordst., “ Desm. Bras.,” Vidensk. Medd. f. d. nat.
Foren. Kjóbenhavn, 1869, p. 223, t. 4. f. 43, very much resembles a triangular
variety of Cosmarium pyramidatum, Bréb.; consult also the remarks made by
Beergesen in Vidensk. Medd, Foren. Kjóbenh. 1890, pp. 49-50, c. ff. 1-6.

| X. antilopwum var. triquetrum, Lund. in Acta Soc. Scient, Upsal. 1871,
p- 76, t. 5. f. 6; Wolle, Deem U.S. 1884, t. 22. ff. 1-3.

€ Cfr. M. pinnatifida var. trigona, West in Journ. Bot. xxvii. 1889, p. 206,
t. 291, f. 15; and E humerosum forma triquetra, Schröder in Forschungsberichten
der Plöner Biol, Stat. 1897, p. 98, t. 2. f. 3.

VARIATION IN THE DESMIDIER. 413

Staurastrum Dickiei, &c.; so much so that Meneghini *, and
afterwards Jacobsen T, were induced to regard Arthrodesmus Incus
as a species of Staurastrum, and Nordstedt and Lofgren t were
undecided under which genus to place Arthrodesmus psilosporus.
The main line of descent from Xanthidium to Arthrodesmus is
conspicuously evident by the occurrence of species which have
been referred, with almost equal rectitude, to each of these
genera $; and it may be well here to emphasize the fact that
although species belonging to either of these genera are as a
rule easily distinguishable, yet the only valid difference between
the two genera is the presence of the central protuberance in
Xanthidium || and its entire absence in Arthrodesmus,

The genus Onychonema is a natural derivative of Arthro-
desmus, by the development of the apical processes and consequent
assumption of a filamentous condition, and a slight reduction of
these apical processes would result in the formation of the genus
Spherozosma, the connecting processes of S. Aubertianum var.
Archerii being of exactly the same nature as those of an Onycho-
nema. In the evolution of the genus Streptonema the apical
processes were further specialized, and a modification of these
structures to form broader projections of the apical part of the
cell-wall resulted in the production of those species now placed
under the genus Desmidium. This view I have further confirmed
by the examination of a species of Desmidium from Ceylon,
exactly intermediate between this genus and Streptonema. In
some species of Desmidium the broad apical processes are very

* Meneghini, ** Synops. Desm.,” Linnia, 1840, p. 228.

t Jacobsen, “ Desm. Danm.,” Botanisk Tidsskrift, vol. viii. 1874, p. 204.

t Nordstedt & Lofgren in Wittr. & Nordst. Alg. Exsic, 1883, No. 558, c. fig,

$ Xanthidium tetracentrotum, Wolle, Desm. U.S. p. 95, t. 22. ff. 8-9, and
Arthrodesmus incrassatus, Lagerh. in Öfvers. af K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Förh. 1885,
no. 7, p. 242, t. 1. f. 18 ; cfr. West & G. S. West in Trans. Linn. Soc., Bot. ser. II,
vol. v. p. 253, t. 15. f. 24. Also Xanthidium acanthophorum, Nordst. in Acta
Univers. Lund. vol. xvi. 1880, p. 11, t. 1. f. 20; referred by Raciborski to Arthro-
desmus in Pamietnik Wydz. iii. Akad. Umiej. w Krakowie, tom. xvii. 1889, p. 97,
t. 6. f. 18.

| There are, however, a few species of Aanthidium without this central pro-
tuberance (X. leiodermum, Roy. & Biss., X. bengalicum, W. B. Turn.), and many
others in which it is only slightly developed.

«| Cfr. West & G. S. West in Trans. Linn. Soc., Bot. ser. II. vol. v. p. 230,
t. 12. ff. 7-8; Gutwinski in Sprawozd. Kom, fizyj. Akad. Umiej. w Krakowie,
tom. xxvii. p. 29, t. 1. f. 4.

414 MR. G. 8. WEST ON

ANCESTRAL FILAMENTOUS CONJUGATES.

{
GENICULARIA |
GoNATOZYGON :

' |

' i ^

' ' H
'

Cyunorocystis
MesoTÁENIUM |

A PENIUM
SPIROTAENIA

GLosterium R
YA
TeTMEMORUS 0

EUASTRUM
PLeunoTÉENIUM

Docioium
CosMaRIUM

— ICHTHYOCEACUS

CosMocLADIUM MICRASTERIAS

SPONDYLOSIUM N
WA TRIPLOGERAS
PuvMaToDOCIS t

XANTHIDIUM
STAURASTRUM
N Y
ARTHRODESMUS
DicHoTOMUM
ÜNYCHONEMA
SPHAEROZOSMA
` STREPTONEMA
'
Desmioium

(DiovwoeniuM )

Gymnozvca

"
HvALOTHECA

Phylogeny of the Genera of Desmids.

VARIATION IN THE DESMIDIER. 415

much reduced in length, and a total suppression of them resulted
in the genus Didymoprium, the latter genus ultimately producing
Gymnozyga by an elongation of the cells. Ayalotheca dissiliens
may probably have had an origin from Didymoprium quadratum,
D. equale, or some allied form, and other species of Hyalotheca,
such as H. neglecta, which so nearly resembles a species of
Gymnozyga, may have had an origin from the latter genus.
At present, however, we know very little about many of the
filamentous Desmidie®, and for this reason any remarks as to
their origin must necessarily be mostly conjectural.

The accompanying table (p. 414) of the phylogeny of the genera
of Desmids may serve to illustrate the foregoing hy pothesis.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

a, a', a! —cell or semicell from front view.
06,0, WEN » » vertical view.
c =, " » side view.
d = basal view of semicell.

PLATE 8.

Figs. 1-12. Penium spirostriolatum, Barker. 1, specimen from Oughtershaw
Tarn, W. Yorks., x520; 2, from Llyn Padarn, N. Wales, x 520;
3, from Castletown, S.W. Ireland, x520; 4, from Minnesota,
U.S.A., x520; 5, from Cromagloun, S.W. Ireland, x520; 6, one
apex of fig. 5, x 830 ; 7, from Cromagloun, S. W. Ireland, x520;
8-10, apices of three specimens from Oughtershaw Tarn, W. Yorks.,
x1280 ; 11-12, portions of cell-wall of a specimen from Llyn Padarn,
N. Wales, K 1280.

» 19-19. Euastrum Didelta, Ralfs. x220. 13, specimen from Thursley
Common, Surrey; 14, from Blea Tarn, Westmoreland; 15 & 16,
from near Clapham, W. Yorks. ; 17, from Widdale Beck, N. Yorks.;
18 & 19, from Castletown, S.W. Ireland.

» 20-22, Xanthidium Smithii, Arch., var. variabile, Nordst. x520. 20,
specimens from Esher Common, Surrey; 21 & 22, from near
Devil's Jumps, Frensham, Surrey.

PLATE 9.

Figs. 1-8. Micrasterias Thomasiana, Arch., and intermediate forms between
this species and M. denticulata, Bréb. 1 & 2, specimens from
Terrington, N, Yorks., X170; 38 & 4, from Wrynose, Lancashire,
x170; 5, from Thursley Common, Surrey, X170; 6, from Singa-
pore, X390; 7 & 8, from Glen Shee, Perthshire, Scotland, x800
(8 d is slightly oblique).

LINN, JOURN.— BOTANY, VOL. XXXIV. 2G

416 MR. G. S. WEST ON VARIATION IN THE DESMIDIER.

Figs. 9-16. Micrasterias truncata, Bréb. x220. 9, specimen from Widdale
Beck, N. Yorks.; 10, from near Clapham, W. Yorks.; 11, from
Bowness, Westmoreland ; 12, from Glen Shee, Perthshire, Scotland ;
13, from Llyn Padarn, N. Wales; 14, from Capel Curig, N. Wales;
15, from Thursley Common, Surrey; 16, from Minneapolis,
Minnesota, U.S.A.

, PLATE 10.

Figs. 1-6. Cosmarium leve, Rabenh. x520. 1 & 2, specimens from near
Paris; 3-6, from Hanka Deela, Somaliland.

» 4-9. Cosmarium leve, Rabenh., var. septentrionale, Wille. x520. 7,
specimen from Cocket Moss, near Giggleswick, W. Yorks.; 8, from
Epping Forest, Essex ; 9, from Borrowdale, Cumberland.

» 10-21. Cosmarium Regnesii, Reinsch, and many forms intermediate
between the type and var. montanum, Schmidle. 1280. 10-17,
specimens from Puttenham Common, Surrey ; 13-17, showing pecu-
liarities in division of cells; 18 (very large form) and 19, from Riecal]
Common, E. Yorks.; 20 and 21 (very large form) from Pilmoor,
near Thirsk, N. Yorks.

» 22-28. Cosmarium biretum, Bréb. X520. All the specimens from the lake,
Welsh Harp, Middlesex.

» 29-84. Cosmarium biretum, Bréb., var trigibberum, Nordst. x 520. 29-31,
and 34, specimens from The Washes, Sutton, Cambridgeshire; 32,
from Whiteley Common, Surrey ; 33, from Roundhay Park, Leeds,
W. Yorks.

‘4, 90-90. Staurastrum furcigerum, Bréb,, one semicell typical and the other
with six superior processes (as in forma eustephana, Nordst.). x 520.
35, specimen from Birkhouse Moor Tarn, Helvellyn, Westmoreland ;
36, from Pilmoor, near Thirsk, N. Yorks.

Pare 11.

Figs. 1-4. Cosmarium orthostichum, Lund. 520. 1, specimen from Thursley
Common, Surrey; 2, from Ballynahinch, Connemara, Ireland; 3,
from the United States; 4, from the New Forest, Hants.

» 5-15. Staurastrum brachiatum, Ralfs. x520. 5-8, specimens from near
Devil’s Jumps, Frensham, Surrey; 9, from Slieve Donard, Mourne
Mts, Co, Antrim, Ireland; 10, from Orono, Maine, USA ; 11,
from Puttenham Common, Surrey; 12, from Thursley Common,

Surrey ; 13-15, from Penzance, Cornwall.

„ 16-20. Staurastrum Reinschii, Roy. x520. 16 & 17, specimens from
near Devil's Jumps, Frensham, Surrey (175" is slightly oblique);
18 & 19, from Lund’s Fell, N. Yorks. (194'is oblique); 20, from
Roughton Moor, Cornwall.

» 21-27. Staurastrum crenulatum, Delp. X520. All specimens from
Roundhay Park, Leeds, W. Yorks.

» 28-32. Staurastrum aculeatum, Menegh. X520. 28 & 29, specimens
from Orono, Maine, U.S.A. ; 30, from Thursley Common, Surrey ; 31,
from Capel Curig, N. Wales; 32, from Minneapolis, Minnesota, U.S.A,

Pr. S.

XXXIV.

VoL.

Linn. Soc. JOURN. Bor.

| West.

VET ARATRI

= Zu wë re A

mr ge
dE E

SA mmt mtm

m

re.

ar

pe

Sie Aa

Ferrier,

del,

5. W.

G.

IN THE DESMIDIEA.

VARIATION

Linn. Soc. Journ. Bor. Vor. XXXIV. PL 9.

J 9 ary
/^
4 .
oo
N,
x
P
———
P

-
EN d
ur b
m.
e H
[d Di D 4 m >
— "e
= MÀ d s
— “a A
Wi a |
Me™ NL. + = |!
| A
Ze ` AA ;
Wa d x y ( E "nn ;
( Ls zu 2
E 4 D 8
‘ f j

G. S. W., del. VARIATION IN THE DESMIDIEZ.

PL. ro.

Vor. XXXIV.

Linn. Soc. Journ. Bor.

West.

CU
Qul
vw

J. Occ 6

NG 4 wä

NS Ad vo o ES E

ef

nA
Iu

nn,

>
ar)

Luten,

del,

S. W,

G.

IN THE DESMIDIEA.

VARIATION

- =, DE,
H YA pe BEER
M ës EEE
^ oco Ke «$594 e € og
7 1 » d c
E {oo 0.000 & © © 00 006005
ef 600. D o9 $e © O
{ig oorp 00 OF
fo oo o9 e
. sO © OV oo Od.
> Bo of ayot n e
— Ke
Ka d wen ED a A NM
Lei KS fo 9
4 'Qao ii" "e &
4 Ze oa 59995 do
d tag o 9? 69 |
= op oe e
D $6009 a p o^
vi toso] Apo"
Nee "E o 92
wear Zap,
H e pan
pog ESERE
i 4 To Sapon a8 fo
P z Go 99 ?0 30 Cc
4 fe kb 2° 0020 CO,
D Ave li
3 Works ©:
2 Regie oo mu
` OO t.c . Ug
[9] ^
5 ea, poy 0
r F D 0 `
ji Rei gee NU Coo
ME dasa Car,
d z CO OO, CBO?
: - de occ aooo?
4 = Coen 0060?
d Qe Og OS
i Coojv' ` `
[ "Sai Ke tal
d .
A. ES
qim
BOO ogc ò
€o6og* oo 6%
p c
Pemo coo op
000.00
elle ZN
a get
OO Qi O0 DG Ch ~
Feo « i c
oc G € D
db o: o [ =
be i a M
o nt O tee oy `
= (GO 2 he o on =
ba NGO ANG 4
Ou a d

Ferrier.
IN THE DESMIDIEÆ.

VARIATION

S. W., del.

G.

RULES FOR BORROWING BOOKS FROM
THE LIBRARY.
As amended by the Council, 15th March, 1888.

l. No more than Six volumes shall be lent to one person
at the same time without the special leave of the Council
or one of the Secretaries.

2. All books shall be returned before the expiration of
Six weeks from the time of their being taken out, but if not
required by any other Fellow, they may, on application, be
kept for a further period of Six weeks.

3. All books lent shall be regularly entered by the
Librarian in a book appropriated for that purpose.

4. No work forming part of Linnszus's own Library shall
be lent out of the Library under any circumstances.

NorE.— Certain other works are included in this prohibition,

such as costly illustrated works, and volumes belonging to
sets which could not be replaced if lost.

Tar Revised Rules concerning the publication of PaPrns
have been already made known by circular, but, if required,
additional copies may be had on application.

The new regulations in regard to publications in the Journal

are as follow :—
Papers read from November and before the middle of
January are published on 1st April.
Papers read after the middle of January and before the
end of April are published on 1st July.
Papers read in May and June are published on 1st November.

NOTICE.

——

Vor. XXVI. is still in course of issue, and the Parts already
published are as follows :—
Vol. XXVI., Nos. 173-177.
[Nos. 178-180 are reserved for the continuation of

Messrs. Forbes and Hemsley’s ‘Index Flore Sinensis.’
A further instalment of the MS. has now been received,
and is in the press; the authors hope to complete the
volume at an early date.)

Vol. XXVII., Nos. 181-188. (Complete.)

Vol. XXVIII., Nos. 189-196. (Complete.)

Vol. XXIX., Nos. 197-204. (Complete.)

Vol. XXX., Nos. 205-211. (Complete.)

Vol. XXXI., Nos. 212-219. (Complete.)

Vol XXXII., Nos. 220-227. (Complete.)

Vol. XXXIIL, Nos. 228-234. (Complete.)

Vol. XXXIV., Nos. 285-238.

Attention to this announcement is specially requested,

to prevent application to the Librarian for unpublished Parts.

The new CararoavE of the LIBRARY may be had on application.
Price to Fellows, 5s. ; to the Public, 10s.

All communications relating to the general business of the
Society should be, as heretofore, addressed to the ** SECRETARIES,”
but letters on library business only should be addressed to the
“ LIBRARIAN.”

NOVEMBER 1. Price 3s.

THE JOURNAL

OF

THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

Vor. XXXIV. Ù BOTANY. ^ No. 92397

CONTENTS.

Page
I. On Notheia anomala, Harv. et Bail. By ErueL SAREL

Barton. (Communicated by George Munzar, Esq.,
F.R.S., FLS.) (Plates 12-14.) ........................ 417

II. Caryophyllacee of the Chinese Provinee of Sze-chuen.
». By Frederic N. WiILLIAMS, F.LS. ..................... 426

See Notice on last page of Wrapper.

LONDON:

SOLD AT THE SOCIETY'S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE,
uo PIOCADILLY, W.,

AND BY
LONGMANS, GREEN, AND OO.

AND
WILLIAMS AND NORGATE.

1899.

LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON.

LIST OF THE OFFICERS AND COUNCIL.
Elected 24th May, 1899.

PRESIDENT.
Albert C. L. G. Günther, M.A., M.D., F.R.S.

VICE-PRESIDENTS.

A. D. Michael, F.Z.S., F.R.M.S.
G. R. M. Murray, F.R.S.

C. B. Clarke, M.A., F.R.S.
Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A.

TREASURER.
Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A.

SECRETARIES.
B. Daydon Jackson, Esq. | Prof. G. B. Howes, LL.D., F.R.S.

COUNCIL.

Prof. G. B. Howes, LL.D., F.R.S.
B. Daydon Jackson, Esq.
A. D. Michael, F.Z.S., F.R.M.S.
H. W. Monckton, F.G.S.
G. R. M. Murray, PRS
Henry Groves, Esq. A. B. Rendle, M.A., D.Sc.
A. C. L. G. Günther, M.A., M.D., F.R.S.| Howard Saunders. F.Z.S,
W. Percy Sladen, F.G.8.

C. B. Clarke, MA F.R.S.
Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A.
Francis Darwin, M.B., F.R.S.
Prof. J. B. Farmer, M.A.

F. D. Godman, F.R.S.

ASSISTANT SECRETARY.

James Edmund Harting, F.Z.S.
LIBRARIAN.

A. W. Kappel.

CLERK.
A. R. Hammond.

LIBRARY COMMITTEE.

This consists of nine Fellows (three of whom retire annually) and of the four
officers ex officio, in all thirteen members. The former are elected annually
by the Council in June, and serve till the succeeding Anniversary. The
Committee meet at 4 rw. at intervals during the Session. The Members for
1898-99, in addition to the officers, are :—

E. G. Baker, Esq.
©. B. Clarke, M.A., F.R.S.
Prof. J. B. Farmer, M.A.

A. D. Michael, F.Z.S.
H. W. Monckton, F.G.S.
Howard Saunders, F.Z.S.

Prof. J. Reynolds Green, D Se, PRS | Roland Trimen, F.R.S.

W. B. Hemaley, F.R.S.

Norz.—The Charter and Bye-Laws of the Society, as amended to
the 19th March, 1891, may be had on application.

MISS E. S. BARTON ON NOTHEIA ANOMALA. 417

On Notheia anomala, Harv. et Bail. By ETHEL SAREL Barton.
(Communicated by GEORGE Murray, Esq, F.R.S., F.L.S.)

[Read 4th May, 1899.]
(Prates 12-14.)

Tue Fucaceous genus Notheia was founded by Harvey and
Bailey on the species N. anomala, and published in the United
States Exploring Expedition (Capt. Wilkes), vol. xvii. Botany,
1862, p. 157. The authors describe it as parasitic on Hormosira
Sieberi, and remark on the unusual mode of growth, in which
“each branch rises as it were viviparously from the scaphidium
of a previous branch.” They doubt here whether it may not be
some spurious production of the host-plant, but in a note added
later, loc. eit., Dr. Harvey expresses himself as satisfied that
* Notheia is really a parasitic alga and not a metamorphic
state of Hormosira.” Four figures are given of Notheia, among
which is one of * a perispore with paranemata." This evidently
represents an antheridium, for it contains a large number of
regularly arranged cells, and the text describes the fruit as con-
sisting of * spores in very narrow, almost linear, slightly obovate,
almost parietal perispores."

The next records are in Hooker’s * Flora of New Zealand,’
vol. ii. 1855, p. 215, and Hooker's *Handbook of the New
Zealand Flora; 1864, p. 653, which, however, add nothing to the
description of Harvey and Bailey. In “ Observations on the
Fueoidee of Banks Peninsula” (Transactions of the New
Zealand Institute, vol. xviii. 1885, p. 308), Mr. Laing gives a
short account of Notheia. He quotes Hooker’s description in
the ‘ Handbook’ (l. e.), and for the first time records the oogonia,
which he also figures. He says, however, that from lack of good
material he could not verify the number of oospheres in each
oogonium.

This point is decided by Miss Mitchell in a note on N. anomala
(Murray’s ‘ Phycological Memoirs,’ pt. ii. p. 36, 1893). She
finds eight oospheres in each oogonium, though their arrangement,
as figured by her, does not agree with the result of my investi-
gations, to be described later. She gives good figures, natural
size, of JVotheia growing on its two hosts, Hormosira and
Xiphophora.

LINN. JOURN.—BOTANY, VOL. XXXIV. 2H

418 MISS E. S. BARTON ON NOTHEIA ANOMALA.

Kjellman (Engler and Prantl’s Natürl. Pflanzenfam. i. Abt. r1.
p. 280, 1891) and De Toni (Sylloge Algarum, vol. iii. Fucoid.
p. 224) summarize the previous knowledge of N. anomala, but
do not add to it.

In the * Bibliotheca Botanica’ a paper, * Ueber Aufbau und
Entwickelung einiger Fucaceen,” by Dr. Eduard Gruber, con-
tains a short account of Notheia. He deals mainly with the
growing-point and the development of the conceptacles, de-
scribing also the growth of the young branch. He mentions
the oogonia only, and regards the plant as probably dicecious.
The parasitism of Notheia is passed over, and no account is
given of the early stages inside the host-plant.

This paper of Dr. Gruber was brought to my notice after my
own investigation had been completed, and was therefore the
more interesting as affording an opportunity of comparing results
in the few points where our work had overlapped. I venture to
differ from Dr. Gruber in a few details, but in the matter of the
growing-point he was right and I wrong. These differences will
be dealt with as they arise.

JNotheia anomala is recorded from Australia, Tasmania, and
New Zealand as parasitic on Hormosira and Xiphophora ; and
specimens from these localities are preserved in the British
Museum, collected by Dr. Harvey, Mr. Bracebridge Wilson, and
Mr. Laing. The last-named collector tells me in a letter that
he has never found N. anomala parasitic on any other alga than
Hormosira, though he has seen large quantities of Xiphophora
in a living state.

The material on which this investigation was made was in part
collected by Mr. Bracebridge Wilson at Geelong, Australia, and
in part by Mr. W. R. Laing, of Christehureh, New Zealand,
who has most kindly sent me supplies of material preserved
according to various methods. He has also given me the benefit
of his own observations made on living material, for which I
here offer him my grateful thanks; but especial am I in-
debted to him for his generosity in sending me the material for
a research which could have been so ably carried out by himself.

Notheia anomala is a slender, branched alga from 5-8 cm. high,
though, according to De Toni, sometimes attaining a height of
15 em. The largest plants I have seen do not exceed 12 cm.,
and in general they do not by any means reach this height.
The mature stem is about 1l mm. in diameter and is branched

MISS E. S. BARTON ON NOTHEIA ANOMALA. 419

at intervals in no partieular order, each branch again throwing
out smaller branchlets. These taper considerably both at their
apex and at their point of connection with the stem, giving the
whole plant a rather fragile appearance (Pl. 12. fig. 1).

The thallus of N. anomala consists of three layers of tissue,
as in Turbinaria and other members of Fucacex. The centre is
occupied by the usual strand of elongated cells having very thin
transverse and thick longitudinal walls. The breadth of this
strand increases with the age of the plant, and in the oldest
portions of the thallus the thick walls become much pitted,
while other filaments arising from them intertwine irregularly
among them (Pl, 12. figs. 2 & 3). These filaments, or * hyphæ "
as Prof. Oltmanns calls them, have been described and figured
by him for Ascophyllum nodosum (** Beitr. z. Kenntn. der Fuca-
ceen," Bibl. Bot., Heft 14, 1889, pl. x. fig. 1). The layer imme-
diately surrounding the central strand consists in the young
plant of roundish cells with pits in their walls, and as the thallus
inereases in age the cells become longer and the walls thicker,
thereby showing up in marked contrast the thin places in the
cell-walls (Pl. 12. fig. 25). The cortical layer shows the usual
narrow, radially elongated cells.

The growing-point of N. anomala does not lie at the base of a
depression as in many of the Fucacex, but forms the topmost
point of the thallus. It consists of three apical cells, as has
been shown by Dr. Gruber (7. c.), who figures the growing-point
both in transverse and longitudinal section, and compares it with
that of Hormosira, which has three or, more often, four apical
cells. My own conclusions with regard to the apex of Notheia
were, as stated above, different from those of Dr. Gruber, since
I believed that there was but one apical cell; but after reading
his paper and re-examining the series of sections, there is no
doubt as to the correctness of his decision. The division of
these apical cells takes place, according to Dr. Gruber, by the
cutting off of cells at the periphery, and these then divide by
radial and basal walls to form the various layers of tissue.

Immediately below the apex of N. anomala may be seen the
first appearance of young cryptostomata, also described by
Dr. Gruber. They arise in the usual way by the arrested growth
of one of the epidermal cells, which at once produces a hair with
a large basal cell (Pl. 13. fig. 4). "The depression enlarges by
longitudinal division and subdivision of this arrested epidermal

2n2

420 MISS E. 8. BARTON ON NOTHEIA ANOMALA.

cell, thus forming a layer which lines the cavity. Each of these
cells produces a hair in the young eryptostoma, thus forming a
thick tuft of long hairs which protrude through the mouth and
are plainly visible to the naked eye in the young branches of
the plant (PI. 12. fig. 5).

In some of the cryptostomata, however, a cell which lies at
the base of the depression, instead of produeing a hair, grows up
into a small round protuberance, and after division proceeds to
cut off from the apex successive cells to form a young branch
(Pl. 13. fig. 6). These apical cells are exactly similar to those
of the primary thallus, as would be expected. As growth in
length takes place, the lower cells begin to divide up to form the
various layers of tissue, and this transverse division keeps pace
with a corresponding division of the cryptostoma-cell, which
originally gave rise to the branch. So that before the young
branch is sufficiently advanced to protrude through the opening
of the cryptostoma its base has become quite broad, and gives
the appearance of having originated from a group of cells rather
than from a single cell (Pl. 13. fig. 7). The remaining cells of
the eryptostoma continue to produce hairs as usual.

In Dr. Gruber's description of the young cryptostoma and
the origin of the branch he says that when the hairs fall off a
flask-shaped cell is left at the base, which probably gives rise to
the young branch. But the hairs do not fall off in the very
early stages of the cryptostoma, and it is in these stages that
the first sign of the branch is seen. There seems to me no
doubt that the branch arises direct from one of the cells of the
lining layer.

Since the branching takes place in this way from the erypto-
stomata, it follows that branches arise from all sides of the
thallus irregularly ; indeed I have seen in one section three
eryptostomata with a branch growing out of each. In one
instance of an old eryptostoma I have seen the centre occupied
by the base of a thick branch and at the side there was beginning
to shoot up another small branch, showing that one cry ptostoma
can produce more than one branch, and that these need not
necessarily spring from the centre. I have failed, however, to
find a ease in whieh two branches have succeeded in growing to
maturity from the same eryptostoma.

All this time the cells lining the cavity of the eryptostoma
have continued to divide, as well as the thallus-cells surrounding

MISS E. 8. BARTON ON NOTHEIA ANOMALA. 421

it. The large area of lining-cells thus produced shows of course
very few hairs, for many of these have fallen off and the re-
mainder have become separated from each other by the formation
of the new cells. From these there now push up small out-
growths which develop into antheridia, oogonia, and unbranched
paraphyses (Pl. 13. fig. 8).

Dr. Gruber describes the growth in size of the eryptostoma
(or, as he calls it throughout, the conceptacle) as taking place
through separation from each other of the cells surrounding the
initial cell. My observations lead me rather to the conclusion
that repeated cell-division of the lining layer and, later on, a
growth in size of the individual cells take place, thus accounting
for the appearance of new hairs, and later on of reproductive
organs, from all parts of the cavity. In mature conceptacles
the walls of the lining-cells are still connected with each other
at their base, while the upper part becomes free by pushing up
into the open space of the cavity. By this means the actual
surface area of each such lining-cell is enlarged, and oue cell
ean thus bear an oogonium and one or even two paraphyses.

As I have pointed out above, the bodies which we now know
to be antheridia were probably first noted by Harvey and Bailey,
since the figure (7. c.) evidently refers to these bodies under the
name of sporangia. They arise direct from the lining-cell of
the cryptostoma, or conceptacle as it has now become, and contain
numerous antherozoids (Pl. 13. fig. 9). They are about 55 u
long and 15 u broad, resembling entirely the antheridia of
Hormosira and other Fucacex. They grow in the same con-
ceptacles as the oogonia, but are not so plentiful. This is, so
far as I know, the only recorded case of antheridia growing
directly from the walls of the conceptacle in the same manner
as oogonia; and it was not until after an examination of a large
number of conceptacles that I felt justified in regarding these
bodies as antheridia and not as oogonia, of which the cell-contents
had been in some way disorganized. But the regularity of the
antherozoids, and the final confirmation of their existence in fresh
material by Mr. Laing, placed the question beyond doubt.

The general rule as to the position of the reproductive organs
in Fucace, 7. e., that the antheridia arise on branched hairs and
the oogonia from the walls of the conceptacle, is now shown to
have exceptions in both cases. Notheia has ontheridia arising
like oogonia, while Sarcophyeus (Miss F. G. Whitting, in

&

422 MISS E. 8. BARTON ON NOTHEIA ANOMALA.

Murray's Phycol. Mem. p. 39, pl. 12. fig. 3) and Durvillea
(Laing, in Trans. N. Z. Inst. xviii. (1885) p. 308) have oogonia
on branched hairs like antheridia.

The oogonia of Notheia are rather larger than the antheridia
and measure 75 by 204. They contain 8 oospheres, one at
each end, and, between these, three groups of two each, the
oospheres of the two outermost groups corresponding in position,
while in the middle group the oospheres lie erossways. Thus if
the two outermost groups show both oospheres side by side, the
middle group shows only one, the second oosphere being hidden
behind it (Pl. 13. fig. 10).

The unbranched paraphyses are of the usual size and kind
found in female conceptacles, and frequently grow from the
same cell which bears the antheridium or oogonium, as mentioned
above.

One or two of the long eryptostoma-hairs sometimes persist
during the time of fructification and may be seen among the
ripe fruits (Pl. 13. fig. 8).

The history of cryptostomata has aroused a certain amount of
discussion and speculation ; and there is still much to learn
about their origin and function from the more or less open pits
of Enceeliacex to the flask-shaped cavities of Fucacee—all with
their typical eryptostoma-hairs. But til now I believe it has
not been found that all the cryptostomata of any Fucaceous
alga gradually lose most of their hairs and come to bear repro-
ductive organs and paraphyses—become, in fact, fertile concep-
tacles. Miss Strudwick, who examined Hormosira at my request
with regard to this point, tells me it is true also of that genus.
This has been seen in Splachnidium (Murray’s Phycol. Mem. pt. i.
1892, p. 5), but in that case the reproductive organs are spo-
rangia, and the genus is therefore excluded from Fucaceæ. Of
the three views concerning the origin of cryptostomata quoted
by Mr. Murray (“On the Cryptostomata of Adenocystis, Alaria,
and Saccorhiza," Phye. Mem. 1893, p. 59), my own, as to the
phylogenetic independence of eryptostoma and coneeptacle, must,
I fear, fall to the ground before this new light thrown on the
subject by Notheia.

Prof. Oltmanns's view “ that the fertile conceptacles are erypto-
stomata which have in time come to bear organs of reproduction,”
seems to meet the ease more satisfactorily, especially if we re-
member how the sporangia of Adenocystis, Soranthera, Colpomenia,

MISS E. 8. BARTON ON NOTHEIA ANOMALA. 423

Chnoospora, &c. cluster round the mouth of the eryptostomata.
It only needs a step for the fruits to drop into the cavity in
their midst, and thus convert the eryptostoma into a fertile
conceptacle. This view, on the other hand, does not account
for the eryptostomata of Fucus, Turbinaria, &c., which might
be claimed by Prof. Bower in support of his theory that erypto-
stomata are incomplete sexual conceptacles.

That these hairs are of importance to many members of the
Ph&ophycex is evident by the careful protection they receive;
but the manner in which they serve the plant has yet to be
discovered. The subject of eryptostomata and their hairs is,
however, dangerous ground for speeulation, but it is hoped that
new facts concerning these bodies may eventually throw a clearer
light on their origin and function.

Notheia anomala has long been known as the only recorded
parasite among the Fucacex, but details of this parasitism have
been wanting. Hooker (Handbook N. Z. Flora, l.e.) says it
grows from the conceptacles of its host Hormosira; but after
examining a large number of instances of the junction between
host and parasite, I find this statement incorrect. The point of
entry is in most cases quite close to the mouth of a cryptostoma
or conceptacle of Hormosira, but in no case have I seen any part
of Notheia penetrate into the conceptacle itself of the host-plant.
In the earliest stages, the spore apparently divides on the surface
of the host and throws out a delicate septate filament, which
penetrates between the host-cells and branches in every direc-
tion; thus forming a sort of loose network, without, however,
actually penetrating into the host-cell. By means of offshoots
running up to the surface of the host, from one of the filaments
of Notheia, the gelatinous cuticular layer of the host-plant is
thrown off and room is made for the parasite to develop. Mean-
while several of the filaments inside the host have formed together
a sort of small cushion (Pl. 13. fig. 11) from which the young
shoot grows up, forcing its way through the loose tissue which
surrounds it (Pl. 14. fig. 12). Other cells of the cushion grow
out into hairs, and the whole has very much the appearance of
an irregular cryptostoma, producing a young branch as described
above. As this shoot grows out from the host-thallus, the sur-
rounding host-cells divide actively and swell up around the base
of the young plant (Pl. 13. fig. 13). Rhizoids are given off from
the base of the pseudo-cryptostoma which penetrate between

424 MISS E. 8. BARTON ON NOTHEIA ANOMALA.

the cells of the host, forming knots of irregularly shaped cells,
with long thin prolongations ruuning in all directions. In early
stages these rhizoids are seen only at the base immediately below
the young shoot, but later many of the cells which lie along the
sides of the pseudo-cryptostoma give off rhizoids in the form of
thin prolongations (Pl. 14. fig. 14). It is only by following
carefully the various stages of the junction of Hormosira and
Notheia that it is possible to detect the line of demarcation
between the two in a mature stage. The shoot of Notheia has
widened exceedingly at the base, and the host has grown in pro-
portion round it. In most cases the host-cells immediately
adjoining Notheia have lost their colour, and it has generally
been supposed that the line of demarcation corresponded with
the change of colour. But this ‘is not the case, for though the
tissues of both plants are very much alike, it is possible to see,
among the colourless cells, a slight irregularity which marks the
line of contact of Notheia and its host (Pl. 14. figs. 15 & 16).
It has not been possible to determine whether the contents of
the Hormosira-cells, immediately adjoining the JVotheia-shoot,
have lost their colour through the action of the rhizoids which
have passed down between them ; but the fact that age increases
both the length of the rhizoids and the depth of the colourless
layer of Hormosira-cells leads one to suspect some connection
between the two. I have never seen a genuine instance of the
penetration of a Notheia-rhizoid into one of the host-cells, though
many preparations have led me to think this not improbable. Tt
is, however, a point which can only be worked out with satisfac-
tion on fresh material.

The early stages in the life-history of N. anomala bring to
mind the figure and description of young adventitious branches
from the basal dise of Fucus vesiculosus, as described and figured
by Prof. Oltmanns (in Bibl. Bot., Heft 14, p. 73, tab. 13. figs.
10-13). Here, of course, there is nothing of a parasitic nature
to be considered as in Notheta, but there is a certain similarity
in the process of the actual growth. As the result of an injury
to the thallus, a few cells within the tissue begin to divide
and shortly form a small protuberance. This grows up in a
radial direction through the surrounding tissue, the apical cell
sinks into a depression, and the branch continues to grow in
the normal fashion.

T

nhart imp

t

DIL ERE
| FED

A put e
SIN S Ei
ks bns

^
at

Inn. Soc. Journ. Bor Vor XXXIV. Pl 12.

|
da

Eo b& PH

Barton .

del ] lighley lith

Bart.

&

ANTO MAT rr
aan NI MALA ‚NAVY

E
Hi
Wë
te.
CN
Iu»,
>

€ e
"ed

sa Sgt
ae vn An
fe gas

Cla iif,
= SC PNT
77 |

Hanhart imp.

Linn. Soc. Journ. Bor. Vol. XXXIV. PI. 14.

Barton.

VER
"i

Hanhart imp.

E.S.B.& PH ael. Highiey ti:

NOTHEIA ANOMALA, Harv & Bail.

NUM.

MISS E. 8. BARTON ON NOTHEIA ANOMALA. 425

Finally, I would express my gratitude to the officials of the
Botanical Department of the British Museum for their never-
failing kindness and interest.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES,
Pate 12.

Fig. 1. Notheia anomala, Hary. et Bail., growing on Hormosira. Nat. size.
2a, General view of thallus. Long. sect. x 60.
2b. Longit. section of mature thallus, showing part of central strand
and intermediate layer. x 140.
38. Transverse section of mature thallus. x 60.
3, Cells from centre of same. x 365.
5. Cryptostoma still more advanced. x 365.

Prate 13.

Fig. 4. Oryptostoma rather older. x 365.

6. Very early stage of young branch arising from the base of a crypto-
stoma, X 365.

7. Branch more advanced. x 365.

8. Mature conceptacle, with oogonia and antheridia, x 140.

9. Antheridium. x 365.

10. Oogonium. x 365.

ll. Penetrating filaments of Notheia pushing up cuticle of Hormosira
and forming cushion. x 365.

13. Various stages of young plant. x 25.
a. Hairs arising from cushion of Nofkeid inside host-plant.
b. Young shoot which has reached the surface of the host.
c. Still later stage.

The light-coloured tissue surrounding the young shoot of Notheia
is disorganized host-tissue.

Puate 14.

Fig. 12. Young shoot of Notheia issuing from host-plant. x 365
14. Cells giving off rhizoids along the sides of the pseudo-cryptostoma.
x 400.
15. Junction of Hormosira and Notheia, Mature. x 65.
16. Rhizoids of mature plant. x 400.

426 MR. F. N. WILLIAMS ON TIIE

Caryophyliacee of the Chinese Province of Sze-chuen.
By PrEDERIC N. Wıruıays, PLS

[Read Ist June, 1899.]

THE provinces of Sze-chuen and Yun-nan form the westernmost
divisions of China proper, and until somewhat recently little was
known of their botany. The flora of Yun-nan has been assidu-
ously taken in hand by M. Franchet in the course of working
through the collections made by the Abbé Delavay in 1882 and
following years; and he published the first instalment of the
flora in 1886, after issuing a preliminary list the year before.
Our knowledge of the flora of Sze-chuen is based on the distri-
bution of a few collections of more recent date. Owing to the
absence of material, the earlier parts of Mr. W. B. Hemsley’s
* Index Flore Sinensis’ contain no reference to plants found to
occur in Sze-chuen, and it is not till the order of Leguminose
is reached that this province is mentioned by name, in giving the
distribution of Lespedeza juncea. In all the orders which follow,
the material afforded by such collections as came to hand was
utilized with the issue of successive parts.

The following are the collections which include plants from
the province of Sze-chuen, and which require to be systemati-
cally worked through in order to give any detailed account of
the flora of this portion of China proper.

Abbé Perny. A small collection in the Paris Museum Her-
barium, not critically worked out, from the mountainous region
of Sze-chuen, made in 1858.

Abbé Delavay. Plants collected a little beyond the northern
borders of Yun-nan, in 1882-1885.

Lajos Lóczy. A collection made by the botanist attached to
Count Béla Széchenyi’s expedition, organized to explore East
Central Asia, and which included plants from Kan-su, Yun-nan,
and Sze-chuen, collected in 1879-80, of which a descriptive list
was issued by Prof. Kanitz in 1886.

Abbé David. Plants collected by him during his stay at Mupin,
and worked through by M. Franchet in the second volume of
‘Plante Davidiane’ (1888). This work is published as a con-
tribution to the flora of Eastern Tibet; but Mupin and the
distriets explored are politieally within the province of Sze-chuen.

G. N. Potanin. Collected plants in 1885, in Kan-su and

CARYOPHYLLACEE OF SZE-CHUEN. 497

N. Sze-chuen. These were distributed through the Petersburg
Botanie Garden to various herbaria.

A. E. Pratt, A collection made in 1890, chiefly in the neigh-
bourhood of Tachien-lu, at elevations of 2700 to 4000 metres.
This colleetion passed through Mr. Hemsley's hands, and the
new species were described by him in 1892 in the Society's
Journal (vol. xxix.). The list of numbers, however, was not
published in the memoir.

Prince Henry of Orleans. A small collection (no duplicates)
made in the same year, between Tachien-lu and the Tibetan
frontier.

Dr. A. Henry. Collected in 1889 in Western Hu-peh, and
the Wushan distriets of Sze-chuen. The numbered specimens
are constantly cited in the later parts of the ‘Index Flore
Sinensis.'

Rev. E. Faber. Ascended Mt. Omei, an isolated elevation on
the Min river, more than 3300 metres high, in 1887, and bota-
nized it; he afterwards further explored the Yang-tze valley in
Sze-chuen.

Abbé Soulié. The districts of Tachien-lu and Tongo-lo, and the
prineipality of Kiala, were carefully explored by him in 1893.
Part of the collection has been worked out by M. Franchet.
From the character of the country traversed, the examination
of further portions of the specimens will probably yield many
additions to the Chinese flora.

Abbé Piccoli. A small collection from Shen-si and N. Sze-
chuen in 1896.

The limits of the province of Sze-chuen seem to vary according
to the politieal bias of the cartographer, and differ considerably
in different maps. For the purpose of this paper, the limits are
those defined in the carefully constructed map of China by
Dr. Emil Bretschneider, issued in sections.

DriaNTHUS.
Subg. Caryophyllastrum, sect. Fimbriatum.
H yophy

1. D. SUPERBUS, Linn.
Hab. Tachien-lu (Pratt, n. 497, n. 535, 1890 ; Soulié, n. 262.
1893).

428 MR. F. N. WILLIAMS ON THE

2. DrANTHUS SZECHUENSIS, sp. nova.

Glaber, lete virens, 40 centim. Caulis subsolitarius erectus
gracilis teres dichotoine corymboseque ramosus. Folia basilaria
pauca basi apiceque attenuata, 42-48 mm., caulina inferiora 50-
75 mm., superiora 35-50 mm., omnia patentia recurva anguste
linearia acuminata mollia plana 3-nervia, vagina folii diam.
zquante. Flores solitarii vel binati, in paniculam laxam dicho-
tomam dispositi, odorati. Bractee 4 inequales obovate
anguste membranaceo-alatæ juxtim purpurascentes mucronate
adpresse ad 3 calycis tubum. Calyx gracilis purpurascens a
basi ad apicem distincte striatus, dentibus lanceolatis subulato-
acuminatis 7-nerviis post anthesin erecto-patulis. Petala rosea
non contigua, fere ad faucem barbulatum multifida, area indivisa
oblonga parva, ungue longe exserto quam lamina duplo longiore.
Capsula cylindrica inclusa. Semina granulata.

Planta facie .D. superbi habitu tenuior; in speciminibus autem
hujus speciei, folia basilaria latiora obtusa remote 3-nervia, etiam
calyx apiee attenuatus brevius dentaius solum apud dentes
purpureus, ejus dentibus post anthesin vix patulis.

Hab. Tongolo (Soulié, n. 69, 1893).

CUCUBALUS.

9. C. BACCIFER, Linn.

Hab. N. Sze-chuen, near the borders of Kan-su (Potanin,
1885). E. Sze-chuen, near the borders of Hu-peh (A. Henry,
n. 8805, 1890) W. Sze-chuen, Tachien-lu (Pratt, n. 405,
1890). S. Sze-chuen, Mt. Omei at 1200 metres (Faber, n. 152,
n. 610, 1887), Mupin (Franchet, Pl. David. ii. p. 22 [1888],—
forma foliis anguste lanceolatis longe acuminatis).

SILENE.
Subg. Zusilene, sect. Dichastosiene.

4. S. SZECHUENSIS, sp. nova (ser. Brachyantha).

Perennis. Caules adscendentes, laxe et divaricatim ramosi,
glabri. Folia e basi ovatá oblongo-lanceolata attenuato-acumi-
nata sessilia. Flores in dichasio laxo plus minus composito,
centrales longe pedicellati, alares pedieello quam calyx duplo
longiore suffulti. Calyx obconico-oblongus pubescens, nervis
viridibus haud anastomosantibus, dentibus triangularibus acutis
ciliatis. Petala emarginata, calyce paullum longiora. Capsula

CARYOPHYLLACEE OF SZE-CHUEN. 429

oblongo-globosa subsessilis, carpophoro brevissimo suffulta.

Semina obtuse granulata, dorso late sulcata, faciebus depressa.
Planta Silene Tatarinowii et S. rupestri affinis, petalis ecoro-

natis et seminibus dorso late suleatis atque alioqui ab ambabus

diversa; etiam fere facie MELANDRYI ADENANTHI, Williams (i. e.

Silenes adenanthe, Franchet), speciei yunnanensis, sed capsula.

subsessili non vere uniloculari et petalis emarginatis gaudet.
Hab. Tachien-lu (Soulié, n. 111, 1893).

Subg. Eusilene, sect. Botryosilene.

5. SILENE TENUIS, Willd.

Hab. Tachien-lu (Pratt, n. 551, 1890; Soulié, n. 101, n. 368,
n. 645, 1893).

All the specimens on these four sheets can be referred to this
well-marked but polymorphous species. Franchet has described
a forma rubescens trom Yun-nan, with rose-coloured petals and a
more distinctly inflated calyx, but none of the above specimens
seem to match no. 125 of the Abbé Delavay’s plants of Yun-nan,
which is the type-specimen of this form: though one or more
of them recall the form described by Regel as S. tenuis var.
turgida. With this exception, not previously recorded from
China proper; as the south limit of the species hitherto has
been given as extending to Kunawar in the Himalayas (Jacque-
mont ex Hook. f., Fl. Brit. Ind. i. p. 219).

6. S. FonTUNETI, Vis.

Hab. Sze-chuen, near the borders of Kan-su (G. N. Potanin,
1885, fol. 276 in Herb. Kew).

In a recent number of the * Botanical Magazine ' (April 1899,
t. 7649) there is an excellent plate of this plant (which had not
previously been figured), with carefully drawn details of floral
structure, from specimens which flowered in the Herbaceous
Collection at Kew Gardens in September 1898. The plant was
raised from seeds collected in the province of Shen-si by Father
Piccoli, of the Jesuit Mission in Hankow.

MELANDRYUM.
Sect. Gastrolychnis, Rohrbach.

7. M. Sort, sp. nova.
Caules erectiusculi pilis brevibus reflexis eglandulosis leviter
vestiti, 1-3-flori. Folia inferiora lineari-lanceolata basi angus-

430 MR. F. N. WILLIAMS ON THE

tata apice acutata, superiora linearia acuta, omnia uninervia.
Calyx fructifer ampliatus ovatus hirsuto-pubescens, nervis reticu-
lato-venosis, dentibus triangularibus aeutis. Petala bifida ex-
auriculata inclusa. ` Capsula ovato-globosa sessilis, dentibus
recurvis. Semina purpureo-fusca, dorsi sulcati margine cristato-
tuberculata, faciebus depressis vel planis haud tuberculata.
Planta Melandryo brachypetalo, Fenzl, affinis, speciei bene
definite qu& in regione Tibetana et in Mongolia occurrit, ab
eadem nihilominus habitu valde diversa; etiam foliis angusti-
oribus, petalis exauriculatis, et seminum structura, satis differt.
Hab. Tachien-lu (Soulié, n. 820, 1893).

8. MELANDRYUM GLANDULOSUM, Williams.

Syn. Lychnis glandulosa, Maxim. Fl. Tangutica, p. 83, t. 29
(1889).

Tota dense glanduloso-pilosa, 32-35 centim. Radix fusiformis
simplex pleiocephala. Caulis subsimplex vel fastigiatim pauci-
ramosus, suleatus. Folia pleraque basi conferta, oblonga vel
oblongo-linearia, infima obtusa, reliqua subacuta, radicalia in
petiolum attenuata, caulina pauca sessilia, basilaria 50-80 mm.,
superiora 18-22 mm. Flores nutantes, longe pedicellati, ramos
terminantes et ex axillis orti. Bractee 2 lineares uninervie
herbacez. Calyx campanulatus, dentibus ovatis obtusis dense
ciliatis, costis nigricanti-viridulis apice conjunctis. Petala
purpurea bifida, lamina exserta in lobos oblongos divisa, ungue
glabro sensim versus basin attenuato obtuse lateque biauriculato,
appendicibus rotundato-obtusis fornicatis. Filamenta ciliata.
Styli breves recti. Semina reniformia exalata, dorso plano
seriebus 5 tuberculorum obtusorum dense papillata, disco leviter
concavo.

Habitus M. tristis, Fenzl, quod tamen eglandulosum, flores
majores, calycem distinete reticulato-nervosum, petala laminá
patente majuscula exserta, ungue subito basin versus attenuato
habet, atque semina duplo majora possidet: confer etiam M. ca-
bulicum, Boiss., ex Afghanis alpibus.

Hab. Tachien-lu at 2700-4000 metres (Pratt, n. 550, 1890).

The plant exactly agrees with Col. Przewalsky's specimens
from N. Tibet (1884), and with Maximowicz’s excellent plate.

CARYOPHYLLACEE OF SZE-CHUEN. 431

Seet. Elisanthe, Rohrbach.

9. MELANDRYUM CESPITOSUM, Williams.

Syn. Silene cespitosa, Bur. et Franch., in Journ. de Bot. 1891,
p. 22 (non Steven).

Acaule, cespitosum, 4-6 centim. Folia linearia acuta, margine
sparse cartilagineo-setosa, faciebus glabra. Flores solitarii ;
pedicelli plerumque calyce breviores, pilis brevibus dense hispidi.
Calyx oblongo-clavatus purpureus basi truncatus, dentibus ovato-
rhomboideis ciliolatis haud acutis, sinu inter dentes excavato-
rotundato. Petala rosea longe unguieulata, lamina fere ad
medium bifida, lobis linearibus parum divaricatis, ad unguem
utrinsecus obtuse auriculata, appendicibus parvis binis obtusis
erectis ovatis integris contiguis. Filamenta inferne pilis sparsis
instrueta. Ovarium ovatum, carpophoro brevissimo.

Habitus Silenes Pumilionis, quam quidem in memoriam
revocat.

If the plant belonged to Silene the specific name would have
to be changed, as S. cespitosa, Steven, is a good species. As
there is no doubt of its being a Melandryum, the original specific
name is available with its transfer to this genus.

Hab. Summit of a pass, south of Batang (Pratt, n. 537, n. 559,
1890; Soulié, n. 848, 1893).

10. M. PLATYPETALUM, Williams.

Syn. Silene platypetala, Bur. et Franch., in Journ. de Bot.
1891, p. 22.

Pilis brevibus conspersum. Caulis gracilis ramosus. Folia
20-26 mm., lineari-lanceolata vel linearia acutissima papillis
scabrida, margine levi anguste cartilaginea. Flores 2-3 laxe
cymosi, pedicellis multum longiores; pedicelli medio bracteati
villosi. Calyx obovatus basi truncatus, pilis brevibus albidis
reversis vestitus, striis purpureis percursus, fructifer apice
apertus, dentibus demum patentibus triangulari-lanceolatis late
membranaceis obtusis, inter dentes sinu obtuse rotundato.
Petala albida vel pallide rosea obcordata, lamina leviter emargi-
nata latiore quam longa, ad unguem glabrum utrinque obtuse
aurieulata, appendicibus erectis contiguis obtusis oblongis.
Anthere atropurpurez. Ovarium longe ovatum, carpophoro vix
longius. Semina rubra acute tuberculata.

Characteribus plurimis he: planta species nonnullas Ameri-

482 MR. F. N. WILLIAMS ON THE

canas (Melandryi Wrightii et M. Greggii, Rohrb.) revocat,
que floribus fructiferis omnibus erectis gaudent.

Franchet’s description has been compared with Pratt’s speci-
mens. Franchet’s type-specimens not seen.

Hab. Tachien-lu ( Pratt, n. 530).

1l. MELANDRYUM KIALENSE, sp. nova.

Pubescens, pilis densis. Caulis erectus simplex robustus quadr-
angulus sulcatus. Folia inferiora lanceolato-linearia ad basin
angustata, superiora paullum angustiora, omnia acuta, sensim
minora; bractee folis supremis similes. ` Dichasium 9-12-
florum; flores centrales arcuati. Calyx brevis basi attenuatus,
breviter pubescens, eveuius sed nervis superne conjunctis, denti-
bus triangularibus submucronato-acutis late albo-marginatis
dense ciliatis statu fructifero patentibus. Petala bipartita, lobis
lineari-oblongis, ungue glabro utrinque obtuse auriculato ex-
serto, appendicibus binis obovato-rotundis brevibus distincte
emarginatis. Capsula ovato-campanulata subsessilis, carpophoro
6-plo longior. Semina acute tuberculata, dorso plana vel leviter
depressa, faciebus parcius tuberculatis depressa.

More pubescent than the preceding and of more robust habit,
with simple stems. Differs from it further in the flowers
arranged in a multifloral dichasium, with the calyx attenuate at
the base, and deeply cleft petals.

Hab. Tongolo in the prineipality of Kiala (Sowlié, n. 666,
1893).

HEDONA.
(Loureiro, Fl. Cochinchin. p. 286 [1790], sed characteribus
ampliatis et reformatis.)

Calyx gamophyllus, tubulosus, clavatus, turbinatus vel cam-
panulatus, fructifer sepe superne ampliatus, 5-dentatus, nervis
10 prominentibus »qualibus percursus, evenius vel nervis anasto-
mosantibus. Petala 5 longe unguiculata, appendicibus basi
fornicatis, unguibus ciliatis, cum staminibus carpophori stipiti-
formis plus minus elongati apice insistentia. Nectarium in lobos
10 divisum, ad planum lamine reflexos. Stamina 10; filamenta
filiformia ; anthere oblonge. Styli 5, calycis dentibus oppositi.
Capsula vere unilocularis, dentibus vel valvis 5 apice marginicide
dehiscens, ovata. Semina plurima, tuberculata vel striolata;
embryo peripherieus.—Herbie perennes, floribus speciosis in
dichasia dispositis.

CARYOPHYLLACEJE OF SZE-CHUEN. 433

Genus a Loureiro bene conceptum et dilucide definitum,
genere Linnæano Coronarid restituto, melius pro parte prosiliente
generis Lychnidis a Linnæo male definiti substituendum.

Syn. Lychnis subg. Eu-lychnis, Pax in Engl. d Prantl,
Natürl. Pflanzenf. iii. Abt. 1. p. 73 (1889).

12. Hepona Davidi, Williams.

Syn. Lychnis Davidi, Franch. Pl. David. ii. p. 22 (1888).

Multicaulis, cespitosa. Rami florentes uniflori, 4-6 centim.
Folia parva 4-6 mm., ovato-lanceolata vel ovato-spathulata, mar-
gine pilis erustaceis longe ciliata. Calyx rubescens pilis crustaceis
conspersis, cam panulato-tubulosus evenius basi truncatus umbili-
catus, dentibus ovatis rotundatis membranaceo-ciliatis. Petala
biloba pallide purpurea, calyce duplo longiora, ungue calycem
sequante, fauce biauriculata. Filamenta glabra. Ovarium sessile
ovoideum. Capsula breviter stipitata. Semina reniformia
complanata striolata anguste striolata.

Planta habitu Silenes acaulis, foribus majoribus et foliis

brevioribus.
Hab. On high rocks in the Mupin district, Western Sze-

chuen.
CERASTIUM.
Subg. Orthodon, sect. Cheileodontia, ser. Recticapsulares.

13. C. SZECHUENSE, sp. nova.

Annuum, pilis patentibus glandulosis breviter hirsutis vesti-
tum, viscosum, 17-22 centim. Caules simplices vel ima basi
furcati. Folia sessilia lanceolata obtusa. Dichasium divaricatum
multiflorum ; pedicelli floriferi arcuati; pedicelli fructiferi caly-
cem duplo superantes demum erecti; bractee omnino herbacem.
Calyx umbilicatus truncatus ; sepala oblongo-lanceolata subacuta,
exteriora anguste scariosa, reliqua latius marginato-scariosa.
Petala oblongo-cuneata breviter bidentata, calycem æquantia vel
eo paullo breviora, unguibus glabris. Stamina 10; filamenta
glabra. Capsula longe tubulosa stricte recta cylindrica 10-nervia
calyce duplo longior. Semina pauca.

Planta Cerastio Duri@i affinis, speciei que regiones alpinas
Armenie Turcice attingit, sed diversa caulibus simplicibus,
pedicellis fructiferis calycem duplo superantibus, et petalis
longioribus oblongo-cuneatis.

Hab. Tachien-lu (Soulie, n. 146, 1893).

LINN. JOURN.— BOTANY, VOL. XXXIV. 21

434 MR. F. N. WILLIAMS ON THE

14. CERASTIUM ALPINUM, var. FrscHERIANUM, Ser. (sp.).
Hab. N. part of the province (G. N. Potanin, 1885, ex Herb.
Hort. Petropolit.).

STELLARIA.
* Petiolares, Fenzl.

15. S. WUSHANENSIS, sp. nova.

Caules deeumbenti-ramosi vel flaccide adscendentes, glabri.
Folia longe petiolata ovato-cordata acuminata uninervia glabra.
Flores pauei apetali alares sparsi longe pedunculati; peduneuli
pilis albis transversis paucis instructi, calyce 4-plo longiores;
braetez herbacex. Sepala membranacea uninervia elliptica vix
acuta. Semina magna globoso-reniformia acuta tuberculata.

Hab. District of North Wushan (A. Henry, n. 7047,1889).

16. S. MEDIA, Vill.
Hab. X. Sze-chuen (Faber, 1887). Mupin (Franch. Pl.
David. ii. p. 23 (1888).

** Insignes, Fenzl.

17. S. NUTANS, sp. nova.

Planta 19-24 centim. Caules teretes, glabri vel parce puberuli,
valde geniculati. Folia lanceolata acuta uninervia carnosula
villoso-canescentia. Flores nutantes; pedicelli apicem versus
reflexi; bracteæ herbaceæ. Sepala anguste lanceolata acuta.
Petala bipartita, calycem æquantia. Capsula obovata.

Hab. Tachien-lu (Soulié, n. 549).

*** lTolostem, Fenzl.

18. 8. SOULIEI, sp. nova.

Perennis, glabra, 23-26 centim. Caules ramosi, superne
repetite cymosi. Folia uninervia acuminata, margine villosa.
Flores alares et terminales ; alares sparsi, terminales dichotomo-
cymosi; bracteæ scariose. Flores longe pedicellati; pedicelli
flore 3-4-plo longiores. Sepala anguste lanceolata acuminata
trinervia margine scariosa. Petala bipartita, calyce subbreviora.
Capsula breviter obovata.

Hab. Tachien-lu (Soulié, n. 914, n. 971).

19. S. HENRYT, sp. nova.
Glabra. Caules procumbentes, 16-18 centim., tenues. Folia

=

CARYOPHYLLACEJE OF SZE-CHUEN. 435

anguste lineari-lanceolata uninervia acuta. Flores solitarii ;
pedicelli unifariam glanduloso-pubescentes. Sepala anguste
lanceolata acuminata glandulosa, pilis sparsis hispidis purpureis
instructa. Petala biloba unguiculata, calyce 14-plo longiora.
Capsula ovoideo-globosa.

Distinguished from allied species by the scattered stiff purple
hairs which invest the calyx.

Hab. S. Sze-chuen (A. Henry, n. 6970, 1889).

*X** Larbre, Fenzl.

20. STELLARIA DICHASIOIDES, sp. nova.

Glabra. Caules teretes. Folia subovali-lanceolata acuta
uninervia. Flores nutantes in diehotomiis iteratis. Sepala
anguste lanceolata acuminata tomentosa anguste scariosa. Petala
bipartita calycem equantia. Semina mamillata.

Hab. Tachien-lu (Soulié, n. 216, 1893).

21. S. ULIGINOSA, Murray.

(Rev. E. Faber, n. 337, 1887.) The specimens agree with
those of typieal S. uliginosa, which, according to Franchet, is
found in the neighbouring province of Yun-nan (Delavay,
n. 1127).

22. S. UDA, sp. nova.

Cespitosa, viridis, glabra. Caules filiformes fragiles debiles.
Folia anguste lineari-lanceclata acuminata uninervia, non suceu-
lenta. Flores longe pedicellati; pedicelli foliis superioribus 3-
4-plo longiores. Sepala lanceolata acuminata 3-nervia anguste
scariosa. Petala bipartita calycis j breviora. Capsula obovato-
globosa. Semina mamillata.

Near S. uliginosa, but bracts foliaceous.

Hab. Tachien-lu (Soulié, n. 913, 1893).

KRASCHENINNIKOVIA.

23. K. Davidi, Franch. Pl. David. i. p. 51, t. 10 (1884).

Syn. Stellaria Davidi, Hemsl. Ind. Fl. Sinens. in Journ. Linn.
Soc. xxiii. p. 67 (1886).

Hab. S. Wushan (4. Henry, 1889).

The genus was re-established by Maximowiez, and its cha-
racters were more clearly defined. As defined originally by

436 MR. F. N. WILLIAMS ON THE

Turezaninow (1838), from the characters given, one would
scarcely be justified in maintaining it as a genus distinct from
Stellaria. Maximowiez, however, in a careful study of a series
of specimens of Krascheninnikovia rupestris, indicates other cha-
racters, such as the diverse type of the structure of the flowers
found at the base of the stem in contact with the soil, as com-
pared with those terminating the flowering stems. And on the
characters brought together by Maximowiez its separation from
Stellaria is certainly warranted. The plant described as Stellaria
bulbosa, Wulf., in the ‘ Flora of British India ' is certainly to be
referred to K. Davidi (and is a form of it), which is recorded by
Franchet from the neighbouring province of Yun-nan (Delavay,
n. 1035, 1884). Mr. Hemsley records the species elsewhere in
China only from Jehol, in the province of Chih-li (David,
n. 1924). Franchet also forbears to separate the genus from
Stellaria, as he says:—“ L’ancien genre Krascheninnikovia est
aujourd'hui rapporté aux Stellaria par presque tous les auteurs,
bien qu'il ne soit pas moins nettement caracterisé que la plu-
part des autres genres de Caryopbyllacces, maintenus plutót
par habitude qu'en raison d'une valeur réelle."

ARENARIA.
Subg. Euarenaria.

24. A. NAPULIGERA, Franch.
Hab. Tachien-lu (Pratt, 1890).

95. A. SERPYLLIFOLIA, Linn.
Hab. Yang-tze valley (Rev. E. Faber, n. 336, 1887). District
of Mupin (ex Franch. Pl. David. ii. p. 23 [1888]).

Subg. Eremogoneastrum.

96. A. KANSUENSIS, Maxim.
Hab. N. Sze-chuen (Potanin, 1885); Tachien-lu (Pratt,

n. 617, 1890).

27. A. POLYTRICHOIDES, Edgew.

Hab. Batang on the river Di-chu, and east of Tachien-lu
(Löczy n. 227, ex Kanitz, Bot. Centr. Asiatic. Exped. Széchenyi,
in Math. Naturwissensch. Ber. Ung. iii. [1886]).

CARYOPHYLLACER OF SZE-CHUEN. 437

Subg. Odontostemma.

98. ARENARIA YUNNANENSIS, Franch.
Hab. Tachien-lu (Pratt, n. 155, 1890).

99. A. DELAVAYT, Franch.

Hab. Tachien-lu (Pratt, n. 561, 1890).

30. A. QUADRIDENTATA, Williams, in Journ. Linn. Koc., Bot.
xxxiii. p. 432 (1898).

Hab. N. Sze-chuen (ex Maxim. Fl. Tangutica, p. 84 [1889],
“ Lepyrodiclis quadridentata ”).

Subg. Maerogyne.

31. A. SZECHUENSIS, 8p. nova.

Plantula 30-45 mm. alta, vix supra humum, nana diffusa
multiflora glanduloso-pubeseens. Cauliculi tenues. Folia 7-12
mm., linearia obtusa, basi dilatata, laxe connata, parce ciliolata.
Pedicelli axillares et terminales. Calyx basi truncatus; sepala
21-4 mm., dense glandulosa, lanceolata acuta, margine anguste
scariosa. Petala calyce 23-plo longiora, alba ovalia breviter
unguieulata. Styli subulati, calycem longe superantes.

Differs from A. longistyla in the more diffuse multifloral stems
producing both axillary and terminal flowers, in the small sepals
acute instead of mucronate at the apex, and the large oval petals.
It is not very different from A. linearifolia, Franch., from which
it is distinguished by the leaves ; though the latter is stated to
have winged seeds, and should thus be transferred to Moehringta,
for which therefore I propose the name of M. LINEARIFOLIA.

Hab. Tachien-lu (Soulié, n. 814, 1893).

LINN. JOURN.—BOTANY, VOL. XXXIV. 2K

RULES FOR BORROWING BOOKS FROM
THE LIBRARY.
As amended by the Council, 15th March, 1888.

l. No more than Six volumes shall be lent to one person
at the same time without the special leave of the Council
or one of the Secretaries.

2. All books shall be returned before the expiration of
Six weeks from the time of their being taken out, but if not
required by any other Fellow, they may, on application, be
kept for a further period of Six weeks.

3. All books lent shall be regularly entered by the
Librarian in a book appropriated for that purpose.

4. No work forming part of Linnzus’s own Library shall
be lent out of the Library under any circumstances.

NorE.— Certain other works are included in this prohibition,

such as costly illustrated works, and volumes belonging to
sets which could not be replaced if lost.

Tur Revised RULES concerning the publication of PAPERS
have been already made known by cireular, but, if required,
additional copies may be had on application.

The new regulations in regard to publications in the Journal

are as follow :—

Papers read from November and before the middie ot
January are published on 1st April.

Papers read after the middle of January and before the
end of April are published on 1st July.

Papers read in May and June are published on 1st November.

NOTICE.

— —

Vor. XXVI. is still in course of issue, and the Parts already
published are as follows:—
Vol. XXVI., Nos. 173-178.

[Nos. 179-180 are reserved for the conclusion of
Messrs. Forbes and Hemsley's ‘Index Flore Sinensis,
of which No. 179 will be issued shortly.]

Vol XXVIL, Nos. 181-188. (Complete.)
Vol XXVIIL, Nos. 189-196. (Complete.)
Vol. XXIX., Nos. 197-204. (Complete.)
Vol. XXX., Nos. 205-211. (Complete.)
Vol. XXXI., Nos. 212-219. (Complete.)
Vol XXXII., Nos. 220-227. (Complete.)
Vol. XXXIII., Nos. 228-234. (Complete.)
Vol. XXXIV., Nos. 235-239.

Attention to this announcement is specially requested,

to prevent application to the Librarian for unpublished Parts.

The new CATALOGUE ofthe LIBRARY may be had on application.
Price to Fellows, 5s. ; to the Publie, 10s.

All communieations relating to the general business of the
Society should be, as heretofore, addressed to the “ SECRETARIES,”
but letters on library business only should be addressed to the
“ LIBRARIAN."

JULY 1. Price 4s.

THE JOURNAL

OF

THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

Vor. XXXIV. O BOTANY. | No. 240.
CONTENTS.
Page
I. On the Origin of the Basidiomycetes. By GEORGE
Masser, PLS. (Plates 15 & 16.) ..................... 438

II. On some Mosses from China and Japan. By Ernest
STANLEY SALMON. (Communicated by J. G. BAKER,
F R.S., F.L.8.) (Plate 17.) .............. eene 449

III. Notes on an Exhibition of Plants from China recently
colleeted by Dr. A. Henry and Mr. W. Hancock.
By W. Borrına HEMSLEY, F.R.S., F.L.S., Keeper
of the Herbarium, Royal Gardens, Kew ............... 474

See Notice on last page of Wrapper.

LONDON:
SOLD AT THE SOCIETY'S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE,
PICCADILLY, W.;
AND BY
LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO,
AND |
WILLIAMS AND NORGATE. ;
1900.

LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON.

LIST OF THE OFFICERS AND COUNCIL.
Elected 24th May, 1900.

PRESIDENT.
Prof. Sydney Howard Vines, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S.

VICE-PRESIDENTS.

C. B. Clarke, M.A., F.R.S. F. Du Cane Godman, F.R.S.
F'rank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. Albert C. L. G. Günther, Ph.D., F.R.S.
TREASURER.

Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A.

SECRETARIES.

B. Daydon Jackson, Esq. | Prof. G. B. Howes, LL.D., F.R.S.
COUNCIL.

C. B. Clarke, M.A., F.R.S. B. Daydon Jackson, Esq.
Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. A. D. Michael, F.Z.S., F.R.M.S.
Prof. J. B. Farmer, M.A. Clement Reid, F.R.S.
F. D. Godman, F.R.S. A. Barton Rendle, M.A., D.Sc.
Henry Groves, Esq. Dukinfield H. Scott, Ph.D., F.R.S.
A.C.L. G.,Günther, M.A., M.D., F.R.S.| Rev. Thomas R. R. Stebbing, F.R.S.
Prof. G. B. Howes, LL.D., F.R.S. Prof. Sydney H. Vines.

A. Smith Woodward, F.R.S.

ASSISTANT SECRETARY.
James Edmund Harting, F.Z.S.

LIBRARIAN. CLERK.
A. W. Kappel. A. R. Hammond.

LIBRARY COMMITTEE.

This consists of nine Fellows (three of whom retire annually) and of the four
officers ex officio, in all thirteen members. The former are elected annually
by the Council in June, and serve till the succeeding Anniversary. The
Committee meet at 4 r.m., at intervals during the Session. The Members. for
1900-1901, in addition to the officers, are :—

E. G. Baker, Esq. Prof. F. Wall Oliver, D.Sc.
Prof. J. B. Farmer, M.A. Howard Saunders, F.Z.S.
Albert C. L. G. Günther, M.D., PDS) Roland Trimen, F.R.S.

W. B. Hemsley, F.R.S. F. Newton Williams, L.R.O.P.

H. W. Monckton, F.G.S.

Norr.—The Charter and Bye-Laws of the Society, as amended t
the 19th March, 1891, may be had on application. zi rabo

CARYOPHYLLACEE OF SZE-CHUEN. 487

Subg. Odontostemma.

28. ARENARIA YUNNANENSIS, Franch.
Hab. Tachien-lu ( Pratt, n. 155, 1890).

29. A. Detavayi, Franch.
Hab. Tachien-lu (Pratt, n. 561, 1890).

30. A. QUADRIDENTATA, Williams, in Journ. Linn. Soc., Bot.
xxxiii. p. 432 (1898).

Hab. N. Sze-chuen (ex Maxim. Fl. Tangutica, p. 84 [1889],
* Lepyrodiclis quadridentata”).

Subg. Macrogyne.

31. A. SZECHUENSIS, sp. nova.

Plantula 30-45 mm. alta, vix supra humum, nana diffusa
multiflora glanduloso-pubescens. Cauliculi tenues. Folia 7-12
mm., linearia obtusa, basi dilatata, laxe connata, parce ciliolata.
Pedicelli axillares et terminales. Calyx basi truncatus; sepala
21-4 mm., dense glandulosa, lanceolata acuta, margine angusta
scariosa. Petala calyce 24-plo longiora, alba ovalia breviter
unguiculata. Styli subulati, calycem longe superantes.

Differs from A. longistyla in the more diffuse multifloral stems
producing both axillary and terminal flowers, in the small sepals
acute instead of mucronate at the apex, and the large oval petals.
It is not very different from A. linearifolia, Franch., from which
it is distinguished by the leaves; though the latter is stated to
have winged seeds, and should thus be transferred to Moehringia,
for which therefore I propose the name of M. LINEARIFOLIA.

Hab. Tachien-lu (Soulié, n. 814, 1893).

LINN. JOURN.—BOTANY, VOL. XXXIV. 2K

438 MR. G. MASSEE ON THE

On the Origin of the Basidiomycetes.
By Grorce Mass&z, F.L.3.

[Read 18th January, 1900.]

(Prates 15 & 16.)

Tur recent extensive researches by Brefeld (1) have thrown
much light on the morphology and affinities of the group of
fungi known as the Basidiomycetes, and even those who cannot
accept his interpretation as to affinities in its entirety, are
doubtless ready to admit that, due in a large measure to his
investigations and deductions therefrom, we possess at the
present day a clearer and truer conception of the general
development or evolution of the group of fungi under con-
sideration than heretofore.

As is well known, the gradual differentiation of the specialized
portions of hyphz or basidia immediately bearing conidia, are
considered by Brefeld as constituting the one essential faetor
in indicating true affinity and descent in the Basidiomycetes.
Hence in the Protobasidiomycetes, characterized by having
basidia divided into two to four superposed cells by transverse
septa, each cell producing a conidium, Brefeld sees a counter-
part in the promycelium or the fertile hyphe produced directly
on spore germination in the Ustilaginez, and inclines to the view
that the Protobasidiomycetes may be derived from the Usti-
lagines through the Uredine®, Auricularie, and Pilacreæ, when
the transversely septate basidium is replaced by a vertically
divided basidium in Tremellee and Daeryomycet&; a transition
group, leading to the Autobasidiomycetes, including the Gastro-
mycetse, Phalloidee, and Hymenomycete, characterized by
basidia consisting of a single cell—neither transversely nor
vertically septate—and bearing the spores at or near the apex,
and usually definite in number.

The existence of septate basidia, however, is not an entirely
recent discovery; those of Pilacre Petersü, Berk. & Broome,
and Hypochnus purpureus, Tul., having been correctly described
and beautifully figured by Tulasne (2) twenty-seven years ago.
In fact tl.c basidia of the last-named species were first described
by Tulasne (3) thirty-four years ago, the description being
followed by the paragraph quoted below—the first time we

ORIGIN OF THE BASIDIOMYCETES. 439.

believe since its publieation—the substance of which is con-
‘sidered by most mycologists as being a much later conception.
* Palmam, qui meruit, ferat."

Tulasne says:—“ On sera certainement frappé comme nous
de la ressemblance singulière qu’offrent les crosses fertiles de
l'Hypochnus purpureus avec le promycelium des Puecinies et
autres Urediuées, c'est à dire avec ces germes d'abord clavi-
formes, puis cireinants et spiculiféres, dont nous avons autrefois
donné des figures dans ce Recueil (ser. 4°, t. 11. pls. 7-12). La
similitude n'est méme pas moindre pour les corps réproducteurs,
spores ou sporidies, et nous trouvons certainement ià un example
des analogies qui peuvent relier deux membres, d'ailleurs tres-
dissembiables, d'une méme famille végétale ” (3. 296).

Quite recently Juel, a Swedish botanist, has demonstrated that
the somewhat widely diffused, and not by any means uncom-
mon fungus called Stilbum vulgare, Tode, the type of the large
genus Stilbum, Tode, located in the Hyphomycetes, is indeed a
typical Protobasidiomycete, having the characteristic transversely
septate basidia, each segment of the basidium producing a single
basidiospore (4).

The segmentation of the basidium is preceded by nuclear
division, each segment containing a single nucleus which again
divides, one nucleus passing into the spore, the other remaining
in the basidium (PI. 15. figs. 2-6).

Juel examined other species belonging to Stilbum, and found
that they did not present the Protobasidiomycete features
found in S. vulgare ; and suggests that the generic name Stzlbum
should be retained for those members proved to belong to the
Protobasidiomycetes, and that another genus should be estab-
lished for those members of the old genus which, on account of
their structure, have yet to be considered as belonging to the
Hyphomycetes.

The genus Stilbum, as originally understood, contains about
seventy species; all are minute, and the general structure may be
compared to that of a sheaf of corn. The hyph are arranged
in a parallel fascicle, the free tips bearing the conidia spreading
on all sides, and forming a more or less globose fertile head,
terminating an elongated slender stem, the whole resembling a
drumstick in miniature. Every part is compact and firm, the
component hyphe being to some extent cemented together by

mucilage.
2K2

440 MR. G. MASSEE ON THE

Tubercularia, Tode, another genus included in the Hypho-
mycetes, is morphologically indistinguishable in all essential
features from Stilbum, but separated by systematists on account
of the shorter stem, the subglobose head being nearly, or in many
species quite, sessile on the matrix, as in the well-known Tuber-
cularia vulgaris, Tode, which forms coral-red pustules on
decaying or dead branches.

Tubercularia includes about seventy species, several of which
are the conidial condition of ascigerous fungi belonging to the
genus Nectria.

About thirty members of the long-stemmed or Stilbum-forms
are also known to represent the conidial condition of species of
Nectria or Spherostilbe, the name given by Tulasne to those
species of the old genus Nectria having l-septate spores and a
Stilbum as the conidial form of reproduction (5).

In many instanees the genetic relation between a conidial
condition and its higher form of fruit is not distinctly proved ;
the researches of Tulasne (6), Hartig (7), and others, however,
leave no doubt as to the relationship between Stilbum or
Tubercularia and species of Nectria.

The general structure is alike in all known instances. A
compact parenchymatous base or stroma forms in the substance
of the matris, and eventually projects above its surface as a
cushion-like body; from the superficial cells of this stroma the
fertile hypha—conidiophores or basidia—of the Tubereularia or
Stilbum originate. Ata later date the primordia of the ascigerous
or Nectria-torm of reproduction appear in the peripheral portion
of the stroma ; these gradually develop into the characteristic red
perithecia which stud the surface of the stroma in Nectria
proper, the conidial phase being obliterated by the later develop-
ment of the perithecia; whereas in Spherostilbe the long-
stemmed S£lbum-condition and the ascigerous perithecia are
both present at the same time (Pl. 15. fig. 7).

A second,and even third conidial form of reproduction, also
produced by the stroma, is present in some species of Nectria,
but appear to have no bearing on the subject under con-
sideration.

In addition to those form-species of Tubercularia and Stilbum
known for certainty to represent the conidial condition of species
of Nectria or Spherostilbe, many species belonging to each of these
genera exist that have not up to the present been correlated

ORIGIN OF THE BASIDIOMYCETES. 441

with any higher form of fruit, and in many instances it would
appear that such must be considered as entities or species; the
facts in favour of such an argument being the power to repro-
duee themselves apparently indefinitely, and the absence of
proof as to the existence of any other phase of reproduction in
their life-cycle.

Assuming this statement to prove correct, it suggests the
following problem :—

How long must a conidial form continue to reproduce itself
after the disappearance of its higher phase in the cycle of
development, before it can be cousidered as a species in the
ordinary acceptance of that term ?

If taken to task as to the evidence of a second phase having
existed at any previous period in the life-history of such
organisms, it may be stated that presumable evidence is forth-
coming, not only in the genera Stilbum and Tubercularia, but in
numerous other instances where a conidial or simple phase has,
from analogy, lost for all time the higher stage of fruit it once
possessed.

The evidence obtainable in the genera under consideration
consists in the presence, in several iustauces, of a more or less
well-developed stroma, which, however, only produces conidia,
whereas, following the sequence of gradual disappearance of the
stroma, we come to species where this primordial strueture has
entirely disappeared.

In the form-genus Botrytis, we have a similar decadence of the
stroma or sclerotium, whieh in some species produces the asci-
gerous condition only, in others the ascigerous or conidial
eondition, depending on external conditions, in others again
giving origin to conidia only; whereas in a host of other species
the stroma is quite rudimentary or entirely absent, the conidial
condition alone remaining.

It is in the Uredinez, however, that we encounter the clearest
evidence of the gradual disappearance of one or other of the
forms originally included in the life-cycle of the various species.

After the announcement of Juel's discovery, I examined nume-
rous species of Stilbum and Tubercularia, for the purpose of
ascertaining whether some other members might not prove on
careful examination also to belong to the Protobasidiomycetes.

Among those examined was the S£ilbum-condition of Sphero-
stilbe microspora, Cooke & Massee ; and here I was much surprised

442 MR. G. MASSEE ON THE

to find that the structure of tho fertile tips of the hyphe agreed l
in every detail with those of Stilbum vulgare, as described and
figured by Juel. It was clearly evident that if the one was 2
Protobasidiomycete, the other must necessarily be one also
(Pl. 15. figs. 10-12).

Furthermore, this discovery revealed the somewhat unexpected
fact that the conidial condition of an ascigerous fuugus was
itself a typical member of the Protobasidiomycetes.

Tubercularia volutella, Corda, is also a true Protobasidiomycete,
having distinctly clavate, transversely septate basidia, each
septum bearing a single spore (Pl. 16. fig. 16).

As stated by Juel, I found that many species of Stilbum and
Tubercularia possessed basidia or spore-bearing hyphæ differing
in structure from those of Stilbum vulgare, and indicating at first
sight the possibility of belonging to a distinct genus, as suggested
by Juel. However, after having examined over one hundred
species included in the two genera, it was clearly seen that all
the basidia conformed to a single type of structure, the differences
observable being entirely due to two minor modifications of the
typieal form: 1, the relative length of the two or three fertile
cells of the basidium ; 2, the relative expansion into a clavate
form of the two or three fertile cells constituting the basidium.

In Tubercularia vulgaris, Tode, the conidial condition of Nectria
cinnabarina, Fries (Pl. 16. fig. 15), the spore-bearing structure

s farthest removed from the typical form of a Protobasidiomy-
cete basidium as illustrated by that of Stilbum vulgare; the
fertile cells are much elongated, perfectly cylindrical, and not
thicker than the supporting hy pha.

Intermediate between this primitive type and the true basidium-
form as already stated to exist in Zubercularia volutella, Corda,
may be instanced the basidia of Tubercularia subpedicellata,
Schweinitz, where the fertile cells are shortened as compared with
those of 7. cinnabarina, Tode, and collectively form a narrowly
clavate body (Pl. 16. fig. 17).

In Stilbum fasciculatum, Berk. & Broome, the conidial condi-
tion of Spherostilbe gracilipes, Tul. (Pl. 15. fig. 13), the basidia are
identical in structure with those of Hirneola Auricula-Jude, Berk.,
as figured by De Bary (8), and also with those of Auricularia
sambucina, Mart., described and figured by Brefeld (9). These
prove conclusively that the cells composing the basidium may be
considerably elongated, and not at all clavate.

ORIGIN OF THE BASIDIOMYCETES. 443

Isaria, Pers., a genus included in the Hyphomycetes, and
containing about eighty species, is closely allied to Stilbum and
Tubercularia, differing more especially in the component fascicle
of hyphe not being cemented into a compact mass, but remaining
loose and open, consequently the fertile head is spreading and not
globose (PI. 16.fig. 18). About twenty-two of the so-called species
of Isaria are known to form the conidial condition of species of
the ascigerous genus Cordyceps, Fries, which for the most part
are parasites on the bodies of various insects. The remaining
species grow on wood and various decaying vegetable matter,
dung, &c., and in all probability do not at the present day include
any ascigerous phase in their cycle of development.

Isaria pulcherrima, Berk. & Broome, a beautiful species
forming delicate feathery, erect tufts on hard wood, has basidia
not at all distinguishable from those of Stlbum vulgare (Pl. 16.
fig. 19); and an examination of numerous species of Isaria shows
exactly the same sequence of structure of the basidia as that
already described under Stilbum and Tubercularia.

Many striking examples of characteristic Protobasidiomycetes,
allied to one or other of the three genera mentioned above,
are described and beautifully figured by Möller in his excellent
work on Brazilian Protobasidiomycetes (10); among others may
be mentioned Pilacrella delectans, Moller, which resembles in
general aspect and morphological details Isaria pulcherrima,
Berk. & Broome.

It has already been stated that, even from the standpoint of
the systematist, basing his conclusions on features presented by
mature structures only, there is no valid difference between the
genera Stilbum and Tubercularia: many members of both genera
are known to represent the conidial condition of species of Nectria,
whereas other members are almost certainly self-sustaining in
every respect, having no other form of fruit included in their
life-cycle.

Tsaria, again, is very closely allied to the two preceding genera,
differing only in the less compact sporophore ; many species are
proved conidial stages of ascigerous forms, as Cordyceps; others,
again, possess no higher phase of reproduction.

Finally, in all three genera we find exactly the same sequence
of progression in the form and structure of the basidia, from
what may be termed the conidiophore type, having elongated,
unthickened spore-producing hyphal cells, to very short and

444 MR. G. MASSEE ON THE

swollen fertile cells forming the characteristic basidium. This
complete transition connecting the extreme poles—conidiophore
and basidium —proves that Juel's suggestion to separate those
species presenting the typical basidium from the remainder still
having the conidiophore form of basidium, cannot be followed,
and further proves that the suggestion resulted from an examina-
tion of only a limited number of species.

As a rule those species of Stilbum, &c., known to be the coni-
dial form of ascigerous fungi have the most primitive basidia, that
is basidia of the conidiophore type; whereas the independent
species more frequently have typical Protobasidiomycete basidia.
To this rule, however, there are marked exceptions, as already
shown in the ease of the conidial condition of Spherostilbe
microspora, where the basidia are short-celled and clavate.

The above discovery further indicates that the Protobasidio-
mycetes as a group are derived from the conidial phase in the
life-cycle of ascigerous fungi; the evolution is effected by the
disappearance of the ascigerous form of reproduction, whereby
the conidial stage assumes the standard of a species: this change
being contemporaneous with the gradual conversion of the so-
called conidiophore to the typical basidium or spore-bearing
organ.

The earlier realization of this fact was probably retarded to a
certain extent by the Friesian conception of a Basidiomycete,
whieh required above all things the presence of a compact, con-
tinuous hymenial surface. This idea held good until corrected
by the researches of De Bary, Brefeld, and Miller.

As already stated, Brefeld supposes the Autobasidiomycetes
to be descended from the Protobasidiomycetes through the dis-
appearance of the transverse septa in the basidium, and the gradual
concentration of the spores in a definite number at its apex.

To those who can accept an unproved assumption, the basidium
of Tulostoma, a cylindrieal organ without septa, and having three
or four spores scattered at intervals throughout its length, looks
very much like the basidium of a Protobasidiomycete in which
the transverse septa have been arrested; but unfortunately we
possess no evidence of the gradual disappearance of septa in the
basidia of any known Protobasidiomycete, whereas, on the other
hand, it can be demonstrated that the basidia of Tulostoma agree
in all essentials with so-called conidiophores that pass directly
into typical Autobasidiomycete basidia.

ORIGIN OF THE BASIDIOMYCETES. 445

Möller, who has made a more extensive and thorough study of
the Protobasidiomycetes than any other author, considers that
the Protobasidiomycetes and Autobasidiomycetes are two inde-
pendent groups having a different origin respectively, and sums
up his conviction in the following words:

" Unter den bekannten Thatsachen spricht keine dafür, das eine
Protobasidie sich durch Verlust der Theilwünde nachträglich zur
Autobasidie umgestalten könne” (11).

On this point I am quite in agreement with Möller, and see in
the instances given below what appears to be a more feasible
explanation of the gradual evolution of the Autobasidiomycetes
than the required arrest of the transverse septa of the basidia of
the Protobasidiomycetes, and the gradual eoncentration of the
spores at the apex of the basidium.

Boulanger has described (12) a new genus of fungi—JMatrou-
chotia—which under the old dispensation would be placed in
the Hyphomycetes, along with Stilbum, Isaria, Ze, The fungus
Matrouchotia varians, Boulanger, is a much-branched Stilbum-
like plant, showing every transition from inflated cylindrical
conidiophores bearing from three to five spores scattered at
intervals over the surface of the conidiophore—exactly as in
Tulostoma—to the other extreme of presenting a clavate basidium
bearing four spores at its apex—exactly as in true Autobasidio-
mycetes.

A second species belonging to the same genus, Matrouchotia
complens, Moller, a native of Brazil, has since been deseribed by
Moller (13). This species corroborates Boulanger's account in
every particular. ‘The conidiophores are cylindric-clavate, and
bear from three to five spores placed at different levels—again
as in Tulostoma; while others of the spore-bearing structures are
clavate, and bear four spores at the apex. Now in these two
instances we have a transition from a conidiophore or Tulostoma-
like basidium to the form of basidium characteristie of the
Autobasidiomycetes, without necessitating the disappearance of
transverse septa.

In the genus Botrytis, containing about 120 species—again
belonging to the Hyphomycetes—four divisions or subgenera
are recognized, depending on the gradual change of the conidio-
phores to what may be called the basidium type. The most
primitive section is represented by Eubotrytis, where the spores
are borne singly at the tips of slender pointed branchlets.

446 MR. G. MASSEE ON THE

In Polyactis the spore-bearing branchlets are slightly thickened
and obtuse, and bear several spores. In Phymatotrichum the tips
of the fertile branchlets are clavate and bear several spicules or in-
cipient sterigmata, each giving origin to a spore. Finally, in the
subgenus Cristularia the fertile tips are clavate and bear at the
apex avariable number of slender elongated sterigmata, each sup-
porting a spore (Pl. 16. fig. 21); differing only from a true Auto-
basidiomycete in being considered a Hyphomycete, and in being
undoubtedly allied to an assemblage of forms, some of which
recede from the typical Autobasidiomycete structure in the
basidia.

Compare Pl. 16. fig. 21 with fig. 20, which illustrates a fertile
branch of Coniophora ochracea, Massee, a typical Autobasidio-
mycete. Figures 20 and 21 are copied from sketches made
several years ago.

Isaria umbrina, Pers., the conidial stage of Hypoxylon coc-
cineum, Bull. (Pl. 16. fig. 22), and Trichoderma viride, Pers., the
conidial form of Hypocrea rufa, Fr. (Pl. 16. fig. 23), further illust-
rate the conidial stage of ascigerous fungi having spore-bearing
bodies closely resembling the basidia of the Autobasidiomycetes.
The resemblance is so close in fact that had these structures been
borne by.am@Feanism agreeing with our preconceived conception
of what an Autobasidiomycete should be, based on the old
traditional standard, their conformity with the ideal type would
never have been questioned.

SUMMARY.

1. The conidial condition of certain ascigerous fungi bear
their spores on structures morphologically indistinguishable from
the basidia of the Protobasidiomycetes.

2. Some members of the same form-genera as those de-
scribed in paragraph 1, as Sfilbum vulgare, Tode, have lost the
ascigerous condition from their life-cycle, and are accepted aa
true Protobasidiomycetes ; hence we are justitied in concluding
that the Protobasidiomycetes as a group originated from ancestors
that represented the conidial condition of ascigerous fungi.

3. There is no evidence in favour of the suggestion that the
Autobasidiomycetes are descended from the Protobasidiomycetes:
on the other hand, the evidence in favour of the Autobasidio-

ORIGIN OF THE BASIDIOMYCETES. 447

mycetes having been derived by gradual modifieation of the
spore-bearing organs, or basidia of conidial forms of certain
ascigerous fungi, is not lacking.

1.

LITERATURE QUOTED.

BREFELD, Oscar.—Unters. aus dem gesammt. der My-
kologie: vii. Heft, Protobasidiomyceten (1888); viii. Heft,
Autobasidiomyceten (1889).

. TULASNE, L. R. & C.—' Notes upon the Tremellineous

Fungi and their Analogues,” Journ. Linn. Soc. (Bot.) xiu.
pp- 81-42 (1871). The figures intended for the illustration
of this article were mislaid at the moment of publication,
but being afterwards found, the article was reproduced
under the following title: “ Nouvelles notes sur les Fungi
Tremellini et leurs alliés, par MM. Tulasne," Ann. Sci.
Nat. (Bot.), sér. V. vol. xv. (1872) p. 215, pls. 9-12.

. TunassE, R. L.—* Note sur le Ptychogaster albus, Coes.”

Aun. Sci. Nat. (Bot.), sér. V. vol. iv. p. 290 (1865).

. Juer, H. O.—* Stilbum vulgare, Tode ; Ein bisher verkannter

Basidiomycet.” Bihang till K. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl.,
Band 24, Afd. iii. no. 9, p. 1, 1 pl. (1898).

. TuraswE, L. R. & C.—Selecta Fungorum Carpologia, iii.

p. 99 (1865).

. Turaswz, L. R. & C. Op. cit. iii. pp. 65-106, tabs. 10-14

(1865).
Harrıc, R.—Unters. aus dem forstbot. Inst. München, i.
pp. 88-128, Taf. 5-6 (1880).

. De Bary, A.—Fungi, Mycetozoa, and Bacteria (Engl. ed.),

p- 305, fig. 140 a-d (1887).

. BREFELD, O., Op. cit. Heft vii. Taf. 4. figs. 3-9 (1888).
. MórrER, ALFRED.— Protobasidiomyceten, 1895. This forms

Heft viii. of Dr. A. W. F. Schimper’s * Botanische Mittheil-
ungen aus den Tropen.

. Mattes, A., Op. cit. p. 51.
. BovraxaEn, Em.—Rev. Gén. de Bot., v. p. 401, pls. 12-14

(1893).

. MöLtEr, A., Op. cit. p. 150.

448 ON THE ORIGIN OF THE BASIDIOMYCETES.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate 15.

Fig. 1. Stilbum vulgare, Tode. Group of plants. x 50.

2, 9, 4. Tips of basidia of S. vulgare, showing progressive nuclear division,
x 2000 (after J uel).

5,6. Basidia and spores of S. vulgare, x 2000 (after Juel).

7. Group of ascigerous form of fruit, showing three stipitate conidia-
bearing structures in various forms of development, of Spherostilbe
microspora, Cooke & Massee, x 50 (from type specimen).

8. Section of conidial form of fruit of S. microspora. x 200.

9. Section through stromatic base of S. microspora, showing origin of stem
of conidial form of fruit, a ; also ascigerous fruit, bb. x 100.

10,11, & 12. Basidia and spores from the conidial form of fruit of
S. microspora. ` x 9000.

13. Basidia and spores of conidial form (= Stilbum fusciculatum, Berk. E
Broome) of SpAerostilbe gracilipes, Tul. x 2000.

Piats 16.

Fig. 14. Section through the stroma of Nectria cinnabarina, Fries, showing the
conidial stage of fructification, aa (= Tubercularia vulgaris, Tode);
and the ascigerous form of fruit, b, b. x 50.
15. Basidia and spores of the conidial form of fruit of N. cinnabarina.
x 2000.
16. Basidia and spores of Tubercularia volutella, Corda. x 2000.
17. Basidia and spores of Tubercularia subpedicellata, Schweinitz. x 2000.
18. saria pulcherrima, Berk. & Broome, x 30 (from type specimen).
19. Basidia and spores of Z. pulcherrima. x 2000.
20. Basidia-bearing branch of Coniophora ochracea, Massee, x 500 (after
Massee).
. Fruiting branch of Botrytis tricephala, Saec. x 500.
22. Fertile hypha from the conidial stage (= /sara umbrina, Pers.) of
Hypoxylon coccineum, Bull. x 2000.
23. Conidial condition (= Trichoderma viride, Pers.) of Hypocrea rufa, Fr.
x 2000.

Linx. Soc. Journ. Bor Von XX AIVEL 15.

Massee.

West Newman imp.

R.Morgan lith.

PROTOBASIDIOMYCETES.

Linn. Soc. Journ. Bor. Von. XXXIV PLB.

West, Newman imp.

GM. del.

R.Morgan Ith.

PROTO-AND AUTO-BASIDIOMYCETES.

MOSSES FROM CHINA AND JAPAN. 449

On some Mosses from China and Japan. By Ernest STANLEY
SALNGN. (Communicated by J. Œ. Baker, F.R.S., F.L.S.)

[Read 19th April, 1900.]
(PLATE 17.)

THE material on which the following records are based was found
in the Royal Herbarium at Kew, and consists for the most part
of specimens collected by Mr. C. Ford, F.L.S., Superintendent
of the Hongkong Botanic Gardens, Dr. E. Faber, and Dr. A.
Henry.

Although but few new species appeared in the collections,
several interesting mosses have been found from a geographical
point of view. Thus five species—Gymnostomum inconspicuum,
Griff., Dicranum lorifolium, Mitt., Atrichum obtusulum, C. Müll.,
Polytrichum gymnophyllum, Mitt., Papillaria atrata, Mitt.—
hitherto known only from India (mostly from the Himalayan
region), have appeared in China; together with six species—
Dicranum crispofaleatum, Schimp. MSS., Besch., Physcomitrium
japonicum, Mitt., Webera scabridens, Jaeg., Polytrichum spinu-
losum, Mitt., Plagiothecium levigatum, Schimp. MSS., Besch.,
Brachythectum Wichure, Broth.—hitherto recorded only from
Japan.

Of special interest is the appearance in Japan of Polytri-
chum contortum, Lesq., and Oligotrichum Lescurii, Mitt. (see
below, pp. 461 & 467). P. contortum has been recorded also
from British Columbia, California, Alaska, and Saghalien; and
O. Lescurii from Alaska and Kamtchatka. The distribution
of these two species furnishes evidence in favour of the view
of the continuity of land in previous times between Japan and
America by way of Saghalien or the Kurile Isles, Kamtchatka,
and the Aleutian Isles (see Asa Gray, in Mem. Amer. Acad.
Arts & Sci. vi. p. 448, 1859; and K. Miyabe, in Mem. Boston
Soe. Nat. Hist. iv. 1890, nr. 7, pp. 207, 211, 212).

Plagiothecium micans, Par., hitherto known only from North
America, has now been collected at Hongkong.

I wish to express my thanks to Mr. C. H. Wright, of Kew,
for kindly giving me information on many points.

WEISIACEA.

WEISIA vIRIDULA, Brid.—Japan : Miyanoshila, c. fr. (C. Ford,
Oct. 1890, no, 295).

450 MR. E. 8. SALMON ON

GYMNOSTOMUM INCONSPICUUM, Griff. (Pl. 17. figs. 12-18).—
China: Mt. Omei, Szechuen (Dr. E. Faber, no. 1111).

This species was originally discovered by Griffith in India (* in
rupibus madidis, Churra Punjee," Khasia), and published by him
in 1849 (Not. ii. p. 394). Up to the present time nothing more
seems to have been known aboutthe moss. Mitten when writing
the “ Musci Ind. Or." had not seen the plant, which he placed
doubtfully in the genus Hymenostylium. Subsequently, however,
Mitten saw the original specimens of Griffith’s (which were
unnamed), but, apparently overlooking their identity, appended
to them the MSS. name of Gymnostomum (Hymenostylium) tri-
quetrum, Mitt. Taese specimens (now in the Kew Herbarium)
are labelled as follows :—** On dripping rocks, Khasia Mountains,
No. 26”; “on dripping limestone rocks, Devil's Hole, Churra,
No. 843," and * Moosmai, in caves with Targionia, no. 174."
Griffith's specimens have only a very few capsules, and are
(perhaps through age) uniformly flavescent in colour ; the Chinese
examples are bright green above, and abundantly fruiting, with
capsules of a bright copper colour. @. inconspicuum shows
affinity with G. curvirostre, Hedw., from which it differs in
the more robust habit, larger, wider, more patulous leaves, not
reeurved at the margin, and in the capsules being of the colour
of those of G. aurantiacum. The following description is drawn
up from the examination of the Indian and Chinese plants.

G. INCONSPICUUM, Griff. Not. ni. p. 394 (1849).

? Hymenostylium inconspicuum, Mitt. Musci Ind. Or. in Journ.
Linn. Soc., Bot. iii. (1859), Supp. p. 33.

Gymnostomum (Hymenostylium) triquetrum, Mitt. MSS. in
Herb. Kew.

Dioicum ?, late ezspitosum, lete viride, inferne flavescens inter-
duminerustatum, caule erecto 8-10 cm. alto simplice vel plerumque
ob innovationes multoties di- raro trichotome diviso flexuoso, foliis
confertis triseriatis undique subpatulis siccitate subtortilibus e
basi ovata suberecta amplexicauli lanceolatis acuminatis concavo-
carinatis, nervo excurrente lutescente, margine plano integro,
cellulis pellucidis levibus superioribus quadratis vel irregulariter
et breviter rectangulis inferioribus elongato-rectangulis omnibus
state parietibus incrassatis interruptis, folis perichetialibus
eonformibus, paraphysibus filiformibus, capsula in pedunculo
innovando pseudolaterali erecto rubro 7-9 mill. alto gracili
levi oblonga vel obovata erecta parvula circiter 1 mill. longa

MOSSES FROM CHINA AND JAPAN. 451

aurantiaca nitente, collo indistincto siccitate subplicato instructa,
operculo longe et oblique subulato-rostrato, ealyptra cucullata
angusta paululum infra operculum desceudente.

GYMNOSTOMUM AURANTIACUM, Par, — China: Mt. Omei,
Szechuen (Dr. E. Faber, no. 1112).

DICRANACEX.

TREMATODON LONGICAULIS, Rich.—Chma: on a granite rock
near the Canton Bazaar, Hongkong, c. fr. (Dr. W. T. Alexander,
Mar. 1846, no. 16) ; Hongkong, c. fr. (C. Ford, Mar. & Nov.
1889, nos. 158, 206).

DIcRANELLA OBSCURA, Sull. 4 Lesq. (Pl. 17. figs. 21-29).—
Dioica, tenella vel elata, dense lateque czespitosa, cwespitibus molli-
bus vix sericeis luteo-viridibus, caule ereeto vel ascendente-erecto
1-3 mill. alto simplice sepe flexuoso inferne fusco- viridi, foliis
dense confertis erecto-patentibus interdum subsecundis superior-
ibus flexuosis e basi subvaginante oblonga vel obovata subulatis
canaliculatis integris vel plerumque summo apice minute et parce
dentieulatis, margine plano, nervo percurrente latiusculo, cellulis
in basis parte superiore angustis elliptico-rectangulis vel elongato-
rectangulis incrassatis, in parte inferiore latioribus, foliis peri-
chætialibus e basi longiore magis vaginante subulatis interdum
curvatis, capsula in pedunculo erecto 5-25 mill. longo tenui
flexuoso levi stramineo polymorpha, nune ovato-cylindrica
2 mill. longa erecta æquali, nune ovato-globosa 1 mill. longa
inequali, ætate plerumque plicata, brunnea sæpe sub ore
constricta annulata, annulo lato revolubili, operculo oblique
subulato-rostrato, ealyptra cucullata levi, peristomü dentibus
rubris ad medium vel ultra bifidis, cruribus pallidis papillosis,
sporis majusculis 18-22 y diam. minutissime asperulis.

Planta mascula feminea conformis, sed gracilior, simplex vel
sub flore terminali gemmiformi innovans, foliis perigonialibus
externis e basi lato vaginante subulatis, internis late ovatis subito
acuminatis, omnibus nervatis, paraphysibus numerosis filiform-
ibus.

A D. heteromalle, Schimp. formibus omnibus cellulis basis
folii superioribus angustis incrassatis, annulo lato nec non
sporis multo majoribus distineta; D. amplevanti, Mitt. et D.
divaricate, Mitt. affinis, sed foliis dense confertis longe recedens.

China: moist shady bank opposite Hongkong (Dr. W. T.
Alexander, Mar. 1845, no. 14); on the ground on a mountain-
top, Tung-zan (idem, Feb. 1846, no. 15); Hongkong (Wilford,

452 MR. E. 8. SALMON ON

no. 274) (C. Ford, 1888, 1889, 1890, nos. 16, 157, 159, 160, 202,
208, 205, 212, 273, 276, 277).

Wilson (3. p. 273), who examined Dr. Alexander's specimens,
remarked as follows :—“ Didymodon proscriptus, Hornsch. (?) var.
seta duplo vel triplo longiore. In habit this moss is a Trichosto-
mum, but the peristome is that of Dicranum. Itis closely allied to
D. longirostris." On the same specimens, and on those collected
by Wilford, Mitten has written “ Cynodontium costatum, M.,”
but this name has not been published. "The excellent specimens
which have been sent subsequently by Ford, show clearly that
the species is very variable in many characters, especially in the
degree of robustness of the stems and in the size and shape of
the eapsules. In some examples (Ford, nos. 16, 159) the stems
are very short, often under 5 mill. high, with a short ovate or
globose-ovate capsule, often more or less gibbous, wide or almost
truncate at the mouth, on a short seta; the whole plant barely
2 eent.high. In these small states, with the small inclined wide-
mouthed capsule, D. obscura much recalls in general appearanee
D. heteromalla, but may be at once distinguished by the narrow
incrassate cells at the shoulders of the more sheathing base of
the leaves, the wide annulus, and spores of nearly twice the size.
In other specimens (nos. 157, 160, 202, 203) the stems reach to
3 cent. in height, and the whole plant to 5 cent. or more,
and the capsule becomes sub-cylindric and often symmetrical,
with a narrower mouth.

Iam indebted to Mr. Mitten and Prof. W. G. Farlow for
kindly sending me authentic specimens (now in the Kew. Herb.)
of D. obscura, which enabled meto establish the identity of the
plants in the Kew Herbarium.

DICRANUM CRISPOFALCATUM, Schimp. MSS., Besch.— China:
Mount Omei, Szechuen, barren (Dr. E. Faber, no. 1109).

D. rogrronruM, Mitt.—China : Tientai Mt., 2000 ft., Prov.
Chekiang, c. fr. (Dr. E. Faber, 1889, no. 6).

Through some mistake this species is described in Journ. Linn.
Soc., Bot. iii. (1859) Supp. p. 15, as having the cells of the leaf
“haud interruptis " ; in all the specimens examined, however,
iucluding the type, the cella are porous from the base to the
apex of the leaf.

D. JAPONICUM, Mitt., var. YUNNANENSE, var. nov., foliis et
foliorum cellulis latioribus, (capsula majore (5 mill longa) `
erectiore haud arcuata.—-China: Hupeh, Kuei, on rock, c. fr.

MOSSES FROM CHINA AND JAPAN, 453

(Dr. A. Henry, July 1888, no. 6165). The larger, more erect,
only slightly curved capsule, and the leaves slightly wider
towards the base, with the cella throughout wider, seem sufficient
to mark off the present plant as a variety of D. japonicum. In
Schimper’s Herbarium there are two specimens (both barren) of
a moss from Japan (Savatier) named in Schimper’s handwriting
* Dicranum subscoparium” ; one of these belongs to the present
variety of D. japonicum, and the other appears to be a narrow-
leaved form of the same species. Paris (Index Bryolog.) refers
* Dicranum subscoparium, W. P. ch., in Savatier M. Jap.
no. 91," to D. cesium, Mitt., a species quite distinet from
JD. japonicum in the small non-porous upper cells, quadrate-
elliptie or shortly reetangular in shape, and asperous at the back,
and in the peculiar irregularly thickened (bistratose) margin,
with frequently a double row of serratures, of the upper part of
the leaf.

In the Kew Herbarium there is a moss named “ Dieranum
japonicum, Geheeb, sp. nova! (Folia perichextialia arcte longe
convoluta longe loriforme acuminata serrulata)," from Japan
(Dickins, no. 1429). This is identical with D. japonicum, Mitt.

CAMPILOPUS Dozranus, Jaeg.—China: Hongkong (barren
and 9) (C. Ford, Oct. 1889, no. 216). This species has not
apparently been hitherto recorded from China. The Hong-
kong plant agrees better, in possessing rather long hyaline leaf-
points and in the nerve being lamelligerous at the back (often
quite similar in this respect to C. polytrichoides, De Not.), with
C. Dozyanus than with the closely allied C. nigrescens, Jaeg.
Sande Laeoste (6) has recordei the present species from Japan,
and specimens in the Kew Herbarium labelled “ Japonia (leg.
Textor) ” agree exactly with the Hongkong ones.

LEUCOBRYACEE.

I am indebted to Dr. J. Cardot for the following determi-
nations :—

LEUCOBRYUM LUTSCHIANUM, C. Müll. MSS.—China: Hong-
kong (C. Ford, June 1888, no. 17).

L. Wrcnuvnz, Broth—On Pinus sylvestris ?, Simodo, Japan
(Oldham, Sept. 1861, no. 281). This is probably the mo:s
recorded by Mitten (7) under the name of “ Schistomitrium
Gardnerianum, Mitt. On pine-trees, Nagasaki, Japan (Oldham)."

LINN. JOURN. — BOTANY, VOL. XXXIV. 2r

451 MR. E. 8. SALMON ON

LEUCOBRYTM SCABERULUM, Cardot, sp. nov.—Hongkong (C.
Ford, Oct. 1889, no. 222).

L. SALMONT, Cardof, sp. nov.—China: Lo Fau Shan, Prov.
Kwangtung, 900 ft. (Comm. Hort. Bot. H«ngkong, Aug. 1883,
no. 81).

TissIDENTACEX.

Fisstpens DECIPIENS, De Not.— China: moist shaded rock,
Sam-sa Bay, c. fr. (W. T. Alexander, Mar. 1846, no. 10) (re-
corded as F. adiantoides by Wilson (3)); on stone, Szechuen,
N. Wushan, c. fr. (Dr. A. Henry, Sept. 1888, no. 7055).

F. adiantoides, var. Savatieri, Besch. (18. p. 335, & 21. p. 289)
(F. Savatieri, Schimp. MSS.), from Japan, appears, from an
examination of Schimper’s specimens, to be identical with
F. decipiens.

F. NOBILIS, Grif.—China: Hongkong (C. Ford, Sept. 1889,
no. 200).

F'issrpENS sp.—China: Hongkong (C. Ford, Nov. 1889, no. 204).
This is possibly F. inerassatus, Bull, & Lesq. (5), but the d2-
seription given is too incomplete to enable the certain identifi-
cation.

DITRICHACEE.

DITRICHUM PALLIDUM, Hoppe.—Japan (Textor); Tsus Sima
(Wilford, May 1859); Nagasaki (Oldham); “prope Yoko-
hama (?) (V. Dickins, 1876) " (named Lept. Boryanum, C. Müll.,
by Geheeb). China: “ on trees, Chekiang ( Fortune, June 1854)”
(named Z. Boryanum, C. Müll, by Mitten). The present
species can be distinguished from L. Boryanum by the nou-
incrassate leaf-cells (see C. Müll. Syn. 1. p. 451).

SYRRHOPODONTACE E.

CALYMPERES Fonnt, Besch.—China: Hongkong (C. Ford,
Oct. 1889, no. 208). The name was kindly confirmed by
M. Bescherelle.

TORTULACER.

BARBULA UNGUICULATA, Hedw—China: Hongkong (C. Ford,
no. 19). Apparently not hitherto recorded from China.

MOSSES FROM CHINA AND JAPAN. 455

TRICHOSTOMUM ORIENTALE, O. Müll. (Tortula indica, Hook.).
— China : Hongkong, c. fr. (C. Ford, Aug. & Nov. 1889, nos.
207, 209).—These Chinese specimens frequently bear. stalked
multicellular gemma, borne in dense clusters on the stem in
the axils of the leaves, and I have found the same to occur
in Ceylon examples of the species (Herb. Ind. Or. Hook. fil. &
Thomson, no. 162). The moss described by Bescherelle (19.
p. 81) as a new species, under the name of Barbula scleromitra,
from Tonkin, appears from the deseription to be very close
to the present species. Bescherelle says of his species: * Cette
mousse diffère du Tortula indica, Hook. .... par l'inflorescence
et la verrucosité des coiffes et des feuilles... . . La coiffe est
scabre dés la base, un peu plus fortement tuberculeuse vers
le sommet." The calyptra of Trichostomum orientale was de-
scribed and figured as smooth by Sehwaegriehen (Hedw. Sp.
Muse. Frond., Supp. i. sect. 1, p. 143, tab. xxxvi.); subsequent
authors, as far as I can find, have not mentioned the point,
although both Hooker (Muse. Exot. ii. tab. 135. fig. 5) and
Dozy and Molkenboer (Bryol. Jav. tab. 81. fig. 19) figure the
calyptra as smooth. In all the specimens of T. orientale (with
young fruit) in the Kew Herbarium, however, the calyptra is
rough in the manner described above for * B. scleromitra.”
The upper leaf-cells are minutely papillose on both sides, and
the nerve is very rough at back. There is a moss in the Kew
Herbarium from Tai-wan, Formosa (G. W. Playfair, Jan. 1889),
determined by Brotherus as 7. orientale. This is barren and
young, but agrees well with the species. T. orientale has not
hitherto been recorded from China or Japan.

GRIMMIACEX.

RHACOMITRIUM FASCICULARE, Brid—Japan: Kobe (C. Ford,
Nov. 1890, no. 290).—These specimens differ from the usual
form of the species in the stems having fewer branches,
and in the leaves being longer and narrower above, and fre-
quently denticulate at the apex; but, as Mitten (8) has already
remarked, the differences are too slight to justify the separation
in any way of the Japanese plant.

PrycHOMITRIUM MICROCARPUM, Par.—Manchuria: M. Teien
Mts., c. fr. (Dr. E. Faber, May 1891, no. 1507). Only known
hitherto from the Prov. Schen-Si, China. To Müller's (11 & 13)

212

456 MR. E. 8S. SALMON ON

deseription of the species may be added: “ leaves bistratose in
the upper half, cells not incrassate, smooth.”

PrycnourrRtU M Favrtet, Besch.—Japan: Arima(J. H. Maiden,
Oct. 1885, no. 71). M. Bescherelle kindly determined the plant.

It may be observed that in the key to the Japanese species of
Ptychomitrium which M. Bescherelle (21) gives, P. Fauriei is
separated from P. sinense, Jaeg., by possessing leaves “ dentieulées,
à dents courtes," P. sinense having leaves " trés entières” In
the Arima specimens, however, as well as in other examples of
P. Fauriei (now in the Kew Herb.) kindly sent to me by M. Bes-
cherelle, the leaves are frequently quite entire. A safer distinction
between these two species (whieh are often identical iu habit) is
found in the shape and areolation of the leaf. In P. sinense the
leaves are much broader, always triangular in outline, with 2
broad upper part, which is not or scarcely cucullate, and the
cells are distinctly larger, averaging 10 p; in P. Fauriei the
leaves are long and narrow in the upper part and strongly
cueullate, with the cella averaging 7 p.

P. POLYPHYLLOIDES, Par.—China : glen near Ichang, c. fr.
(Dr. A. Henry, Feb. 1888, no. 7913); Hupeh: Changyang
(idem, Mar. 1889, no. 7482).

C. Müller (11), in comparing the present species with P. poly-
phyllum (Dicks.), Bry. Eur., deseribes the leaves as “ minutius
areolata” ; but the cells are in reality slightly larger (and less
inerassate). The basal cells of the present species differ in
not being inerassate, and the limb of the leaf is wider and
irregularly bistratose. In the original diagnosis the capsules are
described as * brevissime pedicellata ”, but in some specimens
determined by Müller in the Kew Herbarium (Bryoth. E. Levier,
no. 1525 b) the seta is often 5-7 mill. long, and in Dr. Henry’s
speeimens it reaches to over 10 mill.

HzpwIGIA CILIATA, Ehrh., var. VIRIDIS, Bry. Eur.—China:
on rocks at Pih-quan, c. fr. (Dr. W. T. Alexander, Feb. 1846,
no. 3); rocks in the mountains, Chusan (idem, Jan. 1816, no. 4);
city-wall, Ningpo (Oldham, 1861) Japan: c. fr. (Textor)
(Diekins, no. 77) (Moseley, * Challenger ' Expedition, 1875) ;
rocks, Nagasaki (Oldham, no. 513).

This variety appears to be not uneommon in China and Japan,
although it does not seem to have been hitherto recorded from
Asia.

MOSSES FROM CHINA AND JAPAN. 457

ORTHOTRICHACEF.

ORTHOTRICAUM HOOKERI, Mitt. — China: Tongolo, Prov.
Szcchuen, on bamboo, c. fr. (J. A. Soulié, 1893).

A small form, with shorter setz than usual, but quite agreeing
in all other characters. The stomata of the capsule are super-
ficial in this species.

MACROMITRIUM JAPONICUM, Dozy d Molkenb.—China: on
rocks, large stones, and on the trunks of trees, Chusan, c. fr.
(Dr. W. T. Alexander, Jan. 181€, no. 19): Tsus Sima, c. fr.
(Wilferd, no. 887). Formosa, c. fr. (Oldham).

FUNARTACEE.

FUNARIA HYGROMETRICA, Hedw.—China: Omei, c. fr. (Dr.
E. Faber, Dec. 1887); Hongkong, e fr. (C. Ford, Dec. 188%
nos. 149, 210).

PHYscoMITRIUM JAPONICUM, JMift.— China: moist shady
bank opposite Hongkong, Chusan, c. fr. (Dr. W. T. Alexander,
1846, no. 2); Hongkong, c. fr. (C. Ford, no. 150).

Dr. Alexander's specimens were referred to P. acuminatum,
Bruch & Schimp., by Wilson (3), but that species differs in the
shorter, broader leaves, with a much less defined border, and
usually less percurrent nerve.

BrYacEz.

WEBERA SCABRIDENS, Jaeg.—China: Tientai Mt., 2000 ft.,
Prov. Chekiang (Dr. E. Faber, 1889, no. 8). Known hitherto
only from Japan.

Bryum ($ RHODOBRYUM) GIGANTEUM, Hook.—China: Tientai
Mt., 3000 ft., Prov. Chekiang (Dr. E. Faber, 1889, no. 5 bis);
Hupeh, Fang, mountain, 7000-9500 ft. (Dr. A. Henry, Aug.
1888, no. 6796); West Szechuen and Tibetan Frontier, chiefly
near Tachienlu, at 9000-13,500 ft. (A. E. Pratt, no. 801). Japan:
Miyanoshita (C. Ford, Oct. 1890, no. 292).

Very fine examples of the species, although all barren.
Some of the specimens (e.g. nos. 5 bis, 292, 801) are of a far
larger size than that ever attained by B. roseum, Schreb.,
the leaves often measuring over 2 centimetres long. The
species seems to have been much confused with B. roseum:
in the Kew Herbarium there are two specimens from Japan

458 MR. E. 8. SALMON ON

(Dickins) named “ B. roseum” by Mitten; these, however, both
belong to Bryum giganteum. Mitten (8) remarks that B. roseum
is reported by Dozy and Molkenboer from Japan, “and also
mentioned by Sande-Lacoste as B. giganteum, Hook.” It seems
to me, however, more probable that the * B. roseum” of the
first-named authors was B. giganteum. As the two species are
frequently barren, and as they often occur of the same size, it
may be worth while to point out another distinguishing character
of the leaves besides that of the difference in the marginal teeth
given by Müller (Syn. 1. 247-248). This is found in the nerve-
structure of the leaves; in B. giganteum a transverse section of
the nerve shows, towards the centre, a varying number of very
thin-walled cells (* begleiter "-cells), and an entire absence
througbout the nerve of any thick-walled cells; in B. roseum the
fewer " begleiter ”-cells are always accompanied by a group or
groups of thick-walled *' stereid "-cells.

BRYUM PSEUDO-TRIQUETRUM, Hedw.—China: Szechuen, c. fr.
(Dr. A. Henry, May 1888, no. 5593). A form with the nerve
more excurrent than usual.

MsriACEX.

MNIUM ORTHORRHYNCHUM, Bry. Eur.—China: Tientai Mts.,
2000 ft., Prov. Chekiang, c. fr. & d (Dr. E. Faber, 1889, nos. 3,
19).

M. succuLextum, Mitt—Japan (Moseley, * Challenger ’
Expedit., April-May, 1875).

These specimens were so named by Mitten, and are identical
with Indian examples of the species. They are not, however,
mentioned by Mitten (8) in his account of the Mosses of Japan,
and the species has bitherto been recorded only from India, and
doubtfully from Java.

M. Trıcnomanes, Mitt.—Manchuria: M. Tsien Mts. (Dr. E.
Faber, no. 1509); Nank'ang-fu, Kiukiang (Miss Reid).

M. DECRESCENS, Schimp. MSS., Besch.—The plant described
under this name by Bescherelle (18. p. 344) is labelled “ W. de-
currens, Schpr." in Schimper's Herbarium at Kew.

M. cunvvrtvM, C. AMüll.Chira: on stone, Hupeh, Fang
(Dr. A. Henry, Sept., no. 6933).
The plants agree perfectly with authentie examples of this

MOSSES FROM CHINA AND JAPAN, 459

species in the Kew Herbarium (Bryoth. E. Levier, nos. 915,
2137) in habit, areolation, &e., but the leaves are slightly more
obtuse, and their teeth fewer. As, however, species of Unium
are well kuown to be variable in the degree ot obtuseness and
amount of serration of the leaf, it seems quite safe to consider
Dr. Heury’s plant a form of the species. M. arcuatum, Broth.,
from Japan (22) is evidently very close to JL curvulum, but, in
the few stems that I have seen, the areolation of the leaves is
slightly larger and the perichetial bracts different. It seems
extiemely probable, however, that M. curvulum, C. Müll., is not
distinct from M. immarginatum, Lindb. MSS. Broth. Enum.
Muse. Caucas. p. 12 (1892), from the Caucasus. The habit, shape,
areolation, &c. of the leaves are identical ; and although Lindberg
describes the stem of JM. immarginatum (of which only barren
and female plants are known) as “simplex,” while Miiller (11)
says of his species “ caulis fertilis apice in ramulos paucos per-
breves fasciculatim divisus," it is possible that the branching
described for M. eurculum is caused by innovations subsequently
arising beneath the perichzetium. The capsules of the fruiting
specimens of AZ. curvulum described by Müller were deoperculate ;
in Dr. Henry's specimens a single capsule with a conical-obtuse
lid was present.

BA RTRAMIACE E.

BARTRAMIA POMIFORMIS, Hedw., var. CRISPA, Bry. Eur.—
China: Tsus Sima, c. fr. (Wilford, May 1859, no. 890) ; Tientai
Mt., 2000 ft., Prov. Chekiang, c. fr. (Dr. E. Faber, 1889, no. 4).

There is a moss in Schimper's herbarium named “ Bartramia
crispata, Schpr.” ; this has been described as a distinct species,
under this name, by Bescherelle (18. p. 348), with the de-
scription :—“ Monoica, B. pomiformi var. crispa simillima, foliis
tamen paulo longioribus, margine supra basin leniter revolutis,
dentibus acutioribus geminatis diversa." I have failed, however,
to find any characters separating this moss from the var. crispa of
B. pomiformis, which shows the revolution of the margin and the
serration in two rows here given as characters of * B. crispata."

B. HALLERIANA, Zedw.—China: North Wushan, on rocks,
6000-8000 ft. (Dr. A. Henry, Sept. 1888, no. 7151); Tibet,
Yatung, 27? 51' N., 88° 35' E., e. fr. (H. E. Hobson, 1897).

PaiLoNorIS socra, Mit/.— Besides the original specimens from
Nagasaki, Japan, there are examples referred to this species by

460 MR. E. 8. SALMON ON

Mitten, in the Kew Herbarium, from Tsus Sima, China (Wilford,
May 1859).

PHILONOTIS PALUSTRIS, Mttt.—In the original diagnosis Mitten
(7) describes the species as “Monocica... flore masculo peri-
chetio proxima," but through some error of printing the remark
follows ** The male flower has not been seen." Examination of
the type shows the male flower to be terminal on a short special
branch near the perichetium ; the perigonial bracts are lanceolate
acuminate from an ovate-oblong sheathing base, with the nerve
longly excurrent, paraphyses numerous, filiform or slightly en-
larged upwards. There are examples of the species, named by
Mitten, in the Kew Herbarium, from Formosa (Oldham) and
Japan (Moseley, * Challenger’ Expedit.).

It seems possible that the moss lately described by Bescherelle
(18) as Philonotula Savatieriana may be the same as the present
species. Bescherelle says of his species, “ Cette mousse parait se
rapprocher davantage du P. palustris, Mitt.,... la nervure foliaire
dentée, papilleuse, les feuilles caulinaires dressées, les raméales
non carénées du P. Savatieriana distinguent suffisamment cette
espèce du P. palustris." In Mitten's type specimens, however,
the cauline leaves are only slightly secund, the branch-leaves
(except in the strongest branches) hardly keeled, and the nerve
of the leaf is decidedly rough with minute scattered points.

POLYTRICHACES.

Arricuum OBTUSULUM, C. Müll.—China: side of bank, moun-
tain, 6000 ft., Szechuen, S. Wushan, c. fr. (Dr. A. Henry, June
1888, no. 5888 partim) ; Hupeh, Fang, c. fr. (idem, Sept. 1888,
no. 7482 a). An interesting occurrence, the species being
hitherto known only from the Himalayas.

POLYTRICHUM ($ PoaosATUM) THELICARPUM, C. Müll. in Nuor.
Giorn. Bot. Ital. ii. p. 94 (1896), from Prov. Schen-Si, China,
is, aecording to authentie specimens, determined by Müller
(Bryoth. E. Levier, nos. 905, 1048), identieal with P. urnigerum,
Beauv.

P. GYMNOPHYLLUM, Mitf.—China: Yunnan, 8. of Red River
from Manmer (mountain forest), c. fr. (Dr. A. Henry, no. 10347).
An interesting addition to the Chinese Flora. The species has

MOSSES FROM CHINA AND JAPAN. 461

hitherto been known only from India (Sikhim, Khasia, Manipur)
and Lower Burma (Moulmein). Mitten (Journ. Linn. Soc. iii.
(1859) Supp. p. 153) describes the stem-leaves as being without
lamelle, but in many leaves, more especially in the case of the
Chinese examples, there are a few low ridges on the ventral surface
of the nerve, which evidently represent lamelle (see Pl. 17. fig. 19).

POLYTRICHUM GRANDIFOLIUM, Lindb.—Japan: Nippon (leg.
Savatier) (in Schimper’s Herbarium under the name P. fastigiatum,
Mitt.). The specimen agrees perfectly with Lindberg's description
of the species, and with the specimens recorded by Mitten (8),
collected by Bisset in Japan.

The species is evidently closely allied to P. fastigiatum, Mitt.,
from the Himalayas, but differs in the translucent narrower border
of the lamina, the narrower longer cells of the base, aud
the verruculose terminal cells of the lamelle. In P. fastigiatum
the margin of the lamelle is sometimes formed of two cells,
as in P. grandifolium (see Pl. 17. figs. 42-45), but the cells are
quite smooth. In P. grandifolium the lamellæ have occasionally
an unthickened margin (see figs. 43, 46), but this is much more
frequently the case in P. fastigiatum, which, in fact, serves to
connect the two divisions A and B of Lindberg's classifieation
(Observat. de form. pres. europ. Polytrich. pp. 98, 99).

P. contortuM, Lesq.

In 1860 Sullivant and Lesquereux (5) described a moss under
the name of Pogonatum japonicum from “mountains north-east
of Hakodadi, Japan.” In the Kew Herbarium there are two speci-
mens named “ P. japonicum ’’—one labelled “ Japonia (Textor),"
the other * Yezo, Mt. Luwozen, Aug. 1893, leg. Miyabe, com.
Brotherus." Both these specimens agree perfectly with P. con-
tortum; and in the original diagnosis of P. japonicum the
characters given are those of P. contortum.

Brotherus (22) records the above-named plant from Yezo as
P. japonicum, and refers to the same species examples from Fuji-
no-yama (no. 47) and Chickibu (no. 24), collected by Mayr in
1890. "These two latter specimens were sent to Kew in 1891 by
Brotherus as P. contortum, so that it appears that this author
has only lately regarded the Japanese plant as a distinct species.
I feel convinced, however, that P. japonicum is identical with
P. contortum ; and it may be observed that the characteristic bi-
stratose margin of the lamina (see Sulliv. Ie. Musc. Supp. tab. 42.

462 MR. E. 8. SALMON ON

fig. 6) is well marked in the Japanese examples. Polytrichum
contortum has hitherto been recorded from British Columbia,
California, and Alaska, and in Asia from Dui, Saghalien.

POLYTRICHUM SPINULOSUM, Afitt—China: Tientai Mt., 3000
ft., Prov. Chekiang (Dr. E. Faber, 1889, no. 20). New to China ;
originally recorded from Japan (Nagasaki), and there are other
Japanese specimens in the Kew Herbarium from Miyanoshita
(C. Ford, 1890, no. 297), also from Yokoska, Nippon (Savatier,
1878, in Schimper’s Herbarium under the MSS. name of
Pogonatum acaule, Schimp.).

The leaves of this interesting species are entirely without
lamellae. Mitten (7) considers the plant nearest to P. Gardneri,
Jaeg. of South Ameriea, and in habit, shape and areolation
of the leaves the two species certainly show affinity ; it may be
observed, also, that in some leaves of P. Gardneri the lamellæ
become very low or even obsolete. Even closer, however, to
P. spinulosum is P. abbreviatum, Mitt., another S. American
species, as in this moss some leaves are quite destitute of lamelle.
Although P. spinulosum is thus evidently too closely allied to
other species to be placed in even a separate section of the genus,
on the other hand it tends, by the total absence of lamelle, to
approach the genus Rhacelopus, which seems, however, distinct
in the different type of areolation and in the rough seta.

The plant described as a new species, under the name of Pogo-
natum pellucens, by Bescheielle (18. p. 351), is the present species.
Bescherelle remarks: “ D’après la diagnose qu'en donne l'auteur,
notre mousse aurait de grandes affinités avec le P. spinulosum
Mitt. de Nagasaki; les feuilles rigides non incurvées, entiéres de
la base à la partie cuspidée et non dense spinuloso-dentata, Yen
éloignent suffisamment." Mitten’s description of the leaves as
“‘spinuloso-dentata” applies more especially to the minute lower-
most leaves, the margin of which is irregularly cut to below the
middle; the upper leaves are entire from the base to near the
euspidate apex, where the margin as wellas the excurrent nerve
become spinulosely dentate.

P. CONVOLUTUM, L., var. CIRRATUM, C. Müll .—China: Lo
Fau Shan, c. fr. (C. Ford, Aug. 1883, no. 82).

In some examples of this species from Java, in Schimper’s
Herbarium, the leaves have a serrate base, and the capsule is

papillose (see Dozy & Molkenb. Bryol. Jav. p. 44, tab. 34. figs. 14,

MOSSES FROM CHINA AND JAPAN. 463

17), and in these specimens the lamelle are only one cell high.
The Chinese specimens have an entire margin to the leaf-base, the
capsule is smooth, and the lamell in section are composed of two
cells. In examples, however, from Sumatra, Philippines, &c., the
same characters occur as in the Chinese plant; and ina form from
Sumatra we find leaves with an entire base, yet with lamelle
only one cell high. Lindberg (Observat. de form. pres. europ.
Polytrich. p. 103) remarks of P. cirratum, * Lamelle humillime,
fere inconspicua, a singula vel duabus cellulis formate.”

PoLyTRICHUM ALOIDES, Beauv.—China: Lo Fau Shan, 3100 ft.,
c. fr. (C. Ford, Aug. 1883, no. 15) ; Tientai Mt., 2500 & 3000 ft.,
Prov. Chekiang, c. fr. (Dr. E. Faber, 1889, nos. 10, 26) ; Ku-ling
(Miss Reid).

In examining these Chinese specimens of P. aloides, I was
surprised to find that the terminal cell of the lamell: (as seen in
transverse section) was grooved. In European examples of the
species the terminal cell is, as is well known, similar in shape and
size to the other cells of the lamella. In specimens from India,
however, where the species appears to be not uncommon, the
terminal cell nearly always shows a slight depression in the centre,
although this peculiarity is not so strongly marked as in Chinese
and Japanese examples, In Japan we have a supposed endemic
species of Lindberg’s, P. inflexum, which is very closely allied to,
if, indeed, it is distinct from, this form of P. aloides with
the grooved lamella. P. nipponense, Schimp. MSS. in Herb.
(Yokoska, Nippon, Savatier, 1878), and also P. Oldhami, Schimp.
MSS. in Herb. Kew (*Japonia, Nagasaka (Oldham) Hooker,
153”) belong to the same form of P. aloides. P. yunnanense,
Besch. (17. p. 69), which is described as with “Jamellis in
sectione transversali margine bifidis," seems from the description
very close to this Asiatic form of P. aloides.

P. ($ POGONATUM) TORTIPES, Mitt. (Pl. 17. figs. 1-9.)

Dioicum, cwspitosum, juniperoideum ; caule 1-2 cent. alto
simplice inferne nudo, foliis caulinis dense confertis patentibus
rigidis siccitate plus minus tortis e basi late ovata vel subcordata
integra vaginante circiter 1 mill. longa in laminam lanceolatam
obtusato- vel abrupto-mucronatam apice dorso levem 3-4 mill.
longam productis, lamellis (ab uno strato cellularum (4-6) com-
positis, cellula marginali levi paullo incrassata rectangulari szpe
indistincte medio impressa) densissime pcsitis omnino fere obtectis,

464 MR. E. 8. SALMON ON

lamine margine angustissimo sæpe ineurvo e medio ad summum
apicem irregulariter serrato, basis cellulis inferioribus rectangu-
laribus, diametro 2-3plo longioribus, superioribus ad angulos et in
partein laminam transeunte laxis 20-30 u latis plus minus quadratis
vel subhexagonis parum inerassatis, lamine cellulis 20-30 y latis
hexagonis vel subhexagonis, foliis perichzetialibus externis parvulis
e basi lato erecto in laminam brevem triangularem cuspidatam
productis, interioribus erecto-patentibus siccitate incurvis vel
tortuoso-incurvis foliis caulinis angustioribus multo longioribus
(circiter 10 mill) e basi erecto vaginante 4-5 mill. longo in
laminam angustam lineari-lanceolatam produetis, margine magis
incurvo, dentibus sepe obsolescentibus, interdum fructibus binatis,
capsula in pedunculo 2-3 cent. alto erecto levi siccitate sinistror-
sum superne torto ovali-cylindrica plus minus inclinata sspe
ingquali tereti ubique grosse papillosa sub ore haud constricta,
dentibus 32 brevibus, membrana basilari humili, columella
quadrialata, sporis levibus 20-24 diam.

Planta mascula 1-14 cent. alta, caule interdum e flore masculo
proliferente, foliis perigonialibus late obovatis concavis breviter et
abrupte acuminatis, cellulis laxis, lamellis obsoletis vel nullis,
paraphysibus filiformibus.

China: “ West Szechuen and Tibetan Frontier, chiefly near
Tachienlu, at 9000-13,500 ft." (A. E. Pratt, no. 758).

Hitherto known only from Sikkim.

POLYTRICHUM COMMUNE, Linn.—China: Hupeh, S. Patung,
c. fr., form with the margin of the lamina more or less ineurved (Dr.
E. Faber, no. 7408); Tientai Mt., 3560 ft., Prov. Chekiang, c. fr.
(idem, 1889, nos. 11, 17) ; on ground in wood, Hupeh, Chienshih,
c. fr. (Dr. A. Henry, 1888, no. 5817).

ÖLIGOTRICHUM LESCURIT, Mitt.

This species, recorded by Mitten (8) from Japan (Nantaizan,
Bisset), was origiually found by Kellogg in Alaska, and deseribed
by James (Bull. Torrey Bot. Club, vi. 1875, p. 83) as Atrichum
Lescurit. Hitherto Alaska and Japan have been the only locali-
ties known for the plant; I find, however, from specimens in the
Kew Herbarium, that the barren moss from Kamtchatka, which
in Hooker and Arnott's Bot. of Beechey's Voyage, p. 119 (1841),
is referred doubtfully to Polytrichum contortum, really belongs
to O. Lescurii. This occurrence of the species in the inter-
mediate station of Kamtchatka is very interesting, as helping
to explain the present geograph‘cal distribution of the species.

MOSSES FROM CHINA AND JAPAN. 465

Other species, at present occurring only inJapan and America,
may have previously existed in a connecting belt of laud, now
represented by the Kurile Isles, Kamtchatka, and the Aleutian
Isles.

The generic position of Oligotrichum Lescurii still remains,
perhaps, a little doubtful. James in referring it to Atrichum,
remarked :—“The capsule is very short, ovate, with a wide
mouth; the peristome and operculum wanting; a loose calyptra
of the genus was found." Mitten (8) says “ The capsule is, when
empty, turbinate; the calyptra is small, smooth and shining. 1t
has no resemblance to any species of Atrichum.” The leaves are
remarkable in possessing a few, long, narrow flexuose cilia, some-
times composed of as many as ten cells, on either side at the
shoulder of the sheathing base, and also for the bistratose lamina
with mamillate cells (see Pl. 17. fig. 20). This type of leaf is
anomalous for botb Atrichum and Oligotrichum, and is most nearly
approached in certain species of Polytrichum, from which genus,
however, the glabrous calyptra and the position aud structure
of the lamelle separate the present plant.

EnPonIACEF.

VENTURIELLA SINENSIS, C. Müll.—(Erpodium sinense, Venturi,
in Rabenh. Bryoth. Europ. no. 1211, 1873.)

The moss described from Japan (on bark, ‘ Challenger’ Ex-
pedition) by Mitten in 1886 (Journ. Linn. Soc. (Bot.) xxii. 314),
as à peristomate species of Erpodium, under the name of E
japonicum, is, I consider, the same as F. sinensis. Brotherus (22),
however, speaking of Mitten’s plant as Venturiella japonica
(Mitt.), says: * Species H. sinensi (Vent.) C. Müll. simillima, sed
statura minore, peristomii dentibus Jatioribus pallidioribus
sporisque minoribus dignoscenda.” I cannot find, however, any
differenee in habit or in the peristome of the Chinese and the
Japanese plant; in the specimens of the former which I have
examined the spores measure 20-30 u, in the latter 20-28 p.
It may be noted that Müller, in the diagnosis of the genus
Venturiella given in his recent work on Chinese mosses (12),
describes the peristome-teeth as “per paria approximata; ”
although in this author's previous description, in * Linnea’ (10),
the teeth are spoken of as “regular.” In boththe Chinese and
Japanese examples that I have seen the 16 teeth are equidistant,
as represented in Mitten's drawing (8. pl. li. figs. 19, 20).

466 MR. E. 8. SALMON ON

H YPOPTERYGIACEÆ.

HYPOPTERYGIUM Faurier, Besch.—Japan: Kobe (C. Ford,
Noy. 1890, no. 283).

In Bescherelle's (18) diagnosis of the species the nerve of the
* folia stipuliformia ” is described as “ad $ producta" and as
“ disparaissant bien au-dessous de la partie rétrécie." In Ford's
specimens the nerve is nearly always excurrent, and forms the
cuspidate point of the leaf, although very rarely it vanishes at
the base of the point. In an authentic specimen of H. Fauriei,
however, kindly sent to me by M. Bescherelle, the nerve is
similarly variable. Mitten (7. p. 156) reports the same kind of
variation in H. japonicum. Only barren examples of H. Fauriei
have hitherto been known; Ford’s specimens are in fruit (with
deopereulate capsules) and show the following characters :—
fructibus aggregatis (2-3), eapsula in peduneulo longo (2-34
cent.) flexuoso ruberrimo levi vel summo apice sublevi turgide
vel late oblonga (2-21 mill. longa, 1j mill. lata) horizontali
nutanteve subito in pedunculum contracta, peristomio normali,
sporis parvulis 11-13 diam. levibus.

NECKERACES.

LEUCODON DENTICULATUS, Broth. MSS.—China: Kiukiang
(Miss Reid). Agrees with specimens so named by C, Miiller
(Bryoth. E. Levier, no. 1491).

(EDICLADIUM SINICUM, Afitt—Japan: Kobe (C. Ford, Nov.
1890, no. 284). Hitherto kown only from the single locality Tsus
Sima (Wilford). The calyptra of this species is cucullate, narrow,
smooth, and reaches to a little below the base of the capsule ;
the operculum is rostrate.

CLIMACIUM JAPONICUM, Lindb.—China: Lao-yeh Ling, and
other hills near Mukden (H. E. M. James, May-Aug. 1886);
Hupeb, Chienshih (Dr. A. Henry, June 1889, no. 5934); Sze-
ehuen, N. Wushan (idem, Sept. 1889, no. 7059); Tientai Mt.,
3000 ft., Prov. Chekiang (Dr. E. Faber, 1889, no. 5).

C. japonicum is only very briefly described by Lindberg (9.
pp. 232,249), and no description of the leavesis given. The nerve
of the branch-leaves has on the dorsal surface several (2-6) teeth
at its apex (in this respect recalling C. ruthenicum, Lindb., see

MOSSES FROM CHINA AND JAPAN. 407

Sulliv. Ie. Musc. Supp. t. 58. figs. 5, 6); and by this character the
plant is at once distinguished from Climacium americanum, Brid.,
and also from C. dendroides, Weber & Mohr. In Schimper's
herbarium at Kew there is an unnamed species of Climacium
labelled “Java, Junio 1844.” This is C. japonicum, and is
interesting as extending the geographical range of the species.

CLIMACIUM DENDROIDES, Weber d Mohr.—Japan (V. Dickins,
no. 1424).

PTEROBRYUM ArBUSCULA, Mitf.— Japan: Kobe(C. Ford, Nor.
1890, no. 287).

METEORIUM PENSILE, Mitt.— Japan: Arima (J. H. Maiden,
Oct. 1885, no. 63).

PAPILLARIA ATRATA (syn. Trachypus atratus, Mitt.).—China :
Ningpo Mts., Prov. Chekiang (Dr. E. Faber, 1889, no. 22).

This species has been recorded hitherto only from India and
Ceylon; the Chinese plant has slightly narrower leaves, 'and
those of the branches have slightly longer points and are less
cordate at the base. Mitten (in Journ. Linn. Soc., Bot. iii. (1859)
Supp. p. 129) describes the species as with smooth cells, but in the
original specimens from India and Ceylon, as in the Chinese
examples, the stem- and branch-leaves are papillose with a single
papilla placed in the centre of the face of each cell.

Pororricnum Makinor, Broth., forma.—Ape's Hill, side of
cliff, Formosa (Dr. A. Henry, no. 1841) Determined by
Dr. Brotherus.

HoMALIA GLOSSOPHYLLA, Jaeg.—China: Yunnan, Szemao,
S.E. forests, 4000 ft. on rock (Dr. A. Herry, no. 12812);

Ape's Hill, summit, on rock in dark places, Formosa (idem.
nos. 717, 752, 1931, 2023).

STEREODONTACE X.

ECTROPOTHECIUM PERRETICULATUM, Broth. MSS.—China :
Hongkong (C. Ford, Dec. 1839, no. 218).

Dr. Brotherus reported: * I have examined this moss and found
it to be quite identical with E. perreticulatum, Broth., a species
found in the Liu Kiu Islands, but which I have not yet
described."

468 MR. E. 8$. SALMON ON

ECTROPOTHECIUM INFLECTENS, Jaeg.— China: Hong-kong (C.
Ford, 1890, nos. 214, 279). The inflorescence in this species
is autoicous.

ENTODON NANOCARPUS, C. Müll.—China: Chefoo Mts., Prov.
Shantung (Dr. E. Faber, 1889, no. 13). Capsule slightly wider
aud seta longer (10-14 mill) than in the original examples of
the species from Sehen-Si, in which the seta is about 10 mill.
long.

E. saponicus, C. Müll.—Japan: Nikko (C. Ford, Oct. 1890,
no. 291).

PLAGIOTHECIUM LEVIGATUM, Schimp. MSS., Besch.—China:
Shanghai, e. fr. Jan. 1861 (coliected probably by Dr. A. C.
Maingay).

This species was described by Bescherelle (18) from Japanese
specimens without fruit, collected by Dr. Savatier. In the set of
Savatier's mosses in Schimper's herbarium at Kew the specimens
have, like the Chinese ones, a few old capsules.

The following characters may be added to Bescherelle's diagno-
sis:—Autoicum; floribus masculis gemmiformibus prope femineos
positis, foliis perigonialibus ovatis aeutis concavis, paraphysibus
paucis, foliis perichetialibus exterioribus late ovato-acuminatis,
interioribus oblongo-lanceolatis erecto-convolutis longe acumi-
natis, omnibus integris vel apicem versus minutissime et remote
crenulatis, capsula in peduneulo brevi (5 mill.) erecto levi rubro
ovato-cylindrica erecta vel inclinata 13-2 mill. longa annulata,
annulo e cellularum seriebus nonnullis composito.

In the Japanese example the capsule is 13 mill. long; the
Chinese specimen represents a robust form of the species, with
the capsule 2 mill. long.

P. SILESIACUM, Bry. Eur.—Japan: Kobe (C. Ford, Nov.
1890, no. 259).

P. sUBPINNATUM, sp. nov. (Pl. 17. figs. 10, 11.)

Robustum, laxe cespitosum, olivaceo-viride; caule repente
elongato parum flexuoso plus minus pinnatim ramoso, ramis
patentibus vel patulis complanatis simplicibus approximatis vel
1emotioribus 1-3 cent. longis, foliis caulinis approximatis patulis
subdistichis siccitate vix mutatis ovato-oblongis late brevi-
terque acuminatis sepe obtusiusculis concavis haud decurrent-

MOSSES FROM CHINA AND JAPAN. 469

ibus, margine plano subintegro vel apicem versus obsolete
denticulato, nervis binis brevibus indistinetis, cellulis anguste
vermicularibus obscuris levibus, perpaucis ad basin infimum
laxioribus, alaribus nullis, foliis rameis conformibus. Cetera
desunt.

China: Ningpo Mts., Prov. Chekiang (Dr. E. Faber, 1889,
no. 23).

Plagiothecio pyenoptero, Jaeg. affine, sed habitu robustiore
et caule pinnatim ramoso diversum.

The width of the stem (including the leaves) is from 2-23 mill.
The presence of numerous diatoms on the leaves indicates a
habitat near water.

PLAGIOTHECIUM MICANS, Par.—China: Hongkong (C. Ford,
August 1889, no. 225).

I found this Chinese specimen to agree very well with
Sullivant's description and figures (Icon. Musc. p. 179, tab. 112)
of the species (hitherto recorded only from North America),
although it differed slightly from the American material in
the Kew Herbarium in possessing a little longer and more finely
acuminate leaves. Dr. Cardot, who has specially studied the
species, kindly examined a specimen of the Hongkong plant
sent to him, and reported as follows :—“ La mousse me parait
bien être une forme de |’ Isopterygium micans (Sw.). Il est vrai
que sur les échantillons américains l’acumen des feuilles est
ordinairement moins long et moins fin. Vous trouverez,
cependant, parmi les échantillons que je vous envole, un spécimen
dela Louisiane qui est identique sous ce rapport à la forme
japonaise. L’I. micans (Sw.), fort répandu dans les Etats du
Sud, et remontant à l'Est jusqu'aux environs de Washington
(j'en posséde dans mon herbier plus de 80 échantillons de diverses
localités), est une espéce assez polymorphe. Je crois cependant
qu'il faut en séparer spécifiquement les I. fulvum (H. et W.)
et ludovicianum (R. et C.); mais peut-étre devra-t-on réunir ces
deux dernières formes en une seule espèce.”

PyLaısta PLAGIANGIA, C. Müll.—China: on dry rock, Hupeh,
S. Patung (Dr. A. Henry, no. 5481). A form with narrower
leaves and fewer alar cells than in the original specimens from
Schen- Si.

STEREODON PLUMEFORME, Mitt.—China: Hongkong (C. Ford,
June 1888, no. 22) ; Kiukiang (Miss Reid).

LINN. JOURN.—BOTANY, VOL. XXXIV. 2M

470 MR. E. S. SALMON ON

HYLOCOMIUM SPLENDENS, Bry. Eur.—Yatung, Tibet, 27?51' N.,
88? 35' E. (H. E. Hobson).

HPNACEEX.

BRACHYTHECIUM Wrcuun, Broth.—China: Glen nr. Ichang,
c. fr. (Dr. A. Henry, no. 7912).

From Brotherus's clear description (22. p. 239), I feel no doubt
that this fine Brachythecium from China belongs here. In the
diagnosis of the Japanese plant, Brotherus describes the seta as
1-14 cent. high, in Dr. Henry's plant it reaches to 23 cent.

B. PLUMOSUM, Bry. Eur.—China: on stones among wood,
Tung-zan Inlet (Dr. W. T. Alexander, Feb. 1816). Japan:
Miyanoshita (C. Ford, Oet. 1890, no. 293).

RHYNCHOSTEGIUM CONFERTUM, Bry. Eur.—China: Chefoo
Mts., Prov. Shantung (Dr. E. Faber, 1889, no. 12). Agrees
better with this species than with R. inclinatum, Mitt.

R. RUSCIFORME, Bry. Eur.—M. Tsien Mts, Manchuria
(Dr. E. Faber, no. 1506).

AMBLYSTEGIUM IRRIGUUM, Bry. Eur.—Altai Mts., Western
Mongolia (Mr. & Mrs. St. George Littledale, 1897).

ANOMODON DEYOLUTUS, Mitt.—China: Hongkong (C. Ford,
1879 & 1889, nos. 223, 282).

THUIDIUM CYMBIFOLIUM, Bry. Jav.—China: glen near
Ichang (Dr. A. Henry, March 1888, no. 7911); Journey
from Mukden to Kirin, Chang-pei-shan, 1000-7500 ft. (H. E.
M. James, 1886).

T. DELICATULUM, Mitt.—China: Hongkong (C. Ford, June
1888, no. 21); Lo Fau Shan, 1000 ft. (Idem, Aug. 1883,
no. 69).

T. TIBETANUM, sp. nov. (Pl. 17. figs. 35-41.)

Cespitosum, ochraceo-viride, satis robustum; caule arcuato-
assurgente depresso irregulariter pinnato- et bipinnato-ramoso
eparaphylloso, foliis caulinis erecto-patentibus laxe imbricatis
subsecundis e basi vaginante late ovata vel subcordata integra
ad angulos subdecurrente in acumen angustum denticulatum
acutum abruptius contractis, nervo validiore sub apice evanido,
margine infra revoluto, cellulis plus minus ellipticis 10-20p longis
circiter Bn latis minute papillosis parum incrassatis, basilaribus

MOSSES FROM CHINA AND JAPAN. 471

longioribus, alaribus quadratis vel breviter rectangulis, foliis
rameis parvis circiter 4 mill. longis e basi late ovata excavato-
concava breviter acuminatis vel ovatis acutis, margine denticulato
infra plus minus revoluto, nervo ad 3-3 producto, cellulis
quadrato-elliptieis 5-10 p longis, cellula apicali simpliciter acuta,
folis ramulinis minutis ovatis acutis, margine plano ubique
dentieulato, nervo valido ad 3 producto, cellulis parvis sub-
quadratis haud incrassatis cellula apicali simpliciter acuta.
Cetera ignota.
Tibet: Yatung, 27^ 5l' N., 88° 35' E. (H. E. Hobson, 1897).

Species satis robusta ob paraphyllorum defeetum memorabilis.

PSEUDOLESKEA CAPILLATA, Besch, e, fr.— China : Tientai Mt.,
Prov. Chekiang (Dr. E. Faber, 1889, nos. 24, 25); Hongkong
(C. Ford, 1890, no. 275); Nanking (Dr. E. Faber, no. 908);
Shanghai, Jan. 1861.

This appears to be a common Chinese moss; there are also
specimens in the Kew Herb. from “dry shaded places among
stones, Chusan ; on stones among trees opposite Hongkong; on
stones in the old Fort of Tung-zan” (W. T. Alexander, nos. 37,
38,39); Port Hamilton; Tsus Sima; Port Chusan, Korea
(Wilford).

In Schimper’s herb. there is a moss named in Schimper’s
handwriting “ Amblystegium subserpens ” (from “ Yokosko,
Nippon,” Japan, Savatier). “A. subserpens” is maintained as a
species in Paris’s Index; the moss, however, proves on examina-
tion to be P. capillata.

P. MACROPILUM (syn. Haplocladium macropilum, C. Müll.).—
China : Shanghai, under trees, a robust form, c. fr. (Dr. E. Faber,
no. 1502).

To Müller's (11) description of the capsule may be added,
* annulo lato e cellularum seriebus nonnullis (2-3) composito."

HYPNUM GLAUCOCARPOIDES, sp. nov. (Pl. 17. figs. 30-34.)

Autoicum, lutescens, H. glawcocarpo Reinw. simile, sed
gracilius ; caule prostrato flexuoso irregulariter pinnatim ramoso,
foliis caulinis approximatis vel laxe confertis squarrosis e basi
amplexicaule late cordata ad angulos decurrente in acumen
breve acutum plus minus reflexum attenuatis, nervo ad 4-3
producto, rare bifurcato, margine plano ubique denticulato,
cellulis quadrato- vel rectangulo-ellipticis firmis circiter 25 p
longis levibus, alaribus majoribus quadrato-rectangulis, foliis

472 MR. E. 8. SALMON ON

rameis approximatis conformibus, foliis perichetialibus ovato- et
oblongo-acuminatis erectis enervatis, acumine denticulato, para-
physibus filiformibus; flore masculo gemmiformi prope femineum
oriente, foliis perigonialibus ovatis acuminatis enervatis, capsula
in pedunculo gracili circiter 15 mill. longo levi inferne ruberrimo
superne pallide rubro oblonga horizontali arcuato-curvata, 13—
2 mill.longa basi attenuata, peristomii externi dentibus lutes-
ceniibus dense trabeculatis, interni processibus valde carinatis
membrana basilari fere ad dentium medium exserta, ciliis binis
longis (dentibus fere equantibus) interpositis. Cætera ignota.

Manehuria, M. Tsien Mts. (Dr. E. Faber, no. 1504).

H. glaucocarpo, Reinw. proximum et simillimum, sed statura
graciliore, foliis distantioribus, nervo unico, nee non peristomii
interni ciliis bene evolutis distinctum.

SPHAGNACER.
SPHAGNUM ACUTIFOLIUM, Ehrkh.—China : Hupeh, Fang (Dr.
A. Henry, Sept. 1888, no. 6855).

S. CYMBIFOLIUM, Ehrh.—China: Tientai Mt., 3000 ft., Prov.
Chekiang (Dr. E. Faber, 1889, no. 21).

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

1. Tuungerg, C. P.—Flora Japonica, pp. 342-343 (1784).

2. Dozy, F., & MOLKENBOER, J. H.—Musci Frondosi ex
Archip. Indic. et Japon. ; in Ann. Sei. Nat. 111. ser. ii.
(1844) pp. 297-316.

3. Wilson, W.—Mosses col. by T. Anderson [W. T.
Alexander]... on the coast from Chusan to Hongkong;
in Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot. vii. (1848) pp. 273-278.

4. SuLLIVANT, W. S.; in Perry's Narrat. Exped. China & Japan,
ii. p. 330 (1857).

5. SULLIVANT, W.S., & LesquEREUX, L.; in Proc. Amer. Acad.
Arts & Sci. iv. (1860) pp. 276-282.

6. Sande Lacoste, C. M. van der; in Miquel, Ann. Mus. Bot.
Lugd.-Bat. ii. pp. 292-300 (1865-6).

7. Mirren, W.—On some Species of Musci and Hepatice addit.
to the Floras of Japan and coast of China; in Journ. Linn.
Soe .(Bot.) viii. (1865) pp. 148-158.

Oo

Gd
c3c cancro BOSC

COC OCC]

ub

AR Hammond

YA
H LT

Hanhart imp.

MOSSES FRCM CHA AND JAPAN

E.S.Salmon del.

MOSSES FROM CHINA AND JAPAN. 473

8. Mirren, W.—Enum. of all the Species of Musci & Hepat.
recorded from Japan; in Trans. Linn. Soc. 2nd ser. Bot.
iii. (1891) pp. 153-206.

9. LixpnEna, S. O.—Contrib. ad Fl. Crypt. Asim bor.-oceid. ;
in Aet. Soc. Sci. Fenn. x. (1872) pp. 221-280.

10. MtLLER, C.— Musch Schweinfurth ; in Linnea, xxxix. (1875)
pp. 420-422.

11. —— Bryol. Prov. Schen-si sinensis; in Nuov. Giorn. Bot.
Ital. (n. ser.) iii. (1896) pp. 89-128.

Idem, II. Z. e. iv. (1897) pp. 245-270.

13. —— Idem, III. Z. c. v. (1898) pp. 158-209.

14. Dusy, J. E.—Choix de Mousses Exot. nouv. ou mal connues ;
in Mém. Soc. Phys. et d’Hist. Nat. Genóve, xxvi. pt. i.
(1878) pp. 1-14; Flora, xxxv. (1877) pp. 73-74, 76, 93-94.

15. BEscHuERELLE, E.—Contrib. à la Fl. bryol. du Tonkin; in Bull.
Soc. Bot. France, xxxiv. (1887) pp. 95-100.

16. Nouv. Contrib. à la Fl. bryol.du Tonkin; in Journ. de
Bot. iv. (1890) pp. 201-206.
17. Musci Yunnanenses; in Ann. Sei. Nat. VII. ser. xv.

(1892) pp. 47-94.
18. — Nouv. Doc. pour la Fl. bryol. du Japon. L. c. xvii.

(1893) pp. 327-393.

19. Contrib. à la Fl. bryol. du Tonkin (3* Note); in Bull.
Soc. Bot. France, xli. (1894) pp. 77-86.

20. Le méme (4* Note); in Rev. Bryolog. 1898, pp. 73-75.

21. —— Bryol. Japon., Suppl. i.; in Journ. de Bot. xii. (1898)

pp. 280-300.
29. BroruErus, V. F.—Neue Beitr. zur Moos-flora Japans ;
in Hedwigia, xxxviii. (1899) pp. 204-247.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 17.

Figs. 1-9. Polytrichum tortipes, Mitt.—1, Fertile and male plants, nat. size ;
2, leaf, x12; 3, margin of lamina of same, at one-third from the
apex, X255; 4, areolation at shoulder of leaf-base, x 255; 5, areo-
lation of the lamina at one-third from the apex, x255; 6, part of a
transverse section of a leaf, at two-thirds from the apex, x255;
7, perichzetial leaf, x6 ; 8, perigonial leaf, X 12; 9, capsule, x 12.

Fig. 10. Plagiothecium subpinnatum, sp. nov., part of two stems, nat. size.

Fig. 11. Stem-leaf of same, x 25.

Figs. 12-18. Gymnostomum inconspicuum, Griff.—12, stem, nat. size; 13, 14,
two leaves, x 25; 195, areolation of leaf, at one-third from the apex,
x 255; 16, 17, 18, three capsules, x 12.

474 MR. W. B. HEMSLEY ON

Fig.19. Polytrichum gymnophyllum, Mitt. (from Yunnan, Dr. A. Henry,
no. 10347), transverse section of leaf, showing rudimentary lamellz,
x 255.

Fig. 20, Oligotrichum Lescurii, Mitt., transverse section of leaf, x 255.

Figs. 21-29. Dicranella obscura, Sulliv. & Lesq.—21, two planis, nat. size; 22,
leaf, x 25; 23, areolation at shoulder of leaf-base, x 255; 24, peri-
chetial leaf, x 12; 25, 26, two capsules, x 12; 27, capsule with
peristome, x 20; 28, three peristome-teeth, x 150; 29, spores,
x 400.

Figs. 30-34. Hypnum glaucocarpoides, sp. nov.—30, stem-leaf, x 52; 31,
areolation of same, at one-third from base, x 255; 32, branch-leaf,
x 52; 33, perigonial leaf, and antheridium, x 52; 34, part of inner
peristome, showing the well-developed cilia between the processes,
x 150.

Figs. 35-41. Thuidium tibetanum, sp. nov.—35, part of stem, nat. size; 36,
stem-leaf, x 25; 37, areolation of same, at one-half from the base,
X 400; 38, branch-leaf, x52; 39, apex of branch-leaf, x 400; 40,
leaf of secondary branch, x 150; 41, apex of same, x 400.

Figs. 42-46. Polytrichum grandifolium, Lindb.—42, 43, parts of transverse
section of leaf, x 255; 44, 45, 46, three lamelle, x 400.

Notes on an Exhibition of Plants from China recently collected
by Dr. A. Henry and Mr. W. Hancock. By W. Borrına
Hemste¥ F.R.S., F.L.S., Keeper of the Herbarium, Royal
Gardens, Kew.

[Read 5th April, 1900.]

BY permission of the Director of the Royal Gardens, Kew, I
have selected for exhibition some of the more striking novelties
of the collections recently received from the two collectors above
named.

Since the publication of my Enumeration of Chinese Plants
in the ‘ Index Flore Sinensis,’ commenced in the Society's Journal
in 1886, enormous collections of dried plants have been sent from
China to the Herbaria of Kew, Paris, and St. Petersburg, to
say nothing of other museums. The greater part of these col-
lections were made in the Central and Western Provinces,
previously almost unknown botanically, and they have more than
doubled the number of species of flowering plants known from
China fifteen years ago. The number of shrubs and herbaceous

PLANTS COLLECTED IN CHINA. 475

plants having showy flowers is almost incredible. Every fresh
collection contains a considerable percentage of new species.
Such familiar genera as Clematis, Rhododendron, Lonicera,
Primula, Gentiana, Lysimachia, Pedicularis, Senecio, and Saus-
surea are represented by upwards of fifty species each, and some
of them by upwards of one hundred each. From a very rough
calculation I estimate the vascular plants of China at 10,000
species, at least.

The plants I am showing this evening were collected by
Dr. Augustine Henry and Mr. William Hancock, both Fellows
of this Society, in the neighbourhood of Mengtze and Szemao,
in Southern Yunnan, and just within the tropics. Mengtze is
at an elevation of 4640 feet, and Szemao at 4480 feet, but
what height the surrounding mountains reaeh I have not been
able to ascertain. The greatest elevations given on the labels
are from 7000 to 8500 feet.

I should like to add that I received much assistance from my
colleague, Mr. S. A. Skan, in comparing the specimens and
preparing them for exhibition.

The following plants are specially worth notice :—

ASPIDOPTERYS OBCORDATA, Hemsl. (Hook. Ic. Pl. t. 2673, ined.).
A new species characterized by having obcordate leaves with a
small triangular lobe in the sinus, similar to those of some
species of Passiflora. The affinities of this small Asiatic genus
are not obvious in the flowering stage, because it wants the
characteristic glands on the petioles and calyx, and the very thin
petals are neither clawed nor fringed.

LESPEDEZA DIVERSIFOLIA, Hemsl. (Hook. Ic. Pl. t. 2625), and
SHUTERIA SINENSIS, Hemsl. (Hook. Ic. Pl. t. 2626), Leguminose
remarkable for their dimorphic leaves, which exhibit a sudden
change from a petiolate condition and ovoid or lanceolate
leaflets to a sessile condition and orbicular or cordate, stem-
clasping leaflets.

ERYNGIUM rFa&TIDUM, Linn.—This member of the Umbellifere
is a native of tropieal America, where it is widely spread,
ranging from Mexico to Colombia, the West Indies, and Brazil.
It is also found in West Tropical Africa, where however it may
have been introduced. In America it has some reputation as a

476 MR. W. B. HEMSLEY ON

medicament, and it is also used for flavouring soups and other
culinary purposes, for which it is cultivated. It was therefore
a surprise to find specimens of this species in Dr. Henry’s col-
lection from Szemao, especially as no other species of the genus
is known to exist in Eastern India, China, Japan, or the Amur.
Dr. Henry’s specimens are under two numbers, from the forests
south-east of Szemao, at 4000 to 4500 feet. I can only suppose
that it was introduced, by some means, long ago. The fact that
it was cultivated in Dutch gardens more than two hundred years
ago (Hermann, ‘ Hortus Academicus Lugduno-Batavus,’ 1687,
p. 236, cum ic. xylogr.) strengthens this supposition. The further
fact that Descourtilz (* Flore Pittoresque et Médicale des Antilles,’
viii. p.317, t. 585) states that Rheede, “ observateur du Malabar,”
recommends it for medicinal purposes, also favours this view.
Where Rheede published such a thing I bave not been able to
ascertain; but it is not, I believe, in his ‘ Hortus Malabaricus.’

TUPIDANTHUS CALYPTRATUS, Hook. f. § Thoms. (Bot. Mag.
t. 4908).—A grotesque-looking, large, shrubby member of the
Araliacex, originally found in the Khasia mountains. Sir William
Hooker, loc. cif., says: “This is, perhaps, the most remarkable
plant of the order to which it belongs.’ And Bentham and
Hooker (* Genera Plantarum, i. 947) have the following
note :—“ Stigmatum series in icone citata [Bot. Mag. t. 4908]
falso depicta est, nunquam lineam simplicem centralem formant ;
in quoque flore ultra 90 enumeravimus." In Dr. Henry’s
specimens I have counted upwards of 160 cells in one ovary;
probably the only species of plant having so large a numher. In
some respects it recalls Sararanga sinuosa, Hemsl. (Journ. Linn.
Soc., Bot. xxx. (1895) t. 2; et xxxii. (1896) tt. 4-7 ; Hook. Ic. PI.
t. 2584), especially in having a large numberof carpels sinuously
arranged. Dr. Henry's specimens bear ripe seeds, and the new
facts brought to light by his specimens will be illustrated in an
early part of Hooker a" Icones Plantarum,’ t. 2672, ined.

TREVESIA PALMATA, var. CHEIRANTHA, was exhibited as an
instance of extreme variability in the cutting or lobing of the
leaves; a character so remarkably exemplified in some New
Zealand species of Pana.

LONICERA CALCARATA, Hemsl. (Hook. Ic. Pl. t. 2632), is a
handsome species, remarkable for the long corolline spur.

PLANTS COLLECTED IN CHINA. 477

LEYCESTERIA SINENSIS, Hemsl. (Hook. Ic. Pl. t. 2633), a
new species having subeapitate flowers, was discovered by
Dr. Henry associated with L. formosa, Wall, and L. glauco-
phylla, Hook. f., the only other speeies known.

LYSIMACHIA INSIGNIS, Hemsl. (Hook. Ic. Pl. t. 2634), a
species having slender stems about a yard high, beariug two or
three leaves at the top, and racemes of flowers on the otherwise
naked stems below, was exhibited, together with L. paradiformis,
Franch., L. erispidens, Hemsl., L. involucrata, Hemsl., and
L. alpestris, Champ., to illustrate the very great variety in habit
developed by this genus in China, where nearly sixty species are
known to exist.

PLECTRANTHUS CALCARATUS, Hemsl. (Hook. Ic. Pl. t. 2671), is
so named in consequence of the large size of the corolline spurs.
The original species, P. fruticosus, L'Hérit. (Stirpes Nova, t. 41)
has a spur, though a short one, bence the name of the genus.
F. Mueller (* Fragmenta,’ v. p. 51) seems to have overlooked this
fact when describing his P. longicornis, which has a much
shorter spur than P. calcaratus, for he says: “ Species propriam
generis sectionem nisi genus peculiare (Ceratanthus) efformat.
cornu procero floris [corollae] et forme calycis memorabilem."

HELIGIA GRANDIS, Hemsl. (Hook. Ic. Pl. t. 2631), is a very
handsome species of the only genus of Proteacee extending
northwards into India, China, and Japan. Dr. Henry's collec-
tion contains about half-a-dozen new species. It is noteworthy
that this genus is represented in Ceylon and the Western Pen-
insula of India, and westward to Sikkim in the Himalaya

mountains.

Quercus Rex, Hemsl. (Hook. Ic. Pl. t. 2663, ined.), is an
exceedingly handsome species, the leaves of which are at first
clothed with a dense woolly, almost golden tomentum, afterwards
attaining a foot in length, becoming quite glabrous on both
surfaces, glaucous beneath, and in shape and nervation strongly
resembling those of some species of Magnolia. Itis nearest the
Malayan Q. velutina, Lindl.

LINN. JOURN.— BOTANY, VOL. XXXIV. 2N

478 MR. W. B. HEMSLEY ON CHINESE PLANTS.

Quercus Forvrana, Hemsl. (Hook. Ie. Pl. t. 2664, ined.), is a
distinct new species, allied to Q. cornea, Lour., from which it
differs in having very pubescent leaves with much more
numerous lateral nerves. It belongs to a small group charac-
terized by a thick bony shell to the nut, and lobed cotyledons,
caused by false septa intruded from the endocarp, much as in
the walnut but by no means so regular.

AncHANGIOPTERIS HENRYI, Christ d Giesenhagen (Flora,
1899, p. 72, cum figura).—This is one of the most interesting of
recent discoveries of new ferns, forming, as it does, a connecting
link between Angiopteris and Danea. It differs from Angi-
opteris in the absence of “ nervuli recurrentes," which are not
true nerves, but plates of colourless cells, extending from the
margin towards the midrib. The authors give the differences in
the following words :—“ Differt ab Angiopteride soro lineari
nec ovali, mediali nee subterminali, indusio majore, sporangiis
multo numerosioribus, fronde multo minore, simpliciter. nec
pluries pinnata, et nervulis recurrentibus nullis." “Differt a
Danga stipite rachique exarticulatis, sporangiis haud in synangia
coneretis."

Recent diseoveries in China have increased the number of
ferns to about 300 species, including upwards of fifty new
ones.

RULES FOR BORROWING BOOES FROM
THE LIBRARY.
As amended by the Council, 15th March, 1888.

l. No more than Six volumes shall be lent to one person
at the same time without the special leave of the Council
or one of the Secretaries.

2. All books shall be returned before the expiration of
Six weeks from the time of their being taken out, but if not
required by any other Fellow, they may, on application, be
kept for a further period of Six weeks.

3. All books lent shall be regularly entered by the
Librarian in a book appropriated for that purpose.

4. No work forming part of Linnzus’s own Library shall
be lent out of the Library under any circumstances.

NorE.— Certain other works are included in this prohibition,

such as costly illustrated works, and volumes belonging to
sets which could not be replaced if lost.

Tue Revised Rurks concerning the publication of PAPERS
have been already made known by circular, but, if required,
additional copies may be had on application.

The new regulations in regard to publieations in the Journal

are as follow :—

Papers read from November and before the middle of
January are published on 1st April.

Papers read after the middle of January and before the
end of April are published on 1st July.

Papers read in May and June are published on 1st November.

NOTICE.

Vor. XXVI. is still in course of issue, and the Parts already
published are as follows:—
Vol. XXVI., Nos. 173-178.

[Nos. 179-180 are reserved for the conclusion of
Messrs. Forbes and Hemsley's ‘Index Flore Sinensis,’
of which No. 178 was recently published. |

Vol. XXVII., Nos. 181-188. (Complete.)
Vol. XXVIII., Nos. 189-196. (Complete.)
Vol. XXIX., Nos. 197-204. (Complete.)
Vol. XXX. Nos. 205-211. (Complete.)
Vol. XXXI., Nos. 212-219. (Complete.)
Vol. XXXII., Nos. 220-227. (Complete.)
Vol. XXXIII., Nos. 228-234. (Complete.)
Vol. XXXIV., Nos. 235-240.

Attention to this announcement is specially requested,
to prevent application to the Librarian for unpublished Parts.

The new CATALOGUE ofthe LIBRARY may be had on application.
Priee to Fellows, 5s. ; to the Publie, 10s.

All communications relating to the general business of the
Society should be, as heretofore, addressed to the ** SECRETARIES,”
but letters on library business only should be addressed to the
* LIBRARIAN."

NovEMBER 1. Price 4s.

THE JOURNAL

OF

THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

Vou. XXXIV. BOTANY. No. 241!

CONTENTS.
Page

L On the Forms, with a New Species, of Halimeda from
Funafuti. By Eruer S. Barron. (Communicated
by George MUBRAY, F.R.S., F.L.S.) (Plate 18.)... 479

IL DIGELLANDRA, Hook. f., and PuxowEURON, Gilg
(Melastomacee). By Dr. Orro Srapr, A.L.S.
(Plate 19.) seem 482

Index, Titlepage, and Contents to Vol. XXXIV.

See Notice on last page of Wrapper.

LONDON:
AT THE SOCIETY'S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE,

PICOADILLY, W.;

AND BY
LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO.,
AND
WILLIAMS AND NORGATE.

1900.

SOLD

LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON.

LIST OF THE OFFICERS AND COUN CIL.
Elected 24th May, 1900.

PRESIDENT.
Prof. Sydney Howard Vines, M.A., Dëe PRS

VICE-PRESIDENTS.

C. B. Clarke, M.A., F.R.S. F. Du Cane Godman, F.R.S.
Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. Albert C. L. G. Günther, Ph.D., F.R.S.
TREASURER.

Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A.

SECRETARIES.

B. Daydon Jackson, Esq. | Prof. Op Howes, LL.D., F.R.8.
COUNCIL.

C. B. Clarke, MA F.R.S.. .| B. Daydon Jackson, Esq.
Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. A. D. Michael, F.Z.S., F.R.M.S.
Prof. J. B. Farmer, M.A. Clement Reid, F.R.S.
F. D. Godman, F.R.S. A. Barton Rendle, M.A., D.Sc.
Henry Groves, Esq. : Dukinfield H. Scott, Ph.D., F.R.S.
A. C. L. Q. Günther, M.A., M.D., F.R.S.| Rev. Thomas R. R. Stebbing, F.R.S,
Prof. G. B. Howes, LL.D., F.R.S. Prof. Sydney H. Vines, D.Se., F.R.S.

A. Smith Woodward, ROS

VÀ

ASSISTANT SECRETARY.
James Edmund Harting, F.Z.8.
LIBRARIAN. CLERK,
A. W. Kappel. A. R. Hammond.
i i a rn E
LIBRARY COMMITTER,

This consists of nine Fellows (three of whom retire annually) and of the four
Officers ex officio, in all thirteen members. The former are elected annually
by the Council in June, and serve till the succeeding Anniversary. The
Committee meet at 4 P.M., at intervals during the Session. The Members for
1900-1901, in addition to the officers, are :—

E. G. Baker, Esq. Prof. F. W. Oliver, D So,
Prof. J. B. Farmer, M.A. Howard Saunders, F.Z.S.
Albert ©. L. G. Günther, M.D., F.R,S| Roland Trimen, F.R.S.

W. B. Hemsley, F.R.S. F. N. Williams, L.R.O.P.

H. W. Monckton, F.G.S,

Notr.—The Charter and Bye-Laws of the Society, as amended to
the 19th March, 1891, may be had on application.

ON THE FORMS OF HALIMEDA FROM FUNAFUTI. 479

On the Forms, with a New Species, of Halimeda from Funafuti.
By ErnELS. Barkow. (Communicated by GEORGE Murray,
F.R.S., F.L.S.)

[Read 3rd May, 1900.]

(Prate 18.)

THE following is a short account of the specimens of Halimeda
colleeted at Funafuti by the Coral-boring Expedition under Prof.
Edgeworth David in 1897. The list includes one new species,
and a new variety of H. cuneata, Kuetz., which may also prove to
be a new species; the other records, with the exception of H.
macroloba, Decne., and H. Tuna, Lamour, are of species already
recorded from the Fiji and Friendly Islands by Dr. Askenasy
in the * Voyage of S.M.S. Gazelle, Theil iv., Bot. Algen, 1888,
pp. 18 & 14. H. macroloba, Decne., is recorded by other collectors
from the Pacific Islands. The numbers given are those of the
collection sent home by Prof. David, and now preserved in the
British Museum. Their retention in this list may be useful for
future reference.

A. 21. HALIMEDA Tuna, Lamour. A. fragment only.

H. Opuntia, Lam., var. MACROPUS, Ask.
From 45 fathoms, Funamanu.

A. 31. HALIMEDA LANA, n. sp. (Pl. 18. figs. 1-3.)

Ad 40 em. longa sed imperfecta, e pallido albescens, superne
quam inferne omnino minus incrustata, articulo supremo vix
incrustato ; sparse et vage ramosa, ramis nunc uno, nunc duobus
oppositis, sepe distantibus. Articuli simplices subcylindrici,
cirea 9 mm. longi (interdum 4 mm.), 2 mm. lati, 1:5-2 mm. crassi ;
articuli ramigeri superne 5 mm., inferne 2 mm. lati; utriculis
corticalibus 50 u longis, circa 33 u diam., parietibus 7 p crassis,
bilamellatis, angulis incrassatis.

This plant may be distinguished from all other known species
of Halimeda by its long straggling habit, few branches, and by
the thick wall between the peripheral cells in all but the young
joints. It differs from other species with cylindrical joints in
the size of its peripheral cells, those of H. polydactylis, J. Ag.,
being 25 p across, and those of H. cylindracea, Decne., being 50 p,
while H. laxa is 33 u. Neither of these plants shows the thick

LINN. JOURN.—BOTANY, VOL. XXXIV. 20

480 MISS E. 8. BARTON ON THE

wall peculiar to the peripheral cells of H. lawa. The habit and
branching are also different.
37 fathoms, off Tutaga.

A. 34. HALIMEDA LAXA.
35 fathoms, Tutaga.

A. 54. HALIMEDA CUNEATA, Kuetz. Tab. Phyc. vol. vii. tab. 21.
fig. lil. ; var. ELONGATA, nov. (Pl. 18. figs. 4, 5.)

Ad 25 cm. longa sed imperfecta; vage ramosa. Articuli
simplices costati, plano-compressi, 7 mm. longi, medio 3-4 mm.
lati, ad extremitatem quamque angustati, 15 mm. lati;
articuli ramigeri, tripartiti, costati, plano-compressi, circa
1 em. longi, superne 7-9 mm. inferne 1-1:5 mm. lati; margine
undique acuto; utriculis corticalibus 50-60 u longis, 33 u diam.

This may possibly be a new species, but in the present un-
satisfactory state of the genus it seems wiser to consider this
plant for the present a variety of ZH. cuneata, Kuetz. It differs
from the description of H. cuneata in Prof. Askenasy's Alg® of
the ‘ Gazelle’ (7. c.) in the greater length of the whole plant,
and the small size of the peripheral cells, which in the ‘ Gazelle’
specimen measure 50 p across. The general form of the joints
recalls, however, those of H. cuneata, Kuetz. H. cuneata,
Hering, is a different plant, although Kuetzing’s figure quoted
above is supposed to represent it. Kuetzing's plant must,
therefore, on the revision of the genus, receive a new name.

H. Opuntia, Lamour, var. MACROPUS, Ask.

From 40 fathoms, ocean slope of reef, Funamanu, brought up
alive.

A. 58. HALIMEDA CUNEATA, Kuetz., var. ELONGATA.
H. MACROLOBA, Decne.

Fragment of H. OPUNTIA, Lamour, var. MACROPUS, Ask.
Falefatu, 25 fathoms.

B. 5. HALIMEDA OPUNTIA, Lamour, var. MACROPUS, Ask.

B. 10. HALIMEDA MACROLORA, Decne. ?

The peripheral cells of this plant measure 50 u across, and it
appears to be identical with the plant recorded under this name
by Prof. Askenasy (/.c.) from Dirk Hartog Island, West Australia.
He gives, however, among the references to H. macroloba the
figure in Harvey's Phye. Austr. tab. 267, which represents no.
562 of Harvey's Australian Algw. This plant has been made the

Barton.

Linn Doc Journ.Bor Men, XXXIV PL.18.

B&H del Highley lth. Mintern Bros imp.
1-3.HALIMEDA LAKA nsp
4,5.H.CUNEATA Kutz var ELONGATA.

FORMS OF HALIMEDA FROM FUNAFUTI. 481

type of H. versatilis by Prof. J. G. Agardh in his ‘ Till Algernes
Systematik, v. p. 86, and an authentic specimen is preserved in
the British Museum. This I have examined, and find that the
peripheral cells are much smaller in diameter, 25 p, than either
the Funafuti plant or that described by Dr. Askenasy, both of
which measure 40 u and more. The Funafuti plant differs also
in colour, thickness, and calcification from H. versatilis, J. Ag.
HALIMEDA Opuntia, Lamour, var. MACROPUS, Ask.

B. 11 & 12. HALIMEDA CUNEATA, Kuetz.

The 35-fathom level. Fine large branching Halimeda alive.

This specimen is much larger than that kindly sent me for
comparison by Dr. Askenasy ; but the Funafuti plant appears
to be considerably older, and is much thiekened at the base.
The shape of the joints, the slight calcification of the young
joints, the manner of branching, and the size of the peripheral
cells are the same in both plants.

The only specimen of H. Opuntia, Lamour, which I have seen
from Funafuti, was a plant whieh was made to grow through a
hole in a board, in order to calculate the rate of growth. In all
other cases, only the var. macropus of this species is found.

Specimens of boring taken on the floor of the lagoon were sent
for identification, and in all these the Halimeda-joints consisted
entirely of H. Opuntia var. macropus. The borings down to
1363 feet were still sufficiently well preserved to show the
peripheral cells on decalcification, and at 151 feet the large
central tubes were still to be recognized ; but below that depth,
though the form of the joints was retained, there was no cell-
substance after treatment with acid. The 1864 feet includes
101 feet of water, at which depth the floor of the lagoon is
reached. Dredgings were taken at 18 points in a straight line
across the lagoon, at depths varying from 7} to 26 fathoms,
They all contained joints of H. Opuntia, Lamour, var. macropus,
with the exception of no. 1 (“3 a mile from the Mission Church.
Depth 10 fathoms”), in which the fragments were of H. Opuntia.
In no. 18 I found no Halimeda.

My best thanks are due to Prof. Judd, F.R.S., for placing this
interesting material in my hands, and to Prof. Askenasy for
his kindness in lending me ‘ Gazelle’ specimens for comparison,

and for giving me his valuable opinion on the two new forms.
202

482 DR. OTTO STAPF ON

(Since this paper was read, a quantity of Halimeda material
has come into my hands, and I have been allowed access to some
valuable authentic specimens of Kuetzing, Hauck, and others.
An examination of these plants shows clearly the necessity for 2
revision of the genus and a certain modification in the number of
the species—a task I hope to carry out later.—19¢h Sept., 1900.]

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 18.
Fig. 1. Halimeda laxa, n. sp. 3 nat. size.

2, » » Peripheral cells, decalcified surface view. x 140.
3. » „ Ditto, decalcified side view. 375.

4. H. cuneata, Kuetz., var. nov. elongata. 7 nat. size.

5. » Peripheral cells, decalcified surface view. X 140.

DICELLANDRA, Hook. fi, and PHEONEURON, Gilg (Melastomacez).
By Dr. Orro Srap¥, A.L.S.

[Read 7th June, 1900.]
(Prate 19.)

1.

Tur Melastomaceous genus Dicellandra was described by Sir
Joseph Hooker in Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. Plant. i. 757, from
specimens collected by Barter on the Nun River and by G. Mann
in the island of Fernando Po, and the only species then known
was named D. Barteri, Hook. f. The same author added a
second species to the genus in Oliver's Flora of Trop. Afr. ii.
459, from specimens collected by Afzelius in Sierra Leone. This
was called D. setosa, Hook. f. Since then several Melastomacez
have been received at Kew from West and Central Africa, which
superficially very closely resemble the original D. Barteri;
indeed, so much so, that Cogniaux enumerates them under this
species in his great monograph of Melastomaces, p. 546. Among
them is a specimen gathered by Schweinfurth in Monbuttuland
(no, 3166). When Gilg worked out the Melastomace: for the
* Nachtrüge" of Engler and Prantl’s ‘Natürliche Pflanzenfamilien'
and for Engler's ‘ Monographien Afrikanischer Pflanzenfamilien,’
his suspieion was aroused concerning the specifie, and even the
generic, identity of Sehweinfurth's plant with the original Dicel-
landra Barteri, and he asked me to compare both. In my reply
(see Gilg in Engl. Monogr. Afr. Pflanzenfam. ete. ii. 85) I told
him that, of the specimens referred to D. Bartert by Cogniaux,

DICELLANDRA AND PHJEONEURON. 483

only the two original ones, on which the genus was based, could
be retained in this species, the others differing considerably
in the structure of the stamens. I added, however, that this
difference did not appear to me sufficient to justify the creation
of a new genus. Gilg did not share my reluctance, and de-
scribed a new genus, Pheoneuron, from Schweinfurth’s plant
mentioned above, and from several specimens which the Berlin
Herbarium had received from the Cameroons, and which he
considered identical with the former. The character adduced
by the author to distinguish Phaoneuron from Dicellandra was
in the structure of the andreecium. This was, according to him,
homoeandrous (7. e. consisting of one kind of stamens) in Pheo-
neuron, and heterandrous (7. e. consisting of two conspicuously
distinct sets) in Dicellandra. In his monograph of the African
Melastomace he admits three species for Dicellandra, viz. 3
D. Barteri, Hook. f.; D. setosa, Hook. f.; and D. liberica, Gilg,
a new species collected by Dinklage in Liberia; and only one
species for Pheoneuron, namely Ph. dicellandroides, Gilg.

At the time of my correspondence with Dr. Gilg, Dicellandra
was represented at Kew only by the original specimens, and those
mentioned before as referred to D. Barteri by Cogniaux. Since
then a specimen of D. liberica and a number of specimens of
Pheoneuron from the Cameroons have been added to the Kew
Collections. When incorporating them, it struck me that the
seeds of D. liberica agreed perfectly with those of Pheoneuron,
but differed entirely from those which I found in a capsule attached
to the sheet containing Barter’s specimen of D. Barteri. As
there was, however, no fruit left actually connected with the
specimen, it was open to doubt whether those seeds really
belonged to Barter's specimen. There was apparently then little
chance of deciding this question. I wrote, however, to Gilg and
asked him to tell me whether the seeds of D. setosa (of which
specimens are in the Berlin herbarium) agreed with those of
D. Barteri or of D. liberica, of both of which I sent him a drawing.
Dr. Gilg was kind enough to communieate seeds of .D. setosa,
and a leaf, flower, and seeds of a plant collected by Dinklage
near Gross Batanga, Cameroons (no. 851). The seeds of
JD. setosa agreed with those of Gilg’s D. liberica and of his
Pheoneuron ; whilst Dinklage's specimen proved that the seeds in
the capsule attached to Barter’s specimen in the Kew Herbarium
must actually have been taken from this specimen, on which the
genus Dicellandra was partly established.

484 DR. OTTO STAPF ON

These two sets of seeds are very different. The seeds of
Dicellandra Barteri, as represented by Barter's and Dinklage's
(no. 851) specimens, are obovoid, with an attenuate base and a
tongue- or horn-like appendage from the upper and posterior

Fig. 1.—Seed of Dicellandra Barteri.

end (Pl. 19. figs. 6, 7, and fig. 1 in the text) This appendage
is part of the raphe which occupies the posterior side down to

Fig. 2.—Seed of Pheoneuron setosum.

the base. The raphe is, in the mature state, hollow with delicate
walls, concave on the back, and more or less dark-coloured.
The surface of the remainder of the seed is light brown,
shining, and granular in the upper and anterior part. The

DICELLANDRA AND PHHONEURON. 485

testa is thin and brittle, with the outer walls of the epidermal
cells much thickened, and often produced into short papille
(Pl. 19. figs. 8, 10, and fig. 1 in the text), thereby causing the
granular appearanee mentioned above. The embryo is more or
less ovoid, and occupies the part of the seed underlying the granu-
lar portion of the testa (Pl. 19. figs. 7, 8, and fig. 1 in the text).

In Pheoneuron, on the other hand, the seeds are approximately
of the shape of a short, thick wedge ; the raphe is much larger and
consists of a uniform spongy or corky tissue, whilst the surface
of the seed is dull brown and smooth, and the embryo is more
or less cylindrie and oceupies the anterior side of the seed down
to or beyond the base of the raphe (Pl. 19. figs. 14-16, and fig. 2
in the text).

These differences in the structure of the seeds are, in my
opinion, much more fundamental than those adduced from the
andreecium, on which Gilg based the distinction of Dicellandra
and Pheoneuron. It is true, our present system of Melastomaces
rests to a very great extent on the structure of the androecium—
more so than is the case in any other order of Phanerogamx,—
and particular stress has been laid on the homoeandry or heterandry
of the flowers. But, how do the stamens differ of the outer and
inner whorl in Dicellandra, as defined by Gilg? They differ in
the size of the anthers and of the small appendages at the base
of the connective, and, what is considered more important, in the
presence of a filiform prolongation of the connective between
the anther and the basal appendages in the outer whorl of
stamens. The difference, I may add, in the size of the anthers
is considerable in Dicellandra Barteri, but slight in D. liberica
(Pl. 19. figs. 2, 3, and 12, 13). On the other band, Pheoneuron
is supposed to have all the stamens alike; but a closer exami-
nation reveals even here, at least in some of the species which I
describe in the second part of the paper, a tendency towards
heterandry, which manifests itself in a very slight prolongation
of the base of the connective, so that the anticous appendages
are somewhat removed from the anther in the outer whorl of
stamens (Pl. 19. figs. 17, 18). It is clear that the differences
used so far to distinguish Dicellandra and Pheoneuron are
purely dimensional: they show themselves at a relatively very
advanced stage, and they do not point to greater differences in
the general structure of the flower, such as would manifest them-
selves at an earlier period, and in more than one particularly

486 DR. OTTO STAPF ON

specialized part. This is important, because differences which
pervade a considerable portion or the whole of the reproductive
apparatus, or even the entire organism, determine that associ-
ation as characters in which we perceive the phyletie unity or,
what is the same, the congenerity of two or more species. To
return to the seeds, described above, it is clear that they differ
not merely dimensionally, but structurally, and in a way which
indieates at once that the differenees must be correlated with
further differences in the structure of the fruit generally, and
probably also of those parts of the flower which go to form the
fruit. The wedge shape of the seeds of Pheoneuron and Dicel-
landra liberica is due to their being closely packed with nothing
between them. The seeds of D. Barteri, on the other hand,
with their rounded surface would be impossible under similar
conditions. They mature, indeed, in the soft, though probably
somewhat dry, pulp of a berry, the pulp not only covering them
but, as it seems, also filling up the interstices between them. As
is usually the case in fruits of this class, the plaeenta takes part
in the formation of the pulp, and the epicarp remains rather thin
and delicate. The fruit of Dicellandra Barteri is evidently
adapted to dissemination by animals, most likely by birds. Its
occurrence as an epiphyte on old trees (according to notes by
Barter and W. H. Johnson) becomes thus intelligible. Phæo-
neuron and Dicellandra liberica behave differently in this respect.
The corky, closely packed seeds completely fill up the cells of the
fruit. This has the shape of a berry, but the thin pericarp is
dry and ultimately bursts as in other Melastomacee, under the
pressure of the seeds. It dehisces along the median lines of the
carpels from the top to the bottom, thus breaking up into five
valves which are ultimately dropped. The seeds remain for
some time attached to the placentas, which are transformed into
thiek bundles of fibres and remain behind long after the last seeds
have fallen. I would suggest that the structure of the fruits
and seeds of Pheoneuron and Dicellandra liberica are adapted to
dissemination by water, corky appendages to the seeds being a
common contrivance with plants which depend on water as the
dispersing agency, and so far all the specimens which I have
seen have actually been collected either on the banks of streams
or in swamps.

The differences between Dicellandra Barteri on one side, and
D. liberica and Pheoneuron on the other are, however, not

DICELLANDRA AND PILEONEURON. 487
confined to the seeds and fruits, but extend to the early stages
of the flowers, although they are not conspicuous in their outward
appearance, and have therefore been overlooked. How far they, or
some of them, are determined by the ultimate development of the
fruit, so different in both groups, it is impossible to say in our pre-
sent imperfect knowledge of the case and with the little material
at our disposal; but it is characteristic that they affect just those
parts which go to build up the fruit, whilst the petals and the
stamens which play a more transient, though not less important,
róle in the reproductive phase of the life of these plants, are,
group compared with group, either alike (the petals) or exhibit
differences (the androcium) which traverse the parallelism so
evident in the development of the fruits of the Pheoneuron type.
The differences in the flowers, which coincide so remarkably with
those in the fruits, concern the ovary and the calyx which takes
part in the formation of the fruit. The ground-plan of the ovary
is the same in both groups, and agrees with that usually found in
the 5-merous Melastomace: ; and the ovary itself is, in both, com-
pletely surrounded and exceeded by the calyx-tube, which bears
the petals and stamens on a circular rim situated somewhat
above the top of the ovary. This is, in fact, a character common
to all Melastomacex. But whilst the ovary of Pheoneuron is
free with the exception of the lower third or fourth part, where
it is completely connate with the calyx-tube (Pl. 19. fig. 19), it
is in Dicellandra joined with the calyx-tube by narrow radial
lamellae which run from the very top towards the base, in such
a way that they divide the space between the ovary and the
calyx-tube into ten pockets for the reception of the anthers in
the bud (PI. 19. fig. 1). The pockets are alternately shorter and
longer. Those which contain the longer anthers of the outer
staminal whorl reach nearly to the base, the others about to the
middle. I need not remind the reader that this is a very common
arrangement in Melastomacem. . In Pheoneuron there are no
such lamelle and no pockets. The ovary is quite free for about
or ł of its length. Another difference concerns the top of the
ovary. This bears in Dicellandra a crenulated, somewhat fleshy
ring which surrounds the base of the style and is fringed with
minute gland-tipped hairs (Pl. 19. fig. 4). No trace of a similar
appendage is noticeable in Pheoneuron. It is probable that
these differences are in correlation with the differences in
the mode of insect fertilization. As to the calyx itself, the

488 DR. OTTO STAPF ON

Dicellandra and Pheoneuron type differ in two respects. The
calyx of Dicellandra is more or less funnel-shaped or obconic
in bud, and subcampanulate when the petals open with a shortly
and broadly 5-toothed limb (Pl. 19. fig. 1); that of Pheoneuron
is hemispheric in the young and the adult state, or slightly
lengthened in the latter, and strictly truncate (Pl. 19. fig. 11).
The tube is rather thin in Dicellandra, but thick and succulent
in Pheoneuron; and I have little doubt that an examination of
the tissues composing the tube in both types would reveal
differences quite in aecord with the modification it undergoes in
ripening.

I might have satisfied myself with condensing all these obser-
vations in a concise technical description as follows below; but I
thought it worth while to show in a special case how fertile
the rational perception of plant-structures is for the systematist»
compared with the artificial method which rests satisfied with the
superfieial and (usually one-sided) comparison of external cha-
racters, particularly if they have gained, through some technically
well-executed system, the reputation of being important as well
as convenient. The external characters on which we base our
systems are derived from the comparison of parts of the plants
which have not only definite shapes and dimensions, but also
definite functions to which they are more or less clearly adapted,
and they have both not only per se, but as members of a living
organism. As such, they are dominated by that fundamental
law of the organie world which Wiesner has significantly called
the principle of internal order and harmony (“ Prinzip der inneren
Ordnung und Harmonie"). 'They have assumed their shapes
and adapted themselves to their functions whatever may have
been the modelling influence of the environment, under constant
interaction, in the short cycle of the life of the individual as well
as in the long and slow process of the evolution of the phylum.
This is the cause of the wonderful harmony in the ccology of the
organisms, but also one of the sources of the extreme complexity
of the relations in which the members of a phylogenetie unit
stand to each other. But it is also the reason why all attempts
to discover so-called absolute characters for the classification of
the organie world are, à priori,doomed to failure. We cannot
build up a logical system, starting from a preconceived
principium divisionis, nor shall we ever find one in nature.
Absolute characters have as much reality as the philosopher's

DICELLANDRA AND PHJEONEURON. 489

stone. All we can do is patiently to seek the red line ofaffinity,
not by singling out an imaginary more or less absolute character,
but by viewing our objects from as many sides as possible, not as
the corpses with which we have to deal in our museums but as
living organisms. This may be a slow way, but it is the only
one which promises lasting results. We cannot always wait
for it for practical reasons, and artificial systems will have
to be set up for the time to bring some sort of order into the
chaos; but as our science advances, the excuses grow fewer and
fewer, and the gain in stability outweighs more and more the
outlay in time and labour.

To return from this excursion into the philosophy of systematic
botany —and the same applies, of course,to systematie zoology—
to our two Melastomaceous genera: the red line of affinity lies
evidently not through that comparatively isolated differentiation
of the connective which determines the homceandry or heterandry
of the andrecium, but through the much more complicated
and closely correlated modifications of those parts of the
flower which ultimately form the fruits and seeds. Their
character is the same in Phaoneuron and in .Dicellandra
liberica, and we shall therefore have to refer the latter to
Pheoneuron.

As to Dicellandra setosa, I have seen only fruits. These agree
in every point completely with those of D. liberica; and as Sir
Joseph Hooker's description very well fits the Liberian species,
there is scarcely any doubt that both are identical. Both may
therefore be united as Pheoneuron setosum. Gilg’s original
Pheoneuron dicellandroides, on the other hand, appears to me
to comprise two distinct species, and a further species may be
added, known from specimens collected by Moloney in Lagos.
From seeds of this, a plant has been raised at Kew from which
Sir Joseph Hooker has prepared a plate for the ‘ Botanical
Magazine,’ the species being named Ph. Moloneyi*. Thus the
genus Dicellandra appears, in the present state of our knowledge,
monotypic, whilst Pheoneuron, on the other hand, comprises
four species. I give the technical description of the two
genera and their species in the second part of my paper, and
place those of the genera side by side in order to facilitate
comparison.

* [t has since been published with tab. 7729.

490

II.

DICELLANDRA, Hook. f. (in
Benth. $ Hook. Gen. Plant, i. 757).
(Pl. 19. figs. 1-10.)

Flores 5-meri.

Calycis furfuraceo - pubescentis
tubus infundibulari-campanulatus,
ultra ovarium productus; limbus
5-dentatus, dentibus brevibus, per-
latis.

Petala elliptico-oblonga, acumi-
nata.

Stamina 10, inequalia, omnia
fertilia ; antheree
majoresanguste lanceolato-lineares,
acuminate, connectivo basi pro-
ducto, appendicibus anticis filiform-
ibus acutis, postico breviter acute
calcarato ; epipetalorum staminum
antheræ lanceolate, duplo minores,
connectivo basi haud producto,
appendicibus anticis brevibus acutis
anthere basi appressis, postico
brevissime acuteque calcarato.

Ovarium ope septorum a vertice
basin versus attenuatorum calyci
adnatum, locellis inter septa alter-
natim ad medium vel ad_ basin
decurrentibus, 5-loculare, vertice

episepalorum

annulo erenulato glanduloso-cilio-
stylus filiformis,
stigmate punctiformi.

Fructus baccatus, globosus, peri-
carpio tenui; placentz haud indu-
rate nec persistentes.

lato coronato;

Semina in pulpa nidulantia,
numerosa, obovoidea, superne
postice appendiculata ; testa tenuis,

DR. OTTO STAPF ON

PHÆONEURON, Gilg (in Engler
& Prantl, Natürl. Pflanzenfam.,
Nachtr. 267). (PI. 19. figs. 11-20.)

Flores 5-meri.

Calycis minutissime furfuraceo-
pubescentis vel subglabri tubus
hemispheericus vel sub-hemisphe-
ricus, ultra ovarium productus;
limbus truncatus.

Petala elliptica, apiculata.

Stamina 10, ineequalia vel æqua-
lia, omnia fertilia; episepalorum
antherm interdum paulo majores,
lineari-lanceolate ^ vel lineares,
acute vel obtuse, connectivo basi
magis minusve producto vel haud
producto, appendicibus anticis bre-
vibus incrassatis obtusis, postico
breviter calcarato; epipetalorum
staminum anthers similes, connec-
tivo basi haud producto, appendi-
cibus anticis antherz basi appressis.

Ovarium basi ad 4 vel 2 tubo
calycinoadnatum,ceterum liberum,
vertice nudo convexo, 5-loculare ;
stylus filiformis, stigmate puncti-
formi.

Fructus globosus, demum 5-sul-
catus, loculicide a vertice ad basin
dehiscens, pericarpio crassiusculo,
epi- et mesocarpio spongiosis
friabilibus et demum corrutis
endocarpio tenuiter crustaceo diu
persistente demum cum septis
valvatim delabente; placente in-
durat:e, fibrosæ, persistentes.

Semina numerosa, fructus loculos
arcte replentia, crassa, cuneiformia;
testa subtenuis, crustacea, opaca,

DICELLANDRA AND PHJEONEURON.

crustacea, nitidula, superne granu-
lata; raphe in seminis appendicem
producta, cava, parietibus tenuibus ;
hilum basilare.

Embryo obovoideus vel ellip-
soideus, semine multo brevior, eius
basin haud attingens.

Herba terrestris vel epiphytica,
caulibus acute tetragonis, foliis
ovatis, 5-7-nervibus, inflorescentiis
brevibus terminalibus et ex axillis
superioribus ortis cymosis, pauci-
floris, floribus purpureis.

Distributio: Africa occidentalis,

491

levis ; raphe ampla, solida, spongi-
osa; hilum subbasilare.

Embryo fero cylindricus, semini
magis minusve equilongus.

Suffrutices vel frutices terrestres,
caulibus teretibus, demum lignosis,
ramulis novellis subtetragonis, foliis
ovatis vel lanceolatis, 5-7-nervibus,
inflorescentiis corymboso-panicu-
latis, breviter pedunculatis, floribus
roseis.

Distributio : Africa occidentalis,

Nigeria, Fernando Po, Cameroons. a Sierra Leone ad Monbuttuland.

1. DICELLANDRA, Hook. f.

Species unica: D. BARTERI, Hook. f., l. c. (Pl. 19. figs. 1-
10.)—Herba ad 4 ped. alta, in partibus novellis rufo-furfuraceo-
pubescens, deinde glabrescens. Caulis crassus, inferne radicans.
Folia ovata acuta vel ssepius breviter acuminata, basi acuta vel
inferiora rotundata magnitudine valde inzequalia, majora ad 20 em.
longa et 11 em. lata, margine magis minusve (interdum obscure)
repando-denticulata, membranacea, supra mox glaberrima, infra
ad nervos venasque diu vel persistenter furfuracea, nervis 7 a
basi divergentibus vel intimis 3 breviter unitis, extimis submar-
ginalibus, venis transversis horizontalibus 6-10 mm. remotis,
reticulatione laxa ; petioli circiter 10 em. longi. Inflorescentiz
vix pollicares, dense rufo-furfuracee ; bractew minute. Calyx
6 mm. longus. Petala calyci circiter squilonga, purpurea.
Fructus 1 cm. dimetiens. Semina 0:5-0'7 mm. longa.— Triana
in Trans. Linn. Soc. xxviii. (1871) 81, t. 7. f. 856; Cogniaua,
Melastom. in DC. Suites au Prod. vii. 546; Gilg in Engl. &
Prantl, Natürl. Pflanzenf., Nachträge, 267, Ar in Engl. Monogr.
Afrik. Pflanzenfam. ii. 33.

Gold Coast: Tumfa Hills near Akim, on dead logs and in
humus collected on branches (W. H. Johnson, 506!). Nigeria:
by the Nun River, epiphytic on old trees (Barter, 20113!).
Cameroons: Gross-Batanga, on moist shady ground in forests
(Dinklage, 851!).

492 DR. OTTO STAPF ON

To this species are to be referred with some reserve a specimen
collected by G. Mann in the island of Fernando Po (no. 3), and
one, colleeted by Dinklage, on the ground of moist shady forests
near Gross-Batanga, Cameroons (no. 851). Both agree perfectly
with Barter's specimens with the exception of the leaves, which
are rather broader and have more numerous, closer, and more
projecting transverse veins. One of the leaves of Mann
specimens measures 22 by 17 em. and is cordate at the base. It
is possible that these two specimens represent a distinct species.

2. PHÆONEURON, Gilg.

Andreecium distincte heterandrum ; connectivum
staminum episepalorum basi inter antheram et
appendices anticos longiuscule productum .... 1. setosum.
Andreecium homeandrum vel subhomeandrum;
connectivum staminum haud vel episepalorum
brevissime productum.
Petala 10-14 mm. longa; anther lineari-lanceo-
late, acute, 4-4:5 mm. longee.
Connectivum staminum episepalorum basi bre-
vissime productum, calcare truncato. ..... 9. dicellandroides.
Connectivum omnium staminum basi haud
productum, appendicibus anticis anthers

appressis, calcare lato, minute 3-lobato 3. Moloneyi.
Petala vix 6 mm. longa; anthere 3 mm. long,
episepalz lineares obtuse ........ eese 4. Schweinfurthü.

1. Pa. serosum, Stapf*. (Pl. 19. figs. 11-16.)—Frutex parce
furfuraceo-pubescens, mox glabratus. Rami vetusti ad 8 mm.
dimetientes, teretes, cortice griseo-brunneo, longitudinaliter fisso,
ramis novellis superne obtuse quadrangularibus, setulis glanduli-
geris parce conspersis. Folia lanceolata vel oblongo-lanceolata,
breviter acuminata, basi rotundata vel acuta, 7-9 em. longa, 2'5-
3 cm. lata, margine magis minusve (interdum obscure) repando-
denticulata, denticulis sepe in setulam abeuntibus, membranacea,
glabra, nervis 5 a basi liberis, exterioribus margine admodum
approximatis, nervis transversis ereberrimis horizontalibus 14-
41 mm. remotis ; petioli 8-15 mm. longi, graciles. Paniculæ 2-
3 cm. longs, basi 25-3 cm. late; bractem lanceolate, acute ;
pedieelli 2-3 mm.longi. Calyx oblongo-hemisphericus, 6-8 mm.

* In Bot. Mag. sub t. 7729.

DICELLANDRA AND PHJEONEURON. 493

longus, minutissime puberulus. Petala rosea, oblique elliptico-
oblonga, minute apiculata, ad 17 mm. longa, 6 mm. lata. Antherg
episepals 9:5 mm. long, appendicibus anticis oblique truncatis,
connectivi parte producta 2 mm. longa, epipetale vix 8 mm.
longs, connectivi parte producta brevissima, calcare admodum
obscuro. Fructus 7-8 mm. dimetiens. Semina 1 mm. paulo lon-
giore, angulo postico plerumque paulo producto.—Dicellandra ?
setosa, Hook. f. in Oliv. Fl. Trop. Afr. ii. 459; Cogniauz, 1. c.
546 ; Gilg in Engl. Monogr. Afr. Pflanzenfam. ii. 33; D. liberica,
Gilg, 1. c.

Sierra Leona (Afzelius!); Liberia, in ditches and swamps of
the savannahs and forests, often gregarious (Dinklage, 2056 !).

2. PH. DICELLANDROIDES, Gilg in Engl. & Prantl, Natürl.
Pflanzenf., Nachtr. 267. (PI. 19. figs. 17-20.)—Suffrutex, ad 2 m.
altus. Rami vetusti, teretes, nigrescentes, ramulis novellis rufo-
furfuraceis, mox glabratis. Folia ovata vel oblonga, interdum
obliqua, acuta, basi rotundata vel subacuta, rarius subcordata,
8-20 em. longa, 35-10 em. lata, margine plerumque minute
repando-denticulata, a basi 7-nervia, nervis exterioribus margini
admodum approximatis, venis transversis horizontalibus ut nervis
subtus minute furfuraceis, reticulatione intervenas tranversas vix
ulla; petioli foliorum cuiusque paris interdum insquilongi,
longiores ad 8 em. longi, subgraciles. Panicul® ad 9:5 em. long,
ad 4 cm. late; bractex lanceolate, minute ; pedicelli (supra
bracteas summas) 1-2 mm.longi. Calyx hemisphericus, minutis-
sime pubescens, 4-5 mm. longus. Petala violacea vel rosea,
oblique elliptica, obscure apiculata, 10-12 mm. longa, 7-8 mm.
lata. Anthere episepale 5:5 mm. long, connectivo basi brevissime
producto, appendicibusanticis tuberculiformibus, caleare truncato,
epipetale vix minores. Fructus 7-8 mm. dimetiens. Semina 1
mm. paulo breviora.— Gilg in Engl. Monogr. Afrik. Pflanzenfam.
ii. 85, t. viii. B (the Cameroon plant).

West Africa: Cameroons, Yaünde, common in swamps, on the
banks of streams, and in clearings of the woods (Zenker d Staudt,
159! Zenker, 1418!); Bipinde, on the shady banks of streams
(Zenker, 904!) ; Gross-Batanga, on the banks of streams and the
swampy ground of forests (Dinklage, 6351) ; Kribi, by streams
(Preuss, 261).

An imperfect specimen collected by G. Mann in the Sierra
Crystal, Gaboon (no. 1680), may also belong to this species. It

494. DR. OTTO STAPF ON

was quoted by Triana in Trans. Linn. Soc. xxviii. 81, under
Dicellandra Barteri, Hook. f.

3. Pu. Moroxrvr, Stapf in Bot. Mag. ined.*— Sufirutex.
Rami vetusti teretes, rubro-fuscescentes, ramis novellis dense
purpureo- vel rufo-furfuraceis. Folia ovata vel ovato-oblonga,
acuta vel subacuminata, basi rotundata vel subcordata, 9-15 cm.
longa, 4-9 em. lata, margine repando-denticulata, membranacea,
supra deinde glabrata, infra in nervis venisque persistenter
minute furfuracea, a basi 7-nervia, nervis exterioribus margini
admodum approximatis, venis transversis horizontalibus, 3-6 mm.
remotis, inter eas retieulatione vix ulla; petioli graciles 2°5-
6 mm. longi. Panicule rufo-furfuraces, 3-5 em. longe, 5-8 cm.
basi late; bractez lineares minute ; pedicelli (supra bracteas
summas) 1-2mm. longi. Calyx hemisphericus, vix 4 mm. longus,
minutissime pubescens. Petala oblique obovata, subapiculata,
12 mm. longa, ad 7 mm. lata, rosea. Anthere x»quales, 4:5 mm.
longe, appendicibus auther® basi appressis, calcare lato, minute
trilobato. Fructus 6-7 mm. dimetiens. Semina vix 1 mm.
longa.

Lagos (Moloney, 28!). Cult. in the Kew Gardens in 1884.

4, Pu. SCHWEINFURTHIT, Stapf+.—Suffrutex. Caulis inferne
lignosus, teres, ramis novellis fusco- vel rufo-furfuraceis, mox
glabratis. Folia elliptica vel ovato-elliptica, breviter acuminata,
basi minute cordata, 7-13 cm. longa, 4-6 em. lata, margine
minute dentieulata, a basi 7-nervia, venis transversis 2-4 mm.
remotis horizontalibus minute furfuraceis, reticulatione inter
eas vix ulla; petioli 1-2 cm. longi. Panicule multiflore
ad 4 em. longz, ad 7 em. late, parce minutissime furfuraces;
bracteæ lanceolato-ovate, minute; pedicelli brevissimi (supra
bracteas summas). Calyx hemisphericus, 3-3:5 mm. longus,
minutissime pubescens. Petala rosea, elliptica acuta, 6 mm.
longa. Anthere »quilong®, 33 mm. long, episepale lineares,
obtuse, connectivo basi brevissime sed distincte producto, appen-
dicibus tubereuliformibus, calcare lato, 3-lobato ; anther® epi-
petalie, sublanceolate, subacutie, conneetivo basi haud producto,
appendicibus caleareque minutis. Fruetus 6 mm. dimetiens.
Semina vix 1 mm. longa.

* Since published, t. 7729.
+ In Bot. Mag. sub t. 7729.

Linn. Zoc Journ. Bor Von. XXXIV. P1.19.

Stapf.

West, Newman imp.

O. Stapf del.
R Morgan lith.

1-10: DICELLANDRA, Hook.f., 11-20: PHÆONEURON, Gilg.

DICELLANDRA AND PHJEONEURON. 495

Upper Nile basin: Monbuttuland, by the Kussumbo River
(Schweinfurth, 3166 !).

10.

Fig. 11.

12.
13.
14.
15.
16.

Fig. 17.

18.

19.
20.

LINN.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 19.
Figs. 1-10. Dicellandra Barteri, Hook. f.

Longitudinal section through a bud (with the petals and stamens
removed), showing a long and a short pocket corresponding to the
long and the short anther which they contained,

. Àn episepalous stamen,
. Àn epipetalous stamen,
. Top of ovary and style.

A gland-hair from the annular appendage of the top of the ovary.
A seed.

. The same, in longitudinal section.
. The same, in cross section. The shaded portion represents here (as in

fip, 7) the embryo. In the cavity behind it some remains of the,
tissue can be seen, the breaking up of which renders the raphe ulti-
mately hollow.

. Epidermis of the testa.

Seetion through the testa, showing the two cell-layers of whieh it
consists.

Figs. 11-16. Pheoneuron setosum, Stapf.
(Dicellandra setosa, Hook. f.; D. liberica, Gilg.)

Longitudinal section through a flower (with the petals and stamens
removed). [Norz. The ovary should be shown as connate with the
calyx-tube, as described in the text. ]

An episepalous stamen.

An epipetalous stamen.

A seed.

The same, in cross section.

The same, in longitudinal section.

Figs. 17-20. Pheoneuron dicellandroides, Gilg.

An episepalous stamen (side view).

The same, in front view, with the filament removed.

An epipetalous stamen (side view).

Another epipetalous stamen, in front view, with the filament removed.

JOURN.—BOTANY, VOL. XXXIV. 2 P

INDEX.

[Synonyms and native names are printed in i/a/ics. A star is added to names
which are ostensibly here published for the first time.]

Abutilon amplum, Benth., mentioned,
2306.
eryptopetalum, F. Muell., 180.
Fraseri, Hook., 180; mentioned,
74.
var. parviflora, Benth., 180;
mentioned, 174.
Acacia, mentioned,
257.
acuminata, Benth., 190.
aneura, Benth., mentioned, 174.
aneura, F, Muell., 189.
brachystachya, Benth., 189.
Dempsteri, F. Muell., 241.
denticulosa, F. Muell., 241.
erinacea, Benth., 188; mentioned,
256.
lachnophylla, F. Muell., 241.
patens, F. Muell., mentioned, 238,
pyrifolia, DC., mentioned, 238.
quadrimarginea, F. Muell., 241.
sclerosperma, mentioned, 241.
sibirica * , S. Moore, 182 ; mention-
ed, 172, 241.
subcærulea, Lindl., 189.
Acæna, mentioned, 245.
Acanthaces, 233.
Acanthococcus aspera, Reinsch, 285.
Acaulon, 169.
Achnanthez of the West Indies, 292.
Achnanthes lanceolata, Grun., 292,
linearis, Grun., 292.
Achnanthidium lanceolatum,
292.
lineare, W. Sm., 292,
Actinodaphne, mentioned, 302,
stenophylla, Thw., 354.
Adenocystis, eryptostomata of, 422 ;
sporangia of, 422.
Adrastea, mentioned, 246.

226, 204, 250,

Bréb.,

ZEolanthus, mentioned, 269, 272, 273,
14.
ambustus, Oliver, mentioned, 271.
Cameronii *, Burkill, 273; inflor-
escence ol, 272.
Candelabrum, Briquet, mentioned,
273.
salicifolius, Baker, 270.
sp., inflorescence of, 272.
virgatus, Gürke, mentioned, 271;
inflorescence of, 272.
zanzibaricus, S. Moore, mentioned,
272, 273.

JEseulus-wood, mature sporophore of
Collybia velutipes, grown on a steri-
lized block, 161, 162.

Agaricinem, 147.

Agaricus, 147 ; gills of, 154.
/Esculi, Schum., ftnote 147.
austriacus, Tratt., ftnote 147.
melleus, Vahl, 155, 157;

morphs of, 157.
mutabilis, Huds., ftnote 147.
nigripes, Bull., ftnote 147.
velutipes, Curt. (Collybia velutipes,
P. Karst.), on the Biology of, by
R. H. Biffen, 147—163.

Agrimonia, mentioned, 304.

zeylanica, Moon, 340.

Agropyrum scabrum, 239, 245.

Aizoon, mentioned, 244.

Alaria, cryptostomata of, 422.

Alchemilla, mentioned, 804.
indica, Gardn., 340.

Algæ, Freshwater, of the West Indies,
a further Contribution to the, by W.
and G. S. West, 279-299.

Alleophania decipiens, Thw., 343.

Alyssum linifolium, Steph., 177 ; men-
tioned, 239, 245.

222

rhizo-

498

Alyxia buxifolia, R. Br., 203 ; mentioned,
257, 258.

Amaranthaceæ, 218, 249, 253.

Amblyanthera, 220, 221.

Amblystegium irriguum, Bruch, 470.
subserpens, Bruch, mentioned, 471.

Anabena fragilis, Menegh., 289.

Anagallis arvensis, Linn., 203, 239.

Anaphalis, mentioned, 305, 326,
brevifolia, DC., 347.
cinnamomea, C. B. Clarke, 347.
marcescens, €. B. Clarke, 347.
oblonga, DC., 947 ; mentioned, 320,

333.
Thwaitesii, C. B. Clarke, 347.
zeylanica, C. B. Clarke, 347.

Anarthria, 234.

Andropogon, mentioned, 303.
caricosus, Linn., mentioned, 306.
filipendulus, Hochst., mentioned,

306.

lividus, Tkw., 359.

monticola, Schult., 359.

Nardus, Linn., 359; mentioned,
305 (‘Citronella ” or “Mana”
grass), 326, 327.

polyptychus, Steud., 359.

serratus, Thunb., mentioned, 306.

squarrosus, Linn. f., 359.

zeylanicus, Nees, 359; sleep and
sun-position of, 331.
Androsace, Geographie Distribution of,
in India, 146.

Aneilema dimorphum, Dalz., 356.

Anemone, mentioned, 304.
rivularis, Ham., 334.

Angianthus pusillus, Benth., 197.
strictus, Benth., 197.
tomentosus, Wenal., 196 ; mentioned

256.

Angiopteris, mentioned, 478.

Angiospermz, 177.

Anguillaria, mentioned, 244.
divica, R. Br., 227.

Anigozanthes, 254.

Anogeissus latifolia, Wal., mentioned,

306.

Anomodon devolutus, Mitt., 470.

Anotis nummularia, Arn., 944.

Anthistiria arguens, Wild., mentioned,

3006.

ciliata, Linn, f., mentioned, 238,
244.

imberbis, Retz., 359.

tremula, Nees, 360.

Trimeni, Hook. f., 360.

Anthobolus exocarpoides, F. Muell.,

mentioned, 258.

Anthocercis Odgersii, F. Muell., 242.

Antrophyum plantagineum, Kauf., 361.

Aotus Tietkiensii, F. Muell., 242.

iy

INDEX.

Apocopis Wightii, Nees, var. zeylanicus
(?), 359.
Apocynez, 203.
Aponogeton crispum, Thunb., 357.
Apospory, On the Production of, by
Environment in Athyrium Filix-
fæmina, var. unco-glomeratum, an
apparently barren Fern, by F. W.
Stansfield, 262-268.
Araliaceæ, 232.
Archangiopteris Henryi, Christ d
Geisenhagen, from China, 478.
Ardisia Gardneri, O. B. Clarke, 350.
Arenaria, 430.
Delavayi, Franch., 437.
kansuensis, Maxim, 436.
linearifolia, Franch.,
437.
longistyla, mentioned, 437.
napuligera, Franch., 436.
polytrichoides, Kdgew., 436.
quadridentata, Williams, 437.
serpyllifolin, Linn., 436.
szeehuensis * , Williams, 437.
yunnanensis, Franch., 437.
Argyreia hirsuta, var. coacta, C. B.
Clarke, 351.
Aristida, mentioned, 303, 306.
arenaria, Gaudich., 228.
Artemisia Absinthium, Linn., men-
tioned, 327.
Arthrodesmus, mentioned, 412, 413.
Aubertianum, var. Archerii, men-
tioned, 413.
convergens, Ehrend., 397; men-
tioned, 369, 375, 398.
incrassatus, Lagerh., ftnote 413.
Ineus, Hass., mentioned, 413.
psilosporus, Tont, mentioned, 413,
Arthropodium, mentioned, 233, 243.
curvipes *, S. Moore, 227; men-
tioned, 228, 242.
minus, F. Br., mentioned, 227.
paniculatum, 7?. Zr. mentioned, 227.
Arundinella laxiflora, Hook. f., 359.
leptoehloa, Hook. f. (sp. ?), 359.
villosa, Arn., 359.
Asclepiadex, 204.
Ascophyllum nodosum, filaments, or
** hyphze" of, 419.
Asplenium falcatum, Lam., 361.
normale, D. Don, 361.
Aster, mentioned, 243.
Astrebla, mentioned, 234.
Astroloma Candolleanum, Sond.,
mentioned, 256.
Astrotriche, 234.
Hamptoni, F. Muell., 236.
Athrixia, mentioned, 244.
ehaetopoda, F. Muell., 242.
tenella, Benth., 198.

mentioned,

INDEX.

Athyrium Filix-femina, var. unco-
glomeratum, an apparently barren
Fern: On the production of Apo-
spory by Environment in, by F.
W. Stansfield, 262-268.

Atrate, 3.

Atrichum, mentioned, 465.

Lescurii, James, mentioned, 464.
obtusulum, C, Muell., 460 ; men-
tioned, 449.
Atriplex nummularia, Lindl., 217.
spp., mentioned, 257.
vesicaria, Heward?, 217.

Atylosia Candollei, Wight & Arn., 339;
mentioned, 304, 305, 332 ; sleep
movements of leaves of, 331.

rugosa, Wight 4 Arn., 330; sleep
and sun-position of, 330.

Auricularia sambucina, Mart., men-
tioned, 442.

Axonopus semialatus, Hook. f., 359.

Bacillariez of the West Indies, 289.
Baeckia, mentioned, 243.
crassifolia, Lindi., mentioned, 236,
257.
cryptandroides, F. Muell., 241.
ochropetala, F. Muell., 241.
Balaustion, mentioned, 234.
Banksia, mentioned, 233, 243.
Elderiana, 241.
Barbula, 168.
scleromitra, Besch., mentioned,
455.
unguiculata, Hedw., 454,
Barton, Ethel Sarel, On Notheia
anomala, Harv. et Bail., 417-425.
On a new species of Halimeda
from Funafuti, 479-482.

Bartramia crispata, Schimp.,
tioned, 459.
Halleriana, Hedw., 459.
pomiformis, Hedw., var. crispa,

Bruch, 459.
Bartramiaceæ, 459,
Basidiomycetes, On the Origin of the,
by George Massee, 438-448.
Beaufortia interstans, F. Muell., 242.
Berberis, mentioned, 304.
aristata, DC., 334,
Bertya, 284.
dimerostigma, F. Muell., 242.
quadrisepala, F. Mueli., 242.
Beyeria viscosa, Miq., mentioned, 257.
Biddulphiæ of the West Indies, 295.
Biffen, R. H., On the Biology of Agaricus
velutipes, Curt. (Collybia velutipes,
P. Karst.), 147-163.
Bignoniacex, 232,
Binatella furcigera, Bréb., mentioned,

396.

men- |

499

Biophytum proliferum, Wight, 336 ;
sleep and sun - position of, 328,
329.

“Black Boy" (Xanthorrhoea Preissii,
Endl.), 172.

Blechnum orientale, Zinn., 360.

Blennodia brevipes, F. Muell., 177.

cardaminoides, F, Muell., 177.
var. microcarpa *, 5. Moore,
177.
Blumea crinita, Arn., 346.
flexuosa, C. B. Clarke, 333, 346;
mentioned, ftnote 320.
lacera, DC., 346.
sp., mentioned, 305.

Boerhaavia diffusa, Linn., mentioned
229, 233.

Boraginez, 204,

Boronia cxrulescens, mentioned, 257.

Borya nitida, Labill., 228 ; mentioned,
260.

Botrychium virginianum, Sw., 362.

Botryosilene, 429.

Botrytis, mentioned, 158, 441, 445;

its hyphae causing lily disease,
158.
tricephala, Sace., mentioned, 448.

Brachyanthe, 428.

Brachychiton Gregorii, F. Muell.,
180; mentioned, 231.

Brachycome, mentioned, 233, 234, 244.

ciliaris, Less., 195.

—- var., Less., 195.

collina, Less., 195.

pachyptera, Turez., 195.

pusilla, Steefz, 195.

Brachysema Chambersii, F. Muell.,

mentioned, 256.

daviesioides, Benth., mentioned,
256.

Brachythecium, mentioned, 470.
plumosum, Bruch, 470.
Wichuræ, Broth., 470; mentioned,

449.

Breynia patens, Benth., 333, 855 ; men-
tioned, 303.

British India, Subsubareas of (C. B.
Clarke), 1-146.

Briza maxima, Linn., 229; mentioned,
239, 251.

Bromus arenarius, Labill, 229; men-
tioned 245.

Brunonia australis, Sm., 203.

Dryacem, 457.

Bryophyllum calycinum, Salisb., 340.

Bryum giganteum, Hook., 457; men-

tioned, 458.
pseudo-triquetrum, Hedw., 458.
roseum, Schreb., mentioned, 457,

area
zu.

Bulbostylis, 7.

500

Bulbostylis barbata, Kunth, 73.
var. 8B. pulchella,
Clarke, 13.
capillaris, Kunth, 74.
var. trifida, C, B. Clarke,
74, 358.
puberula, Kunth, 74.
subspinescens, C. B. Clarke, 74.
Bupleurum mucronatum, Wight d
Arn., var. virgata, Hooker, 343.
Burkill, I. H., and 0. H. Wright, On
some African Labiatz with Alternate
Leaves, 268-210.
Burmannia disticha, Linn., 333, 356.
Bursaria spinosa, Cav., mentioned, 256,
Burtonia gompholobioides, F. Muell.,
242.
simplicifolia, 241.

C. B.

Cæsia, mentioned, 244.
rigidifolia, F. Muell., 242.

Calamintba umbrosa, Benth., 353.

Calandrinia calyptrata, Hook. f., 178.
pygmæa, F. Muell., 178.
spp., mentioned, 257.

Callitris verrucosa, R. Br., mentioned,

257.

Calophyllum, mentioned, 302.

Calothamnus, mentioned, 234.

Calothrix epiphytica, W. & G. S. West,

285.

Calothyrsus, 222.

Calotis erinacea, Stee¢z, mentioned, 258.
hispidula, F. Muell., 195, 258.
plumulifera, F. Muell., 195, 258.

Calycopeplus, 234.

Helmsii, 242.

Calymperes Fordi, Besch., 454.

Calythrix Birdii, 241.
brachyphylla, Zurez., mentioned,

192.
brevicollis, 241.
brevifolia, Meissn., mentioned, 192.
desolata*, S. Moore, 191, 941.
graveolens, Benth., mentioned, 192.
Oldfieldii, Benth., mentioned, 192.
plumulosa, F. Muell., 241.
spp., mentioned, 256.
Watsoni, 241.

Campanula, mentioned, 304.
fulgens, Wali., 349.

Campanulacem, 203.

Campylopus Dozyanus, Jaeg., 453.
nigrescens, Jaeg., mentioned, 453.
polytrichoides, De Not., mentioned,

458.

Candollea, mentioned, 246.

Canthium spp., mentioned, 257, 303.
latifolium, F. Muell., 174,194, 231.
oleifolium, Hook., mentioned, 195.
parviflorum, Lam., 345.

| Canthium Rheedi, DC.,

INDEX.

var. minus,
Thw., 345.
suaveolens*, S. Moore, 194; men-
tioned, 195, 241.
Capitanya, mentioned, 275.
Capparidem, 232.
Carallia integerrima, DC., 341.
Carex, 2, 8, 15; Geographie Distribu-
tion of, 138.
acutiformis, Ehrh., 133; Geo-
graphie Distribution of, 139.
Aitehisoni, Boeck., 132.
alpina, Swartz, 126.
var. B. erostrata, Boott, 126.
var. y. gracilenta, Strachey,

127.
alta, Boott, 110.
Arnottiana, Drejer, 111; Geo-

graphie Distribution of, 141.
arridens, C. B. Clarke, 124.
atrata, Linn., 127.
baccans, Nees, 121; Geographic

Distribution of, 140.
var. ß. siccifructus, C. B.

Clarke, 122.
bengalensis, Roxb., 115, 298, 299,
Boryana, Schk. ?, 296.
breviculmis, R. Zr. 136; Geo-

graphie Distribution of, 139.
breviscapa, C. B. Clarke, 131.
Bruceana, Boott, 115.
brunnea, Thunb., 109; Geographie

Distribution of, 141.

Buxbaumii, mentioned, 277.
cxspititia, Nees, 112.

canescens, Linn., 110.

capillacea, Boott, 114.

cardiolepis, Nees, 135.

cernua, Boott, 111.

ceylaniea, Boeck., 120.
chlorosaceus * , C. B. Clarke, 298 ;

mentioned, 299,
Commersoniana, 4. Rich. MS. e

Spach, 296.
composita, Boott, 123.
condensata, Griffith, 115.
condensata, Nees, 116 ; mentioned,

296.
continua, C. B. Clarke, 117.
cooptanda, C. B. Clarke, 110.
erinigera, Boott, 298, 299.
var. B. minor, Boott, 296.
cruciata, Wahlenb, 115; Geo-

graphic Distribution of, 140.
var. argocarpus, C. B. Clarke,
116
var. nagporensis, C. B. Clarke,

cruenta, Nees, 129.
eryptostachys, Brongn., 114.
curaica, Kunth, 107.

INDEX.

Carex eurticeps, C. B. Clarke, 126.

curvata, Boott, 125.

cyclocystis, Boeck., 112.

cyrtostachys, C. B. Clarke, 114.

Daltoni, Boott, 124.

decora, Boott, 124.

desponsa, Boott, 123.

diluta, Bieb., 131.

distracta, C. B. Clarke, 115.

divisa, Hudson, 106 ; Geographie
Distribution of, 141.

Duthiei, C. B. Clarke, 127.

-— var. /3. glacialis, C. B. Clarke,
128.

ecostata, C. B. Clarke, 120.

Ehrhartiana, Hoppe, 108.

erostrata, C. B. Clarke, 113.

ferruginea, Scop., 132.

filicina, Nees, 118; Geographic
Distribution of, 140,

var. 8. meiogyna, Strachey,
118.

— — var. ô, microgyna, C. B. Clarke,
119.

‘var. y. minor, Boott, 119.

finitima, Kooti, 131.

—- var, 8. attenuata, C. B. Clarke,
131.

fissilis, Boott, 114, 115.

flacca, Schreb., 134.

flava, Linn., 132; Geographic
Distribution of, 139.

fluviatilis, Boott, 108.

fragilis, Boott, 125.

fusca, mentioned, 277.

fusenta, C. B. Clarke, 112.

fuscifructus, C. B. Clarke, 134.

fusiformis, Nees, 130.

hematosaccus*, (C, B. Clarke,
297.

hxematostoma, Nees, 135.

Halleriana, Asso, 136.

hebecarpa, C. A. Meyer, 137.

var. B. lachnosperma, C. D.
Clarke, 137.

Helferi, Boeck., 114.

Henningshiana, Boeck., 108.

heterolepis, Boeck., 130.

hirtella, Drejer, 135.

inequalis, C. B. Clarke, 125.

inanis, Kunth, 134.

inclinis, C. B. Clarke, 125.

incurva, LigAtf., 106 ; Geographic
Distribution of, 141.

indica, WaAienb., 296.

indica, Linn., 114.

-—— var. ? 3. late-brunea, C. B.
Clarke, 115.

~—— var. Milne, C. B. Clarke, 115.

insignis, Boott, 124.

Jackiana, Boott, 130.

501

Carex Jackiana, var. 6. minor, C. B.

Clarke, 130.

japonica, Thunb., 131.

var. fj. alopecuroides, C. B.
Clarke, 131.

kashmirensis, C. D. Clarke, 139.

læta, Boott, 136.

Lehmanni, Drejer, 127.

leptecarpus, C. B. Clarke, 119.

leueantha, Boott, 121.

ligulata, Nees, 137.

Lindleyana, Nees, 120, 358.

linearis, Boott, 113.

var, B. elachista, C. B. Clarke,
113.

lobulirostris, Drejer,.133.

longicruris, Nees, 109 ; Geographic
Distribution of, 142.

longipes, D. Don, 108 ; Geographic
Distribution of, 141.

var. y. dissitiflora, C. B.
Clarke, 109.

—— var, 3. nepalensis, Boott, 109.

longispicata, Boeck., 110.

lurida, C. B. Clarke, 133.

macrantha, Boeck., 129.

maculata, Boott, 130.

malaccensis, C. B. Clarke, 121.

melanantha, C. A. Meyer, 128.

mercarensis, Steud., 119; Geo-
graphie Distribution of, 140.

var. 3. major, Steud., 119.

mieroglochin, Wahlenb., 113.

mitis, Boeck., 108.

Mooreroftii, Boott, 129.

munda, Doott, 125.

munipoorensis, C. B. Clarke, 126.

Munroi, C. B. Clarke, 132.

muricata, Linn., 107.

var. foliosa, C. B. Clarke,
107.

Myosurus, Nees, 122.

var. jj. eminens (sp.), Nees,

122.

var. y. ratongensis, C. P.
Clarke, 122.

nemostachys, Steud., 136.

nivalis, Boott, 128.

notha, Kunth, 111.

nubigena, D. Don, 107; Geographic
Distribution of, 141.

nutans, Host, 132.

obscura, Nees, 127.

var. B. brachycarpa, C. B.
Clarke, 127.

oligocarpa, C. B. Clarke, 136.

olivacea, Boott, 133.

pandanophylla, C. B. Clarke, 114.

parva, Nees, 113.

parvigluma, C. B. Clarke, 116.

perakensis, C. B. Clarke, 120.

502

INDEX.

Carex phacota, Spreng.,111 ; Geographic

Distribution of, 141.

plebeia, C. B. Clarke, 119; Geo-
graphie Distribution of, 140.

polycephala, Boott, 124.

prælonga, C. B. Clarke, 110.

— var. 3. angustior, C. B. Clarke,
110.

przstans, C. B. Clarke, 122.

Prescottiana, Boott, 112.

pruinosa, Boott, 111.

Pseudo-cyperus, Linn., 133 ; Geo-
graphic Distribution of, 139.

psychrophila, Nees, 128.

pulehra, Boott, 125.

radicalis, Boott, 126.

ramosa, Boeck., 296.

ramosa, Schkuhr, 298.

ramosa, K. Schum., 298, 299.

raphidocarpa, Nees, 120.

rara, Boott, 114; Geographic Dis-
tribution of, 141.

remota, Linn., 110.

—— var, B. Rechebruni, C. B.
Clarke, 110.
Renschiana, Boeck, 997; men-

tioned, 298, 299.

repanda, C. B. Clarke, 120.

rhizomatosa, Steud., 120.

rhynchophysa, Note on the Irish,
by G. Claridge Druce, 276-279.

rigida, Gooden., 112.

rostrata, Stokes, 132; mentioned,
276, 277, 278; Geographie
Distribution of, 139.

——— var. latifolia, Ascherson, 278.

rubro-brunnea, C. B. Clarke, 112.

sanguinea, Boott, 120; Geo-
graphie Distribution of, 140.

Schlagintweitiana, Boeck., 134.

seitula, Boott, 123.

setigera, D. Don, 134.

setosa, Boott, 136.

sikkimensis, C. B. Clarke, 111.

songorica, Karel. et Kiril., 132.

spieigera, Nees, 121.

var. B. minor, Thw., 121,

333, 358.

var. 6. rostrata, Boeck., 121.

—— var. y. rubella (sp.), Zoott,
121.

speciosa, Kunth, 126.

spieulata, Boott, 123.

—— var. f. nobilis (sp.), Boott,
123.

stenophylla, WaAlenb., 106.

Steudneri, Boeck., 907 ; mentioned,
299.

Stracheyi, Duthie, 125.

stramentitia, Boeck., 117 ; Geogra-
phic Distribution of, 140.

Carex supina, Wahlenb., 129.

teinogyna, Boott, 109.

teres, Boott, 110.

teretiuseula, Gooden., 108.

Thomsoni, Boott, 108.

Thwaitesii, 115.

tristis, Bieb., 132.

tumida, Boott, 133.

ustulata, Wahlenb., 129.

vesicaria, Linn., 133; Geographic
Distribution of, 139.

vesiculosa, Boott, 117.

var. 3. paniculata, €. B.
Clarke, 117.

vieinalis, Boott, 130.

vidua, C. B. Clarke, 114.

vulgaris, Fries, 112; Geographie
Distribution of, 141.

—— var. 3. distracta, C. B. Clarke,
113.

vulpinaris, Nees, 107.

Wahlenbergiana, Boott, on, by
C. B. Clarke, 295-299.

— — var. pallida, Boott MS., 925.

varr, B, y, e, Boott, 296, 297,

298.

var. 6, Boott, 297.

Walkeri, Boott, 124.

Wallichiana, Nees, 137; Geographic
Distribution of, 139,

Wightiana, Nees, 120.

Winterbottomi, C. B. Clarke, 125.

Careya arborea, Roxb., 342 ; inentioned,
308, 306.

Caricinez, Distribution of the Indian,
compared with that of the Cyperacea
(C. B. Clarke), 143.

The Geographie Distribution of

the, of India (C. B. Clarke), 138.

Caryophyllaces of the Chinese Province
of Sze-Chuen, by Frederic N. Wil-

liams, 426-437.
Caryophyllastrum, 427.
Cassia, mentioned, 256, 305.

artemisioides, Gaudich., 172, 188.
cardiosperma, F. Muell., 241.

eremophila, A. Cunn., 188; men-

tioned, 231.

Kleinii, Wight 4 Arn., 333, 339;

sleep and sun-position of, 329.

mimosoides, Linn., 333, 339; sleep

and sun-position of, 329.
var. auricoma, 340,

phyllodinea, R.Br., mentioned, 231,

pleurocarpa, F. Muell., 188.
Sturtii, R. Br., 188.
Cassytha spp., mentioned, 258.

Castalia speciosa, Salisb. ,mentioned, 2706,

Casuarina, mentioned, 243, 256, 257.
acutivalvis, F. Muell., 242.
corniculata, F. Muell., 242.

r

INDEX. 503

Casuarina Decaisneana ‚F. Muell., men-
tioned, 231, 237.

Catachrysops biocellata, Feld., men-
tioned, 254.

Catocalypta, 190.

Centrolepidx, 228, 233, 251.

Centrolepis, mentioned, 245.

mutica, Hieron., 228; mentioned,
260.

Sephalipterum Drummondii, A. Gray,
197; mentioned, 175, 260.

Cephalostigma Hookeri, C. B. Clarke,

eographie Distribution of, 141.

Cerastium, 433.

alpinum, var. Fischerianum, Ser.
(sp.), 494.

Dune, Cariot, 433.

szechuense * , Williams, 433.

vulgatum, Linn., var. glomerata,
335.

Ceratanthus, mentioned, 477.

Ceylon Patanas, The Botany of the, by
Henry Harold Weleh Pearson, 300-
365.

Chamelaucie of Western Australia,
256, 257.

Cheilanthes farinosa, Kaulf., 360.

mysurensis, Wall., 360.
Sieberi, Kunze, 229; mentioned,
245.

Cheileodontia, 433.

Chenolea sclerolienoides, F. Muell., 218.

Chenopodiace® of Western Australia,
257.

China, Notes on an Exhibition of Plants
from, recently colleeted by Dr. A.
Henry and Mr. W. Hancock, by W.
Botting Hemsley, 474-478.

China and Japan, On some Mosses from,
by Ernest Btanley Salmon, 449—474.

Chloanthes of Western Australia, 256.

Chloanthes cærulea, 242.

Depremesnillii, 242.
Elderi, F. Muell., 242.
halganiacea, F. Muell., 241.
loricata, F. Muell., 242.
stachyodes, F. Muell., 242.
Teckiana, 242.

Chloris, mentioned, 303.

Chlorococcum gigas, Grun., 285. .

Chlerophycex of the West Indies,
280.

Chnoospora, sporangia of, 423.
Choaspis, mentioned, 282.
serpentaria, S. F. Gray, 281.
stictica, O. Kuntze, 281.
Chroococcacex of the West Indies,
289.
Chroolepidacezm of the West Indies,
280.
Chroclepus villosa, Kuetz., 280.

Chrysogonum heterophyllum, Benth.,
348.

Chrysopogon teneantha?, mentioned,
306.
Cicuta, mentioned, 277.
virosa, Linn., mentioned, 276.
Cipadessa fruticosa, Blume, 336.
“ Citronella” or “ Mana” grass (Andro-
pogon Nardus), 326, 327.
Cladium, mentioned, 7;
Distribution of, 143.
glomeratum, £. Br., 92; Geographie
Distribution of, 143.
jamaicense, Crantz, 91.
Maingayi, Ridley, 91; Geographic
Distribution of, 143.
Mariscus, R. Br., 91.
riparium, Benth., 92.
var. crassa, C. B. Clarke, 92;
Geographic Distribution of, 143.
undulatum, Tw. 92; Geogra-
phie Distribution of, 143.
Cladophoracex of the West Indies, 280.
Clarke, C. B., On the Subsubareas of
British India, illustrated by the
detailed Distribution of the Cy peracez
in that Empire, 1-146.
Geographie Distribution of the
Caricine of India, 138.
Distribution of the Indian Cy-
peracese compared with that of the
Caricines, 143.
Distribution of the Sub-Order
Mapanicev in India, 138.
—--- On Carex Wahlenbergiana, Boot,
295-299.
Cleistocarpe, 168.
Clematis from China, mentioned, 475.
Clerodendron lanceolatum, F. Muell.,
236.
Clianthus, mentioned, 233.
Clinacium americanum, Brid., men-
tioned, 467.
dendroides, Weber d Mohr, 467.
japonicum, Lindb., 466.
ruthenicum, Lindb., mentioned, 466.
Closterium, mentioned, ftnote 378, 400,
401, 411.
curtum, Bréb., 283.
Kuetzingii, Bréb., 382.
var. vittatum, Nordst., 382.
moniliferum, Ehrenb., mentioned,
373.

Pritchardianum, Arch., mentioned,

Geographie

spiraliferum, Jacobsen, mentioned,
377.

striolatum, Ehrenb., 380; men-
tioned, 378, 381.

var. orthonotum, Roy, 381.

Venus, Kuetz., mentioned, 400,

904

Coeconeidem of the West Indies,
292.
Cocconeis Pediculus, Ehrenb., 292.
Cocconema Cistula, Hempr., 289.
Colachne pulchella, R. Br., var. per-
pusilla, Thw., 360.
Coleus barbatus, Benth., 353.
malabaricus, Benth., 353.
Collema, mentioned, 325.
Colletonema vulgaris, Thw., 292.
Collinsia, mentioned, 269, 274.
Collybia, 148, 151, 154.
cirrhata, P. Karst., 151, 154.
platyphylla, P. Karst., 151.
racemosa, P. Karst., 151.
tuberosa, P. Karst, 149, 151,
154.
velutipes, P. Karst., On the Biology
of, by R. H. Biffen, 147-163 ;
enzyme in, 160, 161; mature
sporophore of, grown on a steri-
lized block of Esculus-wood,
161.
Colobanthus, mentioned, 245.
Colpomenia, sporangia of, 422.
Comesperma viscidulum, F. Muell., 241.
Commelina nudiflora, Linn., 333, 356.
Commersonia, mentioned, 243.
craurophylla, F. Muell., 242.
melanopetala, F. Muell., 242.
Composite of Western Australia, 257.
Conferva abbreviata, Rabenh., 280.
mirabilis, Dillw., 287.
pachyderma, Wille, 280,
stictica, Engl. Bot., 281.
Confervacem of the West Indies, 280.
Isogamz, 280.
Conifer, 229.
Coniophora ochracea,
tioned, 446, 448.
Conjugate, 281.
Conospermum Toddii, F. Muell., 242.
Conostylis, 234.
Convolvulacem, 205.
Convolvulus erubescens, Sims, 205.
Corallinz, 191.
Cordyceps, Fries, mentioned, 443,
Coronaria, Linn., 433.
Cosmaridium, mentioned, 399.
Cosmarium, mentioned, 375, 399, 400,
401, 411, 412.
abnorme, var, triquetrum, Nordst.,
mentioned, 412,
annulatum, De Bary, 284.
—— var. elegans, Nordst,, 284,
biretum, Bréb., 389; mentioned,
374, 390, 412.
———- forma groenlandica, Boldt,
mentioned, 390, 405,
var. intermedium, Wille, 405;

mentioned, 390.

Massee,

mene |

INDEX.

Cosmarium biretum,forma subconspersa,
Boldt, mentioned, 390, 405.
—— forma ` supernumeraria,
Nordst,, mentioned, 390.

subsp. trigibberum, Nordst.,

mentioned, 300, 416.

var. triquetrum, Brech, ftnote
412.

Botrytis, Menegh., mentioned, 373.

contractum, Kirchn., mentioned,
402.

costatum, Nordst., mentioned, 412.

var, triquetrum, Nordst.,
mentioned, ftnote 412.

curtum, Ralfs, 283.

eylindrieum, Ra/fs, mentioned,412.

Didelta, Menegh., mentioned,
382.

genuosum, JVordst.,
ftnote 411.

gotlandicum, Wittr., 284.

Heimerlii, West, mentioned, 411.

lave, Rabenh., 284, 386, 416.

var. septentrionale, Wille,
387, 416.

Meneghinii, 2ré., mentioned, 373,

mentioned,

387.

nitidulum, De Not., mentioned,
403.

Nove-Semlix, Wille, mentioned,
389.

var. polonicum, Eichler $
Gutwinsk?, mentioned, 389.

obliquum, Nordst., 284.

ornatum, Ralfs, mentioned, 400,
402.

orthostichum, Fund., 391; men-
tioned, 374, 416.

pileigerum, Lagerh., mentioned,

70.

pseudoprotuberans, Kirchn., men-
tioned, 402.

pseudotaxichondrum,
mentioned, 370, 371.

var. trigonum, Nordst., men-
tioned, 412.

pseudopyramidatum, Zund., 283.

Pseudoregnesii, W. 4 G. S. West,

Nordst.,

mentioned, 389.

punctatum, Bréb., mentioned,
373.

pyramidatum, Bréb., mentioned,
412.

quadratum, Ralfs, 283.

rectangulare, Grun., 284.

var. africanum, W. 4 G. S.
West, 284.

rectosporum, JW, B. Turn., men-
tioned, 403.

Regnesii, Reinsch, 387 ; mentioned,

369, 389, 413, 416.

INDEX.

Cosmarium Regnesii, var. montanum,
Schmidle, mentioned, 389, 416.
var. tritum, W. d G. S.
West, mentioned, 388.
salinum, Hansg., ftnote 372.
Scenedesmus, Delp., mentioned,
398.
sphagnicolum, W. 4 G. S. West,
mentioned, 400, 402, 411.
striatum, Boldt, mentioned, 375.
subbinale, Lagerh., mentioned,
ftnote 411.
sublobatum, Arch., mentioned,
ftnote 411.
truncatum, Corda, mentioned, 383.
xanthidiforme, W. B. Turn., 412.
Cosmocladium, mentioned, 411,
Courtoisia, 6.
cyperoides, Nees, 47.
Crassulaceæ, 190.
Crepis fuscipappa, C. B. Clarke, 348.
Cristularia, mentioned, 446.
Crotalaria, 305 ; sp. mentioned, 326.
albida, Heyne, 337.
calycina, Schrank, 337.
ferruginea, R. Grah., 337.
multiflora, Benth., 337.
nana, Burm. f., 333, 337.
prostrata, Roxb., 337.
retusa, Linn. ?, 337.
rubiginosa, Willd., 337 ; sleep and
sun-position of, 328.
semperflorens, Vent., var. Walkeri,
338; sleep and sun-position of,
330.
verrucosa, Linn., 333, 338.
Cruciferz, 145, 177.
Geographie Distribution of, 145.
Cryptandra glabriflora, Benth., men-
tioned, 184.
longistaminea, F. Muell., 184.
parvifolia, Turez., 184.
petrea *, 5. Moore, 184; men-
tioned, 241, 256, 260.
Cryptogamia, 229.
Crypto-Raphidiex of the West Indies,
295.
Cryptostemma, mentioned, 234, 244.
calendulacea, R. Br., 202, 239;
mentioned, 244.
Cucubalus, 428.
baccifer, Linn., 428.
Cucumis acidus, Jacg., 238.
Cucurbitacez, 232.
Cureuligo, mentioned, 325.
orehioides, Gaertn., 356.
Currajong Tree (Sterculia diversifolia,
G. Don), 173.
Cyanotis fasciculata, Schultes f., 357.
pilosa, Schultes f., 357.
villosa, Schultes f., 357.

505

Cylindrocystis, mentioned, 410.
crassa, De Bary, mentioned, ftnote
410.
tumida, F. Gay, 282.
— var. dominicensis * , W. d
G. S. West, 282, mentioned,
279.
Cymbella Cistula, Kirchn., 289.
ventricosa, Agardh, 289.

Cymbellez of the West Indies, 289.

Cynoglossum furcatum, Wall., var.
lanceolatum, 351.

Cyperaceæ, Subsubareas of British
India, illustrated by the detailed
Distribution of the, in that Empire,
by C. B. Clarke, 1-146.

Distribution of Indian, com-
pared with that of the Caricinex
(C. B. Clarke), 143.

Cyperus, 6; Geographic Distribution

of, 138.
amabilis, Vak/, 20.
arenarius, Retz., 24.
aristatus, Rottb., 28,
articulatus, Linn., 33.
Atkinsoni, C. B. Clarke, 25.
babakensis, Steud., 32.
bancanus, Mig., 27.
bulbosus, Vahl, 33.
castaneus, Willd., 20.
cephalotes, Vahl, 19.
compressus, Linn., 27.
conglomeratus, Rottb., 25.
corymbosus, Kotib., 34.
var. 3. Pangorei, C. B. Clarke,

cuspidatus, 77. B. K., 20.
difformis, Linn., 21.

diffusus, Vaki, 25.

digitatus, Roxb., 40.

—— var. B. Hookeri, C. B. Clarke,

40.

distans, Linn., 29.

effusus, Rottb., 25.

elatus, Linn., 40.

var.? B. macronux, C. B,
Clarke, 40.

eleusinoides, Kunth, 30.

erectus, Roxburgh MS., 16.

esculentus, Linn., 38.

exaltatus, Retz., 39.

— var. p. dives, C. D. Clarke,
39.

Fenzelianus, Steud., 38.

flavidus, Fetz., 23.

fuscus, Linn., 21.

glaber, Linn., 28.

glomeratus, Linn., 29.

Haspan, Linn., 22.

Helferi, Boeck., 26.

Iria, Linn., 28.

506

Cyperus Iria, var. f.
C. B. Clarke, 29.

ischnos, Schlecht., 45.
Kurzii, C. B. Clarke, 26.
leucocephalus, Retz., 24.
longus, Linn., 86.

var. (3. tenuiflora, 36.

macer, C, B. Clarke, 35.

malaccensis, Lam, 31.

multispieatus, Boeck., 26.

niveus, /etz., 24.

nutans, Vahl, 30.

Oatesil, C. B. Clarke, 39.

paehyrrhizus, Boeck., 25.

pilosus, Vahl, 31, 358.

paniciformis,

var. y.
Clarke, 32.

platyphyllus, Roem. et Schult., 41.

platystylis, Æ. Br., 20.

procerus, Rottb., 33.

var. B. lasiorrhachis, C. B.
Clarke, 93.

pubesquama, Steud., 26.

puleherrimus, Kunth, 22.

radians, Nees, 27.

radiatus, Vahl, 38.

rotundus, Linn., 36.

— var. ß. centiflora, C. D.
Clarke, 37.

scariosus, PR. Br., 34.

silletensis, Nees, 22.

stenostachyus, Benth., 36.

var, B. indica, C. D. Clarke, 36.

stoloniferus, Retz., 37.

subcapitatus, C. B. Clarke, 38.

tegetiformis, Rorb,, 34.

tegetum, Hook. f., 35.

var. (3. ambigua, C. B. Clarke,

polyantha, C. B.

35.
Teneriffæ, Poiret, 23.
Thomsoni, Boeck., 81.
tuberosus, Fottò., 38.
turgidulus, C. B. Clarke, 27.
umbellatus, Benth., mentioned, 45.
uncinatus, Poiret, 20,
Cytisus vulgaris, mentioned. 327.
Zollingeri, Steud., 86, 358.

Dampiera lavandulacea, Lindl., 203;
mentioned, 260.

luteiflora, 242.

Danæa, mentioned, 478.

Darwinia Luehmanni, 241.
purpurea, Benth., 242.

Daucus brachiatus, Torr., mentioned,

258.

Davallia tenuifolia, Swartz, 860.

Daviesia acanthoclona, F. Muell., 242.
aphylla, F. Muell., mentioned, 256.
brevifolia, Lindl., mentioned, 256.

|
|

|
|

var. B. obliqua, C. B. Clarke, 32. |

INDEX.

Daviesia Croniniana, 241.

Delias aganippe, Donov., mentioned ,254.

Denticula tenuis, Kwetz., 294.

var. inflata, Yun Heurck, 294.

Desert, Flora, Remarks on the Relation-
ship of the Genera and Species of
certain Orders composing the (Spencer
Moore), 246-252.

—— Adaptation to drought, 255-257.

—— General Conclusions respecting
the (Spencer Moore), 253-257.

——- Some Noteworthy Points as to
the Connections of (Spencer Moore),
243-253.

Statistics of (Spencer Moore),

230-242,

of Western Australia (Spencer
Moore), 171-261.

Desert Plants, the Distribution of, in
Relation to the Soil, 259-261.

provided with Means of Diffusion
by the Agency of Animals, 257-258.

Desmidiacez of the West. Indies, 282.

Desmidiee, On Variation in the, and
its Bearings on their Classification,
by G. S. West, 366-416.

Desmidium, mentioned, 409, 413.

aculeatum, Ehrenb., mentioned,
393.

eylindricum, Grev., mentioned, 410.

eustephanum, JAren?., mentioned,
396.

Desmids, Phylogeny of the Genera of
(West), 414.

Desmodium parvifolium, DC, 338;

sleep and sun-position of, 330.
polyearpus, DC., 338.
triflorum, DC., 338.

Deyeuxia Forsteri, Benth., 229; men-
tioned, 239, 245.

Dianella ensifolia, Redouté, 356.

revoluta, A. Br., 227.
Dianthus, 427.
superbus, Linn., 427.
szechuensis * , Williams, 428.
Diatomes of the West Indies, 294.
Dicellandra, Hook. f., 490, 491.
Barteri, Hook. f., 491; mentioned,
482-484, 490, 491, 495.
liberica, Gig, mentioned, 483-
489, 495.
setosa, Hook, f., mentioned, 482-
490, 495.

Dicellandra, Hook. f., and Phæoneuron,
Gilg (Melastomaceæ), by Dr. Otto
Stapf, 482-495.

Dichasiosilene, 428.

Dichotomum, mentioned, 412.

Dichrocephala latifolia, DC., 346.

Dicotyledones, 177.

Dicranaceæ, 451.

INDEX.

Dicranella amplexanthus, Mitt., men-
tioned, 451.
divaricata, Mi?., mentioned, 451.
heteromalla, Schimp., mentioned,
451.
obscura, Sull. & Lesg., 451; men-
tioned, 452, 474,
Dicranum, mentioned, 452.
cesium, Mitt., mentioned, 453.
crispofaleatum, Schimp. MSS.,
Besch., 452; mentioned, 449.
heteromallum, Hedw., mentioned,
452.
japonicum,
453.
japonicum, Mitt., 452; mentioned
53

vd.

Geheeb,

mentioned,

H

var. yunnanense, Sa/mon*,
452.
longirostre, Schwaegr., mentioned,
452.
lorifolium, Mitt., 452 ; mentioned,
449.
subscoparium, Schimp., mentioned,
453.
Dierastylis Nicholasii, F, Muil., 242.
ochrotricha, F. Muell., 238.
Didiscus Croninianus, F, Muell., 242,
Didymocarpus Humboldtiana, Gardn.,
333, 352.
Didymodon proscriptus, Hornsch. (?),
var. mentioned, 452.
Didymoprium, mentioned, 415.
æquale, West, mentioned, 415.
quadratum, /iacib., mentioned,
415.
Dilleniacez, 233, 246.
Dillwynia acerosa *, jS. Moore, 187;
mentioned, 241.
brunioides, Meissn., mentioned, 187.
Dimeria Trimeni, Hook. f., 350.
Diospyros melanoxylon, Roxb., men-
tioned, 306.
Dipsacus, mentioned, 304.
Walkeri, Arn , 345.
Dipterocarpes, Geographie Distribution
of, 145. |
Dithalamia, 294.
Ditrichacez, 454.
Ditriehum pallidum, Zoppe, 454.
Diuris, mentioned, 250.
Docidiam, mentioned, 411.
Baculum, Breb., mentioned, 372,
ftnote 400, 402.
Dodonza filifolia, Hook., 184; men-
tioned, 174, 256.
lobulata, F. Muell., 184.
spp., mentioned, 257.
stenozyga, F. Muell ‚mentioned, 256.
viscosa, Linn., 239; mentioned,

239, 303, 315.

507

Drosera, mentioned, 260.
Burmanni, Vahl, 341.
indica, Linn., mentioned, 238, 243.
macrantha, Endl., 190.
Menziesii, R. Br., 190.
var. flavescens, 190.
peltata, Sm., 190 ; mentioned, 325,
241.

Droseracex, 190.
Druee, G. Claridge, Note on the Irish

Carex rhynchophysa, 276-279.
Dryandra, 234.
Drymaria filiformis, Benth., 178.
Duboisia, mentioned, 233.

Hopwoodi, F. Muell., mentioned,
258.

Durvillwa, oogonia of, 422.
Dysophylla, mentioned, 269.
Dyspbania littoralis, A. Br., 217.
Dysphinctium annulatum, Naeg., 284.

Echinospermum concavum, F, Muell.,
205 ; mentioned, 245, 258.

Ectropothecium inflectens, Jaeg., 468,
perretieulatum, Broth., 467.

Eu-Carex, 8.

Elachanthus occidentalis, F. Muell., 242.
occidentalis * , S. Moore, 196.
pusillus, A. Muell., mentioned, 196.

Eleocarpus, mentioned, 302.

Eleocharis, 7.
acicularis, R. Br., 51.
aflata, Steud., 52.
atropurpurea, Kunth, 49.
capitata, R. Br., 50.

Chætaria, Roem. et Schult., 51.
congesta, D. Don, 52.
equisetina, Presl, 48.
fistulosa, Link, 48.
ochrostachys, Steud., 48.
ovata, R. Br., 50.

palustris, R. Br., 50.
plantaginea, AR. Br., 47.
spiralis, A, Br., 49.
eubvivipara, C. B. Clarke, 52.
tetraquetra, Nees, 52.
variegata, Kunth, 48.

var. laxiflora, C. B. Clarke, 48,

Elephantopus scaber, Linn., 346.

Elisanthe, Rohrb., 431.

Embelia viridiflora, Scheff., 350; men-

tioned, 303.
Emilia zeylanica, C. B. Clarke, 348.
Encephalartos Macdonnelli, F. Muell.,
mentioned, 281.

Enchylæna tomentosa, R. Br., 218.

Encyonema ventricosum, Kuetz., 289.

Englerastrum, mentioned, 275.

Entodon japonicus, C. Muell., 468,
nanocarpus, C. Muell., 468,

Epacrideæ, 248, 252.

508

Ephemeracex, 168.

Ephemerum, 165, 166, 168, 169.
zquinoctiale, Spruce, 163.
megalosporum * , Salmon, 166.
serratum, Hampe, 166.
tenerum, Hampe, 163.

Epithemia gibberula, Kuetz., 293.

Epithemie:e of the West Indies, 293.

Equisetum debile, Linn., 362.

Eragrostis chztophylla, Steud., 229.
secunda, Nees, 360.
stenophylla, Herbst, 200.

Eremogoneastrum, 436.

Eremophila, mentioned, 210, 211,

257.
alternifolia, R. Br., 215.
Brownii, F. Muell., 215.
var., 215.,
Dempsteri, F. Muell., 242.
Drummondii, F. Muell., 214.
exilifolia, F. Muell., mentioned,
213.

Fraseri, F. Muel., 215; mentioned,
236, 241, 257.

Freelingii, F. Muell., mentioned,
215.

gibbosifolia, F. Muell., 208.

granitica * , S. Moore, 214; men-
tioned, 242, 260.

latifolia, F. Muell, 215;
tioned, 174.

Latrobei, F. Muel., 214; men-
tioned, 212.

var. tuberculosa *, S. Moore,
214.

leucophylla, Benth., 211;
tioned, 174.

longifolia, F. Muell., 214.

Mackinleyi, F. Muell., mentioned,
212.

maculata, F. Muell., 215.

var. brevifolia, 215.

Maitlandi, F. Muell., mentioned,

212.

men-

men-

Margarethe *, ©. Moore, 211;
mentioned, 213, 241.
metallicorum *, S. Moore, 213;

mentioned, 174, 241.

Oldfieldii, F. Muell., 215.

var. angustifolia * , S. Moore,
215.

oppositifolia, R. Br., 213.

var. angustifolia * , S. Moore,
213.

Paisleyi, F. Muell., 213.

platycalyx, F. Muell., mentioned,
215.

punicea *, F. Muell., 212; men-
tioned, 241.

Youngii, F. Muell., 215 ; men-
tioned, 242,

INDEX.

Eriachne obtusa, R. Br., 229.
ovata, Nees, 229.
var. nana * , S. Moore, 229.
Ericacex, Geographic Distribution of,
145.
Eriocalyx $, 211, 212.
Eriocaulon, 314, 357.
atratum, Koern., 357.
Brownianum, Mart., 357.
caulescens, Hook. f. & Thoms., 357.
ceylanıcum, Koern., 357.
collinum, Hook. f., 357.
subeaulescens. Hook. f., 357.
truncatum, Ham., 357.
Wightianum, Mart., 357; men-
tioned, ftnote 320.
Eriophorum, 7 ; Geographie Distri-
bution of, 144.
comosum, Wali., 84.
microstachyum, Boeck., 85.
Scheuchzeri, Hoppe, 84.
Eriostemon, mentioned, 233.
nodiflorus, Lind/., mentioned, 257.
Erodium cicutarium, L’Herit., 182
mentioned, 239.
eygnorum, Nees, 182.
Erpodiaces, 465.
Erpodium, mentioned, 465.
japonicum, Mitt., mentioned, 465.
sinense, Venturi, 465.
Eryngium feetidum, Linn., from China,
475.
Erythræa spicata, Pers., 239.
Euarenaria, 436.
Euastrum, mentioned, 401, 411.
afline, Ralfs, mentioned, 383.
ampullaceum, Rulfs, mentioned,
383.
cosmaroides, W. 4 G. S. West,
mentioned, ftnote 411.
crassum, mentioned, 373.
crenulatum, A. W. Bennett, men-
tioned, 888.
cuneatum, Jenner, mentioned, 383.
Didelta, Ralfs, 382, 415.
var, sinuatum, F, Gay, 382.
var, tatricum, Raciborski, 383.
giganteum, Nordst,, mentioned, ft-
note 411.
humerosum, Ralfs, mentioned, 383.
forma triquetra, Schroder,
ftnote 412.
pinnatifidum, Kuetz., mentioned,
407.
sublobatuni,
ftnote 411.
subornatum, W. d G. S. West
mentioned, ftnote 411.
trigibberum, Wesi, mentioned, 371,
372.
Eubotrytis, mentioned, 445,

H

Bréb,, mentioned,

INDEX.

Eucalyptus, mentioned, 243, 256, 957.
Campaspe * , S. Moore, 193; men-
tioned, 241.
corrugata, 241.
microtheca, F. Muell., mentioned,
231.
Oldfieldii, Turcz., mentioned, 231.
orbifolia, F. Muell., 242.
pyriformis, F, Muell., 234.
Rameliana, F. Muell., 241.
redunca, Schau., mentioned, ftnote
172.
rostrata, Schlecht., mentioned, 231.
rudis, Endl., mentioned, 193.
salmonophloia, A" Muell, men-
tioned, ftnote 172.
terminalis, F. Muell., mentioned,
231, 243, 244.
torquata, F. Mueil., 241.
Youngiana, F. Muell., 241.
Eugenia sp., mentioned, 302, 315.
Jambolana, Lam. (? sp.), 341.
olivifolia, Duthie, 341.
sp., 941.
Euhemigenia §, 216.
Eu-Iychnis, Pax, 433.
Eunotia gracilis, Rabenh., 293.
incisa, Greg., 293.
lunaris, Grun., 293.
pectinalis, Rabenh., 293.
Veneris, Kuetz., 293.
Euphorbia Rothiana, Spreng., 355.
Euphorbiacex, 226, 250.
Eurya acuminata, DC., 333.
var. Wallichiana, 336.
chinensis, R. Br., 335.
japonica, Thunb., var. Thunbergii,
3 K

Eusilene, 428, 429.
Euxolus interruptus, Mog., 237; men-
tioned, 244.
Evolvulus alsinoides, Zinn., 351.
alsinoides, Benth., 333.
linifolius, Zinn., mentioned, 244.
Exacum Walkeri, Arn., 350; mentioned,
334.
zeylanicum, Roxb., 350;
tioned, ftnote 320, 334.
var. macrantha, 350.
Exocarpus, mentioned, 258.
aphylla, H. Br., 226; mentioned,
256.
spartea, Zt. Br., mentioned, 256.

men-

Festuca, mentioned, 245.

Ficoideæ, 193.

Ficus platypoda, A. Cunn., mentioned,
231.

Filices, 229, 251.
Fimbriatum $, 427.
Fimbristylis, 7, 02 ; Distribution of, 138.

509
Fimbristylis Actinoschenus, C. B.
Clarke, 60.

var. 3. chinensis, C. B, Clarke,
2

acuminata, Vahl, 53.

estivalis, Vahi, 59.

albicans, JVees, 62.

alboviridis, C. B. Clarke, 60.

argentea, Vahl, 62.

Arnottiana, Boeck., 64.

asperrima, Boeck., 64.

complanata, Link, 67, 858.

var. 6. fenestrata,

Clarke, 68.

var. y. Kraussiana, C. B.

Clarke, 68, 358.

var. (3. mierocarpa, C. B.
Clarke, 68.

compressa, Boeck., 61.

cyperoides, R. Br., 72.

— var. cinnamometorum,
C. B. Clarke, 12, 358.

dichotoma, Vahi, 57.

digitata, Boeck., 71.

diphylla, Vahé, 57. .

var. ß. nilagirica, Vahl, 58.

dipsacea, Benth., 56.

disticha, Boeck., 72.

var. G Kurzii, C. B. Clarke,

C. B.

-

73.
ferruginea, Vahl, 60.
, Var.? tenuissima, C. B. Clarke,

56.
filifolia, Boeck., 64.
fulvescens, Thwaites, 72.
fusca, Benth. 4 Hook. f., T1.
fuscinux, C. B. Clarke, 60.
globulosa, Kunth, 66.
var. 8. Torresiana, C. B.
Clarke, 67.
var. y. Vicaryi, C. B. Clarke,

67.
Hookeri, Boeck., 62; Geographic
Distribution of, 141.
insignis, Thwaites, 67.
junciformis, Kunth, 69.
var. f. abbreviata, C. B.
Clarke, 70.
var. y. latifolia, C. B. Clarke,
0

Kingii, Boeck., 55.
leptoclada, Benth., 69.
limosa, Kunth, mentioned, 59.
longispica, Steud., 61.
merguensis, C. B. Clarke, 64.
miliacea, Vahl, 65.
monostachya, Hassk., 71.
monticola, Steud., 63.
nigrobrunnea, 7hw., 70, 358.
nutans, Vahi, 54.

pauciflora, R. Br., 54,

510

Fimbristylis paupercula, Boeck., 69.
pentaptera, Kunth, 67, 333, 358.
Pierottii, Miq., 64.
podocarpa, Nees, 60.
polytrichoides, Vahl, 54.

var. halophila, C. B. Clarke,

54.
quinquangularis, Kunth, 64.
var. (3. crassa, C. B. Clarke,

65.
rigidula, Nees, 51.
salbundia, Kunth, 69.
scaberrima, Nees, 60.
scheenoides, Vahl, 55.
sericea, R. Br., 63.
setacea, Benth., 54.
spathacea, Roth, 62.
squarrosa, Vahd, 56.
stolonifera, C. B. Clarke, 59.
var. B. ludens, C. B. Clarke,

59.
sub-bispicata, Nees, 56.
var. 3. tenuissima, C. B.
Clarke, 56.
subtrabeculata, C. B. Clarke, 55.
tenera, Roem. et Schult., 63.
—— var. B. oxylepis, C. B. Clarke,
63.
— — var. y. obtusata, Ridley, 63.
tenuicula, Boeck., 54.
tetragona, R. Br., 53.
Thomsonii, Boeck., 69.
tristachya, Thw., 71.
uliginosa, Steud., 70.
Woodrowi * , C. B. Clarke, 68.
Fissidentacem, 454.
Flacourtia sp., mentioned, 315.
Ramontchi, P Hérit., 335.
Fluviales, 233.
Frankenia pauciflora, DC., 178.
Frankeniaceæ, 178.
Frenela robusta, A. Cunn., 229.
Frustulia rhomboides, De Toni, 291.
Fucus, eryptostomata of, 423.
vesiculosus, Linn., mentioned, 424.
Fuirena, 7.
glomerata, Lam., 86.
pubescens, Kunth, 85.
Trilobites, C. B. Clarke, 86.
umbellata, Rottb., 87.
uncinata, Kunth, 86.
Wallichiana, Kunth, 85.
—— var. evoluta, C. B. Clarke,
86.
Funaria hygrometrica, Hedw., 457.
Funariaceæ, 168, 169, 457.
Funariex, 168.
Fusanus, mentioned, 233.
persicarius, F. Muell., 226; men-
tioned, 258.
spicatus, R. Br., 226.

|
|
|
|

INDEX.

Gahnia, 7 ; Geographie Distribution of,
143

javanica, Moritzi, 92.
—— var. penangensis, C. B. Clarke,
2

tristis, Nees, 92.
Galium Mollugo, Linn., 345.
Garnotia tectorum, Hook. f., 360.
Gastrolobium bilobum, 2. Zr. men-
tioned, 256.
calycinum, Benth., mentioned, 256.
seorsifolium, F. Muell., 242.
spinosum, Benth., mentioned, 256.
spp., mentioned, 257.
Gastrolyehnis, Rokrh., 429.
Gaultheria fragrantissima, Wall., 349.
fragrantissima, D. Don, Geographie
Distribution of, 145.
Geigera, mentioned, 246.
Genieularia, mentioned, 410.
Geniosporum elongatum, Benth., 352.
Gentiana, mentioned, 233, 304 ; from
China, 475.
quadrifaria, Blume, 350.
Geraniacese, 182, 235.
Gleichenia dichotoma, Willd., 860.
Glochidion coriaceum, 7hw,, 355.
montanum, Tkw., 355; mentioned,
303.
sp., mentioned, 303.
velutinum, Wight, mentioned, 306.
zeylanieum, A. Juss., 333, 355.
—— var. tomentosum, mentioned,
355.
Gloocapsa gelatinosa, Kuetz., 289.
Gloocystis gigas, Lagerh., 285.
Glycine clandestina, Wendl., var. sericea,
Benth., 188.
Gnaphalium japonicum, Thunb., 201;
mentioned, 238, 245.
lateo-album, Linn., 201 ;
tioned, 239, 243, 245.
Gnaphalodes spp., mentioned, 256.
uliginosum, 4. Gray, 197.
Gnephosis Burkittii, Benth. ?, 197.
intonsus * , S. Moore, 197 ; men-
tioned, 242.
spp., mentioned, 256.
Gompholobium viscidulum, mentioned,
257.
Gomphonema angustatum, Kvetz., 292.
dichotomum, W. Sm., 292.
gracile, Khrenb., 292.
— — var, dichotomum, Van Heurck,
292.
olivaceum, Kvetz., 292.
tenellum, Kwetz., 292.
Gomphonemez of the West Indies, 292.
Gomphrena canescens, R. Br., 237.
Gonatozygon, mentioned, 410.

Ralfsii, De Bary, 282.

men-

INDEX.

Goodenia azurea, F, Muell., 236.
Elderi, F. Muell., 242.

hederacea, Sm., 203; mentioned, |

260.
heterochila, F. Muell., 236.
heterophylla, Sm., mentioned,
174.
microptera, F. Muell., 236.
mimuloides, AN. Moore, 203; men-
tioned, 175, 242.
Watsoni, F. Muell., 912.
xanthosperma, F. Muell., 242.
Goodeniaceæ, 202, 247, 253.
Gordonia, mentioned, 302.
Gossypium Robinsoni, F. Muell., 236.
Gramineæ, 145, 228, 251, 252, 253.
Grevillea, mentioned, 226, 233, 243;

spp., 250.

acuaria, F. Muell, mentioned,
29232

aculeolata *, S. Moore, 222; men-
tioned, 226, 241.

var. longifolia, 222; men-

tioned, 223.

apiciloba, F. Muell., 241.

erectiloba, F. Muell., 241.

eriobotrya, F. Muell., 241.

extorris *, 9, Moore, 221; men-
tioned, 211.

haplantha, F. Muell., mentioned,
221.

Helmsiana, F. Muell., 242.
Huegelii, Meissn., mentioned, 223,

nematophylla, F. Muell., 221;
mentioned, 254, 256, 260.
Sarissa *, 5. Moore, 222; men-

tioned, 242.
striata, /?. Br., mentioned, 231.
Grevilleoides §, 223.
Grimmiacex, 455,
Gymnogramme leptophylla, Desv., men-
tioned, 245,
Pozoi, Kunze,
245, 260.
Gymnosperme, 229.
Gymnostomum aurantiacum, Par., 451;
mentioned, 450.
curvirostre, Hedw., mentioned, 450.
inconspicuum, Griff, 450; men-
tioned, 449, 473.
triquetrum, Mitt. MSS., 450.
Gymnozyga, mentioned, 415.
Gynura Pseudo-china, DC., var. hispida, |
348. |

230; mentioned,

Gyrostemon ramulosus, Desf, 236.

Habenaria acuminata, Thw., 356.
torta, Hook. f., 356. |
viridiflora, AR. Br., 350.

Hamadoraces, 250. |

Hakea spp., mentioned, 256.

LINN. JOURN.— BOTANY, VOL. XXXIV.

511

Hakea Cunninghamii, R. Br., men-
tioned, 221,
lorea, R. Br., mentioned, 224, 256.
suberea *, S. Moore, 223; men-
tioned, 224, 960.
Halgania lavandulacea, Zndl.,
tioned, 204.
rigida*, ©. Moore, 204; men-
tioned, 242.
sp. ?, 205.
strigosa, Schlecht., 905.
viscosa *, S. Moore, 204; men-
tioned, 242.
Halimeda cuneata, Kwetz,, 480, 481,
482; mentioned, 479.
var. elongata, Barton * , 480,
482.
eylindracea, Deene., mentioned, 479.
laxa, Barton * , 479, 480, 482.
macroloba, Decne. ?, 479, 480.
Opuntia, Lamour., var. macropus,
Ash., 479, 480 ; mentioned, 481.
polydactylis, J. Ag., mentioned,
479.
Tuna, Lamour., 479.
versatilis, J. G. Agardh,
tioned, 481.
Halimeda from Funafuti, On a New
Species of, by Ethel S. Barton, 479-
482

men-

men-

Haloragex, 190, 246.
Haloragis, mentioned, 246.
acutangula, F. Muell., 236.
confertifolia, F. Muell., 242.
Gossei, F. Muell., 190.
Hapalosiphon intricatus, West, 286.
Haplocladium macropilum, C. Muell.,
411.
Hassallia byssoidea, Hass., 287.
Hedona, 432.
Davidi, Williams, 433.
Hedwigia ciliata, Ehrh., var. viridis,
Bry., 456.
Hedyotis Lawsonie, Wight & Arn., 343;
mentioned, 305.
verticillaris, Wight & Arn., 343;
remarkable habit of, 331.
Helicia grandis, Hemsl., from China,
477.
Helichrysum, 199, 257.
apiculatum, DC., 198.
buddleioides, DC., 348.
Cassiope *, S. Moore, 199; men-
tioned, 242.
diotophylum, F. Muell.,
tioned, 199.
filifolium, F. Muell., 198.
Gilesii, F. Muell., 241.
Lawrencella, F. Muell., 236.

men-

puteale *, S. Moore, 198; men-
tioned, 172, 242.

20

512

Helichrysum semipapposum, DC., 199;
mentioned, 175, 260.
Tepperi, F. Muell, 198;
tioned, 236.
Helipterum, mentioned, 234, 244, 257.
Battii, 242,
dimorpholepis, Benth., 201.
exiguum, F. Muell., 201.
Fitzgibboni, F. Muell., 200 ;
tioned, 175, 234, 260.
floribundum, DC., 200.

men-

Haighii, F. Muell, 200; men-
tioned, 175.
heteranthus, Turcz. 200; men-

tioned, 236.
hyalospermum, F, Muell, 200;
mentioned, 201.

Manglesii, F. Muell., 199; men-
tioned, 175, 260.
oppositifolium, A. Moore, 200;

mentioned, 242.

polycephalum, Benth., 201.

pygmæum, Benth., 200.

var. occidentale, 200.

roseum, Benth., 200.

rubellum, Benth., 200 ; mentioned,
175, 260.

strictum, Benth., 200.

var. stenocephala * , S. Moore,
200.

Troedelii, 236.

men- |

verecundum *, $. Moore, 200; |
mentioned, 201, 242.
Zacchæus, S. Moore, 200; men-

tioned, 201, 242.
Hemigenia Biddulphiana, F. Muell,
mentioned, 217.
brachyphylla, F. Muell., 241.
exilis*, 8. Moore, 216;
tioned, 174, 241.
Hemionitis cordata, Roxb., 362.
Hemiphora, 234.
Elderi, F, Muell., 242.
Hemsley, W. Botting, Notes on an Ex-
hibition of Plants from China re-
cently collected by Dr. A. Henry and
Mr. W. Hancock, 474-478.
Heptapleurum stellatum, Gaertn., 345 ;
mentioned, 303.
Heracleum, mentioned, 325.
ceylanicum, Gardn., 343.
ITeteranthera, mentioned, 274.
Heterocarpella Didelta, Zurpin, men-
tioned, 382.
Heterocystex, 285.
Hibbertia, mentioned, 234, 244, 246.
glomerata, Benth., mentioned, 256.
Hibiscus Krichauffianus, A. Muell., 180 ;
mentioned, 256.
Ilimantidium gracile, Ehrenb., 293.
pectinale, Kuetz., 293.

men-

INDEX.

llirneola Avricula-Jude, Berk., men-
tioned, 442,
Holostex, Fenzl, 431.
Homalia glossophylla, Jaeg., 467.
Homoeystex, 238.
Hormogone of the West Indies, 285.
Hormosira, mentioned, 417-425.
Humea gracillima, 241.
Hyalotheca, 415.
dissiliens, Bréb., 281; mentioned,
ftnote 367, 402, 403, 409, 410,
415.
neglecta, Aacib., mentioned, 415.
Hydrocotyle, mentioned, 325.
asiatica, Linn., 342.
pilifera, Turez., var. glabrata, 193.
Hylocomium splendens, Bruch, 470.
Hymenostylium, mentioned, 450.
inconspicuum, Mitt., 450.
triquetrum, Mitt. MSS., 450.
Hypericineæ, 178.

Hypericum, mentioned, 304.

japonicum, Thunb., 335;
tioned, 178, 238, 245.
mysorense, Heyne, 335 ; mentioned,
305, 332.
Hypnaceæ, 470.

Hypnum glaucocarpoides,
471; mentioned, 474.
Hypochnus purpureus, Tw/., 438, 439.
Mypoerea rufa, Fr., mentioned, 4406,

men-

Salmon”,

Hypolytrum, 8; Distribution of, 138.
latifolium, L. C, Rich, 93; Geo-
graphie Distribution of, 143.
longirostre, Thw., 94.
penangense, C. B. Clarke, 94.
proliferum, Boeck., 94.
trinervium, Kunth, 94.
turgidum, C, B. Clarke, 94.
Wightianum, Boeck., 93.
Hypopterygiacem, 466.
Hypopterygium Fauriei, Besch., 466.
japonicum, Mitt., mentioned, 466.
Hypoxylon coccineum, Bull, men-
tioned, 446, 448.
Hyptis, mentioned, 269, 274.
anomala, Benth., mentioned, 269.
conferta, Pohl, mentioned, 269, 274.
Hyssopus, mentioned, 269.

Ichthyocereus, mentioned, 411.
leomum, Hua, 269, 271, 274, 275.
lineare * , Burkill, 270; mentioned,
269, 976.
paradoxum, Hua, 270 ; mentioned,
268, 269, 275.
salicifolium * , Burkill, 270; men-
tioned, 269, 276,
subacaule * , Burkill, 271; men-
tioned, 269, 276.

INDEX. 518

Imperata, mentioned, 303.

arundinacea, Cyr. 300; men-
tioned, ftnote 303.
Indice, 8.
Indigofera brevidens, Benth., 188.
enneaphylla, 237.
linifolia, mentioned, 244.
Insignis, Fenzl, 434.
Inula salicina, mentioned, 277.
Ionidium enneaspermum, 238, 243;
floribundum, Walp., 178 ; men-

tioned, 174.
Ipsea speciosa, Lindl., 356.
lrides, 233.
Isachne Kunthiana, Wight & Arn., 550.
Isaria, Pers., mentioned, 443, 445.
pulcherrima, Berk. g Broome,
mentioned, 443, 448.

umbrina,Pers., mentioned, 446,448. |

Ischemum ciliare, Retz., 359.
laxum, R. Br., 359.
Isopterygium fulvum,
tioned, 469.
ludovicianum, Cardot, mentioned,
469.
micans, Sw., mentioned, 469.
Isotoma petrzea, F. Muell., 208; men-
tioned, 260.
Isotropis canescens, 242.
Ixiolæna, mentioned, 199.
tomentosa, F. Muell., 198.

Cardot, men-

Jacksonia nematoclada, F. Muell., 242.
rhadinoclada, 241.
spinosa, F.. Br., mentioned, 256.
Japan and China, On some Mosses
from, by Ernest Stanley Salmon,
449-474.
Jasmine, 232.
Jasminum angustifolium, Vahl, 350;
mentioned, 303, 333.
caleareum, F, Muell., mentioned,
236, 258.
Juliflore, 189.
Juncaces, 228.
. Juncellus, 6.
alopecuroides, C. B. Clarke, 18.
inundatus, C. B. Clarke, 18.
levigatus, C. B. Clarke, 19.
var. ß. junciformis, C. B.
Clarke, 19.
pygmeus, C. B. Clarke, 18.
serotinus, C. B. Clarke, 18.
stylosus, C. B. Clarke, 18.
Juncus, mentioned, 245.
bufonius, Linn., 228; mentioned,
289, 245, 260.
pallidus, A. Br., 239.
prismatocarpus, R. Br., 357.
Junonia vellida, Fabr., mentioned,
ftnote 254.

Justicia procumbens, Linn., 352.

Kalanchoe floribunda, Wight 4 Arn.,
341.
Kennedya, mentioned, 233, 242.
Keraudrenia, mentioned, 234, 214.
integrifolia, Steud., 181;
tioned, 234, 256, 260.
Knoxia, mentioned, 325..
corymbosa, Willd., 344.
mollis, Wight & Arn., 344.
platycarpa, Arn., 944 ; mentioned,
303, 305, 326.
var. foliosa, 'Thw., 944.
var. hirsuta, 344.
Kobresia, Geographie Distribution of,
138

men-

angusta, C. B. Clarke, 104.
capillifolia, C. B. Clarke, 105.
curvirostris, C, B. Clarke, 106.
Duthiel, C. B. Clarke, 105.
filieina, C. B. Clarke, 105.
filifolia, C. B. Clarke, 106.
fissiglumis, C. B. Clarke, 104.
foliosa, C. B. Clarke, 104.
Hookeri, Boeck., 104.
var. ? B. dioica, C. B. Clarke,
104.
laxa, Boeek., 106.
macrantha, Boeek., 106.
nitens, C. B. Clarke, 105.
pygmma, C. B. Clarke, 104.
Rovleana, Boeck., 105.
scheenoides, Boeck., 105.
seticulmis, Boeck., 104.
trinervis, Boeck., 104.
uncinoides, C. B. Clarke, 106.
vaginosa, C. B. Clarke, 104.
Kochia spp., mentioned, 257.
glomerifolia, 242.
sedifolia, F. Muell., 218.
villosa, Lindl., var., 218.
Krascheninuikovia, 435.
Davidi, Franch., 485; mentioned,
436.
rupestris, Maxim., mentioned, 436.
Kunzea sericea, Zurez., 192 ; mentioned,
172, 260.
—- var. albiflora * , S. Moore, 192.
Kyllinga, 6.
brevifolia, Rottb., 10, 357.
cylindrica, Nees, 9.
melanosperma, Nees, 10.
monocephala, Rottb., 11.
squamulata, Vahi, 11.
triceps, Rottb., 9.

Labiatæ, 216.
with Alternate Leaves, On some
African, by I. H. Burkill and C. H.
Wright, 268-2706.

2Q2

514

Lagenophora, mentioned, 325; Geo-
graphic Distribution of, in India,
146.

Biliardieri, Cass, 346; Geo-
graphic Distribution of, in India,
146.

Laggera alata, Schultz-Bip., 346.

Lamium, mentioned, 269.

Lantana, mentioned, 317; sp. 352.

Lurbrem, Fenzl, 435.

Lasiosiphon eriocephalus, Deene.,

tioned, 303.

var, zeylanicus, Meissn., 554.

Lastraea paleacea, mentioned, 267.

var. cristata pulcherrima,

men-

267.
Lavatera arborea, Linn. mentioned, 245.
plebeia, Sims, 179; mentioned,
245.
Leaves, sleep- and sun-position of, 328-
331.
Leguminosm, 145, 185, 246, 253.
of Western Australia, 256.
—— Podalyriex of Western Australia,
957.
Lemna gibba, Linn., mentioned, 245.
Leonurus, mentioned, 269.
Lepidium Merrallii, 241.
papillosum, F. Muell., 177.
ruderale, Linn., 177; mentioned,
238, 245.
Lepidosperma, mentioned, 7, 245.
chinense, Nees, 22,
Lepironia, 8; Geographie Distribution
of, 143.
mucronata, L. C. Rich., 96.
Leptorhynchus, mentioned, 199.
Leptothrix lurida, Kuetz., 289.

Leptotrichum Boryanum, €. Muell.,
mentioned, 454.
Lespedeza diversifolia, Hems/., from

China, 475.
Leucas marrubioides, Desf., 333, 353,
zeylanica, A. Jr. var. Walkeri,
35:
Leucobryacez, 453.
Leucobryum Lutschianum, C.
MSS., 453.
Salmoni, Cardot, 454.
scaberulum, Cardot, 454,
Wiehurz, Broth., 453.
Leucodon dentieulatus, Broth. MSS.,
466.
Leucospores, 148.
Levenhookia, mentioned, 247.
Leycesteria formosa, Wall., from China,
mentioned, 477.
glaucophylla, Hook. f., from China,
477.

Muell.

sinensis, Hemsl., from China, 477.
Ligustrum Walkeri, Decne., 350.

INDEX.

Liliaceæ, 227, 250.
Limosella aquatica, Linn., 239.
Linaria vulgaris, MA, mentioned,
274.
Lipocarpha, 7.
argentea, R. Br., 87, 358.
microcephala, Kunth, 88.
sphacelata, Kunth, 88.
triceps, Nees, 88.
Litsea, mentioned, 302.
zeylanica, Nees, 304.
Livistona Mariæ, mentioned, 231.
Lobelia heterophylla, 2 23
nicotianæfolia, Heime 248.
Lobeliace:, 203.
Logania, mentioned, 233, 248.
Loganiacem, 233, 248,

Lonicera, from China, mentioned,
475
calcarata, Hemsl, from China,
476.

Loranthacez, 249, 252.

Loranthus, mentioned, 249, 258, 259,
gibberulus, mentioned, 256.
linearifolius, Hook., 925,
linophyllus, Fenzl, 226.
miniatus, S. Moore, 225;

tioned, 226.
Murrayi, F. Muell, 4 Tate, 925;

mentioned, 226.

men-

var. parviflora *, S. Moore,
995.
Nestor, S. Moore, 226 ; mentioned,
241, 256.

pendulus, Sieb., 226.
var. parviflora, 926 ;
tioned, 959.
Quandang, Lindi., 226 ; mentioned,
259.
suborbicularis, Tkw., 354.
Lotus australis, Andr., 188.
var. parviflora, 188.
Loudonia, mentioned, 246,
auren, F. Muell., 190;
72, 256.
Ros. mentioned, 956.
Lychnis, Pax, 433.
Davidi, Franch., 433.
glandulosa, Maxim., 430.
Lycium australe, F. Muell., 206.
Lycopodium carolinianum, Linn., 862.
cernuum, Jinn., 362.
Lyngbya ærugineo-cærulea,
289, 290
majuscula, Harv.,
279, 299.
Lyngbyeæ of the West Indies, 288.
Lysimachia from China, mentioned,
475.
alpestris, Champ., from China,
mentioned, 477.

men-

mentioned,

Gomont,

288; mentioned,

INDEX.

Lysimachia crispidens, Hemsl., from
China, mentioned, 477.

deltoidea, Wight, var. cordifolia, |

349.
insignis, /7ems?., from China, 477.
involucrata, Hemsl., from China,
mentioned, 477.
paradiformis, Franch., from China,
mentioned, 477.
Lysinema eiliatum, mentioned, 256.

Macrogyne, 437.

Macromitrium
Molkenh., 451.

Magnolia, mentioned, 477.

Dozy A

japonicum,

Malva parviflora, Linn., 179; mentioned, |

239.
Malvacem, 179.
Malvastrum spicatum, 238.

“Mana” grass or “Citronella” (An- |

dropogon Nardus), 305, 326, 327.
Mapania, 8; Distribution of, 155.
andamanica, C. B. Clarke, 95.
humilis, Naves et Villar, 96.
immersa, C. B. Clarke, 95.
Kurzii, C. B. Clarke, 95.
longa, Ridley, 95.
multispicata, Ridley, 95.
palustris, Benth., 95.
silhetensis, C. B. Clarke, 94.
tenuiscapa, C. B. Clarke, 05.
Wallichii, C. B. Clarke, 95.
zeylanica, C, B. Clarke, 95.
Mapanize, 6, 8.
On the Distribution of the Sub-
Order, ‚in India (C, B. Clarke),
138.
Marasmius, mentioned, 150.
Marianthus lineatus, F. Muell., 178.
Mariscus, mentioned, 6, 47.
albescens, Gaudich., 46.
bulbosus, C. B. Clarke, 41.
cyperinus, Vahl, 42.
var. bengalensis, C. B. Clarke,

42.
-— var. maxima * ,C, B. Clarke, 43.
Dregeanus, Kunth, 41.
ferax, C. B. Clarke, 47.
Hookerianus, C. B. Clarke, 45.
ischnos, C. B. Clarke, 45.
microcephalus, Presl, 46.

paniceus, Vaki, 41; mentioned, |

oO.

var. B. Roxburghiana, C. B.
Clarke, 42.

pictus, Nees, 43.

Sieberianus, Nees, 43.

-— var. 3. evolutior, C. B. Clarke,
44.

var. ? 6. khasiana, C. B.

Clarke, 45.

515
Mariscus Sieberianus var. y. sub-
composita, C. B. Clarke, 45.

squarrosus, C. B. Clarke, 45.
tenuifolius, Nees, 43.

Massee, George, On the Origin of the

Basidiomycetes, 438-448.

Matrouchotia, mentioned, 445.

complens, Möller, mentioned, 445.

varians, Boulanger, mentioned,

445,
Medicago denticulata, Willd., 188;
mentioned, 239.
Melaleuca, mentioned, 243, 257.
leiocarpa, F. Muell., 193; men-

tioned, 242.
pauperiflora, F. Muell., 193.
quadrifaria, 236.
uncinata, 72. Br., 192; mentioned,
256.
Melandryum, 429, 431.
adenanthum *, Williams, 499.
brachypetalum, Fenzl, 430.
cabulicum, Boiss., mentioned, 430.
cæspitosum, Williams, 431.
glandulosum, Williams, 430.
Greggii, Jtohrb., 432.
kialense * , Williams, 432.
platypetalum *, Williams, 431.
Souliei *, Williams, 429.
tristis, Fenzl, 430.
Wrightii, Rohrb., 432.
Melosira varians, Agardh, 295.
Melosireæ of the West Indies, 295.
Melothria maderaspatana, 238, 243.
Menkea, mentioned, 234.
coolgardiensis, S.
mentioned, 241.
Mentha, mentioned, 269.
Merianthus lineatus, F. Muell., men-
tioned, 172.
Mesembryanthemum, mentioned, 244.
australe, Soland., 193; mentioned,
239, 257.
Mesotænium, mentioned, 410, 411.
Braunii, De Bary, mentioned,
ftnote 410.
Endlicherianum, Naeg., 282.
Kramstai, Lemmermann, 282.
var. brevis*, W. d'G. S. West,
282 ; mentioned, 279.
macroeoecum, Kirchn.,
tioned, ftnote 410.
micrococcum, Kirchn., 282.
Meteorium pensile, Mitt., 467.
Micrasterias, ment^oned, 370, 401, 402,
404, 411.
anomale, W. B. Turn., mentioned,
412.
arcuata, Bail., mentioned, 408, 409.
var. expansa, JVordst., men-

tioned, 408, 409.

Moore, 177;

men-

516

Mierasterias arcuata var. gracilis, W. 4
G. S. West, mentioned, 409.

var. subpinnatifida, W. 4 G.
S. West, mentioned, 408, 409.

Crux-Melitensis, Hass., mentioned,
408, 409.

denticulata, Bréh., 384; mentioned,
311, 404, 415.

—— forma Thomasiana,
tioned, 384.

depauperata, Nordst., mentioned,
407, 409.

euastroides, Josh., mentioned, 411.

foliacea, Bail., ftnote 307 ; men-
tioned, 372.

incisa, Bréb., mentioned, 408, 409.

laticeps, Nordst., mentioned, 407,
409.

Moebii, W. & G. S. West, men-
tioned, ftnote 411.

men-

mucronata, Kabenh., mentioned,
407.

oscitans, ealfs, mentioned, 407,
408, 409.

var. mucronata, Wille, men-
tioned, 407, 409.

pinnatifida, Ralfs, mentioned, 373,
407, 408, 409.

—— var. divisa, West, mentioned,
408, 409.

var. expansa, W. B. Turn.,
mentioned, 408, 409.

—— var. inflata, Wolle, mentioned,
408, 409.

var. trigona,

ftnote

West,
412.
Rabenhorstii, Kirchn., mentioned,
408, 409.
var, tatrica, Racib, mentioned,
408, 409.
rotata, Ralfs, mentioned, ftnote 404.
Thomasiana, Archer, mentioned,
384, fig. 415.
truncata, Bréb., 383; mentioned,
384, fig. 416.
verrucosa, Bisset, mentioned, 384.
Microcheeta tenuissima, West, 286.
Microcorys, mentioned, 234.
Mieroglossa zeylanica, Benth., 346;
mentioned, 303.
Micromitrium Spruce, 163.
Austini, 163.
megalosporum, 163.
synoicum, 163.

Micromyrtus Drummondii, Benth.,
92.

imbricata, R, Br., 102; mentioned,
174.

Microscheenus, 7.
Duthiei, C. B. Clarke, 92.
Microseris Forsteri, Hook. f., 239.

INDEX.

Mierospora abbreviata, Lagerh., 280.
pachyderma, Lagerh., 280.
Mierotis, mentioned, 250.
Millotia tenuifolia, Cass., 198.
Mirbelia spp., mentioned, 256.
microphylla, Benth. ,mentioned,250.
microphylloides, S. Moore, 185;
mentioned, 241, 256, 260.
oxyclada, 237,
Mniacez, 458.
Mnium, mentioned, 459.
arcuatum, Broth., mentioned, 459.
curvulum, C, Muell, 458; men-
tioned, 459.
decrescens, Sckimp. MSS., Besch.,

458.
decurrens, Schimp., mentioned,458.
immarginatum, | Lindh. MSS.,

Broth., mentioned, 459.
orthorrhynehum, Bruch, 458.
sueculentum, Mitt., 458.
Trichomanes, Mitt., 458.

Moehringia, 437.

linearifolia * , Williams, 497.

Monarda, mentioned, 269.

Monocotyledones, 227.

Monotaxis luteiflora, F. Muell., 227;
mentioned, 242.

Moore, Spencer Le Marchant: Re-
marks on the Relationship of the
Genera and Species of certain Orders
composing the Desert Flora, 246-252.

The Botanical Results of a Journey
into the Interior of Western Aus-
tralia; with some Observations on
the Nature and Relations of the
Desert Flora, 171-261.

Morinda tinctoria ?, Roxb., 345.

Mosses from China and Japan, on some,
by Ernest Stanley Salmon, 449-474.

Mougeotia sp., 281,

Muehlenbeekia, mentioned, 243.

adpressa, mentioned, 258.

Mukia scabrella, Arn., 042.

* Mulga " (Acacia), 173.

Mussanda frondosa, Linn., mentioned,

315.

var. zeylanica, 344.

Myesna, mentioned, 153.

Myoporinex, 206, 248, 252, 253.

of Western Australia, 259.

Myoporum platycarpum, R. Br., men-
tioned, 207, 259.

Myriactis Wightii, DC., 346.

Myriophyllum, mentioned, 396.

Myrsine capitellata Wall., mentioned,

308.

var. lanceolata, 350.

Myrtaceæ, 172, 190, 253, 256.

of Western Australia. 257.

Myxophycese of the West Indies, 285.

INDEX.

Nanomitrium, Lindberg, 166, 167, 168, |
169; Notes on the Genus, by |
Ernest Stanley Salmon, 163-170. |

sequinoctiale, Lindb., 164-165, 167,
170.

Austini, Lindb., 164, 167, 170.

megalosporum, Lindd., 164, 166,
167, 170.

synoicum, Lindb., 164, 165, 166, 170.

tenerum, Lindb., rudimentary lid in,
163, 164, 165, 166, 167, 169, 170.

Navicula appendiculata, Kuefz., 290.
borealis, Kuetz., 290.
contenta, Grun., 291,
var. biceps, Yan Heurck, 291.

crassinervia, Bréb., 291.

eryptocephala, Kuetz., 291.

elliptica, Kuetz., 291.

globiceps, Greg., 290.

gracilis, Kuetz., 291.

Hilseana, Janisch, 290.

Legumen, Ehrenb., 290.

major, Kuetz., 290.

rhomboides, Ebrenb., 291.

subeapitata, Greg., 290.

trinodis, 291.

viridis, Kuetz., 290.

Naviculeæ of the West Indies, 290.

Neckeraceæ, 466.

Nectria, mentioned, 440, 443.

cinnabarina, Fries, 442, 448.

Nephrodium Beddomei, Baker, 361.

Nephrolepis exaltata, Schott, 361.

Newcastlia ehrysotricha, F. Muell., 242.

hexarrhena, F. Muell., 242.
Nicotiana suaveolens, Lehm., mentioned,
174. |
var, rosulata*, S. Moore, 206.
Nitraria Schoberi, mentioned, 245.
Nitzschia communis, Rabenh., 294.
dissipata, Grun., 294.
linearis, W. Sm., 294.

var. tenuis, Grun., 294.
minutissima, W. Sm., 294.
obtusa, W. Sm., 294.
— var. nana, Grun., 294.
tenuis, W. Sm., 294.

Nitzschieæ of the West Indies, 294.

Nostoc humifusum, Carm. ex Harvey,
5

muscorum, Agardh, 288; men-
tioned, 290, 292, 294.
var. tenax, Thuret, 288.
Nostoceæ of the West Indies, 288.
Notheia growing on Harmosira and
Xiphophora, 417.
anomala, Harv. et Bail, on, by
Ethel Sarel Barton, 417-425;
parasitic on Hormosira Sieberi, |

417

517

Notholzna distans, R. Br., 220; men-
tioned, 245, 260.
Vellea, A. Br., 230.
Nyctaginex, 233.

Oaks, Geographie Distribution of, 145.
Odontostemma, 437.
CEdieladium sinicum, Mitt., 466.
Oldenlandia Heynei, R. Br., 344.
Olearia, mentioned, 233, 243.
Muelleri, Benth., 195.
ramulosa, Benth., 195; mentioned,
172.
Oligarrhena, mentioned, 234.
Oligotrichum, mentioned, 465.
Lescurii, Mitt., 464; mentioned,
449, 465, 474.
Onychonema, mentioned, 413.
Ooeystis solitaria, Wittr., 285.
Ophiurus perforatus, mentioned, 306.
Orchidacez, 145.
Orchidez, 227, 250, 252.
Orobanche cernua, 238, 245.
Orobancher, 233.
Orthantherx, 193.
Orthodon, 433.
Orthotrichaces, 457.
Orthotrichum Hookeri, Mitt., 457.
Osbeckia sp., mentioned, 303, 305.
aspera, Blume, var. klen,
Hooker, 343.
cupularis, D. Don, var. erythro-
cephala, Hooker, 342.
octandra, DC., 342.
rubicunda, Arn., 342.
Oscillaria erugineo -cerulea, Kuetz.,
289.
Osyris arborea, Wall., 354; mentioned,
304, 315.
Oxalis Acetosella, sleep-movements of
leaves of, 331.
corniculata, Linn., 182 ; mentioned,
239, 243, 336 ; sleep- and sun-
position of, 328.
Oxylepis, 198, 199.

Oxylobium atropurpureum, —T'urcz.,
mentioned, 185.
graniticum*, A. Moore, 185;

mentioned, 241, 260.
parviflorum, Benth. mentioned, 185.
trilobatum, Benth., mentioned, 185.

Ozothamnus, 199.

Pachyneura, mentioned, 246.
Palmellacese of the West Indies, 284.
Palmoglea micrococea, Kuetz., 282.
Panax, mentioned, 476.
Panicum, mentioned, 303.
gracilis, R. Br., 228.
leucophzeum, H. B. K., 228.

518
Papillaria atrata, Mitt., 467 ; mentioned,
449.

Pappophorum nigricans, R. Br., 229.
pallidum, KÆ. Br., mentioned,
229.
Parietania (read Parietaria) debilis
Parietaria debilis, mentioned, 289, 260.
Parochetus communis, Ham., 338.
Paspalum, mentioned, 303.
longiflorum, Retz., 359.
sanguinale, Lam., var. corymbosum, |
358. |
scrobiculatum, Linn., 358.
Passiflora from China, mentioned,
475.
“ Patana Oak,” 303.
Pearson, H. H. W., The Botany of the
Ceylon Patanas, 300-365.
Pedicularis from China, mentioned, |
475.
zeylanica, Benth., 334, 352.
Penium, mentioned, 377, 401, 410,
411.
curtum, Breb., 983.
didymocarpum, Zund., 283.
Haynaldii, Schaarschmidt,
tioned, 377.
minutum, Cleve, mentioned, 400,402,
Navicula, Bréb., 283. |
Royanum, W. B. Turn., mentioned,
377, 379, 380.
scandinavicum, W. B. Turn.,
mentioned, 377, 879, 380.
spirostriolatum, Barker, 877;
mentioned, 379, 380, 415.
Peperomia reflecta, A. Dietr., 354,
Persoonia, mentioned, 233.
angulata, JN. Br., mentioned, 220,
diadena, A. Muell., 241.
leucopogon *, ©. Moore,
mentioned, 241, 256.
Petalostylis, 234.
Petiolares, Fenzl, 434,
Pheoneuron, Gi/q,490, 492 ; mentioned, |
483. |
dicellandroides, Gilg, 403; men-
tioned, 483, 489, 492. |
Moloneyi, Stapf, 494; mentioned, |
489, 492. |
Schweinfurthii, Stapf, 494; men- |
tioned, 492, 495.
setosum, Stapf, 492;
484, 489, 495.
Pheoneuron, Gilg, and Dicellandra,
Hook. f. (Melastomacex), by Dr.
Otto Stapf, 482-495. |
Phajus Wallichii, Lindl., 356. |
Phascum, 168, |
Phaseolus adenanthus, G. Mey., 333,
339.
calcaratus, Rorb., 333, 339.

, 230.

men-

290; |
|

mentioned,

INDEX.

Phaseolus trinervius, Heyne, 3858,
339; sleep- and sun-position of,
D

vulgaris, sleep- and sun-position of,
329. |
Phebalium, mentioned, 233.
tuberculosum, Benth., 182; men-
tioned, 257, 261.
Philonotis palustris, Mitt., 460.
Savatieriana, Besch., mentioned,
460.
socia, Mitt., 459.
Pholidia, mentioned, 257, 258.
cærulea *, S, Moore, 208; men-
tioned, 210, 242.
Dalyana, F. Muell., 210.
densifoha, F. Muell., mentioned,
209.
gibbifolia, F. Muell., 208; meon-
tioned, 258.
homoplastica *, S. Moore, 207;
mentioned, 241, 258,
interstans *, S. Moore,
mentioned, 242,
var. parviflora *, S. Moore, 210.
microtheca, PF. Muell., mentioned
200.
saligna *, S. Moore, 907; men-
tioned, 242, 257, 259.
scoparia, R. Br., 206; mentioned,
210, 261.
Veronica *, S, Moore, 209; men-
tioned, 210, 242.
Phormidium fragile, Gomont, 289.
luridum, Gomont, 280.
Phycastrum crenulatum, Naeg., men-
tioned, 393.
Phyllanthus Emblica, Linn., 355 ; men-
tioned, 303, 306.
lacunaris, F. Muell., 227.
simplex, /eefz.,855; sleep- and sun-
position of, 528.
var. Gardnerianus,
Arg., 355.
Phyllota, 186, 187.
humilis *, A. Moore, 186; men-
tioned, 941.
Luehmanni, 242.
lycopodioides *, S. Moore, 1
mentioned, 172, 241, 256.
Urodon, Benth., mentioned, 186.
Phylogeny of the Genera of Desmids
(West), 414.
Phymatodocis, mentioned, 411.
Phymatotrichum, mentioned, 446.
Physcomitrella, 168, 169,
Physcomitrium, 168, 169.
acuminatum, Bruch d Schimp.,
mentioned, 457.
japonicum, Mitt., 457 ; mentioned,
9.

210;

Muell.

SD ;

H

INDEX.

Physostegia, mentioned, 269.
Pilacre Petersii, Berk. 4 Broome, 438.
Pilacrella delectans, Möller, mentioned,
443.
Pileanthus, mentioned, 234,
Pimelea, mentioned, 233,
mentioned, 258.
ammocbaris, F, Muell., 238.
Forrestiana, F. Muell., 236.
Pimpinella Leschenaultii, DC., 343.
Pines, Geographic Distribution
145.
Dinnularia borealis, Ehrenb., 200.
major, Rabenh., 290.
viridis, Rabenh., 290.
Pinus sylvestris, mentioned, 453.
Pittosporez, 178.
Pittosporum phillyrzoides, DC., 178;
mentioned, 258.
var. mierocarpa * , S. Moore,
178.
Plagianthus, mentioned, 253.
diffusus, Benth., mentioned, 179.
Helmsii, 241.
repens *, A. Moore,
tioned, 181, 241.
Plagiopoda, 221, 222.
Plagiothecium ` levigatum, Schimp.
MSS. ,Besch.,468; mentioned,449.

179; men-

micans, Par., 469; mentioned,
449,

pyenopterum, Jaeg., mentioned,
469.

silesiacum, Bruch, 468.
subpinnatum *, Salmon, 468;
mentioned, 473.
Plantaginez, 217.
Plantago lanceolata, Linn., 353.
varia, R. Br., 217.

Plants from China: Notes of an Ex-
hibition of, recently collected by Dr.
A. Henry and Mr. W. Hancock, by
W. Botting Hemsley, 474-478.

Plants, Desert: Distribution of,
Relation to the Soil, 259-261.

—-—— provided with Means of Diffusion
by the Agency of Animals, 207 -
259.

Platychilas, 214.

Plectranthus, mentioned, 274, 275.

calcaratus, Hemsl., from China,
477.

fruticosus,
477.

insolitus * , C. H. Wright, 275, 276.

longicornis, F. Muell., menticned,
477.

menthoides, Benth., 353.

nigrescens, Benth., 353.

subacaulis, Baker, 271.

Pleurotseniopsis, mentioned, 399, 400.

in

L'Hérit., mentioned,

243; spp. |

of, |

519

Pleurofsenium, mentioned, 401, 411.
coronatum, Kabenh., mentioned,
401.
Pluchea Dentex, R. Br., 195; mentioned,
174, 274.
Poa, mentioned, 245.
Podalyriez, 246 ; of Western Australia,
256.
Podoearpus, Geographie Distribution of,
145.
neriifolia, D. Don, Geographic Dis-
tribution of, 145.
Podolepis Lessoni, Benth., 198.
pallida, Turez., 175, 198, 260.
Siemsenia, F. Muell., 198.
Podotheca angustifolia, Cass., 198.
Pogonatherum saccharoideum, Beauv.,
259.
Pogonatum, 460, 463.
acaule, Schimp., mentioned, 462.
japonicum, Suliv., mentioned, 461.
pellucens, Besch., mentioned, 462.
Pogostemon paniculatus, Benth., men-
tioned, 272.
reflexus, Benth., 333, 353.
Polanisia viscosa, Linn., 232, 238, 243,
258.
Pollinia phæothrix, Hack., 359.
Polyactis, mentioned, 446.
Polycarpæa indica, Lam., 238.
Polygala glaucoides, Linn., var. kirsu-
tula, ftnote 320, 335.
rosmarinifolia, Wight & Arn. 233,
335.
telephioides, Willd., 233, 399.
Polygonem, 220.
Polygonum alatum, Ham., var. parvi-
flora, 353.
chinense, Linn., 354.
prostratum, A. Br., 220.
Polypodium vulgare, var. grandiceps,
Parker, 268.
Polyporus borealis, Fr., 157 ; hyphæ in,
157.
Gardneri, Mett., 361.
lineare, Thunb., 361.
nigrescens, Blume, 361.
obliquatum, Blume, 361.
repandulum, Mett., 361.
trifidum, D. Don, 361.
Polystiehum angulare, mentioned, 267.
Polyteenia, mentioned, ftnote 410.
Polytrichacese, 460.
Polytrichum, mentioned,
465.
abbreviatum, Mitt., mentioned, 462.
aloides, Beauv., 463.
cirratum, Sw., mentioned, 463.
commune, Linn., 464.
contortum, Lesg., 449, 461, 402,
404.

320, 825,

520

Polytrichum convolutum, Linn., var.
cirratum, C. Muell., 462.
fastigiatum, Mitt., mentioned, 461.
Gardneri, Jacq., mentioned, 462.
grandifolium, Lindd., 461; men-
tioned, 474.
gymnophyllum, Mitt., 449, 460;
mentioned, 474.
inflexum, Lindb., mentioned, 463.
nipponense, Schimp. MSS., men-
tioned, 463.
obtusulum, ©. Muell., 460.
spinulosum, Mitt., mentioned, 449,
462.
theliearpum, C. Muell., 460.
tortipes, Mitt., 463; mentioned,
473.
urnigerum, Beauv., mentioned, 460.
yunnanense, Besch., mentioned,
463.
Pomaderris, mentioned, 233.
Forrestiana, 241.
intangenda, 241.
Porotriehum Makinoi, Broth., 467,
Porphyrosiphon Notarisii, Kwetz., 288.
Portulacez, 178.
Potamogeton obtusifolius, mentioned,
21

Potentilla, mentioned, 304, 325.
Kleiniana, Wight d Arn., 340.
Mooniana, Wight, 340.

Pottiacez, 168.

Pouzolzia Bennettiana, Wight, 355.

var. Gardneri, 355.

var. quadrialata, 355.
parvifolia, Wight, 356.

Premna Thwaitesii, C. B. Clarke, 352.

Primula, Geographie Distribution of, in

India, 146; from China, mentioned,
415.

Primulacez, 203.

Propriz, 8.

Prostanthera Baxteri, A. Cunn., 216,

260.
Eckerslyana, 241.
Grylloana, F. Muell., 216, 242.
Wilkieana ?, F. Muell., 216, 236.
Proteacex, 220, 249, 253, 957; of
Western Australia, 257.

Protococeoidex of the West Indies, 284.

Protocvecus gigas, Kuetz., 285.

Pseudoleskea capillata, Besch., 471.
macropilum, C. Muell., 471.

Pseudo-Rhaphidiex, 293.

Psidium Guyava, Linn., 341 ; mentioned,

315,
Psoralea eriantha, Benth., 188, 256.
Pterigeron liatroides, Benth., var. re-
pens * , S. Moore, 196.

Pteris, mentioned, 325.

aquilina, Linn., 360.

INDEX.

Pterobryum Arbuscula, Mitt., 467.
Pterocarpus Marsupium, mentioned,
306.

Pteropogon, 200.

Pterostylis, mentioned, 233, 250.
pyramidalis, Lindl., 227, 260.

Ptilotus, mentioned, 257.
hemisteirus, 236.

Ptychogaster albus, Coes, mentioned,

447.

Ptychomitrium, mentioned, 456.
Fauriei, Besch., 456.
mieroearpum, Par., 455.
polyphylloides, Par., 456.
polyphyllum, Bruch d Schimp.,

mentioned, 456.
sinense, Jueg., mentioned, 456.

Pultenza, mentioned, 136, 187.
Urodon, Benth., mentioned, 186.

Pyenospora hedysaroides, R. Br., 338 ;

sleep-movements of leaves of, 331.

Pycreus, 6.
albomarginatus, Nees, 17.
angulatus, Nees, 17.

var. 3. Wightii, C. B. Clarke,

17.
Baccha, Nees, 17.
var. quinquagintiflora, C. B.
Clarke, 17.
capillaris, Nees, 14.
ferrugineus, C. B. Clarke, 16.
flavescens, Reichb., 11.
globosus, /?eich)., 14, 15,
var. Q. nilagirica, C. B. Clarke,
15, 358.
var. y. stricta, C. B. Clarke,

15.

var. 0. erecta *, C, B. Clarke,
15.
latespieatus, C. B. Clarke, 12.
malabaricus * , C. B. Clarke, 12.
nitens, Nees, 13.
polystachyus, Beauv., 16, 358.
var. laxiflora, Benth., 16.
pumilus, Nees, 14.
puuetieulatus, C. B. Clarke, 17.
sanguinolentus, Nees, 12,
stramineus, C. B. Clarke, 12.
sulcinus, C. B. Clarke, 16.
umbrosus, Nees, mentioned, 18.

Quandong, 175.
Quereus, Geographic Distribution of,
145; in India, 146.
cornea, Lowr., mentioned, 478.
Fordiana, Hemsl., from China, 478.
Rex, Hemsl., from China, 477.
velutina, Lindl., mentioned, 477.

Ranunculaces, 2.
Ranunculus, mentioned, 304.

INDEX.

Ranunculus sagittafolius, Hook., 334.
Wallichianus, Wight d: Arn., 334.
Raphanus sativus, Linn., 177; men-
tioned, 239.
Raphidieæ of the West Indies, 289.
Recticapsulares, 433.
Remirea, 7; Geographie Distribution
of, 143.
maritima, Aubl., 93.
Restiaceæ, 251, 252.
Rhacelopus, mentioned, 462.
Rhacomitrium fasciculare, Brid., 455.
Rhagodia, mentioned, 253.
Billardieri, A. Br., 217.
var. linearis, 217.
coraliocarpa, S. Moore,
mentioned, 241.
crassifolia, R. Br., 217 ; mentioned,
257.
spinescens, R. Br., var., 217.
Rhamnaceæ, 183.
Rhamnus Arnottianus, Gaertn., 336.
Wightii, Wight & Arn., 336.
Rhapbidium, mentioned, 401.
Braunii, Naeg., 285.
fractum *, W. d G. S. West, 284;
mentioned, 279.
polymorphum var. mirabile, men-
tioned, ftnote 401.
Rhipsalis Cassytha, Gaertn., 333, 342.
Rhizoclonium, 280.
hieroglyphicum, Kuetz., 280.
var. tortuosum, Stockm., 281.
tortuosum, Kuetz., 281.
Rhododendron from China, mentioned,
475.
arboreum, Sm., Geographie Distri-
bution of, 145.
-— var, nilagiricum, 804, 349.
ferrugineum, Linn., mentioned, 349.
hirsutum, Linn., mentioned, 349.
Rhodomyrtus tomentosa, Wight, 341.
Rhynchosia minima, 239.
Rhynehostegium confertum, Bry., 410.
inclinatum, Mitt., mentioned, 470.
rusciforme, Bry., 470.
Rivulariacez of the West Indies, 285.
Rostkovia, mentioned, 245.
Roya, mentioned, 401, 411.
Rubia cordifolia, Linn., 345.
Rubiacex, 194.
Rubus, 304 ; sp., mentioned, 305.
ellipticus, Sm., 340.
lasiocarpus, Sm., 340.
var. subglaber, TAw., 340.
moluccanus, Linn., 340.
Rulingia, 181.
coacta * , A. Moore, 180;
tioned, 181, 241, 256.
loxophylla ?, F. Muell., 181.
pannosa, R. Br., mentioned, 181.

217;

men-

521

Rulingia salvifolia, Benth., mentioned,
181.
Rumex crispus, Linn., 220; mentioned,
239.
Rutacex, 182, 246; of Western Aus-
tralia, 257.
Rutidosis heliehrysoides, DC., 197.
Rynehospora, 7; Geographie Distri-
bution of, 143.
aurea, Vahl, 89.
glauca, Vahl, 90, 358 ; Geographie
Distribution of, 143.
var. chinensis, C. B. Clarke,

90.

var, Griffithii, Geographic
Distribution of, 145.

gracillima, C. B. Clarke, 90; Geo-
graphic Distribution of, 143.

Griffithii, Boeck., 90.

var. levisetis, C. B. Clarke,

91.
Hookeri, C. B. Clarke, 90.
longisetis, C. B. Clarke, 89.
inalasiea, C. B. Clarke, 89.
sikkimensis, C. B. Clarke, 91.
triflora, Vahl, 90.
Wallichiana, C. B. Clarke, 88.
Wallichiana, Kunth, 358.
Wightiana, C. B. Clarke, 89.

Saccorhiza, eryptostomata of, 422.

Salacia reticulata, Wight, 336.

Salicornia spp., mentioned, 257.
arbuscula, R. Br., 218.

Salmon, Ernest Stanley, Notes on the
Genus Nanomitrium, Lindberg, 163-
170.

On some Mosses from China and
Japan, 449-474.

Salsola Kali, Linn., 218; mentioned,
239, 249, 257, 258.

Santalacem, 226.

Santalum lanceolatum, R. Br., 226;
mentioned, 258.

Sapindacex, 184.

Sararanga sinuosa, Hemsl., mentioned,
476.

Sarcophycus, oogonia of, 422.

Satyrium nepalense, D. Don, 356.

Saussurea from China, mentioned,
475.

Scævola, mentioned, 243.

oxyclona, 242.
spinescens, Z. Br., 203; mentioned,
175, 254, 256, 258, 261.

Schistomitrium Gardnerianum, Mitt.,
mentioned, 453.

Schizothrix, mentioned, 279, 287.

cuspidata, W. 4 G. S. West, 288.

var, luteo-fusca, W. 4 G. S.

West, 288.

522 INDEX.

Schoenia Cassiniana, Steefz, 198; men- | Scleria bracteata var. ID. assamica, C. B.

tioned, 175, 236, 260. Clarke, 103.
Schænus, 7. caricina, Benth., 98.
calosiachyus, Poir., 91. chinensis, Kunth, 101; Geographie
hexandrus, 241. Distribution of, 143.
nigricans, Linn., 91. —— var. ß. biauriculata, C. B.
Scirpeæ, 6. Clarke, 101.
Scirpodendron, 8. | corymbosa, Roxb., 97.
costatum, Kurz, 96. | elata, Tw., 100.
Scirpus, 7; Geographic Distribution of, var. 0. decolorans, C. DB.
138, 144. Clarke, 101.
articulatus, Linn., 77. — var. B. latior, C. B. Clarke,
Caricis, Petz., 82. 100.
var. ß. brevifolia, C. B. Clarke, flaccida, C. B. Clarke, 98.
82. hebecarpa, Nees, 99.
var. 6. dissita, C. B. Clarke, var. B. pubescens, C. B.
82. Clarke, 99.
var. y. sikkimensis, C. B. Hookeriana, Boeck., 102.
Clarke, 82. junciformis, 74w., 102.
cartilagineus, Spreng., 228; men- khasiana, C. B. Clarke, 102.
tioned, 238, 244, 245, 260. levis, Retz., 103.
cernuus, Vah/, 228; mentioned, | lithosperma, Swartz, 96.

239, 244, 260. var. B. (Roxburghii), Thwaites,

chinensis, Munro, 83. 97.
corymbosus, Koth, T9. melanostoma, Boeck., 102,
erectus, Poir., T7. | multifoliata, Boeck., 102.

Eriophorum, Michx., 82. | —— var. ophirensis, C, B. Clarke,

fluitans, Linn., 75. | 103.

grossus, Linn., 8l. | —— var, pilosula, C. B. Clarke,
|

var. Kysoor, C. D. Clarke,

81. Neesii, Kunth, 99; Geographic
Holoschenus, Linn., 76. Distribution of, 143.
Isolepis, Boeck., 83. | oryzoides, Pres/, 101.
kyllingioides, Boeck., 83. | pergracilis, Kunth, 96.
lacustris, Linn., 79. | psilorrhiza, C. B. Clarke, 101.
littoralis, Schrad., 80. | Radula, Hance, 101.
maritimus, Linn., SO. | Ridleyi, C. B. Clarke, 97.

var. affinis, C. 8. Clarke, 80. Stocksiana, Boeck., 98.
Michelianus, Linn., 83. sumatrensis, Jetz., 103.
mucronatus, Linn., 18. tessellata, Willd., 97.

pauciflorus, Lightf., 75. Thomsoniana, Boeck., 100.
pumilus, Vahl, 75. zeylanica, Poir, 98; Geographie

quinquefarius, Boeck., 78. | Distribution of, 143.
rufus, Schrad., 82. | Selerolana bicornis, Lindi., 218; men-
setaceus, Linn., 75. | tioned, 258.
squarrosus, Linn., 84. | diacantha, Benth., mentioned, 258.
subcapitatus, Thw., 82. | Scolopendrium var. crispum Drum-
submersus, C. Wright, T5. | mondix, 267.
supinus, Linn., 76. Scutellaria, mentioned, 269, 274.
var. uninodis, C. B. Clarke, | Seytonema, mentioned, 279.
76. ambiguum, Kuetz., 986.
ternatensis, Mig., 83. amplum, West, 287.
triqueter, Linn., 19. calotrichoides, Kuetz., 287.
var. segregata, C. D. Clarke, figuratum, Agardh, 287.
79. Hoffmanni, Agardh,
Scleria alta, Boeck., 100. Julianum, Menegh., 287.
annularis, Kunth, 98, mirabile, Dillw., 987.
bancana, Miq., 102. Seytonemacez of the West Indies, 286,
bitlora, Roxb., 98. Senecio, from China, mentioned, 475.
bracteata, Cav., 103; mentioned, | lautus, Forst, 201; mentioned,

104. | 239, 245.

INDEX. 523

Senecio ludens, C. B. Clarke, 348.

vulgaris, Linn., 201; mentioned, '

239.
zeylanieus, DC., 348.
Serpicula, mentioned, 325.
indica, Thw., 341.
Shuteria sinensis, Hemsl., from China,
475.
Sida calyxhymenia, J. Gay, mentioned,
179.
cardiophylla, 237.
inclusa, 258.
Kingii, 241.
petrophila, F. Muell., 179.
rhombifolia, Linn., var.
336.
spp., mentioned, 256.
Silene, 117, 428.
acaulis, Linn., 453,
adenantha, Franchet, 429.
cespitosa, Bur. et Franch., 431.
Fortunei, Vis., 429.
gallica, Linn., 173, 239.
platypetala, Bur. et Franch., 431.
Pumilio, mentioned, 431.
rupestris, Linn., 429.
szechuensis * , Williams, 428.
Tatarinowii, 429.
tenuis, Willd., 429.
—— var. rubescens, Franchet, 429.
var. turgida, Regel, 429.
Sirogonium, mentioned, 282.
sticticum, Kuetz., 281.
Sirosiphon brevis, Kuetz., 286.
hormoides, Kuetz., 286.
ocellatus, Kuetz., 286.
Sirosiphoniaceæ of the West Indies,
286.
Smithia blanda, Wall., 338; sleep- aud
sun-position of, 329.

retusa,

Pfundii, sleep- and sun-position of, |

ftnote 329.

Solanacem, 205, 248, 252.

Solanum, 206, 248, 256, 258.
chenopodinum, F. Muell., 206.
ellipticum, A. Br., 206.
indicum, Linn., 351.
lasiophyllum, Dun., 206, 236, 260.
nummularium*, S. Moore, 205,

242.
orbiculatum, Dun., 206.

Solenostemon, mentioned, 275.

Sollya, mentioned, 234, 258.
heterophylla, mentioned, 258.

Sonchus oleraceus, Linn., 202, 239.

Sopubia trifida, Ham., 351.

Soranthera, sporangia of, 422.

Spartothamnus teucriiflorus, F. Muell.,

215, 256.
Spergularia rubra, 239.
Sphsrostilbe, 413, 440, 441.

Sphærostilbe gracilipes, Tul., mentioned,
442, 448.

microspora, Cooke d Massee, 441,
444, 448.

Sphagnaceæ, 472.

Sphagnum, 320, 525, 387, 396.
aeutifolium, Ehrh., 472.
eymbifolium, Ehrh., 472.

“ Spinifex” (‘Tviodia irritans, R. Br),

175.

Spiranthes australis, Lindl., 356.

Spirogyra, mentioned, 282, 410, 411.
neglecta, Kwetz., 281.

var. ternata, W. d G. S. West,

281

Spirotænia obscura, Ralfs, mentioned,
Q2

ternata, Ripart, 281.
Splachnidium, mentioned, 422,
Sporobolus, mentioned, 303, 411.

virginicus, 238, 244.

| Stachys circinata, Clos., 274.

Stackhousia spp., mentioned, 260.
Brunonis, 236.
flava, Hock., var., 183.
viminea, Sm., 182.

Stansfield, F. W., On the Production of
Apospory by Environment in Athy-
rium Filix-fæmina, var. unco-glome-
ratum, an apparently barren Fern,
262-268.

Stapf, Dr. Otto, Dicellandra, Hook. f.,
and Phoneuron, Gilg (Melasto-
maces), 482-495.

Staurastrum, 396, 412, 413.

acarides, mentioned, 412.

aculeatum, Menegh., 303; men-
tioned, 394, 395, 405, 406,
416.

var. bifidum, Schmidie, men-

tioned, 394.

var. depauperatum, Wille,

mentioned, 394, 406 & ftnote.

var. ornatum, Nordst., men-

tioned, 394.

var. ornatum, Nordst., f. sim-
plex, Boldt,mentioned, ftnote 406.

—— var. ornatum, Nordst., f. spi-
nosissima, Wilde, mentioned, 394,
ftnote 406.

anatinum, Cooke § Wills, men
tioned, 395, 405.

arcticum, mentioned, 406 & ftnote.

areolatum, mentioned, 412.

armigerum, Bréb., mentioned, 397.

brachiatum, Ralfs, mentioned, 388,
391, 322, fig. 416.

controversum, Breb., mentioned,

5.

cosmarioides, Reinsch, mentioned,

412. '

524

Staurastrum crenulatum, Dep. 393,
fig. 416.
dejectum, Bréb., mentioned, 412.
Dickiei, Ralfs, mentioned, 413.

eustephanum, /?a/fs, mentioned,
396, 397.
forfieulatum, Lund., mentioned,

394, 395.
var. bifidum, mentioned, 395.
var. longicorne, mentioned,
395.
fureigerum, Bréb., 395; mentioned,
397, 416.
forma armigera, Nordst., 397.
——- var. crassum, Schroder, men-
tioned, 397.
-—- forma eustephana, Nordst.,
397, 416.
var. montanum, mentioned,
397.
laconiense, mentioned, 412.
margaritaceum, — Menegh.,
tioned, 383, 394, 406.
var,, mentioned, ftnote 406.
- var. ornatum, Boldt., men-
tioned, 393.
—— var. ornatum, Nordst., forma
simplex, Boldt., mentioned, 394.
Meriani, Reinsch, mentioned, 412.
montanum, Raciborski, mentioned,
397.
muticum, Bréb., 391, 412.
orbieulare, mentioned, 412.
pseudofurcigerum, Reinsch, 397.
Pseudosebaldi, Wille, mentioned,
405.
Reinschii, Roy, 392, fig. 416.
rostellum, Roy et Biss., 394.
Sebaldi, Reinsch, mentioned, 405.
—— var. altum, W. 4 G. S. West,
mentioned, 405.
sexcostatum, Bréb.,
391, 406.
subsp. eosmospinosum, Boer-
gesen, mentioned, 894.
sexcostatum, subsp. productum,
West, mentioned, 394, 406.
spinosissimum, W. B. Turn., men-
tioned, 406.
teliferum, Ralfs, mentioned, 403.
vestitum, Ralfs, 374, 395; men-
tioned, 405.
var. denudatum,
mentioned, 396.
- var. ornata, /stv., mentioned,
396.
var. sernivestitum, West, men-
tioned, 396, 405.
var. tortum, W. 4 G. S. West,
mentioned, 396.
Stellaria, 434, 496.

men-

mentioned,

Nordst,,

INDEX.

Stellaria bulbosa, Wulf, mentioned, 436.
Davidi, Hemsl., 435.
dichasioides *, Williams, 435.
Henryi * , Williams, 434.
media, Vill., 434.
nutans * , Williams, 434.

Souliei *, Williams, 434.
uda*, Williams, 435.
uliginosa, Murr., 435.
wushanensis * , Williams, 434.
Stemodia linophylla, 241.
Stenanthemum leucophractum, Reiss,
184.

Stenopetalum lineare, PR. Br., 177.
robustum, Fadl., 177.
spherocarpum, F. Muell., 177.

Stenophylix, 189.

Stereulia diversifolia, G. Don, 180;

mentioned, 173, 231, 257, 261.

Sterculiaceæ, 180.

Stereodon plummforme, Mitt., 469.

Stereodontacesm, 467.

Stigonema hormoides, Born. et Flah., 286.
minutum, Hass., 286.
ocellatum, Thuret, 286.

Stilbum, Tode, 439, 440, 441, 443, 444,445.
fasciculatum, Derk. $ Broome, 442,

448.
vulgare, Tode, 439, 442, 443, 446,
447, 448

Stipa elegantissima, Labil/., 228.
hemipogon, Bentk., 229.
scabra, Lindi., 928.

Stirlingia, mentioned, 234.

Streptonema, mentioned, 413.

Striga euphrasioides, Benth., 333, 351.
lutea, Lour., 351.

Strobilanthes, mentioned, 302.

Stylidex, 247.

Stylidium, mentioned, 243, 247.
limbatum, F. Muell., 242.

Styphelia, mentioned, 233, 243.
Kingiana, 242.

Subsubareas of British India, On the,
illustrated by the detailed Distribution
of the Cyperacex in that Empire, by
C. B. Clarke, 1-146.

Swainsona, 233; spp., mentioned, 256.
canescens, F, Muell., 188.
microphylla, A. Gray, 188.

Swertia zeylanica, Walker, 350,

Symploea, mentioned, 287, 302.
cuspidata, West, 288.

var. luteo-fusca, West, 288.

Synaphea, 234,

Synedra lunaris, Ehrenb., 293.
pulchella, Kuetz., 294.
radians, Grun., 294.

Synedreæ of the West Indies, 294.

Syringa vulgaris, Linn., mentioned, 327.

Syrrhopodontaceæ, 454.

INDEX. 525

Taraxacum officinale, Wigg., 348.

Targionia, mentioned, 450.

Tecoma australis, PR. Br., mentioned, 232.

Templetonia egena, Benth., mentioned,
256.

Tephrosia tinctoria, Pers., 338.

Terminalia Bellerica, Roxb., mentioned,

306.

Chebula, Rete., mentioned, 306.
Terpsinoé musica, Lhrenb., 295.
Tetmemorus, mentioned, 411.

fissus, W.$ G. S. West, mentioned,

411.
giganteus, Wood, mentioned, ftnote
411

granulatus, Ralfs, 283.
— forma minor, Nordst., 283.
levis, Ralfs, 283.
Tetrachastrum mucronatum,
mentioned, 407.

Dixon,

Tetragonia expansa, Thunb., mentioned, |

238, 245, 257.
Tetrathecaefoliata, F. Muell., mentioned,

56.
Harperi, F, Muell., mentioned, 241,
256.
Thalictrum, mentioned, 804.
javanicum, Blume, 334.
Thelymitra, mentioned, 250.
antennifera, Hook. f., 227;
tioned, 260.
longifolia, Forst., 227; mentioned,
239, 245, 260.
Thoracostachyum, 8.
bancanum, Kurz, 94.
— — var. longispica, C. B. Clarke,
94

men-

hypolytroides, C. B, Clarke, 94.
Thryptomene australis, F. Muell., 192,
Helmsii, 241.
hymenonema, F. Muell., 241.
spp. of Western Australia, 256.
stenocalyx, F. Muell., 242.
trachycalyx, F. Muell., 241.
urceolaris, F. Muell., 192; men-
tioned, 241.
Thuidium eymbifolium, Bry., 470.
delicatulum, Mitt., 470.
tibetanum *, Salmon, 470; men-
tioned, 474.
Thymeleaceæ, 224.
Thysanotis Patersoni, R. Br., 228.
Tillæa verticillaris,DC., 190 ; mentioned,
239, 245, 257.
Toddalia aculeata, Pers., 336.
Tolypothrix byssoidea, W. 4 G. S. West,
287; mentioned, 285.
—— forma lignicola, Born. et Flah.,
287
forma saxicola, Grun., 287.

Torenia hirtella, Hook. f., 351.

|

|
|

|

Tortula indica, Hook., mentioned, 455.
Tortulacex, 168, 454.
Tortulearum, 168.
Torulinium, Desv., 6, 47.
confertum, Hamilton, 47.
Trachymene cerulea, R. Grah., men-
tioned, 258.
cyanopetala, Benth., 194.
eriocarpa, Benth., 194.
juncea * , S. Moore,
tioned, 242.
Trachypus atratus, Mitt., 467.
'Tremandrem, 233.
Trematodon longicaulis, Rich., 451.
Trentepohlia, 280.

194 ;

men-

sp., 280.
villosa, De Toni, 280; mentioned,
283.

Trevesia palmata, var. cheirantha, from
China, 476.

Trianthema erystallinum, 238; men-
tioned, 257.

Tribonanthus, 234.

Tribulus macrocarpus, 238.
platypterus, 236.
terrestris, Linn., 182; mentioned,

239, 248, 258.

Trichinium, mentioned, 257.
alopecuroideum, Lindi., 218.
Carlsoni, F. Mued/., 220 ; mentioned,

242.
corymbosum, Gaudich., 218 ; men-
tioned, 219.
Drummondii, Mog., 219.
eremita * , S, Moore, 218; men-
tioned, 219, 242.
helipteroides, F. Muell., 219.
holosericeum, Mog, 220.
obovatum, Gaudich., 218; men-
tioned, 261.
Trichoderma viride, Pers., mentioned,
4406, 448.

Trichodesma zeylanicum, R. Br., 238.

Trichostomum, mentioned, 452.
orientale, C. Muell., 455.

Triodia irritans, 2. Br., 229; mentioned,

175.

Triploceras, mentioned, 411.
gracile, Bail., 372.

Tripogon bromoides, Roth, 360.

Triumfetta rhomboidea, Jaeg., 333, 336.

Trochiscia aspera, Hansg., 285.

Trymalium Myrtillus * 5. Moore, 183;

mentioned, 241.
Wichurz, Nees, mentioned, 183.

Tubereularia, Tode, 440, 441, 442, 443.
cinnabarina, Tode, 442.
subpedicellata, Schweinitz, 442, 448.
volutella, Corda, 442, 448.
vulgaris, Tode, 440, 442, 448,

Tulostoma, mentioned, 444, 445.

526

“ Tunika-Gräser,” 331.

Tupidanthus calyptratus, Hook, f. d

Thoms., from China, 476.
Turbinaria, mentioned, 419.
eryptostomata of, 423.

Ulex europzus, Linn., 337.
Umbellifera:, 193, 247.
Urtieaceze, 227.
Usnea, mentioned, 325.
barbata, Linn., mentioned, 304.
Utricularia, 352, 396.
bifida, Linn., 353, 352.
carulea, Linn., 302.
major, Schmid., mentioned, 277.
minor, Linn., mentioned, 387.
orbiculata, Wall., 552.
racemosa, Wall., 352.

Vaccinium Leschenaultii, Wight, ? var.
zeylanica, 349.
Vaginariex of the West Indies, 288.
Valeriana, mentioned, 304.
Moonii, Arn., 315.

Vanheurckia rhomboides, Bréd., 291.

var. saxonica, 291.
vulgaris, Van Heurck, 292.

Velleia connata, F. Muell., 202.
Daviesii, F. Muell., 241.
discophora, F. Muell., 242.
panduriformis, A. Cunn., 236.
paradoxa, R. Br., mentioned, 202,
rosea * , S. Moore, 202; mentioned,

174, 241.
? sp., 202.
Venturiella japonica, Mitt., mentioned,
465.
sinensis, C, Muell., 465.
Verbaseum Thapsus, Linn., 351.
Verbenacex, 215; of Western
tralia, 256.

Vernonia cinerea, Less., 345.
setigera, Arn. (sp. ?), 345.
'hwaitesii, C. B. Clarke, 345.
Wightiana, Arn., 345 ; mentioned,

303, 305, 333.
Verticordia, 191; spp., mentioned, 256.

Aus-

Helm:ii *, S. Moore, 190; men- |

tioned, 241.
pieta. Indi, mentioned, 191.
Rennieana, 241.
Vigna lutea, A. Gray, 238.
Vignea, 8; Geographic Distribution of,
138.
Viola, mentioned, 325.
Patrinii, DC., 331.
tricolor, mentioned, 178.
Violacez, 178.
Vittadinia, mentioned, 243.
australis, 4. Rich., 195.

INDEX.

| Wahlenbergia, mentioned, 243, 305.

gracilis, A. DC., 203, 238, 24,
245, 940.
Waitzia corymbosa, Wendi., 199 ; men-
tioned, 175.
Steetziana, Lehm., 199.

Webera scabridens, Jaeg., 457; men-
tioned, 449.

Wehlia, mentioned, 234.

coarctata, F. Muell., 241.
thryptomenoides, F. Muell., 192.

Weisea viridula, Brid., 449.

Weisiaceæ, 449.

Wendlandia Notoniana, Wall., 843.

West, G. S5., On Variation in the
Desmidieæ, and its Bearings on their
Classification, 366-416.

West, W., and G. S. West, A further
Contribution to the Freshwater Algæ
of the West Indies, 279-299.

West Australian Desert Flora, Adapta-
tion to Drought, 255-257.

some noteworthy points as to

the Connection of (Spencer Moore),

243-253.

Statistics of (Spencer Moore),
230-242,

West Australian Interior, List of Plants
of (Spencer Le Marchant Moore),
177.

Western Australia, Botanical Results
of a Journey into the Interior of;
with some Observations on the Nature
and Relations of the Desert Flora,
by Spencer Le Marchant Moore,
171-261.

West Indies, A further Contribution to
the Freshwater Alge of the, by
W.and G. 8. West, 279-299.

Westringia cephalantha, F. Muell., 217.

rigida, R. Br., 217.

Wichurea, 184.

Wikstroemia canescens, Meissn., 354.

Williams, Frederic N., Caryophyllacea
of the Chinese Province of Sze-chuen,
426-437.

Woodfordia floribunda, Salisb., 342;
mentioned, 304.

Wright, C. H., and I. H. Burkill, On
some African Labiata with Alternate
Leaves, 263-276.

Wrixonia, 254.

prostantheroides, F. Muell., 241.

Wurmbsea, mentioned, 244.

Xanthidium, mentioned, 411, 412.

acanthophorum, Nordst., ftnote
413.
antilopeum, Kuetz., 374; men-

tioned, 412.

INDEX.

Xanthidium antilopeum var. trique-
trum, Lund., mentioned, 412.
armatum, Rabenh., mentioned, 412.
bengalieum, W. B. Turn., ftnote

413.
bifurcatum, Borge, mentioned, 412.
concinnum, Arch., mentioned, 411.
cosmariforme, W. B. Turn., men-
tioned, 412.
cristatum, Bréb., mentioned, 373.
leiodermum, Roy. 4 Biss., ftnote 413.
Robinsonianum, Arch., mentioned,

411.
Smithii, Arch., var. variabile,
Nordst., 386, fig. 415.
tetracentrotum, Wolle ftnote 413.
Xanthorrhaa Preissii, Hnd/., mentioned,
172, 228.
spp., 228.

Xeropetalum, 187.

527

Xerotes, mentioned, 233, 248.
Xiphophora, host of Notheia, 417-425.

Zornia diphylla, Pers., var. Walkeri,
338 ; sleep- and sun-position of, 330.
Zoysia pungens, Willd., 359.
Zygnema, mentioned, 410.
ericetorum, Hansg., 281.
neglecta, Hass., 281.
Zygnemacez of the West Indies, 281.
Zygogonium ericetorum, Kuetz., 281.
Zygophyllez, 182.
Zygophyllum, mentioned, 244; spp.,
mentioned, 257.
apiculatum, F. Muell., 182.
fruticulosum, DC., 182.
var. parviflora *, S. Moore,
182.
iodocarpum, F., Muell., 189,
var. bilobum, 182.

END OF THE THIRTY-FOURTH YOLUME.

LINN. JOUERN.—BOTANY, VOL. XXXIV.

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,
RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

n.

RULES FOR BORROWING BOOKS FROM
| THE LIBRARY.
As amended by the Council, 15th March, 1888.

1. No more than Six volumes shall be lent to one person
at the same time without the special leave of the Couneil
or one of the Secretaries.

2. All books shall be returned before the expiration of
Six weeks from the time of their being taken out, but if not
required by any other Fellow, they may, on application, be
kept for a further period of Six weeks.

3. All books lent shall be regularly entered by the
Librarian in a book appropriated for that purpose.

4. No work forming part of Linnzus’s own Library shall
be lent out of the Library under any circumstances.

Nore.— Certain other works are included in this prohibition,

such as costly illustrated works, and volumes belonging to
sets which could not be replaced if lost.

Tus Revised RULES concerning the publication of PAPERS
have been already made known by cireular, but, if required,

additional copies may be had on application.

The new regulations in regard to publications in the Journal

are as follow :—
Papers read from November and before the middle of
January are published on 1st April.
Papers read after the middle of January and before the
end of April are published on 1st July.
Papers read in May and June are published on 1st November.

NOTICE.
—

Vor. XXVI. is still in course of issue, and the Parts already
published are as follows:—

Vol. XXVI., Nos. 173-178.

[Nos. 179-180 are reserved for the conclusion of
Messrs. Forbes and Hemsley’s ‘Index Flore Sinensis,’
- of which No. 178 was recently published. |

"Wo. XXVII., Nos. 181-188. (Complete.)
Vol. XXVIII., Nos. 189-196. (Complete.)
Vol. XXIX., Nos. 197-204. (Complete.)
Vol. XXX., Nos. 205-211. (Complete.)
Vol. XXXI., Nos. 212-219. (Complete.)
Vol. XXXII., Nos. 220-227. (Complete.)
Vol. XXXIIL, Nos. 228-234. (Complete.)
Vol. XXXIV., Nos. 285-241. (Complete.)

Attention to this announcement is specially requested,
to prevent application to the Librarian for unpublished Parts.

The new CATALOGUE of the LIBRARY may be had on application.
Price to Fellows, 5s. ; to the Public, 10s.

All communications relating to the general business of the
Society should be, as heretofore, addressed to the ** SECRETARIES,”
but letters on library business only should be addressed to the
“ LIBRARIAN.”